u ■»■■■ fii "ni t
mrjj!i|nr.ip"i<T»»iiri-imii vr.i"n~ ~"'~
THE .MASTER CAR BUILDER.S* ASSOCIATION
909£ditioi
j ti i Miiiw ji naaawM^
MMT UTiMprn— Tt BXl"-
tttrnmU mmvmxtv ptetg
BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME
FROM THE
SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND
THE GIFT OF
flctirg m Sage
1891
kj^um^ ^v-
Cornell University Library
arY888
The car builders' dictionary;
3 1924 032 183 190
olin.anx
The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924032183190
The Car Builders' Dictionary
AN ILLUSTRATED VOCABULARY OF TERMS
WHICH DESIGNATE AMERICAN RAILWAY
CARS THEIR PARTS ATTACHMENTS AND
DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION WITH DEFI-
NITIONS AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPICAL
BRITISH PRACTICE IN CAR CONSTRUCTION
SIX THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FOUR ILLUSTRATIONS
1909 EDITION
COMPILED FOR THE MASTER CAR BUILDERS' ASSOCIATION
By Francis E. Lister
UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE FOLLOWING COMMITTEE:
C. A. Selet, Mechanical Engineer, Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific.
H. F. Ball, Superintendent of Motive Power, Lake Shore & Michigan Southern.
J. E. Muhlfeld, General Superintendent of Motive Power, Baltimore & Ohio.
The first edition of the Cab Builders' Dictionary was published by the Railroad Gazette in 1879, under contract
WITH AND UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE MASTER CAR BUILDERS' ASSOCIATION. It CONTAINED 811 ENGRAVINGS. It WAS
REVISED AND PUBLISHED UNDER SIMILAR CONDITIONS IN 1884, AND CONTAINED 2,188 ENGRAVINGS. IT WAS
REVISED AND SIMILARLY PUBLISHED IN 1895 AND CONTAINED 5,683 ENGRAVINGS. IN 1903
IT WAS AGAIN REVISED, THE EDITION CONTAINING 4,971 ENGRAVINGS. THE
1906 REVISED EDITION CONTAINED 6,344 ENGRAVINGS.
1909
THE RAILWAY AGE GAZETTE
NEW YORK : 83 Fulton Street. CHICAGO : Plymouth Building.
THE RAILWAY GAZETTE
LONDON : Queen Anne's Chambers, Westminster, S. W.
l/.
ACTION OF THE MASTER CAR BUILDERS' ASSOCIATION
At the Fifth Annual Convention, held in Richmond, Va., in 1872, it was
"Resolved, That a committee be appointed with power to publish an illustrated
book, defining the proper terms or names of each and every part used in the con-
struction of railway cars, and a description of the use of the same."
At the Fourteenth Annual Convention, held in Detroit, in 18S0.
"The Committee to whom was assigned the duty of preparing a Dictionary of
Terms used in the construction of cars submitted a copy of the book and reported
that they had finished their work, and were discharged."
At a meeting of the Executive Committee of the Master Car Builders' Associa-
tion, held in New York, December 11, 1905, Messrs. C. A. Seley, H. F. Ball and J. E.
Muhlfeld were appointed a Supervising Committee for the revision of the Car Builders'
Dictionary.
Copyright
The Railroad Gazette
1906
Copyright
The Railroad Gazette
1909
PREFACE.
This is the fifth revised edition of the Car Builders'
Dictionary since its first publication in 1879. The first
edition was seven years in preparation. Five years after
it was published, it was necessary to revise it for the
first time. Eleven years elapsed before it was done
again, in 1895, and eight years before the third revision,
in 1903. The fourth revision, in 1906, was a thorough
one. The present, 1909, edition shows the continuing
tendency to increase in size, although all types and
patterns known to be out of date are excluded. The
general arrangement has been carefully preserved, with
some minor changes which it seemed proper to make.
In view of the publication of the Locomotive Diction-
ary along similar lines to this book, all references to
devices and parts of devices belonging directly to the
locomotive or tender have been taken out.
The illustrations of typical British cars, shown on
pages 617 to 660, are interesting, and we regret that
they are not more nearly complete. British practice
differs in many respects from American practice and it
is widely followed throughout the world, in the British
colonies and elsewhere. Makers of railway equipment
in seeking foreign markets find themselves confronted
with the problem of adapting their devices to existing
standards and dimensions of each country. The illus-
trations give a good general idea of the dimensions and
principal constructive features of the standard designs
of cars used in Great Britain. It has been impossible
to illustrate them in detail to such an extent as has
been done with American practice.
The revision of the definitions has been made with a
view of eliminating superfluous and obsolete matter,
changing the wording of definitions of such terms as
have gradually taken on a new meaning, and adding
definitions of terms and parts which have come into
general usage during the last few years.
The members of the Supervising Committee ap-
pointed by the Master Car Builders' Association, Mr.
C. A. Seley, Mr. H. F. Ball and Mr. J. E. Muhlfeld,
have given the benefit of their wide experience in mak-
ing many suggestions for the improvement of the book
and, what has been far more helpful, their hearty sup-
port and encouragement. Acknowledgments are grate-
fully made to them.
F. E. L.
New York, November, 1909.
DIRECTIONS
For Using the Car Builders' Dictionary.
To find the meaning of a given word or term, refer to it in the alphabetical list
which constitutes the first half of the book, where a definition similar to those con-
tained in ordinary dictionaries and a reference to some engraving illustrating the object
— if it is capable of such illustraton — will usually be found.
To find the name of a car, or part of a car, examine the alphabetical list of the
different classes of engravings in the index which immediately precedes them, until
the class is found to which the object looked for belongs, bearing in mind the system
of alphabetical classification for the engravings, which is as follows:
CARS, CAR BODIES, CAR BODY DETAILS, CAR FURNISHINGS,
TRUCKS AND TRUCK DETAILS, M. C. B. STANDARDS AND
RECOMMENDED PRACTICE, HAND CARS, ELECTRIC
CARS, BRITISH CARS, CAR SHOP MACHINERY.
By referring to the engravings included in that class a representation of the part
or object sought will be found with either its name underneath or a reference number
or letter by which number or letter the name may be learned from the list of names of
parts accompanying the illustration and usually to be found in the immediate vicinity.
CLASSIFIED INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS.
(For Alphabetical Index see page following last page of illustrations.)
AIR BRAKE APPARATUS:
Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
AIR COMPRESSORS:
Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co., Chicago, 111.
AIR BRAKE CORD:
Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass.
AIR BRAKE HOSE:
Boston Belting Co., Boston. Mass.
ASBESTOS PROTECTED METAL SHEETS:
Asbestos Protected Metal Co., Canton, Mass.
AXLES:
Baume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre,
Belgium.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la.
Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland,
O.
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich.
BAGGAGE RACKS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, 0.
Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn.
BATTERIES, STORAGE:
Electric Storage Battery Co., Philadelphia.
Pa.
Gould Storage Battery Co., New York, N. Y.
United States Light & Heating Co., New
York. N. Y.
SEABINGS (CENTER AND SIDE):
American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Cardwell Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111.
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
Joliet Railway Supplv Co., Joliet, 111.
Miner Co., W. H., Chicago, 111.
Symington Co., T. H., Baltimore, Md.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. I.
Western Railway Equipment Co., St Louis.
Mo.
Woods & Co.. Edwin S., Chicago, 111.
BELL AND SIGNAL CORD:
Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass.
BELL CORD COUPLING:
Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass.
BELTING (RUBBER):
Boston Belling Co., Boston, Mass.
BOLSTERS:
American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111.
Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis, Mo
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
BRAKES:
(See Air Brakes and Electric Brakes).
BRAKE BEAMS:
American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Buffalo Brake Beam Co., New York, N. Y.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111.
Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co., Wil-
mington, Del.
Joliet Railway Supply Co., Joliet, 111.
BRAKE CYLINDER LUBRICATORS:
Emery Pneumatic Lubricator Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
BRAKE JAWS:
Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111.
Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland,
O.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y.
Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
BRAKE LEVERS:
Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co.. Cleveland, O.
Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
BRAKE SHOES:
American Brake Shoe & Foundry Co., Mah-
wah, N. J.
Railway Materials Co., Chicago, 111.
BRAKE SHOE KEYS:
Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
BRAKE SLACK ADJUSTERS:
American Brake Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111.
Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
BUMPING POSTS:
McCord & Co., Chicago. 111.
CABLES, ELECTRIC:
Kerite Insulated Wire & Cable Co., New
York, N. Y.
CAR CLOSETS:
(See Water Closets.)
CAR CURTAINS:
Curtain Supply Co., Chicago, 111.
Pantasote Co.. New York. N. Y.
CAR DOORS:
Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111.
McGuire-Cummlugs Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.. Chicago, 111.
Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
CAR DOOR FASTENERS (FREIGHT):
National Malleable Castings Co., Cleveland, 0.
Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
CARS (FREIGHT) :
American Car & Foundry Co., New York,
N. Y.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Dayton, O.
Laume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre,
Belgium.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la.
Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa.
Clark Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Fits-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago. 111.
Goodwin Car Co., New York, N. Y.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111.
Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co., Joliet, 111.
McGuire-Cummlngs Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111.
i'ressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Ralston Steel Car Co., Columbus, Ohio.
Hussel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich,
standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Chicago.
HI.
Whipple Car Co., Chicago, 111.
CARS (MISCELLANEOUS) :
American Car & Foundry Co., New York,
N. Y.
Baume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre,
Belgium.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la.
Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa.
Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111.
McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co.. Chicago, 111.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich.
CARS (PASSENGER):
American Car & Foundry Co., New York,
N. Y.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Dayton, O.
Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa.
Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111.
Harlan & Hollingsworth Corpc, Wilmington,
Del.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Wason Mfg. Co., Springfield, Mass.
CARS, REPAIRED AND REBUILT:
Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111.
Whipple Car Co., Chicago, 111.
OAR SHOP MACHINERY:
(See Wood Working Machinery.)
OAR FLOORING:
American Mason Safety Tread Co., Boston.
Mass.
Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111.
CAR HEAD [LININGS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Asbestos Protected Metal Co., Canton, Mass.
Pantasote Co., New York, N. Y.
Rapp Co., J. W., New York, N. Y.
CAR HEATING:
Consolidated Car Heating Co., New York
N. Y.
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New
York, N. Y.
JAB, LIGHTING:
; dams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Commercial Acetylene Co., New York, N. Y.
Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, 0.
Klectric Storage Battery Co., Philadelphia,
Pa.
General Electric Co.. Schenectady, N. Y.
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
Gould Storage Battery Co., New York, N. Y.
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New
York, N. Y.
United States Light & Heating Co., New
York, N. Y.
CAR LINES:
Cleveland Car Specialty Co., Cleveland, O.
Standard Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
CAR LINING, REFRIGERATOR:
Union Fibre Co., Winona, Minn.
CAR REPLACERS:
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.
New York, N. Y.
CAR ROOFING:
Asbestos Protected Metal Co., Canton, Mm.
Excelsior Car Roof Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Standard Paint Co., New York, N. Y.
Standard Railway Equipment Co.. St. Loull,
Mo.
CAR SEATS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co., Philadelphia, P».
Scarrltt Car Seat Works. St. Louis, Mo.
OAR TRIMMINGS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, HI.
Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn,
Rapp Co., J. W.. New York, N. Y.
OAR UPHOLSTERY:
Pantasote Co., New York, N. Y.
Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111.
OAR WHEEL PRESSES:
Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y.
CAR WHEELS:
(See Wheels.)
OAR WINDOWS:
F,dwrards Co., 0. M., Syracuse, N. Y.
OASTINGS:
(See Forgings and Castings.)
OASTINGS (BRONZE AND BRASS):
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O.
Howard & Co., James L.. Hartford, Conn.
CENTER PLATES:
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
Joliet Railway Supply Co.. Joliet, 111.
CHEMISTS:
Hunt & Co., Robert W., Chicago, 111.
CONTROLLERS, MULTIPLE UNIT:
General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y.
.OUPLERS. AIR AND STEAM:
Consolidated Car Heating Co., New York,
N. Y.
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New
York, N. Y.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
OUPLERS, CAR:
American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
McConway & Torley Co., PlttBburg, Pa.
National Malleable Castings Co., Cleveland,
0.
Standard Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
ORANES:
Northern Engineering Works, Detroit, Mich.
Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Toledo, 0.
CROSS TIES, STEEL:
Forsythe Steel Tie Co.,
CURTAINS :
i See Car Curtains.)
CURTAIN FIXTURES:
Curtain Supply Co., Chicago, 111.
DO APHRAGMS (VESTIBULE) :
Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111.
DOOR CHECKS:
Yale & Towne Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y.
DOORS, EXTENSION PLATFORM TRAP:
Edwards Co., 0. M., Syracuse, N. Y.
DOORS, HOPPER:
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y.
DOOR LOCKS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111
Dayton Mfg. Co.. Dayton, 0.
Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn
Yale & Towne Mfg. Co., New York, N Y.
Pittsburg, Pa.
CLASSIFIED INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS.
DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS:
Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. Y.
Howard & Co.. James L., Hartford, Conn.
DRAFT RIGGING:
Butler Drawbar Attachment Co., Cleveland,
U.
Cardwell Mfg. Co., Cblcago, 111.
Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis. Mo.
Farlow Draft Gear Co., Baltimore, Md.
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
McConway A: Torlev Co.. Pittsburg, Pa.
McCord & Co., Chicago, 111.
Miner Co., W. H., Chicago, 111.
Symington Co., T. H., Baltimore, Md.
C'niun Draft Gear Co., Chicago, 111.
0. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y.
Western Railway Equipment Co.. St. Louis,
Mo.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co, Pittsburg, Pa.
DRAWBAR CENTERING DEVICES:
U. S. Metal Ac Mfg. Co., .New York, N. Y.
DUST GUARDS:
Symington Co., T. H-, Baltimore, Md.
Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111.
DYNAMOS:
General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y.
ELECTRIC BRAKES:
General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
ENGINES AND BOILERS:
Harlan A: Hollingsworth Corpo., Wilmington,
Del.
FORGINGS AND CASTINGS:
American Stetl Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Baume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre,
Belgium.
Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland, O.
Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111.
Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111.
McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
National Malleable Castings Co., Cleveland, O.
Railway Steel-Spring Co., New York, N. Y.
Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
Symington Co., T. H., Baltimore, Md.
GASKETS:
Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass.
McCord & Co., Chicago, 111.
HEADLIGHTS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Commercial Acetylene Co., New York, N. Y.
Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O.
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New-
York, N. Y.
HOISTS, ELECTRIC:
Northern Engineering Works, Detroit, Mich.
Yale At Towne Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y.
HOPPERS, CAR, FLUSH AND DRY:
Duner Co., Chicago, 111.
Howard Ac Co., James L., Hartford, Conn.
HOSE:
Boston Belting Cc
LABORATORIES CHEMICAL AND TESTING:
Hunt A.- Co., Robert W., Chicago. 111.
LAMPS AND LANTERNS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Davton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O.
Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn.
LINING. REFRIGERATOR CAR:
Union Fibre Co., Winona, Minn.
LOCKS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111.
Davton Mfg. Co.. Dayton, O.
Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn.
SPRING DAMPENERS:
McCord & Co., Chicago, 111.
STEAM SHOVELS:
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works. Chicago, 111.
Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Toledo. O.
Yal
4: Towne Mfg. Cc
Nev
York, N Y.
LOCK NUTS:
Columbia Nut & Bolt Co., Bridgeport,
D. S Metal & Mfg. Co., New York,
Conn.
N. Y.
LUBRICATORS. AIR BRAKE:
Every Pneumatic Lubricator Co., St. Louis
Mo.
MATS AND MATTING:
Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass.
Wood, Guilford S,, Chicago, 111.
MOTORS:
General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y.
MOULDINGS, METAL:
Rapp Co., J. W.. New York
NUT LOCKS:
Columbia Nut & Bolt Co
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.,
OFFICE FURNITURE, METAL:
Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. !
OILS:
Sterling Varnish Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
OIL FURNACES:
Railway Materials Co., Chicago, 111.
PACKING:
Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass.
PADLOCKS:
Edwards Co., 0. M.,
Yale & Towne Mfg.
y.
Bridgeport, Conn.
New York, N. Y.
Syracuse, N. Y.
Co., New York,
PAINTS:
Kay A: Ess Co.. Davton, 0.
Standard Paint Co., New York, N. Y.
Sterling Varnish Co., Pittsburg. Pa.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. 3
PLATFORMS. CAR:
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N, Y.
McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg,, Pa.
Standard Coupler Co., New York, N. Y\
PLATFORM TRAP DOORS:
Edwards Co., O. M., Syracus
N. Y.
Boston, Mass.
HOSE FIXTURES:
Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis,
Mo.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111.
HYDRAULIC MACHINERY:
Dudgeon, Richard, New York, N. Y.
Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y.
INSPECTION BUREAU:
Hunt & Co., Robert W.
PNEUMATIC TOOLS:
Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111.
Standard Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis.
Mo.
PUNCHES. HYDRAULIC:
Dudgeon, Richard, New York, N. YT.
Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y".
RAIL BENDERS:
w atsoTi-Stillman Co.,
RATTAN CAR SEATING:
Hale A: Kilburn Mfg. Co.
RUBBER GOODS:
Boston Belting Co., Boston,
W.Hjd. Guilford S., Chicago,
New York, N. X.
Philadelphia, Pa.
Mas
III
Chicago, II!
INSULATED WIRE:
Kerite Insulated Wire & Cable Co., New-
York, N. Y.
IRON AND STEEL:
(See Steel and Iron.)
IRON ENAMEL:
Sterling Varnish Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
JACKS :
Chapman Jack Co., Cleveland, O.
Dudgeon. Richard, New York, N. Y.
Duff Mfg. Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Joyce-Cridland Co., Dayton, O.
Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y.
JOINTS (STEAM, LIQUID OR AIR):
Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass.
JOURNAL BEARINGS:
McCord & Co., Chicago, 111.
JOURNAL BOXES AND LIDS:
Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicngo, 111.
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
McCord & Co., Chicago, 111.
National Malleable Castings Co.. Cleveland, O,
Railway Steel-Spring Co., New York, N. Y.
Symington Co., T. H., New Y'ork. N. Y.
Union Spring & Mfg. Co., Pittsburg, Fa.
SASH BALANCES:
Fdwards Co., O. M-, Syracuse, N. Y.
SASH CORD:
Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass.
SASH LOCKS:
Adams & Westlake Co., Cblcago, ill.
Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O.
Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. YT.
Howard & Co, James L., Hartford, Conn.
SHADE ROLLERS:
Edwards Co., O.
M., Syracuse, N. Y'.
SIDE BEARINGS:
(See Bearings.)
SIDE FRAMES:
American Steel Foundries. Chicago, 111.
Bettendorf Axle Co.. Davenport. la.
Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
SNAPS, BELL CORD:
Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass.
SNOW PLOWS:
McGuire-Cummlngs Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111.
SPRINGS:
American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass,
Fort Pitt Spring & Mfg. Co., McKces Rocks,
Pa.
Railwav Steel-Spring Co., New York, N. Y.
Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
Union Spring & Mfg. Co., Pittsburg, Pa
Co., Philadelphia,
STORAGE BATTERIES:
Electric Storage Batterv
Pa. . _
Gould Storage Battery Co., New York, N- Y.
United States Light & Heating Co., New York,
V Y.
TIRES:
Railway Steel-Spring Co., New- York. V Y.
Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
TRAP DOORS:
Edwards Co.,
0. M., Syracuse, N. Y.
TREADS. CAR STEP:
American Mason Safety Tread Co., Boston,
Mass.
Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass.
TROLLEY CORD:
Samson Cordage
Works, Boston, Mass.
TRUCKS: _ .
American Car & Foundry Co., New York,
American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Barnev & Smith Car Co., Dayton, 0.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la.
Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa.
Clark Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111.
Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co., Joliet, 111.
McGulre-Cummings Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Ralston steel Car Co., Columbus, 0.
Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich.
Standard Car Truck Co., Chicago, 111.
standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa.
Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Chicago,
111.
Whipple Car Co., Chicago, 111.
TUBE EXPANDERS:
Dudgeon, Richard, New Yurk N. Y.
TUBING ..RUBBER) :
Boston Belting Co.,
Boston. Mass.
TURNBUCKLES:
Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland,
O.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.. New York, N. Y.
VALVE CORD HOOKS:
Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass.
VENTILATORS:
Globe Ventilator Co., Troy, N. Y.
VESTIBULES:
Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y.
McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg, Fa.
VESTIBULE TRAP DOORS:
Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. Y.
WASHERS:
Boston Belting Co
Boston, Mass.
| WASTE:
Howard & Co., James L., Hartford. Conn.
WATER CLOSETS:
Adams Ac Westlake Co.. Chicago. 111.
Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton. 0.
Duner Co., Chicago, 111.
Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn.
WEED BURNERS:
Commonwealth Steel Co.,
St. Louis. Mo.
WHEELS :
American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111.
Bamnc & Marpent, Ltd.. Haine-St. Pierre,
Belgium.
Railway Steel-Spring Co., New Y'ork. N. Y.
Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit Micb.
Standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa,
Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
WHEEL PRESSES:
Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y.
WINDOW FIXTURES:
Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111
Dayton Mfg. Co., Davton, 0.
Edwards Co., 0. M., Syracuse, N Y.
Howard & Co.. James L.. Hartford, Coun
Rapp Co., J. W., New York, N. Y.
WIRE:
Kerite Insulated
York. N. Y.
Wire & Cable
N.w-
WOODWORKING MACHINERY:
American Saw Mill Machinery Co., Hacketts-
town, N. J.
Greenlee Bros. & Co., Chicago, 111,
WRENCHES:
Coes Wrench Co.,
Worcester. Mass.
A DICTIONARY OF TERMS
USED IN
CAR BUILDING
"A" Car Roof. A car roof with straight carlines, meet-
ing at a point like rafters in the center of the upper
deck.
"'A" Frame (Steam Shovel). 13, Figs. 596-598. A strut
to which are fastened the boom guys.
"'A" Frame Step (.Steam Shovel). 14, Figs. 596-598.
The supports for the bottom ends of the "A"
Frame, which see.
Accordeon Hood (Buhoup Vestibule). 124, Figs. 2215,
2263.
Accordeon Hood Band (Buhoup Vestibule). 123, Figs.
2215-2263.
Acetone. A colorless liquid, obtained from the destruc-
tive distillation of wood, which resembles alcohol
and which has the property of absorbing acetylen =
gas under pressure in a high degree. It is used in
the storage tanks of the Commercial Storage Sys-
tem of Car Lighting, which see.
Acetylene Gas. A colorless gas, C2H2, produced when
water is brought in contact with calcium carbide.
It has a distinctive odor and burns with a bright,
luminous flame. It is used in car lighting with suc-
cess. It may be generated in the car, as in the
Adlake System, under the car, as in the Avery Sys-
tem, or carried in tanks filled with acetone and
asbestos under pressure, as in the Commercial
Storage System. See Adlake System, Avery Sys-
tem and Commercial Storage System.
Acetylene Gas Lamps and Fixtures. Figs. 3276-3364.
See Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. Acetylene
Lamps, Avery System, Adlake System, Commercial
Storage System.
Acme Automatic Window Shade. Fig. 4670. A car
shade with a shade holding device, which consists
of a hollow tube with a metallic guide at either end,
through which two cords are passed, one end of
each being fastened to the casing on either side of
the shade near the top, the cords passing down the
side to the bottom of the shade, thence through the
tube and down the other side to the bottom, being
fastened at the bottom of the window to the casing.
Acme Brake Beam. Figs. 5114-5119, 5191.
Acme Burner. Fig. 3588. A lamp burner constructed
upon nearly the same principle as a locomotive
headlight burner, and which gives a powerful light.
Acme Curtain Fixture. Fig. 4670.
Acme Dry Closet. Figs. 4047-4048.
Acme Improved Diaphragm. Figs. 2286-2288.
Acme Lamp. A lamp fitted with an Acme Burner,
which see.
Acme Pipe Clamps. Figs. 1193-1198.
Acme Spring. A form of elliptic spring, the peculiarity
of which consists in tapering a single leaf from the
center toward the ends, without the use of a num-
ber of separate leaves. One type is constructed of
AIR
plates with a beveled edge, arranged one above th^
other as usual, and held in position by a wrought
iron band. Not in general use in car building.
Acorn. A general term for the ornaments of tips re-
sembling the acorn, used to finish the ends of rods
of various forms.
Adjustable Foot Rest. A sliding foot rest, supported
by various mechanical devices — as by a ratchet arc
or on rabbet pieces. A foot rest or rail under a
seat which can be adjusted to suit the passenger
using it. See Foot Rest.
Adjustable Lamp Canopy. Fig. 3557.
Adlake Acetylene Gas System of Car Lighting. Figs ■
3331-3332. A system of car lighting using acetylene
gas, which is generated in the apparatus shown in
Figs. 3331-3332, which is enclosed in one end of a
car, as in Fig. 3333. The carbide is contained in
cartridges, Fig. 3332, in pockets or baskets. The
water flowing down from above and coming into
contact with the carbide generates acetylene gas,
which is stored in the receiving tank, Fig. 3346,
under the car. The piping and arrangements
through the car are similar to the Pintsch system.
The form of the lamp is shown in Fig. 3344.
Advertising Rack Rail (Street Cars). A strip of wood
to which the frames for advertising cards are
screwed or otherwise fastened.
Agosote. A substitute for wood in headlinings and
paneling of coaches. Composition secrete. Made
under hydraulic pressure, which forces fibers into
homogeneous material, which is impervious to
water. One grade fireproof.
Air Brake. Any brake operated by air pressure, but
usually restricted to systems of continuous brakes
operated by compressed air, in distinction from
Vacuum Brakes, which see, which are operated by-
creating a vacuum. The air is compressed by some
form of pump on the locomotive, or a motor com-
pressor on electric cars, and is conveyed by pipes
and flexible hose between the cars to cylinders and
pistons under each car, by which the pressure is
transmitted to the brake levers, and thence to the
brake shoes. This system is what is now termed
the straight-air brake. This brake is now obsolete
in steam road practice, having been replaced by the
Automatic Air Brake, which see, and also see
Westinghouse Air Brake, Quick Action Air Brake,
Vacuum Brake, New York Air Brake.
Air Brakes. General arrangement and details. Figs
1205-1292, 5527-5531, 5562-5565, 5570-5571, 5944-5947,
6000-6009. The general arrangement and details of
brake gear for air brake cars, as shown, are M. C.
B. Standards. The following standards have also
been adopted in this connection: 1. Maximum
train pipe pressure, 70 pounds per square inch. 2.
AIR
AIR
Maximum brake power in freight cars, 70 per cent,
of the light weight of car. 3. All levers 1 inch in
thickness; all pins to be 1& inches in diameter; all
jaws or devices made of %-inch by 2%-inch iron;
all rods % inch diameter. 4. Angle of brake beam
lever, 40 degrees with vertical.
The revision made in 1896 consisted in the omis
sion of such detail dimensions as could not be used
in all cases, such as the length and proportions of
main levers, and the omission of some of the
smaller parts from the drawing, such as the pipe
clamps, staples, etc. The dimensions of the cross-
section of the malleable iron truck lever connec-
tion were increased, and the letters W. I., M. I.,
C. I., etc., indicating the material of which the parts
were to be made, were omitted from the drawing.
In 1898 the following changes were made;
Diameter of truck lever connection for outside
hung brakes changed from % inch to % inch, and
a note to this effect was added under title on this
sheet.
Diameter of hole for cotter in air brake pin was
first indicated as to- inch.
Addition was made to note under drawing of
truck lever connection for inside hung brakes as
follows: "If made of round iron or steel, must not
be less than 1% inches diameter."
Dummy coupling was omitted from drawing and
air hose was shown as hanging down.
The words "33 inches or" were omitted from
height shown for air brake pipe above rail.
Diameter of release valve rod was changed from
Vi inch to % inch.
In 1900 a standard brake pipe nipple, 10 inches
long, was ordered shown, located directly back of
the angle cock.
In 1904 the location of the main air pipe and
angle cock was changed from Recommended Prac-
tice to Standard.
In 1907 the following specifications were adopted:
That % inch straight link chain be made standard
for hand brake chain, except on cars on which
there is rapid deterioration, on which is inch chain
shall be used. Hand brake chain to be attached
to brake mast by a %-inch machine bolt instead of
an eye bolt.
In 1908 the diameter of the holes in the different
levers, guides, brackets and connections were
omitted, and a note added to Sheet M. C. B. 9
reading as follows: "All holes for brake pins not
less than l-Ii inches diameter nor more than 1%
inches diameter."
In 1899 a Recommended Practice for the location
of air brake parts on different classes of cars was
adopted, as follows:
1. Location of air brake cylinders and triple
valves on box cars and other clear bottom cars.
2. Location of air brake cylinders and triple
valves on hopper gondola cars and drop bottom
gondola cars.
3. Arrangement of piping for clear bottom cars,
or cars of the box car type.
4. Location of main air pipe at ends of cars.
5. As to the matter of fastening air cylinder
reservoirs, retaining valves, etc., to the frame work
of cars, the bolts fastening the cylinders and reser-
voirs should be either double-nutted or cottered, so
as to prevent the same from working loose. The
air pipes should be fastened to the frame work of
the car with a liberal number of clamps.
One elbow should be applied to the retaining
valve pipe, it being located at the end sill of the
car where pipe turns upward.
One union should be applied as close to the
triple valve as practicable to permit the easy re-
moval of same; the pipe to be carried along the
under side of the intermediate sill when practicable
from the triple valve to end of car, and be sup-
ported by either staples or clamps, not to exceed
six feet apart.
6. Badge for marking air brake hose to show
dates of application and removal, manufacturer's
. name and name of the railway company.
Air Brake Cut-Out and Defect Card (M. C. B. Recom
mended Practice). See Air Brake Repair Card.
Air Brake Hose. See Brake Hose.
Air Brake Hose, Label for (M. C. B. Standard). In
1902 the label for hose, as shown, was made a
standard. Revised in 1903. The specification for
its use is as follows:
Each standard length of hose must be branded
with the name of the manufacturer, year and
month when made, and serial number, the initials
of the railway company, and also have a table of
raised letters at least ft inch high to show the date
of application and removal, thus:
NAME OF ROAD
11
CO
CO
03
04
05
06
07
R
I 23 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12
I 23 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12
CO
NAME OF MANUFACTURER
h
00
6
1 he above gives outline of modification of label, extension being
on right hand end.
All markings to be full and distinct and made on
a thin layer of white or red rubber, vulcanized, and
so applied as to be removed either by cutting with
a knife or sharp instrument.
Air Brake Instruction Car. Figs. 244, 258-260. A car,
usually converted from a passenger car, in which
is mounted all the apparatus necessary to illustrate
and explain the construction and operation of all
the parts of the air brake. It is used for the in-
struction of railroad employees and is stationed at
different points along the line for a week or two at
a time. Regular classes are conducted and lecture-
given by the instructor in charge, who is provided
with living quarters in the car.
Air Brake Repair Card (M. C. B. Standard). In 1894
a Recommended Practice was adopted to use an air
brake repair card, as shown, to report to division
terminals such defects as are found by trainmen
which require brake to be cut out. This was re-
vised in 1898 and is now as shown to be attached
as near to the car number as possible. In 1902.
adopted as standard. In 1903 letters were substi-
tuted for figures to indicate the various defects.
Air Brake Tests (M. C. B. Recommended Practice).
In 1895 a code for the guidance of the Committee
on Air Brake Tests in testing triple valves was
adopted as recommended practice for such tests.
which code is as follows:
AIR
AIR
Conditions of Tests. — No. 1. — Construction of
Rack. — Brakes will be tested on a rack represent
ing the piping of a fifty 34-foot car train. All
cocks, angles and connections will be as nearly as
possible identical with those in train service. The
rack shall conform to a blue-print which is in the
hands of the committee, which gives the proper
fitting, piping, dimensions of cylinder, auxiliary
reservoirs, main reservoirs, engineer's valve, etc.
No. 2. — Pressure. — Tests will be made with a uni-
form brake pipe pressure of 70 pounds.
No. 3. — Construction of Triples. — Triples must bf
constructed so that they can be secured and oper-
ated on apparatus conforming to diagrams, Figs.
1 and 2 (see pages 166 and 167 of the 1892 Annual
Report).
No. 4. — To secure accuracy in measurement of
time application and release tests, electrical record-
ing apparatus will be used, arranged to give an in-
dicator card in the fiftieth car.
THE .„_.. RAILWAY CO.
AIR-BRAKE CUT-OUT CARD.
■'ipplimJ to Car No. jattltlM
Data _.._ at.
By laMptctor.
By Cood'r Train So.
Defect* _
I ICTTCflSTO DEHQNATt DETECT*,
KffCIX £>
a
O B > .
o » -t 5
-< in a ^
5 i H
f
o
>
33
O
>
z
CD
m
5 TJ
i r
t
O
m
D
CD
m
Si
ft ©
3
i
>
m
H
i
O
c
CD
33
>
m
o
>
33
03
THE RAILWAY CO.
DEFECTIVE AIR-BRAKE CARD.
Applied to Car No. tolttal* _
Date. _ «*..._ _.
By _ _ Inspector
By. Cood'r Train No,
Dattct*
USC LCTTCnaTO DESIGNATE OtfECTI,
r
'3
O ;
S I
S i
o
>
3)
w
>
^
z
z
w
o
o
CD
m
H
TJ
i— i
r
>
n
<
m
D
M
CD
in
■H
m
>
i— i
m
z
y
>
33
CD
tfl
33
>
53
m
>
(J
>
33
W
CO
W
p
4
p
O
o
No. 5. — Tests shall be repeated three times under
the same general conditions. The temperature at
the time of the tests will be recorded.
No. 6. — Classification. — Triples shall be classi-
fied Nos. 1, 2, 3 and outlawed. In grading triples
the reasons for their classification shall be given.
No. 7. — The three essentials for a quick-action
brake are as follows:
First. Graduation.
Second. Release.
Third. Quick action.
Rack Tests.— No. 1.— Application Test (a) (Ser-
vice).— Brakes must show with full service applica-
tion and 6 inches piston travel, a brake cylinder
pressure of 50 pounds. The minimum pressure
must not be less than 48 pounds, nor the maximum
pressure over 52 pounds. This test will be made
with:
(1) 4 inches piston travel.
(2) 6 inches piston travel.
(3) 12 inches piston travel.
The necessity for the 4-inch and 12-inch piston
travel tests will depend upon the character of the
brakes being tested.
Note.— The object of this test is to secure such
proportion between the auxiliary reservoir and th;
brake cylinder as will give the desired maximum
power in a full service application of the brake.
No. 2.— Application test (b) (Emergency). —
Brakes must be applied on the fiftieth car with at
least 45 pounds pressure with 6 inches piston travel
in three seconds from the first movement of the
engineer's handle. They should indicate at least
55 pounds in three and one-half (3%) seconds. The
final maximum pressure in this test must not be
less than 15 per cent., nor more than 20 per cent,
above the pressure given by the same brake in full
service application.
This test will be made to determine that quick
action is obtained in each case, with
(1) 4 inches piston travel.
(2) 6 inches piston travel.
(3) 12 inches piston travel.
Note. — The object of this test is to secure, as
nearly as possible, uniformity of pressures in the
brake cylinders in an emergency application, and
as nearly as possible a uniformity of time required
to attain the pressures; to secure a minimum length
of stop, of shock and of trains parting.
No. 3. — Application Test (c). — Commencing with
the first car from the engine, the brakes of three
successive cars, or less, if they fail to jump three.
will be cut out until the fifth, sixth and seventh
are cut out, the brakes in each case to be applied
as per Test No. 2. After the first series of three
has been tested, in order to test the second series
the first car must be cut in, and so on. The quick-
action brake should pass the three cars cut out and
apply on the fiftieth car in the same time as in
Test No. 2. Tests will be made with piston travel
of 4 inches.
In addition, at least two other applications shall
be made with three successive triples cut out i:>
any portion of the rack beyond the fifth car.
Note. — In freight car service the most common
method of remedying a defective brake is to cut ths
brake out; hence it is essential that a limited num-
ber of brakes can be cut out successfully without
destroying the quick-action feature.
No. 4. — Graduating Test (a). — Seventy pounds
brake pipe pressure having been secured, the fol-
lowing tests will be made:
(1) A reduction of 8 pounds in brake pipe pres-
sure. This should apply lightly the fifty brakes.
(2) A further reduction of 4 to 6 pounds. This
should increase the braking power on all th?
brakes.
(3) A reduction of 30 pounds should equalize
the pressure between the auxiliary reservoirs and
brake cylinders. The piston travel in this test will
be six inches.
(b). — One or more triples shall also be tested,
having substituted for the brake cylinder a reser-
AIR
AIR
voir having the capacity of a cylinder with 8-inch
stroke. The first admission to the cylinder should
be made with a reduction of brake pipe pressure
not exceeding five pounds; each succeeding reduc-
tion should reduce the pressure in the auxiliary
reservoir not to exceed three pounds, until full
equalization takes place. The pressure in the brake
pipe should not be more than three pounds lower
than the equalized pressure in the brake cylinder
and reservoir at full equalization.
No. 5. — Test to Determine the Sensitiveness of
the Service Valve. — Three valves selected at ran-
dom will be taken for this test and each tried sep-
arately. They will be tested on a brake pipe repre-
senting a locomotive and one car, the engine and
tender brake being cut out.
A brake pipe pressure of 70 pounds having been
secured, the air will be discharged as rapidly as it
may through an opening in the engineer's valve of
two sixty-fourths to three sixty-fourths (2 to 3-64)
inch diameter. Under this condition the service
action must take place and continue to take place
without any appearance of quick action (P. E.,
Partial Emergency) until the disk has been en-
larged up to and including a 10-64-inch opening.
Note. — The object of this test is to insure the
working of triples in "service" with practically the
same reduction of air.
No. 6. — Test to Determine the Sensitiveness of
the Quick-Action Valve. — The same three valves as
in No. 5, or others selected at random, will be
taken for this test and each tried separately. They
will be tested under the same brake pipe conditions
as Test No. 5. Engine and tender brake cut out.
A brake pipe pressure of 70 pounds having been
secured, the air will be discharged as rapidly as it
may through disk openings, as in the preceding
test, increasing in diameter by 1-64 inch. Triples
must not show a range of more than 3-64 before
full quick action is reached. Full quick action must
not take place before 11-64, but must take place
when the opening is 14-64.
Note. — The object of this test is to check the in-
troduction of triples which will cause quick-action
application when not wanted.
No. 7. — Test to Determine the Holding Power
of the Brake in Service Application and Quick
Action Application.
(a) Service Application. — Gages will be placed
on the cylinder and auxiliary reservoir of the first,
twenty-fifth and fiftieth cars with 70 pounds brake
pipe pressure; brakes will be applied by admitting,
as nearly as may be, 15 pounds into the cylinder of
the first car. Record of pressure in the auxiliary
reservoirs and cylinders will be taken as follows:
(1) At the first application.
(2) In five minutes from first application.
(3) In ten minutes from first application.
(4) In fifteen minutes from first application.
(b) Quick-Action Application. — This will be
the same as above, except that all the air will be
exhausted from the brake pipe.
(c) Dummy Cylinder Test. — A modification of
the holding test, as with the graduating test by the
introduction of dummy cylinders.
No. 8. — Release Test. — The following conditions
should be observed in this test:
(a) Main air reservoir cut in.
(b) Any pump or boiler pressure may be used
that will maintain a uniform head of 90 pounds
pressure.
A uniform pressure of 70 pounds having been se-
cured in the brake pipe, all the air will be exhausted
by a quick-action application. A pressure of 90
pounds will then be maintained against a diaphragm
perforated by a 3-32 hole, and a record taken of
all brakes that release inside of thirty minutes. In
making this test special care must be taken to see
that there is no leak in the brake pipe.
It will not be considered satisfactory if a greater
proportion than ten per cent, fail to release in the
prescribed time.
Note. — This test, in addition to testing the re-
lease feature of the triples, is intended as an equiva-
lent to a release after a break-in-two in train ser-
vice.
No. 9. — Test to Determine the Time of Charging
One Auxiliary Reservoir:
(a) Cut out the brake to be tested by the cut-out
cock.
(b) Bleed the auxiliary reservoir empty and close
the bleed cock.
(c) Keep the pump running and maintain a head
of 90 pounds in main air reservoir and brake pipe
during test.
(e) Cut in the brake to be tested and note from
the reading of the gage the time occupied in
charging to 70 pounds. The time of charging
should be 55 seconds. The reservoir should not
be charged in less than 45 seconds nor more than
60 seconds.
Note. — The object of this test is to prevent ir-
regular charging of auxiliary reservoirs and thus
insure that the front brakes will not apply after
charging.
No. 10. — Test to Determine whether Quick Ac-
tion will Follow a Service Application:
Commencing with a service application of 20
pounds pressure in the first cylinder, a full quick-
action reduction will follow. It will be observed
whether quick action takes place or not. The pres-
sure in the first cylinder will be increased or de-
creased by steps of about 5 pounds until the point
at which quick action ceases or commences is de-
termined. Quick action should take place with not
less than 20 pounds in the first cylinder.
Note. — The object of this test is to determine
whether, after a service application, quick action
can be obtained without first releasing the brakes.
No. 11. — Such additional tests as in the judgment
of the committee the construction of the triples
submitted to them for test warrants.
Train Tests. — No. 1. — In order to provide against
defects which a rack test may not develop, it is
recommended that railroads make a 50-car train
test in actual service before accepting the result
from the rack test as final.
No. 2. — In making Application Test No. 2 with a
train, the measurement of time from the first car to
the fiftieth car should be provided for. This will
determine the time occupied by the engine brak.-
as against the car brake.
No. 3. — Special care should be taken with the en-
gine and tank brakes in order that they may do
their share of the braking during the stops, and
not pull away from the train.
Nil 4. — All brake shoes must have a proper bear-
ing on wheels, which is best accomplished by giv-
AIR
ANT
ing them some previous service before testing, and
all should be of the same material.
No. 5. — Tests to determine the shock should be
made on a level track, with all the slack in the
train pulled out at the time the brakes are applied.
Air Compressor (Westinghouse). Figs. 1221-1224.
Air Controller (Pintsch Lamp). 458, Figs. 3208-3224.
Air Cylinder Gasket (Motor Compressor). 29, Figs.
1221-1224. See Gasket.
Air Flue (Refrigerator Cars). The vertical passage of
the car through which the chilled air passes to
enter the refrigerator.
Air Gage (Air Brake). Figs. 1277-1279. A gage to
register the pressure of air in the reservoirs, brake
pipe or brake cylinders, similar to an ordinary
steam pressure gage. They are made either with
a single pointer, Fig. 1277, or with two pointers.
Figs. 1278-1279, to indicate on one dial both the
reservoir pressure and the brake pipe pressure. The
latter type is called a duplex gage.
Air Gaps in Generators. The clearance between the
body or iron core of the rotating armature and the
stationary field poles or pieces of a generator.
Small air gaps are beneficial in that they permit of
smaller, lighter, slower speed and cheaper machines
than is the case with large air gaps. On the other
hand, the bearings of machines with small air gaps
require closer attention and more frequent renewals
and are more apt to give trouble at the commu-
tators and brushes than machines with large air
gaps. These should be thoroughly understood as
they have an important bearing on the cost of
electric car lighting.
Air Inlet. An opening for the admission of air to an
air compressor or a refrigerator car. The term in-
cludes both the air strainer and air pipe.
Air Pipe (Air Brake). More properly brake pipe.
Often called train pipe.
Air Pipe Strainer. Fig. 1283. More properly Brake
Pipe Air Strainer, which see.
Air Piston (Motor Compressor). 5, Figs. 1221-1224.
See Piston.
Air Piston Packing Rings (Motor Compressor). 6,
Figs. 1221-1224.
Air Pump and Motor. Figs. 1221-1224, 1296-1297. A
machine for compressing air, mounted beneath the
floor of a car, consisting of air cylinders, the pis-
tons of which are gear-driven by an electric motor.
See Motor-Driven Air Compressor.
Air Hose Bracket. See Brake Hose Bracket.
Air Pump Cylinder (Motor Compressor). 17, Figs.
1221-1224. A hollow cast iron cylinder with a pis-
ton, which piston compresses the air required to
operate the brakes. The pistons in the air cylin-
ders are connected with connecting rods to a crank
shaft geared to a small motor.
Air Pump Cylinder Head (Motor Compressor). 25,
Figs. 1221-1224. The cover for the lower end of
the air cylinder of a motor driven air pump for an
air brake. See Cylinder Head.
Air Pump Governor. See Electric Pump Governor.
Air Signal. See Train Air Signal.
Air Signal Reducing Valve. See Reducing Valve.
Air Space (Refrigerator Cars). C, Figs. 305-321. A
space left between the linings to aid in insulation.
Tt is sometimes called dead air space in distinction
from the ventilating passages, as the air in it is
confined and is not being constantly changed.
Air Strainer. Fig. 1283. A Brake Pipe Air Strainer,
which see.
Air Valve (Gold Steam Heating). Fig. 2876. A small
outlet valve which will pass air but not water, ap-
plied to the ends of storage heaters to allow the
air to escape when the steam or hot water is turned
on.
Aisle. The longitudinal passageway through a passen-
ger car, between the seats.
Aisle Seat End. The end or arm of a transverse car
seat next the aisle. See also Wall Seat End.
Ajax Diaphragm. Figs. 2297-2299. A cotton fabric dia-
phragm for vestibules made of sections riveted at
the joints and bound with leather at the corners.
Made in two styles, single for Pullman and double
for Gould Vestibules.
Ajax Forging Machinery. Figs. 6856-6883.
Alcove. A recess. See Faucet Alcove, Lamp Alcove,
Water Alcove.
Alcove Faucet. Figs. 3653-3654. A faucet in a water
alcove connected with a water cooler to supply
drinking water. See Faucet.
Alcove Lamp. A lamp placed in a recess in the side of
a car. Also called Panel Lamp, as it is usually
covered by a panel.
Allen Paper Wheel. Figs. 5402-5403. A car wheel with
a steel tire, a cast iron hub or center, and the space
between the tire and center filled with compressed
paper and held in place by wrought iron plates on
either side extending from the center to the tire
and bolted thereto. See Steel Tired Wheel.
Alleyway. More properly a corridor. A narrow pas-
sage at the side of staterooms or compartments in
parlor or sleeping cars.
American Automatic Slack Adjuster. Figs 1187-1192.
American (Continuous) Draft and Buffing Apparatus.
An apparatus by which the drawbars at both ends
of the car are connected by two rods with loops
at the ends, that hook over the ends of a bar or
key passing through the shank of each drawbar.
Each car is in this manner pushed from the rear
end and all the pull is transmitted through the
train by the draft rods. It has two buffer springs
and two follower plates at each end of the car.
Not now used in new construction.
American Dust Guard. A dust guard in two pieces,
which are held together and against the axle by a
spring.
American Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6793-6807.
Andrews Automatic Ventilator. Figs. 4442-4443.
Angle Clips (M. C. B. Coupler). Plates to fit the an-
gles or bends of an uncoupling rod. They are
fastened by an angle clip bolt.
Angle Cock (Air Brakes). Fig. 1282. A cock placed in
the brake pipe under each end of the car just in
front of the hose connection. This must always be
open except at the rear end of the last car, where
it must always be closed to prevent escape of air
from the brake line and setting of the brakes.
Angle Iron or Angle. A general term applied by makers
to iron or steel rolled in the form of an L, but with
the corner rounded off somewhat. When the angle
is rolled to a sharp corner and not rounded off, it
is termed a square-root angle.
Anti-Friction Car Door Hanger. Figs. 265.5-2657. See
Car Door Hanger.
Anti-Friction Side Bearings and Center Plates. Fig.
5340. Devices, a few of which the shown, to elimi-
nate the friction between body and truck in curving.
The two general forms are roller side bearings
and ball-bearing side bearings and center plates.
ANT
6
ASB
Anti-Telescoping Device. A type of end framing
adopted by the Pullman Company, in which the end
sill is greatly strengthened by an end sill stiffening
plate, an end sill stiffening angle bar, corner angle
posts, and end plate strengthening angles or knee
irons. The device is known as the "Sessions" anti-
telescoping device, and the patents are owned by
the Pullman Company.
Anvil (of Track Torpedoes). Interior pieces of iron
placed directly over the fulminating powder to in-
sure its ignition. Some track torpedoes have three
anvils.
Apron. See Door Apron, Roof Apron, Bunk Apron.
Arbor. ''A spindle or axle for a wheel or pinion; a
mandrel on which a ring or wheel is turned in a
lathe." — Knight. See Door Latch Arbor.
Arch (Elliptic Spring). The height from the center of
the scrolls at the ends of the elliptics to the under
side of the main leaf of the spring. Twice the arch
of an elliptic spring, less the thickness of the spring
bands, is the set and is the maximum amount which
an elliptic spring can be compressed. In a half
elliptic spring the arch and set differ only in the
thickness of the spring band.
Arch Bar. Figs. 5G97-5705; 14, Figs. 4705-4713. A bent
wrought iron or steel bar, which forms the top
member of an iron truck side frame. In the dia-
mond truck the next lower member is the in-
verted arch bar, and the next lower (occasionally
used) is the auxiliary arch bar. The tie bar comes
under all, and sometimes becomes an arch bar.
See also Center Bearing Arch Bar and Ceater
Bearing Inverted Arch Bar, for six-wheel trucks.
Arch Bars and Column Bolt for 80,000-Pounds Capacity
Cars (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5697-5705. In 1897
a committee on this subject reported designs, which
were subsequently adopted by letter ballot as Rec-
ommended Practice.
In 1901 these were, by letter ballot, changed from
Recommended Practice to Standard.
Arch Plate (Buhoup Vestibule). 46 and 91, Figs. 2215-
2263.
Arch Plate and Buffer Spring (Buhoup Vestibule). 46,
Figs. 2215-2263.
Arch Plate Band (Buhoup Vestibule). 49, Figs. 2215-
2263.
Arch Rail (British). See End Arch Rail.
Arched Roof. A roof, the surface of which is curved,
and which has no upper deck or clear story. It is
at the present time little used for passenger cars.
A Turtle Back Roof, which see.
Argand Burners. Figs. 3096-3097. See Lamp Burner
and Argand Lamp.
Argand Lamp. A lamp invented by Argand, a native
of Geneva, about the year 1784. The burner con-
sists of two concentric cylindrical tubes in which
is the annular wick. The tube inclosing the wick
is closed at the bottom and communicates by a pipe
with the oil reservoir. The interior tube being
open, free access of air is allowed to the interior
and exterior of the flame, insuring more perfect
and equal combustion. Some gas lamps are con-
structed on this principle.
Arm. See Berth Arm. Seat Arm.
Gas Arm. Seat Back Arm.
Lamp Arm. Striker Arm.
Arm Cap. Figs. 4189-4193. A metal plate, wooden cap,
t>r piece of upholstery with which the top of a seat
end, arm rest or chair arm is covered. Those for
chair arms, however, are also called Chair Arm
Plates, which see. An Arm Rest, which see, is
fixed to the side of the car.
Arm Holder (British). See Arm Sling.
Arm Pivot. See Seat Arm Pivot.
Arm Plate. See Seat Arm Plate.
Arm Rest. A wooden or metal bar or ledge attached
to the side of a car, and not, like an arm cap, to
the top of a seat end, for passengers to rest their
arms on.
Arm Rest Bracket. See Arm Rest. A bracket support-
ing the arm rest.
Arm Sling (British). In a carriage, a padded orna-
mental leather strap, looped and secured to the
doorway pillar. Also called arm holder or arm
strap.
Armature. 60, Figs. 1221-1224; Fig. 5817; 4, Figs. 5818-
5850, etc. The rotating part of a motor or dynamo.
It consists of a laminated iron cylinder or core
keyed to a shaft, and in slots of which are wound
the armature coils of insulated copper wire or
ribbon. At one end of the core on the shaft is
mounted the commutator, a copper cylinder com-
posed of insulated segments, which are connected
to corresponding armature coils.
Armored Brake Hose. Brake hose covered with a
woven wire fabric, to protect it from injury or
abrasion. Another form of armored brake hose is
formed by winding a continuous wire spirally
around it by a machine which makes the spiral
slightly smaller than the tube, so that it grips
tightly. Vacuum brake hose, for vacuum brakes,
is usually lined with coiled wires on the inside to
prevent collapsing, but such is not properly termed
armored brake hose. M. C. B. standard brake
hose is not armored.
Arms Horse Car. Figs. 114-117. A car built especially
for the transportation of valuable horses and fitted
with removable partitions forming stalls.
Asbestos Headlining. Fig. 3801. See Asbestos Pro-
tected Metal.
Asbestos Felt. A preparation of asbestos in loose
sheets similar to felt, for use as a non-conductor.
It is largely used in refrigerator cars. It is manu-
factured for that purpose in rolls about 42 in. wide,
and weighs about 1 lb. per square yard. It must
be handled with care to prevent tearing.
Asbestos Pipe Covering. Fig. 3013.
Asbestos Protected Metal. Fig. 3801. A material for
use as roofing, side walls, partitions and ceilings in
buildings; also for inside box car roofs, passenger
car and locomotive cab roofs, head linings and in-
terior finish for passenger cars. Its composition is
as follows: A sheet of steel rolled true to gage
and sheared to exact size, which gives structural
strength and rigidity against torsional and direct
load strains and prevents the asbestos surface of
the finished material from being torn or stretched.
A coating of special asphaltum compound, contain-
ing heavy natural oils, which is rendered permanent
and practically non-inflammable. By a special proc-
ess of manufacture this coating is applied to the
steel core of the material at a temperature of 600
deg. F. It is impervious to the attack of moisture
and acid gases of all kinds and hermetically seals
the steel core, giving it absolute protection from
the corroding attack of the various destructive
agents to which an exposed material is subjected.
A layer of pure asbestos felt made especially for
use in the manufacture of asbestos protected metal
applied on both sides of the sheet under great pres-
ASB
AUT
sure and firmly imbedded in the asphaltum com-
pound. This asbestos coating will not rot or dis-
integrate, and presents an unbroken pure mineral
surface, which is absolutely fireproof. It is manu-
factured in three colors — white, gray and terra-
cotta, or in any combination of these three.
Asbestos Wick (Pintsch Lamp). 299, Figs. 3208-3224.
Ascending Rail (British). Nearest American equiva-
lent, grab iron or hand rail. The end ascending
rail is a long wrought iron bar secured at the ends
of a covered vehicle, serving as a hand rail for
ascending to the roof. The roof ascending rail, or
roof commode handle, is a similar hand rail at the
end of the roof of a covered vehicle.
Ascending Step (British). Nearest American equiva-
lent, ladder round. A rough wrought iron plate
secured to the ends of a covered vehicle serving
as a step to ascend to the roof. They are used in
Great Britain on both passenger and freight cars.
Ash Pan (Baker Heater). Fig. 2176.
Ash Pit. Figs. 2685-2701. The lower portion of every
stove, under the grate, into which the ashes fall.
Under it is sometimes placed an ashbox, Fig. 2681.
The ash pit is made up of a casting usually called
the ash pit base, and closed by an ash pit front
carrying one, or more commonly two ash pit doors.
An ash pit ring serves as a hopper to guide the coal
and ashes on to the grate. The doors are distin-
guished as right and left; as for a person standing
facing the stove. The ash pit doors are sometimes
carried as in Fig. 2680, in an ash pit frame instead
of an ash pit front.
Ash Pit (Baker Heater). Fig. 2685.
Ash Pit Door (Baker Heater). Figs. 2703-2719.
Asphalt Car Roofing. A saturated and coated felt ap-
plied in sheets.
Atmospheric Brake. See Air Brake, Vacuum Brake.
This term, but little used, includes both the air
brake and the vacuum brake.
Attachment of Couplers to Cars. Fig. 7. In 1907 the
following details were advanced from recommended
practice to standard.
Spacing between center sills. — That the spacing
between steel center sills be 12% inches.
Front and back stops. — That front and back stops
with riveted holes 15/16 inch in diameter be spaced
as shown below.
-o-
0 f (p
?4
« — ©-He
a
<H-e
-o
a — e
c4
4
J-0
Holes cored j^"
Drawing A.
Holes cored jg"
Drawing B.
Spacing between coupler horn and buffer beam. —
That the spacing between coupler horn and buffer
beam be 1% inches for all spring gear and 2%
inches for all friction gear
Followers. — That flat followers be made of
wrought iron or open hearth steel 1% inches thick
for tandem spring gear and 2% inches thick for
twin spring and friction gear.
Side clearance of coupler. — That the total side
clearance of the coupler be not less than 2%' inches.
In 1907 the back wall of butt was changed to %
inch thick, owing to the fact that the tail pin had
fallen into disuse and there was no necessity for so
much metal there.
The width of shank was changed to 5 inches on
both sizes of coupler shanks to properly provide for
securing yokes.
A dimension of not less than 1% inches was
shown forward of the 9%-inch butt to provide for
the increased length of gib. A limiting dimension of
not more than 1 inch was shown for the diameter
of core hole in lug of knuckle to prevent a recur-
rence of the slotted knuckle weakness. A note was
added to the effect that there should be no projec-
tions on the bottom of the shank from the line of the
horn back for 12 inches to provide for proper move-
ment of shank on carrier iron.
In 1908 the use of 1%-inch rivets for attaching
yokes to coupler butts was advanced from Recom-
mended Practice to Standard.
In 1908 the diameter of rivet holes in coupler
butts was changed from 1 3/16 inches to 1 5/16
inches.
In 1908 the following notes were added:
That all new types of couplers put on the market
after January 1, 1909, have a dimension of 9% inches
from back of coupler horn to inside face of knuckle,
and that the face or front wall of coupler have a
minimum thickness of \Vt inches.
That the total lift of locking pin be not more
than 6 inches.
That all couplers must have an eyelet for locking
device located immediately above locking pin hole.
Automatic Air Brake. One which is automatically ap-
plied by a rupture in the hose couplings or brake
pipe or by train separation. The term is indefinite,
but usually refers to the Westinghouse Air Brake,
Figs. 1101-1188, which see, which is the one in most
general use throughout the world.
Automatic Car Coupler. Figs. 1583-1847. A device for
automatically coupling cars by impact without the
necessity of a person going in between the cars.
The Master Car Builders' standard type of coupler
which is in universal use in the United States is
any coupler of the so-called vertical plane type
which .conforms to certain contour lines adopted by
the M. C. B. Association. This type of coupler is
shown in Figs. 5579-5597. The standard contour
lines are shown in Fig. 5579.
This form of automatic coupler was adopted as
standard in 1887. Further details were adopted in
1889 and 1893. An action of the Association in 1889
permits the use of a coupler 28 inches long instead
of 30 inches as shown, for use only on cars already
in service and requiring such length coupler. In
1889 the Association decided that the opening in
the carrier iron, where coupler enters, should be
5% inches vertically and hVi inches horizontally.
Drawing revised in 1896.
In 1903 the solid knuckle was adopted as a
standard of the Association to be used for all re-
pairs and in all new couplers after January 1, 1904.
In 1903 a recommendation was made that for new
equipment purchased after January 1, 1904, only
such couplers as have a lock set on or within the
head and which do not depend upon the uncoupling
lever to hold up the lock should be specified. By
letter ballot this was adopted as a standard.
AUT
AUT
The revision made in 189G consisted in the elimi-
nation of the carrier iron from the Recommended
Practice.
In 1899 the play of the shank of the coupler in
the carry arm was changed to not less than V-i inch
on each side.
In 1899 the vertical dimension of the knuckle was
fixed at 9 inches as a minimum.
In 1899 the vertical dimension of the end of
guard arm was fixed at 7% inches as a minimum.
In 1899 the recommendation of the Coupler Com-
mittee that the horizontal plane containing the axis
of the shank of the coupler bisect the vertical di-
mensions of the knuckle and end of guard arm, was
adopted as a standard of the Association.
In 1899 the vertical height of the stop shoulder,
or horn of coupler, was fixed at not less than 3%
inches.
In 1899 the recommendation of the Coupler Com-
mittee that the horn of the coupler be arranged
to touch the striking plate before the back of the
head of the coupler strikes the ends of the draft
timbers, was adopted as a standard of the Associ-
ation.
In 1899 the sizes of pivot pins were fixed as
follows:
1% inches or 1% inches in diameter and 13%
inches from the under side of head to center of pin
hole for %-inch cotter.
In 1901 a design of shank 5 by 7 inches back of
the head was submitted, and, upon reference to let-
ter ballot, was adopted as standard.
In 1904, as a result of the letter ballot, the note
relating to pivot pins, was changed to read as fol-
lows:
"Pivot pin must be of steel, 1% inches in diam-
eter, of sufficient length to permit applying a %-
inch cotter pin below the coupling lug."
In 1905 an additional dimension "not less than
20% inches" was added to plan view of 5 by 7-inch
coupler, Figs. 5579-5597, to definitely locate the
point at which shank shall measure 7 inches. Also
the note, "Tail End for Continuous Draft," under
the drawing of slotted tail coupler was omitted as
being unsuited for present approved practice.
In 1907 a butt 5 x 5% x 9% inches for friction
draft gear was adopted as standard.
Standard contour line was announced by Execu-
tive Committee under instructions from the Associ-
ation April 8, 1888. Limit gages for preserving
standard contour line were adopted in 1891.
These gages, properly proven by master gages.
may be procured from Pratt & Whitney Company,
of Hartford, Connecticut. A duplicate set of master
gages is held in the office of the Secretary for
reference when desired.
In 1899 the contour line showing the length of
the guard arm was extended about one inch.
In 1899 the M. C. B. standard limit gage for
new couplers was changed by moving the screw
to a new position.
In 1902 the contour gage was strengthened by
the use of a solid web in the weak part of the
frame, and part of the outside flange increased to
Vi inch in thickness. The handhold was also re-
duced in size to give greater strength.
In 1903 the contour line of the M. C. B. coupler
was changed as now shown in Fig. 5579.
In 1904 the coupler and knuckle limit gages were
changed to conform to the contour lines adopted
in 1903 and to have raised figures "1904" cast on
them.
Other types of couplers are shown as follows:
Buckeye, Figs. 1739-1742. Melrose, Figs. 1766-1775.
Chicago, Figs. 1757-1765 National, Figs. 1594-1598
Climax, Figs. 1630-1638. 1830-1847.
Gould, Figs. 1593, 1828- Pitt, Figs. 1721-1729.
1829. Sharon, Figs. 1616-1629,
Janney, Figs. 1608-1615 1798-1809.
1715-1720, 1812-1819. Simplex, Figs. 1589-1592.
Janney, R. E., Figs. 1583 Standard, Figs. 1599-1007.
15S8. Tower, Figs. 1639-1647.
Kelso, Figs. 1706-1714. Trojan, Figs. 1777-1793.
Latrobe, Figs. 1648-1657 Washburn, Figs. 1730-
Major, Figs. 1743-1756. 1738, 1810-1811.
Automatic Car Couplers, Specifications for (M. C. B.
Standard).
In 1899 specifications and tests for M. C. B. automatic
couplers were adopted as Recommended Practice. In
1903 they were revised. In 1905 they were revised and
adopted as standard. For drop testing machine and
details, see Figs. 6024-6027.
The couplers furnished under this specification must
be made of steel in accordance with the best foundry
methods and must not be painted.
1. Couplers will be subject to the inspection and test
of the above named company as to their mechanical
workings, general condition and strength. The test and
inspection will be made at the place of manufacture,
where assistance and labor necessary to make satis-
factory and prompt inspection and shipment must be
furnished free by the manufacturer. The testing ma-
chine and gages approved by the M. C. B. Association
must be used in the test and inspection of couplers.
2. Couplers will be ordered as far as practicable in
lots of one thousand; for each one thousand ordered
the manufacturer shall furnish 1,104 and in the event of
additional couplers being required to carry out the pre-
scribed tests, they shall be furnished free of cost by the
manufacturers.
3. Bars, knuckles and locking pins or blocks must be
accurately made to gages furnished by the manufac
turer. These gages must govern all dimensions repre-
senting fitting surfaces, thereby insuring absolute inter-
changeability and freedom of motion between the as-
sembled parts without further adjustment or machin-
ing. When assembled, knuckles and locking pins or
blocks must work freely, but the lost motion between
knuckles and bars must not permit more than Ys inch
vertical play, or between knuckles and locks must not
permit the knuckle to drop forward beyond the proper
contour line, but % or % of an inch lost motion in
opposite direction is desirable.
4. Couplers must conform to M. C. B. standard
drawings and contour lines and 'must have a lock set
within the head of the coupler. They must couple and
uncouple with each other (with either or both knuckles
open) and also with the master or sample coupler; they
should lock easily when the knuckle is pushed in by
hand. They must have steel pivot pins 1% inches in
diameter of sufficient length to permit applying a %-
inch cotter pin through the pin below the coupler lug.
Pivot pins, after having the heads struck up, must be
properly annealed.
5. Bars and knuckles shall not be accepted if dis-
torted by improperly matched flasks or any other de-
fects due to molding. They must be free from in-
jurious shrinkage, cracks, flaws, checks, sand, sand
holes or blow holes. The holes for pivot pins in lugs
of bars and knuckles should be drilled or, if cored,
A TT-r
AUT
AUT
must be broached out, and must not be more than -fs
inch larger than pin. The holes must be parallel to the
face of the bar or knuckle and at right angles to the
axis of bar or knuckle. As many bars and knuckles
as possible must be cast from the same heat of steel.
All parts must be well annealed throughout.
6. The pulling and contact faces of coupler and
knuckle must be clean, smooth and at right angles to
axis of the bar. The dimensions of butt and shank
must be within the limits of variation shown by the
company's drawing.
7. The name of coupler must be legibly cast on the
top side of head of the bar. Each knuckle and each
drawbar must bear a serial number legibly stamped
or cast upon it. The knuckle must also bear the name
of the coupler and the manufacturer's name or identifi-
cation mark legibly cast or stamped at some point
where it will not be worn off.
1, hereafter specified. If the coupler fails to stand the
prescribed tests but, before failing, stands a sufficient
number of blows to make a retest admissible, a second
coupler shall be taken from the same lot from which
the first coupler was taken. If it stands the test, that
lot of couplers shall be accepted as far as test No. 1
is concerned; otherwise that lot of couplers shall be
rejected and another lot substituted and tested in the
same way.
2. From each 1,004 couplers accepted by test No. 1
four complete couplers shall be selected by the in-
spector, one of which shall be subject to test No. 2,
one to test No. 3 and two to test No. 4, hereafter
specified. If any coupler or pair of couplers fails to
stand the prescribed test but, before failing, stands a
sufficient number of blows to make a retest admissible,
a second coupler or pair shall be taken from the same
lot or lots from which the first were taken. For in-
BCFORE TEST
HCTMH Or HEA3U*I«C OCrLCCTlOH IN TX*T HO _.
B' C* *CASU»CS AXIAl- DCrHCTIW HHD -MT HOT MCTCO l£
AB-* B HCA»W«S HHUCHlX CU3SUMH AMD HU»T HOTCXCCCO _:
FIG. 2
AFTER TCST
FIC3
SEFORE TEST
FIG.**.
AFTER TEST
MCTHOB or MOASUMINO OOnTCTIOH m TC»T NOL
A B HCASUics «iial ccnxcTiOH «no must wot CBCCCO H row
COu«,C°3 WITH 31 T~Sm>HH OH l£* rO" COUHuCHO WITH o\-*' OMANH
CO-CDHCUvlIU 6v*»0 ** • 0»TO"TK1h ANO MIST (M)T SMCXOg
8. Every coupler complying with the above require-
ments must have legibly cast in raised letters on the
head, and in plain view where they will not be worn
off, the letters "M. C. B."; this mark to be evidence
that the coupler is an M. C. B. standard.
INSPECTION.
1. The couplers, after having been thoroughly in-
spected by the manufacturer to see that they meet the
requirements as to interchangeability, soundness and
dimensions of parts, etc., herein specified, should be ar-
ranged in lots of 101 and 102, so as to provide for the
necessary 1,014 couplers and, where possible, care
should be taken to put all couplers of the same heat
number or numbers in the same lot or lots. The in-
spector shall then inspect and gage each coupler as to
its compliance with drawing sizes, and for surface de-
fects and proper contour lines. Any irregularities or
swollen parts on the working or bearing faces must be
ground or chipped off before the couplers are accepted.
After this inspection the inspector shall select one
complete coupler taken at random from each of the
lots as provided for above and subject them to test No.
stance, if the couplers selected for the test No. 3 have
been taken from the fourth one hundred couplers and
the failure allows a retest, a second pair shall be taken
from the fourth one hundred couplers. If they stand
the test, that lot of one thousand couplers shall be ac-
cepted as far as that test is concerned; otherwise that
lot shall be rejected and another lot of one thousand
couplers substituted. Any part of any coupler which
has been subjected to tests is condemned for service.
PHYSICAL TESTS.
Test No. 1.— Striking Test on Closed Knuckle of
Complete Coupler. — As a preliminary the coupler must
be marked on bottom of butt with a center-punched
line parallel to axis of shank, this line to extend to
the inner face of knuckle (see Fig. 1); the coupler must
then be rigidly fixed in the machine in a vertical posi-
tion, with the axis of coupler in the center line of drop,
the pivot pinhole parallel to line through center of legs
of the machine and the butt blocked solidly on the
anvil to prevent lateral motion by means of steel fillers
and wedges, the latter sledged down tight and this
sledging repeated after each blow. The heights of
AUT
in
AUT
support from bottom of butt end should not be greater
than 19% inches.
Blows to be struck directly on knuckle.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling five (5) feet.
Three blows of 1,040 pounds falling ten (10) feet.
The coupler shall be considered as having failed to
stand this test if it is broken before it has received
three blows at 5 feet and three blows at 10 feet, or if
any cracks appear more than one inch long or open
more than 1-16 inch, or the center-punched line meas-
ured at contour is distorted more than 1%. inches after
having received three blows at 10 feet, or if the
knuckle is closed more than % of an inch from its
original position when pulled out against the lock by
hand after receiving three blows at 5 feet, or if the
knuckle will not open, or if the locking device is inop-
erative after test. For measuring axial distortion and
knuckle closure, see Figs. 1 and 2. Should the coupler
before failing stand three blows at 5 feet and one blow
at 10 feet, another complete coupler should be pro-
vided and tested as per Section 8 governing retest.
Test No. 2. — Guard Arm Test of Drawbar. — As a pre-
liminary, pivot, knuckle and locking device having been
removed, the coupler must be marked on bottom with
a center-punched line (see points 1, 2 and 3 in Figs. 3
and 4) parallel to axis of shank and extending to the
contour face; a center-punch mark must also be placed
at the end of guard arm and on lug (see Fig. 3). The
coupler must be blocked rigidly in a vertical position
in the machine with steel fillers and wedges, the latter
sledged down tight and the sledging repeated after
each blow. The butt must rest solidly on the anvil
and must be blocked to prevent lateral motion. The
edge of guard arm must be on line through centers of
legs of machine.
Blows to be struck directly on guard arm.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling three (3) feet.
Four blows of 1,640 pounds falling five (5) feet.
The coupler shall be considered as having failed to
stand this test if it is broken before it has received
three blows at 3 feet and four blows at 5 feet, or if any
crack appears more than one inch long or open more
than 1-16 inch, or if the center-punched line is distorted
more than 1% inches for 5 in. by 7 in. shank or 1%.
inches for 5 in. by 5 in. shank couplers, or if the dis-
tance between center-punch marks on bottom of head
has widened more than 7-16 inch. For method of meas-
uring axial and guard arm deflection, see Figs. 3 and 4.
Should the bar before failing stand three blows at 3
feet and two blows at 5 feet, another coupler shall be
provided and tested as per Section 8 governing retest.
Test No. 3. — Jerk Test of Complete Couplers. — One
coupler shall be placed in an inverted position in the
yoke forging of test machine and equalizer bar placed
so as to rest level, one end in the closed knuckle, the
other resting central on the spring follower cap. The
weight must strike the equalizer bar midway between
the center line of coupler and the center line of the
spring follower cap.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling five (5) feet.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling ten (10) feet.
A coupler shall be considered as having failed to
stand this test if it is broken before it has received
three blows at 5 feet and three blows at 10 feet, or if
cracks appear more than one inch long or open more
than 1-10 inch, or if the knuckle is open more than %
inch from its original position after third blow at 10
feet, or if the equalizer bar will not stay in place when
struck, or if the knuckle will not open, or if the locking
device is inoperative after receiving the full test. Should
the coupler fail to stand the prescribed test, but stand
three blows at 5 feet and one blow at 10 feet, another
complete coupler shall be provided and tested as per
Section 8 governing retest.
Test No. 4.— Pulling Test for Complete Couplers.—
Two couplers shall be supported in the machine In-
voke forgings and locked together as in running posi-
tion, with their axis in the same straight line. The
couplers must stand a steady pull of 120,000 pounds. A
coupler shall be considered as having failed to stand
this test if it is broken before it has been pulled the
prescribed number of pounds, or if any cracks appear
more than one inch long or open more than 1-16 inch,
or if the knuckle has opened more than % inch from
its original position when pulled out against the lock.
The measurement of knuckle opening must be obtained
after the pressure is released. The couplers shall be
considered as having failed to stand this test is they
slip apart in the machine, or if the knuckle will not
open, or if the locking devices are inoperative after
above tests. Should either or both couplers fail to
stand the prescribed test, but both stand 90,000 pounds,
another complete coupler or pair of couplers shall be
provided as per Section 8 governing retest.
10. The final failure of any part to meet test shall
not condemn the complete coupler, but only that part
which fails, and such part in all couplers presented
shall be replaced, after which the test shall be pro-
ceeded with, using new couplers, as if no part of the
test had been made.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEPARATE KNUCKLES.
In 1904, specifications were adopted for separate
knuckles, as follows:
The knuckles furnished under this specification must
be made of steel in accordance with the best foundry
methods and must not be painted.
1. Knuckles will be subject to the inspection and
test of the above named company as to their general
condition and strength. The tests and inspection will
be made at the place of manufacture, where assistance
and labor necessary to make satisfactory and prompt
inspection and shipment must be furnished free by the
manufacturer. The testing machine and gages ap-
proved by the M. C. E. Association must be used in the
test and inspection of knuckles.
2. Knuckles will be ordered as far as practicable in
lots of 100; for each 100 ordered the manufacturer shall
furnish 102, and in the event of additional knuckles
being required to carry out the prescribed tests, they
shall be furnished free of cost by the manufacturers.
3. Knuckles must be accurately made to gages fur-
nished by the manufacturer. These gages must govern
all dimensions representing fitting surfaces, thereby in-
suring absolute interchangeability without machining.
4. Knuckles will not be accepted if distorted by improp-
erly matched flasks or any other defects due to mold-
ing. They must be free from injurious shrinkage cracks,
flaws, checks, sand, sand holes or blow holes. The holes
for pivot pins in knuckles should be drilled or, if cored,
must be broached out, and must not be more than A
inch larger than 1%-inch diameter pivot pin. The holes
must be parallel to the face of the knuckle, and at right
angles to the axis of knuckle. As many knuckles as
possible must be cast from the same heat of steel. All
parts must be well annealed throughout.
5. The pulling and contact faces of knuckle must be
clean and smooth.
6. Each knuckle must bear a serial number and the
manufacturer's name or identification mark legibly cast
or stamped at some point where it will not be worn off.
A TIT*
AUT
11
AUX
1XSPECT10X.
7. The knuckles, after having been thoroughly in-
spected by the manufacturer to see that they meet the
requirements as to interchangeability, soundness and
■dimensions of parts, etc., herein specified, should be ar-
ranged in lots of 102, and where possible, care should be
taken to put all knuckles of the same heat number or
numbers in the same lot or lots. The inspector shall
then inspect and gage each knuckle as to its compliance
■with drawing sizes, and for surface defects and proper
contour lines. Any irregularities or swollen parts on
the working or bearing faces must be ground or
■chipped off before the knuckles are accepted.
After this inspection the inspector shall select two
knuckles taken at random from the lot or lots as pro-
vided for above, and subject one of them to Test No. 1
and the other to Test No. 2, hereafter specified. If
one of these knuckles fails to stand prescribed Test
No. 1, but before failing, stands a sufficient number of
blows to make retest admissible, another knuckle shall
be taken from the same lot from which the first
knuckles were taken. If it stands the test, that lot of
knuckles shall be accepted as far as Test No. 1 is con-
cerned; otherwise that lot of knuckles shall be rejected
and another lot substituted and tested in the same way.
The other knuckle selected by the inspector shall be
subjected to Test No. 2. If this knuckle fails to stand
prescribed Test No. 2, hereafter specified, but before
failing, stands a sufficient number of blows to make a
retest admissible, another knuckle shall be taken from
the same lot from which the first knuckles were taken.
If it stands the test, that lot of knuckles shall be ac-
cepted; otherwise that lot of knuckles shall be rejected
and another lot substituted and tested in the same way.
PHYSICAL TEST.
Test Xo. 1. — Striking Test. — The striking test back
block and knuckle supports are placed in the housing
against the back and sides, the knuckle dropped in be-
tween the supports and held by inserting the pin
through the holes in the knuckle supports. The knuckle
is then adjusted by means of liners between the back
block and the knuckle supports, and between the
knuckle supports and the housing. The striking block
is then placed in the housing casting resting upon the
knuckle. A fitting piece made to suit the type of
knuckle is slipped in position between the tail and hous-
ing casting so that the striking face of the knuckle is
in a horizontal position.
Blows to be struck on striking block through which
they are transmitted to knuckle.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling four (4) feet.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling eight (8) feet.
The knuckle shall be considered as having failed to
stand this test if it is broken before it has received
three blows at 4 feet and three blows at 8 feet, or if
any cracks appear more than 1 inch long or open more
than tV inch. Should the knuckle before failing stand
three blows at 4 feet and one blow at 8 feet, another
knuckle shall be provided and tested as per Section 7
governing retest.
Test No. 2. — Jerk Test. — The jerk test back block and
knuckle supports are placed in the housing against the
back and sides, the knuckle dropped in between the
supports and held by inserting the pin through the hole
in the knuckle supports. The knuckle is then adjusted
by means of liners between the back block and the
knuckle supports, and between the knuckle supports
and the housing. The striking block is then inserted
resting on the inner face of the knuckle, and a block
of suitable size inserted between the tail of the knuckle
and striking block, so that the striking face of the
knuckle is in a horizontal position.
Blows to be struck on the striking block through
which they are transmitted to the knuckle.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling three (3) feet.
Two blows of 1,640 pounds falling six (6) feet.
The knuckle shall be considered as having failed to
stand this test if it is broken before it has received
three blows at 3 feet and two blows at 6 feet, or if
any cracks appear more than 1 inch long or open more
than is inch. Should the knuckle before failing stand
three blows at 3 feet, another knuckle shall be pro-
vided and tested as per Section 7 governing retest.
Automatic Coupling (Steam and Air Pipes). Figs.
1199-1204, 6410-6414. A device by means of which
the steam, air brake and signal pipes are auto-
matically coupled by impact. It is usually sup-
ported by a hanger from the coupler, and springs
back of the head keep the parts tight together. Al-
lowance is made for vertical and lateral movement,
and arrangement provided for interchange with
cars not equipped with the device.
Automatic Deck Sash Ventilator. Figs. 4438-4441.
Automatic Lubricator. A device for feeding at regular
intervals a certain quantity of oil or lubricant to a
cylinder or some mechanism requiring lubrication.
See Lubricator.
Automatic Reducing Valve (High Speed Brakes). Figs.
1143-1147. A valve attached to the brake cylinder
to automatically bleed the pressure down to 60 lbs.
after an emergency application, when the pressure
in the cylinder rises to 85 lbs. or more. The tri-
angular port gives a graduated reduction. It also
prevents the brake cylinder pressure from exceed-
ing 60 lbs. pressure in a service application. The
triangular port then gives a wide opening.
Automatic Slack Adjuster. Figs. 1173-1182, 1187-1192.
See Slack Adjuster.
Automatic Switch (Electric Car Lighting). A device
connected to the armature of the dynamo, by which
the current is automatically turned onto the lights
and batteries when the armature has reached a
predetermined speed of rotation and consequent
voltage output.
Automatic Tee Trap. Figs. 2849-2850.
Automatic Vapor Regulating Valve. Figs. 2844-2845.
Automatic Ventilator. Figs. 4418-4433. A ventilator
which is self-adjusting, so as to exhaust air from
a car if the train runs in either direction. A great
variety of such devices exists, not all shown. See
Ventilator.
Automatic Window Catch. A device to hold a win-
dow sash from being shoved up or down. See
Sash Lock.
Automobile Car. A special baggage car having wide
side doors and an end door extending almost the
entire width of the car, used for carrying auto-
mobiles on passenger trains.
Auxiliary Arch Bar. A wrought iron bar sometimes
used, which forms the lower member of a diamond
truck side frame. See Arch Bar.
Auxiliary Belt Rail. 65a, Figs. 645-647. A thin strip
of wood nailed on top of the Belt Rail, which see.
Auxiliary Brake Equalizing Lever (Six-Wheel Truck).
A short lever to which the brake lever connecting
rod is fastened, and which divides the power equally
between the center pair of wheels and the outside
pair of wheels.
Auxiliary Buffer Spring. A spring placed back of a
draft spring to give greater resistance to compres-
AUX
12
AXL
sion on the drawbar in buffing. In this manner
two springs operate in buffing, and only one in
tension. Seldom used.
Auxiliary Compression Beam Brace. 165b, Figs. 577-
581; 164b, Figs. 599-619. The same as a Center
Compression Beam Brace, wdiich see.
Auxiliary Reservoir (Westinghouse Automatic Air
Brake.). Figs. 1260-1276, 1292. A cylindrical res-
ervoir made of steel tubing, attached to the under
side of a car or tender by auxiliary reservoir bands
attached through auxiliary reservoir beams. In
freight cars, auxiliary reservoir beams are termed
brake cylinder blocks and end blocks. The res-
ervoir serves to hold a supply of compressed air
to operate the brakes of each car, and is supplied
from the main reservoir on the engine through the
brake pipe. For freight train service the auxiliary
reservoir, triple valve and brake cylinder are com-
bined in one piece, Fig. 1275.
Auxiliary Reservoir Bands (Air Brake). Figs. 910-912.
See above.
Auxiliary Reservoir Beams (Air Brake). Short wooden
timbers bolted to the under side of the sills. In
freight cars called brake cylinder blocks. See
above.
Auxiliary Reservoir Bleeding Cock. Fig. 1281. See
Reservoir Drain Cock.
Auxiliary Reservoir Hanger. Figs. 986-987. An Auxil-
iary Reservoir Band, which see.
Avery System of Acetylene Lighting. Figs. 3357-3361.
A system of acetylene gas lighting employing a
gas generator mounted under the car in distinction
from the Adlake System which employs a gen-
erator mounted in the car. The carbide is put in
a cartridge which is put in or removed from the
generator, as shown in Figs. 3358-3359.
Axle. 2, Figs. 4771, 6207. A shaft made of wrought
iron or steel, to which a pair of wheels is attached
by pressing on in a hydraulic wheel press. They
are distinguished according to use, as passenger
car, freight car, hand car, street car axle, etc., and
according to mode of manufacture, as hammered,
fagoted, muck bar axles, etc. See also Car Axle.
The M. C. B. standard axles are shown in Figs.
5510-5513.
Axle (M. C. B. Standard). In 1899 it was decided that
the standard axles should be known by letters.
In 1901 a designation was given the standard
axles, whereby each shall be known to carry a
definite weight instead of for cars of particular
capacity. See Figs. 5510-5513.
Axle. — A. With journals 3% by 7 inches. De-
signed to carry 15,000 pounds. This axle is the
standard of the Association for cars of 40,000 pounds
capacity.
In 1873 a standard for car axles was recom-
mended, the form and dimensions of which, except-
ing the diameter in the middle, were substantially the
same as shown in this sheet. In 1884 the diameter
at the middle was increased from 3% inches to iVi
inches, by letter ballot.
In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed
from 4% to 5% inches.
In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of
this axle showing a straight taper between certain
points on the axle, also a diagram showing location
of the borings to be taken from steel axles for
analysis. See Figs. 5767-5768.
In 1902 further changes were made in the diame-
ter of the tapered portion where it joins the fillet
next to the rough collar; also in the diameter of
the rough collar.
In 1907 the radius between the wheel seat and
the rough collar on the inside of the hub of the
wdieel was changed to % inch, with the center from
which the radius is struck coincident with the in-
side face of the hub of the wheel.
The radius between the dust guard and wheel seat
was changed to \i inch.
Axle.— B. With Journals iYi by 8 inches. De-
signed to carry 22,000 pounds. This axle was
adopted as a standard of the Association for cars
of 60,000 pounds capacity, by letter ballot, in 1889.
In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed
from 5% inches to 5% inches.
In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of
this axle, showing a straight taper betw-een certain
points on the axle, also a diagram showing location
of borings to be taken from steel axles for analysis.
See Figs. 5767-5768.
In 1901 the diameter of the middle was increased
from 4% inches to 4% inches.
In 1902 changes were made in the diameter of
the tapered portion of the axle where it joins the
fillet next to collar.
In 1907 the radius between the wheel seat and
the rough collar on the inside of the hub of the
wheel was changed to ?A inch, with the center from
which the radius is struck coincident with the in-
side face of the hub of the wheel.
The radius between the dust guard and wheel
seat was changed to V± inch.
Axle. — C. With Journals, 5 by 9 inches. De-
signed to carry 38,000 pounds. This axle was
adopted as a standard of the Association in 1899.
made a standard of the Association in 1898.
In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed
from 6% inches to 6Vz inches.
In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of
this axle, showing a straight taper between certain
points on the axle, also a diagram showing the loca-
tion of borings to be taken from steel axles for
analysis. See Figs. 5767-5768.
In 1902 changes were made in the diameter of
the tapered portion of the axle where it joins the
fillet next to collar; also in the diameter of the
rough collar.
In 1907 the radius between the wheel seat and the
rough collar on the inside of the hub of the wheel
was changed to % inch, with the center from
which the radius is struck coincident with the in-
side face of the hub of the wheel.
The radius between the dust guard and wheel
seat was changed to % inch.
Axle. — D. With Journals, 5 Ms by 10 inches. De-
signed to carry 38,000 pounds. This axle was
adopted as a standard of the Association in 1899.
In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed
from 6% inches to 7 inches.
In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of
this axle showing a straight taper between certain
points on the axle, also a diagram showing the loca-
tion of borings to be taken from steel axles for
analysis. See Figs. 5767-5768.
In 1902 changes were made in the diameter of
the tapered portion of the axle where it joins the
fillet next to collar; also in the diameter of the
rough collar.
In 1906 a % inch radius was adopted between the
AXL
13
AXL
wheel fit and the rough collar adjoining the inside
hub of the wheel; also the radius between the dust
guard and wheel fit was increased to % inch.
In 1907 the center from which the radius of %
inch is struck was made coincident with the inside
face of the hub of the wheel.
Axles (M. C. B. Recommended Practice for Specifica-
tions for Iron and Steel Axles). Specifications for
Iron Axles.
In 1899 the following specifications, including
tests for iron axles, were adopted as Recommended
Practice:
Car axles for the use of this company will be
ordered subject to the following conditions:
1. All axles must conform in shape and size
to the dimensions shown on the blue print, which
will be furnished by the R. R.
2. All axles must be cut off and faced to exact
lengths, and be centered with 60 degree centers
in the manner indicated in blue prints, so as to
prevent lathe centers from bottoming. Axles
must be made of double-work fagoted scrap, 16
per cent, of new bar iron worked into the center
of the axles being allowed if desired. Axles must
be well hammered and free from any clearly
defined open seams. They must finish in the
lathe with journals free from flaws in the shape
of holes, pieces shelled out, or open seams large
enough so that with a knife blade scale or dirt
can be removed from such seams, or open seams
■showing a clear opening of 1/32 inch or over, and
being more than 1 inch long. The maker's name
or initials must be stamped plainly on each axle.
3. All axles are to be inspected and tested at
the works where they are made. The
shall be notified when they are ready for in-
spection. Under no circumstances shall car axles
lie shipped from the works where they are made
-until they have been tested, inspected and ac-
cepted by a proper representative of the com-
-pany.
4. For each one hundred axles or fraction
thereof ordered one additional axle must be fur-
-nished for test. This axle will be selected at ran-
dom from the pile and subjected to the prescribed
■drop test for iron axles of its class. If it stands
the test, the one hundred axles, or fractional part
thereof that it represents, will be inspected, and
only those accepted that are made in a workman-
like manner and are free from defects mentioned
in these specifications. All axles received are
subject to rejection if they do not finish in the
lathe in accordance with the requirements herein
given. The manufacturer must furnish, free of
charge, the axles that are to be tested, the testing
apparatus and the assistance necessary to enable
the inspector to make a satisfactory inspection
and test. Axles will not be accepted if the diam-
eters fall below the dimensions for forged sizes
given in the blue prints, or if exceeding those di-
mensions by more than Vk inch. Car axles in the
rough must not have less than the prescribed
minimum weight, nor more than the prescribed
maximum weight for axles of their class.
Axle Drop Test:
5. All axles will be tested physically by drop
test. The testing machine must conform in its
essential parts to the drawings adopted by the
Master Car Builders' Association. These es-
sential parts are: The points of supports on which
the axle rests during tests must be three (3) feet
apart from center to center; the tup must weigh
1,640 pounds; the anvil, which is supported on
springs, must weigh 17,500 pounds; it must be
free to move in a vertical direction; the springs
upon which it rests must be twelve in number,
of the kind described on drawing, and the radius
of the supports and of the striking face on the
tup in the direction of the axis of the axle must
be five (5) inches. When an axle is tested it
must be so placed in the machine that the tup
will strike it midway between the ends, and it
must be turned over after the first and third
blows, and when required, after the fifth blow.
After the first blow the deflection of the axle
under test will be measured in the manner speci-
fied below.
6. It is desired that the axles when tested as
specified above shall stand the number of blows
at the heights specified in the following table
without rupture, and without exceeding, as the
result of the first blow, the deflections given:
No. Height of Deflec-
Axle — Blows. Drop. tion.
M. C. B. m, by 8 inch jour-
nals 5 2iy2ft. 7ys in.
M. C. B. 5 by 9 inch jour-
nals 5 29 ft. 6 1-16 in.
M. C. B. 5% by 10 inch jour-
nals 5 36 ft. 5 7-16 in.
7. Axles will be considered as having failed on
drop test and will be rejected if they rupture or
fracture in any way, or if the deflection resulting
from the first blow exceeds the following:
M. C. B. axle, 4% by 8 inch journals.. 8% inches
M. C. B. axle, 5 by 9 inch journals.. 8 1-16 inches
M. C. B. axle, 5Va by 10 inch journals. .6 1-16 inches
In order to measure the deflection, prepare a
straightedge as long as the axle by reinforcing it
on one side, equally at each end, so that when
it is laid on the axles the reinforced parts will
rest on the collars of the axle, and the balance of
the straightedge not touch the axle at any place.
Next place the axle in position for test, lay the
straightedge on it, and measure the distance from
the straightedge to the axle at the middle point
of the latter. Then, after the first blow, place the
straightedge on the now bent axle in the same
manner as before, and measure the distance from
it to that side of the axle next to the straightedge
at the point farthest away from the latter. The
difference of the two measurements is the de-
flection.
Specification for Steel Axles. In 1899 the follow-
ing specifications, including tests for steel axles,
were adopted as Recommended Practice:
1. Axles will be ordered not less than 100 on
one order. All axles must be made and finished
in a workmanlike manner, and must be free from
cracks, or seams, or flaws which can be detected
by the eye. All parts must be rough-turned, ex-
cept at point "A" on diagram below.
2. All axles must be made of steel, and the ma-
terial desired should have the following composi-
tion:
Carbon 0.40 per cent
Manganese, not above 0.50 per cent
Silicon 0.05 per cent
Phosphorus, not above 0.05 per cent
Sulphur, not above 0. 04 per cent
AXL
14
AXL
3. All axles must conform in sizes, shapes and
limiting weights to the requirements given on the
order or print sent with it. The rough-turning
must be done with a tool so shaped as to leave
the surface free from ridges; and in centering
them 60 degree centers must be used, with proper
clearance for lathe centers. All axles must be
legibly stamped, when offered for test, on the un-
finished portion, "A" on diagram below, with the
blow or heat number and the date, and on the
cylindrical portion at center they must be
stamped with the name of the maker.
Portions marked "A" to be unfinished and to
have stamped upon either of them blow number
and date.
Portiont marked "A " to be unfinished and to have ttamfiea upon either of them
blow number and dale.
4. Manufacturers must notify
when they are read}- to ship not less than 100
axles: must have all the axles made from each
heat, and no others, in a pile by themselves; must
furnish the testing machine referred to in Section
6, and the proper appliances for checking the
dimensions and weights; must have a car or cars
ready to receive shipment; must furnish the labor
and power necessary to enable the inspector to
promptly inspect and test; and ship or store the
axles when tests are finished. Axles which, when
offered for test, are so rusty as to hide defects
will not be considered.
5. A shipment of axles being read}' for test,
the inspector will first make a list of the heat
numbers in the various piles of axles offered, and
the number of axles bearing the same heat
number in each pile. If he finds in any pile axles
bearing different heat numbers he must, before
going further, have the pile rearranged, so that
only those axles having the same heat number
will be in the same pile. Also, if he finds in any
pile any axles having evidence of changed or de-
faced heat numbers, or any axles having heat
numbers not clearly legible, or any bearing heat
numbers previously rejected, he will exclude such
axles from further consideration. He will then
examine the axles in each pile or heat, as to work-
manship and defects visible to the eye, and as to
whether they conform to dimensions and direc-
tions on the order, or tracing, or in these speci-
fications. All axles not satisfactory in these re-
spects must be laid aside and will not be further
considered. This being done, if less than thirty
axles in any heat are left, he will refuse to con-
sider that heat further. If in this inspection de-
fects are found wdiich the manufacturer can
remedy while the inspector is at the works, he
may allow such defects to be cured and may count
the axles which are successfully treated in this way
as a part of the thirty above mentioned. Not less
than thirty axles from any one heat having passed
the foregoing inspection, the inspector will select
from each pile or heat, one axle at random, and
subject it to the physical test prescribed for such
axles as may be under consideration. If the test
axle fails to fill the physical requirements, all the
axles from that heat of steel will be regarded as
rejected, and none of them will at any time be
considered again. If the test axle passes the phys-
ical test the inspector will draw a straight line
parallel with the axis of this test axle ten (10)
inches long, starting from one end of it, and
prick-punch this line at several points. He will
then have a piece about six (6) inches long cut off
from the same axle, so as to leave some of the
prick-punch marks on each piece of the axle.
The 6-inch piece must be sent at once properly
tagged to The
piles of axles which have passed the physical test
will be allowed to remain as the inspector leaves
them, until the results of the chemical test are
known. The 6-inch piece being received at the
laboratory, a line will be drawn from the prick-
punch line above described, through the center of
the axle across the cut-off end, and a prick-punch
mark made on this last line, 40 per cent, of the
distance from the center to the circumference of
the axle. Borings for analysis will be taken by
means of a %-inch diameter drill, acting parallel
to the axis of the axle, and starting with its cen-
ter in the last described prick-punch mark. The
borings will be analyzed in accordance with stand-
ard methods, and the results of analysis will be
communicated to the Inspector, who will at once
proceed to the works, and reject, or accept and
ship, or mark and store, as the case may be. the
axles in question. If the analysis of any test axle
shows that the steel does not meet the chemical
requirements, all of the axles of that heat will be
regarded as rejected, and none of them will at
any time be considered again. If the analysis of
any test axles shows that the steel meets the chem-
ical requirements, all of the axles of that heat
which have passed inspection and the physical test
will be regarded as accepted. The inspector will
proceed to load and ship from the accepted axles
as many as may be required to fill the order. If.
as the result of inspection and the physical and
chemical tests, more axles are accepted than the
order calls for, such accepted axles in excess will
be stamped by the inspector with his own name,
and will then be piled and allowed to remain at
the works, subject to further orders from the
purchasing agent. On receipt of further orders,
axles once accepted will, of course, not be sub-
ject to further test, but in no case will even ac-
cepted axles be loaded and shipped except in the
presence of the inspector. In all cases the in-
spector will keep an accurate record of the heat
numbers, of the number of axles in each heat
which are rejected, or stored, and will transmit
this information with each report.
6. All axles will be tested physically by drop
test. The testing machine must conform in its
essential parts to the drawings adopted by the
Master Car Builders' Association. These essen-
tial parts are: The points of support on which the
axles rest during tests must be three feet apart
from center to center; the tup must weigh 1.040
pounds; the anvil, which is supported on springs,
must weigh 17,500 pounds; it must be free to
move in a vertical direction; the springs upon
which it rests must be twelve in number, of the
kind described on the drawing; and the radius of
supports and of the striking face on the tup in
the direction of the axis of the axle must be
five (5) inches. When an axle is tested it must
be so placed in the machine that the tun will
strike it midway between the ends, and it must
AXL
AXL
be turned over after the first and third blows, and
when required, after the fifth blow. After the
first blow, the deflection of the axle under test
will be measured in the manner specified below.
7. It is desired that the axles, when tested un-
der the drop test as specified above, shall stand
the number of blows at the height specified in the
following table without rupture and without ex-
ceeding as the result of the first blow the deflec-
tions given:
Xo. Height
Axle. Blows, of Drop. Deflection.
M. C. B. 414 by 8 inch
journals for 60,000-
pound cars 5 34 feet 7 inches
M. C. B. 5 by 9 inch
journals for 80,000-
pound cars 5 43 " 5% "
M, C. B. 5% by 10 inch
journals for 100,000-
pound cars 7 43 " 4
8. Axles will be considered as having failed on
physical test and will be rejected if they rupture
or fracture in any way, or if the deflection re-
sulting from the first blow exceeds the following:
M. C. B. axle, 4% by 8 inch journals. . .IV-i inches
M. C. B. axle, 5 by 9 inch journals. .. .6%
M. C. B. axle, 5% by 10 inch journals . .4% "
9. Axles will be considered to have failed on
chemical test and will be rejected if the analysis
of the borings taken as above described gives
figures for the various constituents below, outside
the following limits, namely:
Carbon, below 0.35 per cent, or above 0.50 per cent.
Manganese 0.60
Phosphorus 0.07
10. In order to measure the deflection, prepare a
straightedge as long as the axle, by reinforcing it
on one side, equally at each end, so that when it
is laid on the axle, the reinforced parts will rest
on the collars of the axle, and the balance of the
straightedge not touch the axle at any place.
Next place the axle in position for test, lay the
straightedge on it and measure the distance from
the straightedge to the axle at the middle point
of the latter. Then, after the first blow, place the
straightedge on the now bent axle in the same
manner as before, and measure the distance from
it to that side of the axle next to the straightedge
at the point furthest away from the latter. The
difference in the two measurements is the de-
flection.
Axle Box (British). A Journal Box, which see. See
Grease Axle Box, Oil Axle Box.
Axle Box Cover (British). A hinged movable cover
on the axle box through which the lubricant is in-
troduced. On British oil axle boxes the cover is
generally bolted to the box, with a strip of leather
interposed to make an oil-tight joint. The oil is
replenished through a small orifice closed by a
screw plug or spring hinge. See Figs. 6760-6777.
Axle Box Keep (British). The lower part of an axle
box, which in an oil box contains the lubricant, and
in a grease box simply protects the under side of
the journal from dust.
Axle Collar. Fig. 5510. A rim or enlargement on the
end of a car axle, which takes the end thrust of the
journal bearing.
Axle Gages. Gages for fixing the lengths and diame-
ters of an axle. Were at one time standards of the
M. C. B. Association.
Axle Generator. A small direct current generator usu-
ally mounted on the truck and driven by a belt
from a pulley mounted upon the axle and running
over a pulley mounted upon the shaft of the gen-
erator. These generators are always provided with
some automatic device, forming either a part of
the machine itself or being in the form of an
auxiliary device mounted inside the car for preserv-
ing the polarity of the terminals or leads of the
generator. The fact that a car may run in either
direction and thereby cause rotation in either direc-
tion of the armature of the generator renders an
automatic device of this kind absolutely necessary.
Axle Guard. 1. (British.) American equivalent, ped-
estal. The ordinary or W pattern consists of a
wrought iron plate attached to the sole bar, which
permits vertical motion of the axle box, but re-
strains movement in any other direction. Fig. 6656.
2. Axle guard has been applied to the axle safety
strap. It has also been applied to the safety beam,
Figs. 4800-4801.
Axle Guard Crown (British). The main part of the
Axle Guard, which see.
Axle Guard Crown Washer (British). A piece of
wrough iron plate, used as a washer for three or
more bolts, which secure the main part of the axle
guard to the sole bar.
Axle Guard Keep or Horn Stay (British). A piece of
iron which secures the lower end of the jaws of the
axle guards together. See Fig. 6656.
Axle Guard Stay Rod or Axle Guard Stretcher (Brit-
ish). American equivalent, pedestal tie bar. A
longitudinal rod connecting the lower ends of the
axle guards. a and keeping them in position.
Axle Guard Truss. A wrought iron forged bar con-
necting the iron transoms of a six-wheel truck,
and carrying the middle safety beam. It were bet-
ter called the middle safety beam truss.
Axle Guard Wing (British). The inclined part of an
axle guard, strengthening it fore and aft.
Axle Guard Wing Washer (British). A piece of iron
plate used as a washer for two or more bolts se-
curing the wing of the axle guard to the sole bar.
See Axle Guard Wing.
Axle Light System of Lighting. So sailed from the fact
that the current is generated from a dynamo con-
nected either directly or by belt to the car axle.
Auxiliary storage batteries, which are charged while
the train is running, supply current when the train
is standing still or going slow. Automatic switches
throw in the current for charging and cut the gen-
erator in and out. There are a number of systems
in limited use, but the demand is growing rapidly.
See Gould Electric Car Lighting. Consolidated
Electric Car Lighting, Newbold System, Bliss Sys-
tem.
Axle Packing. A Dust Guard, which see. The journal
packing is often called axle packing.
Axle Pulley. The belt pulley mounted upon the car
axle for driving the axle generator. This pulley is
always split and provided with a bushing that is
bored out to fit the tapering axle.
Axle Pulley Bushing. A bushing or sleeve, split longi-
tudinally and bored conically inside to fit the taper-
ing car axle and turned cylindrical!}' outside to fit
the hub of the axle pulley.
AXL
16
BAR
Axle Safety Bearing (Passenger Car Trucks). 51 and
55, Fig. 4780. The safety beam of a truck above
the axle and the axle safety strap, 55, below it,
together forming a circle around the axle.
Axle Safety Strap. 55, Fig. 4771. See above.
Axle Seat. The inside surface of the hole in a car wheel
which comes in contact with the axle, and not
the hole itself. The corresponding part of an axle
is called the wheel seat or wheel fit.
B
Babbitt Metal. "An alloy, consisting of 9 parts of tin
and 1 of copper, used for journal boxes; so called
from its inventor, Isaac Babbitt, of Boston. Some
variations have been made, and among the pub-
lished recipes are:
Copper 1 1
Antimony 1 5
Tin 10 50
Another recipe substitutes zinc for antimony.
The term is commonly applied to any white alloy
for bearings, as distinguished from the box metals
or brasses in which copper predominates." — Knight.
Babbitt Metal Bearings. A style of bearing of which a
great variety of forms exist, which in effect substi-
tutes Babbitt metal in some of its many forms for
brass as a bearing surface. Lead Lined Bearings,
which see, are different in that they merely use a
thin sheet of lead over the brass, to correct slight
irregularities and give an even bearing surface.
The bearing or brass should be bored out to re-
move scale.
Babcock Fire Extinguisher. Fig. 3849. A device for
causing rapid generation of carbonic acid gas
when desired by breaking a bottle of acid in the in-
terior by means of the bottle breaking head (the
handle projecting up in the center of the top of the
apparatus'). The solution within consists of about
2M> lbs. of bicarbonate of soda in about 6 gals, of
water.
Back (for a Pipe Clip). Fig. 2755. A metal strap some-
times used to attach the clips to, instead of attach-
ing the latter directly to the surface to which the
clip is attached. See Seat Back.
Back Band (Car Seat). The molding or metallic band
that protects the top, bottom and side edges of a
seat back. A seat back molding. Figs. 4174, 4197.
Back Cylinder Head (Air Brake Cylinder). 4, Figs.
1275-1276. See Non-Pressure Head.
Back Face Plate (Steel Tired Wheels). The inner one
of the two plates connecting the tire with the hub.
See Face Plate.
Back Guy (Steam Shovel). 15, Figs. 595-598. An iron
rod running from the top of the "A" frame to an
anchor over the body bolster under the boiler.
Back Plate (Kirby's Door Lock). I, Figs. 2480-2481.
Back Seat Bottom Rail (Longitudinal Seat). A horizon-
tal wooden strip at the back edge, to which a wood-
en seat bottom is attached. See Seat Bottom Rail.
Back Seat Rail (Street Car Seats). A longitudinal strip
of wood which extends along the back edge, and is
fastened to the window posts.
Back Seat Rail (British). In a carriage, a small trans-
verse wooden bar secured to the partition and sup-
porting the seat boards.
Back Squab (British). American equivalent, seat back.
In a carriage, that part of the seat which fits the
small of the passenger's back, and also supports the
head and a fixed back, covered with cloth and
stuffed with curled hair. Made elastic by springs.
Back Squab Sofa Springs (British). Analogous to the
American seat back springs. One end of these
springs butts against the partition and the other
against a sheet of stout canvas, the back squab rest-
ing against the latter.
Back Stop Timbers. Short sub-sills bolted and keyed
by packing blocks to the center sills of a car in
line with the draft timbers, to assist the draft or
center sills in transmitting the buffing shocks and
strains. Usually called a buffing sub-sill.
Baggage Car. Figs. 192, 017-619. A car for carrying
the baggage of passengers. A combination bag-
gage car. Fig. 193, is one having compartments set
off for express or mail, or both. A combination
car or coach. Fig. 188. etc.. is a passenger car with
a baggage compartment. A Push Baggage Car.
which see, is a light car for use at stations.
Baggage Truck. See Baggage Wagon Truck.
Baggage Wagon Truck. A four-wheeled vehicle with
a frame or rack for carrying baggage, used to
move the latter by hand about railway stations. A
two-wheeled vehicle for the same purpose is called
a baggage barrow.
Bail. A curved handle of a more or less semi-circular
form for a pail, bucket, lantern or other utensil.
As applied to lanterns, Fig. 3618.
Baker Car Heater. Figs. 2676-2783. A stove invented
and patented by Mr. Wm. C. Baker for warming
cars. It is arranged so as to heat water in a coil of
pipe in the inside of the stove, and cause it to cir-
culate through a series of pipes laid near the floor
of the car. The original heater has undergone
many changes, and only those forms are shown
that are in current use. They are: The Single-
Coil Fireproof, Figs. 2676-2695; the Two-Coil Fire-
proof, Figs. 2696-2716; the Perfected. Figs. 2717-
2735, and the Mighty Midget, Figs. 2736-2748, with
the parts belonging to them.
Balance Spring (Passenger Truck Brake Gear). Figs.
4851-4853. A flat spring from which the adjusting
hanger is suspended and which keeps the brake
head balanced in its proper position.
Balance Valve Pressure Regulator. Fig. 2815. A valve
for automatically regulating the pressure in the
steam pipes in a car-heating system.
Bali-Bearing Butt Hinge. Fig. 2449. A butt hinge,
the washer of which is a ball bearing.
Bail-Bearing Side Bearing and Center Plate. Fig. 5335.
Ballast Car. Figs. 80-89. A center dump car for haul-
ing and distributing ballast. See Rodger Ballast
Car, Goodwin Car, Gravel Car.
Ballast Plow. See Rodger Ballast Car and Plow.
Ballast Wagon (British). Figs. 6559-6560. American
equivalent, gravel car. A four-wheeled gondola
car, fitted with falling doors at the sides and ends,
and used for conveying ballast, rails and ties.
Baltimore Ball-Bearing Center Plate and Side Bearing
Fig. 5335.
Band (for Seat Backs). Figs. 4197-4208. More prop-
erly Seat Back Molding, which see.
Band Saw (Woodworking Machinery). Figs. 6824-6825,
6826, 6828. A machine with two revolving wheels
of large diameter over which a thin continuous rib-
bon or band of steel with teeth cut in the edge is
run. The saw passes down through a table on
which the work is placed to be cut.
Bar Lift. See Bar Sash Lift.
BAR
FEA
Bar Sash Lift. Fig. 4630. A sash lift having a short
horizontal metal bar attached to two flanged studs
or stanchions; used for the large sashes of sleep-
ing and parlor cars.
Bar Shackle (of a Padlock). A rectangular, instead of
U-shaped, shackle.
Barber Roller Side Bearing Truck. Figs. 4700-4704
See Roller Side Bearing Truck.
Barney & Smith Car Seats. Figs. 4134-4137.
Barney & Smith Steel Passenger Trucks (4-Wheel).
Fig. 4736; (6-wheel), Fig. 4774.
Barr Vestibules. Two types of vestibules designed by
Mr. J. X. Barr, which are called the wing vestibule
and the toggle vestibule. Xow little used.
Barrel Car. Fig. 25. A flat car, racked so as to carry
many empty barrels. They are made long, and th •
racks are very high in order to make up a carload
weight.
Barrel Door Bolt. Fig. '2386. A door bolt made of a
round metal bar and held on its slide in a round
tube or "barrel." It is constructed so that when it
is either engaged or disengaged from its keeper. :.t
can be turned by a short lever or knob and held in
either position by suitable stops.
Barrel Seat Lock. Fig. 4223. See Seat Lock.
Barrett Geared Ratchet Lever Jack. Fig. 3875.
Barrow Truck. This term has been used to designate
two-wheeled vehicles used about railroads for mov-
ing freight and baggage by hand; but the more
usual practice is to speak of Baggage Barrows or
Freight Trucks, which see, although both are
sometimes designated as barrow trucks
Bartley Flange Nut Fastener. Fig. 38G2.
Base Board Corner Molding. A light molding at the
junction of the base board and the floor.
Base Plate (of a Derrick or Crane). A large plate
placed on the floor of the car for supporting the
mast. . Another method is by a Mast Pocket, which
see.
Base Washer (Passenger Car Platform Posts). 40,
Figs. 648-651. A metal ring or plate, which forms
a bearing for the post on the platform end timber.
Basin. 1, Fig. 3684. A hollow vessel made of porce-
lain or metal, and in cars usually fixed in a suitable
stand with pipes and other attachments for filling
it with water and emptying it. Such basins are
used as lavatories in sleeping and other passen-
ger cars. They are emptied at the bottom through
a pipe connected to the basin by a basin coupling,
or basin bushing, which is closed by a basin plug.
The basin plug is attached to a basin chain, which
again is fastened to a stanchion called the basin
chain holder.
Basin Bushing and Plug. Figs. 3639-3641.
Basin Chain. See Basin.
Basin Chain Holder. Fig. 3660. See Basin. Frequently
called a basin chain post, or basin chain stay.
Basin Couplings. Figs. 3639-3645. See Basin.
Basin Plug. Figs. 3640-3641. See Basin.
Basin Pump. A pump of peculiar construction for
supplying the basin of sleeping and parlor cars
from the tank carried under the slab. It is called
single or double acting, according as the upward
stroke only, or both the upward and downward
strokes, eject water. Double acting most used.
The use of basin pumps has been practically dis-
continued on standard sleeping cars, the water
being carried in tanks under the car and forced
through the pipes by compressed air. They are
still in general use, however, on tourist sleeping
cars, chair cars and many day coaches. See Pull-
man Water Supply.
Basin Valve. 5, Fig. 3684.
Basket Rack (British, Parcel Net). Figs. 2892-2932.
145, Figs. 648-651. A receptacle made of cast metal
ends, rods, or a combination of rods and wire net-
ting for holding parcels. They are attached to the
sides of passenger cars, above the heads of the pas-
sengers, so as to be out of the way. Continuous
basket racks extend the full length of the car, and
are increasing in favor. One is shown in Figs. 3919-
3932. Parlor cars usually have no basket rack, but
sometimes package racks are placed between the
windows. Basket racks are sometimes called bun-
dle racks.
Basket Rack Bracket. 18, Fig. 2205 and Fig. 3904. A
light metal or wooden support for the end or
center of a basket rack.
Basket Rack Netting. Figs. 3894-3896. Wire or silk
netting with very large meshes, which forms the
bottom or back of a basket rack.
Basket Rack Rod. Figs. 3894-3896. A small round
metal bar which forms the main portion of a basket
rack, and to which the netting, when used, is fas-
tened.
Basket Rack Tip. Figs. 3894-3896. An ornamental
knob or acorn on the end of a basket rack rod.
Bastard Howe (Freight Car Framing). Fig. 267, etc
A style of framing having the vertical rods and in-
clined posts like the familiar Howe truss, but hav-
ing also an upright post connected with the rod
and serving more or less as a part of the truss.
The Hnwe truss proper has been used in freight
car construction to a limited extent.
Bastard Pratt Framing. Is a modification of the Pratt
bridge truss, which differs from the Howe truss in
having vertical posts instead of rods, and inclined
rods instead of braces. A combination truss em-
bodying the essential features of both the Howe
and Pratt trusses is quite commonly used.
Batted Flax Fibre. Fig. 2199.
Batten. "A piece of board or scantling of a few inches
in breadth." — Webster.
Batten Wagon (British). A four-wheel flat car about
24 feet long, fitted to carry sawed timber about 23
feet long, termed battens.
Battery. See Storage Battery.
Bayonet Catch. A general term derived from the man-
ner of fastening on a bayonet to a gun, applied to
the mode used in many forms of hardware and me-
chanical construction for connecting separate parts
so as to be firmly united and yet easily removable.
Many lamps are held in place by a form of bayonet
catch.
Bead. "A small salient molding of semi-circular sec-
tion. Also the strips on the sash frame which form
a guide for the sash. These beads are known as
the inside bead, outside bead and parting bead." —
Knight.
In car construction the place of the inside bead
is taken by the window casing, or inside window
stop; the place of the outside bead by the outside
window stop, and of the parting bead by the sash
parting strip, or stop bead. The term is also fre-
quently applied to any form of small, light molding
of simple outline. See Molding and Stop Bead.
Bead Molding (British). See Bead and Planted Mold-
ing.
Beam. "The term beam is generally applied to any
piece of material of considerable scantling, whether
BEA
18
BEL
subject to transverse strain or not; as, for example,
'collar beam,' 'tie beam,' 'Brestsummer beam,' the
two former being subject to longitudinal strains of
compression and tension, respectively, and the lat-
ter to transverse strain." — Stoney.
1. "Any large piece of timber, large in propor-
tion to its thickness and squared or hewed for use."
— Webster.
2. A bar of metal of similar proportions is also
called a beam.
3. "A bar supported at two points and loaded in
a direction perpendicular or oblique to its length is
called a beam." — Rankine.
By analogy the term has of late years come to be
applied to similar pieces or bars of iron and steel.
Thus we have iron I-Beams and Deck Beams
(which sec), to take the place of wooden beams in
buildings. The term is also used to designate such
things as the beam of a balance or scales, a plow
beam, the walking-beam of a steam engine, brake
beam, etc.
Bearing. That which supports or rests on something,
and is in contact with it. Thus a block or stone on
which the end of a timber rests is called a bearing.
The metal block or bushing in contact with a jour-
nal is called a bearing.
For M. C. B. Standard journal bearing see Figs.
5104-5139, etc. See
Axle Safety Bearing. Lower Brake Shaft
Body Truss Rod Bear- Bearing.
ing. Rocker Side Bearing.
Brake Hanger Bearing. Side Bearing.
Brake Shaft Bearing. Stop Key Journal Bear-
Center Bearing. ing.
Crank Shaft Bearing. Swing Hanger Pivot
Cup Side Bearing. Bearing.
Dust Guard Bearing. Truck Side Bearing.
Journal Bearing. Truss Rod Bearing.
Lead Lined Journal Upper Brake Shaft
Bearing. Bearing.
Lever Shaft Bearing.
Bearing Casting (Tip Cars). A casting, one of a pair,
attached to either the car body or to the truck
which supports the car body and its loads. In tip
cars it is pivoted or hinged so as to permit the
body to tip or rock laterally and to thus discharge
its load.
Bearing Spring. An occasional but not the conven-
tional term for the bolster springs or main springs
of the car.
Bearing Spring (British). American equivalent bolster
spring. The spring which carries the weight of
the vehicle and rests on the axle box. In British
practice almost invariably a half-elliptic spring.
Bearing Spring Buckle (British). American equiva-
lent spring band. A solid wrought iron strap
which confines the plates of the bearing spring, and
is generally provided with lugs on the lower side
so that it cannot be moved transversely or longi-
tudinally on the axle box. The plates arc secured
to the buckle by a %-in. vertical rivet.
Bearing Spring Shoe (British). A cast iron lipped rub-
bing piece, secured to the under side of the sole
bar, on which the ends of the bearing spring bear.
Bell. Sec Recording Bell, Signal Bell, Smoke Bell, etc.
Bell Cord. Fig. 2321. Originally a rope, one end of
which is attached to a signal bell on the engine,
and which extends through or along the tops of
the cars the whole length of the train, and is used
for signaling to the locomotive engineman. It is
carried by various forms of Bell Cord Bushings,
Bell Cord Hangers, and Bell Cord Guides (which
see). In passenger trains it is attached to the
rafters or purlins by suitable supports on the, inside
of the cars. On passenger trains, the bell cord is
made of lengths equal to that of each car, and is
fastened together with suitable couplings. Bell
cord is made almost exclusively of cotton, solid
braided, flax, Italian hemp, but sometimes leather,
and is known by the following names in trade:
Brass wire covered, fancy braided, flaxen, Italian
hemp, solid leather and solid braided. The usual
sizes are s'z inch, Vi inch and 392 inch in diameter,
and the usual colors are drab, mahogany. Since
the introduction of the train air signal system the
bell cord in each car is separate and not carried
through the train. One end is attached to the car
discharge valve and a pull on the cord releases the
air in the signal pipe and blows the signal in the
engine cab.
Bell Cord Beveled Bushing. Figs. 2308-2309. See Bell
Cord Bushing.
Bell Cord Bushing. Figs. 2304-2314. A thimble lining
a hole through a partition for a bell cord to pass
through; in distinction from a bell cord guide,
which is attached to the side or roof of the car or
to the bell cord hanger and serves solely the ,pur-
pose which its name implies. For passing the bell
cord through inclined surfaces beveled bushings
are used, which are frequently provided with one
or more pulleys to avoid friction.
Bell Cord Chain Hanger. Figs. 2368-2369, 2377.
Bell Cord Coupling. Figs 2318, 2324-2325. The hook at-
tached to the end of a bell cord to enable it to be
connected or disconnected at pleasure with another
bell cord; not to be confused with a bell cord splice,
Fig. 2319, which is intended as a permanent connec-
tion.
Bell Cord End Hook. A common metal hook with a
screw shank by which it is attached to the end of
the car. The hook is used to fasten the end of a
bell cord to the last ear and thus hold it in its
place and prevent it from being drawn out of its
guides.
Bell Cord Guide. Figs. 2328-2341, 3961. A metal eye
or ring attached to the roof or ceiling of a car, or
to the end of a Bell Cord Hanger (which see),
and by which a bell cord is carried or conducted.
According to their method of attachment to the
car, they are designated as bell cord guides, with
flange, or with screw, or with screw and flange,
and they arc often provided with one or more pul-
leys, and are sometimes swiveled when the bell
cord is to be conducted in an oblique line. The
pulleys are ordinarily at the bottom, but sometimes
at the side of the bell cord guide, according to the
direction of probable strain. Certain tubelike forms
of bell cord guides are occasionally miscalled Bell
Cord Bushings, which see.
Bell Cord Guide Washer. An ornamental washer for
making a finish for a bell cord guide where it is
attached to a car roof.
Bell Cord Hanger. Figs. 2355-2377. A guide for the
bell cord, hanging usually from the center of the
clear story or upper deck. In its original form it
consists of a bell cord strap, attached to a bell cord
strap hanger bracket, which latter is screwed to the
top of the car. The simpler forms of these brack-
ets, as Figs. 2355-2359, arc called screw tops. The
lower end of the strap carries a ring called the bell
BEL
19
BER
cord guide, which latter is often provided with a
pulley at the bottom to obviate friction. To avoid
unpleasant vibration, the double strap hanger has
been used, giving lateral stability, and bell cord
rod hangers, Figs. 2370-2373, have been used swing-
ing on a pivot. Bell cord fixed hangers, Fig 2365,
are used where the drop is small.
Bell Cord Hanger Bracket or Screw Top. Fig. 2356
See Bell Cord Hanger.
Bell Cord Hanger Straps. Figs. 2378-2385. See Bell
Cord Hanger.
Bell Cord Pulley or Sheave. Figs. 2328-2353. A wheel
in a bell cord guide over which a bell cord runs.
Bell Cord Rod Hanger. Figs. 2370-2373. See Bell Cord
Hanger.
Bell Cord Sheave. A Bell Cord Pulley, which see.
Bell Cord Splice. Fig. 2319. A metal coupling with
right and left hand screws for permanently splic-
ing the ends of a broken cord. See Bell Cord
Coupling.
Bell Cord Strap. Figs. 2378-2385. See Bell Cord Hanger.
Bell Cord Strap Hanger. Figs. 2355-2260. See Bell
Cord Hanger.
Bell Cord Strap Hanger Bracket. Figs. 2355-2260. See
Bell Cord Hanger.
Bell Cord Strap Hanger Screw Top. Figs. 23-56, 2365.
See Bell Cord Hanger.
Bell Cord Thimble. A Bell Cord Bushing, which see.
Bell Crank. An L-shaped rectangular lever, often with
the two extremities connected so as to be of trian-
gular form, for changing the direction of motion
by 90 degrees, more or less.
Bell Crank (Hand Car). 23, Figs. 6207-6209. A crank-
attached to the propelling lever shaft, giving more
favorable direction to the power applied to the
levers.
Bell Rope. A Bell Cord, which see.
Bell's Exhaust Hopper Ventilator. An attachment
placed underneath the floor pipe of a closet hopper,
on the under side of a passenger car, to produce a
downward draft through the hopper when the car
is in motion. The attachment is of a concave coni-
cal form, which by the motion of the train in either
direction causes the air to pass downward through
the floor pipe by creating a partial vacuum at the
base.
Belt Aligning Device. Mechanism consisting of
screws and slip collars for adjusting the alignment
of the belt, by shifting the generator so that its
pulley shall be in the same vertical plane with the
axle pulley.
Belt Molding. A molding passing entirely around the
interior of a passenger car directly above the win-
dows, in the middle of the wide board called the
inside lining.
Belt Tension. Mechanism consisting of springs, rods
and nuts for adjusting and maintaining the tension
of belt used for driving an axle generator.
Belt Rail. 49, Figs. 262-272, etc.; 65, Figs. 599-619. A
part of the framing of a passenger or street car
frame below the windows on the outside, extending
the whole length of the car body and attached to
each post. It is usually framed into the posts and
supports the window sills. The term is often ap-
plied to the Girth, which sec of a box car. The
Upper Belt Rail, which see, is a similar strip di-
rectly above the window.
Belt Rail Band (Street Cars). An iron band on the
outside of a belt rail covering the joint of the latter
with the panel. It extends around each corner of
the car to the door posts.
Belt Rail Cap. 81, Figs. 645-647, A thin strip of wood
nailed to the top of a belt rail, and which forms a
seat for the window sill.
Belting. See Victor-Balata Belt.
Bench Cap. Transverse timbers resting upon the side
sills of a coal or ore car, to tie the sills together
and prevent spreading, and also to support the
doors or winding shaft about which the winding
shaft chain is wound.
Bend (Iron Pipes). Fig. 2772, etc. See Return Bend.
They are distinguished as close and open return
bends.
Bent Ladder Round. The lower round of the ladder
of box cars, having an angle turned up at the inside
for the safety of trainmen, to prevent the foot slip-
ping off the ladder round. The use of such rounds
has been recommended by the M. C. B. Associa-
tion. See Ladder and Ladder Round.
Berlin Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6826-6834.
Berth. 1, 2, Figs. 2201-2202, 4112. A bed in a Sleeping
Car, which see; also, the shelf or support on which
the bed rests. There are two such beds in the
space occupied by two double seats, which is called
a section. The lower berth is made up on the seats
and the upper one on a shelf, which can be raised
or folded up out of the way in daytime, as shown
in Fig. 2203. A full section with both the upper
and lower berths made up is shown in Fig. 2201.
See Lower Berth, Upper Berth.
Berth Arm. A Berth Brace, which see.
Berth Bolt. See Berth Latch Bolt.
Berth Brace. A metal rod, chain,, or wire rope some-
times attached to the side and near the top of a
sleeping car, and at the other end to the outer edge
of a berth, which is supported by the brace. In the
later designs it is done away with, the berth being
supported by the berth chain.
Berth Brace Eye. A metal plate with suitable lugs for
fastening the brace to the top of the car or to the
berth.
Berth Bracket. Fig. 4235. A bracket on which an upper
berth of a sleeping car rests when lowered.
Berth Catch and Plate. 48, Figs. 2201-2202; Figs. 3977-
3978.
Berth Chain. 25, Figs. 2201-2202; C, Fig. 4365. A pitch
chain passing from the berth spring through the
overhead pulley and to the corner of the upper
berth to support it. The berth spring is attached
to the chain to counteract the weight of the berth.
The berth chain does the service of the berth
spring rope and berth brace.
Berth Chain End Plate. See Berth Spring Lug.
Berth Chain Pulley. 24, Figs. 2201-2202; L, Fig 4365.
A pulley attached to the roof of a sleeping car, over
which a berth chain runs.
Berth Curtain. 17, Figs. 2201-2202. A curtain hung in
front of a sleeping car section to hide the occupants
from sight. A single curtain covers both berths,
and is hung from the berth curtain rod.
Berth Curtain Hook. Figs. 4376, 4383. A metal hook
attached to a berth curtain, and by which the latter
is hung on a rod above the berths; usually covered
with leather to prevent rattling.
Berth Curtain Pole. See Berth Curtain Rod.
Berth Curtain Rod. 16, Figs. 2201-2202, 4369-4372. A
rod usually made of metal tubing, fastened above
a section of a sleeping car and to which a berth
curtain is hung. They are now made in sections
BER
20
BET
supported by folding brackets, and swing into the
upper berth out of sight, except when berths are
made up. See Berth Curtain Rod Bracket.
Berth Curtain Rod Acorn. See Berth Curtain Rod Tip.
Berth Curtain Rod Bolt. A small vertical bolt, usually
tipped with an acorn, fastening the curtain rod in
the coupling on the bracket.
Berth Curtain Rod Bracket. 15, Figs. 2201-2202, and
Figs. 4399-4405. A metal bracket attached to the
deck side of a sleeping car, which forms a support
for a berth curtain rod. Such brackets usually have
a coat and hat hook attached to them. A hanger,
Fig. 4405, is sometimes used as a substitute for a
bracket at certain points. The stationary bracket
has been replaced by the folding curtain rod bracket,
which folds, with the rod attached, into the upper
berth and out of sight when the curtains are not
in use. See Curtain Rod Folding Bracket.
Berth Curtain Rod Coupling. A fastening by which a
berth curtain rod of a sleeping car is secured to a
bracket. It usually consists of a bolt or screw.
Berth Curtain Rod Hanger. Fig. 4405. See Berth Cur-
tain Rod.
Berth Curtain Rod Socket. A metal flanged ring which
is fastened to some part of a sleeping car to carry
the berth curtain rod, also called berth curtain rod
bushing.
Berth Curtain Rod Tip or Acorn. See Acorn.
Berth Extension Arms. Fig. 4318.
Berth Fixtures, etc. Figs. 4305-4410.
Berth Front. 4, 5, Figs. 2201-2202. The bottom of the
upper berth when it is down. There are two parts,
the upper part and the lower part, which is next
to the car side. The berth front panel is between
the two berth fronts.
Berth Front Borders and Corners. Figs. 4262-4267.
Berth Front Panel. 6, Figs. 2201-2202. The panel in
the bottom of the upper berth between the two
berth fronts.
Berth Handle. A Berth Latch Handle, which see.
Berth Headboard. 9, Figs. 2201-2202. See Headboard.
Berth Head Rest Pivot and Plate. Figs. 4216-4217.
Berth Hinge. Figs. 4349-4352. A hinge or joint by
which the back edge of an upper berth of a sleep-
ing car is attached to the side of a car. They are
distinguished as loose and fast. A fast hinge is
shown in Fig. 4355. The loose hinge fits in a plate
or bushing. Shown with the hinges.
Berth Hinge Bushing. A hollow metal socket in which
the spindle of a loose berth hinge works.
Berth Hinge Plate. Fig. 4353. A plate which takes the
place of a berth hinge bushing.
Berth Lamps. Figs. 4385-4387. Electric lamps for the
berths of sleeping cars. The Gibbs lamp is fixed in
the partition between two berths, and the one lamp
may light two berths, there being a metallic cover
or slide which shuts it ofif at any time from either
side of the partition.
Berth Latch. 47 and 48, Figs. 2201-2202 and Figs. 4356-
4361. A spring bolt for holding the upper berth of
a sleeping car up in its place when not in use. To
obviate the danger of the berth shutting up in case
of overturning of the car, the safety berth rope and
attachments, 26, Figs. 2201-2202, are used. Safety
berth latches have also been used to obviate the
necessity of using a safety rope. See Safety Berth
Latch.
Berth Latch Bolt. 48, Figs. 2201-2202. A bar or pin of
a berth latch which engages in a corresponding
strike plate or keeper to hold the berth up.
Berth Latch Face Plate. Figs. 4368, 4373-4374.
Berth Latch Handle. Figs. 4368, 4373-4374.
Berth Latch Keeper. Also called Strike Plate, which
see. See Berth Latch Bolt.
Berth Latch Lever. The part by which the berth latch
handle operates the berth latch bolt; also called a
berth latch rocker plate.
Berth Latch (or Lock) Plate and Bolt. Figs. 4323-4324.
Berth Latch Rocker Plate. See Berth Latch Lever.
Berth Latch (or Lock) Rods. Fig. 4367.
Berth Latch Shell. A metal covering made in the form
of a sea shell for covering and protecting the handle
of a berth latch in a sleeping car.
Berth Lock. A Berth Latch, which see.
Berth Mattress. 18, Figs. 2201-2202. The mattresses
which cover the seat cushions of the lower berth
and the springs of the upper berth. When the
berths are made up for day travel the mattresses
are stored in the upper berth, as shown in the
figure.
Berth Numbers. Figs. 4378-4382. Figures or numbers,,
usually made of metal or porcelain, for numbering
the berths or sections of sleeping cars. They are
frequently sewed to plush panels and hung from
the berth curtain rods.
Berth or Bunk Partition. S, Figs. 2201-2202. The
partition between the upper berths of two adjacent
sleeping car sections. It is of the same outline as
the upper berth's cross-section.
Berth Pivot. Fig. 4327.
Berth Pivot Socket. Figs. 4305-4306.
Berth Rattle Stop. Figs. 4330-4331.
Berth Rest. See Upper Berth Rest.
Berth Safety Latch Handle, in place attached to car, 47,.
Figs. 2201-2202. See Safety Berth Latch.
Berth Safety Rope. 26, Figs. 2201-2202. A wire rope
fastening the upper berth of a sleeping car to the
fixed arms of the lower berth, to prevent accidental
closing up of the upper berth in case of overturning
of the car. The rope is fastened to the upper berth
by a berth safety rope fastener and to the lower
berth by inserting a knob into a berth safety rope
holder.
Berth Safety Rope Fastener. See Berth Safety Rope.
Berth Safety Rope Holder. See Berth Safety Rope.
Berth Safety Rope Hook. Fig. 4384.
Berth Safety Rope Knob. See Berth Safety Rope.
Berth Spring. 23, Figs. 2201-2202; Fig. 4367. A spring
usually made in a spiral form, like a watch spring,
coiled within a device called the berth spring fusee
and attached to the upper berth of a sleeping car
by a berth chain so as to counteract the weight of
the latter and make it easy to raise and lower it.
Berth Spring Frame. 23, Figs. 2201-2202 and Fig. 4367.
A metal support which holds a berth spring and
fusee.
Berth Spring Fusee. See Fusee.
Berth Spring Lug or Clip. M, Fig. 4365. The means
by which the end of a berth chain is fastened to the-
upper berth, sometimes called a berth chain end
plate.
Berth Striker Plate. A Berth Latch Keeper, which see
Bettendorf Body and Bolster. Figs. 1125-1127, 1142.
Body and truck bolsters made of I-beams having
their webs compressed to give the necessary reduc-
tion in height at the ends. The two beams are
placed side by side and tied together with end
plates, the side bearing castings and center plates.
Bettendorf Cast Steel Truck. Figs. 4687-4692.
BET
21
BLO
Bettendorf Underframe. Figs. 1019-1023, 1027-1029. A
metal underframe for freight cars, built up of
structural steel shapes, pressed and formed into the
shapes as used in the car.
Beveled Bushing. Fig. 2308. See Bell Cord Bushing.
Beveled Washer. Fig. 743. A washer used to give an
even bearing for rods which stand at an acute
angle to the surface on which the nut or bolt head
bears. Sometimes two such washers which come
near together are cast in one piece, and are then
called double beveled washers. See Triangular
Washer.
Bezel. "A term applied by watchmakers and jewelers
to the groove and projecting flange or lip by which
the crystal of a watch is retained in its setting. An
ouch." — Knight. Hence Globe Bezel (Pintsch Gas
Lamp), which see, 307, Figs. 3208-3224.
Bibb. A curved nozzle for conveying liquids and chang-
ing the direction of their flow, usually from a hori-
zontal to a vertical current. Hence —
Bibb Cock. Fig. 3656. Literally, a cock with a curved
nozzle or spout, but commonly restricted to a cock
with a plain valve without springs, moved by the
hand only.
Billet Car. Figs. 372-375. A low side gondola car, built
of steel throughout for transportation of hot steel
billets or other heavy material.
Bin Coke Car. Figs. 521-523. A steel car for carrying
coke, which has the floor divided up into a number
of separate hoppers or bins so that all or only part
of the load may be discharged by opening one or
more of the doors at the bottoms of the bins.
Bit (of a Key). The part of a key which enters the lock
and acts upon the bolt and tumblers. The bit con-
sists of the web and wards. The web is the por-
tion left after the wards are cut out. The wards (of
a key) consequently are those spaces which fit over
the Wards of a lock, which see. Some bits have no
wards.
Blake Butt. An indefinite term, meaning in general a
plain cast iron butt hinge, having a washer, but no
acorns or screw pin.
Blank Hinge. A hinge which permits the door to swing
open in either direction. It is intended as a sub-
stitute for one of a pair of Double-Acting Spring
Hinges, which see, as being lighter and cheaper.
Bleeding Valve or Bleeding Cock. Another term for
Release Valve or Release Cock, which see. The
operation of releasing the brakes when applied upon
a car detached from the locomotive is sometimes
called bleeding. The bleeding valve is located in
the auxiliary reservoir, and the brakes may be re-
leased by opening it and allowing the air in the
brake cylinder and auxiliary reservoir to escape.
Blind. A Window Blind, which see. They are some-
times single, but usually double, distinguished as
lower and upper. Flexible window blinds are rarely
used now, having been displaced by window shades.
Blind Ceiling (Refrigerator Car). L, Figs. 305-308. A
layer of light boards next above the inside ceiling
in the roof of the car.
Blind Floor (Refrigerator Cars). I, Figs. 305-321. A
layer of boards under the sub-floor and fastened to
nailing strips secured to the bottom of the sills.
Blind Lifts, Bushing, Bolt, etc. Fig. 4527. See Win-
dow Blind Lift, etc.
Blind Lining (Refrigerator Cars). E, Figs. 305-321. A
thin layer of boards between the outside sheathing
and the inside lining; also called intermediate
lining, 53a, Figs. 305-321.
Bliss Folding Platform Gate. Figs. 4013-4014. A metal
gate for platforms of railroad and street cars which
has a joint in the middle and which folds together
when opened, and does not occupy much space.
Bliss System of Electric Train Lighting. Figs. 3371-
3491. Includes the so-called axle light system for
individual cars and the head-end system, as applied
to entire trains. For generating the current on
single cars it employs generators of various capaci-
ties, ranging from 1% to 6 k.w., while for head-end
working generators from 8 to 25 k.w. are used. All
the smaller generators are belt driven, while the
largest are fitted with gears and special axles simi-
lar to street railway motors. The generators are
automatically connected and disconnected from the
lighting and battery circuits by special electrically
operated switches, thus preventing discharge of
batteries through generators when the latter run
under operative speed or are at rest.
The output of all sizes of generators may be
regulated to compensate for varying train speeds
by any of the standard types of regulators made by
the company of which a number have been de-
veloped to meet varying conditions. They all oper-
ate to secure maximum output within the limits of
the capacity of the generator, and are further ar-
ranged to prevent over-charging the storage bat-
teries, which constitute an essential element in this
system.
The lamp voltage, in all cases, is maintained con-
stant by means of sensitive, though ruggedly con-
structed special lamp regulators. The result is that
all batteries are fully charged whenever the power
ceases, which is the case when the car or train stops.
The discharge taken from the batteries for lighting
lamps at stops or terminals is quickly restored after
the axle generators become operative again. All
apparatus is automatic and requires no attention on
the road.
The system has also been extended to include
the proper regulation of steam-drive, head-end gen-
erators to secure maximum economy in battery
operation and maintenance, the same general types
of generator regulators and lamp regulators being
employed. The system also embraces all the train
lighting appurtenances, such as train line couplers,
automatic jumpers, etc. A train may be operated
by a head-end generator, and, in addition, any num-
ber of the cars may be equipped with individual
axle light plants, while some of the cars may
be supplied with batteries and lamps only, and still
others with nothing but lamps. All the cars may
be coupled together by the train lines, and yet all
the various pieces of apparatus will act in unison
and harmony together, one car helping another, if
need be, without overloading generators and regu-
lators and without interfering with the operation of
the lamps. A flexible, universal, interchangeable
and complete system of electric car and train
lighting.
Block. 1. "A heavy piece of timber or wood, usually
with one plane surface; or it is rectangular and
rather thick than long." — Webster.
2. "A pulley or system of pulleys mounted on
its frame or shell, with its band or strap. A block
consists of one or more pulleys or sheaves, in a
groove of which the rope runs, fastened in a shell
or frame by pins, on which they revolve; of a shell
or frame enclosing the pulley or pulleys; and of a
BLO
BOD
strap or band, consisting of a rope, encompassing
the shell, and attached by an eye of rope or a hook
to some object." — Ed. Ency.
The interior wheels are termed sheaves, which
latter term is often used to designate the whole
block or pulley, but incorrectly. A snatch block is
a block with only one sheave, and with an opening
at the side for the ready insertion and removal of
the rope. Blocks without this opening, however,
are sometimes loosely termed snatch blocks. See,
Body Bolster Spacing Packing Block.
Block. Safety Beam Block.
Body Bolster Truss Spring Block.
Block. Swing Hanger Friction
Brake Block. Block.
Brake Cylinder Block. Transom Bearing Block.
Buffer Block. Transom Truss Block.
Center Plate Block. Truck Bolster Guide
Dead Block. Block.
Distance Block. Truck Bolster Truss
Floor Timber Distance Block.
Block. Truss Block.
Guide Block
Block and Tackle. A general term applied to a pair or
more of pulleys and accompanying rope. Also
termed fall and tackle, or simply tackle.
Block Car. A car generally attached to wrecking trains,
behind the wrecking crane, for carrying blocking,
ropes, chains and other tools. Usually a common
box car, sometimes fitted up with bunks.
Blocking. A mode of securing together the vertical
angles of woodwork by blocks of wood glued or
nailed in the inside angle. The method is largely
used in every form of carpentry, where great
strength is not required in the joint. In car work,
generally known as furring blocks.
Blount Door Check. Fig. 2652.
Board. 'A piece of timber sawed thin, and of consid-
erable length and breadth, compared with the thick-
ness, used for building and other purposes." —
Webster. See
Brake Foot Board, Letter Board.
Deck Soffit Board. Roof Boards.
Eaves Fascia Board. Roof Running Board.
Fender Board. Running Board.
Head Board. Seat Back Board.
Inside Cornice Fascia Soffit Board.
Board. Splash Board.
Inside Cornice Sub-Fas- Tread Board,
cia Board.
Board Roofs (Freight Cars). A very indefinite term,
usually meaning either one with a double layer of
boards only, with or without painted canvas or
other packing, or a single layer of boards covered
with sheet metal. The Winslow and other roofs
have boarding over the metal sheets.
Boarding Car. A car fitted up for cooking and serving
meals to men at work on the line of a road. It is
sometimes fitted with sleeping berths and bunks.
Body. 1. (Of a Car). The main or principal part in
or on which the load is placed. American cars
usually consist of a body carried on two trucks.
2. (Of a Valve, Cylinder, etc.) The main or
principal part, to which the other parts are at-
tached, as cylinder body, etc.
Body Bolsters. Figs. 1077-1115; 12, Figs. 262-272; 10,
Figs. 577-578-599, 619. The transverse members of
the underframe over the trucks which transmit the
loads carried by the longitudinal sills to the trucks
through the center plates. Metal body bolsters are
becoming standard for use on freight cars regard-
less of whether the sills are of wood or steel. For
passenger cars, built-up iron double-body bolsters
or cast steel double-body bolsters are commonly
used. Built-up metal body bolsters are made in the
form of a truss, the top member being known as the
top plate and the bottom member as the bottom
plate or compression bar, the two being held apart
by a web filler or small castings called body bolster
thimbles. The term body transom is sometimes
applied to the bolster, but incorrectly, as this term
applies more properly to the cross tie timber.
Body Bolster Compression Bar. 2, Figs. 1128-1129, and
12b, Figs. 262-272.
Body Bolster End Pocket Casting. A cast cap that fits
over the end of a composite body bolster, through
which the truss rods pass, and on which the truss
rod nuts bear. It is a body bloster truss rod washer
enlarged so as to cover the entire end of the bolster.
Body Bolster Flitch Plates. Plates of iron or steel
sandwiched in between pieces of wood and bolted
together to give a wooden bolster greater strength.
Frequently called body bolster sandwich plates.
Body Bolster Sandwich Plates. See above.
Body Bolster Tension Bar. Figs. 1128-1129, and 12a,
Figs. 262-272, etc.
Body Bolster Thimble. Figs. 941, 948. See also Body
Bolster.
Body Bolster Truss Block. 15, Figs. 341-344. A block
of wood or distance piece on the top of a wooden
body bolster between the center floor timbers and
underneath the bolster truss rods.
Body Bolster Truss Rod. 13, Figs. 202-272. A metal
rod which lies parallel with and passes above the
center of the bolster over the truss rod bearing so
as to form a truss; generally two are used for each
bolster.
Body Bolster Truss Rod Bearing. See Body Bolster
Truss Rod.
Body Bolster Truss Rod Saddle Straps. Straps that
connect the truss rods, passing diagonally through
the two ends of the body bolster. The strap is a
flat bar of iron about 3 x V2 inch, with a rectangular
bend at the ends, into which the truss rod heads fit.
These straps bear upon the center sills.
Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer. 14, Figs. 262-272.
An iron bearing plate on the end of a body bolster;
often made to take two or more rods.
Body Brace. 33, Figs. 262-272. An inclined member of
the body side or end framing. In the usual form of
side framing for freight cars the braces are inserted
in the panels between the bolster and the center of
the car, inclining toward the center of the car while
the counter braces are framed in the panel between
the bolster and the end of the car, inclining toward
the end of the car. See Brace and Counterbrace.
Body Brace Rod. 34, Figs. 262-272. An inclined iron
rod in the side or end of a car body frame, which
acts as a brace. They are distinguished as end and
side body brace rods. A brace straining rod is a
short vertical rod in the side of a passenger car
under the window.
Body Center Plate. Figs. 952-953; 17, Figs. 262-272; 11,
Figs. 1046-1047. The center plate attached to the
under side of the body bolster. See Center Plate.
Body Check Chain Eye. Fig. 914. An eye bolt or
clevis for fastening a truck check chain or safety
chain to the car body. See also Truck Check Chain
Eye.
BOD
23
BOL
Body Check Chain Hook. An iron hook on the Check
Chain, which see, which enters into the check chain
eye.
Body Counterbrace. 37, Figs. 262-272, etc. A brace
in the side frame of a car body between the bolsters
and the end of the car. These braces are inclined
in a direction opposite to those between the bolster
and center of the car. Sometimes counter braces
are inserted in the central portion of the car be-
tween the two bolsters. They are then termed
center counter braces. See Counterbrace and
Framing.
Body Counterbrace Rod. 37, Figs. 262-272. Usually an
inclined iron rod in the side frame of a car body,
between the bolster and the end of the car. It may
be a diagonal brace rod in a Pratt truss, which
runs counterwise with those rods which carry the
load. It may then be between the bolsters.
Body End Furring. Furring in the end of a car. See
Furring.
Body End Plate. A wooden plank across the end of the
car joining the side plates together. They are fre-
quently made very wide and heavy. See End Plate.
Body End Rail. See End Rail.
Body End Rib (Street Car). A rib in the end of a street
car. See Body Rib.
Body Hand Rail. 44, Figs. 648-651. An iron rod or bar
attached to the end of passenger and street cars
for persons to take hold of in getting on or off the
cars; not to be confused with Platform Rail, which
see.
Body Knee (British). No American equivalent. A
heavy wrought iron knee, securing the sides of the
body to the underframe and keeping them at right
angles to one another.
Body Post (Freight Car Bodies). 42, Figs. 262-272.
An upright timber which is framed into the sill and
plate of a freight car. The body posts and corner
posts form the vertical members of the side frame
of a car body. In passenger cars such posts are
called Window Posts, which see. See Post.
Body Post Pocket. 42a. Figs. 262-272, etc. See Pocket.
Body Queen Post. 22, Figs. 599-619. An iron rod, bar
or casting, on the under side of a car body and
against which the body truss rods bear. It is often
stiffened laterally and longitudinally by a body
queen post stay. Fig. 989. See also Queen Post.
Body Queen Post Stay or Brace. 22b, Figs. 648-651.
See Body Queen Post.
Body Rib or Side Stud (Street Car). A rib or vertical
post of the car body framing which corresponds to
the studs. They are curved to conform to the
shape of the street car body.
Body Ring (Pintsch Lamp). 301, Figs. 3208-3224.
Body Side Bearings. 16, Figs. 262-272; 9, Figs. 1046-
1047. The upper one of the two Side Bearings,
which see, attached to the body bolsters.
Body Spring. A Bolster Spring, which see.
Body Transom. 22, Figs. 262-272, etc. A name some-
times given to the Needlebeam or Cross Tie Tim-
ber, which see, bolted to the under side of the sills.
Body Truss Rod. 19, Figs. 262-272; 20, Figs. 599-619;
Figs. 886-887. An iron rod usually 1% in. or 1%' in.
in diameter extending from end sill to end sill, pass-
ing over the body bolsters on truss rod saddles and
under the truss rod queen posts hung from the cross
tie timbers. With the sills they form a truss and
support the car body, preventing the sills from sag-
ging between the bolsters. In passenger cars truss
rod anchor irons are sometimes used, which are
fastened to the sills near the bolsters. The truss
rods are then attached to these anchors and are not
brought out through the end sills. Truss rods are
distinguished as center, intermediate and side or
outside truss rods. Usually only four are used, but
sometimes six or eight.
Body Truss Rod Bearing. 21, Figs. 262-272; Figs. 753-
755. A cast or wrought iron plate or post on the
under side of a truss block, or of a cross tie timber,
serving the purpose of a Body Queen Post, which
see.
Body Truss Rod Hopper Strap. A tie strap passing un-
der and supporting the hopper of a gondola car, the
ends of which strap are fastened to the body truss
rods, which carry the stress to the end sills.
Body Truss Rod Saddle. 20, Figs. 262-272; 21, Figs.
599-619. A block of wood or a casting which forms
a distance piece on top of a bolster, and on which a
continuous body truss rod bears. Properly speak-
ing, a saddle means a common bearing for a pair
of rods with a central support, but it is not re-
stricted to such use.
Body Truss Rod Washer. 19a, Figs. 262-272. A heavy
iron washer on the outside face of the end sill, on
which the nut on the end of the body truss rod
bears.
Bogie (British). Figs. 6737-6738. A swiveling Car
Truck, which see. All American eight-wheeled cars
and coaches are what are termed in Great Britain
bogie carriages, or wagons.
Bogie Carriage (British). Figs. 6466-6467, etc. A ve-
hicle for passenger service recently much used on
the fastest trains. The body is from 40 to 54 feet
long, usually divided into compartments, with side
doors, but often having a through corridor, and
seating from 30 to 80 passengers. It is carried on
four or six-wheel trucks. See also Carriage.
Bogus Plate (Refrigerator Cars). A horizontal tim-
ber attached to the posts on the inside of the car, a
short distance below the plate. The bogus plates
support horizontal cross timbers, called meat tim-
bers, or hanging bars, to which hooks are attached
for hanging meat.
Bohn Refrigerator. Figs. 329-331. A system of refrig-
eration in which the cold air is siphoned from the
ice tanks into the circulating passages of the car.
The same principle is used on small refrigerators
for dining and cafe cars.
Boies Car Wheels. Figs. 5412-5413. A steel-tired wheel
with a wrought iron single plate, or with a double
plate center. The single plate seems most in favor,
and is fastened by what the manufacturers call an
integral tire lock. This lock and the manner of
fastening the tire are shown in the engravings, with
the cross section of the tire.
Boiler (Steam Shovel). 26, Figs. 596-598.
Boiler Wagon (British). A six or eight-wheeled car
having two bogies or trucks at the ends with a drop-
down platform between them, adapted to carry any
exceptionally heavy or bulky load, such as a boiler,
a heavy piece of machinery or a portable engine.
It is mechanically an American freight car, with
the middle portion dropped down to near the level
of the rails. Also called Well Wagon or Trolley
Wagon, which see.
Bolster. Figs. 1077-1115, 4796-4797, etc. A cross timber
or trussed beam on the under side of a car body
(Body Bolster, which see), and in the center of a
truck (Truck Bolster, which see). The bolsters
carry the body and truck center plates, the body
BOL
BOO
bolster resting on the truck bolster. Special forms
for passenger cars are Compound Bolster, Double
Body Bolster, which see. Fig 1147.
Truck bolsters are either Swing Bolsters, which
see, admitting of lateral motion to ease off shocks.
or rigid bolsters, which permit no lateral motion.
All passenger trucks have swing bolsters. In
freight car service the rigid bolster has the prefer-
ence, and rigid bolster trucks are the more nu-
merous.
Bolster Bridge (Six- Wheel Truck). 62, Figs. 4780-
4783. A Side Bearing Bridge, which see.
Bolster Center Casting. A hollow rectangular-shaped
casting placed between the draft timbers and body
bolster plates; the king bolt passes through it.
Bolster Chafing Plate. Figs. 4928-4929. An iron plate
attached to the side of the transom to prevent
wear from abrasion by movement of the bolster.
More properly, Transom Chafing Plate, which see.
The corresponding casting on the side of the bol-
ster which is, strictly speaking, the bolster chafing
plate, is commonly called friction block or friction
plate. Figs. 4930-4931.
Bolster Distance Block. The same as a Body Bolster
Thimble, which see.
Bolster Flitch Plate. The iron or steel plates of a built-
up bolster, sandwiched between wood pieces. They
are rarely met with now, having been almost en-
tirely superseded by the metal bolster. They are
also called bolster sandwich plates. .
Bolster End Cap. A metal plate over the end of the
truck bolster, replacing the bolster truss rod wash-
ers used on trussed wooden bolsters.
Bolster Hanger. See Swing Hanger.
Bolster Hanger Carrier. Figs. 4893-4895. A Swing
Hanger Pivot Bearing, which see.
Bolster Jack Screws (Wrecking Cars). Jack screws at-
tached to the spring plank for the purpose of taking
the load off the springs and making the entire truck
and car body one rigid structure when the derrick
of the wrecking car is in use. Tongs or Crabs,
which see, and detached jack screws are used to ac-
complish the same end.
Bolster Plate (Passenger Car Trucks). Fig. 4977.
Wrought iron plates bolted to the sides of wooden
bolsters to strengthen them.
Bolster Sandwich Plate. See Bolster Flitch Plate.
Bolster Springs. 80, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777, and Fig.
5371. The main springs of a car, carried on the
spring plank and supporting the truck bolster, on
which the weight of the car body rests.
Bolster Spring Cap. 75, Figs. 4771-4777. See Spring
Plate.
Bolster Spring Seat. 74, Figs. 4771-4777. See Spring
Plate.
Bolster Truss Block. A timber serving as a distance
piece to fill a vacant space between the bolster and
the center plate. There are two, a Body Bolster
Truss Block and a Truck Bolster Truss Block,
which see.
Bolster Truss Rod. See Body Bolster Truss Rod,
Truck Bolster Truss Rod.
Bolster Truss Rod Washer. See Body Bolster Truss
Rod Washer.
Bolt. 1. A pin, rod or bar of metal used to hold or
fasten anything in its place; ordinarily a bolt has
a head on one end and a screw and nut on the
other, while a rod has a nut on both ends.
Various forms of bolts, which see for further
definition, arc as follows:
Lug Bolt.
Machine Bolt.
Strap Bolt or U-shaped
Bolt.
Carriage Bolt.
Eye Bolt.
Jaw Bolt.
Joint Bolt.
Key Bolt.
For bolts whose names are derived from the
purpose for which they serve, see
Box Bolt. Journal Box Cover Bolt.
Column Bolt. King Bolt or Center Pin.
Draft Bolt. Stake Pocket U-Bolt.
Drawbar Bolt. Stop Bolt.
Hub Bolt. Tire Bolt.
Journal Box Bolt.
2. (Locks and Latches.) A bar which enters the
keeper or strike plate and effects the lock. See
Berth Latch Bolt. Door Sash Bolt.
Cupboard Bolt. Seat Lock Bolt.
Door Latch Bolt. Sofa Bolt.
Door Lock Bolt.
3. Figs. 2391-2405. A Door Bolt, which see,
moved in slides directly by the hand to fasten an
opening. See also
Barrel Door Bolt. Head Board Bolt.
Flush Bolt. Window Blind Bolt.
Bolt Cutter. Figs. 6842-6844.
Bolt Stop (Seat Lock). Fig. 4223. A small pin passing
through the bolt to check excessive withdrawal.
Bonnet (Passenger Cars). A Platform Hood, which
see.
Books, Catalogues, Pamphlets, etc. (M. C. B. Standard
Sizes). See M. C. B. Reports.
Boom (Steam Shovel). 6, Figs. 596-598. The heavy
swinging arm which carries the boom engine and
ratchet beam. It is stepped at the foot of the "A"
frame and held in its inclined position by boom
guys.
Boom Cap Clevis (of a Derrick, Steam Shovel or
Crane). Figs. 596-598. A Clevis, which see. some-
times attached to the upper end of the boom, to
which the fixed end of the hoisting rope is attached.
In other cases the clevis for this purpose is carried
on the hoisting block.
Boom Engine (Steam Shovel). 8, Figs. 596-598. An
engine mounted on the boom to operate the ratchet
beam.
Boom Foot Sheave (Steam Shovel). 31, Figs. 596-59S.
A fixed sheave or pulley at the bottom of the boom
over which the hoisting chain is passed.
Boom Guys (Steam Shovel). 12, Figs. 596-598. Iron
rods from the point of the boom to the top of the
"A" frame, holding the boom in its inclined posi-
tion.
Boom Idler Sheave (Steam Shovel). 32, Figs. 596-598.
A fixed sheave mounted on the boom the purpose
of which is to slightly change the direction of the
hoisting chain.
Boom Point Sheave (Steam Shovel). 33, Figs. 596-598.
The pulley at the outer end of the boom over which
the hoisting chain runs. See Boom Sheave.
Boom Sheave (of a Derrick. Steam Shovel or Crane).
Figs. 596-598. A sheave carried at the upper ex-
tremity of the boom, over which the hoisting chain
passes.
Boom Shoe (of a Derrick or Crane). A casting carried
at the foot of the mast and constructed so as to be
able to revolve against the boom base. It is sup-
ported by boom shoe rods.
Boom Shoe Rods (of a Derrick or Crane). Iron rods
attached to the head block or cap at the top of the
mast apd supporting the boom shoe.
BOO
25
BOX
Boom Shoe Rollers (of a Derrick or Crane). Rollers
at the foot of the mast upon which the boom shoe
revolves.
Boom Step and Trunnion (Steam Shovel). 11, Figs.
596-598. The socket in which the boom is seated
and about which it turns.
Booster. A direct electro-motive force generator ar-
ranged to add its E. M. F. to that of another cir-
cuit or "boost" the same. Directly opposite of
Bucker.
Boring Machine or Borer (Woodworking Machinery).
Figs. 6T97, 6810, 6S19. A tool with one or more
spiral cutting bits or augers mounted in a frame
and rapidly revolved. The bits are sometimes ver-
tical as in Fig. 6797, or horizontal as in Fig. 6819,
or arranged to bore at any angle as in Fig. 6816.
Bosley Weather Strips. Figs. '2648-2651. See Weather
Strips.
Boss or Hub (of a Steel Tired Wheel). The central
portion, through which the axle passes. Boss is
the usual British term, but little used in the United
States.
Boston Finish Flush Door Bolt. Fig. 2262.
Bottle Bracket. Fig. 3674.
Bottle-Breaking Head (Babcock Fire Extinguisher).
Fig. 3489. It breaks the acid bottle by screw pres-
sure.
Bottom. "The lowest part of anything: as the bottom
of a well, vat or ship." — Webster. See
Alcove Pan or Bottom Hopper Bottom.
Candle Bottom. Lamp Bottom.
Drop Bottom. Seat Bottom.
Bottom Arch Bar. 15. Figs. 4705-4713. An inverted
arch bar. The pedestal tie bar is sometimes called
bottom arch bar. See Arch Bar.
Bottom Chord (of Trusses). See Lower Chord.
Neither term is regularly used to designate any
part of car trusses, but the side sills are bottom
chords in trussed side frames.
Bottom Cross Piece (British). The transverse piece in
the Underframing, which see, supporting the floor
and partition. Also called bottom cross bar.
Bottom Door Panel (British). The lowest panel on the
outside of the door of a carriage. See Panel.
Bottom Door Rail. 5, Figs. 1329-1337 and 147, Figs
599-619. The lower transverse piece of a Door
Frame, which see.
Bottom Door Track. 66, Figs. 262-272, and Fig. 929.
A door track below a sliding door. Usually a
metal bar. Sliding doors are often provided with
rollers or slides, which rest on the track. Freight
car doors usually slide on a Top Door Track, which
see. See also Door Hanger and Car Door Hanger.
Bottom End Piece (British). American equivalent, end
sill. The trans-, erse end piece in the underframe
of a passenger vehicle.
Bottom Light Rail (British). A part of the body fram-
ing of a carriage, forming the bottom of the win-
dow opening.
Bottom Panel Batten (British). American equivalent,
furring. In a carriage, a part of the body framing
used to stiffen the panel, which is pinned to it.
See Bottom Side Panel.
Bottom Plate (Metal Body Bolster). 12b. Figs. 262-
272: 2, Figs. 1128-1129. See Body Bolster.
Bottom Rail (of a Sash or Door). 147, Figs. 599-619;
5. Figs. 1329-1337. The lowermost horizontal bar
or member of a frame.
Bottom Side (British). The lower longitudinal fram-
ing of the bodv of a passenger vehicle.
Bottom Side and End Knee (British). A wrought iron
knee, joining together the side and end members of
the bottom of the body framing of a carriage.
Bottom Side Panel (British). The lowest panel on the
outside of the body of a carriage.
Bottom Stove Plate (Baker Heater). Fig. 2730.
Bottom Truck Connection. The common name for a
Brake Lever Coupling Bar, which see.
Bow. See Platform Hood Bow.
Bowl. See Basin.
Bowl (Pmtseh Gas Lighting). Figs. 3126-3121. A
glass bowl used on all center and vestibule lamps.
Box. See Journal Box, Wheel Box (Street Cars).
Box Bolt (Diamond Trucks). The bolts holding the
journal box in place. More properly, journal box
bolts.
Box Car. Figs. 1-11, 262-304; details, 697-931. A com-
mon form of American freight car. with roof and
sides inclosed, to protect its contents. They are
mounted upon two four-wheel trucks. The}- are
usually lined for half their height with inside lining,
and sometimes provided with an interior grain-
tight grain door. See Car, Freight Car.
Box Cars (_M. C. B. Recommended Practice for Inside
and Outside Dimensions). In 1904, the inside di-
mensions of box cars approved by the American
Railway Association; namely, 36 feet long, 8 feet
6 inches wide and 8 feet high, were adopted as a
Recommended Practice.
In 1904, the following dimensions for box cars
built on low trucks (3 feet 6 inches to top of floor)
were adopted as Recommended Practice:
Height from top of rail to upper edge of eaves,
12 feet ?4 inch; width at eaves at above height,
maximum, 9 feet 7 inches.
Box Car Details. Figs. 697-931.
Box Cars, Framing for (M. C. B. Recommended Prac-
tice). In 1904, the style of framing shown in Figs.
6021-6023 for cars of 60,000 pounds capacity was
adopted as Recommended Practice.
In 1904, the style of framing shown in Figs. 6021-
6023, for cars of 80,000 pounds and 100,000 pounds
capacity, was adopted as Recommended Practice.
In 1904, the style of end framing shown in Figs.
6021-6023, for cars of 60,000 pounds, 80,000 pounds
and 100,000 pounds capacity, was adopted as Rec-
ommended Practice.
In 1904. the use of a plank lining 1% inches thick.
on the inside of the ends of cars, extending from
the floor to the underside of the carline, was
adopted as a Recommended Practice.
Box Car Side Door and End Door Fixtures. Figs. 5961-
5999. (M. C. B. Recommended Practice.) In 1897
a committee on this subject reported with details
which were afterward adopted by letter ballot as
Recommended Practice of the Association.
Box Cover. See Journal Box Lid.
Box Cushion. Fig. 4180, etc. A cushion for passenger
car seats made on a wooden frame. In distinction
from a squab cushion, now little used, which is a
loose pad on the seat. Box cushions are some-
times stuffed with hair or other elastic material
alone, but usually steel springs are used in addition,
Box Fruit Car. Figs. 21. 341-344. See Ventilated Box
Car.
Box Guide. See Journal Box Guide, Pedestal.
Box Lid. See Journal Box Cover or Lid.
Box Packing. Journal Packing, which see.
Box Room (Axle). The Dust Guard Bearing, which
BOX
BRA
Box Steps. 45. 46, 48, Figs. 599-619, 617-619. Passenger
car steps made with wooden stringers or sides.
They are distinguished from open steps. Ordi-
narily called platform steps.
Box Stock Car. An ordinary box ear with large grated
openings for ventilation, but excluding rain. Little
used except for horses. See Stock Car.
Brace. 33, Figs. 262-272; 51, Figs. 599-619. An inclined
beam, rod, or bar of a frame, truss, g rder, etc.,
which unites two or more of the points where other
members of the structure are connected together,
and which prevents them from turning about their
joints. A brace thus makes the structure incapable
of altering its form from this cause, and it also dis-
tributes or transmits part of the strain at one or
mure of the joints toward the point or points of
support, or resistance to that strain. A brace may
be subjected to either a strain of compression or
tension. In the former case, in car construction it
is called simply a brace; in the latter it is called a
brace rod.
They are called right or left handed, according to
the inclination of their top to a person standing
facing the car. See
Berth Brace. Door Brace.
Body Brace. End Brace.
Brake Lever Bracket Pedestal Brace.
Brace. Roof Brace.
Brake Shaft Step Brace. Side Lamp Brace.
Compression Beam
Brace.
Brace Pocket. 30 and 41, Figs. 262-272, and Figs. 707-
709. A casting which forms a socket for holding
the ends of the braces in the car body framing.
See Brace, also Double Brace Pocket.
Brace Rod. 34, Figs. 202-272. An inclined iron rod
which acts as a brace. A vertical rod acting in
conjunction with a brace is called a sill and plate
rod, or, in passenger cars, for short rods below the
window, brace straining rod. See Body Brace Rod,
Counterbrace Rod.
Brace Rod Washer. 33, Figs. 262-272; Figs. 743-744 anl
770-771. A bearing plate for the nut or head of a
brace rod, sometimes made triangular or beveled
shape, and sometimes a flat bar of iron bent to fit
into a notch cut in the timber.
Brace Straining Rod (Passenger Car Framing). A ver-
tical iron rod in the side or end frame of a car
body by which the upper end of a brace is con-
nected or tied to the sill of the car. The brace rods
are members of the truss, of which the sill, braces,
posts or plates, etc., form parts. Such rods often
have hook heads at the upper ends against which
the braces bear, and nuts at the lower ends by
which they are screwed up, and are thus brought
into a state of tension and the braces into com-
pression. An equivalent in freight service is the sill
and plate rod.
Bracket. 1. "An angular stay in the form of a knee
to support shelves and the like." — Webster. Sec-
Arm Rest Bracket. Lamp Bracket.
Basket Rack Bracket. Lamp Chimney Bracket.
Bell Cord Strap Hanger Longitudinal Step
Bracket. Bracket.
Berth Bracket. Running Board Bracket.
Berth Curtain Rod Seat Rail Bracket.
Bracket. Side Lamp Bracket.
Brake Lever Bracket. Signal Lamp Bracket.
Brake Shaft Bracket. Sliding Door Bracket.
Brake Step Bracket. Smoke Bell Bracket.
Cylinder Lever Bracket. Towel Roller Bracket.
Door Track Bracket. Window Curtain
Hand Rail Bracket. Bracket.
2. (Framing for Bridges or Cars.) An L-shaped
angle plate riveted to each of two members which
it is desired to connect at right angles to each
other as an end sill bracket or sill knee iron, 8,.
Figs. 599-G19. A stronger form, now used in car
construction, is called a triangular Gusset Plate,
which see.
Bracket (Cast Iron Wheels). Fig. 5402, etc. The stif
fening ribs cast on the plate.
Bracket Gas Burner. A gas burner attached to the
side of a car. See Bracket Lamp.
Bracket Lamp. Figs. 3180-3182. A Side Lamp, which
see. See Pintsch Gas Lamp.
Bracket Nut. A small nut, turned by a Spanner, which
see.
Bracket Steps (Hopper Cars). 28, Figs. 474-477. Steps
secured to the side of the car on the inside to serve
as a substitute for a Running Board, which see.
Brake or Brake Gear. Figs. 1173-1325, 5072-5253; (M.
C. B. Standards and Recommended Practice) Figs.
5710, 5519-5565, 5570-5571, 6000-6009, 6028-6176. The
whole combination of parts by which the motion
of a car is retarded or arrested. The Foundation
Brake Gear, which see, includes all the parts by
which the pressure of the air in the brake cylinde-
is transmitted to the wheels. See
Air Brake. High Speed Air Brake.
Automatic Air Brake. Quick Action Brake.
Brake Beam. Straight-Air Brake.
Brake Lever. Traction Brake.
Brake Shoe. Vacuum Brake.
Foundation Brake Gear. Westinghouse Brake.
Brake Axle (Hand Car). A shaft carrying a Brake-
Shoe, which see.
Brake Beam. Figs. 5083-5193; 84, Figs. 4771-4777.
Transverse iron, steel, or wooden bars to which
the brake heads and shoes are attached. They are
either inner hung or outer hung, and often trussed
especially in passenger service.
Brake Beam Adjusting Hanger. A link sometimes at-
tached to a brake beam to cause the latter and the
brake head and shoe to maintain the same relative
positions when the brakes are released, so as to
prevent the ends of the brake shoes from coming in
contact with the wheel when the brakes are re-
leased. It is attached to the truck transoms or
truck bolster in freight trucks, and to the truck
frame end piece in passenger trucks, by a project-
ing brake beam adjusting hanger carrier, and to
the brake beam by an eye or clip. Sometimes called
a parallel brake hanger.
Brake Beam Adjusting Hanger Carrier. See above.
Brake Beam Chafing Plate. A plate attached to a brake
beam against which a brake spring bears, designed
to resist the wear due to the action of the spring.
Brake Beam Data. (M. C. P.. Standard.) Fig. 5710.
Certain dimensions and capacities of brake beam
were adopted as standard of the Association, by
letter ballot, in 1889, and these standards, as modi-
fied by subsequent action, are shown for iron
brake beams.
All beams must be capable of withstanding a
load of 7.500 pounds at center without more than
rV inch deflection; where it is necessary to use :i
stronger beam it must be capable of standing a
load of 15,000 pounds at center without more than
■ft inch deflection.
BRA
27
BRA
The angle of brake beam lever is 40 degrees from
vertical. Standard heights of brake beams, when
measured from the tops of the rails to the center
of the face of new shoes, were adopted in 1894, as
follows:
For inside hung beams. 13 inches.
For outside hung beams. 14% inches.
In 1907 the following details for brake beams
and gages were adopted as standard:
All brake beams shall be CO1! inches in length
from center to center of break head, with an allow-
able variation of Ys inch in either direction.
All brake beams shall be proven by gage shown,
which shall be the standard gage for this purpose
Attachments for safety hangers shall be 51 inches
from center to center.
The angle of the lever fulcrum shall be 40 de-
grees from the vertical.
The lever pin hole shall be either 2 inches or 3
inches in front of the top of the brake head lugs.
The variations in either directions from above
measurements shall not exceed iV inch. Holes
should be made straight and true by drilling, ream
ing or broaching, and shall be not less than l#i
inches nor more than 1% inches in diameter.
All lever pin holes shall be proven by gage
shown, which shall be the standard gage for that
purpose.
In 1908 the following detail regarding brake
beams was advanced from Recommended Practice
to Standard:
Brake beam hangers shall be Ts inch in diameter.
In 1908 two brake beams were adopted as stand-
ard, as follows:
Brake beam Xo. 1 to be suitable for cars weigh-
ing not over 35,000 pounds light weight.
Brake beam Xo. 2 to be suitable for cars exceed-
ing 35,000 pounds light weight.
BRAKE BEAM SPECIFICATIONS AND TESTS.
For each 500 brake beams or less, which pass in-
spection and are read}- for shipment, one repre-
sentative beam shall be taken at random and sub
jected by the company manufacturing the beams,
and in the presence of the railroad company's in-
spector, to the following test in a suitable machine:
The beams shall be equipped with suitable heads
and shoes, and the shoes placed in contact with
castings representing the tread of the wheel; when
mounted in this manner the load shall be applied
to the fulcrum in the normal line of pull. As a
preliminary to the test a load of 6,000 pounds shall
be applied and released, after which observations
for records shall be taken. Beam Xo. 1. under a
load of 6,500 pounds shall not deflect to exceed
.0625 inch; beam Xo. 2. under a load of 12,000
pounds, shall not deflect to exceed .0625 inch.
In case a beam shall fail in this test, then a
second beam shall be taken from the same lot and
similarly tested. If the second beam stands the
test it shall be optional with the inspector whether
he shall test a third beam or not. If he does not do
so. or if he does, and the third beam stands the
test, the 500 beams or less shall be accepted as
filling the requirements of this test.
Individual beams will not be accepted which (1)
do not conform to standard dimensions, and (2)
those that have physical defects. Any lot of 500
beams or less submitted for test that failed to meet
the prescribed test will not be accepted.
On cars built after September 1, 1909, it will not
be permissible to hang brake beams from any por-
tion of the body of the car.
In 1907 the following details regarding brake
beams were adopted as recommended practice:
That brake hangers shall have an angle as nearly
as possible to 90 degrees from a line drawn from
the center of the brake shoe to the center of the
axle when the shoes are half worn.
That brake-beam hanger brackets shall be at-
tached to some rigid portion of the truck.
That the opening between the gibs of the yoke
for the 9%-inch butt-coupler be made 6% inches
instead of 7% inches, in order to increase the bear-
ing of the present yoke on the coupler butt.
Brake Beam Eye Bolt. Properly an eye bolt for fasten-
ing a lower brake rod to a wooden brake beam,
they have threads cut nearly their entire length,
and usually a nut is placed on each side of the
brake beam, which can be screwed up so as to take
up the wear of the brake shoes.
Brake Beam Fulcrum. See Brake Lever Fulcrum.
Brake Beam Gage (M. C. B. Standard). A metal
templet for ascertaining or regulating the several
dimensions of standard brake beams. See Temp-
let. In 1907 a standard brake beam gage was
adopted. Fig. 5708.
Brake Beam Hanger (Hand Car). 28. Figs. 6207-6209.
A Brake Hanger, which see.
Brake Beam King Post. A post or distance piece which
forms a bearing for the truss rods of a brake beam.
In metal brake beams the brake lever is attached to.
it, and it then becomes a brake lever fulcrum.
Brake Beam Release Spring. See Release Spring.
Brake Beam Safety Chain. See Brake Safety Chain,
Brake Beam Safety Guard. See Brake Safety Chain.
Brake Beam Strut. A Brake Beam King Post, which
see.
Brake Beam Truss Rod. A rod used to truss or
strengthen a brake beam.
Brake Block. Another name for a Brake Head, which
see. Brake block is the usual British term for the
combined brake head and shoe. The two are often
combined in one piece on British cars, no remov-
able shoe being used.
Brake Carrier. See Brake Hanger Carrier.
Brake Chain. See Brake Shaft Chain.
Brake Chain Connecting Rod. An iron rod connecting
the brake chain to one of the brake levers, usually
the floating lever.
Brake Chain Sheave. 160a. Figs. 648-651. An iron wheel
or pulley around which the brake chain passes.
Brake Chain Worm. 1. 160. Figs. 648-651: Fig. 946.
A conical casting attached to the brake shaft with
a screw-shaped groove for the brake chain. Its
object is to produce a rapid motion at first and
increase the power when the brake shoes are
brought to a bearing.
2. A cylindrical casting with a screw-shaped
groove intended only to make the chain wind
evenl}'.
Brake Clevis. A Brake Lever Fulcrum, which see.
Brake Connecting Rod. More properly. Brake Chain
Connecting Rod, which see.
Brake Connection. Fig. 867. A Brake Rod, which see.
A round iron rod. usually made with jaws on the
ends to fit over the brake levers. They transmit
the pressure on the brake cylinder piston from one
brake lever to another and finally to the brake
shoes. The rods take their names from the brake
ERA
lever to which they are attached which is farthest
from the cylinder.
Brake Cord Guide. A guide similar to a bell cord guide
for the air brake cord, which passes through every
car fitted with the Westinghouse air brake ap-
paratus, and operates the conductor's valve. See
Bell Cord.
Brake Cut-out Cock. Fig. 1281. A valve inserted in the
branch pipe from the brake pipe to the triple valve
which can be closed and the brakes on that one
car put out of action in case they are not working
properly. The closing of this valve does not inter-
fere with the operation of the brakes under any
other car in the train.
Brake Cylinder (Air Brake). Figs. 1257-1276. A cast
iron cylinder attached to the frame of the car, con-
taining a piston which is forced outwardly by the
compressed air to apply the brakes, and when the
air pressure is released is returned to its normal
position by a release spring coiled about the piston
rod inside the cylinder. On passenger cars the brake
cylinder is fitted with two heads, the pressure head
and the non-pressure head. For freight cars the
brake cylinder and the auxiliary reservoir are
usually combined, the reservoir being bolted to one
end of the cylinder and forming one of the cylinder
heads. The piston rod of the passenger brake cyl-
inder, Fig. 1257, has a crosshead at its outer end, to
which is attached the cylinder lever. The piston
rod of the freight brake cylinder, Fig. 1259, is hol-
low and loosely encloses a push rod which is at-
tached to the cylinder lever. In the Vacuum Brake,
which see, a somewhat similar cylinder is used.
Brake Cylinder Block (Westinghouse Freight Brake).
A stick for attaching the combined Cylinder and
auxiliary reservoir to the under side of the sills.
See Auxiliary Reservoir Beam, a similar part for
passenger cars.
Brake Cylinder Pipe (Westinghouse Brake). The pipe
which connects the brake cylinder with the triple
valve.
Brake Cylinder Plate (Westinghouse Freight Brake).
Fig. 884. The steel plate to which the brake cyl-
inder is bolted and by which it is attached to the sills.
Brake Dog. A Brake Pawl, which see.
Brake Drum. A Brake Shaft Drum, which see.
Brake Eye Bolt. A Brake Beam Eye Bolt, which see.
Brake Finger. A Brake Pawl, which see.
Brake Foot Board. A Brake Step, which see.
Brake Gear (Air) for Freight Cars (M. C. B. Stand-
ards). Figs. 1101-1188. See Air Brakes, General
Arrangements and Details, Foundation Brake Gear.
Brake Gear, Foundation (M. C. B. Standard and Rec-
ommended Practice). Freight, Figs. 5527-5565. Pas-
senger, Figs. 602S-6176. See Foundation Brake
Gear.
Brake Hand Rail. 190, Figs. 352-355. A hand rail, on
the roof of box and stock cars, usually made of gas
pipe, for the protection of brakemen when apply-
ing brakes. It is stiffened by a hand rail brace.
Brake Handle. See Lindstrom Ratchet Brake Handle.
Brake Handle Wheel. 93, Figs. 262-272 and Figs. 731-
732. See Brake Wheel.
Brake Hanger. 86, Figs. 4771-4773. A link or bar by
which brake beams and attachments are suspended
from a truck frame or car body. It is attached to
the truck or car body by a brake hanger carrier.
Brake hangers are distinguished as hooked, linked
and U-shaped. Best practice locates this hanger
so as to have the brake shoes a predetermined
height above the rail, thus insuring the same piston
travel, regardless of whether the car is empty or
loaded.
2. (British.) A wrought iron bar by which the
brake block is suspended. Xo brake beam is com-
monly used.
Brake Hanger Bearing. Fig. 4864. A pin held in a
brake hanger carrier, which forms a bearing for a
brake hanger.
Brake Hanger Bolt. A bolt which fastens the brake
hanger to the brake hanger carrier.
Brake Hanger Bracket (British). American equivalent,
brake hanger bearing. A bearing for the brake
hanger, generally made of wrought iron.
Brake Hanger Carrier. 87, Figs. 4771-4777 and Fig.
4854. An eye or U-bolt, a casting or other fasten-
ing by which a brake hanger is attached to the
truck or body of a car. See Brake Beam Adjust-
ing Hanger Carrier.
Brake Hanger Pin. Fig. 4864. A pin passing through
the brake hanger carrier and brake hanger.
Brake Hanger Timber. A short transverse timber be-
tween the floor timbers of a car body, which is
framed into them, and to which the brake hangers,
when hung from the body of a car, are attached.
Brake Head. 83, Figs. 4771-4777, 5205. A casting at-
tached to a brake beam which carries a detachable
Brake Shoe, which see. See Christie Brake Shoe
and below.
Brake Head Gage (M. C. B. Standard). A metal
templet for ascertaining or regulating the several
dimensions of standard brake heads. See Templet.
In 1907 a standard brake head gage was adopted.
Fig. 5706:
Brake Head and Shoe (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5519-
5526. The brake head and shoe shown and known
as the Christie brake head and shoe, were adopted
as a standard of the Association, by letter ballot in
1886, with the exception of some slight modifica-
tion in details made since that date. Drawing re-
vised in 1896 and in 1898.
The revision made in 1896 consisted in the modi-
fication of the designs of brake head and shoe so
as to secure increased clearance at the ends of shoe
and erjual clearance both above and below the
central lug on the back of the shoe; also, the addi-
tion of brackets to support the lower bridge lug of
brake head similar to the brackets formerly used
to support the upper bridge lug. The taper of the
shoe was altered so that it would correspond with
the taper of the standard wheel tread, by increasing
the thickness of the inner edge of the shoe from
1A inches to 1A inches.
The revision made in 1898 consisted in reducing
the clearance allowed on either side (above and
below) the central lug of brake shoe and adjacent
lugs of brake head from Vs inch to -fa inch — the
change being made wholly in the head and no
change in the shoe.
In 1907 the drawing was further revised to show
only the standard dimensions of the brake head and
also in the combined drawing of the brake head
and shoe.
The drawing showing the shoe was also revised
in part, as well as a drawing showing the relation
of hands of head and shoe.
In 1908 the projection top and bottom at back
of brake shoe, which forms spacer between lugs of
brake head, was increased to ft inch in depth.
Brake Head Gage (M. C. B. Standard). Fig. 5706.
BRA
29
BRA
Brake Hose (Air Brakes). Figs. 1290, 1323. Flexible
tubes made of rubber and canvas by which the cars
are connected together, and compressed air, which
operates the brakes, conducted through the train.
The hose is made with a coupling at each end of
the car, so that it can readily be connected or
disconnected. See Armored Brake Hose and Air
Hose.
Brake Hose Armor. Sec Armored Brak; Hose.
Brake Hose Bracket. Fig 1315.
Brake Hose Clamp. Fig. 1291.
Brake Hose Coupling (Air Brake). Figs. 1285. A con-
trivance for coupling or connecting the ends of a
pair of brake hose together, so that the air by
which the brakes are operated can pass from one
vehicle in a train to another. The couplings for
train air signal apparatus are similar to brake hose
couplings, but are arranged so that they will not
couple to the latter.
Brake Hose Coupling Case (Air Brake). Fig. 1285. A
hollow casting which joins the main part of a coup-
ling to which the hose is attached.
Brake Hose Nipple (Air Brake). Fig. 1287. A short
iron tube fitting into the end of the brake hose and
fastened by a suitable clamp and screws. One end
is threaded and screws into the angle cock.
Brake Hose, Specifications for. (M. C. B. Standard.)
In 1901 specifications and tests for air brake hose
were adopted as Recommended Practice. Advanced
to Standard in 1903. Revised 1905.
1. All air brake hose must be soft and pliable,
and not less than two-ply nor more than four-ply.
They must be made of rubber and cotton fabric,
each of the best of its kind made for the purpose.
No rubber substitutes or short-fiber cotton to be
used.
2. The tube must be hand-made, composed of
three calenders of rubber. It must be free from
holes and imperfections, and in joining must be so
firmly united to the cotton fabric that it cannot be
separated without breaking or splitting the tube.
The tube must be of such composition and so cured
as to successfully meet the requirements of the
stretching test given below; the tube to be not less
than 3-32 inch thick at any point.
3. 1 he canvas or woven fabric used as wrapping
for the hose to be made of long-fiber cotton, loosely
woven, and to be from 38 to 40 inches wide, and to
weigh not less than 20 and 22 ounces per yard,
respectively. The wrapping must be frictioned on
both sides, and must have, in addition, a distinct
coating or layer of gum between each ply of wrap-
ping. The canvas wrapping must be applied on
the bias. Woven or braided covering should be so
loose in texture that the rubber on either side will
be firmly united.
4. The cover must be of the same quality of
gum as the tube, and must not be less than tb
inch thick.
5. Hose is to be furnished in 22-inch lengths.
Variations exceeding V± inch in length will not be
permitted. Rubber caps not less than <h inch nor
more than V» inch must be vulcanized on each end.
6. The inside diameter of hose must not be less
than 1% inches nor more than 1 -fa inches, nor must
the outside diameter exceed 2% inches. Hose
must be smooth and regular in size throughout its
entire length, except at a point 2% inches from
either end, where the inside calendar of rubber may
be increased tV inch for the distance of Vi inch
toward either end and then tapering to the regular
diameter.
7. Each length of hose must have vulcanized to
it a badge of white or red rubber, as shown. On
the top of the badge the name of the purchaser; on
the bottom the maker's name; on the left-hand end
the month and j'ear of manufacture, and on the
right-hand end the serial number and the letters
"M. C. B. Std." These letters and figures must be
clear and distinct, not less than i'r, inch in height,
and stand in relief not less than st inch, so that
they can be removed by cutting without endanger-
ing the cover. Each lot of 200 or less must bear
the manufacturer's serial number, commencing at
one (1) on the first of the year, and continuing
consecutively until the end of the year.
For each lot of 200, one extra hose must be
furnished free of cost.
NAME OF ROAD 1|
h
cri
d
2
CO
o
CO
03
04
05
06
07
A
R
I 23 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 fl 12
I 23 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 II 12
UJ
ea
UJ
GO
NAME OF MANUFACTURER
The above gives outline of
being on right hand end.
modification of label,
8. Test hose will be subject to the following
tests:
Bursting Test. — The hose selected for test will
have a section 5 inches long cut from one end and
the remaining IT inches will then be subjected to a.
hydraulic pressure of 100 pounds per square inch,
under which pressure it must not expand more
than Vi inch nor develop any small leaks or defects,
The section will then be subjected to a hydraulic
pressure of 400 pounds per square inch for ten min-
utes, without bursting.
Friction Test. — A section one inch long will be
taken from the 5-inch piece previously cut off, and
the quality determined by suspending a 20-pound
weight to the separated end, the force being ap-
plied radially, and the time of unwinding must not
exceed 8 inches in ten minutes.
Stretching Test. — Another section one inch long
will be cut from the balance of the 5-inch piece,
and the rubber tube or lining will be separated
from the ply and cut at the lap. Marks two inches
apart will be placed cm this section, and then the
section will be quickly stretched until the marks
are 8 inches apart and immediately released. The
section will then be remarked as at first and
stretched to 8 inches and will remain so stretched
10 minutes. It will then be released, and 10 min-
utes later the distance between the marks last ap-
plied will be measured. In no case must the test
piece break or show a permanent elongation of
more than U inch between the marks last applied.
Small strips taken from the cover or friction will
be subjected to the same tests.
9. If the test hose fails to meet the required
tests, the lot from which it was taken may be re-
jected without further examination and returned t i
the manufacturer, who shall pay the freight charges
BRA
BRA
in hoi h directions. If the test hose is satisfactory,
the entire lot will be examined, and those comply-
ing with the specifications will he accepted.
In 1907 the following specifications were adopted
Inr Woven and Combination Woven and Wrapped
Air-Brake flose, as Recommended Practice. In
1908 they were advanced in Standard.
All air-brake hose under this specification is to
consisl i'f nut less than three plies of woven,
braided or knitted fabric, or of two or more plies
of canvas wrapping surrounded by at least one ply
of woven, knitted or braided fabric. The hose
should be flexible without kinking easily. The rub-
ber, fabric or duck should be the best of its kind
made for the purpose, and no rubber substitute or
short-liber fabric will be allowed.
The inner tubes should lie composed of three
calenders of rubber and not less than A inch thick
at any point. Should a machine-made tube be used,
it must not be less than Vs inch thick at any point. It
must be free from holes and imperfections, and in
joining it must be so firmly united to the cotton
fabric that it cannot be separated without breaking
or splitting the tube. Each ply of the hose should
be separated by a distinct layer of rubber, and over
this is to be a cover tV inch thick, and at each end
a iVi-inch cap should be vulcanized on. the cover
and the cap to be of the same material as the inner
tube.
The hose is to be furnished in 22-inch lengths,
and variations exceeding V-i inch from this length
will not be permitted. The rubber caps at each end
are not to be less than ,\; inch nor more than Yx
inch thick. The inside diameter of the hose must
not be less than 1% inches not more than 1 A
inches, nor must the outside diameter be less than
2rh inches nor greater than 2A inches. The hose
must be smooth and regular in size throughout its
entire length.
Each hose must have vulcanized to it a badge
of white or red rubber as shown; on the top of the
badge the name of the purchaser, on the bottom
the maker's name, on the left-hand end the month
and year of manufacture, and on the right-hand
end the serial number and letters "M. C. B. Stand-
ard." The letters and figures must be clear and
distinct, not less than i'n inch in height, and stand
in relief not less than A inch, so they can be re-
moved by cutting without endangering the cover.
Each lot of 200 or less must bear the manufac-
turer's serial number, commencing at "1" on the
first of the year and continuing consecutively until
the end of the year, and the serial number should not
be duplicated, even though the hose bearing the
original numbers be rejected. For each lot of 200,
one extra hose must be furnished free of cost.
Tests to which samples will lie subjected:
Bursting Test. — All hose selected for test will
have a section 5 inches long cut from one end and
the remaining 17 inches will then be subjected to
a hydraulic bursting pressure of 40" pounds per
square inch for In minutes, which it must stand
without failure. At a pressure of 100 pounds per
square inch it must not expand more than V\ inch
in diameter or change in length more than '1 inch,
nor develop any small leaks or defects.
Friction Test. — A section 1 inch hang will be
taken from the 5-inch piece previously cut off, and
the quality determined by suspending a 20-pound
weight to the separated end. the force being ap-
plied radially, and the time of unwinding must not
exceed 8 inches in lo minutes.
Stretching Test.— Another section I inch long
will be cut from the balance of the 5-inch piece and
the inner tube or lining will be separated from the
ply and cut at the lap. Marks two inches apart
will be placed on this section, and then the section
will be quickly stretched until the marks are 8
inches apart and immediately released. The sec-
tion will then be remarked as at first and stretched
to 8 inches and will remain so stretched 10 minutes.
It will then be released and in minutes later the dis-
tance between the marks last applied will be meas-
ured. In no case must the test piece break or
show a permanent elongation of more than Vi inch
between the marks last applied. One-inch strips
will also be taken from the cover and will be sub-
jected to the same test.
Tensile Test. — Another section 1 inch long will
be cut from the remainder of the 5-inch piece and
the rubber tube or lining will be separated from the
ply and cut at the lap. It will then be reduced in
the middle for a distance of 2 inches by % inch
wide parallel. The parallel section shall be spread
to the full width of 1 inch at the end by curves of
Ya inch radius. This specimen shall be stretched
uniformly by gripping the enlarged ends, and in no
case should the tensile strength per square inch be
less than 400 pounds, nor the elongation at the
time of failure less than 8 inches, measured
by marks placed originally 2 inches apart before
breaking.
If the test hose fails to meet the required tests
the lot from which it was taken may be rejected
without further examination and returned to the
manufacturer, who shall pay the freight charges in
both directions. If the test hose is satisfactory the
entire lot will be examined and those complying
with the specifications will be accepted.
Brake Jaw. big. 521:,.
Brake Lever (Air Brakes). Figs 4842, 5209. A general
term including all the levers in the Foundation
Brake Gear, which see. See also Dead Lever, Live
Lever, Floating Lever, Cylinder Lever.
Brake Lever Arrangement (Traction Brakes). Fig.
1289.
Brake Lever Bracket. A wrought iron knee on the
under side of a car, to which the fulcrum of a brake
lever is sometimes attached.
Brake Lever Bracket Brace. A diagonal wrought iron
brace to stiffen the brake lever bracket.
Brake Lever Clevis. A Brake Lever Fulcrum, winch
see.
Brake Lever Coupling Bar (Inner I lung Brakes). A
compression bar connecting the two brake levers
(dead lever and live lever), to which it is fastened
by the coupling bar pin. When the brakes are
outer hung, this member becomes in tension in-
stead of compression and is known as the lower
brake rod. It is usually called bottom truck con-
nection.
Brake Lever Fulcrum. 93, Figs. 1771-1777, and Figs.
4938-4939, 5201-5202. A forked iron attached to the
brake beam, by means of which a brake lever is con-
nected to the beam. In the trussed metal brake
beam (he king post of (he brake beam becomes the
brake lever fulcrum. See Brake Beam King Post.
Brake Lever Guard (British). No American equiva-
lent. A curved wrought iron bar which confines the
BRA
31
BRA
movement of the brake lever within proper limits.
See also Brake Lever Ratchet.
Brake Lever Guide. 95, Figs. 47T1-47T7 ; Figs. 845-847,
4856-4858. An iron bar which guides the upper end
of a brake lever. Further distinguished as live lever
and dead lever guides, the latter provided with pins
for readjustment as the brake shoes wear; and also
called a brake lever stop.
Brake Lever Handle (.British). The handle at the end
of the brake lever.
Brake Lever Jaw. A Brake Lever Fulcrum, which see.
Brake Lever Ratchet (British). Teeth cut in the Brake
Lever Guard, which see, to prevent (he brake com-
ing off after being applied.
Brake Lever Stop. lJ5, Figs. 4771-4777 and Fig. 5223.
An iron bar or loop attached to a truck or car
frame, and which holds the upper end of a fixed
or dead brake lever. It usually has holes in it m
which a fulcrum pin is inserted. By moving the
pin from one hole to another the lever is adjusted
so as to take up the wear of the brake shoes.
More commonly Dead Lever Guide, which see.
Brake Lever Strut. Figs. 5216-5217. A brake lever
coupling bar or Bottom Truck Connection, which
see.
Brake Mast. A Brake Shaft, which see.
Brake Pawl. 103, Figs. 262-272, etc., and Figs. 879-880.
A small pivoted iron bar for engaging in the teeth
of a Brake Ratchet Wheel, which see. It is placed
in such a position as to be worked in or out of en-
gagement with the ratchet wheel teeth by the foot.
Brake Pawl Carrier. Fig. 749. See Brake Pawl and
Brake Ratchet Wheel.
Brake Pawl Dog. Fig. 779. A pivoted casting serving
as a weight to throw up the brake pawl so as to
engage with the ratchet when the ratchet is on the
under side of the brake ratchet wheel. Also ap-
plied to an eccentric which holds a pawl against a
ratchet wheel.
Brake Pin. Fig. 853. A small metal pin used in the
brake lever connections.
Brake Pipe (Air Brake). An iron pipe extending from
one end of the car to the other, under the car body
and connected to the pipes on adjoining cars by
flexible brake hose. The air from the air pump or
motor compressor is conveyed through the brake
pipe to the auxiliary reservoir under each car. The
brake pipe is normally filled with compressed air
at 70 lbs. pressure and the auxiliary reservoirs with
air at the same pressure. A reduction of this pres-
sure in the brake pipe of from 5 to 20 lbs. causes
the triple valves to open communication between
the auxiliary reservoir and the brake cylinder so
that the compressed air stored in the reservoir acts
on the piston and brake levers and applies the
brakes. This is called a service application. In
case the train parts or a hose bursts, the air is
suddenly and completely released from the brake
pipe and the triple valves automatically apply the
brakes as before, only with more speed and greater
power at first. In an emergency application the
full main reservoir pressure of 90 to 110 lbs. is
turned into the brake pipe and this increase of
pressure causes the triple valves to open com-
munication from the brake pipe direct to the brake
cylinder, applying the brakes with great force and
very suddenly. To release the brakes the brake
pipe pressure is restored to normal and the triple
valves equalize the pressures in the auxiliary reser-
voirs and the brake pipe, at the same time open-
ing tile brake cylinder to the atmosphere and re-
leasing the brakes. This pipe is sometimes called
train pipe, train line, or tram brake pipe, but its
proper name is brake pipe to distinguish it from the
signal and steam heating pipes.
Brake Pipe Air Strainer. Fig. 1283. A wire strainer
inserted in the brake pipe to prevent foreign matter
from entering the brake apparatus under the cai.
Brake Pipe Strainer (Air Brake). Fig. 1283. A Brake
Pipe Air Strainer, which see.
Brake Ratchet Gear, Complete. Includes tlie ratchet
wheel, the pawd, the dog, the carrier.
Brake Ratchet Wheel. 103, Figs. 262-272. A wheel at-
tached to a brake shaft, having teeth shaped like
saw teeth, into which a pawl engages, thus prevent-
ing the wheel and shaft from running backward.
In some forms the ratchet wheel has the ratchet
upon the under side, instead of on the edge; the
brake pawl being automatically pressed upward
against the teeth by a counterweight, called a brake
pawl dog, and without being adjusted by the foot
of the irakeman. Such a ratchet wheel is shown
in Fig. 761. The brake pawl is pivoted in the
brake pawl carrier. Fig. 681. which latter is bolted
to the roof of the car.
In 1879 the M. C. B. Convention recommended
that the practice of placing the ratchet gear on a
small platform or brake step be discontinued, and
that it be fastened to a suitable casting on the
roof. Their recommendation has not been univer-
sally adopted, though it is a very common practice.
Brake Reservoir Plate. Figs. 910-912. See Reservoir
Plate.
Brake Rod. 1. Any rod serving to connect brake levers,
but especially the Lower Brake Rod, 97, Figs. 4771-
4777, which see. The brake shaft connecting rod
is sometimes called the main brake rod.
2. (British.) A bar of iron connecting the brake
shaft arms to the brake blocks.
Brake Rod Guide. Any form of special support for a
brake rod.
Brake Safety Chain or Link. 88. Figs. 4771-4777 and
Fig. 4873. A chain attached by brake safety chain
eye bolts to a brake beam and to the truck or body
of a car. It is intended for the same purpose as a
Brake Safety Strap, which see, to hold the brake
beams in case a brake hanger should break. Some-
times made of a single link or bar. A brake beam
safety guard is not bolted or fastened to the brake
beam, but is usually a T-shaped forging, the stem
being bolted to the truck frame, the cross bar
hanging under the brake beam to prevent it falling
upon the track if the hanger breaks.
Brake Safety Chain Eye Bolt. Figs. 944-945; 89, Figs.
4771-4777. An eye bolt attached to a truck or car
body, and which holds a brake safety chain.
Brake Safety Strap. 90, Figs. 4771-4777. A strap of
iron fastened to the end piece or transom of a truck
and bent into such a shape as to embrace the brake
beam. In case any of the hangers should give
way, the safety strap is intended to catch and hold
the beam and prevent it from falling on the track.
Sometimes it is made of steel, and used as a release
spring for throwing off the brake. A Brake Safety
Chain, which see, is another device for the same
purpose.
Brake Shaft. 1. 94, Figs. 262-272, 5203-5204, 5207-5208.
A vertical iron shaft on which a chain is wound
and by which the power of a hand brake is applied
to the wheels. It is sometimes made horizontal.
BRA
BRA
and so called, as 95, Figs. 267-268, etc. In box and
stock cars it extends above the root, and is called
a long brake shaft.
The M. C. B. Association (_1879 ) recommended
"that all brake shafts be placed on the left-hand
corner of a car when a person is standing on the
track facing the end of the car." See Horizontal
Brake Shaft, Long Brake Shaft.
2. (British.) A horizontal shaft to which are
attached brake shaft arms, which actuate the brake
blocks. A long lever is attached to it, provided
with a handle, by which the brakes can be applied.
Brake Shaft (M. C. B. Standard Position and Dimen-
sions). Figs. 5635-5636. See Safety Appliances.
In 1907 a standard maximum height of brake start,
for standard box cars from top of rail to top of
brake staff of 14 ft., was adopted.
Brake Shaft Arm (British). See above.
Brake Shaft Bearing. Figs. 749-752. 772-773, 783-784. A
metal eye by which a brake shaft is held in its
place, and in which it turns. See Brake Shaft Step,
Lower Brake Shaft Bearing, Upper Brake Shaft
Bearing.
Brake Shaft Bevel Gear Wheel. 160a, Figs. 648-651. A
bevel gear on the lower end of the brake shaft
engaging with a similar gear on the horizontal
brake chain worm.
Brake Shaft Bracket. 99, Figs. 267-268. A support for
holding a horizontal brake shaft in its place.
Brake Shaft Chain. Figs. 875-876. A chain connecting
the brake shaft with the brake levers through the
brake shaft connecting rods, to the end of which
it is attached. The force exerted on the shaft is
transmitted by this chain. See Horizontal Brake
Shaft Chain.
Brake Shaft Chain Sheave. 105, Figs. 262-272. A roller
over which a brake shaft chain passes.
A sheave attached to the end sill for the chain of
a horizontal brake shaft to work in, 105, Figs.
267-268.
A sheave or pulley is sometimes attached to the
end of the hand brake connection and the brake
chain, secured at one end to the end sill of the car,
is passed around this sheave and back to the brake
shaft winding drum. It thus doubles the power
of the hand brake, but also doubles the amount of
chain to be wrapped and is objectionable from this
standpoint.
Brake Shaft Connecting Rod. Figs. 873-874. A rod
which is attached at one end to a brake chain and
at the other to one of the levers in the foundation
brake gear.
Brake Shaft Crank (Street Cars). An elbow attached
to the upper end of the brake shaft, carrying a
handle for turning the brake shaft and operating
the brake. See Lindstrom Ratchet Brake Handle.
Brake Shaft Crank Handle (Street Cars). Called also
a brake shaft crank or a brake handle. See above.
Brake Shaft Cross Bearer (British). A piece of timber
secured to the underframe and carrying a wrought
iron bracket, in which the brake shaft works.
Brake Shaft Drum. The part of a brake shaft on which
the brake chain is wound. See Brake Chain Worm.
Brake Shaft Gear Wheel. 160a, Figs. 648-651. A bevel
gear wheel attached to the brake shaft, by which
the power applied to the brake hand wheel is con-
veyed to a horizontal winding shaft or worm, called
a brake chain guide casting.
Brake Shaft Hanger (British). A bracket by which the
brake shaft is carried and in which it is free to
revolve.
Brake Shaft Holder. A Brake Shaft Bearing, which
see.
Brake Shaft Stand. A Brake Shaft Step, which see.
Brake Shaft Step. 100, Fig
etc.; Figs. S20-821.
A bearing which holds the lower end of a brake
shaft. It usually consists of a U-shaped bar of iron,
the upper ends of which are fastened to the car
body, with a hole in the curved part of the bar
which receives the end of the shaft. The brake
shaft step should not be confounded with a brake
step, which latter is a shelf on which the brakeman
ma}- step when applying brakes.
Brake Shaft Step Brace. A wrought iron brace at-
tached to the brake shaft step to resist the pull of
the brake chain.
Brake Shaft Thimble. An iron bushing attached to the
end of the car to form a bearing for a brake shaft.
Brake Shoe. Figs. 5236-5253; 98, Figs. 4771-4777. A
piece of metal shaped to fit the tread of a car
wheel and attached by a key or otherwise to a
brake block or brake head. The brake shoe rubs
against the tread of the wheel when the brakes are
applied. Such shoes are made of cast, wrought or
malleable iron or steel, usually cast iron.
Brake Shoe Key. Fig. 5524. A key or wedge by which
a brake shoe is fastened to a brake block.
Brake Shoes, Specifications for (M. C. B. Standard).
In 1901 the following specifications were adopted
as standard as a result of letter ballot:
For Cast Iron Chilled Wheels. — Shoes when
tested on the Master Car Builders' Association
testing machine, in effecting stops from an initial
speed of forty miles per hour, shall develop upon
a cast iron chilled wheel a mean coefficient of
friction not less than
22 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is
2,808 pounds.
20 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is
4,152 pounds.
16 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is
6,840 pounds.
For Steel Tired Wheels. — Shoes, when tested
on the Master Car Builders' Association testing
machine, in effecting stops from an initial speed
of sixty-five miles per hour, shall develop upon
a steel tired wheel a mean coefficient of friction
of not less than
16 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is
2,808 pounds.
14 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is
4,152 pounds.
12 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is
6.840 pounds.
Brake Slack Adjusters. Figs. 1173-1182, 1187-1192, 1259.
A device to automatically take up any slack in the
brake gear between the air brake cylinder and the
brake shoe, so that the piston travel shall not be
too great. See Slack Adjuster.
Brake Spool. Also see Brake Shaft Drum. An en-
largement by a sleeve or otherwise of a brake shaft
to give greater speed and less power to the brake
gear. A Brake Chain Worm, which see, is a some-
what similar device.
Brake Spool Step (Logging Cars). A U-shaped strap
inclosing the brake spool, and equivalent to a Brake
Shaft Step, which see"
Brake Spring. A Release Spring, which see.
BRA
33
BUC
Brake Staff. A Brake Shaft, which see.
Brake Step. 100, Figs. '262-272, etc. A small shelf or
ledge on the end of a freight car near the top, on
which the brakeman stands when applying the
brake from the top of a car. Also called a brake
footboard. A brake step should not be confounded
with a Brake Shaft Step, which see, which is a bear-
ing for the lower end of a brake shaft.
The use of brake steps has been discouraged by
the Master Car Builders' Association, which recom-
mended (Chicago, 1879) "that the small platform
(brake step) placed at one end of freight cars, to
fasten the brake pawl, etc., be discontinued; the
ratchet wheel and pawl to be fastened to a suitable
casting on the roof."
Brake Step Bracket. 101, Figs. 262-272; and Figs. 897-
899. An iron bracket to support a brake step.
Brake Strut. 97, Figs. 4771-4777. A compression bar
or strut between the live and dead levers of a truck
with inside hung brakes. Probably the term brake
strut is more common than brake lever coupling
bar. Brake strut should not be confused with brake
beam strut. A Brake Lever Coupling Bar, which
see.
Brake Treadle (Hand Cars). A lever for applying
brakes with the foot.
Brake Valve (Air Brakes). Figs. 1225-1232, 1300-1310.
The valve operated by the motorman to apply and
release the brakes. Also called operating valve
and motorman's brake valve.
Brake Van (British). Figs. 6506-6510. American equiva-
lent, caboose, or baggage car. A covered vehicle
in which the conductor (guard) of a train travels,
and which is fitted with a powerful screw hand
brake. On passenger trains it carries the passen-
gers' baggage (luggage), express matter (parcels),
and dogs, etc. On freight (goods) trains it is
weighted with pig iron, and is primarily used as
a source of brake power. Also called guard's van.
Brake Wheel. 93, Figs. 262-272, 731-732. 3947. An iron
wheel attached to the upper end of the brake shaft,
and by which the latter is turned to apply the
brakes by hand.
Brake Windlass. A term sometimes used to designate
the Brake Shaft, which see, with all its attached
parts.
Brakeman's Step (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3945.
Brass. "An alloy of copper and zinc. The term is com-
monly applied to the yellow alloy of copper with
about half its weight of zinc, in which case it is
called by engineers yellow brass; but copper alloyed
with about one-ninth its weight of tin is the metal
of brass ordinance or gun metal. Similar alloys
used for the 'brasses' or bearings of machinery are
called hard brass, and when employed for statues
and metals they are called bronze." — Toml. Cycl.
Useful Arts.
According to present usage, alloys of copper and
tin, or of copper, tin and zinc, are termed Bronzes,
which see. Railroad Journal Bearings, which see.
are often termed brasses, but they have the com-
position of bronzes.
Bridge. In car construction the term bridge means a
timber, bar or beam which is supported at each
end. See Bolster Bridge, Center Bearing Bridge,
Side Bearing Bridge.
Bridging (Passenger Car Framing). 6, Figs. 599-619.
Short transverse distance blocks between the sills
of an underframc to keep the sills from displace-
ment or buckling. A sill tie rod is usually em-
ployed to keep the sills drawn tightly against the
bridging. It is toenailed and sometimes tenoned
into the sills with small tenons.
Brill's Maximum Traction Pivotal Trucks (Street Car).
Fig. 6432.
Brill's Street Car Trucks. Figs. 6429-6432.
Broad Base Jack. Fig. 3866. See Jack Screw, Hy-
draulic Jack.
Broad Gage. A term applied to a gage when the dis-
tance between the head of the rails is greater than
4 ft. 9 ins. The principal broad gage was 5 ft.; other
gages were 5 ft. 3 ins., 5 ft. 6 ins., 6 ft, etc. These
gages have been abandoned and the 4 ft. 81/-! in. or
4 ft. 9 in. gage adopted throughout this country on
all lines. The broad gages, if any exist, are con-
fined to short branches of no importance. Tracks
of 4 ft. 8% in. and 4 ft. 9 in. gage allow cars which
are gaged by the Interchange Rules to pass over
them. See Narrow Gage, Standard Gage.
Broad Lace (British). A woolen fabric made in bands
about 4 ins. wide and sometimes used as an orna-
mental border to the upholstery of a carriage.
Brooks Car Seals. Fig. 4072.
Broom Holders. Fig. 3838.
Bronze. An alloy composed of copper and tin. some-
times with a little zinc and lead. Bronzes also often
contain various other metals and chemical sub-
stances, as Phosphor Bronze, which see. Brass is
an alloy of copper and zinc. Most journal bearings
are bronzes. The variety of proportions of the
various metals is very great.
Brown Metallic Window Strip. Figs. 4648-4649.
Brush. Fig. 3841, etc. See Car Window Brush.
Brush and Comb Rack. Figs. 3675, 3677, 3678.
Brush Holder. Fig. 6370. A support for the brushes
of an electric motor, providing by means of springs
for a constant pressure of the brushes on the com-
mutator.
Brushes. Carbon plates pressing on the commutator
of an electric motor for supplying current to the
armature.
Bucker (Bliss System of Electric Car Lighting). Fig.
3379. An automatic electric regulator consisting of
a motor driven counter electro motor force gener-
ator, the latter so constructed as to generate in-
dependent and suitably proportioned counter E. M.
F.'s in the field circuit of an axle generator and also
in the circuit of the lamps operated in connection
therewith. The word describes the action of the
device, the C. E. M. F.'s being said to oppose or
"buck" the direct E. M. F.'s of the circuits men-
tioned. Directly opposite of Booster.
A machine somewhat like a small dynamo which
has a field and a revolving armature and which is
used for automatically maintaining a constant pre-
determined voltage in the lamp circuit regardless
of the speed of the dynamo or the demand for
lights.
Buckeye (Little Giant) Coupler. Figs. 1739-1742.
Buckeye Heater. Fig. 6933. An oil heater mounted on
a compressed air tank and having a special burner
which produces an intense heat. The heater is
portable and is largely used in making repairs to
steel cars and similar work.
Buckeye Oil Paint Sprayer. Fig. 6932.
Buckeye Pressed Steel Truck. Fig. 4695. A pressed
steel truck using a plate side frame somewhat sim-
ilar to the arch bar form of truck.
Buckeye Sand Blast Machine. Fig. 6934. A device
with compressed air and sand tanks used to blow
BUC
34
BUL
jand in a powerful jet of air and by the erosive
action of the sand to clean steel work. Largely
used for removing rust and paint from steel cars,
bridges, etc., before repainting. See Sand Blast.
Buckle (British I. See Bearing Spring Buckle.
Buda Hand Cars. Figs. 6191, 6194-6195, etc.
Buffalo Brake Beam. Figs. 5160-5177.
Buffer. Figs. 1975-2066. An elastic apparatus or cushion
attached to the end of a car to receive the concus-
sions of other cars running against it. The term is
generally applied to those attachments in which
springs are used to give the apparatus elasticity.
The term is often applied to a Drawbar, which see.
For British practice in buffers, see Figs. 6656-6633,
6730-6736.
Buffer Arm. A Drawbar Timber, which see.
Buffer Band (Street Cars). A band of iron or steel
fastened to the face of the buffer beam to save it
from wear and bruising.
Buffer Bar. A wrought iron bar at the end of a car
carrying a Buffer Plate, which see.
Buffer Beam. 1. ( Freight Cars.) 32a, Figs. 262-272.
A short timber bolted to the face of the end sill,
usually protected with a striking plate, against
which the shoulder on the head of the drawbar
strikes when the draft gear springs are closed solid.
Its function is to protect the end sill from damage
and to act as a distance block to keep the cars a
sufficient distance apart to allow a man to step in
between them. It is distinguished from Buffer
Blocks, which see, and is frequently called a Dead-
wood or Dead Block, which see.
2. (Passenger Cars.) A term sometimes used to
designate a platform end sill.
Buffer Blocks. 32. Figs.
262-2 ,
etc. Two blocks of
wood or iron attached to the end sill or buffer
beam of a freight car, in contradistinction to buffer
beam, which is a single block in the middle of the
end sill, although the latter also is sometimes desig-
nated as a single dead block. Buffer blocks are
sometimes called dead blocks.
Buffer Block Angle. Figs. 913-915.
Buffer Block Face Plate. A metal plate bolted to the
face of a wooden buffer block to protect the wood
from wear. Usually called striking plate.
Buffer Cushion. A circular rubber pad to prevent the
platform or buffer springs from being overloaded.
Buffer Guide. See Buffer Stem Guide.
Buffer Pin (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 628, Figs. 1886-
1935.
Buffer Plate. 42a, Figs. 599-619; Y, Figs. 648-651; 614,
Figs. 1886-1935. An iron or steel plate (usually
bolted to the end of the buffer stems) which bears
and rubs against the opposing plate of the next
car of the train. The vestibule face plate is bolted
or riveted to, and carried by, the buffer plate.
Buffer Plate Spring (Buhoup Vestibule). 81, Figs. 2215-
2263.
Buffer Rod (British). A rod which transmits buffing
strains from the buffer head to the buffer spring.
See also Buffer Stem.
Buffer Rod Guide or Buffer Block (British). A casting
bolted to the outer side of the end sill or head stock
through which the buffer stem or rod passes.
Buffer Rod Shoe (British). A casting keyed to the end
of the buffer rod which bears on the buffing spring.
Buffer Safety Lug. A projecting horn cast on top of
freight couplers to bear against a buffer block and
relieve the draw gear from excessive compressive
strains. Coupler Horn, which see, is the more com-
mon name.
Buffer Shank. The square part between the buffer head
and buffer stem.
Buffer Spring. 1. ( Passenger Cars.) 630, Figs. 1886-
1935. In the Buhoup and other platform equip-
ments the springs that resist the compression of a
train or the impact when they come together as in
coupling. In passenger equipment this thrust is
not taken by the drawbar alone, but by the buffers,
which transmit it to the buffer springs, which ab-
sorb or transmit it to the car body.
2. (Freight Cars.) A synonymous term for draft
spring, there being but one set of springs for buff-
ing and pulling strains. Draft spring is the pre-
ferred term, although both are used.
Buffer Spring Bed (British). Serves the purpose of the
American draft .timber. A timber or casting in the
center of the underframe which receives the thrust
of the buffing spring. A buffing spring cradle.
Buffer Stem (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 620, Figs. 1886-
1935. The round part which passes through the
buffer springs. The term is sometimes applied to
the buffer bar, which includes the round stem and
the square shank.
Buffer Stem Bracket (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 634,
Figs. 1886-1935.
Buffer Stem End Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler).
156, Figs. 1886-1935.
Buffer Stem Guides. 641, Figs. 1836-193-5. Iron bush-
ings inserted in the platform end sill, in which the
buffer stems work. They are to protect the wood
from abrasion and wear.
Buffer Stem Ring Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem CouplerC
154, Figs. 1886-1935.
Buffet Car. Figs. 165-166, 220, 225. -V term (meaning,
literally, sideboard car) applied to a style of sleep-
ing car or parlor car which has an ornamental
buffet, where light lunches can be prepared for the
passengers. Buffet smoking cars are also built in
the same general style of finish.
Buffing and Draw Spring (British). See Plate or
Laminated Buffing and Draw Spring.
Buffing Sub-Sill. A sub-sill bolted to the center sills
on the underside and forming a continuous buffing
sill in conjunction with the draft timbers
Thev
are bolted and keyed to the center sills with key
blocks and bolts. Also called back stop timber.
Buhoup 3-Steam Platform Equipment. Figs. 1886-1935.
An improved form of the original Janney draft gear
for passenger cars. The coupler head is connected
to the center stem and the two side stems and its
movement out of the center line of the car is re-
sisted by the side stem springs. The center stem
is backed up by the draft spring proper which is
held in a pocket between the sills and which ab-
sorbs most of the shocks. The buffer plate is
backed up by two buffer stem springs which aid in
absorbing buffing shocks.
Buhoup Wide Vestibule. Figs. 2215-2263.
Bulkhead (Steel Coach). Fig. 1355.
Bulldozer. Figs. 0832-6883. A machine with a recipro-
cating power-driven ram or head in which small
forgings are made. Largely used instead of drop
hammers for making duplicate pieces.
Bull's-Eye. A convex glass lens, which is placed in
front of a lamp to concentrate the light so as to
make it more conspicuous for a signal. They are
used to close the opening in fixed lamps at the end
of cars, and also in signal lanterns.
BUL
35
CAM
Bull's-Eye Lamp. See Train Signal Lamp.
Bumper. An indefinite term used to designate a buffer
or drawbar, or a Buffer Block, which see
Bumper Block. A Buffer Block, which see.
Bundle Rack. See Basket Rack.
Bunk. 1. A rough form of sleeping berth permanently
built against the side of a car. Is also applied to
the upper berth of a sleeping ear, though it be fin-
ished and decorated.
2. (Logging Cars.) A crosspiece similar to a
body bolster, on which timber is loaded. See Body
Bolster.
Bunk Apron. 7. Figs. 2201-2202. In a sleeping car. a
board nailed to the upper deck sill and projecting
several inches below it to cover the edge of the
upper berth when it is folded up. In the latest Pull-
man pattern of berths it has been done away with
by rounding the edge of the upper berth or bunk
and closing the upper edge against the upper deck-
sill.
Bunk End. 20, Figs. 2201-2202, The end board of the
upper berth box.
Bunk Panel. 21. Figs. 2201-2202. A window panel be
low the inside cornice fascia of a sleeping car. in
the upper berth. It shuts off the upper part of th°
car window.
Bunk Partition. 8. Figs. 2201-2202. The partition be
tween the two upper berths of two adjacent sleep
ing car sections.
Bunk Truss (Logging Cars). An iron strap to stiffe-i
the bunk.
Bunter Beam. A buffer beam.
Burlap. A coarse canvas for use in car upholstery,
generally manufactured 24 or 40 ins. wide.
Burner. "That part of a lighting apparatus at which
combustion takes place." — Knight. (Pintsch Lamp)
Fig. 292G. i Acetylene Lamp) Fig. 3290. See Lamp
Burner.
Burner Cock (Pintsch System of Gas Lighting). Fig.
3095. It is used in wall lamps only. This cock I?
handled with a key. Fig. 3094.
Bushing. 1. "A lining for a hole." — Knight. LTsually a
metal cylindrical ring which forms a bearing for
some other object, as a shaft, valve, etc., which is
inserted in the hole. Often contracted into bush.
See
Bell Cord Bushing. Head Board Bushing.
Berth Curtain Rod Pipe Bushing.
Bushing. Sash Lock Bushing.
Berth Hinge Bushing. Window Blind Bushing.
Deck Sash Pivot Bush- Window Rod Bushing,
ing.
2. (Pipe Fitting.) A short tube with a screw
cut inside and outside, used to screw into a pipe to
reduce its diameter. Generally, a bushing has a
hexagonal head by which it is turned, and is some-
times called reducer.
Business Car. A term often applied to an officer's or
director's car. and sometimes applied to a pay car.
Butler Drawbar Attachment. Figs. 1470-1483. A form
of attachment using the strap pocket or yoke with
thimbles, which engage in what is termed a case or
housing, with lugs on the sides that engage in
grooves cut in the draft timbers.
Butt. A contraction of Butt Hinge, which see, and
generally used as a substitute for the longer term.
Butt Hinge. A hinge for hanging doors, etc.. which is
fastened with screws to the edge of a door, so that
when the latter is closed the hinge is folded up be-
tween the door and its frame. A hinge the two
parts of which are so fastened together that they
cannot readily be detached is called a fast joint butt
hinge. Other forms are: Loose Joint Butt Hinge,
Fig. 2453, and Loose Pin Butt Hinge, Fig. 2449.
In Fig. 2442 the wear is taken by a hinge pin
screwing into the knuckle and bearing against a
washer. The hinge pin is often ornamented with
an acorn, and those having a washer between the
two knuckles, but no acorns, are known as Blake
Butts, which see. The best butt hinges have wash-
ers, which are generally plain, but Figs. 2449-2452
show a butt hinge with ball-bearing washers. Butt
hinges are commonly termed simply butts.
Button. This term, besides its usual meaning has been
used to designate an axle collar, but the term is
now obsolete. See Tufting Button.
c
Cabin (Pile Driver Car). A small house for the engine
and hoisting gear, usually built on the swinging
platform.
Cabin Car. Figs. 80, 577-588. A term sometimes ap-
plied to Caboose Cars, which see; more particu-
larly to four-wheeled caboose cars.
Cabin Door Hooks. Figs. 2828-2831.
Cabinet Lock. Figs. 2600-2609. A lock used on furni-
ture or cabinet w-ork. It may be applied either to
the inner edge of the door or drawer or set into a
mortise. Cabinet locks vary from the cheapest
type to the pintumbler type which gives the high-
est possible security.
Cable Car. A car designed for a street railway in which
the tractive power is a cable. The cable is usually
placed between the rails and underground in a con-
duit.
Caboose Car. Figs. 118-122, 577-587. A car attached to
the rear of all freight trains for the accommoda-
tion of the conductor and trainmen, ami for carry-
ing the various stores, tools, etc.. reo.uircd on
freight trains. Also, but rarely, called conductor's
car. cabin car, cabin, or train car. Cabooses are
made with a lookout for displaying train signals to
the locomotive and trains following, and to give
the trainmen a view of the train. Caboose cars ar^
either four-wheel or eight-wheel, and both are in
general use; four-wheeled cabooses are sometimes
termed cabin cars. The eight-wheeled cabooses are
frequently provided with lockers, cooking stove,
writing desks, and other conveniences for living.
Cafe Car. Figs. 143, 220-228. A car in which light
meals are served, usually a la carte. It may be
either a cafe coach, a cafe parlor car, or a combina-
tion cafe and baggage car.
Cafe Coach. Figs. 137. 140-147. A combination day
coach and dining car. See Kitchen Car.
Calamined Iron. See Kalamined Iron.
Caldwell Sash Balance. Fig. 4059. See Sash Balance.
Cam. (Yale Lock). The revolving disk, usually a
spiral eccentric or heart-shaped, fixed on the out-
side of the shaft which carries the tumblers.
Camber. The upward deflection or bend of a beam,
girder, or truss. Freight cars are usually heavily
cambered when new by screwing up the bodv truss
rods. Passenger cars have little or no camber.
Campbell Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 421-124.
A car with the bottom made up of drop doors
hinged over the center sills and raised and lowered
with a continuous crank shaft having cranks under
each door.
Campbell-Olden Dump Car. Fig. 95.
CAN
CAR
Canda Box Car. Figs. 277-278. A box car of large ca-
pacity, built with wooden underframe and rein-
forced sills.
Canda Hopper Car. A wood hopper car in which the
sides are trussed with posts and braces on the out-
side of the planks.
Canda Refrigerator Car. A refrigerator car in which the
chief features are: (1) the insulation, (2) the eco-
nomic method of effecting it, (3) the arrangements
for icing, (4) the circulation of air within the car.
The insulation consists of an exterior sheathing of
boards which are fluted on the mside and allow a
circulation of free air beneath them. This is to pur
the car in the shade and to give a free circulation
of air around about the inclosed and shaded car.
thus preventing the heat of the sun penetrating to
the insulated part of the car. Beneath this exterior
sheathing of weather boards is a sub-sheathing,
several layers of tar paper, one of felt 1 in. thick,
two %-in. wood partitions and a lining % in. thick.
The tar paper is tacked upon both sides of trian-
gular frames, which frames wedge the felt in place,
thus saving any nailing and fitting.
Candle. A special kind of large diameter called car
candles are used for lighting passenger cars and
burned in Candle Lamps, Figs. 3580-3585, which
see. Since the introduction of high-proof mineral
oils they are now rarely used. The best car can-
dles are made of paraffin and hydraulic pressed.
Candle Bottom. Fig. 3183. See Candle Lamp.
Candle Bracket Lamps (Pintsch System). Figs. 3183
3186. Are for use in emergency, as in case gas
gives out. May be attached to wall or to any
center lamp at will.
Candle Holder. See Candle Lamp.
Candle Holder Cap. 21, Figs. 3585-3601. See Candle
Lamp.
Candle Holder Cup. 22, Figs. 3585-3601. See Candle
Lamp.
Candle Lamp. Figs. 3580. 3585. A lamp for burning
candles, sometimes elaborated into a chandelier
with two or three burners. Candles, however, are
now but little used except in emergency bracket
lamps, to be used when the gas or electric lights
fail. The candle is placed within a candle holder,
carried within a candle bottom. The candle holder
consists of a candle holder cup and candle holder
cap connected by the candle rods and having a
light spiral candle spring within. As the candle
burns away it is pressed upward by the candle
spring against the cap so as to keep the flame al-
ways in one position.
Canfield Underframe. A draft frame or auxiliary un-
derframe bolted under the usual center sills of a
car and serving as a continuous draft beam from
end to end of the car. It is made up of two chan-
nels or draft sills at each end, extending from the
end sills to the bolsters, a heavy I-beam between
the bolsters and light I-beam needle beams.
Canopy. Fig. 3159. See Lamp Canopy. Also called
a Smoke Bell, which see. A platform hood is
sometimes called a canopy.
Canopy Ventilators. Fig. 4120. See Ventilators.
Cant Rail (British). American equivalent, plate. A
horizontal timber running along the top of the up-
right pieces in the sides of the body, and support-
ing the roof and roof sticks. Its upper edge is cut
to the bevel of the roof; hence its name.
Cantilever Truss (Overhang nf Underframe). An in-
verted truss which bears upon the side sill directly
over the body bolster. The inner end is connected
by a tie rod to the inner end of the truss at the
other end of the car body, while the outer end sup-
ports the overhang of the underframe by a vertical
tie rod and by a diagonal brace rod similar to the
overhang truss rod of the old Pullman framing.
Canvas. A coarse cloth, made of cotton, used for up-
holstering seats, and sometimes for the finish of
the ceiling of passenger cars when it is painted or
otherwise decorated. Roofing canvas is used for
covering street cars.
Cap. The top or covering of anything. See
Arm Cap. Smoke Pipe Cap.
Belt Rail Cap. Spiral Spring Cap.
Bolster Spring Cap. Spring Cap.
Candle Holder Cap. Tank Nozzle Cap.
Equalizer Spring Cap. Trimming Cap.
Inside Lining Cap. Truss Plank Cap.
Lever Frame Cap. Window Sill Cap.
Cap Screw. (Triple Valve). 25, Fig. 1233.
Cap Socket Washer. Figs. 932-933.
Car. The term used in the United States to designate
a vehicle or carriage for running on a railway. As
the term is usually employed, it denotes any vehicle
used for transportation and not belonging to the
motive power of a railroad.
The term Coach, which see, is synonymous with
passenger car. In Great Britain passenger cars.
or coaches, are called carriages (first, second and
third-class), and freight cars are called wagons, or
trucks and vans.
Cars are divided into two general classes, passen-
ger cars and freight cars. The latter is also further
subdivided into freight cars proper and working or
construction cars, the latter including a great va-
riety of types, but a comparatively small number
of each type. The prices allowed by the Master
Car Builders' Association for the various forms of
freight cars will be seen under Interchange of
Traffic, which see. Street cars, for city and sub-
urban use, take their names from the motive
power employed to move them, as electric motor
cars, cable cars, etc. They constitute a class by
themselves. Hand Cars, which see, are a light ve-
hicle moved by hand power, and under this head
should be classed velocipede cars. Among passen-
ger equipment cars the following vehicles are usu-
ally classed, not because they carry passengers
alone, but rather for the reason that they are run
in trains which carry passengers:
Automobile Car. Mail Car.
Baggage Car. Officers' Car.
Buffet Car. Parlor Car.
Combination Baggage Passenger Car or Coach.
Car. Postal Car.
Dining Car. Private Car.
Drawing Room or Par- Sleeping Car.
lor Car. Smoking Car.
Express Car. Tourist Sleeping Car.
Among the cars for regular freight service are:
Ballast Car. Gravel Car.
Billet Car. Heater Car.
Box Car. Hopper Bottom Car.
Caboose Car or Cabin Hopper Car.
Car. ice Car.
Coal Car. Lumber Car.
Coke Car. Milk Car.
Double-Deck Stock Car. Mine Car.
Drop Bottom Car. Oil or Tank Car.
Dump Car. Ore Car.
CAR
37
CAR
Flat Car.
Fruit Car.
Furniture Car.
Gondola Car.
Grain Car.
Poultry Car.
Refrigerator Car.
Stock Car.
Tip Car.
Ventilated Box Car.
door, usually meaning for a passenger car
door.
Among working cars are:
Air Brake Instruction Pile Driver Car.
Car. Push Pole Car.
Boarding Car. Snow Plow or Flanger.
Derrick Car. Steam Shovel.
Ditching Car. Sweeping Car.
Inspection Car. Tool Car.
Locomotive Crane. Wrecking Car.
Car Axle. Figs. 5510-5513. (M. C. B. Standard.) Also
2, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A shaft made of
wrought iron or steel to which a pair of car wheels
is attached. The wheels are both rigidly fastened
to the axle by making a hydraulic press fit. The
following are the names of the parts of an axle:
Center of Axle. Xeck of Axle. Wheel Seat, Dust
Guard Bearing, Collar, Journal. See Axle.
Car Bodies. Figs. 262-696.
Car Box. A Journal Box, which see.
Car Candle. See Candle.
Car Closet (Flush or Dry). See Hopper.
Car Coupler. An appliance for connecting or coupling
cars together. All passenger ear couplers and the
greater part of the freight car couplers in use are
automatic.
By Act of Congress, Feb. 27, 1893, all engines,
passenger and freight cars engaged in interstate
commerce must be equipped with couplers that
couple automatically by impact and that may be
uncoupled without going between the cars, on or
before Jan. 1, 1898. A penalty of $100 is imposed
for each violation of this act. unless the time shall
have been extended for each road by the Interstate
Commerce Commission after a hearing and for a
good cause.
Of automatic couplers there are a great many;
the freight couplers all conform to the lines adopted
by the M. C. B. Association and shown in Fig.
5579; they differ chiefly in the lock and the device
for uncoupling. The general dimensions of the
coupler universally adopted for freight service are
given under Figs. 5580-5585, with the limit gages
to which all M. C. B. couplers should conform.
The same gages are applicable to passenger coup-
lers. See Automatic Car Coupler.
Car Cylinder (Air Brake). Any one of several kinds
of brake cylinders shown in Figs. 1257-1276.
Cardwell Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 1540-1545.
Car Discharge Valve (Train Air Signal Apparatus).
Fig. 1115. A valve placed in the end of the car and
connected with the signal cord. When the cord is
pulled the car discharge valve is opened and the
air escapes, which blows the whistle in the loco-
motive cab. See Train Air Signal Apparatus.
Car Door Hangers. Figs. 2654-2662. A device for hang-
ing a sliding door so that it ma}- be movable.
In common practice the simple hooks upon which
most freight car doors are hung are termed simply
Door Hangers, which see, while more elaborate
forms with rollers have their names expanded into
car door hangers.
Car door hangers with wheels or rollers to pre-
vent friction are termed door sheaves, of which
there are various types.
Car Door Lock. Figs. 2386-2390. A lock for a car
See Freight Car Lock, Padlock.
Car Door Sheaves. See Door Sheaves and Car Door
Hangers.
Car Drain Cup (Air Brake). Fig. 1283. An attachment
to the brake pipe of every car to collect the water
of condensation, which is drawn off from tune to
lime through a hole at the bottom closed by a
plug; it is usually combined with an air strainer
and so called.
Cartiiler's Lantern. Fig. 3160.
Car Furnishings. Figs. 2304-4686, The hardware, up-
holstery materials and other fittings, such as lamps,
ventilators, water coolers, etc., used in finishing a
passenger car. In general it includes those parts
Hi" a car that are applied after it has left the paint
shop.
Car Heater. Any apparatus for heating cars by con-
vection; that is, by conveying hot water, steam or
warmed air into, or through, the car. It generally
refers to any arrangement for warming cars other
than stoves. See Baker, Consolidated, Gold, Safety
and Vapor Heating Systems. See also Stove and
Electric Heater.
Car Moldings. See Moldings. See also Seat Back Mold-
ings, Figs. 4197-4208, which latter are metal bands
for seat backs.
Car Platform. More commonly, simply Platform, which
see. See Platform Furnishings.
Car Pump. A Basin Pump, which see.
Car Replacer. Figs. 3864-3865. A device for getting a
derailed truck back on to the track. It usually"
consists of two inclined planes, by which the wheels-
are raised so that the flange of the outside wheel
can ride upon and over the rail. They are placed
at an acute angle with the track so as to guide
the wheels- and force them upon the track. One
or more are usually carried on the engine or in
the caboose or baggage cars for use in emergencies.
See Wrecking Frog.
Car Replacing Jack. Fig. 3886.
Car Roof. Figs. 2189, 2098-2198. A covering for a car,
supported by the carlines and purlins. The various
forms in use in freight car construction may be
divided generally into the four following classes:
First, what is known as a double board roof, with
or without felt or other material between boards.
To this class belong many roofs in which the
boards are tongued and grooved and have a sheet
of painted canvas, asphalt roofing material or other
prepared materials between them. Second, single
board roofs, covered with tin or other sheet metal.
Third, roofs made of metal sheets, fastened to pur-
lins and roof strips, and protected by a single layer
of roughly matched boards. Fourth, a type of
double roof consisting of an inside roof covered
with felt, tar paper or asphalted canvas, and an
outside roof built over it to protect the roofing
material from injury. Passenger car roofs are
commonly of tin. zinc or galvanized iron or steel
of about 22 \Y. G.. painted. For street cars, painted
canvas is used. See also Board Roof. In respect
to form, see Arched Roof, A-Car Roof.
Car Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. A device to secure freight
car doors against opening by making it impossible
without destroying the seal. The original form
consisted of a lead disk with two holes to receive
a piece of twisted wire, which is compressed by a
die so as to leave a seal mark, which must be
defaced or the wire cut before the door can be
CAR
:y
CAR
opened. To prevent stripping the seal from the
wire and re-inserting it, a detective wire of irregu-
lar cross section is used. Sheet metal eye shackles,
in a variety of other forms, are now also used, with
or without tin return tags, and also a simple lead
rivet with a tin shackle. Tin shackles often have
the name of the road printed on them. Of seals
there are a great variety, some of the more com-
mon of which are shown. See also Seal Locks,
Seal Press.
Car Seat. Figs. 4039-4165. The complete set of fix-
tures on which passengers sit in a car. It ordi-
narily consists of a seat frame, seat cushions, seat
back, arm rest, foot rest, and their attachments.
Ordinarily, the seats in American cars are placed
crosswise of the car, and are made for two pas-
sengers. The backs of the seats are generally made
reversible. The seats of parlor cars are commonly
called chairs; see Revolving Chair, Richards Panel
Back Chair. In private and parlor cars, sofas,
placed longitudinally against the side of the car,
are sometimes used. In order to give an inclina-
tion to the seats which makes them more comfort-
able, various devices have been introduced. In
fact, all first-class car seats not only incline the seat
cushion, but they move it bodily forward, as well
as automatically adjust the back. The covering of
seats is usually plush, but sometimes cane or rat-
tan seats, canvas-lined cane seats, perforated veneer
seats, woven ware seats, are used. The seats of
street cars are usually placed longitudinally on each
side of the car, but m open cars they are usually
transverse and in length equal to the full width of
car.
Car Seat Connecting Rod. A round rod connecting
the wall and aisle seat ends of a Scarritt seat with
adjustable foot rests. .
Car Seat Moldings. Fig. 4174. Metal bands, usually
nickel-plated, used to finish seat backs. They arc
either plain or beaded. See Moldings.
Car Shop Machinery. Figs. 6793-6934.
Car Signal Valve (Train Air Signal Apparatus). Fig.
1220. A valve placed in every car and attached to
the bell cord or signal cord, by which air is allowed
to escape from the signal pipe, thus blowing the
signal whistle on the engine. A Car Discharge
Valve, which see.
Car Spring. Figs. 5370, 6010, etc. See Spring, Spiral
Spring, Elliptic Spring, Bolster Spring. A general
term applied to springs on which the weight of a
car rests, and also to draw and buffer springs.
Car Steps. See Platform Steps.
Car Truck. Figs. 4687-4783. Mechanically, a small, low,
four-wheel (or sometimes six-wheel) car, carrying
as a dead load one-half the weight of a long car
body. The car body is usually carried on a pair of
center plates (truck center plate and car body cen-
ter plate), with a center pin or king bolt passing
through them, about which the truck, or, more
properly speaking, the car body, can swivel. Iu
England such trucks are called " bogies." See
Truck.
Car Washer. Fig. 3841. A brush made for washing
the outside of passenger cars. It is made of bristles
or feathers.
Car Wheel. Figs. 5390-5465; 1, Figs. 4771-4777. A
wheel for a railway car. Chilled wheels are called
single plate wheels or double plate wheels, accord-
ing to the number of plates between the hub and
rim. When one plate is used it is sometimes made
flat, with ribs called brackets em the back, and
sometimes corrugated, without ribs. The disks of
double plate wheels also are generally corrugated.
■\\ hat is known as the Washburn wheel has two
corrugated disks extending from the hub about half
way to the tread, and a single plate, with curved
brackets on the back between the tread and the
double plates. This wdieel is generally known as a
double plate wdieel. Cast iron wheels are also made
with spokes, either solid or hollow, principally for
locomotive use. Those in use in this country are
either cast iron, with a chilled tread and called
chilled wheels, or are steel tired with wrought or
cast iron or combination centers. For freight cars
the cast wdieel witli a chilled tread is largely in use.
Prices of wheels and axles and cost of work on
same have been fixed at various times by the rules
for interchange of cars of the M. C. B. Association.
See Interchange of Traffic.
The parts of wheels are the flange, tread, rim.
tire, retaining rings, plate, ribs, spokes, center, hub
and axle seat.
The varieties of cast iron wheels besides the
single plate, double plate and Washburn, above
mentioned, are the combination plate wdieel, com-
bination wdieel, hollow spoke wdieel, open plate
wheel, spoke wheel. See Steel Tired Wheel.
In 1893 the M. C. B. Association adopted speci-
fications for cast iron wheels and a form of guar-
anty by manufacturers as Recommended Practice.
These had formerly been standards of the Associa-
tion. See Wheels, Specifications and Guarantee.
Car Wheel Grinder. Fig. 684G.
Car Window. See Window.
Car Window Blind. See Window Blind.
Car Window Brush. Fig. 3844.
Card Rack. A small receptacle on the outside of a
freight car to receive cards giving shipping direc-
tions.
Card Table. 27. Figs. 2201-22mj. See Table.
Cardwell Friction Draft Gear. Fig. 1540.
Cardwell Rocker Side Bearing. Fig. 5360.
Carey Plastic Car Roof. Fig. 2168. A roofing mate-
rial the body of which is composed of a very heavy
layer of woolen felt, thoroughly saturated with a
secret compound which it is claimed preserves the
roofing itself and also the upper and lower board-
ing with which it comes in contact. See Car Roof.
Carleton & Stroudly Fastening (Steel Tired Wheels).
Fig. 5079. See Tire Fastening.
Carline or Carling. 81, Figs. 262-272; 82, Figs. 305-321;
100, Figs. 599-619, and Figs. 2171-2188. A trans-
verse bar of wood or iron which extends across the
top of a car or from one side to the other, and
which supports the roof boards. In passenger cars
carlines are divided into main carlines, passing
entirely across the car; short carlines or deck car-
lines, which are confined to the upper deck, and
rafters, which are confined to the lower deck. The
carlines of freight cars are also rarely called rafters.
The main carlines are usually compound, i. e., built
up of wood and iron. They sometimes pass directly
from side to side of the car across and under the
upper deck, when they are termed continuous or
straight carlines, but usually are bent to the outline
of the clear story, when they are termed profile
carlines. In freight cars the main carline is one
made stronger than the others for carrying the
purlins and roof. Recently carlines made of a light
CAR
39
CEN
channel or of pressed steel have been extensively
introduced. Other carlines having special names,
which see, are:
End Carline. Platform Roof End Car-
Platform Hood Carline. line.
Platform Roof Carline.
Carline Knee Iron. An angle iron which connects the
end carline to the plate. Also termed inside corner
iron.
Carpet Eyelet. Fig. 2663. See Eyelet.
Carpet Knob. An Eyelet Nail, which see.
Carriage or Railway Carriage (British). Figs. 6460-
6539. etc. American equivalent, passenger car, or
coach. A vehicle for passengers having four, six.
eight or twelve wheels (usually six wheels). It is
divided into compartments by transverse partitions
extending the full width of the car. A first-class
compartment seats six or eight passengers, and a
second or third-class compartment ten passengers.
A large proportion of the total number of passen-
gers travel third-class, which really corresponds to
the so-called "first-class" here, the real first-class
being carried in sleeping and parlor cars. The
English first-class is used by about 3% per cent, of
the passengers. The second is an intermediate
class which is gradually going out of use. See also
Bogie Carriage. Second-Class Carriage.
Composite Carriage. Third-Class Carriage.
Corridor Carriage. Tri-Composite Carriage
First-Class Carriage. or Tri-Compo.
Lavatory Carriage.
Carriage Bolt. A bolt made square under the head so
as to prevent it from turning when in its place
They usually have button-shaped heads and are
used for fastening wooden pieces together.
Carriage Truck (British). An open four-wheeled ve-
hicle, with low sides, adapted to run on passenger
trains, and carry a road vehicle.
Carrier. See
Brake Hanger Carrier. Parallel Brake Hanger
Brake Pawl Carrier. Carrier.
Foot Rest Carrier. Spring Plank Carrier.
Carry Iron. See
Drawbar Carry Iron. Draw Timber Carry
Drawbar Stirrup. Iron.
Case. "A covering, box, or sheath; that which in-
closes or contains: as a case for knives: a case for
books; a watch case; a pillow case." — Webster.
See
Brake Hose Coupling Door Case.
Case. Lamp Case.
Lock Case. Tool Case.
Spring Case.
Casing. 1. (For Heaters.) See
Heater Pipe Casing. Perforated Smoke Pipe
Inside Casing. Casing.
Outside Casing. Smoke Pipe Casing.
2. (For Windows.) The frame which surrounds
a window. See Window Casing.
Cast Iron Top (Baker Heater). Fig. 2T29. A plate
which forms the top of the fire chamber. It has
perforations around the outside and an opening in
the center through which the stove is supplied
with coal.
Caster. Figs. 4279-4282. A small wheel on a swivel
attached to furniture and on which it is rolled on
the floor. By custom of the trade furnishings
which are in reality mere sockets or knobs are
termed casters, although they are, strictly speak-
ing, not such, not having any rollers. They are
distinguished as chair casters, table casters, sofa
casters, etc., according to size and probable use.
Caster Holder (Dining Cars). A shelf or tray for
holding bottles of condiments.
Casting. Any piece of metal which has been cast in a
mold. See
Corner Casting. Side Casting.
Drawbar Side Casting. Transom Casting.
Roof Corner Casting.
Caswell Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 396, 402-403.
A car with the bottom made up of drop doors
which are raised and lowered by chains wound on
a continuous winding shaft running longitudinally
under each side of the car.
Catch. A device to prevent a gate, door or window
from opening, usually by means of a bolt held in
place by some form of spring which engages with
a keeper when closed. See
Bayonet Catch. Deck Sash Catch.
Cupboard Catch. Door Holder Catch.
Catch Lever (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 523, Figs. 1886-
1935. A crank lever passing vertically through the
catch, by means of which it is caused to release the
knuckle for uncoupling.
Catch Spring (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 528, Figs.
1886-1935. A coiled spring on the catch spring
bolt operating the catch.
Cattle Car. Figs. 10S, 345-355. More properly Stock
Car, which see.
Ceiling. The inside or under surface of the roof or
covering of a room or a car opposite the floor.
This term is sometimes used to mean Sheathing,
which see. When the ceiling of a passenger car
is made of painted canvas or other decorated lining
it is termed head lining, the term ceiling in modern
usage being restricted to wood ceiling. The term
panel ceiling is also used as synonymous with wood
ceiling, although cloth head lining is also some-
times put on in panels. Deafening Ceiling, which
see, is boarding under the sills of the car, making
an air space between the sills. See Lignomur,
Veneering, Paneling.
Ceiling Furring. Strips or pieces fastened to the car-
lines overhead, and to which the paneling or
veneering of the ceiling is applied.
Ceiling Hook.
Ceiling Veneers. Thin boards with which the ceilings
of passenger cars are covered. The term is also
misapplied to the thin preparations of papier ma-
che, etc., in imitation of natural wood veneers. See
Veneer.
Center Bearing. The place in the center of a truck
where the weight of the body rests. A body center
plate attached to the car body here rests on a truck
center plate attached to the truck. The general
term center bearing is used to designate the whole
arrangement and the functions which it performs,
in distinction from Side Bearing, which see. See
also Center Plate.
Center Bearing Arch Bar. 66, Figs. 4780-4783. See Cen-
ter Bearing Bridge.
Center Bearing Beam. Figs. 4876-4877. See below.
Also called center block.
Center Bearing Bridge (Six-Wheel Trucks). 66-67,
Figs. 4780-4783. A longitudinal iron beam, for-
merly sometimes a wooden beam, the ends of
which rest upon the spring beams, and by which
the truck center bearing beam, carrying the center
plates, is supported. It consists of the center
bearing arch bar and inverted arch bar, inclosing
CEN
CEN
between them the center bearing beam. Truck
side bearings, 61, similar in form to an arch bar,
are also attached to the extremities of the spring
beams, connecting them together.
Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bar. 67, Figs. 4780-
4783. See above.
Center Block. A Center Bearing Beam, which see.
Center Block Column. A column placed on top of
the center plate block and between it and the cen-
ter bearing arch bar.
Center Block Flitch Plate. Figs. 4975-4976. See Cen-
ter Block and Flitch Plates.
Center Body Truss Rods. Those nearest the center
when two or more body truss rods are used under
each side of a car body.
Center Bracket.
Center Buffer Spring. A spiral spring situated above
the draft springs in some forms of passenger draft
gear and intended for buffing purposes only.
Center Buffer Stem. See Buffer Stem.
Center Compression Beam Brace. In passenger car
framing, a brace for the compression beam in the
center of the side truss.
Center Counterbrace. A counterbrace in the body of
the car between the trucks, to stiffen a Compres-
sion Beam Brace, which see. See also Counter-
brace.
Center Cross Bar (British). See Brake Shaft Cross
Bearer.
Center Cross Beam. A cross timber framed into the
two intermediate sills of a coal or ore car, to which
the center doors are hung.
Center Cross Beam Cap. A cap piece to cover the
center cross beam.
Center Cross Tie Timber. A cross tie timber in the
middle of a car, generally placed between the
double drop doors of a gondola car.
Centering Devices. Figs. 2085-2096.
Center Door Hinge and Stop (British). The center
of three brass hinges securing the side door of a
passenger carriage to the body. The insertion of
two rubber plugs into striking pieces or side wings
on the hinge constitutes Cross's patent stop, which
is used to prevent the door striking the outside of
the body when thrown violently open.
Center Door Rail. See Middle Door Rail.
Center Draft Drawbar. A drawbar which is connected
directly with the king bolt of a truck. It is a style
specially designed for use on the very sharp curves
(of 90 and 100 ft. radius) of elevated railroads, and
is confined to those lines. Sometimes termed
radial draw gear. See Van Dorn Radial Draft
Gear.
Center Draft Tube (Argand Lamp). The hollow pas-
sage for air in the center of the burner.
Center Dump Car. Figs. 80, 89, 93, 529-531, 536-542. A
car which will discharge its entire load between
the rails. See Ballast Car, Goodwin Car, Hart
Convertible Car.
Center Floor Timbers. The Center Sills, which see.
Center Girth. See Door Center Girth.
Center Lamp. 1. Fig. 3327. A lamp suspended from
the center of a ceiling of a car. The term is
used to distinguish center lamps from side lamps,
the latter being attached to the sides of cars. Cen-
ter lamps having two or more burners are com-
monly called chandeliers.
2. Pintsch Gas Lamps, which see. Figs. 3201,
etc.
Center Pin or King Bolt. Figs. 813-814; 18, Figs. 262-
272. A large bolt which passes through the center
plates on the body bolster and truck bolster. The
truck turns about the bolt. It normally has no
strain upon it and no key or nut at the lower end.
It is therefore a mere pin and not a bolt in the
usual sense, but in wrecking cars the center pin
is sometimes provided with keys to fasten the
truck and car body firmly together. The name
king bolt is derived from the name of the corre-
sponding part for the front wheels of a wagon.
Center pin, however, is the more common term.
Center Pin Floor Plate. Fig. 934. An ornamental cast-
ing set into the floor of a passenger car to cover
the head of the Center Pin, which see.
Center Plate. Figs. 801-803, 952-953, 4815-4816; 17,
Figs. 262-272. One of a pair of plates made of cast
or malleable iron or pressed or cast steel which fit
one into the other and which support the car body
on the trucks, allowing them to turn freely under
the car. The center pin or king bolt passes
through both, but does not really serve as a pivot.
The body center plate or male center plate is at-
tached to the under side of the body bolster or in
cast steel bolsters is made an integral part of the
casting. The female or truck center plate is at-
tached to the top side of the truck bolster. When
the car is tilted, as on a curve, part of the weight
is carried on the Side Bearings, which see.
Center Plates (M. C. B. Standard). In 1903 the center
plates shown in Figs. 5711-5712 were adopted as
standard.
Center Plate Block. 64, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A
piece of wood placed under a truck center plate to
raise it up to the proper height.
Center Sills. 1. 4, Figs. 262-272, 599-619; 10, Figs. 6207-
6209. The two main longitudinal members of the
underframe of a car which are usually close to-
gether in the center of the car. They form as it
were the back-bone of the underframe and trans-
mit most of the buffing shocks from end to end of
the car. In steel underframe cars the center sills
are usually heavy I-beams, channels, deep built up
fish-belly girders or pressed steel fish-belly girders
often with reinforcing flange angles.
2. (Hand Car.) 10, Figs. 6207-6209. The cor-
responding member in the floor framing of a hand
car.
Center Sill Cover Plate (Steel Cars). 121, Figs. 428-
431. A flat plate riveted across the top of the cen-
ter sills to give additional strength in resisting
longitudinal shocks and to prevent buckling of the
sills.
Center Sills, Splicing of (M. C. B. Recommended Prac-
tice). In 1905, the following methods for splicing
center sills on steel cars and cars constructed
with steel underframe were adopted as Recom-
mended Practice. Drawings illustrative of these
methods of splicing are shown in Figs. 5953-5960.
The splice for center sills, except as otherwise
herein stated, to be located not less than 8 inches
from either side of the body bolster, consisting of
butt joints. The butt joints to be reinforced by
plates on both sides to be not less than twice the
length of the protruding end, but not exceeding 24
inches, and not less than same thickness of web
plate, with the one on the flange side of channel
to include flanges, while the outside plate should
only cover the web. The rivets to be spaced as
shown on Figs. "A" and "B."
CEN
41
CHA
Fig. "A" shows the method of splicing center
sills in front of body bolster, and Fig. "B" shows
method of splicing center sills back of body bolster.
Fig. "C" shows method of splicing in cases
where cars are damaged to such extent that the
center sills have to be cut off less than 8 inches
from the front side of the body bolster; this
method is not recommended for sills with protrud-
ing end less than 3 inches. The outside plate in
this splice may be made of pressed steel or a cast-
ing. The rivets to be spaced as shown on sketch.
Fig; "D" shows the method of splicing side
sills; this splice may be located on either side of
the body bolster. The rivets to be spaced as
shown on sketch.
Center Stay (of a Chandelier). 30, Figs. 3585-3601.
The central support around which the lamps are
grouped. In some cases it is the only method of
attaching the chandelier to the ceiling, and in
others there are several inclined roof braces or
vertical lamp arms in addition.
Center Stem (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 987, Figs.
1886-1935.
Center Stem Pivot Pin (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler).
1200 and 1204, Figs. 1886-1935.
Center Stem Thimble (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 845,
Figs. 1886-1935.
Center Stop (Tip Car). A bracket or block attached
to a draw timber to restrain the body from moving
longitudinally.
Center Strut for Hopper Floor (Hopper Car). 46, Figs.
474-500. An inclined strut or support for the
hopper floor between the bolster and the end of
the car, fastened to the center of the end sill. See
Side Strut for Hopper Floor.
Center Suspension Lamp. See Pintsch Lamps.
Centering Gage. A gage to fix the middle point of an
axle. See Mounting Wheels.
Central Filling Piece (Steel Tired Wheels). The part
surrounding the hub and connecting it with the tire.
Also termed the skeleton. A wheel center is a hub
and central filling piece combined.
Chafing Plate. 1. A metal plate to resist wear, used on
brake beams, truck transoms, swinging spring
beams, etc. See ,
Brake Beam Chafing Drawbar Chafing Plate.
Plate. Transom Chafing Plate.
Check Chain Chafing Truck Bolster Chafing
Plate. Plate.
Coupling Pin Chafing
Plate.
2. (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler.) 1120, Figs. 1886-
1935. A bar across the top of the stirrup.
Chaffee Drawbar Centering Device. Fig. 2089. A de-
vice to permit displacement of the drawhar on
rounding curves, which also tends to hold the
drawbar in a central position at all other times.
Chain. "A series of links or rings connected, or fitted
into one another, usually made of some kind of
metal." — Webster. See
Basin Chain. Hoisting Chain.
Berth Chain. Horizontal Brake
Brake Safety Chain. Shaft Chain.
Brake Shaft Chain. Lock Chain.
Check Chain. Manhole Cover Chain.
Connecting Chain. Platform Railing
Coupling Chain. Chain.
Door Pin Chain. Railing Chain.
Driving Chain. Safety Coupling Chain.
Drop Door Chain. Uncoupling Chain.
Chain and Eye (for Door Bolt, Postal Car Fittings).
Fig. 4033.
Chain Block. Fig. 6852.
Chain Coupling Link (British). Two or more coupling
links attached together like a chain. Used with a
Draw Hook, which see.
Chain Holder (for Basin Plug). Fig. 3660. A Stan-
chion, which see, provided with screw thread and
nut for passing through the marble slab. Also
called a chain post, or chain stay.
Chain Post or Stay. Fig. 3660.
Chair. The usual designation for the seats of parlor
cars. See Reclining Chair, Revolving Chair.
Chair Arm Plate. A metal plate for the top of a chair
arm. If for common passenger car seats, it is called
an Arm Cap, which see.
Chair Car. Fig. 133. The term chair car generally is
applied to a car equipped with reclining chairs or
twin car seats, which car is run on local night
trains so that passengers may rest.
Chair Caster. See Caster.
Chair Leg Caster or Socket. Fig. 4279. A hollow
casting which fits on the end of a chair leg. Such
casters, when casters proper, are provided with
wheels, but frequently in car construction they are
without wheels, and are then by custom of the
trade still called casters (fixed or rigid casters),
although properly not such.
Challender Truss. A substitute for the truss plank and
side body bracing of passenger car frames, and
used at one time on the Chicago, Burlington &
Quincy Railroad. It consists of a thin plate of iron
with an angle iron riveted to the bottom, and some-
times one at the top and bottom. It is fastened to
each post by large wood screws and is bolted to the
side sills. It is sometimes made to serve as a sub-
stitute for truss rods under the car, and it forms
a part of the inside finish under the window. Cars
trussed in this way are said to be as light and cheap
as those in which the ordinary form of construc-
tion is used, but the truss has not so far found
sufficient favor to be adopted as standard, even
by a few roads.
Chandelier. A center lamp having two or more burners,
but generally meaning only those of very elaborate
form or having more than two burners, as the two
and four light chandeliers, Figs. 3347-3490.
Channel Bar. More commonly merely channel. A
general term applied by makers to iron or steel
rolled with the following section: [. They are in
use for the sills of metal underframe cars, for
transoms and spring planks of trucks. I-Beams,
which see. are used for sills of underframes and
for truck bolsters, etc.
Chaplet. A piece of iron used in a mold for casting, to
hold a core in its place.
Chapman Jack. Fig. 3870. See Screw Jack.
Charging Receptacle. An electric fitting or connection
device attached to the under side of the car body
from which wires lead to the storage battery.
There is generally one on each side of a car.
Charging Plug. An electric fitting or connection de-
vice to which wires leading to a yard charging
plant or electric-light circuit are attached. The
plug is made to fit the receptacle in such a manner
that the positive wire from the charging plant will
invariably be connected to the positive battery
wire. By inserting the plug in the receptacle the
battery on the car may be connected with and
charged from the stationary charging plant. These
CHE
42
CIR
devices arc used principally in straight storage
work where no generating plant is carried on the
car.
Check Chain. 68, Figs. 4771-4777 and Fig. 4847. A
chain attached to a truck and the body of a car to
prevent the former from swinging crosswise on the
track in case of derailment. Such chains are usually
attached either to two or to each of the four cor-
ners of a truck and to the sills of the cars.
At the eighth Annual M. C. B. Convention. Cin-
cinnati, 1S74, it was
"Resolved, That truck and car body check chains
are, when properly applied, a valuable acquisition
on passenger equipment, and your committee rec-
ommend their general use." In 1893 the use of
truck and car body check chains, properly applied,
was adopted as a Recommended Practice.
A difficulty with check chains has been that the
eyes by which they are attached to the body and
truck were not strong enough to resist the strain,
and that the chains themselves have been too long
to come to a bearing soon enough to have the
trucks controllable.
Check Chain Chafing Plate. A plate attached to a
truck timber to resist the wear of a Check Chain,
which see.
Check Chain Eye. 70. Figs. 4771-4777. See Truck Check
Chain Eye.
Check Chain Hook. 69, Figs. 4771-4777. See Body
Check Chain Hook, Truck Check Chain Hook.
Check Gage (M. C. B. Standard for Mounting Wheels).
Fig. 5599. In 1896 a standard reference gage for
mounting and inspecting wheels was adopted by
letter ballot to take the place of the check gage for
mounting wheels, formerly shown, and the gage for
distance between wheels, formerly shown. At same
date a standard check gage was adopted. In 1907
these were modified.
Check Valve (Triple Valve). 15, Fig. 1233. The valve
under the emergency valve which prevents the es-
cape of brake cylinder pressure back into the train
line when a hose bursts or the train parts. In an
emergency application the emergency valve opens
and allows the brake pipe pressure to enter the
brake cylinder through the check valve which is
raised off its seat.
Check Valve Case (Triple Valve). 13, Fig. 1233. See
above.
Check Valve Case Gasket (Triple Valve). 14. Fig. 1233.
See above.
Check Valve Spring (Triple Valve). 12, Fig. 1233.
Chicago & North Western Car Heating System. Fig.
2922.
Chicago Car Coupler. Fig. 1757.
Chicago Car Roof. Fig. 2131. An inside metallic
iron roof made up of an inside layer of boards, a
covering of sheets of corrugated sheet iron and an
outer roof of boards.
Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofs. Figs. 2121-2130.
Chicago Grain Door. Figs. 1402-1408. One of several
grain doors, which slides up and down on a grain
door rod fastened to the door post, and is hung to
the carlines when not in use. The top of the door
is fastened to the rods by a ring and a door arm.
A small wicket or door is built in the bottom half
of the door for unloading part of the load when
desired, without shoveling.
Chicago Improved Winslow Car Roof. Figs. 2142-2150.
Chicago Pneumatic Tools. F4gs. G884-089G.
Chill. A kind of crystallization produced when melted
cast iron is cooled suddenly. It is usually accom-
plished by bringing the molten iron in contact with
a cold metal (usually iron) mold. The hardened
part of a car wheel is called the chill. The mold
in which a chill is produced is sometimes called a
chill, but the name chill mold has been given to
this. See Wheel Specification.
Chill Crack. An irregular crack developed in casting
upon the chilled surface of the tread of car wheels.
Chill cracks not over % in. wide, and not extending
to the flange, are not considered as injuring the
wheel or as indicating weakness or inferior quality.
Iron which makes the most durable car wheels is
most liable to chill cracks. See Wheel Specifica-
tions, Interchange of Traffic.
Chimney (for Lamps). Fig. 3154. See Lamp Chimney
for table of standard dimensions. See also
Globe Chimney. Smoke Pipe.
Lamp Case Chimney. Stove Pipe.
Lamp Globe Chimney,
Chipping (of Chilled Car Wheels). A scaling off of
small portions of the chilled metal, due to imper-
fect or irregular crystallization. Wheels chipped
on the tread to a depth of more than % in. or hav-
ing the tread less than 3% in. wide are rejected
under the rules for interchange of cars. See Wheel
Specifications.
Chock or Chock Piece. "In shipbuilding a wedge or
triangular-shaped block or timber used to unite the
head and heel of consecutive timbers." — Century.
Also intended as a filling piece to give form or
shape. Hence in a snow- plow a timber which
joins successive timbers, and fills out to give shape.
Chord (of a Truss). The long horizontal members at
the top and bottom of a truss. The side sills and
plates of a car body are top and bottom chords of
the side trusses, but the terms are not used in car
building. In Great Britain the chords are some-
times termed booms.
Christensen Air Brake. Figs. 1293-1204. A system
essentially the same as the Westinghouse, for use
on electric cars. The air is compressed by a motor-
driven compressor under the car. All the other
parts for the automatic and straight-air system
operate in the same manner as the systems in use
on steam roads.
Christie Brake Shoe and Head. Fig. 5510. One of the
many forms of this detail in which combined
strength and convenience of removal have been
sought. It has been adopted as standard by the
M. C. B. Association.
Chute (Baker Heater). Fig. 2553. The interior frame
of the feed door forming a passage for the fuel.
Cigar Holder. Fig. 4396.
Circuit Breaker. Figs. 6342-6343. A device for auto-
matically opening the circuit from the trolley or
third rail shoe to the controller when the current
exceeds a predetermined amount. It is usually
provided with magnetic blow-out.
Circulating Drum (Baker Heater). Figs. 2704, 2721.
A cast iron vessel with hemispherical ends, on top
or inside of the car, filled with water, and con-
nected by two pipes with the coil in the stove and
with the pipes which extend through the car. As
the water in the coil becomes heated it ascends to
the drum, and from there it descends through the
other pipe to the radiating pipes in the car. After
passing through them it is brought back by return
pipes to the coil, when it is again heated. Thus a
CIR
CLE
continuous circulation is kept up. It is also called
the expansion drum. There are several styles,
among them the upright. Fig. 2718; the horizontal,
Fig. 2721.
Circulating Pipes (Baker and Other Heaters). Fig.
2783. A general name for the pipes which carry
the steam or heated fluid through the car and re-
turn it again to the heater. The term radiating
pipes is also used.
Circumference Measure (M. C. B. Standard). Fig. 5514.
A steel tape measure specially designed to measure
the circumference of car wheels. Adopted as
standard in 19(H).
Clamp. 1. "In general, something that fastens or binds
a piece of timber or of iron used to fasten work
together." — Webster.
2. (Joinery.) "A frame with two tightening
screws, by which two portions of an article are
tightly compressed together, either while being
formed or while their glue joint is drying." —
Knight. See Pipe Clamp.
Clamp Lock (Steam Couplers). Fig. 2901. A Coupler
Latch, which see.
Claw Jack. Figs. 38(37. 3881. A jack having a step or
projection at the bottom of the movable column,
used when a bearing close to the ground is required.
Cleaning Air Brakes. In 1902 the following method
for cleaning air brakes was adopted as the Recom-
mended Practice of the Association:
Inspection and Cleaning of Triple Valves. —
The triple valve should be removed from the car
for cleaning in the shop, and should be replaced
by a triple in good condition. It should be dis-
mantled, and all the internal parts, except those
with rubber seats and gaskets, immersed in
kerosene oil to soften the accumulated oil and
gum. Xo hard metal should be used to remove
gum or dirt, or to loosen the piston packing ring
m its groove, as the almost inevitable result will
be damage to some vital part of the triple.
Particular pains should be taken in cleansing the
feed groove not to enlarge it. Rags, or, better
still, chamois skins, should be used rather than
waste, as the latter invariably leaves lint on the
parts on which it is used. Great care must be
used in removing the emergency valve seat, as
this is frequently found bruised and distorted in
triples which have been cleaned. The working
parts should be carefully examined to know that
the}- are in good order. Particular attention
should be given the triple piston packing ring.
It should have a neat fit in its groove in the
piston, and also in the triple piston bushing. The
fit of the packing ring in its groove and bushing
and the condition of the bushing should be such
as to pass the prescribed tests. The graduating
stem should work freely in its nut, and the
graduating spring be of standard dimensions and
free from corrosion. The slide valve, triple
piston packing ring and bushing should be
lubricated with a few drops of light-bodied, high-
grade mineral lubricating oil, such as dynamo oil;
but the emergency piston, valve and check should
not be oiled.
Should the triple piston packing ring need to
be renewed, or the bushing require truing, we
strongly recommend that such work be done by
the manufacturers. We are thoroughly con-
vinced that the average workman cannot, or at
least does not, do work of this kind satisfac-
torily, and that by far the largest proportion of
the attempts to economize in this way result m
inefficient air brakes and slid, flat wheels. It
also permits a departure from the maintenance
of standards in the several parts, which cannot
but result in demoralization in repairs.
Usually, sufficient attention is not paid to the
condition of the emergency parts of the triple,
as shown by their condition. The emergency
valve seat is found damaged, the stem bent, the
rubber seat imperfect and the check valve not
properly fitting in a number of cases. These
facts account for a large number of slid, flat
wheels.
The cylinder cap gasket and check valve case
gasket should be carefully examined and cleaned
by using a cloth. They should not be scraped
with a metal tool. Judging by an examination
of a number of triples, these gaskets should be
renewed more frequentlj- than they are.
Before assembling the parts after cleaning, the
casings and body of the triple should be thor-
oughly cleaned out with a blast of compressed
air. In taking down and replacing the emergency
parts of the triple, the greatest care should be
exercised not to injure any of them. More dam-
age is done by careless workmen in taking down
these parts than is done in replacing them.
When replacing the triple valve on the auxiliar}'-
reservoir, the gasket should be fitted to the triple
instead of the reservoir. Home-made gaskets
should be avoided, and standard gaskets of the
manufacturer be used. Reports have been made
where triple pistons have been found bent, due
to the use of gaskets of irregular thickness, and
trouble has been experienced in using gaskets
which are too thick or too thin.
Cleaning and Inspection of the Brake Cylinder.
— The brake cylinder need not be removed from
the car for cleaning. First secure the piston rod
firmly to the cylinder head; then, after removing
the cylinder head, piston rod, piston head and
release spring, scrape off all deposits of gum and
dirt with a narrow putty knife or its equivalent.
and have the removed parts wiped with waste
saturated with kerosene or other light oil. The
packing leather should never be permitted to
soak in kerosene oil, as the penetrating qualities
of kerosene reach into the pores of the leather,
and force out the life-giving qualities of the
special oil in which the leather is treated by the
manufacturer. Particular attention should be
paid to cleaning the leakage groove and the brake
cylinder tube. The packing leather and expander
ring should receive their share of proper inspec-
tion and cleaning. The expander ring should be
of a circumference which shall fit the bore of
the brake cylinder when the ring is removed
from its place between the follower and packing
leather and entered in the cylinder. In all cases
the follower nuts should be drawn up snuglv
before replacing the piston, and the inside of the
cylinder and packing leather evenly coated with
a suitable grease or vaseline. A goodly quantity
of grease should be placed on the expander ring
and the adjacent side of the packing leather, thus
permitting the pressure to force the grease into
the leather and give it greater life.
Xo sharp tool should be used in getting the
packing leather into the cylinder. After the pis-
CLE
4i
CLO
ton is in place and before the cylinder head is
fastened on, the piston rod should be slightly
rotated in all directions about three inches from
the center line of the cylinder, in order to be
certain that the expanding ring is not out of
place The old stencil marks should be removed.
The auxiliary reservoir should be stenciled on
both sides, with the date and place of cleaning,
using white lead for the purpose; and if the car
belongs to a foreign road, a repair card should
be attached, as provided by the rules. The bolts
or nuts holding the cylinder and reservoir to the
car should be tightened.
Testing Triples. — After cleaning and repairing,
it is essential that triples be tested and come
within required limits, if a reasonable efficiency
of the air brakes is to be maintained.
Test No. 1. — The tightness of the slide valve,
the emergency and check valves and all joints
should be determined by painting with soap suds.
Test No. 2. — Maintaining a pressure of ninety
pounds in the brake pipe, the auxiliary reservoir
should reach seventy pounds in not less than
forty-five seconds or more than sixty seconds,
as provided for in Test No. 9 of the M. C. B. Air
Brake Tests Code.
Test No. 3. — To test repaired triples for re-
lease, charge the auxiliary to seventy pounds
pressure and make a full service reduction of
twenty pounds, or until the auxiliary and cylinder
pressure are equal. Place the special cut-out
cock in such position that pressure must pass
through the 3-64-inch port, and turn main reser-
voir pressure of ninety pounds into the brake
pipe. If the triple does not release under these
conditions it should be condemned.
Test No. 4. — The triple piston packing ring
should be tested for leakage by blocking the pis-
ton in the graduating position, preferably by use
of the device shown at "A" in the accompanying
diagram, maintaining the brake pipe pressure at
seventy pounds. Under these conditions the
kfR
pressure in the auxiliary reservoir should not
increase faster than fifteen pounds per minute.
Clearance (of Track Gage). The total difference be-
tween the gage of the rails and the gage of the
exterior bearing surface of the flanges is at pres-
ent fixed at about % of an inch, as adopted in
June, 1894. See Fig. 5599. The method of testing
wheels for this purpose has been by measuring the
distance in the clear from inside to inside of car
wheel. By resolution of the Master Car Builders'
Association, 1883, the standard distance for flanges
was fixed at 4 ft. 5% in. The limit of Vs in. either
way from 4 ft. 5% in. was adopted in 1885. In 1894
a standard check gage for mounting wheels was
adopted (see Fig. 5599) which is intended to make
the clearance of flanges a fixed distance. The rela-
tion of wheel gage to track and guard rails is
shown in Fig. 5601.
Clearance or Clearance Limit. British equivalent,
loading gage. The limiting dimensions of height
and width for cars in order that they may safely
clear all bridges, tunnels, station platforms and
ether structures.
Clearance Car. A car with a light frame built out on
all sides to the extreme width and height required
for any car that is to pass over the road. It is run
over the road first to ascertain if the car can with
safety be sent over the road. The car may also be
used to ascertain what is the maximum cross-sec-
tion of tunnels, bridges, etc., over a road so that
cars can be built within the limits determined by
the clearance car.
Clearance, Couplers, Side. See Attachment of Couplers
to Cars.
Clear Story. 110, Figs. 599-619. "An upper story or
row of windows in a church, tower, or other erec-
tion, rising clear above the adjoining parts of the
building." — Webster. Also spelled clere story.
Hence the portion of a passenger car roof which
rises above the roof proper, in the manner which
is now customary in nearly all American passenger
cars, has been termed the clear story, and this name
was exclusively used in the first edition of this
dictionary. Since the issuing of the first edition
the use of the term deck for clear story seems to
have become practically universal among car build-
ers and manufacturers, especially in compound
words. As a general name for designating the en-
tire space included within the upper deck, however,
the term clear story is frequently used. The clear
story was first used in American car framing about
1860. The part corresponding to a clear story in
freight cabooses is termed a lookout.
Cleat. "1. A narrow strip of wood nailed on in joinery.
'2. A term applied to small wooden projections in
tackle to fasten ropes by." — Webster.
Cleveland Pressed Steel Carline. Figs. 2173-2188.
Cleveland Turnbuckle. Fig. 3857. See Turnbuckle.
Clevis. "A stirrup-shaped metallic strap used in con-
nection with a pin to connect a draft chain or tree
to a plow or other tool." — Knight. The term is
applied to various kinds of irons resembling a plow
clevis in shape, and also to bolts with forked ends.
See Boom Cap Clevis, Brake Lever Clevis.
Climax Coupler. Figs. 1630-1638, 1517-1525.
Climax Curtain Fixture. Fig. 4671.
Climax Journal Box. Figs. 5270-5275.
Clinch Nail. A wrought iron forged nail, so named
because it can be bent or clinched without break-
ing. Cut nails, the common and cheapest kind,
although of wrought iron, will not clinch.
Clip. A U-shaped strap for attaching any body, more
particularly a pipe, to the side of a partition. See
Deck Sash Quadrant Clip, Pipe Clip.
Close Return Bend. Fig. 2780. A short cast iron tube
made of a U shape, for uniting the ends of two
wrought iron pipes. It differs from an open re-
turn bend in having the two branches in contact
with each other.
Closed Car (Street Cars). Generally a car with end
doors, and the sides closed by the car panels or
sheathing, and windows, so that the passengers are
protected from the wind and weather.
The term is used for a winter car to distinguish
it from an open or summer car, in which the seats
CLO
45
COL
are usually transverse to the ear, and the sides
open, except for curtains.
Closed Door Stop (Freight Car Doors). A block of
wood or iron to prevent outside sliding doors from
moving too far when they are closed. See also
Open Door Stop.
Closet. 1. A small room, usually for storage. See
Linen Closet, Wine Closet, etc. A locker is a
closet of less than the full height of the car, but
this distinction is not always observed.
'2. A retiring room for sanitary purposes, more
commonly called a Saloon, which see.
Closet Hopper. Fig. 4054. Also called soil hopper. A
metal or porcelain hopper used in saloons.
Closet Hopper Ventilator. See Bell's Exhaust Hopper
Ventilator.
Clusters (Pintsch Lamps). The four-flame cluster, No.
227, Fig. 3098, is the one ordinarily used in center
lamps. Where a large amount of light is required,
as in compartments having but one lamp, five or
six-flame clusters (Nos. 228, 229) may be used.
Where a small amount is needed, as in central cor-
ridors at ends of cars, two-flame clusters (No. 226)
may be used.
For vestibule lamps the two-flame cluster (No.
226A), Fig. 3099, is required. Four-flame vestibule
lamps use the ordinary four-flame cluster (No. 227).
All clusters are provided with check screws,
placed at the base of the burner arm, by means of
which the flow of gas to each burner can be reg-
ulated. These check screws are locked in place
by small nuts.
Cluster Stem (Pintsch Lamp). 305. Figs. 3208-3224.
Cluster Stem Flange (Pintsch Lamp). 305a, 305b, Figs.
3208-3224.
Clutch Coupling. See Brake Hose Coupling.
Coach. Figs. 131-140, 237-240, 599-604. A term used to desig-
nate cars for the conveyance of passengers, in dis-
tinction from freight, baggage and express cars.
By increasing usage the term is used as an equiva-
lent for day car in distinction from sleeping cars
as well as freight and baggage cars.
Coach Bolt (British). American equivalent. Carriage
Bolt, which see.
Coach Screw (British). American equivalent, lag
screw, but coach screw is also used. A square-
headed screw with a pointed end used to screw
into wood.
Coal Box. In passenger cars a box for carrying coal.
It is usually a long narrow deep box, placed be-
tween the heater and the end of the coach.
Coal Car. Figs. 35-66. A car for carrying coal. The
standard cars built for coal service to-day are
largely what are termed gondolas. They are from
27 to 36 feet long and carry from 60,000 lbs. to 100,-
000 lbs. They are usually designated by the char-
acter of the dumping devices applied, as drop
bottom, hopper bottom, hopper, twin hopper, etc.
See
Drop Bottom Car. Hopper Car.
Goodwin Car. Twin Hopper Car.
Hopper Bottom Car.
Coal Feed Chute (Baker Heater). Fig. 2684.
Coat Hook. Fig. 3827.
Coat and Hat Hook. Fig. 3815.
Cock. 4 and 6, Figs. 3634-3686 and 2766. "A spout;
an instrument to draw out or discharge
liquor from a cask, vat or pipe.'' — Webster.
Bibb Cock. Reservoir Drain Cock.
Combination Cock. c-Jelf-CIosing Cock.
Compression Faucet. Stop Cock.
Drain Cock. Telegraph Cock.
Main Cock. Vertical Telegraph Cock.
Coes Wrench. Fig. 3859.
Coil (Baker Heater). Figs. 2688, etc. An iron pipe
which is bent in a spiral form and placed in the
fire, for heating water which circulates through the
car.
Coil Jacket Steam Heating System (.Safety Car Heat-
ing System). This system is primarily a system
devised to meet the requirements of those who de-
mand that all the jackets and circulating piping be
retained entirely within the car. The jackets are
shown in Fig. 2951; and in these the circulating
water is heated by steam from the locomotive.
See Safety Car Heating Co.'s Systems of Car
Heating.
Coke Car. Figs. 75-79, 513-531. A car made of large
cubic capacity for carrying coke. Modified forms
of hopper cars with doors which discharge the load
to one or both sides of the track are now com-
monly used. A coke rack is often applied to the
sides of gondola cars as in Figs. 56, 381-382, to give
additional cubic capacity. Box and stock cars are
often used for carrying coke.
Coke Quenching Car. Fig. 77. Light weight car,
with inclined floor, into which coke is discharged
from the furnace and quenched with water.
Coke Rack. A wooden slatted frame or light box ap-
plied above the solid plank sides of gondola cars
to increase the height of side and the cubic capac-
ity for carrying coke or other light bulk freight.
The posts of the rack are made to fit in Stake
Pockets, which see, attached to the permanent
sides and ends of the car.
Coke Rack Stake Pocket. A metal socket fastened to
the side or end planks of a gondola car which takes
the stakes of a rack or railing put on when the
car is loaded with coke to increase its cubic ca-
pacity.
Cold Shot. Small globules of iron resembling ordinary
gun shot, which are found in the chilled portion of
cast iron wheels.
Collar, 1. "A ring or round flange upon or against an
object." — Knight. Ordinarily an axle collar, be-
low, is meant.
2. (Of Journal.) Fig. 5510. A rim or enlarge-
ment on the end of the car axle which takes th°
end thrust of the journal bearing.
Collection of Salt Water Drippings (M. C. B. Recom-
mended Practice). In 1898 the subject of rust on
trucks and track from salt water drippings from
refrigerator cars was discussed, and a Recom-
mended Practice for the collection of such drip-
pings was adopted. See Figs. 5776-5778.
Collins Brake Head. A brake head with the shoe fast-
ened by a dovetail, which is wedge-shaped. Not
now used.
Colonist Sleeping Car. Figs. 605-606. A sleeping car
for carrying colonists, excusionists or emigrants,
finished in less luxurious manner than a standard
sleeping car. A Tourist Sleeping Car, which see.
Color Coat (Painting). The coat or coats which fol-
lows the rough stuff or scraping filling coat in
painting passenger car bodies. It is applied before
the lettering and striping. The colors are mixed
with turpentine and dryers, as little oil as possible
being used, only sufficient to prevent the color
COL
46
COM
From nibbing off. Twenty-four hours are allowed
to each coat to dry. and the processes of lettering,
striping and varnishing then follow, which vary
greatly in the time and care given to them, but
which are always very carefully done. See Finish-
ing Varnish and Painting.
Columbia Locknut. Figs. 3855-3856.
Column. 1. (Diamond and Other Trucks.) 37, Figs.
4705-4713. Another name for a Bolster Guide Bar,
which see.
2. (Of Crane.) Another name for the mast, es-
pecially when entirely supported from below.
Column Bolt. 109, Figs. 4705-471:',. A bolt passing
through the arch bars and holding the column in
place and the truck frame together.
Comb and Brush Rack or Case. Figs. 3675, 3677-3678
Combination Baggage Car. Fig. 193. A baggage car
having compartments for express or mail, or both,
as well as for baggage. See Combination Car.
Combination Car. Figs. 138, 188, 231-232 and 614-616.
A passenger car, one portion of which is devoted
to passengers and the other to the conveyance of
mail, baggage or express. The section for passen-
gers is usually reserved for smokers.
Combination Cock (Baker Heater). Fig. 2767. A cock
with funnel attached, used at the top of the water
tank lor filling. When opened witli the key it
allows the inward passage of the water, and at
the same time the outward passage of air through
a separate channel. Hence the name.
Combination Hot and Cold Water Faucets. 6, Figs.
3684-3686 and Fig. 3658.
Combination Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2984-
29S7.
Combined Triple Valve, Reservoir and Brake Cylinder
( Westinghouse Freight Brake). Fig. 1275. To
lessen the complication and reduce the cost of
freight brake gear these three parts, which are
separate in passenger brake gear, are combined in
freight.
Combination Vapor-Pressure Trap. Figs. 2902-2904.
Commercial Acetylene System of Car Lighting. De-
tails, Figs. 3284-3327. This system uses acetylene
gas stored in tanks filled with asbestos and charged
with 4/10 of a volume of acetone, a colorless liquid
obtained from the dry distillation of wood which
absorbs large quantities of acetylene under press-
ure. When the pressure is relieved the acetylene
is given off and the acetone remains in the tank
and may be used over again on recharging; 2,000
cubic feet of acetylene may be stored under a
pressure of 150 lbs. in a 114-in. x 20-in. tank and
may not be exploded by any known means when
in the tanks filled with asbestos bricks. Such a
supply is sufficient for more than one month's
lighting of an ordinary car. The gas is generated
in stations at terminals, and the tanks, when empty,
are replaced by full tanks supplied from the charg-
ing stations or charged from yard lines. The
lamps and piping for the car are practically the
same as the Pintsch.
Commode Handle (British). Nearest American equiv-
alent, body hand rail. A piece of brass or iron
secured to the sides of the body, and shaped so as
to be conveniently grasped by the hand in enter-
ing and leaving the carriage or in passing along
the train outside the carriages.
Common Sense Bolster. Fig. 1139. A type of bolster
having a top and bottom plate of wrought iron
and a center filling piece of steel.
Communication Cord Pulley (British). American
equivalent, bell cord pulley. A small brass pulley
fixed to the eaves of the roof and carrying the
communication cord (bell cord) running outside
the train.
Commutator. Fig. 6345: Figs. 6293-6313. See Arma-
ture.
Compartment. A subdivision of a passenger car. In
British carriages it usually runs entirely across the
ear. In American parlor and sleeping cars, in
which alone compartments often occur, it runs
only partially across, leaving room for a passage
or corridor at the side. Often called Stateroom,
which see.
Compartment Sleeping Car. Figs. 180-181. 216. A sleep-
ing car which is divided into staterooms all opening
into a common corridor which runs the whole
length of the car. See Sleeping Car.
Composite Car. Figs. 220, 230, 232. Another name for
Combination Car, which see.
Composite Underframe. Figs. 1168-1172.
Composite Carriage or Composite (British). A coach
in which compartments for more than one class
of passengers are provided. A compartment for
baggage is often included.
Composite End Framing. Figs. 691-696. A type of
framing adopted by the Vanderbilt system of rail-
ways, which combines iron and wood, in the sills
posts, plates, etc. The sills and plates of the body
and deck consist of two pieces of wood with an
iron or steel flitch plate between, the three pieces
being bolted together as one. To these iron flitch
plates and mortised into wood flitch planks of the
sills and plates are bolted or riveted upright iron
posts. These iron posts are also sandwiched be-
tween wood studs, making a composite post of
great stiffness and strength. The end plate is also
strengthened in the same manner, as are all the
important members of the car body end frame.
Composite End Post. See Composite End Framing.
Compound Bolster. A bolster composed of one or
more sticks of timber stiffened with vertical plates
of iron. The use of all-metal body bolsters is now
almost universal. Compound bolsters are still use!
in passenger trucks.
Compound Carline. 100, Figs. 599-619. A carline, of
which the main or central portion is made of
wrought iron, with a piece of wood on each side.
They are commonly used for cars with clear
stories, and either extend directly from one plate
t<i the other or are bent to conform to the shape
of the clear story. In the latter case they are
called profile carlines. See Carline.
Compression Beam. 163, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal
timber in the center of the side of a car body,
which acts as the compression member of a truss
for strengthening the body. The compression
beam brace abuls against it. An end compression
beam is sometimes used. The compression beam
is sometimes made double, one piece above the
other, with separate braces (main compression
brace and center compression brace") acting upon
each.
Compression Beam Brace. 161, Figs. 577-581, 599-619.
A timber used in connection with a compression
beam to form a truss in the side of a passenger
car. It is sometimes stiffened by a center counter
brace, and sometimes two or more braces arc used
Tl is then termed main compression brace.
COM
47
CON
Compression Faucet. Fig. 3659, and 4, Figs. 3684-3686.
A spring faucet with a flat disk on top, letting on
the water by direct vertical compression. Tele-
graph Faucets, which see, are in a sense compres-
sion faucets, hut are not so called.
Compression Member. Any bar, beam, brace, etc.,
which is subjected to strains of compression, and
forms part of a frame truss, beam, girder, etc.
Struts, body braces, etc., are compression members.
Similarly a tension member is used for tensile
strains.
Concealing Urinal. One designed to be opened for use
by a handle at the top, and then closed up flush
with the woodwork so to be invisible. They are
in limited use. but not generally approved.
Concealing Water Closet. A form of closet covered
with a small seat and usually placed in the cor-
ner of compartments or staterooms in private and
sleeping cars.
Condensing Diaphragm (Refrigerator Cars). Sheets
of metal placed in the cold air flue on which mois-
ture may be precipitated.
Conductor (Refrigerator Car). The drip pipe from the
ice pan.
Conductor's Car. A Caboose Car, which see.
Conductor's Lantern. Fig. 3621. One with an extra-
sized bail attached to it by which it can be held
on the arm, leaving the hands free. It is some-
times provided with a reflector. They are often
elaborately finished, and sometimes bear the name
of the conductor cut on the globe.
Conductor's Valve (AYestinghouse Air Brake). Fig.
1280. A valve for applying the train brakes, placed
at some convenient point in each passenger car,
usually in the saloon.
Conductor's Valve Discharge Pipe (Westinghouse
Brake"). A pipe leading from the conductor's valve
down through the floor of the car to carry off the
escaping air.
Conductor's Valve Pipe (Westinghouse Brake). Fig.
1'230. Connects the brake pipe with the con-
ductor's valve.
Conduit Plow. Figs. 6335-6336. A collecting device
used with the open conduit system, consisting of
metal contact shoes mounted upon a thin steel
carrier, and designed to make contact with two
insulated contact rails located in a conduit between
the running rails. Copper leads through the steel
carrier connect the shoes to the car wiring. The
plow is supported by the trucks in such a manner
as to allow lateral motion to permit its readily
following the conduit slot.
Cone and Apron Ventilator. Fig. 4419. See Ventilators.
Cone Cap Ventilator. Fig. 4418. See Ventilators.
Cone Lamp Shades. Fig. 3577. See Lamp Shade.
Coned Closet Hopper. Fig. 4056. See Closet Hopper.
Congdon Brake Shoe. Fig. 5237. A shoe with soft cast
iron body and wrought iron inserts. Especially
adapted for use on chilled wheels.
Connecting Chain (Steam Shovel). A pitch chain, con-
necting the pitch gear on the two axles of a truck,
used for making the car self-propelling.
Connecting Rail. The wood or metallic bars that join
the wall and aisle ends of a car seat.
Connecting Red. 1. A rod which connects two or
more parts or objects together. See Brake Shaft
Connecting Rod. Floating Lever Connecting Rod,
Car Seat Connecting Rod.
2. (Hand Car.) 24. Figs. 6207-6209. The iron
rod which connects the bell crank and the crank
shaft together.
Consolidated Axle Light System of Electric Car
Lighting. Fig. 3441. The equipment of this system
consists essentially of a generator installed on the
truck of the car and driven from the axle; a
regulator installed on the car and a storage bat-
tery in a box under the car body. The voltage
used is 30 or 60. The output of the gener-
ator is controlled and kept constant by varying
the resistance in the field circuit to correspond to
varying train speeds and the voltage at the lamps
is kept constant at all times whether the}' are
being fed by the battery alone as when the car is
stationary or running below the critical speed, or
whether the}' are connected in multiple with both
the generator and battery at speeds above the
critical. The controlling apparatus to accomplish
this is thrown into action by any variation of the
generator output from normal. The voltage of the
lamp circuit is controlled by a variable resistance
in series with it. actuated by the regulator.
Consolidated Car Heating Systems. Fig. 2878. Several
systems of car heating, including a Direct Steam
System and a Multiple Circuit Drum System, which
see.
Consolidated Steam Hose Coupling. Fig. 290U. A
straight port coupling used on Consolidated Car
Heating Co.'s equipments.
Construction Car. A car used in building a new line
of railroad or making repairs to roadbed and
structures. See Ballast Car, Contractor's Car,
Dump Car, Goodwin Car.
Contactor. Fig. 6369. See Control System.
Continuous Basket Rack. 145. Figs. 648-651; Fig. 3920.
See Basket Rack.
Continuous Brake. A system of brakes so arranged
that by connecting together the brake apparatus
on the different vehicles forming a train it can be
operated on all of them from one or more points
on the train, as from the engine or from any of
the cars. See Air Brake, Vacuum Brake.
Continuous Carline. A Carline, which see, which
passes directly from side to side of the car, across
and under the clear story or upper deck, in distinc-
tion from a profile carline, which is bent to follow
the outline of the clear story.
Continuous Deck Sash Opener. Fig. 4463.
Continuous Counterbrace Rod. The body counterbrace
rods are sometimes combined into one long rod
passing from one end of the car to the other, which
is then sometimes termed a continuous counter-
brace rod; also, overhang truss rod, inverted truss
rod, or hog chain rod.
Continuous Draft Gear. A draft gear, having a con-
tinuous rod or rods extending throughout the
length of the car from the drawbar at one end to
the drawbar at the other end, whose office is to
transmit the tractive strains and relieve the draft
timbers. The American continuous draft gear em-
ploys two rods attached to flat keys or iron bars
which pass through slots in the shank of the
couplers. In running the tractive force is trans-
mitted directly to the rear coupler and draft gear
and each car is in effect pushed and not pulled. In
buffing the rods are not in action.
Continuous Top Side (British). Nearest American
equivalent, top side rail. A side board run con-
tinuously from end to end of a wagon in order to
CON
48
COR
stiffen it vertically and assist in tying the ends
together.
Continuous Truck Frame. An iron bar which is welded
together in a rectangular shape so as to form the
sides and ends of a truck frame.
Contractor's Cars. Figs. 95a-99a. Light dump and flat
cars, usually narrow gage, for contractor's use in
construction work.
Control System i Type \L, Gen. Electric Co.). Figs.
6329-B3B1I. A system of control where one or more
controllers are operated from a distance.
This system has been developed with special ref-
erence to the operation of a tram consisting of
several motor cars coupled together, all motors
being controlled simultaneously by a single oper-
ator. Each motor car is equipped with a motor
controller, one or two master controllers, and con-
trol couplers, together with such other apparatus
as switches, fuses, rheostats, etc., as constitutes a
complete operative motor car equipment.
The motor controller consists of a number of
electrically operated switches, called "contactors,"
which close the various power and motor circuits,
and which carry only the current for the operating
coils of the contactors. These latter are designed
to open the motor circuit contacts by gravity, and
are provided with an efficient magnetic blowout
for quickly^ and positively disrupting the arc thus
formed. The motor controller also includes an
electricall}- operated reversing switch, called "re-
verser," the function of which is to connect the
motor armatures and fields in the proper relations
for giving forward or backward movement of the
car. The reverser consists of a drum having two
positions and carrying the necessary contacts for
engaging fixed contact fingers, together with two
operating coils, one for throwing the reverser to
each position. The operation of this reverser is
also effected by the master controller.
The master controller is similar in construction
to the ordinary hand controller, but very- small
and easily operated. It is provided with separate
operating and reversing interlocked handles, and
has a magnetic blowout for disrupting the arcs
formed on opening the control circuit connections.
The combinations of motors, rheostats, etc..
effected by the motor controllers are the same as
those accomplished by ordinary hand controllers,
giving series and parallel operation of motors and
two economical running speeds. (See Controller.)
Where several cars are coupled in a train the
control circuits of the various cars are joined to-
gether by means of couplers located at the end of
each car, so that all motor controller operating
circuits and aJl master controllers are connected
together, making all of the motor controllers opera-
tive from any master controller. The cars may
be coupled into a train without reference to their
relative positions, and either end of any car may
be coupled to any other car in the train.
The couplings for connecting the control circuits
between cars consist of a coupler socket fixed to
the end of the car, and a juniper consisting of two
coupler plugs connected by a multiple cable. The
coupler sockets and plugs contain corresponding
metal contacts for the connection of the electrical
circuits.
A cut-out switch is provided on each car, by
means of which damaged motors or motor con-
trollers may be disconnected from the energizing
circuits.
Control System. Multiple Unit. Sec Westinghou.se
Electro-Pneumatic System of Control.
Controller. Figs. 6331-6332, 6334, 6357-6360, 6385-6390.
An electric switching mechanism for controlling
the speed and direction of rotation of electric
motors. It includes the necessary movable and
fixed contacts for connecting the motors to the
power circuit and to a variable resistance in the
combinations necessary for starting, accelerating
and reversing the car. Practically all railway con-
trollers are of the series parallel type, arranged to
connect the motors first in series with each other,
and then in parallel across the power circuit, giv-
ing two running speeds. While accelerating to
these speeds, variable resistances introduced into
the circuit prevent undue rise of current.
The controller consists of a main cylinder, carry-
ing the necessary contacts insulated from the shaft
and from each other for engaging with fixed con-
tacts or fingers, thus effecting the required elec-
trical connections for placing motors either in
series or in parallel, and regulating the resistances
in series with them. A reversing cylinder makes the
necessary connections for reversing the direction
of rotation of the motors. The arcs formed on
opening the circuits are disrupted by a magnetic
blowout. The controller is enclosed in an iron
casing, which protects all parts and serves to at-
tach it to the car framing. One controller is usu-
ally located on each platform of the car, which can
be operated from either end. See Control System.
Convertible Car (Electric). Figs. 6219. 623V, 626.6268.
6275-6277. A type of car which may be readily con-
verted from a closed car to an open car. The seats
are arranged crosswise and the side of the car is
made up of panels between the posts. When it
is desired to change the car from closed to open,
the roof, as shown in Figs. 6275-6277. See Semi-
Convertible Car.
Cope. The upper portion of a mold or flask used in
making metal castings.
Coping (British). A bar of iron secured to the top
of the sides and ends of a gondola car (open
wagon), and protecting them from local distortion.
Coping Machine. Fig. 6847.
Cord. "A string or small rope composed of several
strands twisted together." — Webster. See Bell
Cord.
Cord Wall (Refrigerator Cars). One of the means of
insulation.
Corner Angle Post. A corner post in the body fram-
ing of a car which consists of an angle liar, usually
in combination with a wooden post.
Corner Brace (Street Car). A diagonal floor timber in
the underframe between the end sill and transverse
floor timber or bolster.
Corner Casting. A Knee Iron, or a Corner Plate,
which see. See also Roof Corner Casting.
Corner Handle. More commonly a Hand Hold or a
Grab Iron, which see. 60, Figs. 262-272.
Corner Pillar (British). American equivalent, corner
post. An upright piece at the corners of the car
body.
Corner Plate. 1. (Freight Car Bodies.) 55, 56, 57, Figs.
262-272, 804-806. A wrought or cast iron angle plate
or knee on the outside corner, to strengthen and
protect the frame. There are usually three corner
plates, upper, lower and middle. Very commonly
COR
49
cou
a push pole corner iron or push block, 191, Figs.
262-272, is cast upon the lower corner plate.
2. (Pullman End Framing.) An angle iron ap-
plied to the corner of a stick of timber (the deck
end plate) to keep it from abrasion and to
strengthen it.
Corner Post. 43, Figs. 262-272; 61, Figs. 599-619. The
upright stick or piece of metal winch forms the
corner of the frame of a car body.
Corner Post Pocket. Figs. 713-714. See Pocket.
Corner Post and Brace Pocket. Figs. 715-716.
Corner Post Grab Handle ( Vestibule Fittings). Figs.
3954, 3986-3987.
Corner Post Knee Iron. 1. (.Passenger Car End
Framing. ) A metal angle brace used to connect
the foot of the corner angle post to the side sill.
2. ^Vestibule.) -^-n iron angle brace for the
outside corner post of a vestibule resting upon the
platform end sill.
Corner Post Pocket. 45, Figs. 262-272 and Fig. 713.
See Pocket.
Corner Seat. A seat for the corner of a car, the back
of which is not reversible. They are called left
hand or right hand, according as the wall which
forms the seat end is to the right or left of a per-
son sitting in them.
Corner Seat End. A seat end bracket secured to the
wall of a passenger car for supporting the outer
end of a Corner Seat, which see.
Corner Urinal. So called in distinction from a side
urinal.
Cornice. 94, Figs. 648-651. The moldings at the eaves
of the roof outside of a car, and where the ceiling
joins the sides and ends of the car inside. There
is, therefore, an inside and outside cornice. See
also Deck Inside Cornice. Window Cornice, etc.
Corning Brake Shoe. Fig. 5241. A brake shoe with
a hard cast iron body chilled at the ends and hav-
ing sof cast iron inserts.
Corridor (Sleeping and Compartment Cars). Figs.
216-217. A passage running at one side of a car
from one door to the other, affording access to
the compartments. All sleeping, dining and private
cars have longer or shorter corridors to pass the
staterooms, smoking compartments, etc.
Corridor Carriage (British). Figs. 6464-6465, etc. A
passenger vehicle having a passage from end to end
along one side, the various compartments having
doors which open into this passage. Used on many
through trains. See also Carriage.
Corrugated Key (Yale Lock, which see).
Corrugated Metal Car Roof i Freight Cars). Figs. 2164-
2167. A roof consisting of iron, steel or zinc plates
usually covered with boards, and resting on roof
strips on top of the rafters and carlines. See also
Car Roof.
Corrugated Moldings. See Waved Moldings.
Corrugated Rubber Floor Mat. So called in distinction
from perforated rubber floor mats.
Corrugated Yale Lock. See Yale Lock.
Corticine. A form of floor covering much like Lino-
leum, which see, composed of linseed oil, prepared
b}' a special process, mixed with ground cork and
placed upon a strong backing of water-proof canvas.
Counter Boring. An enlargement or other alteration
of form, for a certain portion of its length, of a hole
bored in any substance.
Counterbrace. 37. Figs. 262-272; 51 and 165, Figs. 599-
619. In freight car building, the inclined member of
the body side framing inserted in the panel between
the body bolster and the end sill.
In passenger car framing the timber framed into
the top of the side sill near the needlebeam and
supporting the compression beam brace into which
it is also framed. See Body Counterbrace and
Body Brace.
Counterbrace Rod. 37a, Figs. 262-272. An inclined rod
which acts as a counterbrace. See above and also
Body Counterbrace Rod.
Counterbrace Rod Plate Washers. 34b, Figs. 262-272,
etc. Y\ ashers that rest upon the plate and receive
the end of the counterbrace rod.
Coupler. That which couples. In relation to cars the
term usually designates the appliances for coupling
or connecting cars together. The word is more
appropriately applied to the automatic car coupler,
which performs the act of coupling itself. The
term is sometimes used to designate the coupling
of steam pipes between cars, but this is unfortunate,
as it seems desirable to maintain the distinction
already established. To apply the term coupling to
an M. C. B. automatic coupler would be an innova-
tion, and it would seem equally so to call a steam
hose coupling a coupler. See Automatic Car
Couplers.
Couplers, Automatic. For M. C. B. Rules for Inter-
change of Traffic with regard to couplers see Draw-
Bar and Attachments, and Interchange of Traffic.
Couplers, Automatic Air and Steam. See Automatic
Coupling.
Coupler, Electric. Fig. 6361. A device attached to the
end of a car including insulated metallic contacts
for the connection of electric circuits between cars,
generally used for connection of trail car lighting,
heating or signal circuits to the motor car. See
Control System.
Coupler Follower Plates. Figs. 968-970.
Coupler Gages. Fig. 5579. Gages adopted by the M.
C. B. Association in 1891 to preserve the contour
line for couplers. These gages, as revised in 1904,
may be obtained from Pratt & Whitney Company,
Hartford, Conn.
Coupler Guide. Figs. 965-967.
Coupler Gaskets (Gold Steam Coupler). Figs. 2810-
2813.
Coupler Horn. The projecting lug cast on the head of
the coupler which bears on the face of the end sill
or dead block when the draft gear is closed solid
in comparison.
Coupler Jumper. Fig. 6361. Two coupler plugs con-
nected by an insulated flexible cable. See Control
System.
Coupler Latch (Gold Steam Coupler). Fig. 2808. A
catch to lock the steam hose couplers together and
prevent accidental parting in rounding sharp curves.
Coupler Plug. Fig. 6361. A movable coupler designed
to engage and connect to coupler socket. See Con-
trol System.
Coupler Stirrup. Figs. 949-951. See Drawbar Center-
ing Device.
Coupler Shanks. Figs. 1658-1705.
Coupler Socket. Fig. 6361. A fixed electric coupler.
See Control System.
Couplet (of Springs). Fig. 5382. Two Elliptic Springs,
which see. placed side by side, to act as one spring.
Three springs united in this way form a triplet,
four a quadruplet, five a quintuplet, six a sextuplet.
Coupling. 'That which couples or connects, as a hook
cou
50
CRO
chain or bar." — Webster. A coupling link was
called simply a coupling. Sec Coupler. See
Basin Coupling. Coupling Link.
Bell Cord Coupling. Head Board Coupling.
Berth Curtain Rod Hose Coupling.
Coupling. Pipe Coupling.
Brake Hose Clutch Reducing Pipe Coupling.
Coupling. Screw Coupling (Brit-
Brake Hose Coupling. ish).
Clutch Coupling. Steam Hose Coupling.
Coupling Bar. See Brake Lever Coupling Bar.
Coupling Bar Pin i Brake Gear). A pin for the Brake
Lever Coupling Bar, which see.
Coupling Case. See Brake Hose Coupling Case.
Coupling Chain or Chain Coupling Link. A three-link
chain used in coupling to Draw Hooks, which see.
Coupling Hose. More commonly brake hose.
Coupling Link. A wrought iron link or open bar by
which freight cars are coupled together by coup-
ling pins. Chain coupling links are used with draw
hooks. In consequence of the danger to trainmen
attending the use of coupling links, and legislation
forbidding their use after January 1. 1898, auto-
matic car couplers have almost entirely replaced
them. See Car Coupler.
2. (British.) A link forming part of the wagon
coupling or draw chain. The open ended link con-
nected to the draw hook or draw bar is the coup-
ling shackle. The intermediate links are sometimes
termed the short links, and the end link the long
link. A single long link is often used instead of
three short intermediate links.
Coupling Pin. A round bar of iron with which a coup-
ling link is connected to a drawbar.
Coupling Pin Chain. A small chain attached to the
car by a suitable eye to prevent the coupling pin
from being lost.
Coupling Screw (British). A right and left handed
screw used in a Screw Coupling, which see.
Coupling Shackle (British). The end link of the coup-
ling which is secured by a pin to the shank of the
Draw Hook, which see.
Coupling Sleeve (Kirby's Door Lock). K~, Fig. 2480.
Cover. See
Drum Cover. Urinal Cover.
Journal Box Cover. Window Molding Joint
Man Hole Cover. Cover.
Molding Joint Cover.
Cover Plate. 1. A face plate of a steel-tired wheel is a
disk connecting the tire and hub.
2. In metal underframes for cars a plate which
is riveted to the flanges of the center sills to give
them additional vertical strength as a box girder.
The plate riveted to the top flanges is called a top
cover plate and one riveted to the bottom flanges
a bottom cover plate.
Cover Strip. 1. (Refrigerator Car.) Metal plates cov-
ering a gutter in the floor.
2. A strip of metal, or sometimes wood, to cover
a joint in the roof sheets. 3, Figs. 2098-2103.
Covered Wagon (British). Figs. 6541. etc. A roofed
vehicle used for conveying freight liable to be
stolen or to be damaged by damp. It has side
doors which can be locked, and occasionally doors
in the roof so that the contents can be readily
hoisted. As a rule. Tarpaulins, which see, and open
cars are used in England.
Crabs or Tongs (Pile Driver Car). See Tongs. Also
called rail clips or rail clamps. A pair of loose
bent iron bars fastened at the top with a ring and
intended to firmly clamp to the under side of the
rail head when an upward pull is applied to the
ring. They are used to anchor a pile driver car,
steam shovel or wrecking crane, to the rails and
prevent them from overturning when a heavy load
is being lifted.
Crane. See Pile Driver Car, Derrick, Wrecking Crane,
Crane Post. The post of a crane, which corresponds
to the mast of a derrick.
Crank. 1. "Literally, a bend or turn; hence an iron
axis with a part bent like an elbow, for producing
a horizontal or perpendicular motion by means of
a rotary motion or the contrary." — Webster. See
Bell Crank.
2. (Of a Derrick or Crane.) The L-shaped
handle by which the driving gear is actuated.
3. (Of a Lever Hand Car.) 6, Figs. 6207-6209.
The Bell Crank, which see. of a hand car, 23, is
at the upper end of the connecting rod, the crank
at the lower end.
Crank Shaft (Lever Hand Cars). 6. Figs. 6207-6209.
A short wrought iron shaft to which a crank of a
hand car is attached, which is turned by suitable
levers and is connected by gear wheels with one
of the axles of the car.
Crank Shaft Bearings (Hand Car). 5, Figs. 6207-6209.
"Creco" Automatic Slack Adjuster. Figs. 1173-1182.
"Creco" Brake Beam. Figs. 5083-5086.
"Creco" Brake Beam Head. Figs. 5150-5151.
"Creco" Brake Jaw. Figs. 5229-5234.
"Creco" Roller Side Bearings. Figs. 5349-5356.
Crescent Angle Band Saw. Figs. 0824-6825.
Crib Rail (British). A longitudinal piece of timber se-
cured to the upper part of the outer side of the
sole bar and supporting the body of the vehicle.
Cricket Iron. A Seat Stand, which see.
Cripple Post (Street Cars). A post of an end win-
dow, where the window is not of the full width,
between the door post and corner post.
Cross Bar (Swing Link Hanger). The iron bar support-
ing the cross bar casting which carries the spring
plank. Also called mandrel pin and lower swing
hanger pivot.
Cross Bar Casting or Spring Plank Carrier (Swing
Link Hanger). See Cross Bar.
Cross Beam. A transverse floor timber placed upon
the sills to support the inclined floor of a coal or
ore car.
Cross Bearer (British). American equivalent, cross tie
timber, needlebeam, and sometimes cross bearer.
A transverse member of the underframe, placed
between the ends of the vehicle. It serves to trans-
fer the weight of the body and lading to the sole
bars, and keep the latter apart. Also called cross
bar or transom.
Cross Frame King Post or Truss Block. See Cross
Frame Truss.
Cross Frame Tie Bolt. A Sill Tie Rod, which see.
Cross Frame Tie Timber. 22, Figs. 262-272, etc.: 26.
Figs. 599-613, 617-619. A transverse timber bolted
to the under side of the longitudinal sills and floor
timbers of a car body between the bolsters, and to
which the body king or queen posts, or truss
blocks, are attached when truss rods are used un-
der a car body. More commonly, Cross Tie Timber,
which see.
The term Needlebeam (which see), taken from
bridge engineering, is also used. Other names are
body transom, cross bearer, cross berth, etc
CRO
51
CUT
Cross Frame Truss. 26t, Figs. 645-647 and Figs. 624-
626. A truss for a needlebeam or cross tie timber.
1 he various parts, king post, truss rod, truss rod
washer, etc., are shown.
Cross Frame Truss Rod. See above.
Cross Tie Rod. A Sill Tie Rod, which see.
Cross Tie Timber. 22, Figs. 2G2-272: 26, Figs. 599-619.
A transverse member of the underframe of the car
put in between the bolsters, serving to tie the sills
together and also as a support or bearing for the
truss rod queen posts. A Needlebeam, which see.
Cross Tie Timber Truss Rod. 26t, Figs. 599-619. An
iron truss rod under the cross tie timber, serving
to strengthen it.
Cross Tie Timber Truss Rod Queen Post. 26b, Figs.
599-619. A Queen Post, which see, for the cross tie
timber truss rod.
Cross Timber Hopper Ends. In a wooden hopper car,
a transverse floor timber framed between the inter-
mediate sills, to which the lower end of the inclined
door is spiked and to which the cuter hopper doors
are hung. The ends of the draft timbers are bolted
to it, and the short center sills abut against it.
Crosshead (Y\ "estinghouse Brake). 6, Fig. 1257. A
forked casting attached to the outside end of a
piston rod, to which the brake levers are connected.
Crown Lamp Shade. Fig. 3566. See Lamp Shade.
Crown Molding (Street Cars). A molding on the in-
side, above the deck sash and tacked to the deck
posts and carlines.
Crown Piece (Street Cars). A curved timber framed
across the ends of the platform sills ami serving
as a bumper beam or platform end sill.
Crown Piece Corner Iron (Street Cars). A strap iron
that protects the corner of the crown piece.
Crown Ring (Pintsch Lamp). 314, Figs. 3208-3224,
Cuff Rack. Fig. 3315. For lavatories.
Cup. 1. "A small vessel used commonly to drink out
of. but the name is also given to vessels of like
shape used for other purposes." — Webster. See
Candle Holder Cup. Oil Cup.
Drain Cup.
Cup Holders or Tumbler Holder. Fig. 3667. A stand
or rack for holding a drinking cup.
Cup Hook. Fig. 3755.
Cup Side Bearing. A side bearing for truck bolsters
with a receptacle for holding oil and waste. Little
used.
Cup Washer. Fig. 777. A Socket Washer, which see.
Cupboard Bolt. Fig. 2399. See Door Bolt.
Cupboard Catch or Flush Bolt. Fig. 2399. A very in-
definite term for a light spring catch nearly or
quite flush with the surface to which it is attached.
It has a beveled bolt which snaps shut.
Cupboard Latch. Fig. 2399.
Curled Hair. Hair from the tails or manes of cattle,
horses, etc., which is first spun into ropes, then
wound into coils, and either steeped or boiled in
water. After this the coil is dried and the hair
unwound, which leaves it in a curly and elastic
state, suited for stuffing cushions, etc.
Current Director (Car Heating). Fig. 2893. A device
for controlling the flow of steam or hot water in
the pipes, working on the principle of an injector.
Curtain. 17, Figs. 2201-2206. A cloth hanging in front
of or around any space or object, as a window or
sleeping-car berth, and which may be contracted
or spread at will. The term, however, is usually
restricted to loosely hung drapery, suspended on
a curtain rod by curtain hooks or rings, in distinc-
tion from a shade, which is flat and rolls up. Cur-
tains in cars are chiefly used for sleeping-car
berths (Berth Curtains, which see) and for the
sides of open street cars. Window curtains are
used in dining, parlor and private cars. Except in
the saloons, blinds have been abandoned, and win-
dow shades are in almost universal use on steam
railroads. Blinds are still in general use in street
cars.
Curtain (Buhoup Vestibule). 11, Figs. 2215-2263.
Curtain Bearing (Buhoup Vestibule). 20, 20a and 21,
Figs. 2215-2263.
Curtain Brackets (Hartshorn and McKay). Fig. 4684,
One bracket has a circular hole and the other a
rectangular.
Curtain Cord Hooks. Figs. 3750-3754.
Curtain Fixtures. Fig. 4665.
Curtain Hooks (Sleeping Berths). Fig. 3750.
Curtain Plate (Buhoup Vestibule). 8 and 9, Figs. 2215-
2263.
Curtain Rings. Figs. 3728-3731. See Curtain.
Curtain Rod. Fig. 3736. A bar to carry a curtain hung
upon rings and sliding freely along the rod.
Curtain Rod Bracket. Figs. 3714-3716.
Curtain Rod Bushing. Figs. 3732-3733. A socket or
bushing for the end of a curtain rod as it abuts
against a wall or partition.
Curtain Rod Folding Bracket (Sleeping Car). 15, Figs.
2201-2202. A bracket for a curtain rod in a sleep-
ing car which may be folded into the upper berth
in such a manner that it is out of sight when the
upper berth is shut up. See Folding Curtain Rod
Bracket.
Curtain Roller (Buhoup Vestibule). 10, Figs. 2215-2263.
Curtain Roller Plug (Buhoup Vestibule). 45, Figs.
2215-2263.
Curtain Socket (Buhoup Vestibule). 23, Figs. 2215-
2263.
Curtain Spring (Buhoup Vestibule"). 44, Figs. 2215-
2263.
Curtain Spring Plug (Buhoup Vestibule). 52 and 53,
Figs. 2215-2263.
Curtis Turbo-Generator (Electric Car Lighting). Fig.
3421. A Curtis steam turbine of small size is direct-
connected to a generator for furnishing electric cm-
rent to light trains. The turbo-generator may be
mounted in the baggage car or on top of the
locomotive boiler and it receives steam from the
locomotive.
Curved Seat Stop. Figs. 4228-4234, 4274. See Seat Arm
Stop.
Cushion. Figs. 4166-4172. Cushions used in passenger
ear upholstery are of the box type, being built
upon and connected with a wooden framework
(cushion frame). See Seat Cushion.
Cushion Back Rail (British). In a carriage, a small
transverse bar which confines the back edge of the
seat cushion.
Cushion Frame. A wooden frame to which the seat
springs and upholstery of a car seat are attached.
Cuspidor. Fig. 2672. A vessel to receive discharges of
spittle, and having a wide rim so that if it is upset
its contents will not be spilled. It is the substitute
for a spittoon, Figs. 2536-2537, from which it differs
only in form.
Cut-Off Saw (Woodworking Machinery). Figs. 6795,
6815. A revolving circular steel disc with teeth cut
in its circumference, mounted on a spindle or
arbor in a slot in a movable table. The saw teeth
have not so great a set as a rip saw and make a.
CUT
DEA
narrower cut. Such a machine is used for cutting
wood across the grain, hence the name.
Cut-Out. A switch or fuse in a branch electric circuit
or loop, used to disconnect the branch circuit from
the main circuit.
Cut-Out Cock. Fig. 1281. See Brake Cut-Out Cock.
Cylinder. 1. A chamber or vessel whose ends are
circular, and with straight parallel sides, as the
cylinder of a steam engine. The cylinders used
in connection with cars and locomotives are made
of cast iron, and have pistons fitted so as to work
air tight in them. Cylinders used in brake appa-
ratus are shown in Figs. 1257-1267.
2. A name sometimes given to the fire pot of
a stove or heater, as in Fig. 2G97.
3. (Yale Lock.) Fig. 2590.
Cylinder Body (Westinghouse Brake). 2, Fig. 1159.
The main central portion closed by the cylinder
heads.
Cylinder Cap I Triple Valve). 14, Fig. 1234.
Cylinder Cap Gasket (Triple Valves). 23, Fig. 1233.
Cylinder Head. A metal cover for the end of a cylin-
der, held on by cylinder bolts or cylinder studs.
The cylinder head through which the piston passes
is commonly termed the back cylinder head, and
the other the front cylinder head, corresponding
to locomotive practice. See Cylinder.
Cylinder Levers. Fig. 811. Two levers which are
connected together by a tie rod attached near their
centers. One end of one lever is attached to the
crosshead of the brake cylinder, and the corre-
sponding end of the other is attached to a bracket
on the brake cylinder head at the opposite end of
the cylinder. The other ends of the levers are con-
nected with the floating levers by rods.
Cylinder Lever Bracket (Air Brakes). A T-shaped
piece of iron bolted to the front cylinder head, to
which one of the brake levers is attached.
Cylinder Lever Guide. Figs. 865-866. A guide or sup-
port for the cylinder lever. It is usually made of
an iron rod bent to a U-shape and bolted to the
under side of the center sills.
Cylinder Lever Support (Air Brakes). wrought iron
bar bolted to one of the center sills, on which the
ends of the cylinder levers rest.
Cylindrical Gages. Gages made for measuring the size
of cylinders and cylindrical holes, often called Whit-
worth gages. They consist of steel cylinders and
rings hardened and ground very accurately to stand-
ard sizes. These fit into each other. The first is
used for measuring the size of holes, and the last
for measuring the outside of cylindrical objects,
and they arc called internal and external cylin-
drical gages. They are generally used as stan-
dards alone, from which other tools and gages are
made of the proper size.
Cylindrical Stove. Sec Stove.
D
Dairy Car. Fig. 16. A refrigerator car used exclusively
for carrying butter, cheese, milk and other dairy
products.
Damascus Brake Beam. Figs. 5130-5132.
Damper. See Stove Pipe Damper. A valve in the
stove pipe or in the bottom of a stove for regulat-
ing the draft.
Dash Guard (Street Cars). A plate attached to the
platform railing to prevent mud or snow from
being thrown upon the platform. Called a dash
board and a dasher.
Dash Guard Straps (Street Cars). Small clips by which
a dash guard is fastened to the platform posts.
Also called dasher post clip.
Dasher or Dashboard. See Dash Guard.
Dasher Post (Street Cars). A post supported by the
crown piece which carries the dasher and the plat-
form rail. Called on steam cars a platform railing
post.
Dasher Rail (Street Cars). A metal railing, usually
brass, above the dasher. A platform rail.
Dasher Rail Cap (Street Cars). A rounded wood or
metal cap bolted to the dasher rail for decoration
and to prevent injuries.
Davis Pressed Steel Journal Box Lid. Fig. 5316.
Davis Steel Wheel. Figs. 5420-5421.
Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam. Figs. 5182-5187.
Day Coach. Figs. 131-146, 599-604. A common term
for an ordinary passenger car in distinction from
sleeping cars. It ought in strictness to include
parlor cars, but in general does not. It is often
termed a Coach simply, which see.
Dayton Draft Gear. Figs. 1464-1467.
Dayton Freight Car Door Lock. Figs. 1371-1372. See
Door Hasp.
Dead Air Space (Insulation of Refrigerator Car). Air
spaces which have no communication with the
atmospheric air outside, so there can be no free
circulation or change of air as there is in a free air
space.
Dead Block. A single wooden block or stick of timber
attached to the end sill of freight cars to protect
persons between the cars from injury, by prevent-
ing the cars from coming together in case the
drawbar or its attachments should give way. They
are called dead blocks from the fact that they are
blocks which subserve no functions in the con-
struction of the car proper. See Buffer Block.
Dead Lever (of Brake Gear). The one of a nair of
truck brake levers to which the brake connecting
rod is not attached. The upper end of the dead
lever is confined within a dead lever guide, or
brake lever stop, which latter is provided with pins
to adjust the end of the brake lever as the brake
shoes wear. The lever to which the power is first
applied through the brake connecting rod is termed
the live lever.
Dead Lever Guide or Brake Lever Stop (Brake Gear).
Figs. 4856-4858. See above.
Dead Lock. Fig. 2500. A lock in which the bolt is
thrown each way by the key, and not in one
direction by a spring, as with a spring lock or
night latch.
Dead Padlock. A padlock in which neither the lock,
bolt, nor hasp has a spring, but the former is
thrown each way by the key, and the hasp must
be opened by the hand.
Dead Wood. A Dead Block, which see.
Deadening or Deafening. The filling placed between
the floor and the deafening ceiling of a passenger
car to serve as a non-conductor to heat and noise.
Mineral Wool, which see, is sometimes used for
deadening, but commonly shavings, when anything
at all is used. An intermediate floor (between the
sills) and deafening ceiling (under the sills) is used
in refrigerator cars.
Deafening Ceiling. 28, Figs. 648-651. Boarding on the
under side of the floor timbers of a passenger car
to exclude or deaden the noise of the car. When
cut and inserted between the sills it is called a
DEA
53
DEC
deafening floor, but quite as often, though im-
properly, a deafening ceiling. See Deadening.
Deafening Floor. See Deafening Ceiling.
Deck. 102, Figs. 599-619. A term applied to the roof
of a passenger car by analogy from the deck of a
ship. The term is not applied in general use, how
ever, to freight cars. The deck of passenger cars
is subdivided into the upper deck (also called Clear
Story, which see), and lower deck, the roof at the
side of the clear story; but in designating part =
which belong to the clear story alone, and which
are not repeated in the lower deck, the term deck-
alone is used.
Since the issuing of the first edition of this work
the use of the term deck instead of clear story in
compound words seems to have become practically
universal among manufacturers of furnishings and
in far more general use than any other among car
builders.
Deck Beam. 1. A beam in the form of an inverted T
with a round knob on the upper end, used in some
forms of steel car construction. The brake beams
(Fig- 5179) is a deck beam.
2. Transverse beams extending across a car
from side rail to side rail to which the deck planks
are spiked.
Deck Bottom Rail. 112, Figs. 643-651. A horizontal
timber running lengthwise of a car, fastened to
the rafters and carlines of the main roof, or to the
deck sill, which forms the base for the deck posts.
The term is sometimes applied to the deck sill.
Deck Bridging. Bridging or blocking used in the up
per deck or clear story. See Bridging.
Deck Carline or Upper Deck Carline. 118, Figs. 599-
619. A timber which extends from side to side
of the upper deck, and supports the roof boards.
Corresponding parts in the lower deck are gener-
ally called rafters.
Deck Collar (Heaters). A sheet metal ring to line
the smoke pipe opening through the roof, having
a double sheet metal tube to leave an air space as
a heat guard, and a flange on the outside to ex-
clude rain.
Deck Eaves Molding or Upper Deck Eaves Molding.
119. Figs. 599-619. A molding under the outside
edge of the upper deck.
Deck End Panel. 116, Figs. 648-651. A narrow panel
in the end of the upper deck. It is frequently used
as a ventilator.
Deck End Plate. A member that fulfills the same office
for a clear story that the body plate does for the
body. See End Plate.
Deck End Sill. 260, Figs. 645-647; 113, Figs. 648-651.
A horizontal timber connecting the ends of the
deck sills, and forming the base for the end of the
upper deck.
Deck End Ventilator. See Deck End Panel.
Deck End Ventilator Hood (Street Cars). A project-
ing screen, placed over the aperture of an end
ventilator, to exclude snow and rain. Also called
upper deck hood.
Deck Inside Cornice. 120. Figs. 648-651. A molding
which fills the interior angle where the upper deck
joins the deck side.
Deck Lamp (Pintsch System). Figs. 3189-3198. A
lamp which is fastened to the deck or ceiling of
the car without any drop. An ornamental ring
surrounds the rim of the bowl, which projects
through the deck. Electric, Fig. 3511.
Deck Plate. 117. Figs. 599-619; 121, Figs. 652-656. A
horizontal timber on top of the deck posts or
mullions to which the deck carlines are attached.
Also called a deck top rail.
Deck Post. 115, Figs. 599-619. An upright piece of
wood which connects the deck plate with the deck
bottom rail.
Deck Sash. 144, Figs. 599-619. A glazed sash in the
sides of the upper deck. See Sash.
Deck Sash Catch. Figs. 4444-4448. A hook giving a
simpler equivalent for a deck sash latch.
Deck Sash Double Ratchet. Fig. 4523. A special form
of deck sash pivot plate, used with spring ratchets.
Deck Sash Flush Catch. A deck sash latch mortised
into the sash rail flush with the sash.
Deck Sash Latch. Figs. 4444-4480. A spring bolt at-
tached to a deck sash, which engages with a deck
sash latch keeper or strike plate. See Keeper.
Deck Sash Latch Keeper. Fig. 4509. See above.
Deck Sash Lintel. See Lintel.
Deck Sash Opener. Figs. 4444-4455. A lever attached
to a revolving rod by which a deck sash is held
in an}- desired position. A great variety of forms
exist, including many patented devices. See en-
gravings. A pull hook. Figs. 4459-4462, 4497-4501, is
sometimes called a deck sash opener, but a more
elaborate contrivance is generally meant.
Deck Sash, Outer. 144a, Figs. 652-656. A deck sash
which carries the screen, and prevents the admis-
sion of dust and cinders.
Deck Sash Pivot. Figs. 4464-4480. A metal stud o--
spindle attached to a suitable flange by which it is
fastened to a deck sash, and on which the latter
turns. A variety of forms exist, including several
patented devices, as Monitor, Figs. 4521-4522, Mor-
gan, Figs. 4505-4508, etc., to render the sash readily
removable and adjustable.
Deck Sash Pivot Plate. Figs. 4407-4468. A plate at-
tached to the window casing, with a hole or eye in
which a deck sash pivot works. Sometimes they
are provided with springs to prevent the sash from
rattling.
Deck Sash Pull. Figs. 4459-4462. A screw ring at-
tached to a deck sash to open and close it. Made
either with screw or with flange.
Deck Sash Quadrant. Figs. 4514, 4520. A curved bar
or plate of metal used as a guide or stop to con-
trol the movement of a deck sash. Little used.
Deck Sash Quadrant Clip. Fig. 4514. A guide strap
embracing a deck sash quadrant.
Deck Sash Ratchet Plate. Figs. 4505-4508. A part usu-
ally, attached to the side of the car, but sometimes
to the sash, carrying a ratchet in which the ratchet
catch engages.
Deck Sash Socket. Fig. 4518. A hook attached to a
peculiar form of deck sash pivot. See engravings.
Deck Sash Spring Pivot. A Deck Sash Pivot, which
see, provided with a spring to make the sash re-
movable.
Deck Screen Bottom Rail. A rail running the entire
length of the clear story, and closing the space be-
tween the bottom of the screen and the roof.
Deck Screen Post. 144p, Figs. 648-651. An upright
stick forming the side pieces of a frame to hold a
wire screen put on outside of the deck windows to
exclude dust and cinders.
Deck Side. The entire part, consisting of a plate, rail,
posts, and panels, or sashes, which forms the side
which occupies the vertical space between the lower
and upper deck.
DEC
54
DIC
Deck Side Ventilator. Fig. 4444. This term is used
to designate the sash or valves and their attach-
ments for opening and closing the aperture.
Deck Sill. Ill, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal timber at-
tached to the inner ends of the rafters, or short
carlines, on which the deck side rests.
Deck Sill Bottom Molding. 114a, Figs. 652-056.
Deck Sill Facing. 114. Figs. 648-651. Thin boards or
moldings attached to the inside of a deck sill, for
ornament. Sometimes the bunk apron serves this
purpose in sleeping cars. See 7, Figs. 2201-2206.
Deck Sill Sub-Facing. 114a, Figs. 648-651. A thin
board under the Deck Sill Facing, which see.
Deck Soffit Board. 121s. Figs. 648-651. A board on
the under side of the overhanging" cornice of an
upper deck.
Deck Top Rail. 117, Figs. 652-656. A Deck Plate,
which see.
Deck Ventilator. 130a, Figs. 599-61 If See Deck End
Ventilator, Deck Side Ventilator. The deck sashes
are frequently hung and operated as deck side ven-
tilators as by the continuous deck sash opener.
Deck Window. 144, Figs. 599-619. A Window, which
see, in the upper deck. More common!}" a deck
sash.
Deck Window Screen. S. Figs. 648-651 and 36, Figs.
2201-2206. An outside sash with a screen over it to
exclude dust and cinders.
Deflecting Plate (Pintsch Lamp). 346. Figs. 3208-3224.
Deflecting Plate and Chimney (Pintsch Lamp). 288a,
Figs. 3208-3224.
Deflector. (For Windows.) Fig. 4655. A piece of
thin board attached to the jamb of the window and
left projecting two or three inches beyond and at
right angles to the car. When the car is in motion
it deflects the cinders and dust from the window,
and also produces an exhaust draft. Also called a
window dust guard.
Deflector Springs (of Ventilators). Springs controlling
the movement of the deflectors.
Derrick Car. Fig. 248. A strong platform car which
carries a derrick crane which is used for removing
wrecked cars and engines, erecting bridges, or han-
dling any heavy objects. Also called wrecking car.
They are distinguished as hand or steam derrick
cars, according to the power used.
Destination Board Bracket (British). A small shelf of
cast or wrought iron secured to the upper part of
the outside of the body, in order to carry a wooden
board or enameled metal plate, giving the destina-
tion of a train. It is almost universally used on all
British carriages, and carried throughout the entire
trip.
Detachable Cylinder Lever Bracket. See Cylinder
Lever Bracket.
Detachable Globe Holder. A globe holder arranged
so that a lamp globe can readily be attached or
removed. Many lamps have the globes fixed or
plastered.
Detaching Slot (Deck Sash Ratchet). A slot in the
ratchet plate to facilitate removal of the sash.
Detective Wire (for Seals). Fig. 4002. A flat twisted
wire or other equivalent device to prevent the seal
being stripped from the wire without destroying
one or both.
Diagonal (British). American equivalent (used chiefly
in street cars), diagonal floor timber. A member
of the underframe. One end butts against the rear
side of the transverse end member of the under-
frame (the head stock), and tile other end butts
against an intermediate transverse member of the
underframe (the cross bearer) near its center. The
diagonals take the strain off the side buffers, and
distribute it so as to prevent distortion of the
underframe. See End Sill Diagonal Brace.
Diagonal Floor Timbers. Floor timbers which are
placed in a diagonal position to the sills. Lsed
chiefly on street cars.
Diagonal Roof Strap (Street Cars). A band of hoop
iron placed diagonally on the top of the roof
boards to stiffen the roof.
Diameter Testing Gage (for Car Wheels). A gage for
testing the diameter of wheels and axles. Some-
time, an M. C. B. standard.
Diamond Arch Bar Truck. Figs. 4603. 469S-K399.
Diamond Brake Beam. Figs. 5093-5005. A trussed
beam using a heavy rectangular bar for compres-
sion member and an iron rod for tension.
Diamond "S" Brake Shoe. Figs. 5230-5246, 5251. A
brake shoe with cast iron bod}' and expanded metal
inserts.
Diamond Truck. A car truck with iron side frames
consisting of two or more Arch Bars, which see.
and a pedestal tie bar. The spaces between the
arch bars are diamond shaped, hence the name.
The journal boxes are rigidly bolted to the side
frames. The cross members of the truck, bolster,
spring plank, etc., are either of wood or metal, or
of both wood and metal combined. Metal tran-
soms, bolsters and spring planks are in general
use and increasing in favor.
At the Master Car Builders' Convention (1884)
it was voted that this form should be the type used
in preparing designs for a standard freight car
truck, to have a 5-ft. wheel base, channel bar tran-
soms, and either Swing or Rigid Bolster, which
see. It is the type in almost universal use for
freight cars, and the rigid bolster is applied to
nearly all new construction. The swing bolster
truck remains a standard on a few important roads
that have a large traffic in live stock.
Diaphragm. 1. A thin wall or partition.
2. (Valves.) Some valves are regulated by dia-
phragms or diaphragm plates, to which are at-
tached springs, nuts, stems, etc., whose names ex-
plain themselves. These diaphragms all operate
on the same principle. They are spring plates.
which guide the rod and, assisted by spiral springs,
cause the attached valves to seat or unseat at a
fixed pressure.
3. (Of a Vestibule.) Fig. 2299. A piece of rub-
ber, ducking or canvas in folds attached to the dia-
phragm face plate and platform inclosure to ex-
clude the dust and cinders, and at the same tune
to allow the face plates free movement laterally
and longitudinally in the Gould vestibules, and
longitudinally mil}- in the Pullman vestibules.
Diaphragm Face Plates. See Diaphragm, Vestibules,
Pullman Vestibule.
Dictionary of Terms (Master Car Builders). At the
Fifth Annual Convention, at Richmond, Va., in 1872
(see page 18 of the report of that meeting), it was
"Resolved, That a committee be appointed, with
power to publish an illustrated book defining the
proper terms or names of each and every part used
in the construction of railway cars, and a descrip-
tion of use of the same."
At the Fourteenth Annual Convention, held in
Detroit in 1880, "The committee to which was as-
signed the duty of preparing a dictionary of terms
DIN
55
DOO
used in the construction of cars submitted a copy
of the book and reported that it had finished its
work, and it was discharged.". Subsequent editions
of this book have been published in 1884, 1895, 1903
and 1906.
Dining Car. Figs. 143-144, 147-148, 221-224, 607-611,
6460-6463. A car provided with a kitchen and cook-
ing appliances and arrangements for serving meals.
Dining Car Chair. Figs. 4159-4101.
Dining Car Range. Figs. 3633. See Range.
Dipper (Steam Shovel). 1, Figs, 596-598. Also called
bucket or shovel. The heavy iron scoop or bucket
which is filled with earth at each movement of the
machine.
Dipper Bail (Steam Shovel). 5, Figs. 596-598. The
link fastened to the top of the dipper and to the
dipper block.
Dipper Block (Steam Shovel). 5. Figs. 596-598. The
block at the point of the boom around which passes
the hoisting chain.
Dipper Teeth (Steam Shovel). 2. Figs. 596-598. Heavy
iron cutters or teeth projecting from the dipper to
break the earth.
Direct Steam Heating Systems. Fig. 2784, etc. A sys-
tem of car heating in which the steam from the
locomotive is carried directly to the radiators or
heating pipes. The term is used to distinguish the
system from those in which the steam is employed
to heat the water which circulates in the radiators
or heating pipes, usually m connection with the
Baker heater. See Consolidated, Gold's and Safety
Systems of Car Heating.
Discharge Pipe (Air Compressor). Also called reser-
voir pipe. A pipe by which the compressed air is
conveyed from the air compressor to the main air
reservoir.
Discharge Valve. 1. (Of Car Signal Valve.) The valve
in the attachment called the car signal valve. The
whole device is also sometimes so called.
2. (Of Air Compressor.) 2, Figs. 1221-1224. The
valve through which the air as compressed passes
to the main reservoir.
Dished Cap Ventilator. Fig. 4422. See Ventilators.
Distance Between the Backs of the Flanges of Car
Wheels. (M. C. B. Standard.) The standard dis-
tance between the backs of flanges of car wheels is
4 feet 5% inches.
In 1885 it was decided by letter ballot that in
fitting wheels on axles a variation of Vs inch each
way from the standard distance of 4 feet 5% inches
between flanges would be allowed, making the
maximum distance 4 feet 5% inches and the mini-
mum distance 4 feet 5% inches. See Check Gage.
Distance Block. A short, thick piece of wood placed
between two or more objects to keep them apart,
or to preserve an interval of space between them,
as floor timber distance block, truck bolster dis-
tance block, etc.
Distance Piece. A metallic block to keep two objects
a certain distance apart.
Distributing Table ("Postal Car"). A table upon which
the mail bags are emptied of their contents, and
from which they are distributed to the various
boxes or pouches.
Distributing Table Hinge. Fig. 2465. A strap hinge
for the table on which mail is sorted in postal cars.
Ditching Car. A car provided with derricks and scoops
for excavating the ditches of cuts by the power of
a locomotive.
Dividing Attachment (Vacuum Brake). Fig. 6790. A
device to regulate the application of the brakes to
either the locomotive or train, or both. See
Ejector.
Division Arm (Twin Seats). The middle seat arm be-
tween the two seats.
Dog. 1. A general term in mechanics for all devices
which bite or take hold of or give motion to other
parts. See Ratchet Dog.
2. (For Pawl of Winding Shaft.) A disk or but-
ton eccentrically pivoted in such a way as to hold
the ratchet wheel pawl of a winding shaft in its
place. The pawl itself of a ratchet gear is also
sometimes termed the dog in other forms of ratchet
gear where no dog to hold the pawl is necessary.
3. A Brake Pawl Dog, which see. A very similar
part to that defined above.
Dohlin Automatic Car Door Fastener. Fig. 1374.
Dome. A clear story or upper deck is sometimes
erroneously called a dome. See also Tank Dome.
Dome Head (Tank Car). 109, Figs. 545-549. The top
of the Tank Dome, which see.
"Dome" Lamp Shade. Fig. 3564. A Lamp Shade
(which see) of curved or ogee outline.
Door. Figs. 1326-1412. A frame of boards or plates of
metal for closing a doorway. See Door Frame for
names of parts. See also,
Ash Pit Door. Lamp Case Door.
Double Door, Overhung Door.
Double Fire Door. Platform Trap Door.
Draft Door. Roof Door.
Feed Door. Sliding Door.
Fire Door. Smoke Box Door.
Grain Door. Underhung Door.
Grated Door. Ventilator Door.
Door Bolt. Figs. 2386-2398. A metal bar attached to a
slide and fastened to a door so as to hold it shut
from the inside. The}- are either round, or barrel.
or square. A square neck door bolt is one writh
an angle or shoulder in it. Flush door bolts are
gained in so as to be flush with the surface. Figs.
2396-2398. A cupboard catch is a form of door bolt
having a beveled latch and actuated by a spring;
but bolts so formed are commonly termed Latches,
which see.
Door Bolt Bracket. 72, Figs. 1399-1401. An iron eye
attached to the body of the car into which the door
bolt or bar is forced to hold the door in a closed
position.
Door Bolt Keeper. 72. Figs. 1399-1401; Figs. 2386-2395,
etc. A catch attached to a door frame, in which
the bolt engages.
Door Bottom Rail. 5, Figs. 1329-1337. See Door
Frame.
Door Bottom Ventilator Rail (British). A strip of
wood running horizontally and supporting a sliding
ventilator.
Door Brace (Freight Car Doors). 69, Figs. 262-272. A
diagonal piece of timber framed into the door frame
to stiffen the door.
Door Butt. A Butt Hinge, which see.
Door Button. "A small piece of wood or metal swiv-
eled by a screw through the middle, and used as a
fastening for a door or gate." — Knight. They are
often attached by a rivet or pin to a metal door
button plate, which is fastened on with screws.
Sometimes the button is an eccentric disk.
Door Cap (Freight Car Doors). A horizontal board
across the top of the door.
Door Case. 1. The frame which incloses or surrounds
the sides and top of a door. The separate parts are
DOO
5 6
DOO
the Door Jambs or Door Posts, Door Sill and Door
Lintel, which see.
2. A partition at the end of a street car which in-
closes a sliding door when open.
Door Case Intermediate Rail (Street Cars). A rail of
a door case above the window.
Door Case Panel (Street Cars). A panel in a partition
which incloses the sliding door. There are two —
the top panel and the seat panel.
Door Case Sash (Street Cars). A window sash in the
partition which incloses a sliding door. It opens
on hinges and is placed opposite to another in the
end of the car inside of the door.
Door Case Seat panel. See Door Case Panel.
Door Case Top Panel. See Door Case Panel. In some
cases a mirror is used in place of a panel.
Door Case Top Rail. A stick parallel with the Door
Lintel, which see.
Door Center Girth (Freight Car Doors'). A horizontal
hoard across the middle of the door. A middle
door rail, except that it is not framed into the door,
but simply nailed on.
Door Chafing Plate (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3965.
Door Chafing Scroll (Vestibule Doors). Fig. 3952.
Door Chafing Strip. Fig. 925.
Door Chain Bolt. A device which permits a door to
be opened a short distance, yet not far enough to
gain admission.
Door Check (Blount). Fig. 2652. A combined door
spring and hydraulic check, which automatically
controls the motion of a door. The check consists
of a metallic piston moving in a metallic cylinder
against a non-freezing liquid, its motion being con-
trolled by a regulating valve which may be set to
give any desired action to the door to prevent
slamming and noise. (Russwin) Fig. 2653.
Door Fastener. Figs. 787-789.
Door Fence Rail (British). A horizontal piece of wood
forming, on the outside of the door, the bottom of
the window aperture. It is reinforced with a band
of brass or iron against which the window sash
bears when it is closed.
British carriage windows drop down to open,
like an omnibus or street car window.
Door Frame. Figs. 1327-1331. The structure in which
the panels of a door are fitted. It is composed, as
is also a window sash, of the stiles, or upright
pieces at the sides; the mullions, or central up-
right pieces; the bottom rail; the lock, or central
rail, and the top rail. The Door Case, which see,
surrounds it.
Door Friction Roller. Figs. 2564-2662. See Sliding
Door Friction Roller, Car Door Hanger.
Door Fulcrum (Gram Door). J, Figs. 1399-1401.
Door Glass Frame Stop Rail (British). In a carriage,
a small horizontal piece of wood in the lower part
of the door against which the window drops when
opened. See Door Fence Rail.
Door Guards (Baggage and Freight Car Sliding Doors).
23, Figs. 1329-1337. Strips of wood which inclose
the space occupied by the door when open to keep
the freight from interfering with its movement.
Door Guard Band (Street Cars.) A metal band fastened
crosswise on the middle door rail to protect the
door from being chafed. Also called a sliding door
strip.
Door Guard Rod. Figs. 3977, 3992. See Vestibule Door
Rod.
Door Guide Bracket. Figs. 795-797. An iron bracket or
support for the door guide or rail in which the door
is supported.
Door Guide Plate. Figs. 929-931.
Door Handle. 1. (Freight Cars.) Figs. 759-760. A U-
shaped iron bar attached to the door, sometimes
horizontally and sometimes vertically. A Sliding
Door Handle, which see, is for passenger cars.
2. (British.) Serves the purpose of an Amer-
ican door knob. An L-shaped brass bar attached
to the outer end of a door spindle, and conveniently
shaped to be grasped by the hand, so that the door
can be opened by a person either inside or outside
the carriage.
3. (Passenger Cars.) Handles for sliding doors.
Figs. 2413-2435.
Door Hanger. 68, Figs. 262-272; 21, Figs. 1329-1337
and Figs. 2654-265S, 1384-1385. A hook-shaped piece
of metal by which a sliding door is suspended at its
top, and which slides on an iron track at the top of
the door. For freight cars they are usually made of
wrought iron, but sometimes of cast iron, or fric-
tion rollers, or sheaves, on which the door rolls.
The name of the more elaborate forms of door
hangers for use in passenger cars is commonly
extended into Car Door Hanger, which see. See
also Anti-Friction Car Door Hanger.
Door Hanger Sheave. Figs. 781-7S2. See Sheave.
Door Hasp. 73, Figs. 262-272, and Figs. 774-776 and
1371-1372. A metal clasp attached to car doors, by
which they are fastened to a staple on the body of
the car. Used chiefly on freight car doors, secured
with a pin or bolt. They are now made of mal-
leable iron and the pin fixed so it cannot be lost.
Padlocks are rarely used on freight cars.
Door Hasp Staple. Figs. 733-734, 1375-1376. A ring or
U-shaped staple over which the slotted part of the
door hasp fits and through which the door pin is
passed.
Door Hinge. 1 See Hinge.
2. (British.) Three brass hinges, upper, middle
and lower, securing the door to the body. These
hinges generally differ slightly to allow for the
curvature or fall-under of the door.
Door Holder. Figs. 2628-2638. A device for holding a
door open or shut. They are also called door stops,
as they are also intended to check momentum of
the door when swung open violently. See Lamp
Case Door Holder, Sliding Door Holder.
Door Holder Catch or Door Holder Stop. Figs. 2628-
2646. A metal bracket attached to the floor (floor
stop) or side (partition stop) of a car, with which
a door holder engages, to hold a door open.
Door Hook. Figs. 2409-2410, 2496-2497. A Sliding Door
Holder, which see.
Door Jamb. 1, Figs. 1329-1337. The side piece or post
of a door case. Also called door post. Not to be
confused with the stiles of the door itself.
Door Knob. Figs. 2503-2557, etc. A ball attached to
the end of the spindle of a door latch to take hold
of in moving the latch or opening the door. The
knob is often made in various peculiar forms, as T
door knob. Fig. 2482.
Door Latch. Figs. 2411-2425. An attachment to a door
to hold it shut. See Latch. A door latch is often
made in combination with a lock, having a separate
bolt and key to secure or fasten the door from the
outside, as in Figs. 2572-2582, etc.
Door Latch Arbor. A Door Latch Spindle, which see.
Door Latch Bolt. See Latch.
Door Latch Hook. Figs. 2411-2427. The part of a
DOO
57
DOO
sliding door latch which engages with the keeper
and holds the door shut.
Door Latch Keeper. Figs. 2399-2402, 2411-2427. Also
called Strike Plate, which see.
Door Latch Rose or Escutcheon. Figs. 2433-2487. A
plate fastened to a door as a guard or bearing for
the spindle. A rose is frequent!}' called a rosette.
See Escutcheon.
Door Latch Rose (Kirby's Door Lock). E and F, Figs.
2480-2481.
Door Latch Spindle. B, Figs. 2450-2481. A small metal
shaft to which the door handle or knob is attached,
and by which the latch is turned.
Door Latch Spring. A spring which acts on the latch
hook or bolt and causes it to engage with its keeper ;
usually made of a flat piece of steel.
Door Light (British). In a carriage, the window in the
door, which in British carriages is lowered to open
it like an omnibus or street car window.
Door Light Bottom Sash Rail or Glass Frame Bottom
Sash Rail (British). The bottom part of the door
window framing.
Door Light Stile or Glass Frame Stile (British). The
upright members of the window framing.
Door Lintel. 90, Figs. 599-610. The horizontal part of
a door casing above the door. It is usually of
wood, but in passenger cars it is sometimes made
of a thin shell of cast iron. See Door Frame.
Door Lock. Figs. 1371-1380, 2413-2584. See Lock. A
Latch, which see, is usually combined with a pas-
senger car door lock.
Door Lock Bolt. See Lock.
Door Lock Keeper or Nosing. See Keeper.
Door Mullion. 2, Figs. 1329-1337. A vertical bar of
wood between the panels of a door. See DOor
Frame, Door Window Mullion.
Door Name Plate. A metal plate on the inside of a
passenger car door with the name of the builder
inscribed on it. The name is now more commonly
painted on.
Door Notice Plates. Figs. 2611-2627. See Saloon Door
Plates.
Door Ornament (Vestibule Doors). Figs. 3985, 3596.
Door Panel. 151, Figs. 599-619; 10 and 11, Figs. 1329-
1337. "A piece of board whose edges are inserted
into the groove of a thicker surrounding frame of
a door." — Webster. They are distinguished as
lower, middle and upper. Any panel, but especially
the lower, is sometimes cut up into two twin
panels by a door mullion, as in Figs. 1329-1331.
Door Panel Batten (British). American equivalent,
furring. In a carriage, a piece which stiffens the
door panel, which is pinned to it.
Door Pillar or Door Stile (British). American equiva-
lent. Door Stile, which see. The outer sides of the
stiles are beveled in a peculiar manner, so as to shut
tight, and the inner sides are grooved to allow the
movement of the window.
Door Pin (Freight Car Doors). A pin used to fasten
a hasp to a staple. Leaden seals are sometimes
attached thereto.
Door Pin Chain. 75, Figs. 305-321. A metal chain by
which a door pin is attached to a car.
Door Plate. Figs. 2611-2627. A notice plate. See
Door Name Plate.
Door Post or Door Jamb. 44, Figs. 262-272; 62, Figs.
599-619. A vertical post which forms the side of a
doorway.
Door Post Plate. Fig. 922. A metal plate laid over the
door post to protect it from damage.
Door Pest Pocket. 44, Figs. 262-272, and Figs. 710-712,
722-724. See Pocket.
Door Pull. Figs. 2440-2441. A D-shaped handle at-
tached to a door' to take hold of in opening or
closing it.
Door Rail. Figs. 1329-1337. A horizontal member or
bar of the framing of a door. The upper one, 4,
is called the top rail; the lower one, 5, the bottom
rail; 6, the middle or lock rail; 7, the parting rail.
Door Rail Bracket (Car Doors). A bracket to carry a
top door rail, serving as a guide for the door. See
Door Track Bracket.
Door Roller. Figs. 2655-2662. Also called a door
sheave. The term door roller is applied to a flat
tread wheel pivoted in a bracket and attached
to the bottom of a door to roll upon a flat surface
rather than a narrow track.
Door Sash. 12 and 13, Figs. 1329-1337. A wooden
frame, containing one or more panes of glass,
placed in a door. In some cases one of these sashes
is made to slide, so that it can be opened for venti-
lation. They are distinguished as lower and upper
door sash. The lower sash is commonly movable
for ventilation and held open by a door sash lift or
bolt entering into a door sash plate.
Door Sash Bolt. Fig. 4583. A metal pin attached to a
sliding door sash to hold it in any desired position.
Door Sash Plate. Fig. 4591. See above.
Door Sheave or Sliding Door Sheave. Figs. 2655-2662.
A small wheel on which a sliding door rolls. It is
usually placed at the top of the door, and some-
times at the bottom also. It is carried in a door
sheave holder. A grooved casting called a door
shoe or door slide is sometimes used as a sub-
stitute on freight car doors, especially when the
load does not rest upon the lower door track. See
also Door Roller.
Door Sheave Transom (Street Cars). A long narrow
panel which is hinged and with a catch so that
access may be had to the car door sheaves and
track.
Door Shoe. 70, Figs. 262-272, and N, Figs. 1399-1406.
See Door Sheave.
Door Sill. 64, Figs. 262-272; 17, Figs. 652-636. A cross
piece attached to the floor on the under side of a
door opening. In car construction the term is usu-
ally applied to an iron plate used under passenger
car doors, and occasionally freight car doors, as
Figs. 857-858.
Door Sill Plate (British). American equivalent, door
sill or door sill plate. A roughened brass wearing
piece placed in the doorway entrance.
Door Slide. See Door Sheave.
Door Spindle. Figs. 2480-2481. The bar passing through
the door which carries the door knobs.
Door Spring. Fig. 2647. An attachment to make doors
self-closing.
Door Stile. 150, Figs. 599-619; 8, Figs. 1329-1337. One
of the two upright pieces on the outer edges of a
Door Frame, which see.
Door Stop. Figs. 793-794, 2639-2646. 1. A peg or block
against which a passenger car door strikes when
opened, often provided with a rubber cushion, es-
pecially for swinging doors. Door holders, which
both stop the door and retain it, are often called
door stops, as Figs. 2504-2515.
2. (Freight Car Sliding Doors.) 71, Figs, 262-
272; 77, Figs. 305-321. Blocks or strips of wood or
iron to restrain excessive motion. They are dis-
tinguished as closed door stop and open door stop.
DOO
58
DRA
Door Threshold Plate. Figs. 923-924; 178, Figs. 652-
656. A plate on the threshold of the door.
Door Track. 65, 66, Figs. 262-272. A metal bar or guide
which supports a sliding door, and upon which it
moves, or by which it is held in its place. They
are either top door tracks or bottom door tracks.
The former usually carry the weight of freight car
doors, which are hung thereon by door hangers.
The lower track serves only as a guide for the door
shoes.
Door Track Bracket. 67. Figs. ii62
An iron or
wooden block fastened to the side of a freight car.
to which a door track is attached, or which holds
a sliding door in its place. See also. Door Rail
Bracket.
Door Wedge (Security Car Door). Figs. 826-827. An
iron wedge on the side of the car to force the door
out tight against the door brackets when closed.
Door Wedge and Clasp. Fig. 4033. A postal car fur-
nishing.
Door Wedge Guide Plate (Security Car Door). Figs.
705-706. A casting in which the door wedge is held.
Door Window Mullion. A middle upright bar in the
door window frame. See Door Frame.
Doorway. The passage or opening formed by a door
casing, which is closed by a door.
Dope. A mixture of waste, oil, and grease, for journal
box packing, which is not fluid.
Double-Acting Spring Hinge. Figs. 2471-2472. A de-
vice to permit a door to open either way and also
to make it self-closing. They are from 2lb to 7
inches in length of flange, 4 inches being the most
usual. They consist in their original form of a
hinge on a hinge, the two opening in opposite direc-
tions. The "Utility" double-acting hinge is much
like an ordinary butt hinge, the tendency to restore
the door to its normal position when opened in
either directions being caused by a spring.
Double Board Roof. See Car Roof. The upper layer
of grooved boards is sometimes laid with the
grooves under, so as to form a kind of tube be-
tween the two layers.
Double Body Bolster. Figs. 1147-1163. A body bolster
for passenger cars mounted on six-wheel trucks,
which is made with two transoms. They are either
built up out of iron plates and bars as in Figs. 1147-
1140, or cast in steel in one piece as in Figs. 1150-
1163.
Double Brace Pocket. Figs. 727-728. See Pocket.
Double Chair. Figs. 4111, 4136, 4137, 4160. A twin car
seat.
Double Circuit System of Car Heating (Consolidated).
Fig. 2S78. One form of the Multiple Circuit Sys-
tem, which see.
Double Coil Draft Spring. Figs. 894-895. See Draft
Spring.
Double Coil Jet System (Gold's Car Heating System).
Fig. 2788. A system of car heating which com-
bines the drum or jacket features with the jet or
commingler system of injecting steam into the hot
water circulation. The steam is first sent through
the inner or steam coil of the double coil in the
Baker heater, and then through an annulus, into
the circulating pipe. The jet is so directed as to
aid the circulation in the pipes. It is claimed to
be noiseless.
Double Coil Nest Spring. A Spiral Spring, which see,
with another inside of it.
Double Deck Stock Car. Figs. 354-355. One with two
floors, or stories, one above the other, for carrying
sheep, hogs, etc. The intermediate floor is called
the upper floor or double deck.
Double Door. 1. A door made in two parts. These are
sometimes fastened together by hinges, so as to
fold back on each other, Fig. 1332, and sometimes
each part is hinged to one of the door posts. Sliding
doors are also' sometimes made in two parts.
2. (Fruit Car.) Doors in pairs, one inside the
other, as in refrigerator cars, etc., are also called
double doors.
Double Elliptic Spring. Figs. 5382-5.383. See Elliptic
Spring.
Double Lip Retaining Ring. (Steel Tired Wheels.)
Figs. 5400-5401. One of the common methods of
attaching a steel tire to the body of the wheel.
Double Lipped Washer. Figs. 729-730.
Double Pressure Retaining Valve. See Pressure Re-
taining Valve.
Double Pipe Clip. Fig, 2754. An iron band made with
two bends for holding two pipes (as heater pipes)
in their place. See Clip.
Double Plate Wheel. Fig. 5440. A cast iron car wheel,
the rim and hub of which are united by two cast
iron plates or disks. \\ heels in which the double
plates extend only part way between the hub and
rim, the connection being made by a single plate,
are often called double plate wheels. See Car
Wheel, Wheel, Washburn Wheel.
Double Ratchet (Morgan's Deck Sash Pivot). Fig.
4505. A pair of radially ribbed disks which engage
with each other in any position, there being no
separate dog or ratchet bolt.
Double Sash Spring. See Sash Spring.
Double Sliding Door Gear. Fig. 2654.
Double Strap Hanger (Bell Cord). See Bell Cord
Hanger.
Double Track Snow Plow. Fig. 249. A push plow
which plows the snow to one side of a track only,
so as not to crowd it upon the other parallel track.
Double Transom Truck. Figs. 4741. A four-wheel pas-
senger truck with two bolsters, designed to give
the same easy-riding qualities as the six-wheel
truck.
Double Truck Center Bolster. Fig. 5066.
Double Washer. A washer that answers for two bolts.
See Twin Washer.
Double Window Blind. The usual form of window
blind. They are made in two parts so as to require
less height when raised. See Window Blind.
Double Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4565, etc. See Win-
Double Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4565, etc. See Win-
Dovetail. "A flaring tenon adapted to fit into a mor-
tise having receding sides so as to prevent the with-
drawal of the tenon in the directions to which it
will lie exposed to strain." — Knight. There are
many forms of dovetail joints.
Draft Bar Slide or Drawbar Slide (Street Cars). A
curved iron bar or sector hung from the crown
piece which supports the coupler end of the draw-
bar and over which it swings.
Draft Beam. Figs. 697-701. 1551. Gould malleable iron
draft beam. A .substitute for draft timbers and
stops, being cast in one piece and bolted on the
inside of the center sills.
Draft Bolt (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). Figs. 1010-1011;
648, Figs. 1886-1935. A draft spring bolt.
Draft Door (Baker Heater). Fig. 2679. A door in the
smoke flue base, automatically opened and closed
by the fire regulator, and by which the tire is regu-
lated.
DRA
59
DRA
Draft Gear. Figs. 1413-1582, 1848-2097. A term used to
designate the apparatus used under a car to dissi-
pate the shocks due to coupling and to provide an
elastic resistance in pulling the car. Strictly speak-
ing, the term draft gear includes only the springs
or friction blocks and other parts enclosed within
the coupler yoke. Draft gear and attachments in-
clude the entire apparatus by which a car is drawn
with the exception of the coupler or drawbar.
Some makers furnish the complete gears including
springs, follower plates, check plates, yoke, etc.
Others only the special castings or parts required,
without springs, bolts or other parts which are
more or less standard. See Friction Draft Gear.
Draft Gear Cheek Casting. A malleable iron casting
which incloses the thimbles or followers and car-
ries the thrust to the draft sills and draft timbers,
to which it is bolted.
Draft Gear Tie Rod. 139. Figs. 341-344. A rod which
connects an end sill or platform end timber with a
body bolster or drawbar cross timber to tie them
together. The term is sometimes applied to the
continuous draft rods that run from one drawbar
to the one at the other end of the car.
Draft Regulator. See Fire Regulator.
Draft Rod. (Continuous Draw Gear). Fig. 921. A rod
which unites two drawbars at opposite ends of a
car, and relieves the draft timber attachments from
strain.
Draft Sills. 26. Figs. 262-272. More commonly. Draft
Timbers, which see. The center sills which trans-
mit the draft stresses from end to end of the car
are sometimes termed the draft sills. When metal
draft members are used the term draft sill is almost
universal^" applied.
Draft Spring. Figs. S19, 894-895. 1. A spring attached
to a Coupler or Drawbar, which see, to give elas-
ticity. They are usually so arranged by means of
follower plates at each end as to resist either ten-
sion or compression. The usual size for draft
springs is 7 or 8 inches in diameter and 8 inches in
length, double coil spiral springs. They have a
capacity of. from 19.000 lbs. to 30,000 lbs.
2. (British.) A long half-elliptic spring reaching
almost entirely across the car. See Fig. 6733.
Draft Spring Cradle Plate (British). A longitudinal
plate in the underframe, which supports the draft
spring.
Draft Spring Pocket. A Drawbar Spring Pocket, which
see.
Draft Spring Stop. A metal sleeve or thimble in the
center of a spiral draft spring to resist excessive
compression. Xot to be confused with a Drawbar
Stop, which see.
Draft Spring Thimble. Figs. 747-748. A projection
riveted to the follower plates and fitting inside the
draft spring to hold it in place.
Draft Timbers. 26. Figs. 262-272, etc.; 31, Figs. 599-619.
A pair of timbers, carrying the drawbar attach-
ments, placed below the center sills, and usually
extending from the platform end timber of pas-
senger cars, or the end sill of freight cars, to the
body bolster. In passenger cars these timbers are
usually the principal supports of the platform. See
Platform Sills and Platform Short Sills. The draft
timber in a tip car is also termed a car perch.
Draft Timber Pocket. A casting attached to the body
bolster or center sills of a car to receive the end
of a draft timber.
Draft Timber Tie Bar. A transverse iron bar attached
to the under sides of a pair of draft timbers to tie
them together.
Drain Cock. Fig. 1284. A Reservoir Drain Cock, which
see.
Drain Cup or Drip Cup (Air Brake). A globular recep-
tacle under a triple valve to collect water of con-
densation.
Drain Plug (Brake Cylinder). 14, Figs. 1267-1268.
(Triple Valve.) 26, Figs. 1233-1234.
Drain Valve (Car Heating). Figs. 2968-2969. A valve
for draining off the water condensed in the steam
pipes where an automatic trap is not used.
Drain Valve Extension Handle (Steam Heating). Figs.
2977-2978.
Drake & Weir's Car Roof. Fig. 19S6. See Car Roofs.
Drapery Curtains. C, Fig. 2204.
Drawbar. 1. (Link and Pin). An open-mouthed bar
at the end of a car, in which the coupling links enter
and are secured by a coupling pin. The)' are pro-
vided with a Draft Spring, which see. to give elas-
ticity to the connection between the cars. Draw-
bars are made either of cast, malleable, or wrought
iron, or cast steel, and in respect to their form are
cither ( 1 ) bolt or spindle drawbars, in which the
draw spring is attached by a bolt passing through
its center; or (2) spring pocket or strap drawbars,
in which the draw spring is inclosed within a yoke
surrounding it. The solid head is a wrought iron
drawbar forged in one piece instead of having a
drawbar face plate riveted on. The drawbar is fre-
quently called draw head, especially cast-iron draw-
bars. With certain coal cars a cheap form of draw-
bar, called a draw hook, is used. In England this
style is almost universal, in combination with plain
links, in freight car service, and with a Screw Coup-
ling, which see, for passenger cars. The drawbar
of the Miller couplers is also very frequently called
a coupling hook. See below.
2. The word drawbar is used indiscriminately to
designate both the old link and pin drawbar and the
modern automatic car coupler. There has been an
effort to confine the name drawbar to the old link
and pin type, but in the proceedings of the M. C.
B. Association, in speaking of the height of draw-
bars, the term is manifestly applied to the M. C. B.
standard automatic coupler. The general adoption
of the word to mean the old link and pin drawbar
is hardh- desirable, if it were possible, for the link
and pin drawbar is a thing of the past. The stand-
ard height of passenger car drawbars adopted in
1890 by the M, C. B. Association is 35 inches from
the top of the rail to center of drawbar, where the
car is light. The standard height of drawbar for
freight cars from level of top of rails to center of
drawbar is 34% inches, adopted in 1893, with no
greater variation than 3 inches, minimum height
31% inches. See Automatic Car Coupler, Coupler
and Car Coupler.
Drawbars, Adjusting Height of ( M. C. B. Standard).
In 189C it was decided that in adjusting the height
of couplers to meet the requirements of the United
States law fixing the height from the top of rail
to center of coupler for standard gage cars in
interstate traffic, cars should be adjusted when
empty, as far as possible. In order to justify a
bill for work done under the Rules of Interchange
an empty car should be adjusted to 34% inches,
or within M inch thereof, and when it is necessary
to alter a loaded car it should be adjusted to 33%
DRA
DRO
inches, or within V4 inch thereof, i r as near as
possible to such height as will bring it to 34%
inches when the car is unloaded.
In 1901 this was changed from Recommended
Practice to Standard, as a result of letter ballot.
Drawbar Attachment iM. C. B. Recommended Prac-
tice). See Attachment of Couplers to Cars.
Drawbar Bolt. An iron bolt or spindle which connects
a drawbar to a draft spring and follower plates.
passing through the center of the spring. A tail
bolt. See Drawbar.
Drawbar Carry Iron. 25 and 201, Figs. 26
-272. 1044;
Figs. S63-864. Often contracted to carry iron or
carrier iron. A U-shaped iron strap bolted to the
under side of the end sill and supporting the outer
end of the drawbar. Also called Stirrup, which see.
I:i 1008 a Recommended Practice was adopted to
use a U-shaped carrier iron for brake shaft bow for
new cars, so that the half-yoke now largely used
would not be extended to new- cars.
Drawbar Centering Devices. Figs. 949-951, 1949-1958.
A number of devices are shown, all of which take
the place of a drawbar carry iron, and are designed
to keep the coupler in the center line of draft while
allowing it to move from side to side in rounding
curves.
Drawbar Follower Guide. Figs. 890-891.
Drawbar Follower Plate. Figs. 850-852, 9(38-970. Two
iron plates which bear against each end of a draft
spring and transmit the tension and compression
on the drawbar to the draft springs and to the
draft timbers.
Drawbar Follower Stop. Figs. 735-737. A casting
bolted or riveted to the sills or draft timbers to act
as a stop to the motion of the follower.
Drawbar Friction Plate (Street Cars"). A cast-iron
plate through which the drawbar passes, attached
to the platform end timber or crown piece, to pro-
tect it from abrasion.
Drawbar Guide. Cast-iron lugs, or wrought plates.
bearing against the sides of draft timbers over the
drawbar to carry iron, to resist lateral strains and
protect the draft timbers from wear. In 1905 the
M. C. B. Association adopted a Recommended
Practice that the total side clearance of the coupler
should be 2% in.
Drawbar Pocket. A Drawbar Spring Pocket, which
see.
Drawbar Pocket Guide. Figs. 790-792. A casting bolted
to the draft timbers and serving as a guide or
chafing plate for the Drawbar Spring Pocket, which
see.
Drawbar Safety Lug. A horn on the upper side of a
drawbar to bear against the end sill or a single
dead block on the end sill, to relieve the draft
spring and attachments from excessive buffing
strain.
Drawbar Sector (Center Draft Draw Gear). A guide or
support for the drawbar, shaped like an arc of a
circle, fastened underneath the platform.
Drawbar Spindle or Stem. The iron drawbar bolt
which passes through the center of the draw spring
and follower plates. A tail bolt.
Drawbar Spring Pocket. Figs. 954-955. The space at
the back end of a spring pocket or strap drawbar
which receives the draft springs and follower plates.
Drawbar Stem. A Drawbar Bolt or Tail Bolt, which
see.
Drawbar Stirrup. A Drawbar Carry Iron, which see.
Drawbar Stop. A casting which limits the movements of
tlie drawbar follower.-, bolted to the draft timbers.
The castings for the drawbar stop are sometimes
made long enough to bear against the body bolster,
or a tilling block is interposed between it and the
drawbar, thus relieving lugs and bolts of strain.
Drawbar Yoke. Figs. 858-859. The yoke or strap
pocket that inclose- the draft spring and is bolted
to the end of the drawbar is called a yoke. In 1905
the M. C. B. Association adopted as Recommended
Practice the design of yoke shown in Fig. 5779.
See Attachment of Couplers to Cars.
Draw Chain (British). See Wagon Coupling.
Draw Head. The head ot an M. C. B. coupler, exclu-
sive of the knuckle, knuckle pin and lock. See also
Drawbar Head.
Draw-Off Cock (Baker Heater). Fig. 2767. A cock
attached to the pipe. R, for emptying the pipes. It
is a Combination Cock, which see.
Draw Spring. Sec Draft Spring.
Draw Timbers. See Draft Timbers.
Drawer Pull. Fig. 3775. A wooden or metal attach-
ment on a drawer to take hold of in pulling it out.
In postal cars they are combined with label hold-
ers. Fig. 4038.
Drawing Room. A small room or compartment in a
drawing room car. See State Room.
Drawing Room Car. A term at one time applied to
Parlor Cars, which see, but now usually restricted
to certain types of sleeping cars which have one or
more separate compartments or drawing rooms
containing a double-berth section and a sofa or
lounge, in addition to which they are usually sup-
plied with a private toilet. (Electric Cars.) Figs.
6227-6228.
Dressing Room. Another name for a saloon, especially
one provided with wash bowl and toilet facilities.
The ladies' saloon of sleeping and parlor cars is
commonly so fitted.
Drilling. A term used for Switching, which see. or
making up trains. Regulating is another term
sometimes used. The British term for this is mar-
shaling or shunting.
Drip Coupling or Basin Coupling (Wash Basin). Figs.
3644-3645. The connection of the waste pipe or
drip pipe with the basin.
Drip Cup (Air Brake). A receptacle inserted in the
brake pipe of each car to receive water condensing
therein. A drain cup.
Drip Dish or Drip Pan (Refrigerator Car). A dish or
pan at one corner or end oi the car for receiving
the water from the melting ice. usually permitting
it to escape by a Trap, which see.
Drip Tray. Fig. 4065. An enameled piece of sheet iron
placed directly under the seat of a closet, and over
the bowl
Driving Chain (Steam Shovel). A pitch chain, used to
make the steam shovel self-propelling, by engaging
with the pitch gear attached to one of the axles.
Driving Gear (Lever Hand Car). 4. 5. Figs. 6207-6209.
It consists of the spur wheel, or gear wheel, and
pinion.
Drop (of Lamp). The drop of a center lamp is its
extreme length, measured from the ceiling to the
lowest part of the lamp.
Drop Bottom. See Drop Door.
Drop Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 37-38, 376-378, 392-
410, 416-427. A car so constructed that its con-
tents can he readily unloaded through the bottom
by means of drop doors.
A distinction is sometimes made between hop-
DKO
61
DUS
per bottom cars, which will discharge nearly all
their contents without assistance, on opening the
drop doors, and a drop bottom car, which will not
do this.
Drop Door. 61, Figs. 428-431 and Figs. 964-980. A
door at the bottom of a drop bottom or hopper
bottom car for unloading it quickly by allowing the
load to fall through the opening. Drop doors are
usually, if not invariably, in pairs, and are sup-
ported by a drop door chain wound upon a wind-
ing shaft. A drop door beam extends across the
car above the winding shaft to assist in supporting
it and to stiffen the car. The subject of drop doors
has received a great deal of attention of inventors,
and numerous designs and devices have been
patented, yet the original drop door with winding
shaft and chain is in very general use.
Drop Door Beam. See Above.
Drop Door Chain. 64, Figs. 428-431. An iron chain
attached to the Winding Shaft and the Drop Doors,
which see. Also termed hopper chain.
Drop Door Chain Ring. 65. Figs. 474-500. An iron
ring to which are fastened the single chain passing
around the door winding shaft and the two chains
which are attached to eye bolts in each of the
double drop doors.
Drop Door Eye Bolt. 63, Figs. 474-500. An iron bolt
with an eye in the upper end which is fastened to a
drop door near the edge away from the hinge and
to which is secured the drop door chain.
Drop Door Gear. Figs. 1056-1076.
Drop Door Hinge. 62, Figs. 428-431. The straps of
iron which support one side of the drop door and
from which it hangs wdien dropped.
Drop End (for Gondola Cars). Figs. 39, 960-963. The
end planks are tied together by heavy iron straps
forming an end door and are hinged at the bottom
so that the}' may be dropped to the floor of the
car when loading long lumber, rails, etc.
Drop Forging. One made under a hammer which is
raised by power and drops by gravity with the
use of a die.
Drop Letter Box Plate. Fig. 4020. A Letter Drop,
which see.
Drop Table. A table hinged to the wall so as to drop
against it out of the way when desired.
Drop Test Machine (M. C. B. Recommended Prac-
tice). Fig. 6024. In 1900 the drop testing machine
w-as modified, and a further modification made in
1901, 1903 and 1904.
Drum. 1. "A cylinder over which a belt or band passes.
2. "A chamber of a cylindrical form used in heat-
ers, stoves and flues. It is hollow and thin, and
generally forms a mere casing, but in some cases,
as steam drums, is adapted to stand considerable
pressure." — Knight. See Circulating Drum or Ex-
pansion Drum (Baker Heater).
3. (Hoisting Gear.) The main cylinder upon
which the hoisting rope is rolled up. The spur
wheel is carried on the same shaft.
Drum Controller, Electric. Fig. 6406.
Drum Cover. 1. (Baker Heater.) Fig. 2675. A sheet
iron covering for the circulating drum on the out-
side of the car.
Drum Shaft (of a Derrick or Crane). The shaft on
which the winding drum is carried.
Drum Support (Baker Heater). A bracket on the roof
to hold the circulating drum.
Drum Systems of Car Heating. This method of heat-
ing employs a hot water circulation within the car,
to which a Baker or other similar heater is attached.
To provide a means for maintaining heat in the
car when steam from the locomotive is used, a
drum is employed to transfer the heat of the steam
to the water of circulation. Simple forms of drums
consist simply of a cylinder or pipe within another
pipe of larger cross section, provision being made
for the unequal expansion of the pipes, and outlet
and inlet orifices being provided for the circulation
of the steam and water.
Another type is the coil drum or coil jacket,
which generallv consists of a large sized pipe or
casting capped at both ends
In this drum is
placed a coil of copper pipe, wdiich coil is made a
part of the hot water circuit within the car. Steam
from the locomotive is admitted to this drum
around the copper coil, through which heat is im-
parted to the water of circulation. That part of
the circuit above this drum becoming relatively
lighter than the water of the circuit, a movement
of the circulating medium is produced, creating a
steady flow up through the coil. The amount of
heat communicated to the circulating medium de-
pends upon the surface of the coil and upon its
conductive power to heat. A pressure of from 10
to 20 pounds of steam is carried in the drum.
Dry Closet. Figs. 4045-4048, 4050. A closet, so called
in distinction from a water closet, which is not
flushed with water.
Duck. A cotton fabric, lighter and finer than canvas,
for use in car upholstery. It is usually manufac-
tured in rolls IS, 24 and 40 inches wide and about
4i> yards long. Roofing duck (used for street car
roofs) is manufactured of many different widths
up to 12 feet, so as to entirely cover the roof when
desired.
Dudgeon's Hydraulic Jack. Figs. 3878-3885, 3891. A
jack with a base and head and two cylinders, one
cylinder sliding within another. To the inner one
i which is termed the ram) is attached the head,
Inning a socket to receive the lever which operates
the force pump in the lower end of the ram; the re-
maining space is the reservoir containing the liquid,
which when forced into the lower chamber causes.
(he ram to rise, and to lower when allowed to re-
turn through the lower valve and back passages,
which are operated by the same lever.
Duff Ratchet Screw Jack. Figs. 3873 and 3876.
Dummy Coupling. Fig. 1288. A casting of the same
shape as a hose coupling, attached to the car, into
which the coupling may be hooked and prevent dirt
and debris getting in the brake pipe, as well as to
prevent the coupling being damaged when hanging
down.
Dump Car. A term used to designate both Drop Bot-
tom, Side Dump and Tip Cars, which see.
Duner Water Closet. Figs. 4050, 4053.
Dunham Drop Door Gear. Figs. 1065-1072.
Duplex Air Gage (Air Brake). Figs. 1278-1279. A
gage to register simultaneously on the same dial
the main reservoir pressure and brake pipe pres-
sure. For this purpose a red hand for the reservoir
and black hand for brake pipe pressures are pro-
vided.
Duplex Ventilator. Fig. 4424. See Ventilators.
Duplicate Elliptic Spring. A Double Elliptic SprH;,
which see.
Dust Arrester (of Pintsch Gas Pressure Regulator). A
cavity closed at each end by a perforated plate to
DUS
ELE
prevent dust entering to clog the regulating valve.
Dust Collar. A grooved wrought iron ring, sometimes
hut not generally placed on a car axle between the
hub of the wheel and the journal to receive and
hold a dust guard.
Dust Guard. Figs. 5299-5300, 5307-5308, 4968-4975. A
thin piece of wood, leather, felt, asbestos or vul-
canized fiber inserted in the dust guard chamber at
the back of a journal box. and fitting closely
around the dust guard bearing of the axle. It is
to exclude dust and prevent the escape of oil and
waste. Sometimes called axle packing or box
packing.
Dust Guard Bearing i.Vxle). See above.
Dust Guard Chamber (Journal Box). See above.
Dust Guard Spring Holder. Fig. 4658. See Window
Dust Guard or Deflector.
Dutchman. A block or wedge of wood driven into a
crevice to hide the consequences of bad fitting in
construction. A kind of shim.
Dynamo (Electric Car Lighting). Figs. 3368-3369,3402-
3418, 3427-3429. The machine for generating an
electric current, driven by a belt from the car axle
or by an engine or steam turbine mounted in the
baggage car.
Dynamometer Car. Figs. 261. 593-595. A car built
somewhat after the style of a caboose in which is
mounted apparatus for observing and recording
the drawbar pull of locomotives or train.-. The
draw gear is of special design, intended to be at-
tached in some one of a number of ways to the re-
cording devices in the car. but in other respects the
car closely resembles a caboose. Sleeping quarters
are usually provided for the observers.
E
Ear. A general name for projections to which handles
or other exterior parts are attached, but more es-
pecially applicable to projections intended for
movable attachments. See Ear Bail, below.
Ear Bail (Lanterns). Fig. 3618. An attachment formed
of wire connected with the wire guard, to which
the bail is attached instead of to the body of the
lantern.
Earthen Hopper. Fig. 4056.
Eastman Heater Car. See Heater Car.
Eaves Fascia Board. 1. (Freight Cars.) 91. Figs. 262-
272. A plain board connecting the sheathing with
the roof.
2. (Passenger Cars.) 93, Figs. 025-656. A pro-
jecting board on the outside of the lower deck,
immediately under the eaves, which comes below
and under the eaves molding.
Eaves Molding. 1. (Freight Cars.) A plain strip some-
times used outside an Eaves Fascia Board, which
see.
2. (Passenger Cars.) 03, Figs. 500-619. An or-
namental finish to the exterior angle of the lower
deck, outside of and above the eaves fascia board.
A similar deck eaves molding is used for the upper
deck.
Eccentric Pivot Plate (for Seat Arms). A seat arm
pivot plate, made eccentric only to get room for
screw holes. The eccentricity has no functional
purpose.
Eckert Iron Water Closet. Fig. 4049.
Edward's Automatic Window Sash Balance. Figs.
4660-4664.
Edward's Vestibule Trap Door. Figs. 2264-2271. A
trap door mechanism for wide vestibules by which
the door is forced up when the catch is released
by a spring in the hinge. The catch is operated
by a foot latch extending up into the vestibule.
By pressing down on the latch the catch is re-
leased, and further pressure forces the door up out
of the frame in case it sticks and the spring will
not operate it.
Egg-Shaped Stove. A stove resembling an egg in form.
It is commonly known simply as a cast iron stove,
and is very largely used for cabooses, etc., where
appearance is not important.
Eight- Wheel Car. The standard type of American roll-
ing stock, consisting of a car body carried upon
two Trucks or Car Trucks (which seel of four
wheels each. Sleeping, parlor and dining cars are
usually twelve-wheeled.
Ejector. Fig. 6700. An appliance for operating a
vacuum brake by exhausting or "ejecting" air. It
consists essentially of a pipe placed in the center
of a surrounding shell or casing, with an annular
opening, between the pipe and the casing. \\ hen
the current of steam is admitted at the lower end
and escapes at the upper end, the air in the casing
is drawn out through the annular opening by the
current of the escaping steam. The space is con-
nected by a pipe with the appliances on the cars
for operating the brakes. Suitable valves are also
used in connection with the ejector to shut off and
admit steam and air. A muffler is used to render
noiseless the escaping steam. It consists simply
of a box of small round balls, like shot, through
which the steam must pass to escape. In the latest
type a combination ejector is used having two
ejector pipes, one a small one. which is kept in
action continuously to maintain the vacuum in the
brake pipe, and a large one for use in quickly re-
leasing the brakes after a stop.
Elastic Fiber Journal Packing. A compound, princi-
pally of cocoanut fiber mixed with jute, to serve as
a substitute for waste. It is lighter, cheaper, and
claimed to be more effective.
Elastic Wheel. Any car wheel in which some elastic
material is interposed between the tire and the
wheel center or hub to resist the concussions. Dif-
ferent substances have been used, such as paper,
wood, india rubber, oakum, etc.. but such wheels
are not now in extended use. In Great Britain
teak wood centers are still used.
Elbow. Figs. 2771, 2778, 3069. A short L-shaped cast
iron tube for uniting the ends of two pipes, gener-
ally at right angles to each other.
Elbow Catch.
Elbow Rail (British"). In a carriage, a part of the
body framing running horizontally along the sides
at about the height of the elbow of a passenger in
a sitting position.
Elbow Rest (British). See Arm Rest, Side Arm Rest.
Electric Bulbs. Figs. 3165-3172.
Electric Car. An Electric Motor Car, which see.
Electric Car Heating Apparatus (Consolidated and
Gold's). Figs. 3013-3041. Both of these systems
take current from the motor circuit and pass it
through resistance coils placed under the seats or
alongside the car. These coils or heaters are shown
in Figs. 3013-3023 and 3029-3038. Regulating
switches serve to control the heat output. Plans
of wiring the cars are shown in Figs. 3024-3026.
Electric Car Lighting. Figs. 3365 -3.", 48. There are a
number of distinct systems of electric car lighting
in limited use. These are the Axle Light System,
ELE
63
END
which see; the storage battery system, using bat-
teries charged to last the entire run of the car or
train; the auxiliary electric installations in the bag-
gage car using live steam from the locomotive to
drive a reciprocating engine or steam turbine which
is connected to a dynamo supplying all the lights
in the train. This latter system is in use on the
limited trains between New York and Chicago and
on some other trains in this country. The axle
light system, which allows the independent opera-
tion of each car. is rapidly coming into use.
Electric Heater. See Electric Car Heating.
Electric Lamps. Figs. 3490-3548.
Electric Motor. Figs. 6290-6318, 6273-6375. A machine
for transforming electric energy into mechanical
motion; as applied to the propulsion of cars, it
consists of a rotating armature within an enclosed
steel magnet frame usually of a box shape. The
whole is mounted on the truck and motion trans-
mitted to the car by means of a pinion on the arma-
ture shaft and a gear on the car axle. All standard
railway motors are series wound and operate at a
voltage of from 500 to 600.
Electric Motor Car. Figs. 6245-6254, 6286-6289. A car
which is propelled by an electric motor, which is
carried on the axle and truck and is geared to the
axle and wheels.
Electric Pump Governor. Figs. 1241-1247, 1298-1299. An
adjunct to the electrically driven air compressor,
designed to open or close automatically the motor
circuit when the air pressure in the reservoir ex-
ceeds or falls below certain predetermined limits;
these limits are usually 95 and 80 pounds for auto-
matic brake service and 65 and 50 pounds for
straight-air brake equipments. Its function is to
maintain the air pressure in the main reservoir
within the limits specified.
Electric Shovel. Fig. 253. A power shovel operated
by electric motor winches instead of steam hoist-
ing engines. Similar in every other respect to a
Steam Shovel, which see.
Electric Snow Sweeper. Figs. 6256-6257.
Electric Motor Truck. Figs. 6433-6459.
Electric Train Line Coupler (Electric Car Lighting)
Fig. 3398. A device somewhat like a steam or air
brake hose coupler which is used to connect the
electric light circuits on adjoining cars. It is placed
under the platform floor and is coupled by hand,
but it uncouples automatically in case the train
parts.
Electric Traveling Crane. Fig. 6855.
Electrolier. Fig. 3592. A chandelier of electric lights.
Elevated Car. Fig. 6220. An electric motor car for
use on elevated railways in large cities.
Ell. Fig. 2771. See Elbow.
Elliptic Spring. Figs. 5372-5383. A spring of elliptical
form made of two sets of parallel steel plates of
constantly decreasing length. Such springs are
generally used for bolster springs for passenger
cars. Their use in freight service has been prac-
tically abandoned in favor of spiral springs. Half
elliptic springs are for locomotive springs. In
Great Britain they are almost the only hearing
springs used, and are also used as Draw Springs
and Buffing Springs, which see.
The set of elliptic springs is the total amount of
>end or compression of which the spring is capable.
The arch differs from half the set by the amount of
*he thickness of the spring band. The connection
between the two halves of the elliptic spring at its
extremities is termed the scroll. Elliptic springs
in service are termed double or duplicate, triplets
or triplicate, quadruple, quintuple, sextuple, etc.,
according to the number of springs used side by
side and connected by a single eye bolt so as to
constitute practically one spring. In passenger car
service elliptic springs are usually triplicates, quad-
ruples or quintuples. The length of the spring is
the distance from center to center of scrolls when
unloaded; and the height, the height over all un-
loaded.
Emergency Candle Lamp. Fig. 3585. See Candle
Lamp.
Emergency Knuckles. Figs. 1796-1797.
Emergency Tool Box. T, Figs. 648-651. See Tool
Box.
Emergency Valve (General Electric). Figs. 1311-1314.
Emergency Valve (Triple Valve) . 10, Fig. 1233. See
Triple Valve.
Emergency Valve Nut (Triple Valve). 28, Fig. 1233.
Emergency Valve Piston (Triple Valve). 8, Fig. 1233.
Emergency Valve Piston Packing Ring (Triple Valve).
30. Figs. 1130-1131.
Emergency Valve Seat (Triple Valve). 9, Fig. 1233.
Emigrant Sleeping Car. A cheaply finished car, in
other respects similar to ordinary sleepers, for the
use of emigrants. Now used chiefly on the long
runs west of Chicago, and to some extent used for
ordinary travel, especially by parties of excursion-
ists. See Tourist Sleeping Car.
Empire Deck. A form of roof extensivel}- used in pas-
senger car construction in which the lower deck
is curved and the upper deck is also curved. Doubl"
deck sash, usually half elliptic, as shown in Figs.
4162-4163 are used and the upper deck is vaulted
over each deck window.
End Arch Rail (British). American equivalent, end
plate. A piece of timber run across the upper por-
tion of the end of the body, its upper side being
cut to the curve of the roof which it supports.
End Ascending Step ^British). See Ascending Rail.
End Belt Rail. 50. Figs. 262-272. (Freight Car.) A
timber running across the end of a car bod\r about
midway between the sills and plate, and with the
side belt rail forming a continuous girth around
the car except across the doors. It is usually the
top of the inside lining and is framed into the
posts and braces. See End Girth.
End Belt Rail Truss Rod. 51. Figs. 262-272. An iron
rod parallel to and alongside of the end belt rail to
keep the posts drawn tight and close against the
end belt rail.
End Board (British). American equivalent, end plank.
A plank in the end of a "goods wagon" or gondola
car.
End Brace. 35. Figs. 262-272, etc.; 51. Figs. 648-651.
See Body Brace.
End Brace Pocket. 35. Figs. 262-272. etc. See Pocke*-,
End Brace Rod. 34. Figs. 262-272. See Brace Rod.
End Carline. A Carline, which see. at the end of a car
body. See also End Plate, Platform Roof End
Carline.
End Chute Plank. The planking of an inclined floor
of a car which discharges its load longitudinally
from the end toward the middle of a car, or vice
versa. See End Slope.
End Compression Beam (Passenger Car Framing). A
timber directly above the sills over the body bol-
ster against which the compression beam brace and
the end counterbrace abut. The compression beam
END
64
END
proper is situated at the middle of the car directly
under the window sills. The end compression beam
is sometimes omitted.
End Counterbrace (Passenger Car Framing'). More
commonly, simply counterbrace. A brace in the
side of a car body, between its ends and the body
bolster. See Counterbrace.
End Door (Box Cars). 1. A door frequently applied to
afford means for the insertion of long pieces of
freight or lumber that cannot be entered by the
main side doors.
2. (Refrigerator Cars.) tile. Figs. 305-321.
End Doors (Passenger Car). Figs. 1326-1328, 1334. The
door in the end of the car.
End Door Locks. Figs. 2503-2539. etc. See Locks.
End Door Sash Bolt. Fig. 4583, etc. See Sash Bolt.
End Door Sash Lift. Fig. 4588. See Sash Lift.
End Frame (of a Car Body). Figs. 691-693. The frame
which forms the end of a car body. It includes the
posts, braces, end rail, end girth, etc.
End Fascia Board. 90, Figs. 262-272. A plain board
on the end of a car covering the upper ends of the
sheathing boards and extending to the roof line.
End Girth. 50, Figs. 262-272, 341-344. A girth in the
end of a box car. An end belt rail.
End Girth Tie Rod. A rod extending across the end
of a freight car body along the end girth, from one
corner post to the other. An end belt rail tie rod.
End Grab Iron. See Grab Iron.
End Half Longitudinal (British). American equivalent,
intermediate sill. A part of the underfrarhing ex-
tending from the cross bearer to the headstock.
End Hook (Bell Cord). Fig. 2310. A hook sometimes
used on the ends of passenger cars, high up under
the platform roof, for fastening the end of the bell
cord to.
End Lamp Iron (British). American equivalent, tail
light holder. A wrought iron holder secured to the
sole bar or the end of the body in order to carry
one of the colored signal or tail lamps, denoting
the last vehicle of the train. See also Side Lamp
Iron.
End Muntin (British). See End Stanchion.
End Panel. 1. A panel at the end and on the outside
of a passenger or street car below the window. In
street cars distinguished as lower and upper, both
under the window. In passenger cars distinguished
as end window panel, alongside of the window, and
end panel, below it.
2. (British.) A panel in the outside end of the
body of a carriage, extending from the arch rail to
the bottom end piece.
End Piece (Wooden Truck Frame). 17, Figs. 4771-
4777 and Figs. 4788-4795. A transverse timber or
bar of iron by which the ends of the two wheel
pieces of a truck frame are connected together. A
crooked end piece is one cut away on top to clear
the draw gear. The inside end piece is the one
nearest the center of the car, in distinction from
the outside end piece. They are frequently desig-
nated as the front and back end piece.
End Piece Corner Plate (Passenger Trucks). 130, Figs.
4771-4777 and Figs. 4888-4890. See Truck Frame
Corner Plate.
End Piece Plate. Fig. 4829. A top and bottom plate
for the end piece of a passenger truck. Also side
plates bolted to the end piece to further stiffen
it. Figs. 4837 and 4841.
End Pillar (British). An upright post in the end of the
ear body.
End Plank (of a Gondola Car). The planks in the end
of the car body. They are often hinged to the car
floor so as to drop down upon it, when they are
called drop ends.
End Plate. 48. Figs. 262
A timber across the
end and tops of the end posts of a car body which
is fastened to the two side plates. It is usually
made of the proper form to serve as an end car-
line.
End Plate Strengthening Angle. An angle iron bolted
or lag-screwed to the top of the end plate between
the side plates to strengthen the end plate and the
connection between the sides.
End Play. 1. (Of an Axle.) The movement, or space
left for movement, endwise.
2. (.Of a Truck Bolster.) Usually called lateral
motion. See Swing Bolster.
End Post. 1. (Box Cars.) 42b, Figs. 262-272. The ver-
tical members in the end body framing between the
corner posts.
2. (Hopper Cars.) 47, Figs. 474-477. A vertical
support for the overhang of the hopper floor, rest-
ing on the end sill. Ladder rounds are usualljr se-
cured to the two end posts in the center.
End Post Reinforcement. Figs. 1045-1047.
End Post. An upright post in the end framing of a
car body. See Vestibule End Post.
End Rafter. A term erroneously applied to the End
Carlines, which see.
End Rail. 1. See Wainscot End Rail (Lower and
Upper).
2. (British.) A part of the body framing run-
ning horizontally across the end of the vehicle.
See Side Rail.
End Roof Panel. The panel above the end door and
below the clear story.
End Scroll Iron (British). A wrought iron support
for the spring link adjusting screw. The upper face
is attached to the under side of the sole bar. and
the lower part is bored horizontally for the ad-
justing screw. It is placed near the end of the
vehicle, and hence differs somewhat in pattern
from the ordinary scroll iron.
End Seat Panel (Street Car). An inside panel at the
end of a longitudinal or side seat. See Panel.
End Sill.
262-27:
599-619. The transverse
member of the underframe of a car framed across
the ends of all the longitudinal sills. In wooden
underframe cars a heavy timber approximately
square in cross-section and in steel underframe
cars either a channel or a pressed plate. If the sill
projects out beyond the end sheating of the body
it is known as an outside end sill. If it is framed
flush with the sheating it is usually termed an
inside end sill. In passenger cars the end sill comes
directly under the end door, the Platform (which
see) with its various parts usually being a separate
construction. The British equivalent is Head Stock.
End Sill and Plate Tie Rod. 54, Figs. 648-651. A tie
rod joining the end sill with the end plate.
End Sill Brackets (of Steel Frame Cars). L-shaped
angle plates used to connect the longitudinal sills
and the end sill. In bridge building such plates
are termed brackets. When of triangular section
they are termed Gussets, which see.
End Sill Diagonal Brace. 195, Figs. 262-272; 11, Figs.
496-500. A horizontal brace extending from the
corners of the end sill diagonally back to or beyond
the bolster at the center sills.
End Sill Flitch Planks. The planks or sticks of timber
END
EXA
which are placed on the sides or between the flitch
plates, and are part of a composite end sill.
End Sill Flitch Plates. The iron or steel plates sand-
wiched between the wood members of a composite
end sill.
End Sill Plate. Figs. 996-997. An iron or steel plate
bolted on the face of the end sill of some passenger
cars to give added strength.
End Sill Stiffening Angle (Pullman Anti-Telescoping
Device). A %x3x4-inch angle riveted or bolted to
the end sill stiffening plate and to the end sill on
the inside. The inner body truss rods pass through
it, the end sill and the truss rod washer plate.
End Sill Stiffening Plate (Pullman Anti-Telescoping
Device). A 'Js-inch iron plate, about 20 inches wide
in the middle by 12 inches at the ends, bolted on
on the under side of the end sill and to the under
side of the center, intermediate, and side sills.
End Sill Tie Rod. 10a, Figs. 496-500. An iron rod pass-
ing through the end sill and the bolster to tie the
two together.
End Slope (Hopper Car). C, Figs. 428-431; 27a, Figs.
474-500. The sloping floor from the end of the
car to the hopper door. See Side Slope and Hop-
per Slope.
End Stanchion or End Muntin (British). An upright
bar or post at the end of a wagon, stiffening the
end against shocks in switching.
End Step (Journal Box). A metal block inserted upon
the inside of the lid to take up the end thrust of
the axle where no collar is used. See Stop Key
Journal Bearing.
End Timber. See Platform End Timber or Buffer
Beam; also End Sill.
End Train Pipe Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2826-
2843, 2856-2887, 2889. A valve in the tram steam
pipe at the end of the car by which the entire car
may be cut out. Usually operated by an exten-
sion handle extending up to the platform or out to
the side of the car.
End Truss Plank. See Truss Plank.
End Ventilator. An aperture for the admission or
escape of air at the end of a car. usually placed
over the windows. See also Deck End Ventilator.
End Ventilator Opener. See Deck Sash Opener.
End Wainscot Panel. See Wainscot Panel.
End Window Panel. A panel at the end and on the
outside of a passenger car along side the window,
in distinction from the end panel proper, which is
below the window. See Panel.
Equalizer. 1. A short term for an Equalizing Bar,
which see.
2. (Pullman Vestibule.) A bar in the hood of
a platform which equalizes the pressure of the two
upper face plate springs and keeps the opposing
face plates together in contact, so as to maintain
frictional contact and exclude dust and smoke.
Equalizer Block. See Brake Equalizer Block.
Equalizer Connecting Chain (Pullman Vestibules).
Three links of a chain connecting the upper ends
of the vertical equalizing levers with the ends of
the horizontal equalizing lever.
Equalizer Spring. 79. Figs. 4771-4777. A spring which
rests on an equalizing bar and carries the weight
of a car. Single or double coil spiral springs are
generally used for this purpose. Rubber and volute
springs are out of use.
Equalizer Spring Block (Passenger Trucks). ~i<\ Figs.
4780-4783. A casting bolted to the wheel piece
which rests on the equalizer spring cap.
Equalizer Spring Cap. 72, Figs. 4771-4777, and Figs.
4802-48(14. A casting on top of the spring, which
bears against the under side of the wheel piece and
holds the spring in its place.
Equalizer Spring Seat. 73. Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs.
4805-4807. A casting wdiich sets on an equalizing
bar and on which the spring rests. See Spring
Plate.
Equalizer Strap. See Brake Equalizer Strap.
Equalizing Bar (Passenger Car Trucks). 71, Figs. 4..1-
4777; F'gs. 4825-4826, etc. Commonly abbreviated
into equalizer. A wrought iron bar which bears
on top of the journal boxes and extends longitudi-
nally from one to the other. Equalizer springs rest
on it between the two boxes. It is used to trans-
fer part of the weight on one axle to the other, and
thus equalize it on both; hence its name.
Equalizing Bar Pedestal (Four-Wheel Caboose Cars).
A casting serving to give a fulcrum to the center
of a lever, called an equalizing lever which dis-
tributes the weight of the car evenly on the two
axles.
Equalizing Bar Seat. The surface on top of a journal
box on which an equalizer rests. See Equalizer.
Equalizing Brake Lever. A Floating Lever, which see.
The center brake lever is also, with little propriety,
so called.
Equalizing Lever. An Equalizing Bar, which see. A
floating brake lever is also called an equalizing
lever.
Escutcheon. 1. Figs. 2503-2551, etc. A plate or guard
for a keyhole of a lock. Similar plates for the
holes through wdiich door knob spindles pass are
also called escutcheons, but more commonly rose
or rosette. An escutcheon plate is often attached
to an escutcheon to cover the key hole.
2. (Yale Lock.) A revolving post provided with
holes to carry the pins, which act as tumblers.
When the key with corrugated edge is inserted
each of these tumblers is raised so that the joint
conies exactly at the edge of the escutcheon, thus
permitting revolution.
Escutcheon Plate. See Escutcheon.
Examination of Car Inspectors. In 1902 the following
rules for examination of car inspectors were
adopted as a Recommended Practice of the M. C.
B. Association:
Requirements:
One year at oiling cars.
Two years at car repairing.
Age limit for new men, thirty years.
Age limit for promoted men, forty years.
Vision. 20-20 in one eye and not less than 20-40
in the other, without glasses.
Method of Testing — Acuity of Vision. — The test
card should be hung in a good light and the party
to be examined should, if possible, be seated with
his back to the window-. Each eye should be ex-
amined separately, using, for the purpose, of ex-
cluding one eye, a folded handkerchief. The lowest
line that can be read should be determined by ex-
posing only one letter at a time through a hole cut
in a strip of cardboard. In making out the report
in each case, the visual acuity of each eye should
be denoted by a fraction of which the numerator
represents the number of feet at which the appli-
cant is seated from the card, while the denominator
represents the number of feet at which the lowest
line which can be read should be read. Thus, if at
20 feet he reads the line marked 20 feet, his vision
EXA
615
EXT
is 20-20 or 1, which is the normal standard. If at
the same distance he only can read the line marked
70 feet, his vision is 20-70. If at 20 feet he reads the
15-foot line, the vision is 20-15, or more than nor-
mal. If a room 20 feet long cannot be used, a test-
ing distance of 15 or 10 feet should be employed, in
which case normal vision would be represented by
15-15 or 10-10, respectively, and lower grades of
vision by such fractions as 15-20. 10-70 and so on.
Field of Vision.— Test should be made my having
the applicant and examiner stand about three feet
apart, each with one eye shut, looking each other
steadily in the eye. The examiner should then
bring his hand in from the edge of the field toward
the center of the space between them, until the
applicant sees it coming. This should be done from
different directions, up, down and from each side.
The applicant should see the hand coming about
as soon as the examiner does. If not, this should
be noted on the report.
Hearing. — Test should be made in a quiet room.
First, the examiner should hold the watch opposite
the ear to be examined not less than 48 inches
distant, then gradually approach the ear until the
applicant hears the tick, the stop being used to
satisfy the examiner that the applicant is not de-
ceiving. The distance at which the applicant hears
the watch should be noted in inches. The normal
ear should hear the tick of the watch at 48 inches.
Then the hearing power will be denoted by a frac-
tion whose numerator represents the number of
inches at which the watch is heard. Thus, if he
hears the watch at 48 inches, his hearing is 48-48,
or normal. If he hears it at only 10 inches distant,
his hearing is 10-48, and so on.
Color. — The committee does not think it essential
that inspectors should be rejected on account of
imperfect color sense. It is, however, believed that
inspectors should be tested as to their color sense
so that they, as well as their employer, may know
their condition in this respect.
Educational. — The applicant should be able to
write a leg'ble hand in English, and also to read
manuscript matter as well as printed matter.
Car Knowledge. — The inspectors should be able
to name each part of the car in general use, in
preference using M. C. B. dictionary terms.
M. C. B. Rules. — Inspectors must pass a satisfac-
tory examination on M. C. B. Rules, answering
seventy-five per cent of the questions submitted.
These questions should be of about the following
character:
1. What are the Master Car Builders' Rules?
2. What is the object of the M. C. B. Rules?
3. What is the underlying idea or principle of
these rules?
4. When is a company, operating the cars of
another company, responsible for defects of such
cars?
5. When a company is thus responsible, -what
should it do? • -"IO "'-'fI° S"'aoq
6. What care should ■be°$r?gh ^6 c¥6&ignr,icars
by the company hauling1' them?1'1
7. What cars must be accepted in interchange?
8. What is a defect card and how is it used?
9. Under what conditions is a road obliged to
accept a car which is carded for defects for which
the owner is not responsible?
10. What are the defects of wheels and axles
for which owners and delivering companies are re-
sponsible?
11. Describe the form and use of the M. C. B.
wheel gage.
12. What are the rules which apply to the
cleaning of triple valves and cylinders?
13. What does the limit of height of drawbars
mean?
14. When a company is obliged to make im-
proper repairs, what must it do to call attention
to such repairs?
15. What does the term unfair usage mean?
16. What are the rules regarding splicing sills?
17. What is the purpose of the repair card?
18. How do these rules apply to switching
roads?
19. Are switching roads allowed to render bills
against owners direct for repairs of any other than
those named in Section 23 of Rule 5?
Excelsior Car Roof. Figs. 2112-2120. See Car Roof.
Excelsior Galvanized Car Roof. Figs. 2117-2120. See
Car Roof.
Exhaust Muffler ( Westinghouse Traction Brake). A
device for subduing the sound of air discharging
to the atmosphere during operation of the brakes
Exhaust Ventilator (for Closet Hoppers). See Bell's
Exhaust Hopper Ventilator.
Expanded Metal. A perforated metal screen which is
made by slotting a sheet of sheet iron or steel and
then drawing it out so that the slots form diamond-
shaped holes in the plate. It is largely used in
composite concrete construction as a binder, in the
"Diamond S" brake shoe (Fig. 5251), and for lock-
ers and for window guards (Figs. 4018-4019).
Expansion Drum (Baker and other Heaters). Fig.
2873. A Circulating Drum, which see.
Express Car. Figs. 204-205. A car for carrying light
packages of freight for express companies on pas-
senger trains. Also see Combination Baggage Car.
The express business was originated in 1839 by
William F. Harnden, who traveled for some time
as a messenger between New York and Boston:
but it was not for a long time theieafter that it
grew to sufficient dimensions to require separate
cars. Alvin Adams, founder of the Adams Express
Company, began business in 1S40. At present com-
plete trains of express cars are occasionally re-
required.
The car shown in Figs. 204-205 is fitted with
ice tanks and insulation for carrying perishable
goods.
Extension Bracket. Figs. 822-823. Sec Running
Board Bracket.
Extension Pillar (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3091.
Extension Pillar Lock (Pintsch Lamp). 304. Figs. 3017-
3033.
Extension Platforms. Figs. 2264-2279.
Extension Reach (Logging Cars). The reach is a long
bar connecting the two trucks. The extension
reach is adjustable.
Extension Reach End (Logging Cars). A strap for the
end of the extension reach.
External Cylinder Gage. A steel ring with a cylindri-
cal hole, which is very accurately made of a precise
size, and used as a standard of measurement for
the diameters of solid cylindrical objects.
External Screw Gage. A steel ring with a very accurate
screw thread in the inside for testing screw
threads. See Internal Screw Gage.
Extra Transom (Passenger Trucks). 20a. Figs. 4771-
EYE
67
FIE
4777 and Figs. 4786-4787. An extra or auxiliary
timber placed alongside the transom to further
strengthen the truck frame.
Eye. "A small hole or aperture." — Webster. See
Berth Brace Eye. Check Chain Eye.
Body Check Chain Eye. Lamp Case Eye.
Brake Beam Adjusting Switching Eye.
Hanger Eye. Truck Check Chain Eye.
Bull's-Eye.
Eye Bolt. "A bolt having an eye or loop at one .end
for the reception of a ring, hook or rope, as may
be required." — Knight. See Bolt; also
Brake Beam Eye Bolt. Drop Door Eye Bolt.
Brake Safety Chain Lock Eye Bolt.
Eye Bolt. Lock Chain Eye Bolt.
Eye Bolt Link Hanger. A special form of Swing
Hanger, which see, having a very short link at-
tached to an eye bolt passing through the tran-
soms.
Eyelet. 1. Fig. 2663. "A short metallic tube, the ends
of which are flanged over against the object through
which it passes. Used as a bushing or reinforce-
ment for holes." — Knight. In metallic eyelets of
the usual form the two halves which when com-
pressed together form the eyelet are known as
grommets. See Carpet Eyelets.
2. i Window Shade). A slot in the window shade
leather to fit over the sash lift to hold the shade
fast.
Eyelet Nail. Fig. 2666. A wire nail with turned knob
for use with carpet eyelets.
Fabrikoid. An artificial leather made by coating a
cloth fabric with a secret compound which gives
it the texture and appearance of leather.
Face (of Rim of Car Wheel). The vertical surface of
the outside of the rim.
Face Plate. 1. A metal plate by which any object is
covered so as to protect it from wear or abrasion.
2. (Steel Tired Wheels.) Fig. 5402, etc. The
plates connecting the tire and hub. and bolted to
each. They are distinguished as front and back
face plates.
Face Plate. See Vestibules.
Face Plate Buffer. A buffer plate to which a vestibule
face plate is attached. See Vestibule.
Face Plate Buffing Stem (Pullman Vestibule). See
Face Plate Piston.
Face Plate Piston (Pullman Vestibule). A face plate
buffing stem corresponding to the side buffer stem,
beneath the platform floor. The end is contained
in a face plate piston guide.
Face Plate Piston Guide. See above.
Facing. "A covering in front for ornament." — Webster.
Fagoted Axle. See Axle, Car Axle.
Fall (Hoisting Tackle). That part of the rope to which
power is applied.
Fall and Tackle. Another name for Block and Tackle,
which see.
Falling Door or Flap Door (British). In a gondola
car, a door opening downward and outward, the
hinges being on the lower side.
Falling Door Latch (British). A latch which automat-
ically secures the falling door when elevated into
a closed position.
Fall Under or Turn Under (British). The distance
which the bottom of the body curves in from a
vertical line let fall from the sides or ends.
Fare Register (Street Cars). A mechanism with a clock-
face and index or with a numbering dial which
shows the number of fares collected and registered.
For every fare collected, the conducter is expected
to record it by pulling a cord or turning a rod con-
nected with the register. The register is attached
to a fare register block which is fastened to the
car frame.
Farlow Draft Gear Attachments. Figs. 1520-1531.
Fascia Board. See Eaves Fascia Board.
Fascia Molding (British). See Wrought Molding.
Fast Berth Hinge. Fig. 4355. See Berth Hinge.
Fast Joint Butt Hinge. Fig. 2461. See Hinge. So
called in distinction from a loose joint butt hinge
or loose pin butt hinge.
Fastener. That which fastens or secures one thing to
another. See
Berth Safety Rope Sash Fastener.
Fastener. Tire Fastener.
Lamp Fastener. Window Fastener.
Faucet. Figs. 3653-3659. A synonymous term with
Cock, which see for fuller definition.
Faucet Alcove. A Water Alcove, which see.
"F. B. C." Arch Bar Nut and Lock. Fig. 3854.
Feasible Drop Brake Staff. Figs. 5203-5204. See Brake
Shaft.
Feed Door (Baker Heater). Fig. 2682. A door for
closing the aperture giving access to the lire pot
or (in base burners) the magazine. See also Fire
Door.
Feed Tube (Lamp). 31, Figs. 3585-3601. The tube
connecting the reservoir with the burner. The
standard by which the entire lamp is supported
passes through it.
Feed Valve. Also called reducing valve, slide valve
feed valve and slide valve reducing valve.
.1. (Westinghouse Traction Brake.) A valve
which automatically maintains the pressure of air
supplied through the brake valve to the automatic
brake system. It may be attached either to the
brake valve or placed in the piping" between the
main reservoir and the brake valve.
2. (Train Air Signal.) See Reducing Valve.
Felt Edge (Car Seats). A device for building up the
edges of car seat cushions. It is simply a roll of
felt stitched in such a manner as to fit over a cleat;
and when tacked down it forms an even clastic face
to the cushion.
Female Center Plate. The body and truck center plates
are sometimes called male and female plates, re-
spectively. See Center Plate.
Female Gage. An External Gage, which see.
Fender Board. A board at the end of passenger car
steps to prevent mud and dirt from being thrown
on them by the wheels. More commonly, string
board. The splash board, if used, goes on the back
side of the steps.
Fender Rail (Street Car Bodies). A longitudinal ex-
terior wooden strip or rail, between the belt rail
and the sill, and to which an iron strip called a
fender guard is attached to protect the panels from
contact with other vehicles.
Fern Rack. Fig. 3681. See Flower Rack.
Ferry Push Car. A very long platform car used for
pushing or pulling other cars on or off a ferry boat
when the latter is approached by an incline too
steep for locomotives, so that the latter can push
or pull the cars without running on the incline.
Fiber Packing. See Elastic Fiber Journal Packing,
Patent Waste.
Field Coils. Fig. 6293. Coils of insulated copper wire
FIT..
FLA
or ribbon surrounding the iron poles of the railway
motor field magnet. Standard motors have four
poles. Current passing through these coils pro-
duces the magnetic flux in which the armature
rotates.
Fillet. A small light molding, more generally termed
beads. See Molding.
Filling Funnel (Baker Heater). Figs. '2734, 2763. A
funnel attached to the combination cock for filling
the circulating drum with brine.
Filling Piece. Any piece of timber which has no other
structural purpose than to close a gap.
Filling Spider (Pressed Steel Bolster). Figs. 763-764.
A casting made with a central body and projecting
arms to serve as a filling piece to keep the plates
of the bolster the proper distance apart.
Filling Valve ( Pintsch System). Figs. 3044 and 3108.
This valve is a soft metallic seated valve of pe-
culiar construction. Is handled with key No. 45
(Fig. 3003) and is a left-handed valve. It is placed
on each side of a car, bolted to an iron bracket.
Fig. 3045, by bolts. Fig. 3060. The pipe connection
(1% in.) is made to a connection piece. Fig. 3055,
which is slipped through the bracket from the out-
side and screwed to the pipe. The filling valve is
then bolted back against this flange connection
piece, a lead and rubber gasket forming the tight
joint. The valve has a sheet iron cover. Fig. 3043.
secured to it by four screws.
Finger Guard (Brake Beams). Fig. 5107. A projecting
rod or finger which prevents the brake beam from
being excessively displaced laterally by bearing on
the inside of the wheel. A wheel guard.
Finished Upper Seat Back Rail (Street Cars). The
topmost rail or molding of a longitudinal seat
back.
Finishing Varnish (Painting). An elastic (oily) varnish
applied in two coats. The first is allowed at least
24 hours to dry. The second and fuller coat of the
same varnish is then applied and allowed 24 hours
to dry. A first-class job can be turned out in 10
days. Additional time between coats will give ad-
ditional safety. See Painting.
Fire Box or Fire Pot (Baker Heater). Fig. 2607, etc.
The inside cast iron cylinder which contains the
fire. It is cast in one piece and contains the coil.
Also called fire chamber, fire box, furnace, and
sometimes cylinder.
Fire Extinguisher. Fig. 3840. See Babcock Fire Ex-
tinguisher.
Fire Grate and Fire Grate Support. See Grate and
Grate Support.
Fire Proof Heaters (Baker). 1. Single Coil. Figs.
2676-2095. A Baker heater having a single coil, 30
feet in length, or a double coil, in a flexible steel,
jointless, fireproof safe, with no apertures large
enough to permit the escape of live coals. This
inner fire pot or safe is enclosed in a flexible steel
outside casing, with asbestos sheets between the
safe and casing, and between the ash pit bottom
and sheet iron bottom; a safety plate covers the
feed chute at the top, and a cinder-proof door ef-
fectually closes the ash pit at the bottom. The
smoke pipe and smoke flue base may be destroyed
and leave the fire pot practically fireproof.
2. Two Coil. Figs. 2696-2716.
Fire Regulator and Pressure Indicator (Baker
Heater). Fig. 2517. The device is attached to the
hot water circulating pipes at a point a little above
the coils, and is somewhat like the old ball and
lever safety valve, the ball or weight in this case-
being the draft door. The lire regulator bowl con-
sists of two concave plates bolted together, with
a corrugated steel diaphragm and two copper du-
plicates, top and bottom, between (for preserva-
tion). On this set of diaphragms rests a piston
connected with a lever, on one end of which hangs
the counter draft damper in the base of the smoke
flue. On the front end of this lever is the spiral
adjusting spring, and the figures denoting the
pressure within the heater. The "adjusting
spring" is to be hooked into the hole at the figures
denoting the pressure and consequent temperature
desired.
First-Class Car. The ordinary American day coach
used by the great bulk of short trip passengers. So
called to distinguish it, on the one hand, from those
of an inferior grade, as emigrant and (rarely) sec-
ond-class cars, and on the other hand from sleep-
ing and parlor cars, in which an extra charge, in
addition to the ordinary fare, is made, and which
are the true American first-class cars.
First-Class Carriage (British). Fig. 6480. Nearest
American equivalent, parlor or drawing-room car.
A coach for passengers paying the highest rate of
fare. It is divided into four or more compartments,
each about 7 feet cube, and seating six or eight
passengers.
Fish Van (.British). Fig. 6596. A covered vehicle
adapted to run on passenger trains, and fitted to
carry fresh fish in crates or boxes. When without
a roof it is termed a fish truck.
Fixed Brake Lever. More commonly, dead lever. A
brake lever, the upper end of which is fastened to
a brake lever stop or dead lever guide.
Fixed Hanger (Bell Cord). Fig. 2365. See Bell Cord
Hanger.
Fixed Ratchet (Morgan's Deck Sash Pivot). Fig. 4505
The piece attached to the side of the window frame
with which the sash ratchet engages, the bitter
being pressed against it by a spring".
Fixed in- Stationary Freight Car Lock. Fig. 1371. A
lock which is attached to the side of a car. The
bolt or hasp is fastened to the door.
Flag (for Train Signals). The standard size of flags
adopted by the American Railway Association i-
16x16 inches, and the colors indicate their pur-
pose as follows: Red signifies danger and is a signal
to stop: green signifies caution and is a signal to
go slowly; white signifies safety and is a signal to
go on; blue denotes that car inspectors are at work
under or about the train or car. and that it cannot
be moved or coupled to until the blue signal is
removed by the car inspectors. In the night time
lanterns with colored glass globes are used instead
of flags, and the colored lights have the same mean-
ing as the colored flags.
Flag Holder (for Corner Post of Passenger Car). Figs.
938 'and 3615. A cast or malleable iron receptacle for
a signal flag staff. It has a lug cast on it which
engages into a flag holder plate attached to th*
corner post.
Flag Holder Plate. See above.
Flange. 1. (Of Bell Cord Guides, etc.) Fig. 2332. A
projecting rim for attaching the part to any surface
by wood screws.
2. (Of a Car Wheel.) A projecting edge or rim
on the periphery lor keeping it on the rail. The
inside edge of the flange which connects with the
tread of the wheel is termed the throat, and the
FI.A
69
FLU
extreme outer point the toe of the flange. \\ orn
flanges having flat vertical surfaces extending more
than 1 inch from tread of wheel, or 1 inch thick or
less, are a cause for rejection under the rules for
interchange of traffic. See Wheels. The standard
distances fixed by the Master Car Builders' Asso-
ciation, from outside of flange to inside of tread
is 4 feet .5% inches, with -U-inch variation cither
way. See Interchange of Traffic. See Flange
Thickness Gage.
Flange Brake Shoes. Figs. 5250-
Brake Shoes,
which see. bearing not only on the tread of the
wheel but on the flanges as well. Used only on
passenger cars and locomotive driving wheels.
Flange Fittings i Pintsch System). Figs. 3056-3060.
Special fittings required for the Pintsch system
are all flanged and made of brass, the flanges held
together by screws. The joints arc made tight by
the use of special lead and rubber washers.
Flange Thickness Gage (M. C. B. Standard). Figs.
5602-5603. A gage for determining the correctness
of the thickness of wheel flanges. The dimensions
shown in the engravings are those adopted by the
M. C. B. Association.
Flanger. See Snow Flanger.
Flap Door (British I. See Falling Door.
Flashing (Plumbing). "A lap joint used in sheet metal
roofing, where the edges of the sheets meet on a
projecting ridge. A strip of lead leading the drip
of a wall into a gutter." — Knight. Hence, extended
to mean an}- strip of sheet metal of an L section
used to make a water-tight joint.
Flat Car. Figs. 26-30, 360-375. A car. the body of which
consists simply of a platform, which is not inclosed
on the sides or top. The floor is usuall}- of wood.
but some cars have been built with steel under-
frame and steel floor. If sides are added it be-
comes a gondola car. See Car and Freight Car.
Flat Door Bolt. Fig. -2262. See Door Bolt.
Flax Fiber. See Linofelt Flax Fiber Insulation.
Flexible Top Seat Cushions. A seat cushion, the top of
which is in detached parts so that one part can yield
without carrying down the other.
Flitch Plates. An iron or steel plate sandwiched be-
tween pieces of wood and bolted together to give
the member which they comprise greater strength.
Also called sandwich plates.
Floating Connecting Rod (Foundation Brake Gear). A
rod which connects a cylinder lever with a floating
lever.
Floating Lever (Westinghouse Freight Brake). A
lever, one end of which is fastened to the fulcrum
bracket, the other end connected to the live truck-
lever, and the middle to the cylinder lever, to which
latter is connected the push rod
Floating Lever Bracket. A bracket bolted to the under-
frame of a car to carry the floating lever of the
brake gear.
Floating Lever Connecting Rod (Brake Gear). More
properly a Cylinder Lever Tie Rod, which see.
Floating Lever Hanger. Fig. 993. A square bracket
or hanger supporting the Floating Lever, which see.
Floor. 1. "That part of a building or room on which
we walk; the bottom or lower part, consisting, in
modern houses, of boards, planks or pavement.
2. "A platform of boards or planks laid on tim-
bers, as in a bridge or car: any similar platform." —
Webster.
3. 27, Figs. 262-272, 648-651. etc. The boards or
plates which cover the sills of a car. In passenger
cars the floor consists of two, and sometimes three,
courses of boards, called respectively the flooring,
intermediate floor and deafening ceiling, the latter
being on the under side of the sills. An inter-
mediate or upper floor, 28, Figs. 352-355, more com-
monly called the double deck, is used in stock cars
for carrying sheep and hogs. Hopper bottom cars
have an inclined floor, subdivided into inclined end
floor and side floor when both are used.
Floor Beam. A Sill, which see.
Floor Frame. The mam frame of a car body under-
neath the floor, including the sills, body bolsters,
needlebeams, etc. The underframe.
Floor Furnishings. Figs. 2663-2675.
Floor Mat. Figs. 2670-2671. A texture or structure of
hemp, cocoa fiber, rattan, india rubber, wood or
other material laid on the floor of a car for passen-
gers to clean their boots and shoes on. Mats are
placed on the floors of street cars to take up the
dust and d=rt. See Rubber Floor Mat, which is
either perforated or corrugated.
Floor Nailing Strip. 6, Figs. 645-647. Xarrow strips
of wood or blocking put in between the sills of a
passenger car to which the floor boards are nailed.
Floor Pipe (for Closet Hoppers). A pipe passing
through the floor of the car only, with which the
hopper proper is connected.
Floor Plate. See Center Pin Floor Plate.
Floor Stop (for Door Holder). A catch for a door-
holder attached to the floor, in distinction from a.
partition stop attached to the wall or partition-
See Door Holder.
Floor Strip. The strips that make the grated floor
frames of a street car.
Floor Timbers. 1, 3, 4, Figs. 262-272, 599-619. etc. The
main timbers in the frame of a car body under-
neath the floor, and on which the latter rests. They
are chiefly the sills (side, center, and intermediate)
and the end sills. They are a part of the under-
frame. See also Diagonal Floor Timber, Inclined
Floor Timber, Transverse Floor Timber.
Floor Timber Braces. 7. Figs. 648-651. Diagonal tim-
bers let into the sills under the floor to stiffen the
floor frame lateralh".
Floor Timber Distance Block. A short transverse piece
of timber placed between adjoining floor timbers
and sills to stiffen them, the whole being fastened
together with bolts in connection with a cross
frame tie bolt. In steel frame cars tie plates are
riveted across the top of the sills to serve the same
purpose. See Bridging.
Flooring. Tongued and grooved boards of which a
passenger car floor is made. The floor of freight
cars is commonly two-inch planking. (M. C. B.
Standard.) Figs. 5749-5756.
Flower Rack. Fig. 3681. A cast ornamental shelf to
hold a pot of ferns or flowers in a dining car.
Flue (Pintsch Lamp). 312, 321, Figs. 3208-3224.
Flue Post (Pintsch Lamp). 546, Figs. 3208-3224.
Flush Bolt. Figs. 2396-2398. A bolt attached to a slide
which is let into a door, sash or window, so as to
be flush with its surface. A spring flush bolt is
commonly called a cupboard catch. Figs. 2399-2402.
Flush Bolt Keeper. Fig. 2400. A plate which is at-
tached to a door, sash or window frame, and has a
suitable hole, in which a flush bolt engages. When
for spring bolts, as in the engraving, they are also
called strike plates.
Flush Catch. Figs. 2399-2402.
Flush Handle. Figs. 2437-2439. A handle for a lock
FLU
TO
FOU
or latch which is placed in a recess, as of a door,
sash or berth, and which does not project beyond
the surface of the object to which it is attached.
Flush Sash Lift. Fig. 4633. A metal plate with a re-
cess, to take hold of, which is let into a sash so
as to be flush with its surface.
Folding Arm Rest or Elbow Rest (British). A wooden
support for the elbow, upholstered on both the
upper and lower sides and fitted with a spring
hinge, so that it can be turned up to lie flat against
the back of the seat in order to allow a passenger
to lie down at full length on the seat.
Folding Curtain Rod Bracket. 15. Figs. 2201-2206. See
Curtain Rod Folding Bracket.
Folding Door. Figs. 1200, 1206-1208. A door made in
two or more sections hinged together to close by
folding up.
Folding Lavatory. Fig. 3688. A device for the state-
rooms of sleeping, private and business cars, which
can be folded out of the way and out of sight.
Folding Platform Tail Gate. Figs. 4013-4017. A gate
for the end door or face plate door of a vestibule.
Folding Wash Stand. Fig. 3688. A lavatory for the
staterooms of compartment sleepers.
Follower. A very common abbreviation for a Follower
Plate, which see.
Follower Bolt. A piston follower bolt. See Piston.
Follower Lug. A Drawbar Stop, which see.
Follower Plate. See Drawbar Follower Plate. Piston
Follower Plate. The word "plate'' is frequently
omitted from these names.
Foot Board. 1. (Freight Cars.) See Brake Step.
2. (British.) (Upper and Lower') American
equivalent (Street Cars), longitudinal step. Two
continuous steps running along the sides of a
carriage or brake van, the upper a short distance
below the doors and slightly above the level of the
highest station platform; the lower about 18 inches
from the rail level. They form steps and prevent
any person falling between the train and the plat-
form.
Foot Board Bracket. See Brake Step Bracket.
Foot Bracket. Figs. 974-976.
Foot Plate (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 655, Figs. 1886-
1935. A cast iron wearing plate on the upper side
of the passenger platform end rail. In platforms
taking vestibules a sliding foot plate is attached to
the buffer plate and works or slides back and forth
in a foot plate housing.
Foot Plate Bolt (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 660, Figs.
1886-1935.
Foot Plate Housing. 139, Figs. 1886-1935, and 100, Figs.
2215-2263. See above.
Foot Plate Stop (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 665, Figs.
1886-1935.
Foot Rail. A horizontal wooden bar underneath a car
seat for the passengers who occup3' the next seat
to rest their feet on. These fixed foot rails are
often called foot rests, but such use is confusing,
since the term Foot Rest, which see, is applied to
many forms of adjustable foot rests. See Side
Foot Rest.
Foot Rest. Any movable support for the feet of pas-
sengers, especially two horizontal wooden bars
underneath a car seat, and attached to two iron
rockers, called foot rest carriers, pivoted in the
center so that it can be adjusted to a comfortable
position for the passengers occupying the next seat,
or moved out of the way if desired. Another style
is an adjustable foot rest sliding in a grooved chan-
nel A portable stuffed carpet foot rest is usually
termed an ottoman or hassock.
Foot Rest Carriers. See above.
Foot Rest Rod Bracket. Figs. 3758-3759.
Forefoot Sheave (Steam Shovel). 31. Figs. 596-598. A
fixed pulley located below the floor under the boom
foot sheave about which the hoisting chain runs
before being carried to the hoisting drum.
Foreign Car. Any car not belonging to the particular
railway on which it is running, including Line
Cars, which see. By the established rules for inter
change of traffic all such cars are, or are supposed
to be. inspected before entering on the lines of a
foreign corporation, and "if an accepted foreign
car is injured upon a road it shall be repaired by
and at the expense of the company in possession
thereof as promptly as it repairs its own cars."
The cost thereof is sometimes charged to the
owner of the car and sometimes not, according to
an elaborate system of rules adopted by the M. C.
B. Association, revised annually. See Interchange
of Traffic.
Forney Seats. See Scarritt Seats.
Forsyth Buffing Device. Figs. 1975-1981.
Forsyth Curtain Fixtures. Figs. 4665-4671.
Forsyth "Safety" Deck Sash Ratchet. Figs. 4481-4490.
Foundation Brake Gear. The levers, rods, brake beams,
etc.. by which the piston rod of the brake cylinder
is connected to the brake shoes in such a manner
that when air pressure forces the piston out the
brake shoes are forced against the wheels. See
below and Brake Beam Data.
Foundation Brake Gear, for Passenger Service ( M.
C. B. Recommended Practice). In 1903 the sched-
ules for high speed foundation brake gear as shown
in Figs. 6028-6176 were adopted as Recommended
Practice. In preparing these schedules the follow-
ing fundamentals of design were adopted:
FUNDAMENTALS.
Following are the fundametals of the design:
Braking power to be 90 per cent, of the light
weight of the car.
Equalized pressure in brake cylinder, 60 pounds
per square inch.
Maximum pressure in brake cylinder, 85 pounds
per square inch.
Maximum stress in levers, 23,000 pounds per
square inch.
Maximum stress in rods, except jaws, 15,000
pounds per square inch: no rod to be less than 's
inch in diameter.
Maximum stress in jaws. 10,000 pounds per
square inch.
Maximum shear on pins, 10,000 pounds per
square inch.
Diameter of pins to provide a bearing value not
to exceed 23,000 pounds per square inch.
The reduction of stresses in rods, levers and
jaws due to friction of the foundation brake, and
the reduction of braking power due to the same
cause and to the action of release springs should
be neglected, because it is considered to be too
difficult to determine their value even with a fair
degree of accuracy.
SIX-WHEEL TRUCKS.
Schedule "A-l," Figs. 6028-6067, is for cars weigh-
ing 80,000 to 100,000 pounds and having six-wheel
trucks, and schedule "A" is for cars weighing
100,000 to 137.000 pounds and having six-wheel
trucks: the difference between these schedules is
FOU
FRE
that a 16-inch brake cylinder is to be used for
schedule "A" and a 14-inch brake cylinder is to be
used for schedule "A-l," otherwise they are the
same. The location of the fulcrum hole in the
cylinder lever is made to vary by quarters of the
inch to suit the weight of the cars, but only one
fulcrum hole shall be drilled in each lever.
With schedule "A" there should be used a brake-
suitable for a load of 28.000 pounds, and with
schedule "A-l" there should be used a brake beam
suitable for a load of 22,000 pounds imposed at the
middle of the beam.
FOUR-WHEEL TRUCKS.
Schedule "B-l," Figs. 6071-6100, is for cars
weighing 50,000 to 70,000 pounds and having four-
wheel trucks, and schedule "B" is for cars weigh-
ing from 70,000 to 90,000 pounds and having four-
wheel trucks, the differences between the two being
that a 14-inch brake cylinder is to be used with
schedule "B." cars weighing 70,000 to 00,000 pounds,
and a 12-inch brake cylinder is to be used with
schedule "B-l," cars weighing 50,000 to 70,000
pounds; also that with schedule "B" there should
be used a brake beam suitable for a load at the
middle of 28,000 pounds, the same as for schedule
"A," and with schedule "B-l" there should be used
a brake beam suitable for a load at the middle of
22,000 pounds, the same as for schedule "A-l."
The proper braking power for the weight of car
is obtamed by the location of fulcrum hole in the
cylinder lever.
Schedule "C." Figs. 6102-6176 was designed for
cars weighing 50,000 pounds and less and equipped
with four-wheel trucks. A 10-inch brake cylinder
is to be used with this schedule and a brake beam
suitable for a load at the middle of 15.000 pounds.
DESIGNATION OF RODS AND LEVERS.
On the drawings, the locations of levers and rods
are designated by letters; the hrst letter in the
designat;on distinguishes between body and truck.
The second letter distinguishes between the levers
and the connections. The figure following the sec-
ond letter is the distinctive number for the lever or
connection; and following this figure is the sched-
ule letter to wdiich the lever or connection belongs.
Thus B-C2-B means body connection number two
(second from cylinder piston rod), of schedule
"B"; also T-L2-B would mean truck lever num-
ber two for schedule "B."
STENCILING LIGHT WEIGHT OF CAR.
The committee recommends, that the light-weight
of car be stenciled on each car. The cross frame
tie. when exposed, furnishes a convenient place on
which to show the weight, but when this place is
not available some other means should be provided.
In addition to this the length of the cylinder end
of the cylinder lever should be shown so that no
calculation would be necessary to determine the
proper cylinder lever for the car.
MARKING LEVERS.
It may be found desirable by some railway com-
panies to mark each lever in a manner to indicate
the schedule to which each belongs and the loca-
tion of each in the brake rigging, and if this is
done it is suggested that the marking be the same
as indicated on the drawings.
Schedule
Designation.
A.
A-l.
B-l.
C.
Light Weights
of Cars.
(Lbs J
ill. i, (Hill
to
137,000
80,000
to
100,000
7l.i,00()
to
90,000
50,000
to
70,000
50,000
and
less
TABLE I.
.n , ,. r T. , Maximum Load
Type of Size of Lrake at Mlddle
iruck. Cylinder. of Brake Beam
I
B-wheel 10 in dies
(j-wheel 14 inches
28,000 lbs.
22,(100 lbs.
I 4-wheel 14 inches 28,000 lbs.
4-wheel 12 inches 22,000 lbs.
4-wheel 10 inches 15,200 lbs.
There have been brought together in Table I the
distinctive data of each schedule so that by re-
ferring to the table there can be found quickly the
correct schedule for any particular car.
Fount. See Lamp Fount.
Fountain Car Washer. Fig. 3847. A car washer which
has a stream of water passing through the brush at
the will of the operator.
Four-Arm Lamps. Figs. 3208, etc. See Pintsch Lamps.
Four- Wheel Trucks. Fig. 4095.
Fox Pressed Steel Car Truck. Figs. 4697. 4714-4716. A
truck, the frame of which is wrought and hy-
draulic forged of steel plate consisting of few pieces
which are all riveted together. It is a pedestal
truck with journal box springs, and transoms, but
no bolster or spring plank.
Frame. 1. The outline or skeleton upon which a struc-
ture is built up. In a car the framing is usually sup-
posed to mean the side frame, and distinguished
from the Moor or underframe, unless otherwise so
expressed.
2. (Of a Door, Ventilator, Window Sash Mirror,
etc.) The rectangular or curbed border surround-
ing or inclosing it. See
Berth Spring Frame. End Frame.
Lever Frame.
Match Striker Frame.
Mirror Frame.
Continuous Truck
Frame.
Cushion Frame.
Dcor Frame.
Franklin Institute System of Screw Threads. The
Sellers System of Screw Threads, which see, is
often called the Franklin Institute system because
the former was first proposed in a report to, and
was recommended by, the Franklin Institute.
Free Air Space (Refrigerator Car Insulation). An air
space which has free communication with the out-
side air so that the air it contains can circulate and
be replaced by fresh air.
Freight Car. Figs. 1-83, 262-549. A general term used
to designate all kinds of cars which carry goods,
merchandise, produce, minerals, etc., to distinguish
them from those which carry passengers. British
term, wagon. For varieties of freight cars see
Car.
Freight Car Lock. Fig 1371. A lock for fastening the
doors of freight cars. The usual freight car lock is
simply a hasp, staple, pin and seal, but stationary
or fixed freight car door locks are in increasing
use.
Freight Truck. A two-wheeled vehicle, universally used
FRE
73
FUS
about stations for loading and unloading freight.
A baggage barrow is much the same. Baggage
barrows and freight trucks arc both sometimes
designated as freight or baggage barrow trucks.
Fresnel Lantern. A lamp inclosed in a cylindrical
Fresnel Lens, which see. They are more used in
marine than in railroad service.
Fresnel Lens. A lens formed of concentric rings of
glass or other transparent substances, one or both
sides of which are bounded by spherical surfaces.
The object of making a lens in this form is to re-
duce its thickness in the center, and thus lessen
the liability of having flaws and impurities in the
glass, and also to reduce the absorption and aber-
ration of the rays which pass through it. Such
lenses are also made of a hollow, cylindrical form,
and used to inclose signal lamps. The outside of
the glass is formed of successive rings, the external
surfaces of which are bounded by spherical sur-
faces.
What is known to the trade as a semaphore lens
is a Fresnel lens with the inner surface concave.
Friction Block. Sec Swing Hanger Friction Block and
Friction Plate.
Friction Draft Gear. Any form of Draft Gear, which
see, which makes use of friction for absorbing and
dissipating the energy of buffing and tension shocks
transmitted through the couplers.
Friction Plate. 1. Fig. 4810. (Passenger Truck.) See
Bolster Chafing Plate. 2. The body and truck side
bearings are sometimes called friction plates. 3.
The plate screwed to the wall to protect the wood
work from chafing by the seat back arms when the
seat back is tilted. See Chafing Plate.
Friction Roller. A wheel or pulley interposed between
a sliding object and the surface on which it slides
to diminish the friction. See Car Door Hanger,
Sliding Door Friction Roller.
Frieze. That portion of a passenger or street car body
on the outside, between the cornice or eaves of the
roof and the tops of the windows. The letter board
occupies this space.
Frieze Ventilator. See Ventilator.
Frieze Ventilator Plate.. A perforated metal plate
placed on the outside of a frieze ventilator to ex-
clude rain and cinders from the car.
Front Face Plate (Steel Tired Wheels). Sec Face
Plate.
Front Seat Bottom Rail (Street Lars). See Seat Bot-
tom Rail.
Frost Dry Carburetor System of Car Lighting. D, Figs.
648-651. The light in this system is produced by
burning at the lamps a gas generated in the car-
buretors, which are placed on top of the car. The
gas is simply air carrying a certain amount of
gasolene vapor. The air is taken from the air
brake sqstem; the gasolene, absorbed by wicking,
is contained in the carburetors, and the object of
the details of this system is to bring these two ele-
ments together and thus produce a gas. The supply
of air is taken from the auxiliary reservoir and
enters the air tank after passing" through the com-
bined dust guard and check valve. This valve frees
from dirt the air which passes through it and acts
as a check to retain the supply of air stored in the
tank at such times as the pressure is withdrawn
from the brake system. The air tank also serves
as a storage reservoir, and its capacity is such
that, when charged to the pressure ordinarily car-
ried in the air brake system, the air contained
therein will sustain the lights several hours after
the car is detached from the train. A tank valve
placed at each end of the tank controls the reten-
tion of air. The air pipe conducts the air to the
saloon, where the air gage indicates the pressure in
the air tank, and the closet valve directly controls
the supply of air to the carburetors. From the
closet valve the air passes through the regulator,
where it is reduced in pressure to 1% pounds,
which pressure is practically constant on all parts
of the system beyond this point. The course of the
air next taken is through the mercurial check valve
and the roof pipe to the carburetors. After enter-
ing the carburetors, the air moves slowly through a
spiral passage, sixty feet in length, packed solidly
with cotton wicking saturated with gasolene, and
absorbs sufficient of the volatile oil to produce the
desired gas which is consumed by the lamp directly
beneath. This system was at one time in general
use on the Pennsylvania, Norfolk & Western, and
several other prominent roads.
Fruit Car. Figs. 21, 341-344, etc. A car of special de-
sign for the carrying of fruit and other perishable
products requiring ventilation. The ventilators are
so arranged that they can be opened and closed
while the car is in motion, so that there may be a
constant stream of fresh air passing through the
car. Ice is not used generally, but it is used in cars
carrying fruits from California to eastern markets.
Fulcrum. "In mechanics, that by which a lever is sus-
tained, or the point about which it moves." —
Webster. See Brake Lever Fulcrum.
Fulcrum Hanger Carriers. Figs. 4891-4892. A cast
bracket which is bolted to the iron transom of a
six-wheel truck to carry the brake lever hanger
bridge. The brake lever connection rod is some-
times called a brake lever fulcrum, hence the name.
Funnel. 1. "A vessel for conveying fluids into close
vessels; a kind of inverted hollow cone with a pipe;
a tunnel." — Webster. See Filling Funnel.
Furnishings. A term designating the smaller fixtures,
hardware, etc., which are usually applied to cars
after they shall have left the paint shop. The en-
gravings are very nearly alphabetical in their ar-
rangement and a complete list is given in the index
to engravings.
Furniture Car. Figs. 3, 273-276, 287-290. An extra
large box car. The dimensions given in the en-
gravings are not unusual. More particularly de-
signed for carrying furniture or other light freight
which is bulky.
Furring. Pieces of wood placed in a wall or other
positions to nail something to, as a panel or mold-
ing. The term is also applied to angle blocks glued
or nailed in the inside angles of wood work, where
strength and stiffness are required. See Blocking
and Furring Brace Blocks. Sec Panel Furring.
Furring Blocks. 59b, Figs. 645-647. See Blocking and
above.
Furring Brace Blocks. Blocks of triangular cross sec-
tion glued in the angles between the sheathing and
furring to give it greater stiffness.
Fuse. A wire strip or bar of fusible metal or alloy
placed in series with an electric circuit and de-
signed to melt and open the circuit when the cur-
rent exceeds a predetermined value. It performs
a function similar to that of a circuit breaker.
Fuse Box. A support for fuses, containing contacts for
readily attaching the same, and usually provided
with magnetic blow-out.
FUS
GEN
Fusee. The cone or conical part of a watch or clock,
round which is wound the chain or cord. It is a
very ancient mechanical contrivance, and is made
of a cone form in order to equalize the power of
the spring, the leverage of the cord increasing as
the resistance of the spring increases and vice versa.
See Berth Spring Fusee.
Fusee or Fuse. A tube, casing, rope or ribbon filled or
saturated with a slow burning composition, as niter,
sulphur, etc., and used primarily for firing blasts.
They are also made to give warnings to approach-
ing trains. They are carried on a train and dropped
or placed upon the track at night to warn other
trains following that a train has passed that point
within a short time before. Trains meeting n
fusee burning on the track are required to stop and
wait until it has burned out.
G
Gage. 1. (Of Track.) The distance in the clear be-
tween the heads of the rails of a railway; 4 ft, 8%
in. is the standard gage; if greater than this by
more than % in., a broad gage; if smaller, a nar-
row gage. Wide gage usually means a minor and
irregular or exceptional enlargement of a given
fixed gage, in distinction from tight gage, a corre-
sponding contraction.
2. A tool or instrument used as a standard of
measurement of pressure or size. See
Screw Pitch Gage.
Screw Thread Gage.
Whitworth Gage, et<
Air Gage.
Cylindrical Gage.
Pressure Gage.
Screw Gage.
Gage for Worn Couplers (M. C. B. Standard). In 1899
the coupler committee recommended a form of
gage to define the contour lines more fully when
worn. This gage was adopted as Recommended
Practice. In 19(4, the committee on M. C. B.
couplers recommended a modification of the wheel
defect gage, which would make a more satisfactory
worn coupler limit gage. This was adopted as
Recommended Practice by letter ballot. Further
modified in 1905 and adopted as Standard. See
Fig. 5-573.
Gagger. A Chaplet, which see.
Gain. "In architecture, a beveling shoulder, a lapping
of timbers, or the cut that is made for receiving a
timber." — Webster. In car work the term generally
means a notching of one piece of timber into an-
other. Boxing is almost a synonymous term. The
timbers are boxed out in order to gain them into
each other. A Mortise, which see, is usually deeper
and does not extend clear across the stick.
Galvanized Iron. Sheet iron covered with sal ammo-
niac, after first cleaning it in a bath of dilute acid
and then coated with zinc by immersing it in a
bath of the liquid metal. An amalgam of 11.5 zinc
and 1 mercury is sometimes used. It is usually
made in sheets about 2 feet wide by 6 to 9 feet long,
and its thickness is measured by its number, wire
gage (W. G.). See Kalamined Iron.
Ganet Air Brake. A system of air brakes for electric
and cable cars, in which the air is compressed by a
compressor operated from the axle of the car by an
eccentric. The apparatus includes (1) an air pump,
or compressor to furnish the compressed air; (21
an eccentric and connecting rod to work the piston
of the air compressor; (3) a controlling valve, by
which the brakes are applied and released; (4) a
jam cylinder, or brake cylinder, to move the brake
levers; (5) a main reservoir, and (6) an auxiliary
reservoir.
Garnish Rail (British). A horizontal piece of orna-
mental wood curved on the upper surface and
placed on the inner side of the mouth of the slot
into which the movable window falls. It carries
the Glass String Roller, which see.
Gas Arm. A Gas Way Tube, which see.
Gas Broiler and Utensils. Figs. 3026-3632. A small
cook stove heated by Pintsch gas for use on parlor
and sleeping cars in preparing light meals.
Gas Burner. Fig. 309S. "The jet piece of a gas light-
ing apparatus, at which the gas issues and com-
bustion takes place." — Knight. A system of gas
burning has been in use on the Pennsylvania Rail-
road by compressing ordinary city gas. Another
and more elaborate S37stem is the Pintsch, which
see, Figs. 2875-3059. Acetylene gas is now being
successfully employed in train lighting.
Gas Lamps. See Pintsch Lamps.
Gas Pipe. See Pipe.
Gas Pipe Fittings. Fig. 3052. See Pipe Fittings.
Gas-Way (Pintsch Lamp). 327. Figs. 3208-3224.
Gas-Way Tube (Pintsch Lamp). 309, Figs. 3208-3224.
Gasket. Figs. 3003-3006. A thin sheet of rubber, cloth
or sheet metal put in a joint between two pieces of
metal to prevent leakage.
Gasolene Motor Car. 206, 6261-6263.
Gate. 1. See Platform Gate.
2. (Of a Casting Mold.) The opening through
which the melted metal is poured. Also called in-
gate.
Gauze. See Wire Gauze.
Gear. 1. In mechanics the term is used to designate
a combination of appliances for effecting some re-
sult as valve gear. See Brake Gear, Draw Gear,
Swing Motion Gear.
2. \\ heels are said to be in gear when they have
cogs interlocking.
Gear Wheel. 5. Figs. 6207-6209. Any cogged wheel
is a gear wheel, but the term is usually restricted
to the larger one of two cog wheels in gear, the
lesser one being called the pinion. The gear wheel
is also called a spur wheel.
Gelatinized Fiber. Another name for Vulcanized Fiber,
which see.
Gem Door Spring. Fig. 2647.
General Electric Air Brake Apparatus. Figs. 1295-1314.
A system of air brakes for electric street and in-
terurban cars differing only in minor details from
the Westinghouse air brake.
General Electric Company's Electric Motor (for Street
Cars'). Fig. 6318.
General Service Car.
Generator (Electric Car Lighting). See Dynamo.
Generator Coils (Heaters, Baker's, Gold's, etc.). Figs.
2688. 2710, 2723. Wrought iron pipe coiled into a
variety of spiral shapes, as shown in the figures,
and put into the fire pot of a heater, to heat the
water they contain and create a circulation through
the hot water pipes of the car. Among the dif-
ferent types is the expanding generator coil. Fig.
2i22. in which the diameter of the pipe increases a=
the heated water ascends in it.
Generator Regulator. An automatic electrical device for
controlling the action or output of the axle driven
generator. As it is desirable to arrange the gen-
erator to become operative or generate its full
voltage at a low speed, provision must be made for
GIB
GOL
taking care of the output of the generator when it
runs at very high speed. Generator regulators are
generally designed to control the field of the axle
generator, weakening it at high speeds and strength-
ening it at low speeds. They are made in various
ways, the three principal types being rheostatic
type; contacting type and counter electro motive
force type. The rheostatic type consists of a
rheostat of some form in the shunt held circuit of
the generator. The resistance of this rheostat is
generally varied by means of some motive power
device such as a solenoid or small motor. The
action of the motive power device is controlled by
the electrical conditions that obtain in the system.
The contacting type employs a fixed resistance in
the field circuit of the generator, which is inter
mittently cut in and out, depending upon the condi-
tions. In fact, such a regulator acts substantially
like a rheostatic device and accomplishes the same
purpose. The counter electro motive force type
consists of a small motor-driven generator which
generates counter electro motive force or back
pressure in the field circuit of the main generator.
The counter electro motive force is controlled in
the same manner as the operating device of the
rheostatic or contacting types of regulator and it
accomplishes the same end.
Gib (for Journal Bearings). A Journal Bearing Key,
which see.
Gib and Key. A fastening to connect a bar and strap
together by a slot common to both, in which an E-
shaped gib with a beveled back is first inserted ami
then driven fast by a taper key.
Gibbs Berth Lamp. Figs. 4385-4388.
Gibson Tire Fastening. Figs. 5389-0390. One of the
earliest applications of the principle of securing a
tire to a wdaeel by means of clips instead of bolts,
studs or rivets.
Gilman-Brown Emergency Knuckle. Fig. 1797. A
knuckle designed to be used in cases where loss or
breakage of the lock or knuckle would cause delay.
The knuckle has a long tail, which projects back
through the head and bears against the walls of the
shank. It maj" be inserted for temporary use in
almost any make of coupler.
Gimlet Pointed Screw. The common Wood Screw,
which see, of carpentry and joiner work, having its
screw cut to a point like a gimlet, so that it can
force its own way into wood.
Girder. "In architecture, the principal piece of timber
in a floor. Its ends are usually framed into the
summers, or breast summers, and the joists are
framed into it at one end. In buildings entirely of
timber the girder is fastened by tenons into the
posts." — Webster.
"The term girder is restricted to beams subject
to transverse strain, and exerting a vertical pressure
merely on their points of support." — Stoney. The
term is almost synonymous with truss. Thus,
engineers speak of a "Howe truss," a "Pratt
truss." a "Warren girder" and a "lattice girder."
The distinction is that a truss consists of separate
parts held together by pins, or even simply by
pressure, which may be taken down and re-erected;
whereas a girder is a single solid structure, either
all one solid piece (rolled girder.), or of plates
riveted together (plate girder), or of combined
plates and riveted lattice work (lattice girder).
Girth. 49, Figs. 262-272. A belt rail. A long horizontal
piece of wood on the side of a box car body fitted
to the posts and braces so as to embrace them,
placed about half way between the Moor and the
roof. The end girth is a similar stick across the
end of the car. The inside lining reaches up to the
girth.
Girth Tie Rod. A Belt Rail Tie Rod, which see. A
horizontal iron rod extending from the door post
to the corner post along the girth of a freight car
and intended to tie the two posts together.
Gland. A cover of a stuffing box, as for a piston rod,
etc. See Stuffing Box.
Glass. See Window Glass, Cut Glass, Sand Blast.
Glass String or Glass Strap (British). A leather strap
by which the window in the door of a carriage is
raised or lowered. The strap is pierced with :t
number of holes, which fit a small brass or ivory
knob placed on the door immediately under the
Glass String Roller, which see.
Glass String Roller (British), in a carriage, an orna-
mental roller attached to the upper edge of the
garnish rail in a door. The leather strap (glass
string) by which the window is raised and lowered
passes over this roller.
Glass Water Gage. A gage consisting essentially of a
vertical glass tube connected at the top and bottom
with a boiler so as to make the height of water
therein visible.
Globe (of Pintsch Gas Lamp). Fig. 3140, etc. A globe
of hemispherical form, admitting air only from the
top. It is an almost universal type of car lamp
globe in Europe.
A glass bowl. See Lamp Globe.
Globe Chimney. Fig. 3568. A Lamp Globe Chimney,
which see.
Globe Holder. 7. Figs. 3585-3601. Any contrivance for
holding a globe on a lamp. Usually it consists of
a metal ring at the base of the globe, on which
the latter rests, and to which it is fastened with
springs, screws, or by the pressure of the globe
chimney on top, when the latter is adjustable.
"Globe" Lamp Shade. See Lamp Shade.
Globe Valve (Car Heating). Figs. 2963-2965.
"Globe" Ventilator. Figs. 3326, 4430-4433. A ventilator
of spherical form, with annular openings which pro-
duce an induced exhaust current in whatever direc-
tion a current of air strikes against it. They are
made erect and horizontal.
Glue. A preparation from the hoofs, horns and hides
of animals, washed in lime water, boiled, skimmed,
strained, evaporated, cooled in molds, cut into
slices and dried upon nets. If good, it is a hard
cake, of a dark but almost transparent color, free
from black or cloudy spots and with little or no
smell. Inferior glue made from bones will almost
entirely dissolve in cold water: other kinds arc con-
taminated with lime. Glue is better for re-melting.
The strength of glue for common work is increased
by adding a little common chalk.
Glue Size. One pound of glue in a gallon of water.
Double size has about twice this quantity of glue.
Patent size is a kind of gelatine.
Gold's System of Car Heating. Figs. 2784-2789. Several
systems of car heating, designated as the direct
steam system; storage system; hot water circula-
tion system. The special parts such as traps, tem-
perature regulator, coupler, train pipe valves, etc..
are shown in Figs. 2790-2877. Electric heaters and
switches arc shown in Figs. 3013-3041.
Gold's Universal Straight Port Steam Coupler. Figs.
2790-2792, 2798.
GON
75
GRA
Gondola Car. Figs. 35-56, 376-427. A car with sides,
but without a top covering, for the transportation
of freight in bulk. They are sometimes distin-
guished as high side and low side, drop bottom and
hopper bottom. Cars with inclined floors and en-
tirely self-clearing are more properly called Hopper
Cars, which see. Gondola cars are sometimes
made with drop ends for loading lumber.
Gong. A Signal Bell, which see.
Goodman Wrecking Hook. Figs. 1775-1776.
Goodwin Car. Figs. 92, 536-542. A center and side
dumping car used for the transportation of all
classes of bulk freight. The Class G car. shown in
Figs. 536-538, is operated by compressed air and
the aprons are arranged so that the load may be
dumped fast or slow over any part of the track.
The Class P P C. Figs. 539-541, and Class S P. Fig.
542. cars for coal and ore are dumped by hand
winches and not by compressed air.
Goods Wagon (British). Figs. 6541-6544. American
equivalent, freight car. The general name for ve-
hicles used in transporting merchandise, as dis-
tinguished from a passenger carriage.
Gould Blind End Vestibule and Draft Gear. A modifi-
cation of the vestibule for passenger cars to suit
blind-end baggage and express cars. The buffer
springs are placed back of the end sill of the car,
no platform end sill being used.
Gould Buffer and Platform. Figs. 2059-2067. A plat-
form, draft gear and buffer for passenger cars using
a three-stem buffer. Largely used on the Yander-
bilt lines.
Gould Car Coupler i Freight i. Fig. 1593. (Pasengerj
Figs. 1828-1829.
Gould Draft Gear (Freight). Figs. 1546-1563. (.Pas-
senger.'! Figs. 2059-2074.
Gould Drawbar Centering Device. Figs. 2085-2086.
Gould Electric Car Lighting Apparatus. Fig 3443. A
system of car lighting from electricity generated
by a dynamo connected by a belt to the axle. The
d3"namo has connected to it an automatic governor
switch which throws the current into the system
when the predetermined speed is reached and which
controls the voltage output as the speed increases.
When the lights are not turned on and the car is
running, the current generated is used to charge
the storage batteries, from which current is taken
when the car is at rest. The current is deflected
from the lamps or batteries without noticeable
flickering. The whole system is controlled auto-
matically and requires little attention.
Gould Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 2059-2072.
Gould Journal Box. Figs. 5280-5281.
Gould Platform. See Gould Buffer and Platform.
Gould Spring Buffer. (Passenger.! Figs. 2073-2074.
A yielding buffer block attached to the end sill of
freight or stub-end express cars.
Gould Vestibule. Figs. 2059-2066. and 2294-2296.
Governor (Air Brake). Figs. 1241-1247. 1298-1299. See
Electric Pump Governor.
Grab Irons. 60, Figs. 262-272. etc. Also termed corner
handles, or ladder handles, and hand holds. The
handles attached to freight cars for the use of train-
men in boarding the cars. They are often more
definitely specified as roof, side or end grab iron.
For Standard of M. C. B. Association with re-
gard to hand holds or grab irons see Protection
of Trainmen.
The grab irons or hand holds shown in Fig.
5637 are in the positions recommended.
The term handle, though often used to designate
these attachments, is not strictly appropriate to
such a part, nor is it so widely in use as grab iron.
Similar parts on passenger cars are called Hand
Rails, which see.
Graduated Spring. Figs. 5378-5379. A form of com-
pound spring in which only a certain number of the
individual spirals come into action with a light
load and the others only under a heavy load.
Another method of accomplishing the same end.
graduating the resistance of the spring to the
load placed upon it. is the use of the keg-shaped or
spool-shaped spring. Under a load the part of
larger diameter closes first and that of smaller
diameter is much stiffer. Graduated springs have
formerly been constructed by combining rubber
and spiral springs, but they are now out of use.
Graduated springs have been superseded by single
and double nest coil springs of equal length, and
few. if any, are being applied to new construction.
Graduating Spring (Triple Valve). 22, Fig. 12:33. A
spiral spring which acts against a collar on the
graduating stem to restrain the triple valve piston
from moving beyond service position when a grad-
ual brake pipe reduction is made, but which is com-
pressed by the piston when a sudden brake pipe
reduction is made.
Graduating Stem I Triple Valve). 21. Fig. 1233. See
Graduating Spring.
Graduating Stem Nut I Triple Valve). 20, Fig. 1233.
Graduating Valve (Triple Valve). A device attached
to the piston stem by a pin and its movements are
controlled by the piston. Its office is to open and
close the service port in the slide valve, feeding
air from the auxiliary reservoir to the brake cylin-
der when a service application of the brakes is
made.
Graduating Valve i.Car Heating"). Figs. 2885, 2588, 2970-
2971. A valve constructed so as to open slowly
and designed to give better regulation of the tem-
perature of the car after a car is heated.
Grain Car. A box car with tight inside grain doors.
Nearly all box cars are provided with them.
Grain Door. Fig. 1402. A close fitting movable door
on the inside of a box car by which the lower
part of the door opening is closed when the car is
loaded with grain, to prevent the latter from leak-
ing out. Such doors are usually made so that they
can be thrown over on one side of the doorway or
suspended from the roof, and thus be out of the
way when they are not used.
Grain Door Flap. The upper part of a grain door.
Hinged horizontally with the door proper.
Grain Door Rod. K. Fig. 1402. An iron rod at-
tached to the door posts on the inside of a box car,
to which a grain door is fastened or hinged. The
door and rod are generally arranged so that the
former can be moved to one side and out of the
way when the car is not loaded with grain. In
other styles the door slides upon the rod to the
roof and is there suspended.
Grate (.Baker Heater). Fig. 2690. A frame of iron bars
for holding coals in a stove, fireplace, etc. It is
usually capable of a sliding or rocking motion, or
both, to clear away ashes and clinkers.
Grate Shaker vBaker Heater). Fig. 26S9. An iron bar
which can be attached to a grate to move it in
shaking the fire.
Grate Support I Baker Heater). Fig. 2692. A crowfoot-
GRA
re
HAL
shaped bracket, fastened to the sides of the ash
pit to carry tile lire grate.
Grated Door. 61, Figs. 341-344. A door consisting of
a wooden frame with iron or wooden bars, used
on cars for carrying fruit, live stock, etc.
Grating. A perforated or slatted covering for an
opening. See
Ice Box Grating (Re- Ventilator Grating
frigerator Cars). (Fruit Car).
Clinker Grating. Window Grating.
Gravel Car. A car for carrying gravel; usually either
a dump car or a flat car. the latter most used. They
are often fitted with a central rail, over which a
ballast plow, drawn by the locomotive after detach-
ing it from the cars, works to unload the cars.
Sometimes a hoisting plant is mounted upon one
of the cars, for moving the plow.
Gravity Relief Trap (Gold's Steam Coupler). Figs.
2795-2797. An auxiliary trap, automatic in its
action, which is closed by the escape of steam and
held closed by the steam pressure. When the
pressure is removed the weight of the valve stem
tips the valve and allows the escape of the water
of condensation. The pressure under which it
closes is dependent on the weight of the valve
stem.
Grease Axle Box (British). Figs. 6760-0767. An axle
box which is lubricated from above by a grease
composed of tallow, soda, and water, which is solid
at ordinary temperatures and melts should the box
get warm. This form is being superseded by the
Oil Axle Box, which see.
Grease Box. A Journal Box, which see.
Grease Chamber (British). A cavity above the journal
bearing which contains the lubricating material in
a Grease Axle Box, which see.
Greenlee Bros. Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6808-
6821.
Griffin Chilled Cast Iron Car Wheels. Fig. 5460.
Grille (Interior Decoration). Fig. 3791. Generally a
piece of wrought work in wood or metal for deco-
ration. Used in the place of panels, over door-
ways and in bulkheads and sometimes employed
as brackets.
Grip Nuts. Figs. 3850-3852.
Grommet. 33, Figs. 2655. "A ring formed with spliced
rope (Nautical)." The separate parts of any me-
tallic eyelet are known as grommets. The two
grommets, when compressed together (with a set-
ting die), form the eyelet.
Ground Glass. Glass the surface of which has been
roughened by mechanical or chemical process so as
to break up the light passing through it and de-
stroy its transparency. Several processes exist; by
the wheel, sand blast, rotating with pebbles, or by
fluoric acid. The sand blast is at present most
commonly used.
Group Spring. A spiral car spring formed of a number
of separate springs, single or nested, united to-
gether by a common pair of spring plates. It is
called a double, or two-group, a three-group, four-
group spring, etc., according to the number of
separate springs.
Guard. 1. That which protects. See
Dash Guard. Fender Guard.
Door Guard. Heat Guard.
Draw Timber Guard. Mirror Guard.
Dust Guard. Window Guard.
2. (British.) American equivalent, conductor.
A railway official traveling with and having charge
of a railway train. He unites the functions of a
conductor, baggage master, express agent, and
brakeman, but seldom collects or nips tickets, and
never issues them or receives fares. An assistant
guard is sometimes, but not always, carried.
3. (For Lanterns.) The exterior wire cover sur-
rounding the globe and protecting it from accident.
They are termed either single, double, or triple
guard, according to the number of horizontal wires.
Guard Lining Strips. Horizontal bars or strips which
are placed in a car to keep freight from a door,
ice box, ventilator, etc. When placed vertically,
as they usually are, they are termed guard posts.
Guard Posts (Fruit Car). A row of posts standing in-
side of the ventilators and serving as a fender for
the load packed within so as to prevent obstruc-
tion to the ventilators.
Guard Rail and Frog Wing Gage. Fig. 5601. The
guard rail and frog wing gage shown were adopted
as standard in 1894, to define the dimensions of
track to which M. C. B. standard wheel and flange
gages gave been made to conform. Modified in
1907.
Guard's Van (British). Fig. 6512. Nearest American
equivalent, baggage car. See Brake Van.
Gudgeon. The bearing portion of a shaft, especially
an upright wooden shaft. A rude journal bearing
for slow motion. See Screw Coupling Nut and
Gudgeon.
Guide. "That which leads or conducts." — Webster.
See
Bell Cord Guide. Drawbar Guide.
Bell Strap Guide. Glass Plate Guide.
Brake Lever Guide. Journal Box Guide.
Brake Rod Guide. Stop Bar Guide.
Dead Lever Guide. Strap Hanger Guide.
Guide Bar. 1. See Bolster Guide Bar or Column.
Guide Bracket. Figs. 795-797. Sec Door Guide
Bracket.
Guide Casting. A strip or plate or metal screwed to
the wall or arm rest of a seat for the striker arms
to rub against to save the wood. Called also a
Friction Plate, which see.
Guide Rail. A Door Track, which see.
Gun Shaped Lamp Chimney. Fig. 3575. Sec Lamp
Chimney.
Gurring Piece (Snow Plow). Probably from gurr. a
fort, hence a piece built out to protect or fortify
a structure. In a snow plow, timbers bolted to
the posts to build out and give shape to the sides.
Gusset Plate. 192, Figs. 262-272, etc. A flat plate used
to rivet I wo parts of a metal underframe together
by riveting through each member ami the plate
or to stiffen a joint between two pieces which are
riveted together by angle plates, in which case the
gusset plate is riveted to the flanges of the ad-
joining pieces.
Guy. A rope used as a stay.
Guy Rings (of a Derrick or Crane). Rings attached to
the head block at the top of the mast (o which guy
ropes may be attached.
H
Hair. See Curled Hair.
Hair Felt (Refrigerator Car). D, Figs. 305-321. A
heavy non-conductor of heat made of hair placed
between the inner and outer linings to prevent ab-
sorption of heat.
Hale & Kilburn Car Seats and Upholstery. Figs
4093-1111. 4166-4179.
HAL
77
HEA
Half Elliptic Spring. See Spring, Elliptic Spring.
Hammer (Pile Driver Carl. The heavy weigh:
(4,000 to 4,500 lbs.) by which piles are driven. It
falls between the leaders and is provided with a
hammer eye or clevis, to which the shears of the
hoisting rope or hammer rope are attached. In
Great Britain called a tup.
Hammock (Sleeping Car Berth.) 52. Figs. 2201-2202.
A light small hammock of twine, in which to put
wearing apparel in a sleeping car berth. One is
furnished to each berth.
Hand Car. Figs. 6193, 6196, 6203, etc. A small and
light car arranged with cranks or levers and gear-
ing so that it can be propelled by hand by persons
riding on the car. One of these cars is provided
for each section of 3 to 6 miles of track. Hand
cars for regular section service weigh from 450 to
600 lbs., generally about 500 lbs.
Hand Car Lever or Propelling Lever. 19, Figs. 6207-
6209.
Hand Car Truss Rod. 26, Figs. 6207-6209. A trans-
verse or longitudinal rod by which the floor frame
of a hand car is trussed.
Hand Car Wheel. A light wheel for hand cars, with
cast iron rim and hub and wrought iron spokes, or
with a wooden center or made of one piece of
pressed steel as Figs. 6215-6217.
Hand Holds ill. C. B. Standard). Figs. S77-S78, 5637.
See Grab Irons, also Protection of Trainmen.
Hand Brake Connection. Figs. 873-874.
Hand Pole (Street Cars). A wooden rod carried on
hand rail of box and stock cars.
which pole are hung hand pole straps for people to
cling to, who are required to stand. See Pole
Straps.
Hand Rail. 1. A bar or rail to take hold of with the
hand, as the bod}- hand rail of passenger car plat-
forms, door hand rail, inside hand rail and step
hand rail of street cars, and roof hand rail or brake
hand rail of box and stock cars.
2. (Tank Cars.) 121, Figs, 545-549. An iron pipe
supported on hand rail posts on the outside of the
running board, for trainmen to hold on to in pass-
ing over cars.
Hand Rail Brace I Freight Car Roofs). See Roof
Hand Rail.
Hand Rail Bracket (Postal Cars). Fig. 3769.
Hand Rail Post (.Tank Car). 122. Figs. 545-549. A ver-
tical support for the Hand Rail, which see. They
are usually bolted to the side sills.
Hand Straps (Street and Suburban Cars). Fig. 3777.
Straps attached to the inside hand rail for passen-
gers to hold on by. Generally made in the form of
a double loop.
Hand Wheel. A Brake Wheel, which see.
Handle. "That part of anything by which it is held in
the hand. A haft. As the handle of a knife or
other instrument." — V orcester. They are desig-
nated by the name of the part or thing to which
they are a handle, as ash pit door handle, etc.
Handle Clamp Bolt (Motorman's Brake Valve). 8.
Figs. 1225-1226.
Handle Latch Spring (Motorman's Brake Valve"). 13.
Figs. 1225-1226. A spring carrying a latch or dog
to hold the handle in any desired position.
Hanger. 1. ''That by which a thing is suspended." —
Webster.
2. "A means for supporting shafting of ma-
chinery."— Knight. See
Bell Cord Hanger. Push Rod Hanger.
Berth Curtain Rod Rocker Bearing Tim-
Hanger, ber Hanger.
Brake Beam Adjusting Safety Hanger.
Hanger. Spring Hanger.
Brake Hanger. Step Hanger.
Door Hanger. Strap Hanger.
Link Hanger. Swing Hanger.
Parallel Brake Hanger. Swing Link Hanger.
Pipe Hanger. T Hanger.
Hanger LinK. A Swing Hanger, which see.
Hanging Boards or Meat Timbers (Refrigerator Car).
Transverse bars, resting usually on bogus plates,
to which the load of meat is suspended from hooks.
Hanging Door Sheave. Fig. 2655. See Car Door-
Hanger.
Hard Hair. A quality of curled hair which is very stiff
or rigid. See Curled Hair.
Harrison Dust Guard. Fig. 5322.
Harrison Lubricator. Fig. 5315.
Hart Convertible Car. Fig. 88. A car which can readily
be converted from a standard gondola car with flat
bottom to a center dumping hopper car for ballast
or a car with hinged sides for use with an unload-
ing plow.
Hart Deck Sash Pivot and Ratchet Catch. A device
for regulating the opening of deck sashes, the
special feature of which is the undulating rack, en-
abling the sash to be easily moved by the hands
and yet holding it fixed when released in any one
of several different positions.
Hartshorn Shade Roller. Fig. 4681. See Shade Roller.
An ingenious device to hold window shades at any
desired point by means of centrifugal pawls which
fly out and do not check the revolution of the
roller while in rapid motion, but engage with and
hold it at any point otherwise. The McKay shade
roller is somewhat similar, but uses a cam in-
stead of a pawl.
Harvey Friction Draft Spring. Figs. 1468-1469.
Hasp. The bar which fits over a staple and is fastened
thereon by passing the shackle of a padlock through
the staple, or by a pin. The other end of the hasp
is attached by a pin or another staple to the door.
See Door Hasp, Head Board Coupling Hasp.
Shackle.
Hat Hook. Fig. 3808, etc. A metal hook for hanging
hats on.
Hat Post. Fig. 3831, etc. An upright metal pin for
hanging hats on. These are used chiefly in sleeping
and parlor cars, and they are invariably combined
with a hook and technically called hat post and
hook.
Hat Rack. A Basket Rack, which see.
Hay Car. A box car for carrying baled hay; usually
made with larger bodies and doors than ordinary
box freight cars.
Head. See
Brake Head. Draw Head.
Buffer Head. Drawbar Head.
Cylinder Head. Piston Head.
Dome Head. Tank Head.
Head Block. 1. (Of a Derrick or Crane/) The casting
carried at the top of the mast to which the boom
hoe rods, tension rods and guy rings, etc., are
attached. It usually revolves upon a head block
pin.
2. (Of a Switch.) The long timber to which the
switch stand or its equivalent is fastened, and on
which the ends of the switch rails bear.
3. See Tank Head Block.
HEA
HEI
Head Board. 9, Figs. 2201-2202. A light partition which
separates one berth in a sleeping car from that next
to it. It is stowed away by day in the pocket be-
tween the upper berth, when closed up. and the
roof. It is secured in place at the back and front
by head board bolts entering at the back into a
bushing, fixed to the top of the stationary seat
back and along the upper inside edge by a head
board coupling, entering into a head board coup-
ling keeper. The head board bolt for the front
corner of the head board is of peculiar construction,
designed to avoid all interruption of a flush surface
by day, while still giving a secure attachment.
Head Board Bolt. Figs. 4335. 4341-4342, etc.; 54. Figs.
2201-2202. See above.
Hat Board Bolt Bushing. Figs. 4332-4334. See above.
Head Board Coupling. Figs. 4337-4338. A metal hasp
and keeper by which a head board is fastened to
the side of the car.
Head Board Coupling Hasp. See above.
Head Board Coupling Keeper. Fig. 4002. See above.
Head Board Fastener. Figs. 4338-4339.
Head Board Pocket. 32. Figs. 2201-2203. A pocket
which closes up flush with the head board surface,
but opens at night, by releasing a head board rack
catch so as to afford a receptacle for clothing or
parcels. This form of head board pocket has been
superseded by a pocket made by folding up the
upholstered head rest, as shown in 32, Fig. 2201.
Head End System. A system of electrically lighting a
complete railway train from a single generating
plant, located either on the locomotive, tender or
on one of the cars of the train. Head end gen-
erators may be steam or axle-driven. If located on
the locomotive, they are driven by steam. If lo-
cated on the tender or on one of the cars, they
may be axle-driven or steam-driven. Axle-driven
head end generators must be automatically regu-
lated, and steam-driven generators should be auto-
matically regulated, although very little attention
is, as a rule, given to the subject of regulation.
The head end generator is connected to the train
line system of the train by a suitable set of con-
nections, and current is supplied to each car
through the taps to the train lines. In the head
end system it is not essential to equip each car with
a storage battery, although it is generally advis-
able, for when so equipped the train can be broken
up and separated into its units without destroying
the continuity of the light on any car.
Head Lining. A painted canvas or prepared lining with
which the ceilings of passenger cars are covered.
The painting on head linings is intended to be of
an ornamental character. When of wood the head
lining is called ceiling. The duck for head lining
comes in any width up to 12 feet. Head lining is
sometimes cut tip into panels, but a paneled ceiling
is usually understood to be a wood ceiling, which
is largely supplanting canvas head linings.
Head Lining Nail. A nail with a large button-shaped
head especially made for fastening head linings to
the ceilings of cars.
Head Piece (Street Cars). A body end plate.
Head Rest. 32, Figs. 2201-2202. In a first class car-
riage and sleeping car a fixed vertical projection
from the back of the seat, thickly padded with horse
hair and covered with broadcloth or leather. It
serves to support the side or back of the head of a
passenger. That at the end of the seat is a head
rest, but it is also called a seat head end or end
head rest, 14 Figs. 2201-2202.
Head Roll (of a Seat). Fig. 4107. A padded projection
at the top of a seat or chair back, which is to sup-
port the head. It is cylindrical and extends the full
width of the seat.
Headstock i British). American equivalent, end sill.
The transverse end member of the Underframe.
which see. It is pierced transversely in the center
for the drawgear, and the buffing gear is carried
near the ends.
Headstock and Diagonal Knee (British). A wrought
iron knee connecting the head stock to the diagonal
and the sole bar, and thus binding three of the four
main members of the underframe together.
Headstock Cap (British). A cast iron cap fitting the
end of the headstock in order to prevent its split-
ting, and to prevent any access of water to the end
grain of the wood. A wrought iron strap is some-
times used.
Heat Guard. A sheet metal covering for the woodwork
of a passenger car, to protect it from the heat of a
stove. It is nailed to the side and ends of the car,,
and sometimes surrounds the stove, as the conical
Russia iron guard of the Baker heater.
Heater. 1. Figs. 2676-2783. Any apparatus for warming
a car. room, or building by convection: that is, by
conveying hot water, steam, or warmed air into
or through the apartments. The term generally
refers to any arrangements for warming apartments
other than stoves, which heat by direct radiation.
There have been many varieties in use, but the one
remaining and which has the field practically to
itself is the Baker heater. There are numerous
heating systems, but they, for the most part, use
Baker heaters in connection with their apparatus.
Nearly all the systems use heaters which circulate
hot water. They are usually placed in a small
closet called the heater room. In emigrant cars
cook stoves are used for heating.
2. (For Lamps or Lanterns.) A metallic attach-
ment passing around and above the flame or other-
wise immediately adjacent to it, by which heat is
conveyed to the oil in the reservoir below, to pre-
vent freezing, or, in some cases to assist combus-
tion by heating or volatilizing the oil.
Heater Car. One constructed for carrying fruits, vege-
tables, and other perishable products in winter.
They are heated by special forms of mineral oil
lamps, the supply to which is automatically con-
trolled by the expansion and contraction of me-
tallic rods. They are principally in use for the
transportation of potatoes and other vegetables.
Heater Coil. Fig. 2742. A Generator Coil, which see-
Heater Pipe Casing. Q. Fig. 2204. A wooden or iron
shelf over a heater pipe in a passenger car to pre-
vent the feet of passengers from coming in con-
tact with the hot pipes. The casing also forms a
foot rest.
Heater Room. A small closet, eased with sheet metal
interior heat guards, to contain the heater and pre-
vent all direct radiation. All heaters proper are
placed in some equivalent for such rooms.
Height of Couplers (M. C. B. Standard). The standard
height of couplers for passenger equipment cars
is 35 inches from top of rail when ear is light.
Adopted in 1890.
The standard height of couplers for freight cars,
measured perpendicularly from the level of the tops
of rails to center of couplers, adopted in 1803, is
HEL
79
HOO
34^2 inches, with no greater variation allowable
than 3 inches, minimum height 31v2 inches. By
center of coupler is meant the horizontal line
through the center of the coupler shank.
Helper. A term used to designate either an assistant
engine for trains, or a horse to help street cars up
grades.
Hercules Brake Beam. Figs. 5120-5125, 5190.
Heywood Bros. & Wakefield Car Seats. Fig. 4113, etc
High Back Seat. Fig. 4107. etc. A class of seats with
extra high back and frequently a head roll or head
rest.
High Side Gondola Car. Figs. 51, 57. A gondola car
with extra high sides and ends for carrying coal or
minerals.
High-Seated Wagon (British). Fig. 6545. A four-
wheeled gondola car, with sides about 4 feet high.
Used chiefly for bulk}- freight, wheat, potatoes,
sacks and bales. See Wagon.
High Speed Brake (Westinghouse). Figs. 1216-1218.
Brake attachments essentially the same as the ordi-
nary quick acting brake, with a pressure reducing
valve, Fig. 1250. The auxiliary reservoir pressure
is increased from 70 lbs. to 110 lbs. and on emer-
gency applications a pressure of about 85 lbs. is
obtained in the brake cylinder. This high pressure
is slowly bled off through the reducing valve to
60 lbs. when subsequent operations of release and
recharging take place, as in the ordinary quick
acting brake. For cars not equipped with reducing
valves a safety valve, Fig. 1256. is required.
Hillman Lock Turnbuckle. Fig. 3859.
Hinge. Fig. 2442. "A hook or joint on which a door,
gate, etc., turns." — Webster. They are provided
with a tube-like knuckle through which the Hinge
Pin, which see. passes. See
Bali-Bearing Butt Drop Door Hinge.
Hinge. Manhole Hinge.
Butt Hinge. Seat Hinge.
Door Hinge. Sofa Hinge.
Double Acting Hinge. Stop Bar Hinge.
The common door hinge is usually a butt or butt
hinge, the varieties of which are the acorn butt, a
large ornamental hinge. Blake Butt, which see. and
the hopper butt, so called from its pointed form.
The parliament hinge is a sort of T-shaped butt
hinge to afford more room for screws. It is little
used except for ornamental purposes. The strap
hinge is a common form of rough hinge for heavy
doors, but it is sometimes made very elaborate and
ornamental. Fig. 2458. A T-hinge is a combination
of the butt and strap hinge, one-half being of each
form. Butt hinges are either fast joint, loose
joint or loose pin. A double acting hinge is one
which permits the door to swing either way.
Hinge Pin. Fig. 2443. etc. The pin passing through the
knuckle of a hinge and holding the two parts
together. A loose joint butt hinge has the pin fast
in the lower half of the knuckle and projecting
upward, so that the other half is held on only by
gravity. The hinge pin in the best hinges screws
into the knuckle.
Hinge Plate Washer (British). A long wrought iron
washer taking all the bolts securing the main part
of the hinge to the door.
Hinson Draft Gear (Freight). Figs. 1567-1579: (Pas-
senger). Figs. 1982-1990.
Hinson Emergency Knuckle. Fig. 1796.
Hitchcock Combination Hot and Cold Water Faucet.
Fig. 3658.
Hodge Brake. An arrangement invented by Xehemiah
Hodge, patented in 1849. for operating the brakes
on each truck of a car simultaneously, and equaliz-
ing the pressure on all the wheels. The brake may
have one or two levers on each truck. Underneath
the car body are two levers, called Hodge or float-
ing levers, with movable fulcrums in their centers,
which are connected together by a rod. One end
of each of these levers is connected by a rod and
chain to the brake shaft, and the other end of the
floating lever is connected by a rod with the long
arm of a brake lever on a truck.
Hog Chain "(Shipbuilding). A chain in the nature of a
tension rod passing from stern of a vessel, and over
posts nearer amidships; designed to prevent the
vessel from dropping at the ends." — Knight.
Hence applied to certain forms of trusses in car
construction. A hog chain is an inverted truss rod,
and usually so called when applied in connection
with and in similar form to a body truss rod, the
object of a truss rod being to prevent a beam from
sinking in the middle, and of a hog chain to prevent
sinking at the ends when supported at the middle.
Also called an overhang truss rod.
Hog Chain Queen Post. 221, Figs. 599-619. See above.
The struts over which the hog chain passes.
Hog Chain Rod i of a Passenger Car). See above.
More properly a continuous counterbrace rod or
an overhang truss rod.
Hoisting Block (of a Derrick or Crane). The main
block at the lower end of the hoisting chains carry-
ing the sheave hook, or hoisting hook, to which the
load is attached. See Block.
Hoisting Block Clevis. A clevis carried at the top of a
hoisting block to which the fixed end of the hoist-
ing chain is attached. In some cases it is attached
to a clevis at the upper end of the boom. See
Clevis.
Hoisting Chain (of a Derrick, Steam Shovel or Crane).
18. Figs. 596-598. The chain attached to the hoist-
ing drum at one end and to the hoisting block or
boom clevis at the other, by which the loads are
raised.
Hoisting Chain Sheave. A pulley placed in some wreck-
ing cars at the foot of the mast, when the hoisting
gear is at some distance from it. The term is
equally applicable to the mast sheave and boom
sheave at the top of those parts of a derrick, but
the latter are generally otherwise distinguished.
Hoisting Drum (Steam Shovel). 20. Figs. 596-598. The
barrel about which is wound the chain cable at-
tached to the dipper block.
Hoisting Engine (Steam Shovel). 21. Figs. 596-598.
The engine geared to the hoisting drum.
Hoisting Gear (Steam Shovel). 19, Figs. 596-598. The
gear wheel on the hoisting drum.
Hoisting Hook. See Sheave Hook. See also Hoisting
Block.
Holder. "Something by which a thing is held." —
Webster. A great variety of parts which serve this
purpose are so called, as door holder, lamp holder,
etc.. which take their names from the thing which
they hold.
Holder Valve I Pintsch System). Figs. 3045. 3109.
Hollow Chisel Mortiser. See Mortiser.
Hollow Piston Rod (Freight and Tender Brakes). A
brake cylinder piston rod which is hollow to receive
the Push Rod or Push Bar, which see.
Hollow Spoke Wheel. See Car Wheel and Wheel.
Hood. 1. See Platform Hood. Ventilator Hood. A
HOO
80
HOS
roof apron which is attached to both platform roofs
and platform hoods is sometimes called a hood.
2. (Heater.) More properly a ventilator or wind
scoop. A horizontal tube or covering on the out-
side of a car, and on top of the cold air pipe, so as
to give the latter a T-shape. The air is admitted
to the pipe through the ends of the hood, which
are covered with wire netting to exclude cinders.
It has a valve which is moved by the current of
air so as to admit it whichever way the car runs.
3. (For Urinal.) More properly ventilator cap.
Hood Brace (Buhoup Vestibule). 129, Figs. 2215-2203.
Hood Brace Brackets ( Buhoup Vestibule.) 125-128,
Figs. 2215-22G3.
Hood Support (Street Cars). A platform end post.
Hook. See
Bell Cord End Hook. Draw Hook.
Berth Catch Hook. Hat Hook.
Berth Curtain Hook. Hat Post and Hook.
Body Check Chain Lamp Case Hook.
Hook. Pouch Hook.
Ceiling Hook. Seal Hook.
Check Chain Hook. Stake Hook.
Coat and Hat Hook. Table Hook.
Coat Hook. Table Leg Hook.
Coupling Hook. Truck Check Chain
Door Hook. Hook.
Door Latch Hook. Window Curtain Hook.
Drawbar Coupling
Hook.
Hoop (for Oil Lamps). A ferrule with an interior
thread into which the burner screws.
Hoopstick (British). See Roofstick.
Hopper. 1. (Passenger Cars.) Fig. 4054. A closet
hopper, water, or soil hopper.
2. (Freight Cars.) Sec Hopper Bottom Car.
Hopper-Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 57-58, 456-462. A
car having one or more hoppers built in the floor
which slope toward the center from all sides and
which are closed by hopper doors. Most of the
load can be discharged by gravity on opening the
doors. Distinguished from Hopper Cars, which see,
by the fact that at least a part of the floor is level
whereas in a hopper car the floor slopes toward the
center for its entire length and all the load can be
discharged by gravity. See Gondola Car, Drop-
Bottom Gondola Car.
Hopper Butt Hinge. Fig. 2456. A hinge so named
from its pointed form.
Hopper Car. Figs. 67-70, 463-512. A car witli the floor
sloping from the ends and sides to one or more
hoppers in the center and which will discharge its
entire load by gravity through the hopper doors.
Hopper Carry Irons. A Hopper Supporting Strap,
which see.
Hopper Chain. See Drop Door Chain.
Hopper Door (Hopper Cars). 61, Figs. 474-500. See
Drop Door.
Hopper Door Locking Pawl. 106, Figs. 474-477. In a
hopper door gear, the catch which when thrown
into engagement with the toggle arms, prevents
the arms from moving from the closed position and
opening the hopper doors.
Hopper Door Toggle Arm (Hopper Cars). 104, Figs.
474-500. A link in the drop door mechanism which
is fastened to the door and forces it shut when the
toggle link is forced down.
Hopper Door Toggle Link (Hopper Cars). 105, Figs.
474-500. The arm in the drop door mechanism
which forces down the toggle arms when the wind-
ing shaft is revolved and closes the doors.
Hopper Ore Car. Figs. 496-512. See Hopper Car.
Hopper Plates. The metal sheets constituting the bot-
tom of a hopper bottom car. Also termed inclined
floor or hopper slope.
Hopper Siding. The planking that forms the side of a
box hopper.
Hopper Slope (Hopper Car). 27c, Figs. 428-431. That
part of the floor which slopes from the center of
the car to both hopper doors. See Side Slope and
End Slope.
Hopper Stayrods. Inclined rods passing through the
center sill and to the hopper supporting strap at
the hinged end of the doors to prevent the hopper
from sagging in the middle.
Hopper Support (Hopper Cars). 45, Figs. 474-500. An
angle riveted to the ridge of the hopper at the
center and the top of the side sheet, forming a
support for the hopper. It serves the same pur-
pose as the Hopper Supporting Strap, which see.
Hopper Supporting Strap. A heavy U-shaped iron strap
bent to the shape of the hopper of a gondola car,
and with the ends bolted to the side sills. Its office
is to support the hopper, and it is usually applied
at the end of the inclined floor, and in the middle
of the hopper at which point the doors are hinged.
Hopper Ventilator. Sec Bell's Exhaust Hopper Ven-
tilator.
Horizontal Brake Shaft. 95, Figs. 267-268. A brake
shaft usually at the end of a car body, the position
of which is horizontal instead of vertical, so that it
can be applied from below. When used it is com-
monly in combination with a long brake shaft of
the ordinary kind at the other end of the car. It is
for use in grain elevators, tunnels and in city yards,
chiefly on the Pennsylvania Railroad.
Horizontal Brake Shaft Chain. 104, Figs. 267-268. A
chain attached to a brake rod at the end of a car
and running over a pulley to a horizontal shaft on
which it is wound.
Horizontal Telegraph Cock or Faucet. See Faucet.
Hornplate (British). The name given to the part of a
locomotive or tender which on other railroad ve-
hicles is termed Axle Guard (American, pedestal),
which see
Horse Box (British.) A four-wheeled covered vehicle
adapted to run on passenger trains. It is fitted with
large side doors and mangers, and is divided into
three stalls by movable padded partitions.
Horse Car. 1. Figs. 114-117, 201, 620, 622. A box ear
or express car lifted up with stalls especially for
carrying horses. Some horse cars are very elabor-
ate.
2. Street Cars, which see, drawn by horses, are
very frequently called horse cars.
Horse Hook or Towing Hook (British). Nearest Amer-
ican equivalent, roping staple. An iron hook at-
tached to the sole bar and forming an attachment
for a rope by which the vehicle can be drawn.
Horses are largely used for switching in England.
Horse Shoe Seal. Fig. 4085. A cast-in wire and lead
seal.
Hose. Flexible tubing, made of leather, canvas, or In-
dia rubber, for conveying water, air. or other fluids.
See also Brake Hose, Coupling Hose.
Hose Bracket. See Brake Hose Bracket.
Hose Protector (Flexible). Fig. 132.3.
Hose Chain. Fig. 2814. A light chain to hold up the
steam hose when uncoupled and prevent its drop-
ping to the track.
HOS
81
INJ
Hose Clamp. Fig. 1291. A clamp to bind the hose to
the hose nipple and coupling.
Hose Connection. Figs. 1324-1325.
Hose Couplings. See Brake Hose Couplings.
Hose Nipple. See Brake Hose Nipple.
Hospital Car. Figs. 245-246. A car fitted up with all
the appliances of a hospital for use in treating in-
juries caused by railroad accidents. Such cars are
usually kept in large yards and are used for tem-
porary treatment of injured employees. In case of
a wreck the car is sent out with the wrecking crew
to the scene of the accident.
Hot Water Heater. See Baker Heater.
Hot Water Pipes. P. Fig. 2204. Pipes running along-
side of a car under the seats, which contain hot
water, and by which the car is heated. They are
usually naked iron pipes, and the car is heated by
convection as well as radiation. Between the seats
the pipes on the side of the car have a hot water
guard rail running along over and above them.
House Car. An occasional term for a Box Car, which
see.
Housing Box. A Journal Box, which see.
Howard's Railway Water Closet. Figs. 4042-4043, A
device the essential feature of which is the connec-
tion between the seat lid and the pan and service
measure, by which no water is carried to the pan
except on opening the lid.
Hub (of a Car Wheel). The central portion into which
the axle is fitted. It is usually cylindrical in form
and projects beyond the disks or spokes of the
wheel on eacli side. In Great Britain termed the
boss.
Hub Bolts (Steel-Tired Wheels). Bolts fastening the
face plates to the hub.
Huntoon Brake Beam. Figs. 5143-5148, 5152-5155.
Hydraulic Jack. Figs. 3890-3891. A tool or machine in
which the power is exerted by means of the pres-
sure of some liquid acting against a piston or
plunger, for raising heavy weights, like a car. The
head and interior tube or ram form a reservoir,
from which the fluid flows to the pump., and to
which it is returned in lowering. From the pump
it is forced, by the downward stroke of the piston,
past the lower valve into the cylinder, and, this
being closed at the bottom, the ram rises. The
lever, which is made with a projection on one edge,
slips into a socket at the side of the head. This
socket passes through an arm on the interior of
the head, and to this is fastened the piston of the
pump. The claw attachment is a third tube, which
screws into the head, below the ram collar and
outside of the cylinder, at the lower end of which
is a claw projecting out at one side. The)- are rated
so that one man can raise the weight for which
they are designed. The speed of lifting is inversely
proportionate to the amount lifted. Ten tons can
be lifted one foot in about a minute and a half. See
Dudgeon's Hydraulic Jacks and Watson & Still-
man's Hydraulic Jacks, Joyce-Cridland's Hydraulic
Jacks.
Hydraulic Pressed Car Candles. Candles made of par-
affin by hydraulic pressure. See Candles.
Hydrostatic Buffer. A platform and buffing apparatus
designed by Mr. A. G. Leonard and first applied to
the Empire State Express between New York and
Buffalo. It consists of a buffer plate extending
the full width of the platform end sills, with two
side, two intermediate and one center buffer stems.
These center stems are backed up by springs, as is
usual in other buffing apparatus, and in addition
the center and side stems are enlarged at their ends
and fitted so as to act as pistons in buffer stem
cylinders. The two side and center cylinders are
filled with a liquid and they are connected with
suitable piping. The drawbar has attached to it a
pressure bar, which is also fitted to a cylinder which
has pipe connection with the center and side buffer
steins. The effect of this arrangement is to equal-
ize the pressure upon the buffer plate. If one side
buffer stem receives more than its proportion of the
thrust the fluid conveys the hydrostatic pressure to
the other side and center and tends to equalize it.
When the drawbar is drawn out the pressure bar
piston forces the fluid from its cylinder into the
buffer stem cylinders and forces out the buffer
plate, insuring contact at all times between the
buffer plates. Folding steps are required, since the
buffing apparatus takes up the full width of the
platform.
I-Beam. A general term applied by makers to any form
of rolled iron or steel having an I cross-section.
The top and bottom parts are termed the flanges,
and the middle the web. The usual dimensions ar.^
given by the total height from out to out, and vary
from 3 to 15 inches or more. When one of the
flanges is simply a round bar it is termed a deck
beam. I-beams are used for center and interme-
diate sills, also for body and truck bolsters.
Ice Car. A car for transporting ice, usually constructed
with double roofs, floors and sides, filled in with
sawdust or other non-conducting substance.
Ice Pan (Refrigerator Cars). The receptacle for carry-
ing ice, especially roof ice pans, in distinction from
ice racks, at the ends of the car.
Inclined Floor (Coal Cars). 27, 27a, 27b, 27c, Figs. 474-
500. Subdivided into inclined end floor and inclined
side floor, the latter not always used.
Inclined Floor Timbers (Hopper Car). The wooden
sills to which the inclined floor of a coal car is
nailed.
Inclined Plane Car. A passenger street car which is
drawn by a wire rope on a steep inclined plane.
The car is so arranged that the floor will be level
when the wheels are on the incline, by making the
wheels at one end larger than at the other, or by
raising up one end of the car body.
Independent Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6897-6904.
India Rubber. A gum which exudes from a tropical
tree growing in the East and West Indies, Mexico,
South America, etc. It is prepared for use by vul-
canizing with a greater or less proportion of sul-
phur, according to the stiffness required.
India Rubber Body Cushion or Attock's Body Block
(British). A piece of rubber about 6 inches by 3
inches by 1 inch thick, interposed between the body
and the underframe, serving to deaden noise and
vibration and permit a free circulation of air to the
floor timbers.
India Rubber Floor Mat. Fig. 2670. See Floor Mat.
They are either perforated or corrugated.
Ingate. "The aperture in a casting mold at which the
melted metal enters." — Knight. Often called a
gate.
Ingersoll-Rand Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6909-6913.
Injector. A large hood or wind scoop on the roof of
the car to catch the air and force it through the
various pipes into the car. Corresponding parts
INL
S2
INT
arc called hoods, jacks, ventilators, ventilator jacks,
wind scoops, etc.
Inlet Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2899, 2906-2967.
The valve controlling the inflow of steam to the
heater pipes.
Inner Intermediate Sills. 3, Figs. 262-272. Those two
intermediate sills next to the center sills. See In-
termediate Sills and Outer Intermediate Sills.
Inner Lamp Ring (British). An ornamental or wooden
ring in the inner surface of the roof surrounding the
aperture for the Roof Lamp, which see.
Inside Body Corner Knee (British). American equiv-
alent, sill knee iron or corner plate, which latter
is used outside instead of inside. A wrought iron
knee placed in a horizontal plane securing the end
and side of the body together.
Inside Casing (British). Boards in the inside of the
body attached to the framing of the sides and ends.
Also called inside lining.
Inside Casing (Baker Heater). Fig. 2725. Sheet iron
or steel plate bent and riveted into the shape of a
frustum of a cone, which forms the top of the fire
pot.
Inside Ceiling (Refrigerator Car). K, and 53e, Figs.
305-321. The inside layer of light boards in the
roof of the car.
Inside Cornice (Passenger Car Interiors). 94. Figs.
648-651. A molding which fills the angle where the
roof joins the side of the car.
Inside Cornice Fascia Board. 95, Figs. 648-651. A pro-
jecting board which forms a molding or ornament
under the inside cornice. The sub-fascia board lies
under it. The arrangement of these details, how-
ever, is frequently varied.
Inside Cornice Sub-Fascia Board. Z, Fig. 2204. See
above.
Inside Deck Cornice. 120, Figs. 648-651.
Inside End Piece (Truck Frame). Figs. 4788-4790. The
end piece which is nearest to the center of the car.
It is usually straight, while the outer one is cut
away on top so as to make room for the draft
rigging.
Inside Frieze Panel (Street Cars). A panel on the in-
side over a window. See Panel.
Inside Hand Rail (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3951.
Inside Hung Brakes. Fig. 5072. Brake attachments for
trucks in which the brake shoes and beams are
between the wheels. When attached on the out-
side they are Outside Hung Brakes, which see.
Inside Lining. 1. 53, Figs. 262-263; 53b and A, Figs.
305-321; 97, Figs. 648-651. The boarding which is
nailed to the insides of the posts of freight, baggage
and other cars. In box cars it extends half way up
only, to the girth. Inside lining becomes some-
times inside sheathing when it is carried up to the
roof, and is the only sheathing for the car, the
frame being left exposed.
2. (British.) See Inside Casing.
Inside Lining Cap. A Girth or Belt Rail, which see.
Inside Lining Stud. A vertical strip or post extending
from the side sill to the girth to serve as a "nailer '
for the inside lining.
Inside Roof. 86c, Figs. 262-272. A light board roof
under the main roof and separated from it by the
purlins.
Inside Wheel Piece Plate. 12, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777.
See Wheel Piece.
Inside Window Panel. 89, Figs. 648-651; 10, Figs. 2201-
2202. A panel inside of a passenger car between
the windows.
Inside Window Sill. 78, Figs. 648-651. etc. A horizontal
piece of wood under the window on the inside.
Inside Window Stop. A wooden strip attached to a
window post on the inside of a window blind or an
inner sash of a double window. It forms a groove
in which the blind or window sash slides. Also
called window casing. Sometimes the window
molding forms a stop on the inside.
Inspection Car. 1. A car used for inspecting track of
a railway. In inspecting the track it is pushed in
front of a locomotive.
2. Fig. 6196. A hand car used for very much
the same purpose. Three-wheeled hand cars are
also used by roadmasters for inspection. See Hand
Car.
3. Fig. 6191, etc. A small car propelled by gaso-
lene with seats for from four to six persons.
Instruction Car (Air Brake). Figs. 244, 258-260. A
car maintained by the Westinghouse Air Brake Co.
and by some railroads to send out over the line in
charge of experts, and with a full equipment of air
brake apparatus, for the purpose of instructing em-
ployees required to operate or inspect air brakes as
to their construction, operation and proper main-
tenance. The same end is accomplished by some
roads by establishing instruction shops or schools
at certain points along the road and requiring em-
ployees to attend the same.
Insulating Paper (Refrigerator Cars). B, Figs. 305-321.
A heavy tar paper placed between the linings to aid
the insulation of the contents of the car from hea*.
Interchange of Traffic, Rules for.
The following code of rules governing the con-
dition of. and repairs to freight cars offered in in-
terchange traffic has been adopted by the Master
Car Builders' Association. It is revised from year
to year. The rules here given are the latest re-
vision. 1908.
These rules make car owners responsible for. and
therefore chargeable with, the repairs to their cars
necessitated by ordinal wear and tear in fair service,
so that defect cards will not be required for any defects
thus arising.
Railroad companies handling cars are responsible for
damage done to any car by unfair usage, derailment or
accident, and for improper repairs made by them, and
they should make proper repairs at their own expense,
or issue defect card covering all such damage or im-
proper repairs.
All inspection of freight or passenger cars for inter-
change will be made in accordance with the following
rules:
Care of Foreign Freight Cars.
Rule 1. Each railway company shall give to foreign
cars, while on its line, the same care as to oiling, pack-
ing, inspection and adjusting brakes that it gives to its
own cars.
Interchanging Freight Cars.
Rule 2. Cars offered in interchange must be accepted
if in safe and serviceable condition, the receiving road
to be the judge in cases not provided for in Rules 3 to
56, inclusive.
In case cars are rejected by the receiving road and
returned to the delivering company, all the defects ob-
jected to must be designated on a return card 3% x 8
inches, of the following form, tilled in with ink or
black indelible pencil, and placed on the car adjacent to
the destination card:
INT
S3
INT
RETURN CARD.
Ry.,
Ry.
for the following defects:
Inspector
Instructions for Inspectors,
use of defect card.
Rule 3. Defect cards shall be 3% inches by 8 inches,
and of the form shown below. They should be printed
in red ink on both sides, and shall be filled in on both
sides with ink or black indelible pencil. The cards
must plainly specify in full each item for which charge?
are authorized, indicating on which end of the car the
defects exist. The end of the car upon which the brake
staff is located shall be known as "B" end, and the
opposite end shall be known as "A" end. Where ther°
are two brake staffs on same car. the end toward which
the cylinder push rod travels shall be known as "B"
end.
=§ss
M C. B. DEFECT CARD
[Name of Road.)
Date
Car specified below will be received at any point on this
company's line with the following defects:
Car No Initials
Inspector at.
Rule 4. Defect cards shall not be required for de
fects for which owners are responsible, except for miss-
ing material on cars offered in interchange, as provided
for in Rules 27, 32, 35 and 42 ; neither shall they be re-
quired of the delivering road for improper repairs that
were not made by it with the exception of the cases
provided for in Rules 29, 34. 43, 44 and 45.
Rule 5. If a car has defects for which the owners
are not responsible, but which do not render it unsafe
to run, nor unsafe to trainmen, nor to any lading suit-
able to the car, the receiving road may require that a
defect card be securely attached to the car with four
tacks, preferably on the outside face of intermediate sill,
between cross-tie timbers on wooden cars; and on steel
cars to cardboard located either on cross-tie under car
or on inside of side sill at end of car.
Rule 6. Duplicate defect cards shall be furnished for
lost or illegible cards.
Wheels,
defects of wheels which justify renewal.
Rule 7. Shelled out: wheels with defec-
tive treads on account of pieces shelling out:
if the spots are over 21? inches, or are so
numerous as to endanger the safety of the
wheel.
Rule 8. Seams % inch long or over at a
Owners
responsible
distance of ¥2 inch or less from the throat
of the flange, or seams 3 or more inches
long, if such seams are within the limits of
3% inches, as shown on Fig\ 5.
= »U*o£ti£c. STE£l_
Wheel Defect and Worn Coupler Limit Gage.
Fig. 1.
Rule 9. Worn through chill: when the
worn spot exceeds 2% inches in length.
Care must be taken to distinguish this de-
fect from flat spots caused by sliding wheels.
Rule 10. Worn flange: cast wheels under
cars of less than 80,000 pounds capacity,
with flanges having flat vertical surfaces ex-
tending more than 1 inch from tread, or
flange IS inch thick or less, gaged at a
point % inch above tread. Wheels under
cars of 80,000 pounds capacity or over, with
flanges having flat vertical surfaces extending
more than % inch from tread, or flange less
than 1 inch thick, gaged at a point % inch
above tread. (See Figs. 4 and 4a.)
Worn flange: steel and steel-tired wheel s
with flanges having flat vertical surfaces ex-
tending more than one inch from tread, or
flange 11 inch thick or less. (See Figs. 1
and 4a.
Rule 11. Thick flange: flange
1A
-2f -
M.]c B. STANDARD WHEEL TREAD % FLAfYftE
Maximum Flange Thickness Gage.
Fig. 2.
inches thick for cast iron wheels, standard
of 1903, 19114. 19115 and 1906. (See Fig. 2),
or flange over ]Ji inches thick for cast
iron wheels having increased flange and
tread, standard of 1907. (See Fig. 2a.)
INT
B4
INT
-Maximum Flange Thickness Gag
Fig. 2a.
caused by seams, worn through chill or
worn flange. See also Rules 20 and 21.
Rule 15. Broken or chipped rim, caused
by defective casting, if the tread, measured
from the flange at a point % inch above
tread, is less than 3?4 inches in width.
(.See Fig. 5.) See also Rules 20 and 21.
Rule 16. Cracked tread, cracked plate,
one or more cracked brackets, or broken in
pieces under fair usage. See also Rule 20.
Steel or steel tired wheels loose, broken
or cracked hubs, plates, bolts, retaining
ring or tire under fair usage.
Rule 17. Wheels loose or out of gage.
(See Fig. 6.)
S
Method of Gaging Shelled and Fla
Spots.
Wheels are out of gauge If lass
— than 4 feet 6'4' Inches here —
or It more than
4 feet 8?i Inches here
or less than 6 feet 4 Inches here
Measurements to be made at the same height on the wheels as the
center of the axle.
For wheels cast prior to the M. C. B. Standard tread and flange
adopted in 1907.
cvuoncune
Fig. 6a.
Measurements to be made at the same height on the wheels as the
center of the axle.
< For wheels cast after January 1, 190S.)
Rule 18. Chipped flange: if chip is on
the opposite side from throat of flange and
exceeds 1% inches in length and % inch
in width, or if it extends % inch past the
center of flange.
Rule 19. Flat sliding: if the spot caused
by sliding is 2}:2 inches or over in length.
(Care should be taken to distinguish this
defect from worn through chill.)
Rule 20. Broken flange, except as in
Rule 14; chipped flange, if chip is on throat
side of flange, and exceeds V& inches in
Delivering
Company
responsible,
length and
:h
Method of Gaging
Chipped Rims.
Rule 12. Tread worn hollow: if the tread
is worn sufficiently hollow to render the
flange or rim liable to breakage.
Rule 13. Burst: if the wheel is cracked
from the wheel fit, outward, by pressure
from the axle.
Rule 14. Cracked or broken flange,
in width, or if it ex-
tends '/s inch past the center of flange;
broken rim, if not caused by defective east-
ing, if the tread, measured from the flange
at a point % inch above tread, is less than
3% inches in width (see Fig. 5), or any
breakage caused by unfair usage, derail-
ment or accident.
Rule 21. The determination of flat spots, worn
flanges and chipped treads shall be made by a ga.ee as
shown in Fig. 1. The determination of thick flanges
INT
So
INT
--hall be made by a gage as shown applied to M. C. B.
standard wheel tread and flange in Fig. '2 and '2a.
The following engravings of the wheel defect gage,
Fig. 1, show the method of using it:
Axles.
defects of axles which justify renewal.
Owners Rule 22. Axles broken, or having seamy
responsible, or pitted journals, fillets in back shoulder
worn out, or with collars broken or worn
to % inch or less, under fair usage.
Rule 23. Axles less than the following
prescribed limits:
All cars to have their light weight and capacity or
their light weight and maximum weight stenciled on
them.
Delivering Rltle 24. Cut journals, axles bent or axles
Company rendered unsafe by unfair usage, derailment
responsible. or accident.
Trucks,
parts of trucks which justify repairs if
owners are responsible, or repairs or card-
ing if delivering company is responsible.
Rule 25. Defective, missing or worn-out
parts of trucks not elsewhere provided for,
which have failed under fair usage, or if any
part of the truck frame or attachments is
less than 2% inches above the top of the
rail.
Rule 26. Damage of any kind to the truck
due to unfair usage, derailment or accident,
Rule 27. Material missing from trucks
of cars offered in interchange.
Rule 28. Journal bearings and journal
box bolts which require renewal by reason
of change of wheels or axles for which the
delivering company is responsible, regard-
less of the previous condition of the bear-
ings.
Rule 29. Cars equipped with steel or
steel-tired wheels and so stenciled, if
found with cast-iron wheels.
Owners
responsible.
Delivering
Company
responsible.
Owners
responsible.
Brakes,
parts of brakes which justify repairs.
Rule 30. Damage to interior portion of
cylinder or triple valve, leaky pipes, account
of seams, air hose burst from air pressure,
torn air hose and defective missing or
worn-out parts of brakes not elsewhere pro-
vided for, which have failed under fair
usage; except burst or torn air hose, burst
or leaky pipes, account of seams, or miss-
ing material on cars offered in interchange.
Owners'
responsibility
qualified.
Cap
FOR CARS
acity of car
MARKED WITH "CAPACITY."
Journal. Wheel seat. Center.
Owners
responsible.
100,000
5
inches.
694 incl
es.
5%
inches.
80,000
4%
"
6Vi "
5ft
"
70,000
60,000
50,000
40,000
4
3%.
3%
3%
"
5%
5
4% "
4% "
i%
4%
3%
«
Delivering
Company
responsible.
30,000
3
41/! "
3^2
FOR CARS
MARK
Eli "MAXIMUM
WEIGHT
Maximum weight.
Journal.
Wheel seat.
Ce
nter.
161,000
5 inches.
6%
inches.
5%
inches.
132,000
4U'
6Vi
"
5%
"
112,000
4Vi
6
"
5%
"
95,000
3%
*'
5%
"
4%
"
79,000
3%
"
5%
"
4%
"
66,000
3%
"
4%
"
4'-l
"
5S.000
3
"
i%
"
4ys
"
Owners
responsible.
Delivery
Company
responsible.
Rule 31. Cylinder or triple valves of
air-brake cars not cleaned, oiled and tested
within twelve months and the date of last
cleaning, oiling and testing, preferably
marked on the brake cylinder or auxiliary
reservoir, or if same is not readily visible, in
a convenient location at release rod, with
white paint.
Rule 32. If the car has air-signal or
steam pipes the hose, pipes and couplings
on the car are at owner's risk, unless the
car is stenciled that it is so equipped.
Rule 33. Cars equipped with air-brake
hose other than M. C. B. standard and
hose applied without swelled end and
not conforming to M. C. B. standard hose
on and after June 1, 1909, except cars of-
fered in interchange, where delivering com-
pany is responsible.
Rule 34. If 1-inch hose and fittings are
found on 1%-inch train pipe.
Rule 35. Missing air-brake hose, missing
or damaged air-brake pipe, fittings, angle
cocks, cut-out cocks, cylinders, reservoirs,
triple valves, release valves, pressure-re-
taining valves or any parts of these items;
also pressure-retaining valve and pipe when
damage to car denotes rough usage.
Rule 36. Damage to any part of the
brake apparatus caused by unfair usage, de-
railment or accident.
Rule 37. All freight cars offered in in-
terchange must be equipped with air brakes.
On and after September 1, 1909, M. C. B.
standard l'l-inch train line shall be used.
Bodies.
parts of bodies which justify repairs if
owners are responsible, or repairs or card-
ing if delivering company is responsible.
Rule 38. Locks, side doors, end doors,
roof doors, grain doors and all inside or
concealed parts of cars missing or damaged
under unfair usage, and failure or loss under
fair usage of any part of the body of the
car, except as provided for in Rules 42
and 87.
ALL CARS
NOT ORIGINALLY' EQUIPPED WITH
TAINING VALVES.
RE-
Rule 39. Cars not within the limits of
standard height for couplers, 31% inches to
34% inches for standard gage cars.
Rule 40. Steps, ladders, handholds or
running boards in bad order or insecurely
fastened, or absence of grabirons or hand-
holds as required by law. Handholds or
grabirons must be of wrought iron or steel
and secured by bolts, rivets or lag screws.
Rule 41. Damage of any kind to the
body of the car due to unfair usage, derail-
ment or accident; also temporary advertise-
ments tacked, glued, pasted or varnished on
cars. Any card or poster which bears the
name of a manufacturer or shipper printed
on same will be considered as an adver-
tisement.
Rule 42. Material missing from body of
cars offered in interchange, except locks,
grain doors and all inside or concealed
parts of car.
INT
86
INT
Company
making
repairs
responsible.
Rule 43. M. C. B. couplers not equipped
with steel or wrought-iron knuckles.
Rule 44. Cars intended to be equipped
with metal brake beams and so stenciled, if
found with wooden brake beams.
Rule 45. Cars equipped with II. C. B.
couplers having pocket rear-end attachment
and so stenciled, if found with stem or
spindle attachments instead of pocket.
Rule 46. Uncoupling attachments of M.
C. B. couplers offered in interchange must
be made operative before moving from in-
terchange points.
IMPROPER REPAIRS.
Rule 47. Any company making improper
repairs is solely responsible to the owners,
with the exception of the cases provided
for in Rules 29. 34, 43, 44 and 45, and also
in case it should be necessary to replace
stem or spindle with pocket attachment.
Rule 48. The company making such im-
proper repairs shall place upon the car, at
the time and place that the work is done,
an M. C. B. defect card, which card shall
state the wrong material used.
COMBINATIONS OF DAMAGES WHICH DENOTE UNFAIR USAGE IF
OCCURRING AT THE SAME END OF CAR.
Rule 49. Damage to coupler, accompanied by dam-
age to either combined front and back coupler stop,
draft timber or its substitute, or end sill.
Rule 50. Damaged coupler pocket accompanied by
damage to either draft timber or its substitute, or end
sill.
Rule 51. Damaged combined front and back coupler
stop accompanied by damage to either coupler or end
sill.
Rule 52. Damaged draft timber or its substitute, ac-
companied by damage to either coupler, coupler pocket,
or to end sill.
Rule 53. Damaged end sill, accompanied by damage
to either coupler, coupler pocket, combined front and
back coupler stop, draft timber or its substitute or
longitudinal sill.
Rule 54. Damaged longitudinal sill, accompanied
by damage to end sill.
Rule 55. Damaged longitudinal sills, if necessitating
replacement or splicing of more than two sills.
Rule 56. Damaged corner and end posts, if necessi-
tating the replacement of, or repairs to, more than two
end or two corner posts at one end, or more than one
end and one corner post at same end of car.
The word "coupler" in the above Rules 49 to 53, inclusive, means
the coupler body or knuckle, open knuckles excepted.
An American continuous draft key and rod shall not enter into a
combination of defects denoting unfair usage.
It will be assumed that a missing coupler and attachments are
damaged unless shown to the contrary. This only refers to cases
where the coupler if broken would enter into the combination of
defects.
INSTRUCTIONS TO REPAIR MEN.
Rule 57. Any car having defects which render it
unsafe to run, unsafe to trainmen, or to any lading suit-
able to the car, may be repaired.
Rule 58. Repairs to foreign cars shall be promptly
made, and the work shall conform in detail to the orig-
inal construction, and with the quality of material orig-
inally used, except as provided for in Rules 59 and 62.
Malleable iron, M. C. B. standards, may be substituted
for gray iron, M. C. B. standards, but the net cost to car
owner in such cases must be no greater than if the
original kind and weight of material had been applied.
Gray iron, M. C. B. standards, may be substituted in
place of malleable. M. C. B. standards, but in such cases
the debits and credits must be for what is actually ap-
plied and removed. Repair cards and stubs must state
kind of material applied and removed.
Rule 59. In repairing damaged cars, M. C. B. stand-
ards ma)' be used when of dimensions that do not im-
pair the strength of the ears, in lieu of the parts form-
ings its original construction. In making repairs, cast
iron brake shoes may be replaced with reinforced brake
shoes. When using materials for repairs to foreign
cars for which the .Master Car Builders' Association
has adopted specifications as a standard, the materials
must comply with the requirements of these specifica-
tions.
Rule tin. In making repairs for which owners are re-
sponsible, wheels other than 33-inch may be replaced
with 33-mch wheels, if practicable. If changes are neces-
sary in order to bring the car to proper height, the
cost of so doing shall also be chargeable to the car
owner.
Rule 61. Couplers of the vertical plane type other
than M. C. B. replaced with M. C. B. standard, the ex-
pense of alterations thus necessitated shall be charge-
able to car owners. Couplers that exceed the distance
of 5% inches between point of knuckle and guard arm
measured perpendicularly to guard arm must be re-
paired. See drawing.
Rule 02. When M. C. B. couplers of another make
are placed upon a car, the uncoupling arrangements
shall be made operative at the expense of the company
making the repairs. Malleable iron couplers, open
knuckles and malleable or steel backed filled journal
bearings shall not be used in repairs of foreign cars.
Rltle 63. When M. C. B. couplers, knuckles, metal
brake beams, wheels or axles are replaced under con-
ditions which make them chargeable to the owner, it
must be plainly stated on the repair card and stub
whether the material is new or second-hand.
The cards and stubs must state whether solid or
tilled journal bearings are applied or removed; also,
length of bearing. In the case of couplers applied and
removed, they shall state the make and kind of ma-
terial in couplers and the size of shank. In the case
of knuckles, they must state whether open or closed
knuckles are removed and applied. In the case of
brake shoes removed and applied, they shall state the
kind of shoe.
Rule 64. Any company finding cars not within the
limits of standard height for couplers may make re-
pairs and charge to owners. Cars should be adjusted
in height when empty, as far as possible, and in order
to justify a bill for this work under the Rules of Inter-
change an empty car measuring 32%l inches or less
should be adjusted to 34% inches, or within ] i inch
INT
87
INT
thereof, and when it is necessary to alter a loaded car
it should be adjusted to 33^2 inches, or within V± inch
thereof, or as nearly as possible to such height as will
bring it to 34*2 inches when the car is unloaded, the
height to be measured from top of the rails to the
center line of the coupler shank.
Rule 65. Draft timbers must not be spliced. All
longitudinal sills may be spliced once, with the excep-
tion of center sills, which may be spliced at both ends.
Not more than two adjacent sills may be spliced at the
same end of car.
The splice may be located either side of body bolster,
but the nearest point of any splice must not be within
12 inches of same, excepting center sills, which must
be spliced between body bolster and cross-tie timbers
and not within '24 inches of either.
Longitudinal sills other than center sills where less
than 12 inches in depth, the plan shown in Fig. 8 is to
be followed. When the sills are 12 inches or more in
depth the plan shown in Fig. 9 is to be followed.
When center sills are spliced the plan shown in Fig. 9a
is to be followed.
The size of horizontal or cross bolts shown in Fig,
9a should be % inch.
Sills of foreign cars shall be spliced in accordance
with the standard form of splice shown above. Cars
delivered in interchange with the form of splice shown
in Fig. 9b will be acceptable.
Steel sills may be spliced in the most convenient lo-
cation in accordance with Figs. A, B and C. Adjacent
steel sills may be spliced.
Rule 60. Wheels on the same axle must be of the
same circumference.
Rule 67. Xew wheels must not be mated with
second-hand wheels.
Rule 68. Prick punching or shimming the wheel fit
must not be allowed.
Rule 69. The wheel seats of foreign axles must not
Rule 70. Any company repairing foreign cars with
wrong material, and not in compliance with the Rules
57 to 70, inclusive, shall be liable to the owners for the
, ,•— |
1 It
\-—f —
—r ~-i
i si_J
/
%£CTtan at ipucf
^l
!h
Fi&. 3 A.
The size of horizontal or cioss bolls to be It inclie-
be reduced more than tV inch to fit the wheels, and in
no case must they be reduced below the limits given in
Rule 23.
v2>
cost of changing such car to the original standard, or
to the requirements of these rules, except that com-
panies applying axles smaller than the limits given in
Rule 23 shall not be held responsible for improper re-
pairs if the car is not stenciled showing the capacity of
the car.
Rule 71. In replacing air-brake hose on foreign cars
for which bills are made, new hose must be used.
Air-brake hose applied to foreign cars shall be con-
sidered wrong repairs unless they are made in accord-
ance with the M. C. B. specifications and are so labeled.
Rule 72. If the weight of a car is found to vary
more than 500 pounds from the light weight stenciled
on the car. or if the light weight is obliterated, a rail-
INT
ss
INT
road company having the car in its possession may
weigh and restencil the car. making a charge for each
car weighed and so reported. The railroad company
making the bill shall notify the owner, giving the date
and point at which the reweighing was done.
Rule 73. Cars undergoing extraordinary repairs,
such as sills, resheathing, roofing, etc., must be re-
weighed and restenciled by the company having the
car in its possession at its own expense, and the owner
notified.
Rule 74. When second-hand axles are applied under
conditions which make them chargeable to the owners
the diameters of the wheel seats, and center must not
be less than, and the diameter of the journal must be
% inch greater than the limiting diameters given in
Rule 23. If cars are marked with the word "Capacity,"
the first set of limits must be followed. If cars are
marked "Maximum Weight," the second set of limits
must be followed.
Rule. 775. When two or more cars chained together,
or any cars which require switch chains to handle
them, are delivered at an interchange point, the receiv-
ing road shall deliver to the delivering road at the
time, an equivalent number of switch chains of the
same size as the chains so used on the cars delivered,
or, in lieu thereof, furnish a defect car for such chains.
l. Use of Repair Card.
Rule 76. When repairs of any kind are made to for-
eign cars a repair card shall be securely attached outside
face of intermediate sill between cross-tie timbers. This
card shall specify fully the repairs made, and reason for
same, the date and place where made, and name of road
1
*
3 |
"3
2 *
a ^
i
i
3
<
1 i
« * i
a- "> 5
W * a,
s 5 1
11 "
s s.
1 1
i
§ g
■5 s>
■ 5 <u
I
!
t
3
•-5
1 2. "
o & «,;
lias o) wm |i qnis pew pj||ddy *| pji^ g»BM
J
I
t
i
PJ15 law*l fMMj iq p*«|B|>a aq •» qois »IU
making repairs; also show location of parts repaired or
renewed. The end of car on which brake staff is located
shall be known as "B" end. and the opposite end as "A"
end. \\ here there are two brake staffs on the car, the
end toward winch the cylinder push rod travels shall be
known as "B" end. The card shall be provided with a
stub, which will duplicate information on the card and
stubs must be forwarded with the bill.
If no bill is to be rendered, the repair card stub must
be forwarded on or before the twentieth day of each
month, with the words "no bill" written across the fac*
of the repair card stub. In case it is not the intention
to render bill, the words "no bill" shall be written
across the face of the repair card.
Rule 77. The repair card shall be S'e by S inches,
and the stub 3% by 4 inches. The card shall be printed
on both sides in black ink, and shall be filled in on both
sides with ink or black indelible pencil, and be of the
following form:
Rule 78. Any road making partial repairs of defects
on a car which are covered by defect cards will have
the defects repaired crossed off the original card with
ink or indelible pencil and card placed back on car. A
copy of the card accompanying the bill with the de-
fects which were not repaired crossed off will be suffi-
cient authority to bill.
Rule 79. Duplicate repair cards shall he furnished
for lost or illegible cards.
Instructions for Billing.
Rule 80. Bills may be rendered for work done under
Rule 57, except in cases where ow-ners are not respon-
sible and the car bears no defect card covering the
defects repaired, stating upon the bill the date and place
where the repairs were made; the repair card stub or
defect card to accompany the bill.
Rule 81. Car owners may require receipt of repair
card or stub before payment of bill for repairs.
Rule 82. For repairs made on defect cards, the card
must accompany the bill as voucher for the work don\
but no bill shall be rendered for repairs which have not
been made.
Rule 83. When improper repairs of owner's defects
have been made and bill rendered, the owner may
counter-bill against the company making the wrong re-
pairs for the cost of changing the ear to the original
standard, or to the requirements of Rules 57 to 19. in-
clusive, if the work is done.
Rule 84. When improper repairs of defects fur which
owners are not responsible are made, the owner may make
bill against the company making the improper repairs for
the cost of changing the car to the original standard, or to
the requirements of Rules 57 to 79, inclusive, if the work
is done.
Rule 85. The evidence of a joint inspector or the
joint evidence of two persons, one representing the
owner of the car, and the other representing the de-
livering road, that the repairs are not proper, shall be
final. A joint evidence card shall be used for this pur-
pose, which shall describe and show location of parts
repaired or renewed. The end of the car on which the
brake staff is located shall be known as "B" end, and
the opposite end as "A" end. Where there are two
brake staffs on the car, the end toward which the cylin
der push rod travels shall be known as "B" end. This
card shall be of the following form:
INT
89
INT
Rule 86. The joint evidence card, accompanied by a
proper repair card, upon which a hill has been made,
shall be used as authority for rendering bill, but if un-
accompanied by such repair card, the joint evidence
card shall be sent to the company against which the
evidence has been presented, and it shall furnish a de-
fect card covering the wrong repairs if it made them.
O
O
>
5
_i
5
a:
-s<,
S
u
I
I-
V
u4
i
o
~-
Rule 87. Bills may be rendered against car owners
for the labor only of replacing couplers, brake beams
(including their attachments, such as shoes, heads, key
bolts, brake pins, jaws and hangers), brake levers,
lever guides, top and bottom brake rods that have been
lost on the line of the company making the repairs.
Coupler springs, followers and yokes may be included
in the above, providing they have been lost with the
couplers.
Rule S8. In making bills under these rules, the in-
formation necessary for the car department should be
embodied on the forms shown, whether the same is
made as a bill or a statement to accompany a bill.
Rule 89. Bills rendered for wheels and axles shall be
in accordance with the following schedule of prices for
material, with the proper debits and credits:
Second
New.
One 36-inch cast-iron wheel $10.50
One 33-inch cast-iron wheel 9.00
One 33-inch steel or steel-tired wheel 23.00
One axle, 100,000 lbs 21.50
One axle, 80,000 lbs 17.75
One axle, 60,000 lbs 14.00
One axle, 50,000 lbs. (or under) 11.50
and with an additional charge for all labor for each
pair of wheels and axles removed from all arch bar
trucks of $1.75. and from all solid pedestal trucks
of $2.00. If new wheels and axles are sub-
stituted for second-hand wheels and axles, proper
hand.
Scrap.
$7.75
$5.25
7.00
4.75
17.25
5.00
11.75
7.75
10.00
6.50
7.75
5.25
6.25
4.25
charges and credits shall be allowed, although such
substitution be made on account of only one loose
or defective wheel, or a defective axle, with the follow-
ing exceptions: In case the owner of a car removes a
damaged wheel or axle, no charge shall be made for
any difference in value between the parts used and
those removed that are not damaged.
O
O
>-
< £
DC
■s
u
I
c
■3
OS
a
Removing, turning and replacing a pair of stel or
steel-tired wheels: 3.25 for pedestal type of truck and
3.00 for archbar truck.
Loss of service metal from steel or steel-tired wheels
for defects for which the delivering company is re-
sponsible, to be charged for at the rate of 1.50 per 1-16
inch thickness of tread or tire.
Rule 90. If car owner elects on account of improper
repairs to remove M. C. B. standard axles suitable to
the capacity of the car, he shall make charge for sec-
ond-hand axles and allow credit for second-hand axles
if they are in good order. Axles removed below the
journal limit of 100,000 pounds, 80,000 pounds, 60,000
pounds and 40,000 pounds capacity to be credited as
scrap when removed.
Rule 91. Bills for wheel and axle work must make
specific mention of each axle and wheel removed or
applied.
Rule 92. Bills which do not embody all the informa-
tion called for by the headings of the columns may be
declined until made to conform to the requirements
of the rule. If no marks are found on wheels or axles
removed, a notation to that effect must be made on
face of bill.
Rule 93. In noting on bills the cause of removal of
wheels and axles, the terms used in Rules 7 to 24, in-
clusive, shall be used, and the dimensions of the defect
or variation from the prescribed limits should be care-
fully specified.
INT
90
INT
Rule 94. Bills for repairs made under these rules
and for material furnished shall be in conformity with
schedules of prices and credits for the articles enum-
erated below:
Material. S-Inch. 10-Inch.
Air-brake Equipment:
Air-brake hose, \\i inch, complete with fittings
applied to car, charge $2.00 $2.00
Air-brake hose, l^i inch, credit for fittings for
same SO .SO
Angle cock, plain handle 1.50 1.50
Angle cock, self-locking handle 1.80 1.80
Angle cock handle OS .OS
_ 6
c
^2c
c
^
Q
-
; O
~u
O
- cj
<5
a.
u
SZ«
"<3
(3
u
j; J£' ui
"a v
<
0
If)
a|3
zee
: *s
: ^
Zi).E
° vV
e
6£<
O
5
Du
S
*&
a
^
el
s
■« :
n o~
Si
X j
a
E><
0
H
2 c c
u
. i
;»S
u S
; **-
<
e w
: "«
^ a
o
1 ^
<
ZS 5
s
; S
3
o J
! ! 1
H
Cu
'■ 1
>
.*
i tS
™Siis
i ^
~- e<->
fi'l
-£z°
C3
°»s
Material. S-Inch. 10-Inch.
Triple slide valve spring $0.03 $0.03
" valve strainer -05 .0o
■' gasket 20 .20
Bolts, nuts and forgings, finished per lb. .OS ,4c.
Brake shoes applied; no credit for scrap .30 ....
Material. Charge. Credit.
Brake shoe, reinforced back, applied, no credit
for scrap $0.40
Brake shoe key, applied; no credit for scrap 05 '••".
Castings, rough iron per lb. .02 Ac
malleable " .03% %c.
" steel " .04% %c
Chain " -05 $0.01
Coupler, II. C. B., complete, new, steel, 5 by 5
shank S.75
Coupler, M. C. B., complete, new, steel, 5 by 7
shank 9-50
o
o
<
< _!
CO
u
DC
ec
UJ
CL
HI
a
<
5
CO
DC
<
a
tu
a
5
UJ
l-
<
:-
CO
>
WM | ~* I
5 sfi-5 i ____
i *m : — f |
l 1 Ml if
u I -J I
I I II 1
I ^1
1 m '
I I g I .
o 1^1
a t-l
S | i |
z I 3 |
s ~T|7|
£ 5 | -» |
u | •* |
o g «
X
o 1
1 |
■con: !; w- "
° ■/> V - :
i" £ ^ a <
° s c a. >
a. _______^__ ,
E I
« = |
E £
| j 1
Auxiliary reservoir
Cut-out cock
Cut-out cock handle
Cylinder, body
piston
and rod
piston follower
piston packing leather
" expander ....
piston release spring
non-pressure head
gasket
Gasket, air-hose coupling
Pipe, nipple on end of train pipe
Pressure retaining valve, 2 position
Pressure-retaining valve, 3 position
Release valve
Release valve handle
Release rod
Spring cotter pins for key bolts and brake pins,
each applied
Train pipe air strainer (1% inch)
Triple check valve case
Triple cylinder cap (drain cup)
gasket
" emergency valve
" seat
" piston
rubber seat
check valve
spring
case gasket
" graduating spring
" stem
" nut
valve
ring
piston and
" ring (only)
slide valve
2.75
6.25
1.30
1.30
.07
.07
2.00
3.50
1.00
1.50
.08
.25
.60
1.00
.05
.06
.50
.50
.60
1.25
.06
.08
.04
.04
.12
.12
1.00
1.00
2.25
2.25
.60
.60
.08
.10
.10
.10
.02
.02
.60
.60
.90
.90
.75
.75
in
.40
.60
.60
.55
.55
.50
.50
.06
.05
.25
.25
.02
.02
.10
.10
.05
.05
.15
.15
.'.'n
.20
.05
.05
2.00
i
.25
.25
.75
.75
Coupler body, one, new, steel, 5 by 5 shank
Coupler body, one, malleable, 5 by 5 shank
Coupler body, one, new, steel, 5 by 7 shank
Coupler body, one, malleable, 5 by 7 shank
Coupler knuckle, one, new, open
Coupler knuckle, one, new, solid
Coupler knuckle pin, one, new
Coupler lock, one, new .40
Other individual malleable, wrought or steel parts,
per lb .04
Door, for end of box or stock car, wooden, each,
applied ; no credit for scrap 1.95
Door, for end of box or stock car, ventilated
(wooden frame with iron rods), each, applied;
no credit for scrap 3.30
Door, for side of box or stock car, wooden, each,
applied; no credit for scrap 3.65
Door, for side of box or stock car, ventilated
(wooden frame with iron rods), each, applied;
no credit for scrap 5.50
Door, for side of carriage, automobile or furni-
ture car, wooden, each, applied; no credit for
scrap 5.00
Door, for side of stock car, with iron rods, each,
applied; no credit for scrap 4.40
Door, for roof of coke car, wooden, each, applied;
no credit for scrap 2.45
Door, for roof of stock car, wooden, each, applied;
no credit for scrap ,$5
Half door, for side of box or stock car, each, ap-
plied; no credit for scrap 2.50
Half door, for end of furniture or carriage car,
each, applied; no credit for scrap 3.00
Hatch cover, for roof of refrigerator car, wooden,
each,, applied; no credit for scrap 1.50
Hatch plub, for refrigerator car, wooden, each, ap-
plied; no credit for scrap 1.50
1.05
.90
1.1
1.00
.40
.4
.0
.06
INI
91
INT
.24
.03%
.03
.15
.05
.03
.05
.07
.05
.03%
.03%
Material. 8-Inch. 10-Inch.
Iron, galvanized per lb. $0.01 ....
Journal bearings, brass or bronze, lined or un-
lined, per lb., applied 20 .15
Journal bearings, nlled brass or bronze shell, per
lb., applied .15 .11
The weight charged for new journal bearings
for 7-inch journals and over but not S inches
long, shall be 10 pounds; for scrap bearings, 6
pounds. The weight charged for new journal
bearings for journals S inches long and less than
9 inches long shall be 13 pounds; for scrap bear-
ings, S pounds. For new journal bearings for
journals 9 inches long or over, but not 10 inches,
20 pounds; for scrap bearings, 12 pounds. For
new journal bearings for 100,000-pound capacity
cars (5% by 10 inches) the weight shall be 25
lbs.; for scrap bearings, 15 pounds.
Journal bearings, cast steel or malleable iron back,
credit for scrap, per pound
Labor, per hour
Lumber — yellow, white and Norway pine, poplar,
oak, hickory and elm, dressed ana framed, per
ft. B. M., required to make the part
Nails per lb.
Paint, lead, freight car, mixed "
Paint, mineral, freight car, mixed "
Pipe, %-inch, per foot
1-inch, "
" 1^4-inch, "
Steel for springs, rough per lb. .05 ^4.c.
helical springs " .OS1^ .01
pressed and sheet " .03^ V^c.
Rule 95. Not more than one pound of mineral paint
can be charged for 15 square feet of surface covered,
and not more than one pound of lead paint of 12 square
feet of surface covered. Xo charge to be made for let-
tering.
Rule 96. Whenever scrap credits are allowable, the
weights of scrap credited shall be equal to the weights
of the new metal applied, except as otherwise pro-
vided in the rules, and except in the case of scrap
M. C. B, couplers., and parts of same, and material
applied on defect cards, in which cases the weight and
kind of metal removed shall be credited.
Rule 97. In the application of structural steel, it
should be charged out at the current market price plus
the necessary labor for drilling, etc.; credit should be
at prices quoted above for similar metal.
Rl*le 9$. Bills shall not be rendered for amounts
less than 25 cents in aggregate, but charges for items
less than 25 cents may be held until they amount to
that sum. provided said aggregate is rendered within
6 da}"s. Xo bill shall be returned for correction on
account of eiror for less than 100 cents in aggregate
of bill, but said bill shall be passed for payment at
once, and the alleged error brought to the attention
of the road rendering the same within sixty days from
date of bill. The receiving road shall at once issue a
letter of authority for counter bill to cover the
acknowledged error, said letter to be attached to the
bill as authority.
Xo bills shall be returned for correction on account
of wrong car numbers, but road rendering bill should
be communicated with by letter, and if, after investiga-
tion, it is found to be a fact that wrong car number
has been given, correct number shall be furnished or
credit covering amount of charge allowed on next
month's bill.
When necessary to return bills for correction, all
defect cards and repair cards stubs should be detached
except those covering repairs to cars, the charge for
which there maybe some question as to its correctness.
Rule 99. All companies rendering bill should con-
solidate all charges against an}- one company into
one monthly bill.
Rule 100. Journal bearings having a lining % inch
thick or thicker, shall be charged as tilled journal
bearings, and not as lined journal bearings.
Rule 101. In rendering bills for owner's defects, the
following should be observed:
No credit for scrap and no charge for labor shall be
allowed in renewing brake shoes.
Rule 102. When M. C. E. coupler parts or metal
brake beams are replaced, good second-hand material
ma)- be used, but they must be charged at 75 per cent
of the prices when new. The credits for similar parts
released from service in good condition must also be
75 per cent, of the prices when new.
Rule 103. Manufactured articles not included in the
above list must be charged at current market prices,
without freight charges.
Rule 104, Xo percentage to be added to either mate-
rial or labor.
Rule 105. Bills for the following work, to make cars
conform to United States laws and to conform to the
requirements of Rule 61, must be rendered within 60
days after the work is done, and must state the height
of the car before and after altering:
Altering heighi; of one end of one car, net $1.25
Putting on one handhold or grabiron, net 25
Rule 106. The following table shows the number of
hours which ma}- be charged for labor in doing the
various items of work enumerated, which includes all
work necessary to complete each item of repairs, ex-
cept in so far as labor is already included in charges
for materials:
Ordinary Refrigerator
Cars. Cars.
Charge Charge
for for
Hrs. Labor. Hrs. Labor.
Advertisements, temporary, tacked on cars,
removing, per car . . $0.50 . . $0.50
Advertisements, temporary, pasted, glued
or varnished on cars, removing, per car. . . 1.00 . . 1.00
American continuous draft rods, one rod,
welding 2 .4S 2 .48
Arch bars. 1 or 2, replaced on same side
of truck 3 .72 3 .72
Arch bar, upper or lower, or bout, black-
smith ship labor, repairing . 2 .IS 2 .48
Axle, bent, straightening 4 .96 4 .96
Bolster, body, composite, one, replaced... 10 2.40 12 2.88
Bolster, body, plain metal or wood, one,
replaced S 1.92 10 2.40
Bolster, body, plain metal or wood, one.
replaced when one or more defective
sills are replaced 2 .43 2 .48
Bolster, composite, one, replaced when
one or more defective sills are replaced. 4 .96 4 .96
Bolster truck, one, replaced 10 2.40 10 2.40
Bolster truck, one, and one spring plank
in same truck, replaced 12 2.8S 12 2.SS
Brake beam, one. replaced 2 .48 2 .48
Brake beam, one, metal, blacksmith labor
repairing 2 . 4S 2 .48
Brake beam, wooden truss, repairing.... 1 .24 1 .24
Brake hanger, repaired and replaced 1 .24 1 .24
Brake shoe, applied on authority of defect
card, when brake beam is not replaced. . Vi> -12 xo .12
Butter blocks, cast-iron, each, replacing.. 1 .24 1 .24
Carlin, one, replaced 3 .72 . , ....
Carrier iron bolts, three or less, at one
end of car, applied 2 .43 2 ,43
Carrier iron bolts, all at one end of car.
applied 3 .72 3 .72
Carrier iron bolts, 4 inches long or less,
each . . _. . % .06 i± .06
Center pin head applied, emptv car }-o .12 1^ .12
loaded car 3" .72 3 .72
Center pin head applied, empty car, and
putting same end on center l1^ .36 1\'2 .36
Center pin head applied, loaded car, and
putting same end on center 5 1.20 5 1,20
Center pin key applied, empty car, in-
cluding placing same end on center, if
necessary 1% .36 1% .36
Center pin key applied, loaded car, in-
cluding placing same end on center, if
necessary 2% .60 2% .60
Center plates, one or two, at same end,
replacing 3 .72 3 .72
Center plate bolts, where same do not pass
through draft timber, one or more, or
all at same end 3 .72 3 .72
Center plate bolt or bolts and center plate
replacing on one end of car 3 .72 3 .72
Column bolts, one or more, replaced in
same truck 2 .48 2 .48
Corner iron, one, replaced 1 .24 1 .24
Corner post, one, replaced, empty car.... 3 .72 6 1.44
Corner post, one. replaced, loaded car.... 4 ,96 6 1.44
Coupler with stem attachments, coupler
springs, one or more follower plates,
American continuous draft key, Amer-
ican continues draft rods, one or more
coupler stops, renewing or replacing any
or all, at same end of car, at same time. 3 .72 3 ,72
Coupler, with pocket attachments, coupler
spring, one or more follower plates, one
or more coupler stops, coupler pocket,
coupler pocket rivets, renewing or re-
placing any or all, at same end of car at
IN'
92
INT
1
.24
3
72
1
.24
6
1.44
6
1.44
7
1.6S
11
2.64
2.40
3.36
.48
.72
.72
.72
AS
Ordinary Refrigerator
Cars. Cars.
Charge Charge
for for
Hrs. Labor. Hrs. Labor.
same time 4 .96 4 .96
Coupler stop bolts, lug strap bolts or
draft timber cross-tie bolts, 5 or less, at
same end of car, when coupler is not
replaced, each V2 -12 V2 '-12
Coupler stop boh-, lug strap bolts or draft
timber cross-tie bolts, 6 or more, at
same end of car, when coupler is not
replaced 3 .72 3 .72
Cross-tie timber, one. replaced 3 .72 3 .72
Cross- tie timber, one. replaced when one
or more defective sills are replaced..... 1 .24
Dead block, wooden, replacing at one end
of car 3 .72
Door, end, old. rehanging 3j .12
Door, side, old, rehanging 1 .24
Door post, one, replaced, empty car 3 .72
Door post, one, replaced, loaded car 4 .96
Draft timber, one, replaced 7 1.6S
Draft timbers, two, on same end, replaced. 10 2.40
Draft timber, one, renewed, when upper
center plate bolts pass through rear end
of draft timbers 10 2.40 10
Draft timber, two, renewed, when upper
center plate bolts pass through rear end
of draft timbers 13 3.12 14
Draft timber, one, renewed, when its'
center sill is renewed or spliced at same
end of car 2 .48 2
Draft timber, one. renewed, when its op-
posite center sill at same end of car is
renewed or spliced 3 .72 3
Draft timber bolts complete, at one end
of car, replacing 3 .73 3
Draft timber bolts, or carrier iron bolts,
either or both, three or less, at one
one end of car, replacing 2 .48 2
Draft timber bolts, or carrier iron bolts,
either or both, four or more, at one
end of car, replacing 3 .72 3
Draft timber bolts, when same do not pass
through upper center plate, three or less. 2 .48 2
Draft timber bolts, when same do not pass
through upper center plate, four or
more". 3 .72 3
Draft timber bolts, when one or more of
the bolts pass through the center plate,
add 3 .72 3
(No additional charge to be made in
this case, if one or more or all of the
center plate bolts at same end of car
are renewed.)
Draft timber bolts, four or more at one
end of car, replacing 2 .72 3
End plank, one. renewed on gondola car —
without angle irons 2 .48
with angle irons, bolted 3 .72
with angle irons, riveted 5 1.20
End planks, two. renewed on same end —
without angle irons 2XU .60
with angle irons, bolted 3% .S4
with angle irons, riveted 5% 1.32
End planks, three, renewed on same end —
without angle irons 3 .72
with angle irons, bolted 4 .96
with angle irons, riveted 6 1.44
End planks, four, renewed on same end —
without angle irons 3^ .84
with angle irons, bolted 4% 1.0S
with angle irons, riveted 6% 1.56
End plate, one, replaced 12 2.88
End post, one. replaced, empty car 3 .72
End post, one, replaced, loaded car 4 .96
Journal box, one, replaced 2 .4S
Tournal boxes, two, on same axle, re-
placed 3 .72
Tournal box, one or two, replaced on
same axle, solid pedestal truck 4 .96
Journal boxes, three or four, replaced,
same truck, solid pedestal truck 5 1.20
Journal box bolt, one or two, replaced,
same box 1 .24
Journals, truing up one or two, on same
axle 2 .43
Platform plank, one, replaced 1 .24
Relasing rod for M. C. B. coupler, one,
replaced % .12 i/a -12
Roof boards, single, including removing
and replacing running board, per lineal
foot .07 .. .07
Roof boards, double board roof, including
removing and replacing running board,
per lineal foot .09 . . .09
Running board, complete, applied 6 1.44 6 1.44
Spring plank, one, replaced 10 2.40 10 2.40
Side plank, one, renewed on gondola car — -
without angle irons 4 .96 . .
with angle irons, bolted 7 1.68 .. ....
with angle irons, riveted 8 1.92 . . ....
Side planks, two, renewed on same side —
without angle irons 5^ 1.32 . . ....
Side pl2nks, two —
with angle irons, bolted 8 1.92
with angle irons, riveted 9 2.16 . . ....
Side planks, three, renewed on same side —
without angle irons 7 1.6S . . ....
with angle irons, bolted 9 2.16 . . ....
with angle irons, riveted 10 2.40 . . ....
Side planks, four, renewed on same side —
without angle irons 8^ 2.04 . . ....
14
6
6
2
3.36
1.44
1.44
.48
3
.72
i
.96
5
1.20
1
.24
2
1
.48
.24
Refrigerator
Cars.
Charge
for
Hrs. Labor.
S.40
3.60
1.44
.15
.20
4. SO
6.24
11.28
16.32
3.60
1.6S
Ordinary
Cars.
Charge
for"
Hrs. Labor.
with angle irons, bolted 10 2.40
with angle irons, riveted 11 2.64
Side plate, one, applied 25 6.00
Side plate, one, spliced S 1.92
Side post, one, replaced 3 .72
Siding, removed and replaced, per lineal
f oof .15
Siding, removed and replaced, whe re-
nails are set and holes puttied . . ....
sills:
1 center sill, snliced 16 3.S4
2 center sills, spliced 22 5.2S
1 center sill, replaced 35 S.40
2 center sills, replaced 41 9.S4
1 end sill under siding, replaced 15 3.60
1 end sill outside siding, replaced 7 1.6S
1 end sill under siding, replaced when
one or more deiective sills have been re-
placed 3 .72
1 end sill under siding, renewed, when
one or more defective sills have been
spliced 10 2.40
1 end sill outside siding, replaced wdien
one or more defective sills have been
replaced 2 .45
1 end sill, outside siding, renewed, when
one or more uefective sills have been
spliced 3 .72
1 intermediate sill, replaced 32 7.6S
2 '■ sills. ■• 3S 9.12
3 " " " 44 10.56
4 " '• " 50 12.00
1 inter, sill and 1 center sill replaced.... 41 9.S4
1 2 " sills " .... 47 11.28
2 " sills " 1 " sill " 46 11.04
2 " " " 2 " sills " 53 12.72
3 " " " 1 " sill " 51 12.24
3 ,l " " 2 " sills " 63 15.12
4 ' 1 " sill •' 63 15.12
4 2 " sills " 63 16.32
1 intermediate sill, spliced 11 2.64
1 side sill and 1 center sill replaced..... 51 12.24
1 2 " sills " 56 13.44
2 " sills " 1 " sill " 71 17.04
2 " " " 2 " sills " 74 17.76
1 " sill spliced 12 2.SS
1 " sill replaced 25 6.00
2 " sills " 40 9,60
1 " sill and 1 inter, sill replaced 47 11.28
1 " " " 2 •' sills " 53 12.72
1 " " "3 '" " " 59 14.16
1 " " " 4 " " 65 15.60
2 " sills "' 1 " sill '• 61 14.64
2 " " " 2 " sills " 67 16. OS
2 " " " 3 " " " 73 17.52
2 " " 4 " " " 79 IS. 96
1 " 1 inter, and 1 center sill replaced. 56 13.44
2 " 1 " "1 " " '■ 77 1S.4S
1 " 2 "1 " " " 61 14.64
2 " 2 "1 " " " 79 IS. 96
1 " 3 "1 " " " 66 15. S4
2 " 3 " "1 " " " S4 20.16
1 " 4 "1 " " " 71 17.04
2 " 4 " "1 " " " S9 21.36
1 " 1 "2 " sills " 61 14.64
2 " 1 "2 " " " 79 IS. 96
1 " 2 "2 " " " 66 15. S4
1 " S " " 2 " " " 72 17 2S
1 " 4 " "2 " " " 77 1S.48
2 " 2 "2 " " " S4 20.16
2 " 3 " "2 " " " 89 21.36
2 " 4 " "2 " " " 94 22.56
Each side or inter, sill spliced, when lon-
gitudinal sills have to be replaced, or
when other sills are spliced at same end. 3 .72
1 center sill, spliced, when intermediate
or side sills have to be replaced S 1.92
1 center sill, spliced, when other center
sill has to be replaced 0 1.44
Stakes, end, on gondola cars, applied, eacn. l1^ .36
Stakes, side, on gondola cars, applied,
each it. > .36
Truck springs, one, or all in same truck.
replacing 3 AS
Truck transom, one, wood, replaced 10 2.40
Truck transoms, two, wood, replaced in
same truck jo o.SS
Weighing and rcstenciling car, per
Rule 72 Hi .30
YA 'hen necessary to remove load to replace
body center plate, bolt or bolts, one or
two draft timbers, or draft timber bolts,
at one end of car 3 73 3 ~2
RLPAIRS OF STEEL CARS.
All rivets. 10 cents per rivet, which covers removal and replacing of
rivets, including removing, fitting, punching or drilling holes
when applying patches or sphces and replacing damaged parts, not
to include straightening or repairing.
Straightening or repairing parts removed from damaged car 50 cents
per 100 pounds.
Straightening or repairing parts in place in damaged car- also any
parts that require straightening, repairing or Vencwing not in-
cluded on rivet basis. 24 cents per hour.
Credit for scrap material removed from cars constructed of pressed
or structural steel, % cent per pound.
Rule 107. No charge to be made for labor of re-
1"
2.40
2
.48
3
.72
43
10.32
59
11.16
69
16.56
79
1S.96
63
15.12
S4
20.16
73
17.52
94
22.56
S3
19.92
104
24.96
93
22.32
114
27.36
14
3.36
6S
16.32
89
21.36
S9
21.36
110
26.40
15
3.60
44
10.56
65
1.5.60
6S
15.12
73
17.52
83
19.92
93
22.32
S4
20.10
94
22.56
104
24.96
\n
27.36
S4
20.16
105
25.20
94
22.56
115
27.60
104
24.96
125
30.00
114
27.36
135
32.40
105
25.20
126
30.24
115
27.60
125
30.00
135
32.40
136
32.64
1 1 6
35.04
156
37.44
2.16
1.6S
10
,4S
2.40
1:
2.SS
m
.30
INT
93
INT
placing or applying M. C. B. knuckles, knuckle pins,
locking pins, clevises, clevis pins, lift chains, brake
shoes or brake-shoe keys, except on the authority of a
defect card.
Xo charge to be made for adjusting brakes.
Rule 108. When it is necessary to apply an M. C.
B. coupler complete, on account of a broken or missing
knuckle, the usual labor charge for replacing a coupler
can be made.
Rule 109. Xo additional labor to be charged for
applying center pins or friction rollers or for putting
ear on center, when center-plate bolts or center plates
are renewed on same end c t car.
Rule 110. Xo additional labor to be charged for
renewing dead block or platform plank n end sill at
same end is renewed or replaced.
Rule 111. Xo additional labor to be charged for re-
placing or renewing coupler when one or both draft
timbers are replaced or renewed at the same end of
car at the same time.
Vi hen one or more carrier iron bolts are replaced,
where coupler at same end of ear is removed and re-
placed ior any other reason, the regular labor charge
should be reduced one hour.
Rule 112. The following table shows the labor charges
allowable tor air-brake repair work. The let-
ters "R. & R." mean "removed and replaced."
Cents.
Air hose. R. & R 3
Angle cock, R. & R 7
Angle cock handle. R. & R 4
Angle cock, grinding in 28
Check valve case, spring, gasket, or all, R. & R 10
details. Cents.
Disconnecting union 3
Check valve case (.two cap screws) 2
Emergency valve seat 5
Total 10
Coupler, dummy, R. & R. (1 lag screw) 1
Cut-out cock. R. & R 9
details. Cents.
1 union disconnected 3
2 pipe connections 6
Total 9
Cut-out cock handle, R. & R 4
Cylinder. R. & R 30
details. Cents.
Push rod (1 connecting pin) 3
Clamping piston (1 cap screw) 2
Cylinder head, R. & R. (4 nuts H inch, 1 cent
each) 4
Disconnecting cylinder from reservoir (7 nuts,
% inch, 1 cent each) 7
Reclamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) ._ 2
Removing cylinder from car (.6 nuts, % inch,
2 cents each) 12
Total 30
Cylinder and reservoir. R. & R 41
details. Cents.
Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3
Removing cylinder head (.4 nuts, 1._> inch. 1 cent
each) 4
Removing cylinder from car (6 nuts, % inch. 2
cents each) 12
Removing reservoir from car (2 nuts, % inch. 2
cents each) i
Removing release rods (2 spring cotters) 4
Removing release valve 2
Removing two plugs 2
Removing triple (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents each) . . 4
Disconnecting train pipe union 3
Disconnecting retaining pipe unions 3
Total 41
Cylinder and reservoir, tightening when loose (8
nuts lc each) 8
Cylinder cleaned, oiled, tested and stenciled 33
details. Cents.
Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3
Clamping piston (1 cap screw) 2
Removing cylinder head (.4 nuts, % inch, 1 cent
each) *
Cleaning, testing and stenciling 24
Total 33
Cylinder release spring, R. & R H
details. Cents.
Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3
Clamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2
Removing cylinder head (4 nuts, V* inch, 1 cent
each) •*
Reclamping cylinder head (1 cap screw) 2
Total 11
Cylinder gasket, R. & R '-5
details. Cents.
Disconnecting triple union 3
Disconnecting retaining pipe union 3
Disconnecting reservoir block (2 nuts, % inch, 2
cents each) 4
Disconnecting reservoir from cylinder (7 nuts, V?
inch, 1 cent each) 7
Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) o
Clamping cyinder piston 1
Removing release rods (2 spring cotters) 4
Total 25
Emergency check valve, grinding in 10
Emergency valve piston, R. & R 10
details. Cents.
Disconnecting union 3
Removing check valve case (2 cap screws) 2
Removing emergency valve seat 5
Total 10
Emergency valve seat, R. & R. (see E. V. piston) ... 10
Emergency valve, rubber seat, R. & R 10
details. Cents.
Disconnecting union 3
Removing check valve case (2 cap screws) 2
Removing riveted pin 4
Removing emergency valve nut 1
Total 10
Cylinder piston packing, R. & R 13
details. Cents.
Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3
Clamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2
Removing cylinder head (4 nuts, ^ inch. 1 cent
each) 4
Removing leather packing (4 nuts, % inch, 1
cent each) 4
Total 13
Cylinder piston. R. & R 15
details. Cents.
Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3
Clamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2
Removing cylinder head 1.4 nuts, 1A inch, 1 cent
each) . . 4
Removing leather packing (4 nuts, to inch, 1
cent each ) 4
Reclamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2
Total 15
Gasket, coupling, R. & R 2
Graduating nut. stem, spring or all. R. & R 2
Oil plugs. R. & R.. each 2
Packing leather expander. R. & R. (see cylinder
piston) g
Pipe, train or branch. R. & R.. for each connection
made 3
Push rod. R. & R. i 1 connecting pin) 3
Release valve, R. & R 6
details. Cents.
Disconnecting release rod (2 spring cotters) 4
Disconnecting release valve 2
Total g
Release valve, removed, repaired and replaced (R. &
R.. 4c) o
Release valve rod, removed, repaired and replaced. . 3
INT
details. Cents.
1 spring cotter 2
Removing staple 1
Total 3
Reservoir, R. & R 29
details. Cents.
Removing from car (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents
each ) ■ 4
Disconnecting from cylinder (7 nuts, % inch, 1
cent each) 7
Removing release rods (2 spring cotters') 4
Removing release valve 2
Removing two plugs 2
Removing triple valve (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents
each) 4
Disconnecting union 3
Disconnecting union, retaining pipe 3
Total 29
Removing cylinder cap (3 nuts, % inch, lc each) .... 3
Removing slide valve (3 nuts, % inch, lc each) 3
Repairing retaining valve (R. & R., 5c) 10
Retaining valve, R. & R. (2 lag screws, 2c; valve, 3c) 5
Slide valve, removed, ground in and replaced 33
Slide valve spring, R. & R 6
DETAILS. Cents.
Cvlinder cap (3 cap screws) 2
Removing riveted pin 4
Total 6
Strainer, R. & R. (disconnecting union) 3
Triple cylinder cap, R. & R. (3 nuts, % inch, lc each) 3
Triple cylinder cap gasket, R. & R. (3 nuts, Vi inch,
lc each) . . .'. 3
Triple piston packing ring, fitted 17
Triple valve, removed, cleaned, oiled, tested and
stenciled 40
details. Cents.
Train pipe union disconnected 3
Retaining pipe union disconnected 3
Removing tripe (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents each).. 4
Check valve case (2 cap screws) 2
Emergency valve seat 5
Cylinder cap (3 bolts) 3
Cleaning, testing and stenciling 20
Total 40
Triple valve gasket, R. & R 10
details. Cents.
Disconnecting branch pipe union 3
Disconnecting retaining pipe union 3
Removing triple (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents each) . . 4
Total 10
Unions disconnected and connected 3
The following basic units were used in determining
the details of prices given above. These units are not
to be used in rendering bills, but may be used in the
determination of cost of other combinations of air
brake repairs not above mentioned.
Cents.
Cap screws or studs or bolts, R. & R., one or more 2
Cylinder cleaning, testing and stenciling 24
Emergency valve seat, R. & R 5
Graduating steam nut, R. & R 2
Lag or wood screws, R. & R., each 1
Nuts tightened when loose, each 1
Nuts, y2 inch or less, R. & R., 1 or 2 on same bolt 1
Nuts, % inch or over, R. & R., 1 or 2 on same bolt 2
Pins connecting R. & R. (including split key) S
Pins riveted. R. & R., each 4
Plugs, oil, R. & R., each \
Spring cotters, R. & R., each 2
Staples, R. & R., each !
Testing air (after repairs) 5
Threads on pipe, cutting, per coupling 5
Train or branch pipe, disconnected and connected, or only con-
nected, each connection 3
Triple valve, cleaning, testing and stenciling 20
Union disconnected and connected 3
Rule 113. The settlement prices of new eight-wheel
cars shall be as follows, with an addition of $27.50 for
94 INT
each car equipped with 8-inch air-brake equipment and
$35 for 10-inch air-brake equipment. The road de-
stroying a car with air brakes may elect to return the
air-brake apparatus, including such attachments as are
usually furnished by the air-brake manufacturer, com-
plete and in good condition:
BODIES.
Wood.
Box car, eight-wheel, 40 feet long or over $440.00
Box car, eight-wheel, 3G feet long or over, but
under 40 feet 385.00
Box car, eight-wheel, 34 feet long or over, but
under 3G feet long 360.00
Box car, eight-wheel, 32 feet long or over, but
under 34 feet long 330.00
Box car, eight-wheel, under 32 feet long 265.00
Box car, ventilated, eight-wheel, 40 feet long or
over 470.00
Box car, ventilated, eight- wheel, 36 feet long,
but under 40 feet 415.00
Box car, ventilated, eight-wheel, 34 feet long, but
under 36 feet 385.00
Flat car, eight-wheel, plain, 40 feet long or over 200.00
Flat car, eight-wheel, plain, 32 feet long or over,
but under 40 feet 155.00
Flat car, eight-wheel, plain, under 32 feet long.. 110.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 40 tons
capacity or over 330.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 30 tons
capacity or over, but under 40 tons 300.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 25 tons
capacity or over, but under 30 tons 275.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 20 tons
capacity or under 200.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 50 tons
capacity 440.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 40 tons
capacity or over, but under 50 tons 360.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 30 tons
capacity or over, but under 40 tons 330.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 25 tons
capacity or over, but under 30 tons 290.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 20 tons
capacity or less 220.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 50 tons capacity
and over 350.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 40 tons capacity,
but under 50 tons 300.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 30 tons capacity,
but under 40 tons 275.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 25 tons capacity,
but under 30 tons 250.00
Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, under 25 tons 140.00
Stock car, eight- wheel, 34 feet long or over 330.00
Stock car, eight-wheel, 32 feet long or over, but
under 34 feet 300.00
Stock car, eight-wheel, under 32 feet long 265.00
The lengths of cars above mentioned refer to the lengths over the
end sills.
In the case of double-deck stock cars, $25 may be added to the
prices given above for stock cars.
Where the capacity of the car is 00,00(1 pounds or over, 10 per
cent, should be added to the above prices for the car bodies.
When cars of 60,000 pounds capacity or over and so
INT
95
INT
stenciled, have trucks with journals 4 inches or over
in diameter when new, $40 per car shall be added to
the figure as given above for the values of car bodies,
when equipped with metal bolsters.
When cars are equipped with metal center sills, $40
shall be added to the values of bodies for cost of such
metal sills.
Steel.
Box car, wooden body, metal underframe, eight-
wheel, 50 tons capacity, 38 feet 6 inches or over,
over end sills 825.00
Box car, wooden body, metal underframe, eight-
wheel, less than 50 tons capacity, 36 feet long
or over 740.00
Flat car, wooden floor, metal underframe, eight-
wheel, 50 tons capacity, 40 feet over end sills.. 770.00
Flat car. wooden floor, metal underframe, eight-
wheel. 40 tons capacity, 40 feet over end sills.. 590.00
Flat car, wooden floor, metal underframe, eight-
wheel, 40 tons or over, but under 50 tons, 34 feet
long over end sills, but under 40 feet 510.00
Gondola car, all metal, eight-wheel, hopper bot-
tom, 50 tons capacity, 33 feet over end sills.. .. 825.00
Gondola car, all metal, eight-wheel, drop bot-
tom, 50 tons capacity, 40 feet over end sills.. .. 815.00
Gondola car, all metal, eight-wheel, plain, 50 tons
capacity, 40 feet over end sills 790.00
Gondola car, wooden body, metal underframe,
eight-wheel, flat bottom, 40 feet over end sills. 790.00
Gondola car, wooden body, metal underframe,
eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 32 feet over end
sills, but under 40 feet 650.00
Stock-car, eight-wheel, wooden body, metal un-
derframe, less than 50 tons capacity, 36 feet
long or over 715.00
TRUCKS.
50,000 lbs. capacity, with metal transoms and
wooden bolster, per pair $215.00
60,000 lbs. capacity or under, with wooden bol-
ster, per pair 215.00
60,000 lbs. capacity, but under 80,000 lbs., all
metal, per pair 315.00
80,000 lbs. capacity, but under 100,000 lbs., all
metal, per pair 400.00
100,000 lbs. capacity or over, all metal, per pair.. 425,00
Prices include brake beams complete, truck levers,
dead lever guides and bottom connection rods.
For trucks with steel or steel-tired wheels an addi-
tional allowance of $112 per car shall be made.
All trucks in service of 60,000 pounds capacity or
over, which consist entirely of metal, with the excep-
tion of the spring plank, shall be known hereafter as
all-metal trucks.
Rule 114. In the case of wooden car bodies the de-
preciation due to age shall be figured at 6 per cent,
per annum upon the yearly depreciated value of such
car bodies.
In the case of all-steel car bodies the depreciation
shall be figured at 5 per cent per annum.
In the case of car bodies with steel underframes
the depreciation shall be figured at 5% per cent pc-
annum, with the exception of steel underframe flat
cars having wooden floors, which shall be figured at
5 per cent per annum.
The depreciation on trucks other than all-metal shall
be figured at 6 per cent per annum.
The depreciation on all-metal trucks shall be figured
at 5 per cent per annum.
Allowances for depreciation shall in no case exceed
60 per cent of the value new.
The amounts $27.50 and $35.00 for air brakes shall
not be subject to any depreciation.
Rule 115. The bodies of refrigerator cars, stock cars
prmanently fitted for stall shipments, tank cars, except
the tanks, and other freight cars, designed for special
purposes, not referred to above, shall be settled for at
the present cost price, as may be agreed to by the
parties in interest, less the deduction for depreciation
due to age, which shall be on the same basis as for
freight equipment.
In the case of cars equipped with racks for carrying
coke and for other such purposes, and also stock cars,
other than those permanently fitted for stall shipments,
with feeding and watering attachments, the actual cost
of these equipments shall be added to the standard set-
tlement price for such cars.
Rule 11G. In rendering bills, cars shall be treated as
belonging to companies or individuals whose name or
initials they bear, except in case of Line Cars where
the equipment list of the general officers of the Line
designates a party to make settlement.
Rule 117. Switching roads will only be allowed to
render bills against car owners for the following de-
fects repaired by them: Roof lost on account of decay
or faulty construction, wornout brasses, broken truck
springs, truck transoms, arch bars, draft-timber bolts,
column bolts, truck hangers, truck hansom truss rods,
truck bolters, truck bolster truss rods, oil boxes, spring
planks, truck hanger pins, side bearings and center
plate, center plate bolts, center pins, followers, Ameri-
can continuous rods or keys, draft springs, couplers,
knuckles and drawbar pockets and rivets, defective
wheels as specified in Rules 7 to 18, inclusive, defective
axles as described in Rules 22 and 23, worn-out parts
of brakes as prescribed in Rule 30, cars not within the
limits of standard height for couplers, as per Rule 39,
safety appliances as prescribed by Rule 40, and grain
doors and all inside or concealed parts of bodies of
cars missing or damaged under fair usage as prescribed
in Rule 38, provided the damage has not been caused
by derailment or rough usage. They will be allowed to
render bills direct against car owners on all car owners'
defects on cars received by them from a railroad com-
pany, provided they procure joint evidence from the
delivering road that such car owners' defect existed
when the car was delivered by the railway company,
joint evidence to accompany the bill against the car
owner.
Rule 118. A switching road is a corporation doing the
major part of its business on a switching charge.
Rule 119. Bills may be rendered against car owners
for the cost of applying temporary running boards and
hand rails to make cars safe for trainmen.
Destroyed Cars and the Return of Trucks.
Rule 120. The company on whose line the bodies or
trucks are destroyed shall report the fact to the owner
immediately after their destruction, and shall have its
opt'on whether to rebuild or settle for the same.
Rule 121. If the company on whose lines the car is
destroyed elects to rebuild either bod)- or trucks, or
both, the original plan of construction must be fol-
lowed, and the original kind and qualities of materials
used. The rebuilding must be completed within 60
days from the original date of damage or destruction.
INT
96
INT
In such cases no allowance shall be made for better-
ments.
Rule 122. If only the body of a car is destroyed, and
the company destroying it elects to return the trucks,
they shall be put in good order, or accompanied by a
defect card, covering all defects or improper repairs
made by them for which owners are not responsible,
and forwarded, within 60 days, free of freight or other
charges, to the nearest point on the line of the com-
pany owning or operating the car, and the number, line
and class of car destroyed shall be stenciled or painted
on each truck so returned.
Rule 123. The company on whose line the body or
trucks of a car are seriously damaged, but not de-
stroyed, may notify the owner and ask an appraise-
ment on the damage done to the car as a basis for the
disposal of the damaged car.
Rule 124. For the mutual advantage of railway com-
panies interested, the settlement for a car owned or
controlled by a railway company, when damaged or de-
stroyed upon a private track, shall be assumed by the
railway company delivering the car upon such tracks.
Sending Home Worn-out and Damaged Cars.
Rule 125. A car unsafe to load on account of general
worn-out condition, due to age or decay, shall be re-
ported to its owner, who must be advised of all existing
defects. If the owner elects to have it sent home, he
shall furnish two home cards, noting upon them exist-
ing defects and the route over which the car is to be
returned to its owner. If the route coincides with that
over which the car passed to the point where it became
unserviceable, no liability shall be incurred as between
the owner and the road handling the car, either for
freight charges in handling the car or for car service
during this movement.
Such cards shall be attached to each side of the body
of the car. They shall be 3% by 8 inches, and of the
form shown below. They shall be printed on both
sides, and shall be filled in on both sides with ink or
black indelible pencil:
R. R.
R. R.
Car No Initials
To be shopped for
(Head of Car Department.)
Rule 126. A car which is safe to run, but unsafe to
load on account of serious damage caused by wreck or
accident, shall be reported to the owners for appraise-
ment and disposition, and disposed of as provided in
Rule 125, if the owner so elects.
Rule 127. In case of cars of private ownership sent
home on account of general worn-out condition due to
age or decay, such cars shall be entitled to as many
miles of homeward movement, free of charge to owners,
as they may have been handled over said line under
load, and no mileage to be paid to owners by roads
handling. If the haul necessary to get cars home is in
excess of such loaded mileage, said excess will be billed
against the owner at regular freight rates and the
owner notified.
Rule 128. Private line cars sent home to owners on
account of being wrecked or damaged in accident shall
be regularly billed home free of charge to owners and
owners notified, providing such homeward movement
passes over roads which have handled the cars loaded,
previous to their homeward empty movement; other-
wise the damaged cars to travel home empty, free of
charge and free of mileage according to home route;
or, if owners prefer to have them billed home via direct
line, then charges to accrue to such line over which
cars were not entitled to free movement.
Furnishing Materials.
Rule 129. Companies shall promptly furnish to each
other upon requisition, and forward free over their own
road, material for repairs of their cars damaged upon
foreign lines, excepting that the company having car in
its possession at the time shall provide from its own
stock the following:
Lumber, forgings, hardware stock, paint, hairfelt, pip-
ing, air-brake material and all M. C. B. standard ma-
terial.
Requisitions for such material shall specify that same
is for repairs of cars, giving car number and initial of
such car, together with pattern number or other data
to enable correct filling of requisition.
Conditions of Acceptance of this Code.
Rule 130. Any car owner or railway company may
become a party to this Code of Rules by giving notice
through one of its general officers to the Secretary of
the Master Car Builders' Association.
Railroad companies becoming subscribers to this
Code of Rules must have a representative member in
the Master Car Builders' Association.
Rule 131. Any ear owner or railway company that is
a party to this Code of Rules shall be bound by same
through its successive revisions, until one of its general
officers files with the Secretary of the Master Car
Builders' Association its notification of withdrawal.
Rule 132. Acceptance or rejection of this Code of
Rules must be as a whole, and no exception to an indi-
vidual rule or rules shall be valid.
Settlement of Disputes.
Rule 133. In order to settle disputes arising under
the rules, and to facilitate the revision of the rules at
the annual conventions of the Association, an Arbitra-
tion Committee of five representative members shall be
appointed annually by the Executive Committee; three
members of this committee to constitute a quorum.
In case of any dispute or question arising under the
rules between the subscribers to said rules, the same
may be submitted to this committee through the secre-
tary, in abstract jointly, said abstract setting forth the
point or points at issue, and each party's interpretation
of the rules upon which its claim is based, clearly and
concisely, not exceeding three typewritten pages of
letter size, single space, which shall be signed by both
parties to the dispute. Should one of the parties refuse
or fail to furnish the necessary information, the com-
mittee shall use its judgment as to whether, with the
information furnished, it can properly give its opinion.
The decisions of the committee shall be final and binding
upon the parties concerned. This committee shall re-
port its decisions to the Association, and its report
shall be incorporated in the annual report of proceed-
ings of the Association.
Revision of this Code of Rules.
Rltle 134. The Arbitration Committee shall ask for
suggestions of changes, amendments and additions to
these rules prior to each annual convention, which it
shall consider, and it shall report its recommendations
to the succeeding annual convention.
Rule 135. In the revision of these rules by the Asso-
INT
97
INT
ciation, a two-thirds vote shall be necessary for adop-
tion.
Rule 136. Voting powers shall be the same as pre-
scribed in the Constitution of the Master Car Builders'
Association on matters pertaining to the adoption of
standards and the expenditure of money.
Rule 137. This Code of Rules shall be introduced for
the discussion and revision at one session of the Master
Car Builders' Association convention each year.
Rule 138. This Code of Rules shall take effect Sep-
tember 1, 1908.
Passenger Equipment.
1. Each railway company shall give to foreign cars,
while on its line, the same care as to oiling, packing
and inspection that it gives its own cars, except in case
of cars on which work is done under special agreement
existing between the company owning the cars and the
Road operating the same.
2. The expenses of maintenance of passenger equip-
ment operated in interchange or line service, shall be
divided into three classes, namely:
(a) Owner's defects.
(b) Delivering company's defects.
(c) Line expenses proratable against the roads com-
prising the lines on a mileage basis.
3. (a) Owner's defects are those due to ordinary wear
and tear.
(b) Delivering company's defects are those due to
unfair usage, derailment or accident. Delivering com-
pany is solely responsible to car owners for any im-
proper repairs made by them.
(c) Line expenses shall consist of the expense of
terminal cleaning, lubrication (oil. waste, tallow and
labor), lighting (oil. wicks, chimneys, burners, shades,
gas, candles and broken glass).
4. The railway making the repairs for the defects not
proratable against the line is privileged to bill the car
owner for these repairs, unless there is evidence to in-
dicate that the damage was occasioned by unfair hand-
ling on the part of the delivering company.
5. Information as to mileage made by cars must be
furnished promptly on request of owners by railways
over which cars are run.
6. Only one journal bearing per journal may be
charged per trip.
7. Xo labor charge shall be made for applying brake
shoes, journal bearings, hose (air, steam or signal) or
for icing, filling lamps, gassing tanks or coaling cars.
8. No credit to be allowed for scrap brake shoes re-
moved.
Note. — Steel back brake shoes not to be removed if
one one-half ('%') inch thick; gray iron shoes not to be
removed if over three-quarter (%) inch thick.
9. Loss of metal from tires of steel-tired wheels,
caused by flat sliding, is chargeable to the company on
whose road the damage occurs.
Note. — Loss of service metal from steel-tired wheels
as a result of sliding to be measured from point where
slide begins. One-sixteenth (rW) inch of metal to be
allowed for flat spots under two and one-half (21-;)
inches long and one-eighth (Vs ) inch of metal to be
allowed for flat spots two and one-half (2%) to three
and one-half (3%) inches in length, both inclusive.
10. (a) Axles broken under fair usage or having jour-
nals one-half (l:i) inch or more under the standard for
car (except for three and three-quarters by seven (3%
bv 7) which will be condemned at three and one-half
(31:;) inches) may be renewed at the expense of the
car owner. Size of journal should be stenciled on
truck.
(b) Cut journals, axles bent or broken or rendered
unsafe by unfair usage, derailment or accident, shall be
renewed at the expense of the railway on whose line
the damage occurs.
(c) Where necessary to true up axles in cases of cut
journals, where the journal is reduced below the limit
as prescribed in Rule 10a, axle must be changed at the
expense of company cutting journal.
Charge for car heating to be 15 cents per day per
car.
11. Cars lying at stations for over forty-eight hours,
expense of heating to be borne by railway in whose
possession cars may be.
12. (a) Brakes must be in perfect working order.
Cylinders and triple valves must have been cleaned and
oiled within six (6) months, and in case of cars
equipped with high speed brakes, triple and high-speed
valves must be cleaned every three (3) months and date
of last cleaning and oiling stenciled on brake cylinder
and triple valve with white paint.
(b) The adjustment of piston travel based on not
less than seventy (70) pounds initial pressure must not
be less than five (5) inches nor more than eight (8)
inches.
Defects in Wheels — Owners Responsible.
13. (a) Loose wheels.
(b) Variation from gage if less than 4 feet 5}4
inches inside of wheel at flange, or, if more than 4 feet
6?i inches outside of flange or less than 5 feet 4 inches
outside of tread.
«
rVheeli are out of gauge If leis
than 4 feel e1^ Inches here —
or It more than
4 feet 6J4 inche* here
or lesi than 5 feet 4 Inchei here -
Wheels — Cast-irox.
14. (a) Shelled out; wheels with defective treads on
account of pieces shelling out; if the spots are over one
(1) inch or so numerous as to endanger the safety of
the wheel.
(b) Tread worn hollow; if tread is worn hollow Vs
inch or over.
(c) Worn flanges; flanges having flat vertical sur-
faces extending more than % inch from tread, or,
flanges less than IVs inches thick.
(d) Burst: if wheel is cracked from wheel fit out-
ward by pressure from axle.
(e) Flange, rim, tread, plate brackets or any other
part of wheel, either cracked, chipped or broken under
fair usage.
Wheels — Steel-tired.
15. (a) Loose, broken or cracked hubs, plates, bolts,
retaining ring or tire, occurring under fair usage.
(b) Worn flange or tire; with flange less than 1%
inches thick or having flat vertical spot extending more
than nj- inch from tread, or witli tire thinner than
shown in Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. 5 and 6.
INT
9S
INT
i_
pj
f
*
e: — 1
<*
Rolled Steel Wheel.
Fig. 5.
Tire Wear Limit,
Boise Wheel.
Fig. 6.
Delivering Company Responsible.
16. Flat spots; if flat spots, caused by sliding, exceed
one inch in length.
17. (a) If a car is transferred from service of one
railway to that of another, the receiving road shall
issue gas certificate authorizing the delivering road to
bill against it for the number of atmospheres of gas
and number of holders at the time ear was received.
(Name of Road.)
GAS CERTIFICATE.
Car Number Initial
Number of Atmospheres
Number of Holders
Size of Holders
Station, 190
Inspector.
(b) Cars in interchange requiring holders to be filled,
the receiving road shall be charged for the quantity of
gas supplied.
(c) For cars stored in shops for repairs the com-
pany having car in its possession shall be responsible to
the delivering company for the gas in holders. This
will apply to sleeping-car companies when ears are in
their possession and out of service.
(d ) Private or other cars, except regular line cars,
when offered in interchange equipped with steam hose
couplings that will not couple with the standard on the
receiving line must be changed by receiving company;
the hose removed to accompany car or be returned to
delivering company.
18. The depreciation of all passenger equipment cars
due to age shall be figured at 3 per cent per annum
upon the yearly depreciated value of same, to continue
not to exceed 50 per cent of its original value. The
above method of depreciation applies equally to either
bodies or trucks of such cars. No depreciation shall be
allowed on the value of air brakes.
19. This code of rules is to apply to all equipment
interchanged in passenger trains.
20. Bills for line charges shall be made and rendered
monthly and prices for materials and labor shall be in
accordance with accompanying schedule.
21. Air-brake hose applied subsequent to September
1, 1906, must be made in accordance with M. C. B.
specifications and so labeled.
22. This Code of Rules shall take effect September
1, 1908.
LIST OF PRICES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PASSENGER
EQUIPMENT IN INTERCHANGE.
New. S. H. Scrap.
1 Axles, 5 by 9 inches $17.75 $10.00 $6.50
Axles, 4 M x 8 inches 14.00 7.75 5.25
Axles, 3% by 7 inches 11.50 6.25 4.25
2 Burners, round wick, each 50
3 Burners, dual wicks, each 30
4 Bell or signal cord and couplings, per car 75
5 Bearings, journal, applied, per lb 20
6 Bearings, journal, credit for scrap bearing one-half weight
of new bearing, per lb 15
7 Bolts, nets and f orgings, per lb 03
8 Bolts, nuts and forgings, credit, per lb 00%
9 Bowls, opal, gas, 9-inch, each 50
10 Chimneys, round wick, each 11
11 Chimneys, dual wick, each 06
12 Candles, per lb 15
13 Coal (including labor), per ton 6.00
14 Chain, per lb 05
15 Chain, credit, per lb 01
16 Cleaning parlor and sleeping cars, exclusive of bedding,
per car 1.35
17 Cleaning vestibuled passenger and combination cars, each. .S5
18 Cleaning common passenger and combination cars, each... .50
19 Cleaning vestibuled baggage and mail cars, each 50
20 Cleaning common baggage and mail cars, each 30
21 Taking out carpets, seats, draperies, etc., from parlor and
sleeping cars and beating them, per car 1.00
22 Taking out and beating cushions and backs of seats of
passenger cars, either vestibuled or common, per car. . .65
(No additional charge for cleaning trucks of parlor or
sleeping cars.)
23 Domes, gas, each 50
24 Diamond S. brake shoes, applied, each, no credit for scrap. .50
25 Gas, Pintsch, per receiver S5
26 Globes, gas, 4-inch, each 50
27 Globes, opal gas, each 50
28 Glass, per light At Cost.
29 Glass, setting, per light 25
30 Hose, air-brake or signal, complete with fittings, applied
to car, each :
1-inch air signal 1.75
lVi-inch air-brake 2.00
31 Hose, air-brake or signal, credit for fittings SO
S2 Hose, H/o-inch straight port, steam, complete with fittings,
applied to car 6.50
1-inch 5.00
33 Hose, 1^-inch steam, credit for fittings 5.25
1-inch 4.00
34 Ice ( including labor), per cwt 30
35 Iron, cast, per lb 02
36 Iron, cast, credit, per lb 00&
37 Iron, malleable, per lb 03%
38 Iron, malleable, credit, per lb 00%
39 Labor, on lubrication, per hour 24
40 Labor, on repairs, per hour 30
41 Lumber, oak, pine, hickory, poplar and elm, per ft 03%
42 Oil, Galena, car, per gal 22
43 Oil, Galena, coach, per gal 35
44 Oil, illuminating, American roads to charge, per gal 11
45 Oil, illuminating, Canadian roads to charge, per gal 16
46 Shades, acme lamp, each 45
47 Shades, common lamp, each 25
48 Steel, spring (not springs), per lb 05
49 Steel, spring, credit, per lb 00-%
50 Steel castings, per lb 04%
51 Steel castings, credit, per lb 00%
52 Tallow, per lb , 06
53 Waste, woolen, per lb 12%
54 Waste, cotton, per lb 06
55 Wicks, round, each 02
50 Wicks, dual, each 00%
INT
99
JAW
New. S. H. Scrap.
57 Wheels, cast, 36-inch $10.50 $7.75 $5.25
58 Wheels, cast, 3S-inch 9.00 7.00 4.75
59 Wheels, new, steel Cost.
60 Loss of metal from steel-tired wheels, $2.00 per 1-16 inch.
61 Labor changing, per pair $2.00
62 Removing, turning and replacing steel-tired wheels 7.00
63 Steel-tired, cost of retiring to be cost with the addition of
freight charges.
Intermediate Brake Lever Fulcrum. Figs. 841-842. A
fulcrum for the intermediate brake lever, attached
to the sills of the car body".
Intermediate Cross Tie Timber. 26a, Figs. 599-619. A
timber framed across the longitudinal sills about
half way between the cross tie timbers and the
body bolster.
Intermediate Floor (Passenger Cars). A floor consist-
ing of boards placed between the sills and between
the deafening ceiling, or under floor, and the upper
or main floor. Its purpose is to exclude noise and
cold. The tendency is to use no other deadening
material in car floors.
Intermediate Lever. (Air Brake). Fig. 926.
Intermediate Lining (Refrigerator Car). Same as
Blind Lining, which see.
Intermediate Sills. 3 and 3a, Figs. 262-272, 599-619.
The main longitudinal members of the underframe
between the side sills and the center sills.
Internal Cylindrical Gage. A very accurately made
solid steel cylinder, used as a standard of measure-
ment of cylindrical holes.
Internal Screw Gage. A solid steel cylinder with a
screw thread on it, for testing the diameter of
female screws.
Interurban Electric Car. Fig. 6245.
Inverted Arch Bar (Truck Side Frames'). 15, Figs.
6281-6285. A wrought iron or steel bar which rests
on top of the journal boxes with the Arch Bar,
which see, on top of it. Also sometimes called the
middle or lower arch bar, as in logging cars. See
Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bar (Six Wheel
Trucks), 67, Figs. 4780-4783.
Inverted Body Queen Post. A post in the side of a
car body which supports the inverted body truss
rod or overhang truss rod.
Inverted Body Truss Rod. A truss rod used as a Hog
Chain, which see, to prevent the ends of a car body
from sagging. It rests on two queen posts on top
of the sill and is attached to the latter at each end,
bearing against an inverted truss rod plate. An
overhang truss rod.
Iron. See.
Carry Iron.
Cricket Iron.
Knee Iron.
Pull Iron or Switch-
Safety Beam Iron.
Step Iron.
Truck Frame Knee
Iron.
ing Iron or Roping Truss Rod Iron.
Staple.
Italian Hemo Bell Cord. See Bell Cord.
Jack. Fig. 3866, etc. See Jack Screw. Hydraulic
Jack. Lamp Jack. Ratchet Jack. Screw Jack.
Stove Pipe Jack. Ventilator Jack. Independent
Pump Jack. Fig. 6914. Smoke Jack.
Jack Arms (Steam Shovel). 29, Figs. 596-598. Heavy
beams with jack screws at the ends which are put
out on each side of the shovel at the forward bol-
ster and which serve to keep the car body from
overturning when the outer ends are firmly sup-
ported on blocking.
Jack Screw. Figs. 3870-3871. 1. A tool machine for
lifting or raising heavy weights. It consists of
one or more screws, turned by a lever and work-
ing in a case, which rests upon the floor or ground,
as shown in the figure.
Jacks take various names from their forms, sizes
and shapes, and are designated as bell base, broad
base, claw, and low, and also from the uses for
which they are designed, as journal box jacks,
traversing jacks, track jacks, etc. See Hydraulic
Jack.
2. (Pile Driver Car and Steam Shovel.) 30, Figs.
596-598. A jack screw working on a jack screw
pin or jack arms attached to the body, for relieving
the springs of the cars from action and making
the platform a rigid body. Tongs or crabs attached
to the track are used to prevent the car body from
rising upward when on the jack screws. Another
device for this same purpose is a bolster jack
screw.
Jackets for Steam Heating (Safety's). Figs. 2951-2960.
The figures show in detail the construction of the
single jackets and double jackets. The inner or
the water circulation pipes are of brass or copper,
and therefore most efficient conductors of heat.
Leakage of steam from steam spaces past the water
pipes is prevented by packed glands shown.
Jacquemin Grain Door. Fig. 1409-1412.
Jamb (of a Door). The door post on each side of the
door proper.
Janney Coupler, (Freight). Figs. 1608-1615, 1715-1720.
(Passenger), Figs. 1812-1819.
Janney, R. E., Coupler. Figs. 1583-1588.
Janney "X" Coupler. Figs. 1715-1720.
Janney-Miller Coupler. A modification of the Janney
coupler, so as to enable it to be rapidly changed
into an equivalent of the Miller coupler, thus en-
abling cars provided with it to be run in connection
with either Janney or Miller draw gear. The prin-
cipal changes to effect this end were as follows:
A joint was made in the barrel of the ordinary
Janney coupler to provide for the removal of the
head when it was desired to change to the Miller.
There was added the part called the center buffer
yoke, in order to provide a connection between the
center buffer spring and center buffer when used
as a Miller coupler, the same springs being used,
whether in use as a Janey or as a Miller coupler.
A spiral spring called the side spring, with its
bracket and clevis, was added to give the necessary
side resistance to the Miller hook. The platform
lever was lengthened for the purpose of conforming
to the difference in heights between the Janney
catch lever and the chain by means of which the
Miller hook is moved in uncoupling, the same lever
serving for either draw gear. Followers and guides
were provided and placed back of the center buffer
spring to form a better base for that spring when
used in connection with the Miller buffer. The
Miller stop was added to the Janney platform.
After a little practice the change from the Miller
to the Janney gear was made in from two to five
minutes. Superseded almost entirely by more
modern platform equipments using only M. C. B.
couplers.
Jaw. A Pedestal Jaw, which see.
Jaw Bit. A bar extending across the mouth of a pedes-
tal jaw underneath a journal box and bolted to the
horns of the pedestal.
JAW
100
JOU
Jaw Bolt. A bolt with a U-shaped split head, perfo-
rated to carry a pin. Used largely as a brake lever
fulcrum on brake beams.
Jaw Spring. A Journal Spring, which see.
Jenings Refrigerator. Figs. 332-33S. A system of re-
frigeration in which the ice tanks and interior
fittings of the car are collapsible and readily folded
out of the way when ice is not required, increasing
the capacity of the car.
Jib (of a Derrick or Crane). More properly Boom,
which see.
Joint Bolt. Fig. 4209. A bolt used for fastening two
timbers when the end of one joins the side of an-
other. The lug bolt is another form for the same
purpose.
Joint Cover. See Window Molding Joint Cover.
Joint Strip ('of Winslow Roof). 1. Figs. 1998-2008. A
strip of wood with rabbeted grooves for inserting
the corrugated roof sheets. A cover strip is a U-
shaped strip of metal for uniting flat roof sheets.
Jones Car Door. Figs. 1369-1370.
Journal. The part of an axle or shaft on which the
journal bearing rests. A gudgeon is a rough form
of journal, usually of wood with an iron strap
around it, as for the mast of a derrick, or crane.
The journals of bodies of irregular shape, like
cannon or leaders of pile-driver cars, are more
commonly designated Trunnions, which see. See
below.
Journal Bearing. Fig. 5328. A block of metal, usually
some kind of Brass or Bronze, which see, in con-
tact with a journal, on which the load rests. In
car construction the term when unqualified means
a car axle journal bearing. A standard form has
been adopted by the Master Car Builders' Associa-
tion, but its composition is not specified. The
Hopkins or lead-lined journal bearing is one coated
on the inside with a thin sheet of lead to make it
self-fitting on the journal. Babbitt metal in some
of its many forms is used for car journal bearings
occasionally, and almost universally for the bear-
ings of machinery. In order that the journal bear-
ing may be more easily removable, and to dis-
tribute the load more equally, a journal bearing
key, also called a wedge, is used to hold the jour-
nal bearing in place. The term "wedge" is in very
common use, perhaps more common than the name
here given.
Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages (M. C. B. Stand-
ard). Figs. 5713-5731, 5732-5743.
In 1900 gages for journal bearings and wedges
for journals 5 by 9 inches and 5% by 10 inches were
adopted as standard.
In 1903 gages for journal bearings and wedges
for journals 3?4 by 7 inches and 4%' by 8 inches
were advanced from Recommended Practice to
Standard.
Journal Bearing Key or Wedge (M. C. B. Standard).
Figs. 5472-5476, 5494-5498. Sec Journal Bearing.
Journal Bearing Stop Key. A journal bearing key witli
a projection to which a stop plate is attached to re-
strain lateral play, so that a collar on the axle may
be dispensed with. Xow little used.
Journal Box. 3, Figs. 4771-4777; Figs. 5254-5320. A
cast iron box or case which incloses the journal of
a car axle, the journal bearing and key, and which
holds tlie packing for lubricating the journal. Also
called an axle box, car box, grease box, housing
box, oil box, and pedestal box. British, usually
axle box.
All car journal boxes are outside bearing. In
certain laror or push cars, and also in locomotive
trucks, inside bearing journal boxes are used. To
dispense with the need of a collar on the axle, vari-
ous devices, like the stop key and stop journal
bearings, have been introduced, but the}' are now
seldom used.
Journal Boxes and Details (M. C. B. Standard). Figs.
5466-5471. (For Journals, 3% by 7 inches.)
The journal box and details as shown in these
drawings were adopted as standards of the Associa-
tion, in 1893, and revised in 1894 and 1896. The
revision made in 1894 consisted in correcting the
drawing at the top of the journal box, and in leav-
ing off the lugs at sides of arch bars. Also in
changing the wedge and bearing so as to make
the latter flat on top instead of curved, as thereto-
fore, and in curving the top of the wedge, thus
making this construction similar in general ar-
rangement to the standard forms for the AV± by
8-inch journal box. The revision made in 1896
consisted in the elimination of the dust guard, and
the addition of notes providing that any suitable
dust guard might be used, and that a rivet or nut
might be used instead of the cotter, if preferred,
in the hinge pin of the lid. Also in the addition
of notes concerning the lid spring and the wedge.
At the same time the side lugs on the brass were
increased so as to measure 1% inches long instead
of 1 inch long as they were formerly. In 1899 the
size of bolt hole was increased from 1 inch to lA
inches. In 1905 the addition of a rib % inch deep
on the back face of the lid immediately within
the inside of the oil box was adopted.
In 19il8 a dimension of A inch was shown, it
being the distance from the center line of bolt
hole to inside bearing face of lid.
(For Journals. 4% by 8 inches.) Figs. 5488-
5493.
The journal box and details as shown in these
drawings were adopted as standards of the Asso-
ciation in 189?.. and revised in 1896.
The revision made in 1896 consisted in the elimi-
nation of the dust guard; also, in removing the
arch bar seat lugs and making the arch bar seat
4Ys inches wide. Also, in the addition of notes pro-
viding that any suitable dust guard might be used,
and that a rivet or nut might be used, instead
of a cotter, if preferred, in the hinge pin of the
lid. Also, in the addition of notes concerning the
lid spring and the wedge. At the same time the
side lugs on the brass were increased so as to
measure 1'n incites long instead of :5i inch long
as they were formerly. The revision in 1901 con-
sisted in cutting out entirely the inner dust guard
wall at tlie top. In 1&05 the addition of a rib %
inch deep on the back face of the lid immediately
within the inside of the oil box was adopted. In
1908, the inside dust guard was restored at the top
and joined to (he inside side wall with an open-
ing of 2"i inches radius, the center being located
one inch above the horizontal center line of the
box. In 1908 the distance from center line of box
to edge of wedge stop was increased from 4%
inches to 4 1,'; inches 1.. allow 's inch clearance be-
tween wedge and stop.
(For Journals. 5 by 9 inches.') Fig. 5615.
The journal box and details shown in these
drawings were adopted as recommended practice in
1806. In 1898 they were adopted as standards of
JOU
101
KEE
the Association. In 1900 the opening at the back
end of box, corresponding with the dust guard,
was increased from 3ft inches to 3% inches radius,
making the opening 6?i inches wide instead of 6%
inches, the height remaining unchanged. The re-
vision in 1901 consisted of cutting out entirely the
inner dust guard wall at the top. In 1902 the wedge
stop lugs were increased in size and extended lat-
erally to the sides of box. In 1905 the addition of
a rib % inch deep on the back face of the lid im-
mediately within the inside of the oil box was
adopted. In 1907 the inside dust guard was re-
stored at the top and joined to the inside side wall
with a 3-inch radius, with the center located 1 inch
above the horizontal center line of the box. The
opening in the outside wall was enlarged at the
side and struck with a 4-inch radius all around.
The distance from the center of the box to the
inside of the lug for the journal bearing key located
in the top wall of the box was increased to oft
inches. The width of the inside side lugs for the
journal bearings was decreased to 2?s
inches. In 1908 the center of box from w-hich the
lower half of the circle is struck was raised ^4 inch,
increasing the depth to l"'s inches.
(For Journals, 5% by 10 inches.) Figs. 5621-5626.
The journal box and details shown in these
drawings were adopted as standard in 1900. In
1901 the inner dust guard wall at the top was cut
out entirely to avoid all danger of the journal bear-
ings striking the wall of the box at the rear. In
1902 the wedge stop lugs were extended laterally to
the sides of box. In 1903 the radius of the dust
guard opening was changed to 3=s inches, and the
diameter to T1^ inches to allow proper play for
the wheel lit. In 1905 the addition of a rib ?s inch
deep on the back face of the lid immediately
within the inside of the oil box was adopted.
In 1907 the inside dust guard was restored at the
top and joined to the inside side wall with a 3-inch
radius located l^i inches above the horizontal cen-
ter line of the box. The opening in the outside
back wall was enlarged at the side and struck
with two 4-inch radii, the lower one-half having its
center line on the center line of box, the center of
the upper one-half being *s inch above the cen-
ter line of the box. The distance from center of
the box to the inside of the lug for the journal box
key was increased to 5H inches. The width of the
inside side lugs for journal bearings was decreased
to 25s inches. In 1908 the distance from center
line of box to face of wedge stop was increased
from 5ii inches to 594 inches, thus allowing Vs
inch clearance between wedge and stop. In 1908
the note reading "the total lateral [extreme posi-
tions of axle] equals % inch," was eliminated.
(For Passenger Car Journals, 4'± by 8 inches.)
Figs. 5685-5693. In 1898 a Recommended Practice
was adopted for passenger car journal box and
contained parts for journals 4% by 8 inches, and
was formerly shown on Sheet M. C. B. — G. In
1901 this was changed to Standard.
(For Passenger Car Journals, 5 by 9 inches.')
Figs. 5803-5805. (Recommended Practice.) This
design was adopted as Recommended ■Practice in
1903.
Journal Box Bolts. The bolts on either side of the
journal box which secure it between the arch bar
and the pedestal tie bar.
Journal Box Cover or Lid. 4. Figs. 4771-4777. A door
or lid covering an aperture on the outside of a
journal box, by means of which oil and packing
are supplied and journal bearings are inserted or
removed. Such covers are made of cast iron,
malleable iron, pressed steel, and sometimes of
wood. They are usually closed by a spring.
Journal Box Cover Bolt. A bolt used to fasten covers
which have no hinge to the box. Two of these are
usually employed to each cover. A gasket of can-
vas, rubber or leather is used to make a tight joint.
Journal box covers are, however, now almost in-
variably held on by hinges and springs or some
arrangement of lugs or grooved joints.
Journal Box Cover Hinge Pin. Fig. 5479.
Journal Box Cover Spring. A flat spring to hold the
lid in place.
Journal Box Guides. Iron bars or blocks placed one on
each side of the journal boxes of some metal frame
trucks in which journal springs are used. These
irons, while holding the box in place longitudinally
and transversely, allow it to have a vertical motion
between them. When a pair of these guides is cast
in one piece it is called a Pedestal, which see.
Journal Box Jacks. Fig. 3869. A low jack specially
designed to set under journal boxes, and take the
weight off the journal, so that brasses can be re-
moved.
Journal Box Lid. 4. Figs. 4771-4777; Fig. 5477. The
iron or steel lid or cover which closes the opening
in the end of a journal box through which oil
and waste for the journal packing is inserted.
Journal Brass. A Journal Bearing, which see.
Journal Packing. Y\ aste. wool, or other fibrous mate-
rial saturated with oil or grease, with which a
journal box is filled to lubricate the journal. Vari-
ous forms of patent packing have also been intro-
duced.
Journal Spring. A spring supporting part of the weight
of a car which is placed directly over the journal,
and which usually rests on the journal box under
the truck frame. Such springs are sometimes
placed above the truck frame and supported by
straps, and the weight of the car is transmitted to
the journal box by a vertical pin or stirrup. Equal-
izer Springs, which see, accomplish the same end
in six-wheel trucks as journal springs, and more
effectually.
Jumper, i Electric.) Fig. 6362.
Jute. A course fiber raised in India for making gunny
bags, matting, ropes, etc. It has been recently used
for making journal packing by a patented process.
Joyce-Cridland Double-Movement Jack. Fig. 3887.
K
Kalamined Iron. Sheet iron, coated with an alloy of
zinc, lead, tin and nickel in the proportion of 29
lbs. of tin, 50 to 75 lbs. of zinc, 100 lbs. of lead,
and three to six ounces of nickel. The alloy melts
at a lower temperature than common zinc, and is
claimed to give a more durable compound as well
as a thinner and more adhesive coating. Galva-
nized iron is sheet iron coated in the same way with
pure zinc.
Kalamazoo Hand Cars. Fig. 6196, etc.
Karbolith. A composition cement, used for flooring in
street cars and in buildings.
Keeper. "A ring, strap, pocket, or the like device for
detaining an object; as
1. "A jam nut.
2. "The box on a door jamb into which the bolt
of a lock protrudes w-hen shut, as Figs. 2252-2261.
KEW
102
KNU
When the keeper is for a beveled latch bolt, which
is moved by contact with it, it is more commonly
called a strike plate, as Fig. 2261. They are also
further designated by the name of the lock or latch
which they accompany.
3. "The latch of a hook, which prevents its acci-
dental disengagement." — Knight.
Kewanee Brake Beam. Figs. 5091-5092. A steel brake
beam of rectangular cross section, and a bar for a
truss rod, which is bent around the ends of the
beam proper.
Keg Shaped Spiral Spring. A spiral spring, the form of
which resembles a keg or cask. Its object is to
obtain a Graduated Spring, which see.
Kensington Journal Box. Figs. 5291-5298.
Kelso Coupler. Figs. 1706-1714.
Keratol. An artificial leather used for curtains and up-
holstering. It is made by coating a cloth fabric
with a compound which gives it the appearance of
leather.
Key. 1. "In a general sense, a fastener; that which
fastens; as a piece of wood in a frame of a build-
ing."— Webster. Hence a pin inserted in a hole in
a bolt, and used to secure the bolt or its nut. A
Split Key, which see, is a special form.
2. "An instrument for opening or shutting a
lock by pushing the bolt one way or the other." —
Webster. See Lock and Bit.
3. A block over the top of a journal bearing,
called in full Journal Bearing Key, which see. This
part is also very commonly called a wedge.
4. A beveled bar used with a gib to form a Gib
and Key, which see. See also King Bolt Key.
5. (For Lamps and Valves of Pintsch Gas Appa-
ratus.) A substitute for the ordinary cocks of gas
fixtures to prevent unauthorized tampering.
Key Bolt. A bolt slotted near the end to receive a key,
which takes the place of a nut.
Key Hole Escutcheons. See Escutcheons.
Key Hole Plate. An Escutcheon or Escutcheon Plate,
which see.
Key Pin (of a Lock). The pivot on which the key
turns when inserted in the lock.
Key Ring Tire Fastening. A. mode of securing the tire
to the wheel, composed of two 'rings, one of U-
section and the other nearly rectangular. The
former ring holds the tire and wheel together, and
the latter ring holds the former in place, filling up
the groove in the tire. When both rings are in place
the outer lip of the groove in the tire is slightly
hammered over, thus gripping the second or key
ring, and retaining it in place. See also Tire
Fastening.
Keystone Car Seal. Figs. 4085-4086.
Kicking Coil. A coil of wire consisting of about ten
turns wound on a wooden core; it is located in the
feed circuit between the lightning arrester and con-
troller, and acts as an inductive resistance to the
passage of lightning discharge through the appar-
atus. See Lightning Arrester.
King Automatic Platform Extension. Figs. 2276-2279.
King Bolt or Center Pin. 18, Figs. 202-272; Figs. 813-
814. A large bolt which passes through the truck
and body bolsters and center plates of a car body
and the center of a track. It is accessible from the
floor of the car by removing the king bolt plate.
The truck is supposed to swivel on the king bolt,
but in reality the two center plates normally carry
all the strain. In some wrecking cars the king bo't.
is provided with keys to bind the truck to the car
so that they cannot be separated from each other.
King Bolt Key. Figs. 881-883. See above.
King Bolt Ring. Fig. 883.
King Bolt Plate. See above.
King-Lawson Dump Car. Figs. 93-94. A dump car
with a box or body which may be tipped to either
side by compressed air and the load dumped.
King Post (of a Truss). A single post or distance
piece between a truss rod and the chord of a truss
or beam. If two such posts are used they are called
queen posts. In car construction king posts are
made in two ways — one adjustable, so that they
may be lengthened or shortened, and the other
without adjustment. Also see
Brake Beam King Post. Truck Bolster King
Cross Frame King Post. Post.
Kirby's Car Door Lock. Fig. 2480. A device to give
a lock extra strength and durability and to dispense
with the use of screws for fastening on the door
knobs.
Kirby's Seat Lock. Fig. 4188.
Kitchen (Dining Car). A large compartment at on;
end of the car provided with all the facilities of ;i
well-organized kitchen. Officers' and other private
cars are commonly provided with a kitchen smaller
than in dining cars, and usually at the extreme end
Kitchen Car. Fig. 236. A combined day coach and
dining car for use on trains where a regular dining
car could not be profitably run. Sometimes called a
cafe coach.
Knee Iron. An L-shaped or angle iron casting or forg-
ing which is fastened to the corner where two tim-
bers are joined to strengthen the joint. See Sill
Knee Joint, Truck Knee Iron.
Knob. See Berth Safety Rope Knob, Door Knob,
Window Curtain Knob.
Knob Escutcheon. A Door Latch Rose, which see.
Knob Sash Lift. See Sash Lift.
Knob Shank. A Door Latch Spindle, which see.
Knuckle. 1. (M. C. B. Couplers.) The rotating
coupling hook by means of which coupling is ef-
fected when the knuckle is locked by the catch or
lock. It must conform to certain contour lines
adopted by the M. C. B. Association in 1888 and
shown in Fig. 5579.
2. (Of a Hinge.) Fig. 2442, etc. The central
tubular projections which carry the hinge pin. The
term is of wide and general application in mechanics
to many similar parts.
Knuckles, Specifications. (M. C. B. Standard.)
In 1904, specifications were adopted as Recom-
mended Practice for separate knuckles, and in 1907
advanced to standard, as follows:
The knuckles furnished under this specification
must be made of steel in accordance with the best
foundry methods, and must not be painted.
1. Knuckles will be subject to the inspection and
test of the above-named company as to their gen-
eral condition and strength. The tests and inspec-
tion will be made at the place of manufacture, where
assistance and labor necessary to make satisfactory
and prompt inspection and shipment must be fur-
nished free by the manufacturer. The testing ma-
chine and gages approved by the INI. C. B. Associa-
tion must be used in the test and inspection of
knuckles.
2, Knuckles will be ordered as far as practicable
in lots of 100; for each 100 ordered the manufac-
turer shall furnish 102, and in the event of addi-
KNU
103
KNU
tional knuckles being required to carry out the pre-
scribed tests, they shall be furnished free of cost bv
the manufacturers.
3. Knuckles must be accurately made to gages
furnished by the manufacturer. These gages must
govern all dimensions representing fitting surfaces,
thereby insuring absolute interchangeability with-
out machining.
4. Knuckles shall not be accepted if distorted by
improperly matched flasks or any other defects due
to molding. They must be free from injurious
shrinkage cracks, flaws, checks, sand, sand holes or
blow holes. The holes for pivot pins in knuckles
should be drilled, or, if cored, must be roached out,
and must not be more than 1-16 inch larger than
1%-inch diameter pivot pin. The holes must be
parallel to the face of the knuckle, and at right
angles to the axis of knuckle. As many knuckles
as possible must be cast from the same heat of
steel. All parts must be well annealed throughout.
5. The pulling and contact faces of knuckle mus:
be clean and smooth.
(3. Each knuckle must bear a serial number and
the manufacturer's name or identification mark
legibly cast or stamped at some point where it will
not be worn off.
7. Every knuckle made to comply with these
specifications must have a slightly raised plate or
flat surface cast upon the head in plain view, where
it will not be subject to wear. After a lot of
knuckles have successfully passed the inspection
and tests prescribed below the letters M. C. B. must
be legibly stamped upon the plate on each knuckle;
this mark to be evidence that the knuckle is an
M. C. B. standard.
INSPECTION.
The knuckles, after having been thoroughly in-
spected by the manufacturer to see that they meet
the requirements as to interchangeability, sound-
ness and dimensions of parts, etc., herein specified,
should be arranged in lots of 102, and, where possi-
ble, care should be taken to put all knuckles of the
same heat number or numbers in the same lot or
lots. The inspector shall then inspect and gage
each knuckle as to its compliance with drawing
sizes, and for surface defects and proper contour
lines. Any irregularities or swollen parts on the
working or bearing faces must be ground or chipped
off before the knuckles are accepted.
After this inspection the inspector shall select
two knuckles taken at random from the lot or lots
as provided for above, and subject one of them to
Test No. 1 and the other to Test No. 2, hereafter
specified. If one of these knuckles fails to stand
prescribed Test No. 1, but, before failing, stands
a sufficient number of blows to make retest ad-
missible, another knuckle shall be taken from the
same lot from which the first knuckles were taken.
If it stands the test, that lot of knuckles shall be
accepted as far as Test No. 1 is concerned; other-
wise that lot of knuckles shall be rejected and an-
other lot substituted and tested in the same way.
The other knuckle selected by the inspector shall
be subjected to Test No. 2. If this knuckle fails to
stand prescribed Test No. 2, hereafter specified, but,
before failing, stands a sufficient number of blows to
make a retest admissible, another knuckle shall be
taken from the same lot from which the first knuckles
were taken. If it stands the test, that lot of knuckles
shall be accepted; otherwise that lot of knuckles
shall be rejected and another lot substituted and
tested in the same way.
PHYSICAL TEST.
Test No. I. Striking Test.
The striking test back block and knuckle supports
are placed in the housing against the back and
sides, the knuckle dropped in between the supports
and held by inserting the pin through the holes in
the knuckle supports. The knuckle is then adjusted
by means of liners between the back block and the
knuckle supports, and between the knuckle supports
and the housing. The striking block is then placed
in the housing casting resting upon the knuckle. A
fitting piece made to suit the type of knuckle is
slipped in position between the tail and housing
casting so that the striking face of the knuckle is in
a horizontal position.
Blows to be struck on striking block through
which they are transmitted to knuckle.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling four (4) feet.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling eight (8) feet.
The knuckle shall be considered as having failed
to stand this test if it is broken before it has re-
ceived three blows at 4 feet and three blows at 8
feet, or if any cracks appear more than 1 inch long
or open more than 1-16 inch. Should the knuckle
before failing stand three blows at 4 feet and one
blow at 8 feet, another knuckle shall be provided
and tested as per Section 7 governing retest.
Test No. 2. Jerk Test.
The jerk test back block and knuckle supports
are placed in the housing against the back and
sides, the knuckle dropped in between the supports
and held by inserting the pin through the hole in
the knuckle supports. The knuckle is then adjusted
by means of liners between the back block and the
knuckle supports, and between the knuckle sup-
ports and the housing. The striking block is then
inserted resting on the inner face of the knuckle,
and a block of suitable size inserted between the
tail of the knuckle and striking block so that the
striking face of the knuckle is in a horizontal posi-
tion.
If preferred by manufacturers, an old coupler
and lock of the same kind, in which the knuckle fits
properly, and which may be suitably reinforced in
order to endure as many tests as possible, may be
used in place of supporting casting for this test.
Blows to be struck on the striking block through
which they are transmitted to the knuckle.
Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling three (3) feet.
Two blows of 1,640 pounds falling six (6) feet.
The knuckle shall be considered as having failed
to stand this test if it is broken before it has re-
ceived three blows at 3 feet and two blows at 6 feet,
or if any cracks appear more than 1 inch long or
open more than 1-16 inch. Should the knuckle be-
fore failing stand three blows at 3 feet, another
knuckle shall be provided and tested as per Section
7 governing retest.
Recommended Practice. — In 1905, as a result of
letter ballot, the following Recommended Practice
was adopted:
That the use of a knuckle-throwing device, which
will throw the knuckle completely open and operate
under all conditions of wear and service is favored
by this Association.
Knuckle, Automatic Coupler, Contour Line and Limit
Gages. See Automatic Car Coupler.
KNU
104
LAG
Knuckle Joint. "A joint in which a projection on each
leg or leaf of a device is inserted between corre-
sponding recesses in the other, the two being con-
nected by a pin or pivot on which they mutually
turn. The legs of dividers and the leaves of door
hinges are examples of true knuckle joints. The
term, however, has been somewhat commonly re-
stricted to compound or universal joints designed
to act in any direction.'' — Knight.
Knuckle Lock (Automatic Couplers). The block which
drops into position when the knuckle closes and
holds it in place, preventing uncoupling.
Knuckle Opener (Automatic Couplers). The device
which throws the knuckle open when the lock is
lifted so that a coupling can be made. With
couplers not having a knuckle opener it is necessary
to go in between the cars and pull the knuckle open
by hand after the lock has been lifted.
Knuckle Pin (M. C. B. Coupler). 88, Figs. 1608-1615.
The steel pin holding the knuckle in the jaws of
the coupler. Also called Pivot Pin, which see.
Knuckle Pin Plate (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler. 1600.
Figs. 1886-1935.
Knuckle Pivot Pin (Specifications, M. C. B. Recom-
mended Practice). In 1907 the following specifica-
tions for Knuckle Pivot Pins were adopted as
Recommended Practice:
"All knuckle pivot pins ordered under the specifi-
cations must be made from open-hearth steel prop-
erly forged and then annealed, and must not be
painted.
"1. Knuckle pivot pins will be subject to the in-
spection and test of the above-named company as
to their general condition and strength. The test
and inspection will be preferably made at the place
of manufacture where assistance and labor neces-
sary to make satisfactory and prompt inspection
and shipment must be furnished free by the manu-
facturer. The testing machine, approved by the
M. C. B. Association, must be used in the test of
knuckle pivot pins.
"2. Knuckle pivot pins will be ordered as far as
practicable in lots of 500; for each lot ordered the
manufacturer shall furnish three extra pins, and in
the event of additional pins being required to
carry out the prescribed tests, they shall be fur-
nished free of cost by the manufacturer.
"3. All pins must be of such size as will enter the
plus end and will not enter the minus end of a limit
gage for 1%-inch round iron as prescribed in M. C.
B. Recommended Practice under 'Limit Gages for
Round Iron,' and must not vary more than Is inch
above or below the proper length. The lower end
of the pin must be cut off square and have at
least %-inch level or chamfer. The cotter-pin hole
to be properly drilled for % inch cotter. The head
must be well formed, and pins which are not
straight and true and those which have blisters or
surface defects of any kind will be rejected.
INSPECTION.
"Knuckle pivot pins, after having been thor-
oughly inspected by the manufacturer to see that
they meet the requirements as to interchange-
ability, soundness, dimensions of parts, etc., herein
specified, should be arranged in lots of 503. The
inspector shall then inspect and gage each pin as
to its compliance with drawing sizes and for sur-
face defects.
"After this inspection the inspector shall select
three pins taken at random from each lot or lots,
as provided for above, and subject them to the
cross-bending drop test as hereafter specified. If
one of the pins fails to stand the test prescribed
below, and the other two pass, three more pins
shall be selected at random from the same lot
from which the first pins were taken; if all three
of these pins stand the prescribed test, the lot of
pins shall be accepted, otherwise that lot of pins
shall be rejected, and another lot substituted and
tested in the same way. If two or more pins fail
to stand the test, originally, the lot represented will
be rejected without further consideration.
PHYSICAL TEST.
"The cross-bending test will be made in standard
M. C. B. drop-testing machine, the pins resting on
rounded supports, held rigidly 10 inches center to
center, to be subjected to a blow by the weight fall-
ing a height of three feet. The blow of the weight
should be transmitted to the specimen by a block
having a round lower edge resting on the speci-
men. The radius of all these round edges is to be
% inch. All pins are to be tested cold, and must
not show any cracks or fractures. The bend must
be directly under the nose of the plunger. Pins
will be rejected if they break, or crack, or show a
deflection less than 15 degrees or greater than 35
degrees."
Krupp Steel-Tired Car Wheels. Figs. 5422-5427.
Label Holder (Postal Car). Figs. 4022, 4032, 4038.
Made both single and double. Sometimes com-
bined with a drawer pull.
Lace (British). See Broad Lace, Pasting Lace, Seam-
ing Lace.
Ladder.
Figs. 26:
Bars of wood or iron at-
tached to the side or end of a box car so as to
form steps by which persons may climb to and
from the top of the car.
The individual bars, whether of wood or iron, and
whether round or square, are termed ladder rounds.
They are sometimes made with Ladder Side Rails,
which see. The handles alongside of the ladder are
termed grab irons, or hand holds, or sometimes
corner handles; that placed on the roof near the
ladder, the roof grab iron or ladder hand rail. See
Protection of Trainmen.
Ladder Handle. 60. Figs. 262-272. A Roof Grab Iron
or Hand Hold, which see.
Ladder Hinge. Fig. 2470.
Ladder Rod. An iron ladder round.
Ladder Round. 59. Figs. 262-272; Figs. 815-816. See
Ladder. The lower round of the ladder, by recom-
mendation of the Master Car Builders' Association,
should be a bent ladder round, as a safeguard
against the slipping of the foot in swinging around
the corner of a car.
Ladder Side Rails. The wooden vertical side pieces to
which wooden or iron ladder rounds are attached.
La Flare Spring Insulation. Figs. 1393-1401. A system
of insulation for refrigerator car doors, in which
the openings are securely sealed against the outside
air by strips pressed against the door by springs
set in the posts.
Lag Screw. An iron bolt with a square or hexagonal
head, and with a wood screw thread cut on it, in-
tended to screw into wood. Lag screws are round
under the head, so that they can be turned after
they enter the wood. British equivalent. Coach
Screw, which see.
LAM
105
LAM
Lambrequin. Fig. 4060. A cloth or drapery fastened
over the upper part of a window. It covers the rod
and rings or roller of the window curtains. The
lambrequin has been replaced by Valances, which
see.
Laminated Buffing Spring (British). A half elliptic
spring. See Plate Buffing and Draft Spring.
Lamp. Fig. 3173, etc. "A vessel for the combustion
of fluid inflammable bodies for the purpose of pro-
ducing light." — Webster. The chief forms of lamps
now used are for burning gas and mineral oil or
petroleum, though candle lamps are used in cases
of emergency, as also oil lamps for lard oil, for
panel lights, lanterns, etc. Car lamps are distin-
guished as side lamps and center lamps, the latter
now usually consisting of two or more distinct
lamps, forming a chandelier. In Great Britain roof
lamps, inserted from the roof of the car, are ex-
clusively used. Lamps are also distinguished as
adjustable globe, loose globe and plastered or fixed
globe, the latter being a form in which the lamp is
removed from below and the globe cannot be taken
off. Many modern lamps are constructed upon the
Tornado or Hurricane principle, which see, to
avoid the effects of draft. Postal car lamps or
chandeliers are a special class, in which every means
possible is used to obtain a powerful light. See
also Acme Lamp, Alcove Lamp, Gas Lamps, Sig-
nal Lamp, Tail Lamp, etc.
Lamp Alcove. A metal casing or lining for a recess in
the side of a car to contain an Alcove Lamp, which
see.
Lamp Arms. 1. Figs. 3585-3601. Rods by which a lamp
is attached to the ceiling of a car. Some lamp arms
have bracket angles to support the shade, and are
then called bracket arms.
Lamp Bottom. 20, Figs. 3585-3601.
of a lamp which is removable,
burner and oil.
Lamp Bracket. Figs. 3602-3614.
Bracket.
Lamp Burner. S. Figs. 3585-3601.
lamp by which the opening on the top of the reser-
voir is closed, which holds the wick, and by which
the latter is adjusted. The Acme Burners, which
see, are favorites for car service where a brilliant
light is wanted, but many forms are used. The
name burner is also applied to the tip of a gas
light in the Pintsch gas system.
Lamp Burner (British). The wick holder in the Roof
Lamp, which see.
Lamp Canopy. Fig. 3150. A large and elaborate
Smoke Bell, which see.
Lamp Case (Street Cars). 1. A box over the end win-
dows in which a lamp is placed. It has a glazed
door on the inside and usually colored glass on the
outside as a signal to designate the line to which
the car belongs. It is fastened by a lamp case hook
and eye.
2. (British.) A cylindrical sheet of iron for the
protection of the Roof Lamp, which see.
Lamp Case Base or Packing (British). A wooden pack-
ing piece secured to the roof boards and present-
ing a level face for the lamp case. See also Roof
Lamp.
Lamp Case Chimney (Street Cars). A metal pipe
through which the smoke and gases escape from a
lamp case, very similar to a Lamp Jack, which see.
Lamp Case Door (Street Cars). See Lamp Case.
The lower portion
Contains the wick.
See Side Lamp
That portion of a
Lamp Case Door Holder. A kind of hook attached to
the roof to hold the lamp case door in place.
Lamp Case Eye. See Lamp Case.
Lamp Case Hook. See Lamp Case.
Lamp Chimney. 10. Figs. 3585-3601. A glass tube
which incloses the flame of a lamp, conducts away
the smoke and gases and produces the necessary
draft.
Figs. 3568-3576 give what are known as the stand-
ard types, for the names of which see engravings.
Lamp Chimney Bracket. 12, Figs. 3585-3601. A pro-
jecting metal arm attached to the side of a car and
carrying a chimney holder, by which a lamp chim-
ney is held in place.
Lamp Chimney Holder. 11. Figs. 3585-3601. See above.
Lamp Chimney Reflector. 15. Figs. 3585-3601. Usually
it has a hole in the center in which the chimney is
inserted.
Lamp Cover or Lamp Protector (British). American
equivalent, lamp jack. A sheet iron cover hinged to
the lamp case and secured by a spring catch to pro-
tect the lamp from rain, while it allows the smoke
to escape through the room. See also Roof Lamp.
Lamp Cover Spring Catch (British). See above.
Lamp Fount. The receptacle for the oil burned in a
lamp. Also called lamp reservoir.
Lamp Glass (British). In a carriage, a hemispherical
glass globe of unusual thickness, which surrounds
the burner of a Roof Lamp, which see.
Lamp Globe. Figs. 3121-3131; 28. Figs. 3585-3601. A glass
or porcelain case or vessel inclosing or surrounding
the flame of a lamp or candle, and intended to
protect the latter from wind. Lamp globes are ap-
proximately globular in form, in distinction from a
lamp shade, which flares at the bottom, but are
often made of different shapes, as round, pear-
shaped, egg-shaped, melon-shaped, double cone-
shaped, etc.
Lamp Globe Chimney. 3. Figs. 3585-3601. A metal tube
attached to the top of a lamp globe for conducting
away the smoke. A shade cap is an equivalent
device for a lamp shade.
Lamp Holder. See Side Lamp Holder.
Lamp Hoop. A ring with an interior screw thread for
attaching to cheap oil lamps to receive the burner.
Lamp Iron (British). American equivalent, tail light
holder, or signal light holder. See End Lamp Iron
and Side Lamp Iron.
Lamp House Hinge. Figs. 2466-2167. 2469.
Lamp Jack. A cap or covering over a lamp vent on the
outside of a car to exclude rain and prevent down-
ward currents of air. Also see Lamp Case Chim-
ney.
Lamp Key (Pintsch Gas). Fig. 3094. A substitute for
the ordinary cock of gas fixtures, used to prevent
unauthorized tampering with the burners.
Lamp Panel. A small switchboard placed generally in
some locker of the car. upon which is mounted
switches for controlling the lamps and ventilating
fans.
Lamp Plug (British). A sylindrical piece of wood se-
cured to the lamp case by a chain, and used to block
up the lamp aperture in the roof when the lamp is
not in its place. See Roof Lamp.
Lamp Plug Stand (British). A cast iron stand on
which the lamp plug rests when the Roof Lamp,
which see, is in use. Its object is to prevent the
lamp plug bumping on the roof of the carriage
when the train is moving.
LAM
106
LAY
Lamp Reflector. 14. Figs. 3585-3601. See also Alcove
Lamp Reflector.
Lamp Regulator. An automatic electrical device for
maintaining constant voltage upon the lamps or,
more popularly expressed, a device for insuring the
constant brilliancy or candle power of the lamps.
The lamp regulator is usually mounted under-
neath the car body where the heat which is dis-
sipated in it may be easily taken care of and
radiated. The lamp regulator may be of the
rheostatic or counter electro motive force type. As
a rheostatic device it varies resistance in series
with all the lamps, responding to variations in
lamp voltage and having a tendency toward main-
taining constant lamp voltage. If it is of the coun-
ter electro motive force type, it acts in the same
way as far as the lamps are concerned, but varies a
counter electro motive force in series with the
lamps instead of varying a resistance. In either
case, the lamp regulator is governed by an auxiliary
relay or equivalent device, generally placed inside
of the car with the other electrical apparatus.
Lamp Regulator Vibrator or Relay. An automatic and
very sensitive electrical device for controlling the
action of the lamp regulator. Such device must
be very sensitive in operation and robust enough in
construction to withstand railway service. It is
generally enclosed for protection against dust and
accident, but when once adjusted should not re-
quire attention for long periods.
Lamp Reservoir. G. Figs. 3585-3601. The portion of a
lamp which holds the oil. Also called lamp fount,
Lamp Ring. 5. Figs. 3585-3601. A metal ring at the
base of a lamp to which the lamp bottom or reser-
voir and lamp globe are attached. In center lamps
the ring is supported by the lamp arms.
Lamp Screw. A more elaborate Lamp Hoop, which
see, with a flange.
Lamp Shade. S, Figs. 3585-3601. A conical shaped re-
flector placed over a lamp to reflect the light down-
ward.
Figs. 3564-3567 and 3577-3579 give what are
known as standard forms, the dimensions of which,
in inches, are as shown in the figures.
Lamp Socket. Figs 6324-6327, 3604. A socket or dove-
tail joint to which a lamp or flag is attached at the
corner of a car. They are flat, inclined, angular or
projecting, as may be desired.
Lamp Stay. 1, Figs. 3585-3601. A horizontal bar, usual-
ly reaching from side to side of the clear story, by
which a car lamp is steadied, and also made more
ornamental.
Lamp Switch. A switch for controlling the lamp cir-
cuit of the car and which, by opening or closing,
turns off or throws on all of the lights. This
switch is generally mounted on or near the lamp
panel.
Lamp Vent. An opening in the roof, through which
the gases from a lamp escape.
Lantern. Figs. 3620-3625. A portable lamp, the flame
in which is protected from wind and rain by glass,
usually in the form of a globe surrounded by wires,
called guards. According to the number of these
wires the lantern is called single, double or triple
guard. The conductor's lantern is one with a large
bail, so as to be carried on the arm, leaving both
hands free. It is usually provided with a reflector
above. Inspector's lanterns are generally arranged
to give blue light. See Lens, Signal Lamp.
Lantern and Flag Holder. A device for displaying sig-
nals on rear of trains. See Flag Holder. The
novelty is the convenience of attachment for either
a lamp or flag.
Larry. See Lorry.
Latch. Figs. 2411-2427. etc. The primary sense of this
word is — to catch, to close, stop, or make fast;
hence, an attachment to a door, window, etc.. to
hold it open or shut, is called a latch. The ordi-
nary distinction between a latch and a lock is that
a lock is closed and opened with a separate key,
and usually has a square bolt; whereas, a latch has
no separate key, and usually has a beveled bolt
which snaps shut automatically by contact with the
keeper or strike plate. The most exact distinction
between a latch and lock seems to be the form of
the bolt, and not the use or disuse of a key. See
Sash Lock. Latches named from the use which
they subserve are the following, which see:
Berth Latch. Sliding Door Latch or
Deck Sash Latch. Lift Latch.
Safety Berth Latch. Spring Door Latch.
Saloon Latch.
A sliding door latch, or lift latch. Figs. 2411-2412,
has a beveled hook instead of a beveled bolt, but
operates upon substantially the same principle.
Xearly all forms of latches are spring latches. A
night latch is a large and carefully made form of
an ordinary latch, which can be opened from the
surface by a key. A cupboard latch is any form of
small latch. A rim latch, like a rim lock, is one
attached simply to the inside of the door, in dis-
tinction from a mortise or rabbeted latch (both
rarely used), which is boxed into the door.
Latch Bolt Facing (Kirby's Door Lock). Q, Figs. 2480-
2481.
Latch Pull (Kirby's Door Lock). J, Figs. 2480-2481.
Lateral Motion. A movement sidewise, more particu-
larly meaning, as generally used, a side or swing
motion of the bolster of a swing motion truck, in
distinction from fhe end play of an axle under the
journal. A lateral motion spring, which is slipped
over a lateral moton spring pin, is sometimes used
to check the lateral movement of such spring
bolsters, but this end is more commonly accom-
plished by splaying the swing hangers outward.
Lateral Motion Spring. See above.
Lateral Morion Spring Pin. See above.
Lateral Play. Side motion of any part of a car or ma-
chinery; the space left to permit of such side mo-
tion. See Lateral Motion (of a Truck Bolster),
End Play (of an Axle).
Lathe (Wood-Working Machinery). Fig. 6794. etc. A
machine with a fixed spindle and a revolving" spindle
in which a piece of wood is inserted and rapidly
revolved. A hand chisel is used to remove the
wood and produce a stick of cylindrical dimensions.
Latrobe Coupler. Figs. 1648-1657.
Lavatory. A room provided with washbowl, towels,
combs, brushes, etc., in which passengers may make
their toilet. Parlor and sleeping cars are provided
with separate lavatories for men and women, which
are separated from the saloons. The best and most
modern coaches have a lavatory. See Wash Room.
A saloon is sometimes termed a lavatory.
Lavatory Carriage (British). Figs. 64, 86, etc. A pas-
senger vehicle in which two or more compartments
have access to a small lavatory, urinal, etc. See
also Carriage.
Laycock's "Easy Push Over" Car Seat. Figs. 4138-4158.
LEA
10T
LEV
Lead Car Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. Lead seals are either
in the form of rivets or buttons. Both are in com-
mon use. See Car Seal.
Lead Rivet Car Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. See Car Seal.
Lead Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. See Car Seal, Lead Car
Seal.
Lead-Lined Journal Bearing. A journal bearing which
has its inner surface covered with a thin layer of
lead, so that it may fit itself to the journal as soon
as subjected to wear. Such bearings are often
called Hopkins journal bearings. A variety of other
bearings are more or less similar, but a greater
quantity of lead or babbitt metal is frequently used.
Leader (of Pile-Driver Car). The long vertical timbers
serving to guide the Hammer, which see, in its
fall. The leaders swing upon leader trunnions,
carried on the leader trunnion pedestal. They are
stiffened at some point midway of their length by
top stringers, leader braces, and commonly by
pilasters at the outside, which latter serve to sup-
port the top stringers. They are connected at the
top by a leader cap and at the bottom by a leader
cross piece, the latter attached at the side in such
a manner as not to interfere with the fall of the
hammer.
Leader Brace I File Driver Car). See above.
Leader Brace Pocket ( Pile Driver Car). See above.
Leader Cap (Pile Driver Car). A cross piece connect-
ing the two leaders at the top and carrying the
main sheave and pile hoisting sheave of the hoist-
ing gear.
Leader Cross Piece. See Leader.
Leader Stay. An oblique diagonal brace, attached at
the upper end to the top stringers, serving to
stiffen the leaders.
Leader Trunnion. Sec Leader and Trunnion.
Leakage Groove (of 'Westinghouse Brake Cylinder). A
small passage past the brake piston to prevent ap-
plication of the brakes by trifling leakages of air.
Leather. The hide of some animal, usually cattle, which
has had the hair removed and been subjected to a
toughening and hardening process called tanning.
See Piston Packing Leather, Packing Leather, Win-
dow Shade Leather, Solid Leather Nails.
Leather Bell Cord. See Bell Cord.
Leatheroid. A substance somewhat resembling leather,
and somewhat similar to Vulcanized Fiber, which
see, in its general character and appearance. It is
made by treating paper with sulphate of zinc.
Leather Seat. A Dust Guard Bearing, which see.
Leg. See Seat Leg.
Leg Iron (British). See Step Iron.
Leg Rest (Reclining Seats). A bracketed and adjust-
able shelf, which ma}' be used on a chair seat to
support the limbs when the seat or chair is in a re-
clining position. It is adjusted by a leg rest ratchet
and leg rest pivot casting, or by a leg rest slide fit-
ting in a leg rest socket casting.
Length (of Elliptic Springs). The distance from center
to center of scrolls when the spring is unloaded.
Lens. An optical instrument for conveying rays of
light upon a fixed path or fixed point. Lenses for
lanterns consist of three types — bull's eye, a double
convex or piano convex lens; semaphore (a mere
modification of the Fresnel), and the Fresnel
proper, the latter rarely used.
Leonard Hydrostatic Buffer. See Hydrostatic Buffer.
Letter Board (Passenger Car Exteriors). 91, Figs. 599-
619. A horizontal board under the cornice, extend-
ing the whole length, on which the name of the
Figs. 4020-4021. A plate
receiving letters for the
company to which the car belongs is usually
painted. The letter board occupies the frieze of
the car, and is often so called.
Letter Box Lid (Postal Cars). Figs. 4020-4021.
Letter Case Label Holders (Postal Cars.) Figs. 4022,
4041.
Letter Drop (Postal Cars),
with a spring flap for
post. A letter box lid.
Lettering (of Freight Cars). Fig. G177. In 1893 the
M. C. B. Association adopted a Recommended
Practice for Marking Fast Freight Line Cars, as
shown in Fig. 6177. It was resolved:
'■1st. The half of side of car on which the
doors do not slide to show the name of the 'Fast
Freight Line,' spelled out in full, and the car num-
ber in the Fast Freight Line series immediately be-
low it. In the name panel and within 2 ft. of the
sill shall appear, in letters not over i in. high, the
name of the railroad company owning or contribut-
ing the car, and between the same and the sill shall
appear the light weight of the car, with such other
information as it is found advisable to give in con-
nection with the same.
"2d. Side doors to bear the initials of the road
to which the car belongs, or the name of the line
on which the car is used, together with the number
of the car.
"3d. The ends to show the initials of the 'Fast
Freight Line,' with the car number in the Fast
Freight Line series, and the light weight just be-
low them; no other marks will appear on ends of
car.
"4th. The half of sides of cars on which the
doors do slide to be reserved for advertising sym-
bols or trade marks, where used. The use of pro-
fuse lettering in this panel is to be discouraged,
however, and it is recommended that only the sim-
plest trade marks or advertising signs should be
used; the capacity of the car to appear near the sill
in this same panel."
Lever. "In mechanics, a bar of metal, wood or other
substance, turning on a support called a fulcrum."
— AYebster. See
Brake Lever. Hand Car Lever or Pro-
Brake Equalizing Lever, pelling Lever.
Live Lever.
Platform Lever.
Release Lever.
Uncoupling Lever.
Cylinder Lever.
Dead Lever.
Door Shaft Lever.
Eccentric Lever.
Floating Lever.
Lever Faucet. Fig. 3653. A self-closing faucet, shut
by a spring and opened by the movement of a
handle or lever. Also called telegraph faucet. They
are called vertical or horizontal according to the
direction of the pipe or opening into which they
are fastened.
Lever Frame (Hand Car). 17, 13, Figs. 6207-6209. A
wooden frame shaped somewhat like a letter A, on
top of a hand car, which supports the lever shaft
and lever.
Lever Frame Cap (Hand Car). 18, Figs. 6207-6209. A
short horizontal piece of timber, to which the lever
journal bearings are fastened.
Lever Frame Post (Hand Car). 17. Figs. 6207-6209.
Lever Frame Tie Rod (Hand Car). 25, Figs. 6207-6209.
A vertical rod by which the lever frame cap is
bolted to the floor frame.
Lever Guard. A guide on the platform rail for the plat-
form uncoupling lever.
LEV
10S
LIN
Lever Guide. Sec above and Brake Lever Guide.
Lever Hand Car. Figs. 6207-6209. The common style
of Hand Car, which see, worked by levers con-
nected to cranks. These levers are usually placed
horizontally, but sometimes they are vertical.
Double lever hand cars, to avoid danger of trouble
with the dead center, have been in use. See Hand
Cars.
Lever Handle (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 152, Figs.
1886-1935.
Lever Hinge Bracket (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 148,
Figs. 1886-1935.
Lever Pin Hole Gage (M. C. B. Standard). Fig. 5707.
In 1907 a gage having limited diameters of brake
lever pin holes was adopted as standard. See Gage.
Lever Shaft. (Hand Car.) 21, Figs. 6207-6209. A short
iron shaft to which the propelling levers are at-
tached.
Lever Shaft Bearings (Hand Car). 22, Figs. 6207-6209.
Lift. A finger hold attached to windows and window
blinds to take hold of in raising or lowering them.
See Sash Lift, Window Blind Lift.
Lift Latch or Sliding Door Latch. Fig. 2411, etc. A
lock, the latch of which is lifted by turning the
knob instead of drawing it backward.
Lift Latch Lock. "A lock in which the latch is pivoted
and lifted free of the keeper, passing through a
notch in the box instead of being simply retracted."
— Knight.
Lightning Arrester. Figs. 6363-6365. A device for pro-
tecting the electrical apparatus from damage by
lightning. It usually consists of an air gap in series
with a non-inductive resistance connected between
power circuit and ground. The gap serves as an
easier path to ground for high voltage discharge
than through the electrical apparatus. The gap is
provided with a magnetic blowout that extinguishes
the are after discharge.
Lignomur. A decorative head lining made from straw-
board or paper, with figures stamped or embossed
upon it. The figures are usually light colored,
while the background is darker. It is glued to a
thin narrow matched ceiling or may be applied
directly to an old veneered ceiling.
Limit Gage. A term applied to many forms of gages
which are used for determining whether pieces do
not exceed or fall below a certain specified range
of dimension. In 1893 limit gage and diameters for
round iron were adopted as a Recommended Prac-
tice by the M. C. B. Association; these had for-
merly been standard of the Association. Limit
gages, such as shown herewith, for D/i-inch iron,
are recommended for use in procuring round iron
to take the Seller's standard screw threads; round
iron used to be of such size as will enter the large
or + end of the gage intended for that size, in any
way, and also of such size as will not enter the
small or — end in any way.
The limiting diameters for certain nominal sizes
of iron, together with the maximum variation al-
lowable by such use of these gages, are given in the
following table:
Sizes of Limit Gages for Round Iron.
Nominal diam- Large size Small size Total
eter of iron. + end. — end. variation
Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches.
14 2550 .2450 .010
A 3180 .3070 .011
% 3810 .3690 .012
& 4440 .4310 .013
a-, 5070 .4930 .014
A 5700 .5550 .015
% 6330 .6170 .016
% 7585 .7415 .017
% 8840 .8660 .018
1 1.0095 .9905 .019
p/s 1.1350 1.1150 .020
1% 1.2605 1.2395 .021
Lincrusta Walton. A decorative material for walls and
ceilings, having something of the appearance and
toughness of leather . It is made from the residuum
of boiled linseed oil mixed with sawdust. Designs
of any form are pressed upon it and it is furnished
in a great variety of colors. It is attached to walls,
generally with paste or glue, like wall paper, but
is waterproof and very flexible.
Lind Drop Door Gear. Figs. 1073-1076.
Lindstrom Ratchet Brake Handle. Fig. 4002. A brake
handle for wide vestibules intended to work in a
small arc of a circle. It is attached to the end panel
of the vestibule, and when not in use is pushed
against the wall.
Line Car. Fig. 17, etc. A short term to designate cars
belonging to the various fast freight lines which
run over several roads between the leading ship-
ping points east and west. The number of these
lines is large, and at the present time they are
nearly all owned by associations of the roads them-
selves and not by private individuals. Their object
is to make it possible to issue through bills of lad-
ing and to avoid breaking bulk, as well as to obtain
greater despatch.
At the seventeenth M. C. B. Convention, Chica-
go, 1883, the following resolutions were adopted:
"Whereas, It is a common practice to store line
cars on side tracks during summer months or dull
times away from home, after they have been in
severe service; and,
"Whereas, Many of the cars after being so stored
are found to be more or less out of proper condition
so that they need more or less repairs, and when
put into service cause much detention to traffic and
many transfers;
"Be it resolved, therefore, That it is the sense of
this meeting that all line cars owned by foreign
companies should be returned to their owners in-
stead of being stored on foreign tracks, and that a
competent man should be detailed to inspect the
stored cars and to arrange to have the necessary
repairs made during the time such cars are out of
service."
For standard lettering of line cars, Fig. 6177, see
Lettering.
Liner Blocks (Coupler). Blocks of cast or malleable
iron bolted to the top and bottom of the tail end
of the coupler or drawbar. They are now usually
cast integral with the coupler shank. For different
sizes of liner blocks see Fig. 1658.
Lining. See End Lining, Head Lining, Inside Lining,
Feed Door Lining. Inner, outer and intermediate
linings of refrigerator cars are those partitions or
LIN
109
LOC
layers of boards intermediate between the inside
lining and the sheathing, which usuall}- consist of
J-t or % in. stuff, the purpose of which is to make
dead air spaces for insulating the contents of the
car. i M. C. B. Standard.)
Lining Strips. Wooden or metal strips put on the in-
side of freight or baggage cars to protect the inside
of the car from being injured by freight or baggage.
Lining strips serve very much the same purpose
as inside lining.
Lining Studs. 54, Figs. 305-321. Vertical studs placed
between the posts and over or under the braces,
i.nd to which the lining is nailed.
Link. 1. "A short connecting piece, of circular or
other equivalent shape; as one of the oval rings for
divisions of a chain." — Knight. *
2. (Coupling Links.) A short bar with an eye at
each end for connecting two things together or for
> ipporting one from another. When used alone
the term in railroad service always means p Coup-
ling Link, which see.
Link and Pin Coupler. An old type of drawbar by
which cars were connected together by a link and
a pin. There were a great variety of shapes and
devices, but they have now been almost entirely
replaced by the M. C. E. automatic coupler.
Link Hanger. 46, Figs. 4361-4369, 4167-4574. A Swing
Hanger, which see. in the form of a link.
Link Hanger Eye Bolt. A bolt passing through the
truck transoms, from which a short swing hanger
is suspended.
Link Pin. A Coupling Pin, which see.
Linofelt Flax Fiber Insulation. Figs. 2199-2200. A
quilt l/± in. in thickness, made of degummed and
batted flax fibres stitched between two sheets of
ninety-pound Lino Xeponset waterproof insulating
paper. Flax fibre is chemically prepared, and clean
and odorless. The paper is stitched to the fibre
with a good quality of thread, the rows of stitches
not more than live inches apart, edges bound with
paper to prevent fraying. Linofelt weighs .42 lbs.
per square foot, and is furnished in rolls and pieces
of various dimensions to conform to the ideas of
the car builder.
Linoleum. A form of floor covering manufactured
from linseed oil. prepared by a special process,
mixed with ground cork and backed with canvas.
Another floor covering of substantially the same
nature as linoleum is known as corticine.
Lintel. 90 and 99, Figs. 648-651. The horizontal part
of a door or window frame above the sash. See
Deck Sash Lintel.
Lip. See Retaining Lip (Steel Tired Wheels).
Lip Lamp Chimney. One with an indented ring near
the bottom, for use with screw lamp burners.
Live Lever. 92, Figs 4771-4777. The one of a pair of
brake levers to which the brake power is first ap-
plied is sometimes given this title, the other lever
being termed the dead lever.
Loading Gage (British). American equivalent, Clear-
ance, which see. The limiting dimensions of car-
riages or wagons as to height and width, in ordei
that they may clear tunnels, bridges, station plat-
forms, etc. The dimensions are, roughly, 9 ft. in
width and 12 ft. in height.
Loading Lcng Materials, Rules For (M. C. B. Stand-
ard.) Figs. 5806-5938. In 1893 a Recommended
Practice was adopted for loading logs and poles
on cars and for racking cars for loading bark, and
in 1890 extended rules governing the loading of
lumber and timber on open cars were adopted, re-
placing the former practice, heretofore shown on
Sheet B, with the exception of racking cars for
loading bark. At the same time rules governing
the loading of long structural material, rails, plates,
girders, etc., were adopted.
In 1897 some modifications of these rules were
adopted, with slight changes in the illustrations
also. In 1898 still further slight changes were
made in the text and in some of the drawings, and
a new section was added containing rules for load-
ing large logs, pipe and stone on open cars. In
1900 a further modification was made in both text
and illustrations. Further revised in 1904 and 1905.
Further revisions were made in 1904, 1905 and
1906. In 1908 a standard was adopted. A separate
pamphlet is issued by the M. C. B. Association con-
taining these rules which are too voluminous to be
included here. Copies may be had by applying to
the Secretary, Old Colony Building, Chicago, 111.
Lock. 1. Figs. 5749-5756. Generally, a fastening of
any kind operated by a key. Specifically, one hav-
ing a dead bolt as distinguished from one having a
spring latch bolt, the latter being technically
termed a latch. A rim lock is one applied to the
surface of a door. A mortise lock is one de-
signed to be mortised into the edge of a door. A
rabbeted lock is one with an offset front to con-
form in shape to a rabbeted door. A dead lock is
one in which a bolt is moved by a key and not a
spring. A latch is a lock with a spring bolt. A
night latch is a lock with a spring bolt operated
from the outside only by a key and from the inside
usually by a knob. A padlock is a detached lock
provided with a shackle adapted for engagement
with a hasp or staple. According to their uses,
locks are divided into berth locks, door locks,
freight car locks, grain door locks, seat locks, slid-
ing door locks, etc. See also Sash Lock. Freight
car locks are usually seal locks. See Car Seal.
The Yale Lock, which see. is a special, secure type
largely used.
2. (M. C. B. Automatic Coupler.) The catch
which drops in front of the knuckle horn and holds
it shut, thus locking the couplers together.
Lock Case. The outside or covering part of a lock,
more especially a padlock.
Lock Chain. A chain by which a padlock is fastened to
a car.
Lock Keeper. Figs. 2411-2589. The box on a door
jamb into which the bolt of a lock protrudes when
shut. See Keeper.
Lock Lifter. (Automatic Coupler. 1 The part of the
mechanism inside the coupler head in some types
of M. C. B. couplers which is moved by the un-
coupling rod and in moving lifts the knuckle lock
so that the knuckle can open.
Lock Nut. Fig. 3062. The outer one of a pair of nuts
on one bolt, which, by screwing up separately to a
tight bearing, locks the inner one. A large number
of special forms of lock nuts and nut locks, which
serve the same purpose, are in use which are not
strictly included under the above definition. One
of these is shown in Figs. 3855-3856.
Lock Seal. A piece of glass, lead or paper, which forms
a seal for a lock, so that the latter cannot be opened
without its being known. See Car Seal.
Lock Set (Automatic Couplers). A feature of most
M. C. B. couplers whereby the knuckle lock when
lifted is held in a raised position until the knuckle
LOC
110
LOW
is opened, when it allows the lock to drop back
into position for automatically coupling when the
cars arc brought together.
Lock Washer. Fig. 3853.
Locker. A small compartment or closet for storage. A
closet is usually the same height as the room and a
locker is of less height. Lockers are frequently
attached under cars.
Locomotive Crane. A self-propelling car, with a steam
crane, mounted upon it, which crane has three in-
dependent motions, viz., that of hoisting, slewing
or rotating and raising of the boom. See Wreck-
ing Crane.
Locomotive Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2972-2974.
The valve on the locomotive which admits live
steam to the train line. See Starting Valve.
Lodging Car. A passenger or box car fitted up with
sleeping accommodations for men at work on the
line of a road. More commonly called boarding
car.
Logging Cars. Figs. 102-106. A special variety of light
and strong cars used for getting out lumber, run-
ning usually on cheap logging railroads. They con-
sist of a pair of four-wheel trucks, a heavy center
sill or sills and two Bolsters or Bunks, which see,
on which the logs are laid. They are often without
brakes and automatic couplers are seldom used.
Long Brake Shaft. 94, Figs. 2G2-272. One which ex-
tends up above the top of a car so that brakes can
be applied by a person on the roof.
Long Flat Car. A flat car of extra length for long
timbers, piling, etc. A barrel car is an example,
shown racked in Fig. 25.
Long Seat End. A vertical frame of wood or iron
which combines a seat end and seat stand together,
supports the end of the car seat and also forms
the arm seat end. A short seat end is a seat end
proper, which is supported on a separate stand.
Longitudinal Rising Timber. See Rising Timber.
Longitudinal Seat (Street and Suburban Cars). A seat
which extends lengthwise of a car.
Longitudinal Step. ]. A board which extends along
the side of an open car, or a car with doors on the
side, used as a step in getting on or off the car
or for passing from one end of the car to the other.
2. (British.) See Foot Board.
Longitudinal Step Bracket. A hanging support to carry
a longitudinal step. See above.
Longitudinal Tie Rod (British). Corresponds in part
to an American truss rod. A long bolt binding the
timbers of the underframc together longitudinally.
It is generally horizontal, and if inclined slopes
downward to the ends of the vehicle to prevent
them from sagging or drooping. In British eight-
wheel vehicles truss rods arc used, but in four-
wheel vehicles the ends are more likely to sag than
the center.
Lookout (Freight Caboose). 174, Figs. 577-588. A
small cupola or upper deck in the roof to afford
opportunity for display of signal lights and to
enable train hands to keep a better lookout on the
train.
Lookout Signal Lamp (Caboose Cars). 141, Figs. 577-
588. A lamp mounted on the rear of the lookout to
indicate the class or the position of the train to
which the caboose is attached. Also called Tail
Lamp, which see.
Loose Berth Hinge. Fig. 4349. A berth hinge, the two
parts of which are detachable. It enters into a
loose berth hinge bushing or plate. See Berth
Hinge.
Loose Globe. See Lamp Globe.
Loose Globe Lamp. A lamp or lantern in which the
globe is attached to the frame by springs, screws or
catches, so that it can be easily removed.
Loose Joint Butt Hinge. Fig. 2453. A Butt Hinge,
which sec, permitting the door to be lifted off its
hinges when desired.
Loose Pin Butt Hinge. Figs. 2443-2445. A Butt Hinge,
which see, having a removable hinge pin.
Lorry or Larry. Fig. 6213, etc. Push cars used in
construction for moving rails, ties, etc. Often
made with only a half bearing for the journals so
that the frame can be removed from the wheels
at any time.
Low Sided Wagon (British). Fig. 6549. A freight car
with sides and ends about 9 in. high. It has gen-
erally no doors, and is used chiefly for conveying
pig iron and similar loads.
Low Truck. Trucks constructed so as to bring the
floor nearer to the rails; mainly used in construc-
tion service. They are commonly constructed so
as to bring the floor about 3 ft. 2 in. or 3 ft. 6 in.
from the rail, instead of about 4 ft.
Lower Arch Bar. The Inverted Arch Bar, which see.
See Arch Bar.
Lower Berth (Sleeping Cars). 1, Figs. 2201-2202. The
bed nearest the floor made up by pulling out the
seats and dropping down the seat backs. The mat-
tress for it is carried by day in the pocket formed
by the upper berth. See Berth.
Lower Berth Stop Bar. 49, Figs. 2201-2202. See Stop
Bar.
Lower Brake Rod. 97, Figs. 4771-4773. A rod which
connects the two brake beams or levers of outer
hung brakes. When two levers are used the rod
is attached to each lever. It is sometimes sup-
ported in case of accident by a lower brake rod
carrier. With inner hung brakes the substitute
for the lower brake rod becomes a part in com-
pression and is called the brake lever coupling bar.
Lower Brake Shaft Bearing. 97, Figs. 262-272 and Figs.
772-773. An eye or support for a vertical brake
shaft, near the lower end. The support at the
lower end is called the brake shift step. The
lower bearing is above the step.
Lower Chord (of a Truss). The lower outside member.
In the side trussing of a freight or passenger car
the side sill is the lower chord.
(The distinction between a lower chord and a
truss rod is not very clear. A chord is usually so
called only in a truss having both vertical and in-
clined members. A mere trussed beam is not a
truss in usual technical usage.)
Lower Corner Plate. Figs. 9(13-904; 57, Figs. 262-272.
See Corner Plate. A push block, or push pole cor-
ner iron, is usually the lower corner plate. 191,
Figs. 262-272.
Lower Deck. 102, Figs. 648-661. The main roof of a
passenger car on each side of the clear story or
upper deck.
Lower Deck Ceiling (Sleeping Cars). 22, Figs. 2201-
2206. The inside finish of the lower deck which
forms the top finish for the upper berth.
Lower Diaphragm (Pintsch Lamp). 286, Figs. 3208-
Lower Door Hinge (British). See Door Hinge. This
hinge is made witli a longer butt than the others,
to allow for the curvature or fall under the door.
LOW
111
MAI
Lower Door Panel. 10, Figs. 1329-1337.
Lower Door Sash. 13, Figs. 1329-1337. The lower sec-
tion of a door sash, which is made in two parts.
This is commonly movable, the other fixed.
Lower Foot Board (.British). American equivalent, plat-
form step. A board running nearly the whole
length of the carriage, and situated about 20 in.
from the ground.
Lower Seat Back Rail (.Street Cars). Also called a
seat back bottom rail. See Upper Seat Back Rail.
Lower Swing Hanger Pivot. 48, Figs. 4705-4713. A bar
by which a spring plank is attached to the lower
end of a Swing Hanger, which see.
Lower Thimble (Pintsch Lamp). 290, 290a, Figs. 3208-
3224.
Lower Wainscot Rail (.Passenger Car Interiors). 74,
Figs. (348-651; D, Fig. 22u4. A longitudinal rail im-
mediately above the truss plank. The upper wain-
scot rail comes directly below the window.
Lower Window Blind. The lower section of a window
blind which is made in two parts, as is usually the
case.
Lower Window Blind Lift. Fig. 4545. The lifts for
lower blinds differ from those for a single blind
in having a lug which engages with the upper
blind when the lower one is raised up half way, and
thus the upper one is raised with the lower one.
See Window Blind Lift.
Lubricator. Fig. 5315. An instrument used for apply-
ing a lubricant to a journal or other moving part.
Also called oiler.
Lug. A projecting stud or ear to afford a bearing or
point of attachment. See Follower Plate Lug.
Lug Bolt. A Strap Bolt, which see, with a lug turned
up at one end to enter a mortise in the timber and
in part to relieve the attaching bolts from strain.
Lumber. Timber of all kinds sawed into merchantable
form, but more particularly such as is not sawed
into boards. The term, however, is often used in
the broad sense.
Lumber Car. A car of extra length, more particularly
intended for carding long timbers. Box and stock
cars frequently have end doors to facilitate the
loading of lumber. Gondola cars, with flat bot-
toms and drop doors, are largely used for lumber.
Lumber Lorry. See Lorry Car.
Lunch Counter Car. Fig. 229. A baggage car fitted up
with a lunch counter for serving light meals on
excursion trains.
31
McCord Journal Box and Dust Guard. Figs. 5299-5305.
McCord Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 1484-1496.
McCord Spring Dampener. Fig. 5370.
McKay's Curtain Brackets. Figs. 4682-4685. A form
of bracket for holding the various forms of spring
roller curtains, one bracket having a rectangular
hole and the other a circular. A variety of patterns
are made besides those shown. The McKay and
Hartshorn shade roller accomplish the same end in
much the same way, but the McKay works with a
cam, while the Hartshorn works with a pawl. See
Shade Roller.
Machine Bolt. A bolt with a metal thread cut on it,
and with a square or hexagonal head, especially if
turned or finished. The word bolt, unqualified,
usually means a machine bolt.
Magazine (Base Burning Stove). A general term for
a receptacle for coal before it reaches the fire-pot
proper, usually situated directly above the latter.
Magazine Coil Heater. Fig. 2749.
Mail Car. A car for carrying mail. More properly a
postal car. Figs. 190, 194-197, 623-629. Mail cars
are sometimes defined as those used only for carry-
ing mail bags and not for distributing mail matter,
but the distinction is not always observed. Dis-
tributing mail cars are, however, always called
Postal Cars, which see. See also Combination Bag-
gage Car.
Mail Car Lamp. Figs. 3586 and 3588. See Postal Car
Lamp.
Mail Catcher or Collector. Fig. 4034. A contrivance
consisting of a bent iron bar attached to the door
of a postal car for taking up or ''catching'' mail
bags while the train is in motion. The British
system of collecting mail bags is different from the
American, and relies upon the use of nets. The
leather bag is fastened by a spring to an iron bar
in the car, and when the exchanging station is near
the bar is turned out, the bag hanging suspended.
At the same time the catching apparatus, consist-
ing of a net attached to a bar, is put out. The bag
from the car is caught in the net attached to a
stationary post, and the bag for the car caught in
the car in a similar manner. The American plan
has been copied in Australia and India.
Mail Catcher Socket or Mail Collector Socket. The
brackets or sockets on either side of the postal
door which hold the collector.
Mail Van (British). A vehicle adapted to run on pas-
senger trains and fitted with apparatus for sorting
and conveying letters, and generally with apparatus
for taking up and dropping mail bags while the
train is running at full speed. A mail van in which
letters can be posted and letters are postmarked is
termed a traveling post-office. When fitted only
for conveying mail bags and not for sorting it is
termed mail van tender. Every projecting piece of
either wood or metal is carefully padded to prevent
injury to the post-office officials in collisions, etc.
Main Carline (Freight Cars). A carline stronger than
the ordinary carlines. so as to support the roof and
tie the two plates together.
Main Cock (Pintsch Gas Lighting). Figs. 3050, 3104. A
cock usually placed in the saloon for the control
of the low pressure supply. It regulates all the
burners at once, in addition to which there are
separate cocks to each. 25, 25b, 25c, Fig. 2608, are
respectively for % in., "5 in. and ^ in. pipe, and
are used in all classes of cars, according to the size
of main low-pressure pipe required. 25c (1% in.)
i- in most general use. (Acetvlene Lighting, Fig.
3287.)
Main Cock Covers (Pintsch System). Xos. 135, 135C.
Fig. 3051. For main cocks, Xos. 25, 25B, 25C, Fig.
3050. They are of cast iron, with hinged lid to fit
over the key shaft of cock. Are to be screwed to
side of car or to bulkhead.
Main Floor (Refrigerator Car). G, Figs. 305-321. Th»
top layer of boards in the floor of the car. See
Floor.
Main Pipe (Air Brake). The brake pipe.
Main Rafter. A Main Carline, which see.
Main Reservoir (Air Brake). A cylindrical boiler plate
tank, carried on the locomotive, or motor car, to
hold a supply of compressed air. So called in dis-
tinction from the auxiliary reservoirs under each
car.
MAJ
112
MAS
Major Coupler. Figs. 1743-1756.
Male Center Plate. The body center plate is sometimes
called a male center plate. See Center Plate.
Malleable Iron. Cast iron which has been annealed
and the brittlcness greatly decreased by packing
the castings in iron pots containing forge scale,
hematite ore or some other oxide of iron and sub-
jecting them to a continued red heat for from four
to six days. They are then allowed to cool slowly.
The change which takes place is internal, and while
little or no carbon is removed its physical condition
is changed from graphitic to amorphous or cement
carbon and the iron is rendered less brittle. Mal-
leable castings can be bent within moderate limits,
but are not truly malleable like wrought iron. Many
parts used in car work are made of it. including
couplers, brake levers, journal boxes and almost all
small castings.
Mandrel. 1. (For Lathes.) A shaft serving as a tem-
porary axis for objects to be turned.
'_'. (Foundry.) A plug around which a body of
metal is cast.
Mandrel Pin or Cross Bar (Swing Link Hanger.) The
bar which supports the spring plank. See Swing
Hanger.
Manhole (Tank Car). 110, Figs. 545-549. An opening
in a boiler or tank through which a man can creep
to the inside. The tanks for tank cars always have
manholes on top.
Manhole Cover. Ill, Figs. 545-549. A plate or lid to
close a manhole.
Manhole Cover Chain. A chain with which a manhole
cover is fastened to a tank to prevent it from fall-
ing off the tank when the manhole is opened.
Manhole Hinge. A hinge by which a manhole cover
is attached to the manhole ring.
Manhole Ladder (Tank Cars'). 103, Figs. 545-549. An
iron ladder extending down into the tank under the
manhole to allow workmen to descend into the
tank through the manhole for purposes of clean-
ing or inspection.
Manhole Ladder Brace (Tank Cars). 104, Figs. 545-
519. A wrought iron piece attached to the inside
of the tank and to the manhole ladder to keep the
latter in a vertical position.
Manhole Ring. A metal ring riveted around a man-
hole, and which forms a seat for the cover.
Mansell Retaining Ring. Figs. 5406-5411. A mode of
connecting steel tires to the wheel centers by a ring
of an approximate L or U cross-section, which
secures the tire to the wheel, so that every part of
the tire is securely held, into however many pieces
il may be ruptured. This ring is almost universally
used in English passenger service.
Mansfield Deck Sash Opener. Figs. 4444-1446. One of
(lie numerous styles of deck sasli openers, the pecu-
liarity in which consists in the manner of connect-
ing each end of eacli deck sash to an opener in such
manner that either the front end or the back end
id the window may be thrown open, producing
draft either into or out of the car. at discretion.
Marking Cars (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5744-5748.
See Lettering.
Marshaling (British). American equivalent, switching
or dialling. Arranging the cars of a freight train in
proper station order.
Mason Safety Tread. Figs. 2282-2285.
Mast. 1. (Of a Derrick or Crane). The main upright
member against which the boom abuts.
2. (Of Brake Gear.) A Brake Shaft, which see.
For pamphlets and trade
catalogues
Mast Packet (Derrick or Wrecking Car). A heavy-
casting under the car floor serving as a socket for
supporting the mast of a derrick to hold it upright.
Mast Sheave or Pulley (of a Derrick or Crane). A
sheave or pulley wheel placed at the top of the
mast.
M. C. B. Reports. In 1893 a standard size of 6 inches
by 9 inches was adopted for M. C. B. Reports.
In 1894 a standard size for Pamphlets, Catalogues,
Specifications and publications of that nature was
adopted, as follows:
For postal card circulars, 3% inches by 6% inches
3% in. by 6 in.
6 in by 9 in.
9 in. by 12 in.
For specification and letter paper, 8M inches by
10% inches. In connection with these standards
it was decided that a standard practice should be to
have the proper standard dimensions, and the word
"standard" printed on the upper left-hand corner
of title page or cover whenever practicable.
Master Car Builders' Standards and Recommended
Practice. A variety of standard details for cars, or
recommendations in respect to them, which have
been adopted and promulgated by the Master Car
Builders' Association, and are separately described
in this volume. By a letter ballot, cast in 1893, the
standards of the Association prevailing at that date
were modified —
First — By abolishing certain standards because
they had either become obsolete or nearly so, or be-
cause they were simply forms of gages for shop use
to produce certain other standard forms, and it was
believed that such gages were not essential as
standards of the Association, and it had been as-
certained that they were not generally used.
The old standards thus abolished were:
^ heel diameter testing gage.
Wheel flange and journal gage.
Wheel bore testing gage.
\\ heel boring, use of six dogs.
Journal length and diameter gage.
Journal shoulder and centering gage.
Journal distance gage.
Guard rail gage. (Made standard again in 1894.)
Attachments and dimensions of drawbars.
Train pipe fitting for steam heat.
Second — By ordering that the three items for-
merly printed at the end of the standards, namely:
Storage of line cars on foreign roads.
Dictionary of terms,
Entertainments,
be printed with the proceedings as heretofore, but
nut among the standards.
4 bird — By dividing the remaining standards into:
(a) Standards of the Association.
(b) Recommended Practice, as follows:
(a) Standards:
Journal Box and Details, Journals, 3% in. x7 in.
Fig. 546G.
Journal Box and Details. Journals, I1! in. x 8 in.
Figs. 5488, 5691.
Journal Box and Details,
Fig. 5615.
Journal Box and Details,
in. Fig. 5621.
Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages, Journals,
3% in. x 7 in., 4G in. x 8 in., 5 in. x 9 in. and
5% in. x 10 in. Figs. 5713, 5732.
Axles. Fig. 5510.
Journals, 5 in. x 9 in.
Journals, 5V^ in. x 10
MAS
113
MAT
Form of Wheel Tread and Flange. Fig. 5518.
Wheel Circumference Measure. Fig. 5514.
Brake Head and Shoe. Fig. 5519.
Specifications for Brake Shoes. See Brake
Shoes, Specifications for.
Brake Beam. Fig. 5710.
Air Brakes. — General Arrangement and Details.
Figs. 5527, 5562.
Pedestal for Journal, 33* in. x 7 in. Fig. 5566.
Automatic Coupler. Fig. 5580.
Contour Line and Limit Gages for Automatic
Coupler. Fig. 5579.
Gage for Worn Couplers. Fig. 5573.
Specifications for M. C. B. Automatic Couplers
See Automatic Car Coupler Specifications.
Terms and Gaging Points for Wheels and
Track. Fig. 5598.
Guard Rail and Frog Wind Gage. Fig. 5601.
Distance Between Backs of Flanges of Car
Wheels, which see.
Standard Reference Gage for Mounting and
Inspecting Wheels and Wheel Check Gage.
Fig. 5599.
Wheel Flange Thickness Gage. Fig. 5602.
Height of Couplers, which see.
Screw Threads, Bolt Heads and Nuts, which
see.
Uniformity of Section for Car Sills. See Sills.
Square Bolt Heads, which see.
M. C. B. Reports, Pamphlets, Specifications,
Catalogues, etc. See M. C. B. Reports.
Sliding, Flooring, Roofing and Lining. Fig.
5749.
Arch Bars and Column Bolt for 80,000-Ibs.
Capacity Cars. Fig. 5697.
Adjusting Height of Couplers. See Height of
Couplers.
Stenciling Cars. See Stenciling.
Passenger Car Pedestal for Journal 41± in. x 8
in. Fig. 5685.
Passenger Car Journal Box and Contained
Parts for Journal 4^ in. x 8 in. Fig. 5694.
Air Brake Repair Card, which see.
Protection of Trainmen. Figs. 5635, 5637.
Label for A'r Brake Hose. See Air Brake
Hose.
Wheel Defect Gage. Fig. 5599.
Center Plates. Fig. 5711.
Pipe Unions, which see.
Specifications for Air Brake Hose. See Brake
Hose Specifications.
Brake Head Gage. Fig. 5706.
Brake Beam Gage. Fig. 5708.
Lever Pin Hole Gage. Fig. 5707.
Limit Gage for Remounting Cast Iron Wheels.
Fig. 6068.
(b) Recommended Practice:
Specifications for 33-inch Cast" Iron Wheels.
See Wheels.
Specifications for Iron Axles. See Axles.
Specifications for Steel Axles. See Axles.
Limit Gages for Round Iron. See Limit Gages.
Check Chains, which see.
Marking Cars. See Lettering.
Air Brake and Train Air Signal Instructions.
Platform Safety Chains, which see.
Marking Fast Freight Line Cars. Fig. 6177.
Attachment of Couplers to Cars. Fig. 5779.
Uncoupling Attachments for M. C. B. Couplers.
Fig. 5785.
Safety Chains for Freight Cars. Figs. 5766-5785.
Minimum Thickness for Steel Tires. Fig. 5766.
Rules for Loading Long Materials on Cars.
Fig. 5806, etc.
Mounting Wheels, which see.
Air Brake Appliances. See Air Brakes.
Air Brake Tests, which see.
Eox Car Side and End Door Fixtures. Fig.
5961.
Springs and Spring Cars for Freight Trucks.
Fig. 6010.
Collection of Salt Water Drippings. Fig. 5776.
Twist Gage for Xew Couplers. Fig. 5579.
Steam Air Line Connections, which see.
Signal Lamp Brackets and Sockets. Fig. 5951.
Pedestal and Journal Box for Passenger Cars,
Journals 5 in. x 9 in. Figs. 5805, 5685.
Framing for Box Cars. Fig. 6021.
Drop Test Machine. Fig. 6024.
Inside Dimensions of Box Cars. See Box Car
Dimensions.
Height and 'Width of Cars. See Box Car
Dimensions.
Cast Iron Wheels. Figs. 6070. etc. See Wheels.
High Speed Foundation Brake Gear. Fig. 6028.
See Foundation Brake Gear.
Tank Cars, which see.
Permanent Stake Pockets. See Stake Pockets.
Temporary Stake Pockets. See Stake Pocket.
Knuckles, which see.
Splicing Center Sills. Fig. 5953. See Splice.
Safety Chains. Fig. 5785.
Rules for Examination of Car Inspectors. See
Examination.
Cleaning Air Brakes, which see.
These Standards and this Recommended Practice
are given under their respective heads in these
pages as modified by letter ballot on these or other
subjects, and revised up to 1905.
Xew drawings of the Standards and Recom-
mended Practice have been made on sheets of uni-
form size, and lithographed and printed on trans-
parent paper so that blue prints may be taken from
them: such sheets are for sale by the Secretary of
the M. C. B. Association. Old Colony Building,
Chicago, 111., in connection with pamphlets con-
taining explanatory text as given in the Proceed-
ings. See Standards, Recommended Practice.
Master Controller. Fig. 6357. See Control System.
Master Key. Fig. 2607. A key which commands many
locks of a certain set. the keys of which are not
interchangeable through the hollow rollers, coup-
ling the middle ring of rollers to the outside rings
each to each, which insures their keeping in line
and working together.
Mat. Figs. 2539-2540. See Floor Mat.
Match Box Holder. Figs. 4394. 4407.
Match Lighter. Figs. 3486, 4392-4393, 4064. A Match
Striker, which see.
Match Safe. Fig. 4395.
Match Striker. Figs. 4392-4393. A metal plate with a
rough surface.
Match Striker Frame. A metal frame for holding a
piece of sand or emery paper on which to strike
matches.
Mattress (Sleeping Cars). D, E. Fig. 2202. etc. In
sleeping cars both mattresses are stowed away by
day above the upper berth.
MEA
11,
MON
Meat Timbers (Refrigerator Car). The vertical and
horizontal timbers inside the refrigerating chamber
on which the meat is suspended. They are usually
independent of the framework of the car and fas-
tened to it with coach screws.
Melrose Coupler. Figs. 1766-1775.
Metal Screw Thread. A form of screw thread used
when botli the male and female screws are made
of metal. Metal threads are made of the same size
as the spaces between them, whereas the spaces
between wood screw threads are made wider than
the projections. See also Sellers System of Screw
Threads.
Mica Chimney (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3110. A chim-
ney for use on all center lamps, being placed im-
mediately above the ring reflector, allowing a por-
tion of the light to be directed toward the roof of
the Car. See Pintsch Lamps.
Micrometer Gage. A general term for any form of gage
giving very minute and exact measurements. There
are several varieties; the most common is one with
an accurate screw thread and an index to give the
number of revolutions and fractions thereof.
Middle Brake Shaft Bearing. Figs. 783-784. An iron
casting with an eye, bolted to the end of the car
about half way up and serving as a bearing for the
brake shaft.
Middle Corner Plate. Figs. 804-806, 836-838; 56, Figs.
262-272. See Corner Plate.
Middle Door Panel. 11, Figs. 1197-1199. See Door
Panel.
Middle Doer Rail. 148, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal
bar in a door frame intermediate between the top
and bottom rails. See Door Frame.
Middle Longitudinal (British). American equivalent,
intermediate sill. A part of the underframing sup-
porting the body or floor, and in many cases trans-
mitting the buffing and the draft strains.
Middle of Axle. The portion of a car axle between the
two sloping necks which come next to the wheel
seat. See Axle, Car Axle.
Middle Safety Beam (Six-Wheel Trucks). A beam at-
tached to the two transoms to hold the center axle
in case of breakage.
Middle Transoms (Six-Wheel Trucks). 21, Figs. 4780-
4783. The two cross pieces nearest the center, in
distinction from the two outside transoms. They
are sometimes made of iron to allow the two
swinging spring beams to be connected to each
other by the bolster bridge.
Mighty Midget Heater (Baker's). Figs. 2736-2748. A
small heater for cars.
Milk Car. Figs. 325-328. A car built like a refrigerator
car and intended for carrying fresh milk in cans.
They are usually equipped to be run in passenger
trains and like the car shown in the illustrations,
often have much the appearance of an ordinary
baggage or express car.
Milk Base Check (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3089.
Miller Coupler. Figs. 1840-1847. A form of automatic
coupler for passenger cars largely in use before
the general adoption of the M. C. B. type of ver-
tical plane coupler. It consisted of a shank and a
head with a fixed projection or hook which en-
gaged with a corresponding hook when cars were
brought together, by side displacement of the draw-
bars. To uncouple, one or both of the drawbars
were pulled to one side by an uncoupling lever and
chain operated from the platform. A strong spring
kept the drawbars normally in the center line of
draft.
Mine Car. Fig. 98a. A small car for carrying minerals
in mines, usually four-wheeled, and provided with
a dumping device by which the load may be quickly
and completely discharged.
Miner Drawbar Centering Device. Figs. 2091-2092.
Miner Draft Gear (Freight). Figs. 1407-1519. (Pas-
senger.) Figs. 1871-1885.
Miner Gravity Side Bearing. Fig. 5341.
Miner Metallic Running Board Saddle. Fie
2156-2159.
Miner Roller Side Bearing. Fig. 5340.
Mineral Wool. A substance having much the appear-
ance, which its name implies, manufactured from
the slag of iron furnaces by throwing against it
while in the molten state a strong blast of air. It
is used for deadening in passenger cars and also
largely as a non-conductor for coating steam pipes
and boilers.
Minimum Thickness of Steel Tires. In 1894 a Recom-
mended Practice was adopted for minimum thick-
ness for steel tires of car wheels, to be 1 inch, to
be measured normal to the tread and radial to the
curved portions of the flange through the thinnest
part within Hi inches from the back of the flange;
the thickness from the latter point to the outer
edge of tread to be not less than % inch at thin-
nest part, as shown in Fig. 5766.
A further practice was adopted of cutting a small
groove, as shown in the outer face of all tires when
wheels are new, at a radius 34 inch less than that of
the tread of tire when worn to the prescribed limit,
to facilitate inspection.
Mirror (for Wash Rooms of Sleeping Cars). A look-
ing-glass.
Mirror Frame. Fig. 3796. A frame for a looking-glass.
Mirror Frame Spring. A mirror sash holder.
Mirror Guard (Wash Rooms, etc., of Sleeping Cars).
A fender of various forms to protect mirrors.
LJusually nickel-plated bars across the face, and a
tray for towels or brush and comb at the bottom
of the mirror.
Mirror Sash. A frame of a mirror which covers a lamp
alcove in the side of a car. It slides up and down
like a window sash.
Molding. Figs. 678-690. 1. "A mode or ornamentation
by grooved or swelling bands or forms, following
the line of the object." — Knight. Small moldings
are often termed beads and also fillets. A cove
molding is one of concave section. There are a
great variety of other special technical terms for
different forms of moldings. Moldings are either
straight or Waved, which see. See also
Deck Eaves Molding. Window Cove Molding.
Eaves Molding. Window Molding.
Platform Hood Molding. Window Sill Molding.
2. (For Car Scats.) Fig. 4197. Also called seat
back bands or scat molding. A metal band to
finish the edge of the seat back. Plush or leather
covered strips are also used.
Molding Joint Cover. A piece of wood or metal in
some ornamental form for covering the joints of
two pieces of molding. See Window Molding Joint
Cover.
Monitor Body and Truck Bolsters. Figs. 1121-1124,
11-11, 5013-5015.
Monitor Deck Sash Pivot and Ratchet Catch. Figs.
1521-4522. A device for regulating the opening of
deck sashes by means of a small fixed ratchet plate
in which a ratchet bolt engages, holding the sash
MON
115
MUL
fixed in any one of four different positions. See
Deck Sash Pivot.
Monitor Top. A Clear Story or Upper Deck, which
see.
"Monarch Solid" Brake Beam. Figs. 5098-5099.
Monogram Hose Bracket. Figs. 1315-1322. See Brake
Hose Bracket.
Monogram Safety Vent Valve. Fig. 3861.
Moore Ventilator. Fig. 4423. See Ventilator.
Morgan's Automatic Deck Sash Pivot. Figs. 4505-4508.
A device for regulating the openings of deck sashes,
the essential feature of which is the use of a double
circular undulating ratchet, one attached to the
sash and the other to a fixed part of the car, the
two ratchets being pressed together by springs so
as to admit of easy motion of the sash by hand at
the same time that it is held in any position when
released.
Mortise Lock. Fig. 2510. "A lock adapted to be in-
serted into a mortise in the edge of a door, so as
only to expose the selvage or edge plate." — Knight.
See Lock.
Mortiser (AVood Working Machinery). Figs. 6796,6806,
6809. A tool for cutting a rectangular hole or mor-
tise in a stick of wood. It usually consists of a
boring bit revolving inside of a hollow square chisel
which has a reciprocating motion. The bit forms
a round hole which the chisel enlarges to a rect-
angular hole. A chain mortiser uses a chain cutter
instead of a hollow chisel.
Moskowitz System of Electric Car Lighting. Figs.
3042-3420. This is a complete electric car lighting
system, utilizing the rotation of the car axle for
driving dynamos. The dynamo is mounted on the
truck, suspended over the outside of end sill and
vertically cushioned to protect it from jars and
vibrations of truck, and driven from the car axle.
The polarity changer is part of the dynamo, and is
operated from end of armature shaft. This device
operates by gravity, within less than one revolu-
tion of the car wheel, and is withdrawn by cen-
trifugal force, after rectifying polarity of dynamo.
The automatic controller controls the dynamo,
electro-magnetically, causing it to generate a pre-
determined output of current under all speed varia-
tions. It also automatically closes the generator
circuit when dy-namo is in operation, and opens it
when it is under speed or out of operation. The
complete system of wiring, including battery and
protective devices is in the individual light cir-
cuits, which are automatically short-circuited when
the battery is supplying the lamp, so that there
will be approximately no difference in voltage,
whether there are one or more circuits in use, thus
permitting the dynamo to feed the lamps and
charge the battery at the same time, irrespective
of the number of lamp circuits in use.
Motor. See Electric Motor.
Motor Car. Figs. 206-210, 039-044. See also Electric
Motor Car.
Motor-Driven Air Compressor (Air Brake). Figs. 1221-
1224, 1290-1297. An air compressor driven by a
motor for use on electric cars. See Air Pump and
Motor.
Motor Inspection Car. Figs. 6187, 6190, etc. A small
four wheel car with seats, propelled by a gasoline
engine similar to an automobile. They are light
and fast, having a speed of 30 or 40 miles an hour,
and are in increasing use in place of hand cars for
inspection purposes.
Motorman's Brake Valve. Figs. 1225-1232, 1300. See
Brake Valve.
Motorman's Cab Door Lock. Figs. 2436-2439. A flush
handle lock for the swinging door forming the
motorman's cab on electric motor cars. It has a
spring catch and a key bolt and permits the door
to be locked in three positions.
Mould. See Molding.
Mounting Wheels. In 1896 it was decided by letter
ballot that a gage for determining the center of
the axle between centers of journals be used, and
that all axles be carefully centered between centers
of journals prior to mounting, and that a gage for
locating the wheels equidistant from the center
of the axle, as thus determined and shown in Fig.
5600, should be used in mounting wheels.
In 1902 this gage was made a standard of the
Association.
In 1897 the Recommended Practice for mounting
wheels was modified by letter ballot by the omis-
sion of that part providing, among other things,
that wheels with flanges worn to a thickness of
1% inches or less should not be remounted, and
the substitution therefor of the following:
First — That wheels with flanges worn to a thick-
ness of liV inches or less shall not be remounted.
Second — That the thickness of flanges of wheels
fitted on the same axle should be equal and should
never vary more than iV inch.
Third — That in mounting wheels, new or second-
hand, the standard wheel check gage should be used
in the following manner:
After one wheel is pressed into position place
the stop "A" or "B" of the check gage against the
inside of the flange of the wheel with the thinner
flange with the corresponding tread stop "C" or
"D" against the tread of the wheel. Press the
other wheel on the axle until the opposite tread
stop comes in contact with the tread with the cor-
responding gage point "E" or "F" in contact with
the outside of the thicker flange.
Movable Foot Rest (Car Seats). More properly, simply
Foot Rest, which see, in distinction from fixed foot
rails under the seats.
Muck Bar. "Bar iron which has passed once through
the rolls. It is usually cut into lengths, piled, and
rerolled." — Knight. Certain grades of iron axles
are made directly from muck bars and contain no
scrap. See Axle.
Muffler Exhaust. See Exhaust Muffler.
Muffler (Vacuum Brake). A device to render noiseless
the emission of steam at the ejector when brakes
are applied. It is simply a lot of beads or shot,
through the interstices of which the steam forces
its way.
Muley Axle. An axle without collars.
Mullion. A slender bar between panes of glass or panel
work. See Door Mullion. 2, Figs. 1329-1337. Win-
dow Blind Mullion.
Multiple Circuit Drum System (Consolidated Car Heat-
ing Co.). Fig. 2878. A system of car heating by
. circulating hot water heated by steam from the
locomotive by means of a drum, placed longi-
MUL
116
NIP
tudinally beneath the floor of the car, as shown.
The piping in the car is connected from this drum
in a number of circuits so that there is a quick
flow of water through the different circuits and all
parts of the apparatus are run at practically the
same temperature. Its time of circulation is about
one-sixth of the time of circulation of a heater in
which piping is arranged in series.
The advantages claimed for multiple circuits are:
1, a low pressure of steam; 2, no limit, practically,
to amount of heating surface that can be supplied;
':;, a more uniform heat is supplied to all parts of
ear; 4, short circuit of hot water circulation.
The circulating system, as shown, is also con-
nected with a fireproof heater, which may be used
when steam is not available, and in those States
where the law permits a stove or heater.
Multiple Control Switch. Fig. 6409. See Westinghouse
Unit Switch System of Control, Control System.
Multiple Nut Fastener. Fig. 3863.
Muntin. A corruption of the word mullion, chiefly used
in Great Britain. See End Stanchion or End
Muntin.
Murphy's American Car Roof. Fig. 2170. An outside
metallic roof.
Murphy's Improved Winslow Car Roof. Fig. 2169.
N
Nail. "A small pointed piece of metal, usually with a
head, to be driven into a board or other piece of
timber, and serving to fasten it to the other tim-
ber."— Webster.
The common nails of commerce are divided into
cut nails, and clinch nails, and wire nails. They
are distinguished in size by the number of pennies,
as l'Od., 20d., etc., nails. See also Panel Pin
(British).
Nail Strip. 104 and 194a, Figs. 262-272. A strip of
wood laid over a metal underframe and bolted to
it, to which are nailed the floor boards.
Nailing Strip Bracket. 193, Figs. 262-272. A bracket
secured to the sills to hold in place the Nailing
Strip, which see.
Nailing Strip Cross Ties. 196, Figs. 262-272. Light
members of a metal underframe extending across
the sills for the purpose of supporting the nailing
strips.
Name Panel. A panel usually of elliptical form, on the
outside of a passenger car body below the windows,
on which the name or number of the car is painted.
Name Plate. See Door Name Plate and Notice Plates.
Narragansett Car (Electric). Figs. 6273-6274. A type
of long double truck open car having a peculiar 2
bar side sill construction which gives a double side
step or running board without decreasing the width
of the car body with a given clearance limit.
Narrow Gage. The distance in the clear between the
heads of the rails of a railroad when less than 4 ft.
8% in. See Gage.
National Brake Lever Jaw. Figs. 5221-5223. A malleable
iron substitute for the forged jaws on brake lever
connections.
National Centering Yoke. Figs. 2087-2088.
National Coach Wheel. Figs. 5396-5401.
National Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1591-1598. (Pas-
senger), Figs. 1830-1847.
National Dead Lever Guide. Fig. 5223. A malleable
iron guide I'm- the dead lever similar in shape and
dimensions to the usual form of wrought iron.
National Equalizing Wedge. Figs. 5258-5260. A journal
box wedge having a spherical surface cast on the
top side which tends to constantly equalize the
pressure on the journal bearing.
National Hollow Brake Beam. Figs. 5087-5090. A
brake beam consisting of a hollow tube 2 or 2% ins.
in diameter, trussed by a rod passing through cast
end pieces and over a king post, through which the
brake lever passes.
National Journal Box. Figs. 5254-5269.
National Platform and Draft Gear (Passenger Cars).
Figs. 1849-1925.
National Push Rod End. Fig. 5224. A malleable iron
jaw for the end of the brake cylinder push rod.
National Safety Freight Door Lock. Figs. 1375-1380.
A lock for freight car doors designed to prevent
the opening of the door without breaking the seal
by removing the hasp staple. The staple plate and
seal pin are riveted together so that the pin cannot
be lost.
National Safety Brake Lever. Fig. 5218.
National Steel Trap Door. Figs. 2272-2275.
National Window and Curtain Fixtures. Figs. 4651-
4054.
"N. B." Hose Connection. Figs. 1324-1325.
Necked Door Bolt. Fig. 2389. See Door Bolt.
Neck of Axle. The sloping portion of a car axle just
inside of the hub of the wheel.
Needlebeam. 22. Figs. 262-272. 1048-1049. A term
adapted from bridge engineering applied to the
transverse members of the underframe of a car be-
tween tiie body bolsters which support the truss
rod queen posts. There are usually two. but in
long passenger cars sometimes four are used, the
two nearest the bolsters serving only to tie the
longitudinal sills together. The terms cross frame
tie timber, cross tie timber or cross tie, bod3r tran-
som, cross bearer and needlebeam are all applied
to these members of the underframe, of which
cross tie timber or cross tie seem most precisely
descriptive of their function.
Needlebeam End Plate. Figs. 942-943.
Nest Spring. A spiral spring with one or more coils of
springs inside of it. See Spiral Spring.
Netting. Fig. 3921. Sec Basket Rack Netting.
Newbold System of Electric Car Lighting. Figs. 3365-
3370. A system of electric car lighting using a
dynamo mounted on the truck frame and driven
by a belt from one of the axles. An automatic
regulator mounted in the ear maintains a constant
voltage on the lights in the car and a normal charg-
ing rate on the storage batteries at all times regard-
less of the speed of the train. The regulator can
be adjusted to deliver any predetermined amount of
current up to 80 amperes. An essential part of the
system is a storage battery which is charged while
the train is running and automatically discharged
to maintain the lighting current when the speed of
the train drops to a point where the dynamo will
not supply current at the proper voltage.
New York Air Brake. Air brake apparatus sold by the
N'cw York Air Brake Company. The devices sold
accomplish much the same ends as the Westing-
house equipment. The apparatus will work in the
same train with Westinghouse equipment.
Night Latch. Fig. 2566, etc. A spring door lock which
requires a key to be opened from the outside, but
which can be opened Erom the inside without one.
A spring door lock. See Latch.
"Ninety-Six" Brake Beam. Figs. 5096-5097.
Nipple. 1 In mechanics, "a small rounded perforated
protuberance, as the nipple of a gun." — Knight. It
NON
117
OUT
is often used, however, in a more general sense.
2. (Pipe Fittings.) Figs. 2773, 2*46-2848. A
short wrought iron pipe with a screw thread cut on
each end, used for connecting couplings, tees, etc.,
together or with some other object, as a tank or
heater. See Brake Hose Nipple.
Non-Pressure Head (Brake Cylinder). The cover for
the end of the brake cylinder opposite to that hav-
ing air pressure against it. It has an opening in
the center for the piston rod.
Nosing. 1. (Of a Lock.) A Keeper, which see.
2. (Of Steps.) The part of a tread board which
projects beyond the riser, hence the metallic mold-
ings used to protect that part of the tread board.
The nosings should be distinguished from the step
facings.
Notice Plate. Fig. 2611. Varieties are the platform
notice plate, saloon notice plate, etc. See Name
Plate.
Nozzle. See Tank Nozzle.
Number Panel. See Name Panel. Xow rarely used
on modern cars. The number is simply painted on
between horizontal bars of striping.
Nut. "A small block of metal or wood containing a
concave or female screw.'' — Webster. Xuts take
their name from the bolts, rods or other parts to
which they are attached. They are usually either
square or hexagonal. A spanner nut is one with
eight or more sides. They are usually more truly
couplings than nuts, properly so called, which screw
on a bolt or rod. See Screw Threads.
o
Oakette. An artificial leather used for curtains and up-
holstering. It is made by coating a cloth fabric
with a compound which gives it the appearance
of leather.
Observation End of a Car. Fig. 157. A car, one end
of which is fitted with an extended platform and
large windows, from both of which pessengers may
get a view of the countr\-, and especially of the
track and structures. They are coupled at the end
of the train and the observation end is a feature
of many officers' cars.
Observation Platform Railing. Figs. 4000-4001.
Observation Sleeping Car. Figs. 179-181, 217. A
sleeping car with an Observation End, which see.
Officers' Car. A car for the private use of the higher
officers, directors, etc., of railways in traveling
over their lines. They are usually provided with
kitchens. They are sometimes very elaborate and
costly — sometimes merely business cars. A pay
car is a special variety, found on nearly all roads
from 300 to 600 miles long. See also Private Car.
Offset Butt Hinge. Fig. 2462.
Oil Axle Box (British). Figs. 6768-6784. A journal
box in which oil is used instead of grease as a lu-
bricant. See Axle Box and Grease Axle Box.
Oil Box. A Journal Box, which see.
Oil Car. A car made especially for the transportation
of mineral oil. Some oil cars are built for carrying
barrels of refined oil. Crude oil and refined oil
are usually carried in Tank Cars, which see, Figs.
123, 130 and 545, 576, or in combination box and
lank cars.
Oil Cellar. A cavity in the lower part of some ex-
ceptional forms of journal boxes for collecting the
oil and dirt which run off the axle at the dust guard.
The oil cellar is below the space occupied by the
axle packing.
Oil Lamp. Figs. 3544-3553, 3581-3601. A lamp for
burning oil.
Oliver Dump Cars. Figs. 95b-96.
Opal Dome (Pintsch Gas Lighting). Fig. 3122. May
be used on any center lamp.
Opal Globe (Pintsch Gas Lighting). 102. Fig. 3133. It
is for use on bracket lamps of all descriptions.
Open Door Stop. 71. Figs. 262-272 and Figs. 793-794.
A block of iron or wood fastened to the side of a
freight car to prevent a sliding door from sliding
too far when opened.
Open Extension Car. An open car with curtained sides
for short suburban runs to summer resorts.
Open Plate Wheel (Street Cars). Fig. 5460. A light
cast iron single plate wheel, with openings cast in
the plate between the ribs. See Wheel, Car Wheel.
Open Return Bend (Pipe Fittings). Fig. 2779. A short
cast or malleable iron U-shaped tube for uniting
two parallel pipes. It differs from a close return
bend. Fig. 2780, in having the arms separated from
each other.
Open Wagon (British). Fig. 5645. American equiva-
lent, four-wheeled gondola car. A vehicle with
sides and ends from 6 in. to 5 ft. high, and having
no roof; suitable for the conveyance of freight. A
Tarpaulin, which see, is used to protect the freight
from the weather. See also Wagon.
Opener. See Deck Sash Opener, Ventilator Opener.
Operating Valve (Westinghouse Traction Brake K Fig.
1225. See Brake Valve.
Ore Car. Figs. 71-74, 496-512. A hopper car made es-
pecially for carrjdng iron or other ores. Gondola
cars, which are sometimes lined with sheet iron,
and drop-bottom and tip cars are also used for this
purpose. They are shorter than the ordinary hop-
per car, with a steeper incline to the hopper to per-
mit rcad3' dumping of the load. See Goodwin Car.
Ormolu. Literally, found gold. A style of bronzing
metallic surfaces.
Ornamental Carlines. A recent innovation of breaking
up the interior of a car into sections by very heavy,
prominent and highly decorated compound carlines.
Ostermann Drop Brake Mast. Figs. 5207-5208. See
Brake Shaft.
Ottoman. A carpet-covered movable cushion serving
as a foot rest.
Outer Double Floor or Floor Under Lining (British).
American equivalent, deafening ceiling. In a car-
riage, planking attached to the under side of the
framing and floor of the body. The space between
it and the true floor is generally filled with sawdust.
Outer Intermediate Sill. 3a, Figs. 262-272, 599-619. A
term applied to the two intermediate sills next to
the side-sills, to distinguish them from the two
intermediate sills adjacent to the center sills, which
are the inner intermediate sills.
Outside Body Truss Rod. When two or more truss
rods are used under each side of a car body those
farthest from the center are called outside body
truss rods, in distinction from the inside truss rods.
Outside Casing (Heaters). Fig. 2719. An outside shell
made of Russia iron or sheet steel and bent and
riveted into the form of a cylinder or a frustum
of a cone.
Outside Corner Plate (British). A plate placed outside
of the body, securing the side and ends together;
made a continuous plate, or in several knees, each
2% in. deep.
Outside Cornice (British). See Side Gutter.
Outside End Piece (of Wooden Truck Frame). Fi^s.
OUT
IIS
PAD
4793-4795. The cross piece nearest the end of the
car, in distinction from the inside end piece.
Outside End Sill. A type of box car framing in which
the end sill projects outside the sheathing, forming
a narrow platform at the ends of the car. It is not
the general practice.
Outside Hung Brake. Fig. 5074. Brake shoes and
beams attached to the outside of the wheels of a
truck. They are sometimes hung from the car
body, but usually the truck frame is extended and
the brakes are hung from it. When hung between
the wheels it is an inside hung brake.
Outside Middle Corner Plate. Figs. 804-806. See Cor-
ner Plate.
Outside Panel. G7, Figs. 599-619. A panel in the out-
side of a passenger or street car under the windows.
Those between the windows are called outside win-
dow panels. Above the windows comes the frieze.
or letter board. Street cars have lower outside
panels, below the outside panels proper. In stand-
ard car construction outside paneling between and
below the windows has been superseded by sheath-
ing.
Outside Sills. The side sills. Sec Sills.
Outside Transoms (Six-Wheel Trucks). 22, Figs. 4780-
4783. The two transoms farthest from the center
of the truck, in distinction from the middle tran-
soms.
Outside Wheel Bars (Steel Six-Wheel Truck). A steel
substitute for wooden wheel pieces.
Outside Wheel Piece Plate. 11, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-
4777. An iron plate fastened to the outside of a
wheel piece to strengthen it. There are two when
any are used, outside and inside. They are usual
on six-wheel trucks, and frequently used on four-
wheel trucks.
Outside Window Panel. 68, Figs. 599-619. See Outside
Panel.
Outside Window Sill. 77, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal
piece of wood or iron under a window on the out-
side of a car, and on which the sash rests.
Outside Window Stop. A wooden strip attached to a
window post on the outside of a sash to hold the
latter in its place. Often called a Bead, which see.
Overhang (of a Roof). The projection beyond the
sides.
Overhang (of a Car Body). That part of a car body
between the body bolster and end, and which is not
supported by the body truss rods.
Overhang Brace Rod (Passenger Car Framing). 167
and 220, Figs. 599-619. A truss rod extending over
the side sills and between the sheathing and wains-
coting. Its office is to sustain and stiffen that part
ot the underframe which overhangs at the ends and
outside the bolsters. Usually it passes from the
end of the side sill diagonally up to the belt rail
and over a queen post, called the overhang brace
rod strut, and then along close under the belt rail
to the other end of the car and down to the end
of the side sill. Frequently they extend diagonally
down on both sides of the overhang brace rod strut
(which then becomes a king post), and diagonally
through the sill. The overhang brace rod strut
stands upon the sill directly over the body bolster.
It is sometimes called an inverted truss rod, a con
tinuous body brace rod, body chain rod, and a hog
chain rod.
Overhang Brace Rod Strut. 221, Figs. 599-619 and Figs.
908-910. A vertical cast or wrought iron strut
seated upon the side sill directly over the body
bolster, and acting as a king post or queen post for
the overhang brace rod. See Overhang Brace Rod.
Overhang Truss. Shown in Fig. 614. An inverted truss,
forged or cast, the office of which is to support and
stiffen the overhang ends of a passenger car under-
frame. It is used only in very long and heavy cars,
and is intended as an auxiliary to the overhang
truss rod. Its use is confined to long passenger
and sleeping cars.
Overhead Equalizer Spring (Pullman Vestibule). A
face plate buffer spring is a more appropriate term,
as it corresponds to the side stem buffer spring of
a platform equipment. It affords the spring pres-
sure on the face plate stem, which is attached near
the top of the face plate, and keeps it forced out.
Overhead Lining (Refrigerator Cars). 53e, 53f, 53g,
Figs. 305-321. See Ceiling, Inside Ceiling.
Overhung Door. A sliding door which is hung from
or supported on a rail above the door. If the door
is supported by a rail below it is called an under-
hung door. Overhung doors are almost universal
for freight cars. See Door Hanger, Car Door
Hanger.
"P. and S." Car Seats. Figs. 4116-4119. A car seat
patented by Pottier & Stymus and made by Hey-
wood Bros. & Wakefield.
Package Rack (Passenger Cars). Fig. 3921. A small
rack analogous to basket racks.
Packing. Journal Packing, which see.
Packing Blocks. Rectangular blocks gained into the
center sills and draft timbers, and serving the pur-
pose of connecting them firmly together longitu-
dinally. The term is borrowed from bridgework,
in which the form of packing block is very com-
mon. They are called key blocks.
Packing Expander (AYestinghouse Brake). 8, Fig.
1262. A spring wire ring for spreading out the
leather packing of the brake piston so as to make
it fit air-tight. See Piston Packing Expander.
Packing Gland. See Piston Rod.
Packing Leather. 1. (Of Journal Boxes.) A dust
guard is sometimes called packing leather.
2. (Westinghouse Brake). 7, Fig. 1262. A ring
of leather used in connection with brake cylinder
pistons to make an air-tight pump. When so used
it is always accompanied with a packing leather
expander. A packing leather for a piston rod is
called a cup leather, and is compressed by a piston
spring. Sec Piston Packing Leather.
Packing Ring. 1. (Triple Valve). 5, Fig. 1234. A
circular metallic ring of variable rectangular cross-
section which is placed in grooves in the edge of
the piston to make it air-tight in the cylinder. The
rings are turned slightly larger than the cylinder
and cut apart diagonally at one point so that when
compressed they will tend to spring open.
2. (Hose Coupling). An india rubber ring in a
coupling case which makes a tight joint between
the two parts of the coupling.
Padlock. Figs. 2519-2599. A loose lock having a semi-
circular shackle jointed at one cud so that it can
be opened, the other end of the link being locked
when desired by the entrance of the sliding bolt
into it. Such locks are used to secure a hasp or
the like on a staple or similar device by passing
the link through the staple. A spring padlock is
one which snaps shut and locks by pressure only.
A dead padlock has no springs.
PAI
119
PAP
Paige Steel Tired Wheel. Figs. 5390-5393. A type of
steel tired wheel, the hub and skeleton (wheel
center) being in one piece, and the tire secured
thereto by front and back face plates, hub bolts and
tire bolts. It has no retaining ring, although the
company does make a wheel with the tire fastened
by retaining rings.
Painting (of Passenger Cars) consists usually of the
priming, rough stuff or scraping filling coats, color
coats and varnishing. The care and expense de-
voted to the process and the order and number of
the various coats are often varied, but the following
is among the most approved processes, and the
order of the coats and the time required for each
to dry are about as follows:
Hours.
Priming with drier 2 t
Scraping filling coat (2 coats) 43
Color coats (3 coats) 72
Color and varnish 24
Striping 24
Finishing varnish (.2 coats) 48
Total 10 days, or hours 240
A process known as "Murphy's A, B, C System''
is also used, A being a liquid used for priming or
first coat on new wood; B a liquid heavier in body
than A, which is used for the second and third coat.
C is a still heavier liquid, applied over B, and when
ihoroughly dry and hard is rubbed down to a
smooth surface with water and black pumice stone,
leaving the surface read3- for the color coat.
Other systems are the "lead and oil" and the
"M. J. S.," the former being a very old method and
the latter a very simple method, consisting simply
of a priming or filling coat, followed by a surface
coat that is rubbed down with pumice stone or
sandpaper, preparatory to the color coat.
Pair of Trucks. A pair of trucks means two truck
frames, each with two or more pairs of wheels,
etc., complete for an entire car, and does not mean
one truck frame with wheels and axles for one end
of a car onh-.
Pair of Wheels. This term is used to designate two
car wheels fitted on one axle, including the axle.
Palace Car. An extravagant term used to designate
sleeping, parlor and chair cars, which are fitted up
with more than the ordinary amount of ornament
and elaborate finish and furniture.
Palace Stock Car. An extravagant general term applied
to cars designed for carrying stock with less injury
and greater comfort than the common stock car.
Cars built after the plans of so-called palace stock
cars are in general use, and are shown in Fig. Hi.
They are provided with apparatus for feeding and
watering, and those for very valuable stock have
separate stalls partitioned off.
Pan. 1. (Refrigerating Cars). The ice pan.
2. (Howard's Water Closet). Fig. 4042. The
basin forming the bottom of the bowl so con-
structed that it is only brought into position and
filled with water on raising the lid.
Panel. Figs. 678-690. 1. A board inserted in the space
left between the stiles and rails of a frame or be-
tween moldings. Sometimes metal plates are used
for this purpose. Door panels in passenger cars
are usually only the middle and lower or twin door
panels. The upper door panel is usually of glass.
Window panels come between the windows, and
are distinguished as outside and inside. Wainscot
panels come below the windows, between the upper
and lower wainscot rails. Other interior panels are
deck side panels and end panels, the latter some-
times called ventilator panel, and the end roof
panel over the door. The exterior panels are the
end panel below the windows and the end window
panel alongside of the window. A name panel is
now quite obsolete. In street cars additional panels
to those above named are an upper end panel,
which also sometimes occurs in passenger cars; a
lower outside pane! or concave below the outside
panels proper; inside frieze panels, end seat panels
and door case seat panels and top panels.
2. (Of a Truss.) The space between two verti-
cal posts or braces and the two chords of a truss.
3. (British.) In a carriage, the outside sheath-
ing of a body. Teak and mahogany are generally
used for this purpose in England, and sheet iron on
the Continent of Europe.
Panel Ceiling. Properly, any form of ceiling divided
up into panels, but in popular custom used as
synonymous with wood ceiling, which is always
divided into panels, in distinction from a head
lining of canvas, lignomur, etc.
Panel Furring. 59, Figs. 645-647. Horizontal bars or
strips of wood between the posts of a passenger
car, and to which the outside panels are nailed.
When a strip is made continuous and extends from
one end of the car to the other, and is notched into
the posts, it is called a panel rail. Window panel
furring is included in the general term, and is that
coming between the window posts.
Panel Lamp. An Alcove Lamp, which see.
Panel Bin (British). A small, headless nail of copper,
brass or iron, used to secure the outside sheathing
(panel) of a passenger car to the framing of the
body.
Panel Rail. 66, Figs. 648-051. See Panel Furring or
Sheathing Furring.
Panel Strip. A narrow piece of wood or metal with
which the joint between two panels, or a panel and
a post, on the outside of a car, is covered.
Panel Washer. The washers of the transverse floor
timber tie rod of a street car.
Pantagraph. Fig. 6407.
Pantasote. A substitute for leather, and in extensive
use for upholstering and decorating cars and steam-
ships. The material was first made b}r R. P. Brad-
lej-, a chemist, and the ingredients are a secret.
That it contains rubber or any animal substance
is denied. It is made by sheeting two or more
pieces of cloth or canvas together, with the warp
running in different directions, to give strength.
The sheet making the leather side is passed be-
tween heavy rollers many times, and each time it
receives a very thin coat of pantasote material, and
this is kept up until the cloth or canvas is literally
saturated and coated. The color is added to the
pantasote material and is incorporated into the
fabric. It is very like leather, and is not readily
distinguished from it.
Paper Case Casting. Fig. 4037. A cast side or bracket
frame for a paper case in a postal car.
Paper Holders. Figs. 4061-4062. (Which take rolls of
closet paper.) See Paper Hook.
Paper Hook (for Saloons). Figs. 4063-4064. A hook
for carrying closet paper in sheets. A carrier or
holder for perforated continuous roll paper is in
increasing use. Figs. 4061-4062.
Paper Seal Holder. A style of seal holder (of which
PAP
120
PED
several patterns exist) in which a sheet of paper
or printed label is used to protect the lock against
unauthorized opening'. The paper is usually pro-
tected by glass.
Paper Wheel. .More properly, Allen Paper Wheel,
which sec. Fig. 5402. A car wheel with a steel
tire and a center formed of compressed paper held
between two iron face plates. It is in limited use.
The compressed paper can be turned and polished
like wood.
Parallel Brake Hanger. See Brake Beam Adjusting
Hanger.
Parcel Net (British). American equivalent, basket rack.
In a carriage, a netting placed tranversely above
the seats for the purpose of carrying light baggage,
parcels, etc. The front edge is attached to a
wooden bar called the parcel net rod, which is
supported by a bracket.
Parcel Net Bracket (British). See above.
Parcel Net Rod (British). See above.
Parcel Rack. See Basket Rack.
Parcel Van (British). American equivalent express
car. A closed vehicle adapted to run on passenger
trains and to carry parcels and packages, rather
than passengers' baggage. Such business in Eng-
land is done by the railroad companies themselves,
and not by separate corporations.
Parliament Hinge. Fig. 2440. See Hinge.
Parlor Car. Figs. 153-154, 158-150, 210, 225, 22S. A
luxurious car for day travel having revolving seats,
smoking compartment and other conveniences on
which an extra fare is charged. They are operated
on many roads by the Pullman Company and are
often referred to as Pullman cars. The term chair
car is also sometimes used, but incorrectly, as a
chair car is properly a day coach with reclining
seats, on which no extra fare is charged.
Parlor Car Chairs. Figs. 4093-4100, etc. The most
common type of chair for parlor cars is a simple
arm chair revolving on a pivot which enters a fixed
pedestal.
Parlor Car Window. Figs. 2204-2205.
Parting Bead or Parting Strip. A long, thin piece of
wood which acts as a distance piece between two
objects, as a window and a window blind. See
Sash Parting Strip.
Parting Rail (of Door Frame). 7, Figs. 1329-1337. A
vertical rail between the bottom and middle or
middle and top rails of a door or partition, dividing
a panel into twin panels.
Partition (British). A vertical division dividing the in-
terior of the body into separate compartments, gen-
erally extending completely across the vehicle from
side to side, and from floor to roof, but occasionally
made to extend only some four or five feet from
the floor, leaving a clear space between the top
and the roof. This practice is, however, going out
of favor.
Partition Stop (for Door Holder). Figs. 2630-2631. So
called in distinction from a floor stop, with which
a door holder engages.
Passageway Curtain (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3956.
Passenger Car or Coach. Figs. 160, 599-619; (Framing),
Figs. 599-647; (Interior Finish), Fig. 657; (Cross-
Sections), Fig. 649-656. Literally, a car used for
carrying passengers, but in popular practice re-
stricted to ordinary vehicles for day travel, in dis-
tinction from sleeping cars and sometimes in dis-
tinction from the more luxurious Parlor Cars, or
Chair Cars, which see, as well. Passenger cars are
also very commonly termed day coaches or first-
class coaches. Second-class coaches are very rarely
run, although there are numbers of emigrant cars.
A smoking car is usually attached to all trains, and
holders of second-class tickets or tickets bought at
reduced rates are often required to ride in the
smoking car. See Car, Coach.
Passenger Car Truck. Fig. 4740. A truck for carrying
a passenger car body. Such trucks usually have
two sets of springs — bolster springs under the truck
bolster and equalizer springs attached to the outside
frames. They always have swing bolsters. The
wooden truck frames are usually reinforced with
iron plates, especially six-wheel trucks, which latter
are almost always used for sleeping and parlor cars.
All-steel passenger car trucks are coming into gen-
eral use and several designs are shown in the illus-
trations. Other passenger cars usually have four-
wheel trucks. See Truck, Car Truck.
Pasting Lace (British). An ornamental woolen fabric,
made in bands about Ys inch wide, and used to
finish and cover the seams and points in upholster-
ing against the woodwork of a carriage round the
quarter lights and front seat rail, and to form bor-
ders to the broad lace above the back squabs. It
is fastened by tacks driven in the tape edge, the
main part being then turned over to hide the tacks,
and passed in position. See also Seaming Lace.
Pawl (for Brake Ratchet Wheel). 103. Figs. 213-223.
"A pivoted bar adapted to fall into the notches or
teeth of a wheel as it rotates in one direction, and
to restrain it from back motion. Used in wind-
lasses, capstans and similar machinery." — Knight.
In most of the English dictionaries ratchet is
given as another name for pawl, but this is believed
to be incorrect, according to present practice. See
Ratchet Wheel.
Pawl Weight. Figs. 779-780.
Pedal Alarm Gong (Street Cars). A large bell, sounded
by striking a stem, connected by a lever with the
clapper, to warn teams and persons of the car's
approach.
Pedestal. 1. 172, Figs. 585-586; 5, Figs. 4771-4777. A
casting of somewhat the form of an inverted letter
U, bolted to the wheel piece of a truck frame to
hold the journal box in its place, while permitting
a vertical movement. The two projections of a
pedestal are called pedestal horns, and the space
between them a jaw, which is closed at the bottom
by a Jaw Bit, which see. In Great Britain pedestals
arc called axle guards on cars and horn plates on
locomotives, and are there made of wrought iron.
2. (Revolving Chairs.) The stand by which the
chair is supported; consists of three portions — base.
column and seat frame.
Pedestal (M. C. B. Standard).
(For Journals 3% in. x 7 in.). Figs. 5566-5569.
The pedestal shown was recommended in 1874.
Again approved as standard in 1881. Also approved
by the Master Mechanics' Association in the same
year. Again adopted as standard in 1893. Weight,
141 pounds.
(For Journals 4% in. x8 in.) Figs. 5694-5696. In
1898 a Recommended Practice was adopted for pas-
senger car pedestal for journal box with 4M by 8-
inch journal. In 1901, as a result of letter ballot,
this was changed to standard.
(For Journal 5 in. x 9 in.) (M. C. B. Recom-
mended Practice). Figs. 5939-5943. The pedestal
and journal box were adopted as Recommended
PED
121
PIN
Practice in 1903. The journal box was revised in
1908.
Pedestal Box. A Journal Box, which see.
Pedestal Brace. A diagonal bar or rod staying the
lower end of a pedestal longitudinally. It is often
combined into one piece with a pedestal tie bar to
form a pedestal brace tie bar.
Pedestal Brace Tie Bar. A pedestal brace and a ped-
estal tie bar combined in one piece. See above.
Pedestal Horns. See Pedestal.
Pedestal Jaw. It is closed at the bottom by a jaw bit.
See Pedestal.
Pedestal Spring. A Journal Spring, which see.
Pedestal Stay Rod. 7. Figs. 4771-4777; 167, Figs. 585-
588; Figs. 4827-4828. 1. A transverse rod connect-
ing the pedestal tie bars on each side of a truck,
so as to prevent them from spreading apart.
2. A similar rod connecting the pedestal tie bars
on four-wheel caboose cars.
Pedestal Tie Bar. 108. Figs. 585-588; 6, Figs. 4771-4774,
and Figs. 4827-4828. An iron bar or rod bolted to
the bottom of two or more pedestals on the same
side of a truck or car, thus holding or tying them
together. The pedestal tie bar is used to get a low
truck. Sometimes it is given a half turn for addi-
tional stiffness. It is also sometimes combined
with a pedestal brace to form a Pedestal Brace Tie
Bar, which see.
Pedestal Timber. 1. (Four-Wheel Cabooses.) 169,
Figs. 5^5-5s8. A longitudinal timber sometimes
used en four-wheeled cars, which is placed under
the floor or alongside the sill and to which the
pedestals are bolted.
2. 10, Figs. 4771-4777. A term sometimes used to
designate the Wheel Piece of trucks, which see.
Pedestal Trucks. Figs. 4714, etc. Trucks so called be-
cause the journal boxes are held in jaws or ped-
estals which are an integral part of the truck frame
as distinguished from trucks using pedestals bolted
to the truck frames.
"Penn" Body and Truck Bolsters. Figs. 1137-1138.
Pennsylvania Brake Beams. Figs. 5178-5181.
Perch. Another name for the draw timbers of a tip car,
on which the floor is not directly built The name
comes from the perch of wagons connecting the
front and hind running gear.
Perfected Horse Car. See Horse Car.
Perfected Heater (Baker's;). Figs. 2717-2735.
Perfection Car Seal or Shackle. Fig. 4090.
Perforated Rubber Floor Mat. Fig. 2671. Another
style is the corrugated rubber floor mat.
Perforated Veneer. A form of seat covering which con-
sists of three, and sometimes four, layers of wood
veneering, glued together and perforated with holes
for ornament and ventilation.
Pet Cock. Fig. 2766.
Phosphate Car. Figs. 10, 63.
Phosphor Bronze. "A term applied to an alloy of
bronze or brass, or to a triple alloy of copper, tin
and zinc, which has been given special purity and
excellence by skilful fluxing with phosphorus. It
is supposed that the presence of phosphorus gives
the tin a crytalline character which enables it to
alio}' more completely and strongly with the cop-
per. 'Whether for this reason or not, the phosphor
bronzes, when skilfully made, are greatly superior
to unphosphorated alloys." — Thurston.
Piece. See
Center Piece.
Distance Piece.
End Piece.
Wheel Piece.
Pilaster. 1. (Architecture.) "A square pier, like a flat
column built against a wall, and having cap and
base." — Knight.
2. (Car Construction.) Any stick or timber fas-
tened against another piece to serve merely as the
supporting block or a cross piece.
3. (Sleeping Car.) An ornamental finish to the
window posts on the inside of the car. 11, Figs.
2201-2202.
Pile Driver Car. Figs. 256 and 589-592. A class of cars,
one of which at least is kept upon most large rail-
ways, the details of which vary, but which are
similar to the type shown. The essential features
of a pile driver car are the swinging platform, or
upper platform, carrying the cabin and framework
upon which the leaders and hoisting engine and
the accompanying gear are carried. The swinging
platform is to enable piles to be driven at a con-
siderable distance from the rails on either side. To
enable the cabin to be swung through a wider arc,
adjustable wings are fixed to the side of the car,
which are removed when not required for use by
the crane. The leaders are usually long enough to
take a 35 to 40 ft. pile and swing upon leader trun-
nions, so that the leaders may be dropped back
upon the roof of the cabin for transportation over
the road. The hammers weigh from 4,000 to 5,000
pounds.
Pile Hoisting Sheave (Pile Driver Car). A wheel
placed at the side of the main sheave, for use in
hoisting piles. It projects a little further forward
than the other, so as to swing the pile more easily
clear of the leaders.
Pillar. 1. "A kind of irregular column.
2. "A supporter; that which sustains or upholds;
that on which some superstructure rests." — Web-
ster. See Transom Pillar.
Pillar (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3091. (Acetylene Lamp.)
Fig 3291.
Pillar Crane. A style of crane used on wrecking cars,
having the mast supported from below, either by a
mast pocket or a base plate. See Derrick.
Pillow Box (Sleeping Cars'). 19, Figs. 2201-2202. The
space under the seat in which pillows are stored
when the berth is not made up.
Pin. "A peg or bolt of wood or metal having many
uses." — Knight. In railway service the word, wheT
used alone, commonly means a coupling pin. See
also
Center Pin. Journal Box Cover
Door Pin. Hinge Pin.
Lateral Motion Spring Platform Lever Pin.
Pin.
Pinion. 1. The smaller cog wheel of two wheels in
gear.
2. (Hand Car.) 4. Figs. 6207-6209. A small gear
wheel attached to the axle of the car, into which
the larger wheel on the crank shaft gears.
3. Pinion is sometimes incorrectly used in the
sense of a small pivot pin or journal.
Pintle. "A pivot pin, such as that of a hinge. The king
bolt of a wagon." — Knight.
PIN
123
PIN
Pintsch Gas Burner. Fig. 3098. Used on all Pintsch
lamps other than the bracket lamps. It consists of
a small lava tip of the "fish-tail" type, held in a
special brass pillar. Its consumption is about %
cubic ft. per hour. A larger burner of the same type
is usually employed on bracket lamps. Its con-
sumption is about 1 cubic ft. per hour.
Pintsch Gas Lamp. Figs. 3173-3224. A lamp for burn-
ing gas, the essential features of which are the
closed globe at the bottom, the white porcelain re-
flector above the flames near the top of the globe,
and the peculiar method of supplying air.
Various forms of cutter lamps are made, all on
the regenerative principle, the inlet air being highly
heated before reaching the flames, thereby produc-
ing extreme whiteness and steadiness of light.
Some of these lamps are supported by four orna-
mental arms, Figs. 3201-3208, etc., one of which
forms the gasway. In all, the interior of the lamp
is so constructed that a portion of the light is re-
flected outward and upward toward the roof of the
car, illuminating the same.
In all standard center lamps, Figs. 3209-3211, air is
admitted to the lamp immediately above the upper
dome, 101. Passing thence through the orifice in
chimney, 313, it comes in contact with the sheet
iron flues, 312, and in its downward passage be-
comes highly heated. It then issues into a space
within the dome, 101, between the dome and the
mica chimney, 109, and continuing its course is by
the diaphragm, 315, deflected and constrained to
pass close to the mica chimney, where it is still
further heated. It now passes outward between
diaphragm, 315, and the ring reflector, 110, and
through the orifices near the outer rim of this
reflector into the bowl and to the flames. In its
tortuous course the effect of drafts against the
lamp is entirely nullified.
The products of combustion escape directly
through the annular space between mica chimne}',
109, and the cup reflector. 111. Thence by flues,
312, out through the crown at the top of the lamp,
in the case of the four-arm lamps, and through
the flues, 333.
In vestibule lamps, two or four-flame, Fig. 3214,
air is admitted to the annular space between the
parts of ventilating chimney, 324, through the
shielded opening above the roof, immediately below
the ventilator. Becoming heated in its downward
passage, it passes through the diaphragm, 323, and
through the orifices in the body, 320, to the flames,
The products of combustion escape through the
flues, 321, and the chimney, 324, to the outside air.
Any excess of air over and above what is required
for proper combustion of the gas will also be car-
ried off by the ventilating chimney, which the air
reaches from the space above the body by means
of the passage around the outside of the chimney,
321.
Bracket lights, wall lamps for express cars and
vestibule lamps, Figs. 3173-3188, are supplied in
various designs and forms.
The burner is of the "fish-tail" type, and from
one to six are used in each lamp or light, four being
the number generally adopted. See Pintsch Gas
Burners. Consumption of gas is at the rate of about
% cubic ft. per hour for each burner enclosed in a
lamp, or 1 cubic ft. per hour for single open burners.
Pintsch Gas Lamps ( Method of Securing and Con-
necting). (Four-Arm Lamps.) Fig. 3208. The
arms are secured by means of nipples, 26, passing
through the roof; a water-tight joint around the
nipples on the roof being made by bedding putty
close around the nipple, with a rubber washer, 24,
above the putty, and the iron washer, 23, above the
rubber. The lock nuts, 27, are then put on and
forced down until the excess putty is forced out
and the arm drawn firmly up to its place. The gas
arm nipple is then supplied with the reducing ell,
28, the three blank arms with caps, 29. The ell, 28,
is then connected with the Ys-in. pipe to the flange
tee, 16c, on the roof line. The roof around the
smoke bell is protected with a tin thimble, large
enough to give a Ms-in. air space around the smoke
bell flue The upper end of this thimble is made
of proper size to receive the ventilator, 204.
Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3243-3275. An improve-
ment on the standard Pintsch gas lamp whereby
the same gas is burned with an incandescent mantle
enclosed in a bulb. Figs. 3247-3248. The candle
power of the lamps is greatly increased with the
same consumption of gas. Xo change is neces-
sary in the piping of the car. but the regulator is
adjusted to give a higher pressure in the car pip-
ing. The form of lamp used is very similar to the
standard Pintsch gas lamp.
Pintsch Pillar. 230, Fig. 3213 and Fig. 3091. Used on
bracket lamps below the burner. Where no globe
holder is used, mill check, 231, Fig. 3089, is placed
immediately below the pillar.
Pintsch System of Gas Lighting. Figs. 3042-3275. A
system of car lighting which burns gas taken from
a storage tank, where it is carried under a pressure
of 150 lbs., or less, per square inch. The system is
well and favorably known. The gas is an oil gas,
made from crude petroleum or similar oils, and is
able to withstand a high degree of compression
without undue loss of luminosity. The pressure of
150 lbs. of the receiver tank is automatically re-
duced by the Pintsch regulator (Fig. 3055) to a
uniform pressure at the burners of about V-i oz., re-
gardless of the pressure in the gas receiver.
Works for the supply of the gas are now estab-
lished in all the large cities.
The arrangement of the apparatus is shown in
Fig. 3042. The receiver or gas holder, A, suspended
beneath the car floor, is connected by a system
of extra heavy V4-in. pipes, with soldered joints and
special fittings, to the regulartor. R. The charging
ol the receiver is effected (from either side of the
car) by means of hose, connecting the charging
lines from the gas station with the filling valves, F
(Fig. .3044). The gage, G. communicating with the
high pressure pipes connecting the various parts
of the apparatus below- the ear, serves the double
purpose of registering the amount of pressure in
the receiver at any time and of showing the amount
of gas consumed in lighting the car for any given
period.
From the regulator, R, the gas (with its pressure
reduced to about %' oz. per sq. in.) passes upward
through the car toward the roof. At some con-
venient point, as in a saloon or locker, a main
cock (No. 25c, Fig. 3050) is placed as shown,
whereby the flow of gas to the lamps is controlled.
A %-inch pipe is run along the roof, with %-inch
branches to each lamp or bracket. These branches
are made by means of special flanged tees (No. ltic.
PIN
123
PIP
Fig. 3060). Where %-inch connections are neces-
sary passing downward from the 1i-inch low pres-
sure line on the roof to brackets or vestibule lamps,
the flanged elbow or angle fitting (No. 17A, Fig.
3059, is used.
For lamps and methods of suspending and con-
necting them see Pintsch Gas Lamps and Figs.
3173-3224.
Pintsch Washers. Fig. 30S7, etc. These washers are
of lead and rubber, in thiee sizes, and are always
used in pairs. The rubber is always placed first
on the fitting, the lead outside with the collar in-
ward. When pressure is brought upon the washer,
the lead collar protects the inner edge of the rub-
ber, and the bod\r of the lead washer protects the
outside surface of the rubber, and the rib protects
the outer edge of rubber. The rubber is entirely
enclosed in metal, and protected from the action
of the gas, which would otherwise destroy it. The
scored surfaces of the flanges entering into the soft
lead make a perfectly tight joint. These washers are
used on all classes of flanged fittings, whether high
or low pressure.
Pipe. "A tube for conveyance of water, air, or other
lings the thread at one end is right hand and the
other left hand, but generally they are both right
hand threads.
Pipe Fittings. Fig. 2771, etc. The connections for sys-
tems of wrought iron gas, water, and steam pipes.
The more usual pipe fittings are bushings, elbows,
tees, return bends (close or open"), reducers, coup-
lings, nipples, plugs, clips, etc.
Pipe Hanger. Figs. 856-857, 962-964. A hanger for the
air brake pipe or train pipe.
Pipe Patents. Figs. 1470-1476.
Pipe Reducer. See Pipe Fittings. Bushings, tees and
couplings may be and are all so made as to serve
as reducers.
Pipe Shield (Steam Heating). Fig. 2823. A metal cov-
ering over the radiator pipes to protect surround-
ing parts or passengers' clothes from the heat of
the pipes.
Pipe Support or Strap (Steam Heating). Figs. 2753-
2757. A cast iron stand screwed to the floor, with
a receptacle at the top to receive and hold a pipe.
Pipe Turnbuckle. See Turnbuckle.
DIMENSIONS FOR STANDARD PIPE UNIONS.
1
2
3
4
5
'
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
IS
u
17
1
18 ] 19
20
21
22
375
270
105
59
63
78
SO
S5
S9
I. OS
26
|
27
2225
OS
5625
1
.59
615
006
05
J96
364
.132
76
SO
96
9S
1 05
1 09
1.29
33
18
2625
10
6925
,\
.76
.76
006
06
.630
494
.136
.90
95
1 11
1 13
1 20
1.24
1.45
34
i
IS
.2K23
11
.7325
1
.90
905
006
.07
.783
.623
160
1 16
1 21
1 3d
1.40
1 49
1.54
1.78
40
,'e
14
3025
.12
.8225
1 03
1 20
006
.OS
992
S24
.168
1.38
1 43
1 61
1.83
1 72
1.77
2.02
42
i
14
3225
.13
S725
1 24
! 43
007
.09
1 246
) 04S
.198
1 74
1.79
1 9S
2 01
2 13
2 19
2.49
49
,\
11
3625
.15
1.0025
1 565
1 76
007
. 10
( 592
1 3S0
.212
2.12
2 IS
2 37
2.40
2 52
2 58
2.90
53
,6
11
3S25
16
1 0725
9
1 91
2 13
067
.11
1 631
1 610
.22]
2.40
2 46
2 66
2 69
2.81
2 S7
3.20
55
.7
11
.4025
17
1 1225
10
2 IB
2 40
007
.13
2 ■ -
2 306
2 067
.239
2.S9
2 95
3 16
3 19
3 31
3 3S
3 71
60
.8
11
4225
.IS
1 2025
1.1
2 66
2 90
00s
.14
2 775
2 46S
.307
3 39
3 45
3 67
3 70
3.86
3 93
4 39
77
.9
8
.5225
.23
1.5:25
1 2
3 16
3 41
COS
16
3 '
3.401
3.067
.334
4.07
4 13
4.36
4 40
4.M
4 63
5 13
84
1.0
S
5625
.25
1 6525
1 3
3 SI
4 08
.008
.IS
31 '
3.901
4.4
3 54S
4 026
.363
.374
4.61
5.22
4 51
4 95
5 11
5 19
5.75
5.72
6.31
88
94
1.1
8
8
6025
I
1 7525
1 S425
1 5
' 3'
4 03
.008
.008
.20
DESCRIPTION ACCOMPANYING TABLE OF MALLEABLE PIPE UNIONS
Column No. 3 represents the internal diameter of the pipe.
Column No. 4 represents the difference between columns Nos. ; and 3. and is equal to tn-ice the thick-
ness of melaJ in pipe measured from inside line to one-half the height of thread, as specified before.
Column No 5 represents the outside diameter of end of pipe union and is taken as No. 3. plus ttcict
V.v t plus an arbitrary increment.
Column No. 6 is equal 10 No. 5 plus an increment varying f;om 04 to .07 of an inch. This incre-
mi nl w^ allowed f.'r the purpose of being able to slip the nut over upper swivel end of union.
Column No. 7 is No. o plus an amount varying between 1 ? and . 15. This lip created is considerably
in excess ol what ousts on present pipe unions for the reason that we filid the surface between the lip and
thecorrcspondin'' part of nut is often dan-.ac.ed. and the beanne. surface, when the full strength of the man is
used on the wrench, is sufficient. We assume that a man would pull about 30 pounds on a wrench with a
possibility 01 uslnc less force on pipes of small diameter;. For that rca'on «._ made a variation in tht width
of lip, which lip. theoretically, would be uniform for all sizes of pipe. The nut itself has been STjenpthened
to prevent Ihc lip from rlcflccling upward. _
Column No. S is No. T. Pi"5 an increment varying from 0 = to 04 of an inch.
fluids." — Knight. The wrought iron pipes used for
conveying gas, steam, etc., and commonly called
gas pipe, are usually meant by compound words
beginning- with pipe, as below. See
Brake Cylinder Pipe. Signal Pipe.
Brake Pipe. Smoke Pipe.
Conductors' Valve Dis- Steam Pipe,
charge Pipe. Stove Pipe.
Conductors' Valve Pipe. Supply Pipe.
Discharge Pipe. Tripple Valve Branch
Hot Water Pipe. Pipe.
Pipe Bushing. Fig. 2762. See Bushing.
Pipe Clamp. Figs. 854-855 and 1193-1108. A clamp for
the air brake pipe or train pipe under the car.
Pipe Clamp Bracket. Figs. 891-89%, 935-937. See
Bracket.
Pipe Clip or Strap. Fig. 2753, etc. An iron band
for fastening a pipe against or to some other object.
They are usually single, but sometimes double, for
two or more pipes. See Clip.
Pipe Coupling. Fig. 2776. A short cast iron tube with
a thread cut on the inside at each end, which is
screwed on the ends of two pipes and used for
uniting them together, or uniting one pipe with
another object, as a cock or valve. In some coup-
Column No q is No. S, plus twice the heiphl of the thread.
Column No. id is No. o. plus an increment varying between ,o4 and eS of an inch.
Column No. ii is No. 10. plus one and one-hall limes No. 4-
Column No. 1 3 is two and one-half times No. 4. and was figured especially for bearing surface, so that
the thread would not wear away loo rapid!) when the rut is e-ccas ion ally removed.
Column No 13 has been assumed arbitrarily, but in alt cases is greater than the length of full thread
on standard pipe.
Column No. 14 represents the number of threads per inch in length of nut. This thread, we believe
Should be United States Standard form and not sharp thread.
Column No. 15 is taken arbitrarily, but is based on the probable requirements of manufacturers for
tapping out the nut.
Column No. j6 is three-fourths of No. 4.
Column No. 1 j represents the full height of nut, and is equal to No. n, plus No. 15, plus No. 16.
Column No. 18 is the amount of projection outside of nut.
Column No. 10 is No. 3, plus No. 4. plus an artritrarv increment.
Column No. 30 ii No. ;, less No. 16. with shphr modifications.
represents the clearance at several points, as indicated on print.
Column No.
nitd arbitrarily.
Pipe Unions (M. C. B. Standard). In 1903 the dimen-
sions for pipe unions shown in the accompanying
table were adopted as standard.
In 1908 the following specifications were adopted:
That all wrought iron pipe for car work be
threaded with a standard total taper of 34 inch in
one foot, and that all pipe -fittings be tapped' to
suit the standard pipe thread with a total taper of
% inch in one foot, so that the thread on pipe and
fittings will be uniform and taper-tight.
Pipe Screw Threads. Screw threads used for connect-
ing wrought iron pipes together. Such screws are
cut "tapered"; that is, the end of the pipe, or the
inside of the coupling where the thread is cut, forms
part of a cone, so that in screwing up the pipe a
tight joint can be made. Pipe threads are of a
V-shape. sharp at the too and bottom, and their
sides stand at the angle of 60° to each other. The
following is the number of threads per inch for
pipes of different sizes. The size is given by the
inside diameter, but the actual bore of the smaller
sizes is considerably larger than the nominal. The
exterior diameter of ordinary gas pipe is from .27
to .37 inches greater than the inside diameter.
PIS
124
PIS
American
Standard
System
of Pip
e Threads.
Inside
Inside
diam.
Outside
Inside
diam.
Double
diam-
diam-
Extra
extra
Threads
Whit-
Size
)£ eter.
eter.
strong.
strong.
per
worth's
Pipe
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
Ins.
inch.
thread.
Vs in. .405
.27
.205
27
28
% '
.54
.364
.294
18
19
%
.675
.494
.421
18
19
%
.84
.623
.542
.244
14
14
%
1.05
,824
.736
.422
14
14
1
1.315
1.048
.915
,587
11 y2
11
1% '
1.66
1,38
1.272
.884
11%
11
1% '
1.9
1.611
1.494
1.088
11%
11
2 '
2.375
2.067
1.933
1.491
ny2
11
2V2 '
2.875
2.468
2.315
1.755
8
3
3.5
3.067
2.892
2.284
8
3% '
4.
3.548
3.358
2.716
8
4
4.5
4.026
3.818
3.136
8
4V2 '
5.
4,508
8
5 '
5.563
5.045
8
6 '
6.625
6.065
8
7
7.625
7.023
8
8 '
8.625
7.982
8
9 '
9.688
9.001
8
10 '
10.075
10.019
8
(The European standard is the Whitworth pipe thread,
which is quite different.)
Taper of Thread % in. per foot.
Piston. A metal disk with packing, etc., made to fit
air-tight and work back and forth in a cylinder.
Those shown in this volume are chiefly used in con-
nection with air brakes, Figs. 1221-1224, etc., to
which more detailed reference seems unnecessary.
The piston consists of a piston head, attached to h
piston rod. The piston follower or follower plate
lies at the back of the piston head, inclosing be
tween them the piston packing rings, or (in the
Westinghouse air brake cylinders) the piston pack-
ing leather, which latter is provided with a packing
leather expander. The follower plate is secured to
the piston with follower bolts. All these parts are
essentially the same in all the various cylinders
shown, and for distinctness should be designated
with the name of the cylinder in which they
work.
Piston Packing Expander (Air Brake). 8, Figs. 1275-
1276. A spring wire ring for spreading out the
leather packing of the piston so as to make it air-
tight.
Piston Packing Leather (Air Brake). 7, Figs. 1267-
1268, 1275-1276. A circular ring of leather used as
a substitute for Piston Packing Rings, which see,
pressed into the cylinder so as to have an L-section,
which is attached to and surrounds the piston and
bears against the inside surface of the cylinder
being pressed against it by a round steel rod called
the piston packing expander.
Piston Packing Ring. See Packing Ring.
Piston Rod (Brake Cylinder).
1. A rod attached to the piston of a passenger
brake cylinder, by which the pressure against
the piston is transmitted to the brake levers and
shoes.
2. A tube attached to the piston of freight and
traction brake cylinders to act as a guide to the
piston as it is forced outward by the air pressure
In this case a Push Rod, which see, is attached to
■5/X S/OF5 UP TO AND HVCLUDmO t£ C/VtOrt
US.STANDtifiD
THREAD
% Pi PF umqiv
Ooubce size
%-in Pipe Union With Dimensions Numbered.
PIS
125
PLA
the levers and is inclosed by the tube. The push
rod transmits the pressure on the piston to the
levers and brake shoes, while it allows an applica-
tion of the brakes by hand without pulling out the
piston.
Piston Stem (Buhoup Vestibule)
54, Fit
•2-215
263.
Piston Stem Bracket (Buhoup Vestibule). 119, Figs.
2-215-2263.
Piston Stem Ferrule (Buhoup Vestibule). 156, Figs.
2215-2263.
Piston Stem Guide (Buhoup Vestibule). 120, Figs.
2215-2263.
Piston Stem Spring (Buhoup Vestibule). 154, Figs.
2215-2263.
Piston Stem Washer (Buhoup Vestibule). 155, Figs.
2215-2263.
Piston Travel (Air Brakes). The amount of movement
of the piston when forced outward as the brakes
are applied. Running piston travel is the piston
travel obtained when the car is in motion and is
always greater than the travel obtained when the
car is at rest, due to the fact that the slack or lost
motion in trucks and brake gear as well as the
elasticity of the car body is more easily taken up
by the brake shoe pressure when the car is in
motion. False travel is that due to some uneven-
ness of the track or to some cause which occasions
a momentary change.
Piston Travel Indicator. A graduated scale abutting
against the piston of a brake cylinder and passing
through the end of the cylinder so that it can be
seen. It shows the maximum movement of the
piston since it was last adjusted. Seldom used.
Pit. See Ash Pit.
Pitch. 1. (Of a Screw.) The advance made by the
thread in one complete revolution, usually expressed
by the number of threads in a given space, as (in
U. S. and Great Britain) an inch.
("Of a Roof.) The ratio of the rise of a roof to
the horizontal distance covered.
Pitching Roof. A roof formed of one or more inclined
plane surfaces. When the pitch becomes steep, th =
term is used to distinguish a roof formed of plane
surfaces from one formed of curved or arched
surfaces.
Pitt Coupler. Figs. 1721-1729.
Pivot. 1. "A pin or short shaft on which anything
turns." — Webster. Seat arm pivots are inaccurately
called rivets. See
Deck Sash Pivot. Upper Berth Rest
Lower Swing Hanger Pivot.
Pivot. Upper Swing Hanger
Monitor Deck Sash Pivot.
Pivot. Ventilator Pivot.
Seat Arm Pivot.
2. (Of Car Door Fastener.) The pin on which
the hasp turns.
2. (Monitor Deck Sash Pivot). The pin held in
place by a spring upon which the desk sash turns.
Pivot Bearing. 49, Figs. 4705-4713. See Swing Hanger
Pivot Bearing ( Passenger Car Trucks).
Pivot Pin (M. C. B. Coupler). Another name for the
Knuckle Pin, which see. So called from the fact
that the knuckle when opening swings about the
pin as pivot. For specifications see Automatic
Car Couplers.
Pivot Plate. See Seat Arm Pivot Plate, Ventilator
Pivot Plate.
Pivot Pin Testing Machine (M. C. B. Recommended
Practice): Fig. 6024. In 1907 a design of apparatus
for testing knuckle pivot pins was adopted as Rec-
ommended Practice.
Pivot Spring (Monitor Deck Sash Pivot). The spring
retaining the pivot in its proper place after the sash
has been placed in position.
Pivoted Seat or Seat Cushion. A seat commonly called
an "opera seat," with the cushion pivoted so that
it may be raised to permit easy access. Sometimes
used in dining cars.
Pivoted Seat Back Arm. Fig. 4272.
Plain Triple Valve (Air Brake). Fig. 1235. A triple
valve which has no provision for making emergency
applications. See Triple Valve.
Planer (Wood Working Machinery). Figs. 6793, 6802,
6831. A machine with a sliding bed plate or more
often a series of rollers and one or more rotating
cylinders carrying knives for reducing the thick-
ness of boards and giving them a smooth surface.
Often combined with other cutters to produce
tongued and grooved boards or matched lumber.
A sizer is a heavy planer which removes wood
from all four sides of a stick and is used for re-
ducing heavy timbers to the required size.
Planished Iron. One of the attempted substitutes for
Russia iron. One of many processes consists
of the formation of an oxidized surface on each
sheet over and above the surface secured in ordi-
nary working. The oxidized surface is then recon-
verted into metallic iron, which will enter readily
"into combination with an oxidizing agent applied
throughout. The surface thus given to the sheet
is hxed by planishing or hammering until the de-
sired polish is secured.
Plank. "A broad piece of sawed timber, differing from
a board only in being thicker. In America, broad
pieces of sawed timber, which are not more than
an inch or an inch and a quarter thick are called
boards; like pieces from an inch and a half to three
or tour inches thick are called planks." — Webster.
See Spring Plank, Truss Plank.
Plank Car Roof. More commonly Single Board Car
Roof, which see. See also Car Roof.
Planted Molding or Bead Molding (British). Ameri-
can equivalent, panel strip molding, or bead mold-
ing. In a carriage, a small molding which is pinned
on the body, and is not worked out of the solid
on the post or rail, as is a Wrought Molding, which
see.
Plastered Lamp. A lamp with a fixed globe which is
fastened to a lamp frame with plaster of Paris.
Plate. 1. (Architecture! "A piece of timber which
supports the ends of the rafters." — Webster.
2. (Car Building.) 46, Figs. 262-272; 98, Figs
599-619. A horizontal piece of timber on top of
the posts of a car body supporting the roof car-
lines or rafters. Also sometimes called side plate,
in distinction from an End Plate, which see, which
is a similar stick across the end of the car. A deck
plate is used to cap the deck posts of an upper
deck. Main Carlines, which see, are sometimes
called tie plates. In refrigerator cars Bogus Plates
(which see) are used.
Plate (of a Cast Car Wheel). The central portion
connecting the hub and tread, sometimes single
plate, sometimes double plate. The plate is stiffened
by brackets. See Car Wheel and Face Plate (Steel
Tired Wheel).
Plate or Laminated Buffing and Draw Spring (British).
Fig. 6733. A large half elliptic spring which spans
the distance between the two buffer rods and takes
PLA
126
PLA
the buffing strains. It is also connected in the cen-
ter to the drawbar and takes the draft strain.
Plate Facing. An inside cornice fascia board.
Plate Rod (Freight Cars). 47, Figs.
A hor
zontal metal rod which passes across the car
through the two side plates to tie them together.
Plate Washer. Usually a wrought iron cut washer, in
distinction from a cast washer, but also used to
designate many forms of large washers or plates
serving as double or triple washers. See Washer.
Plate Wheel. Fig. 5428. A car wheel of which the
center portion is formed of a disk or plate instead
of spokes. Varieties are the single, double, open
and combination plate wheel. See Wheel and Car
Wheel.
Platform I Passenger and Caboose Cars). 1. 31, Figs.
577-588; 34. Figs. 599-619, 017-019, and vestibules.
Fig. 2207. A floor at the end of a car, supported
by projecting timbers below the car body, to facili-
tate ingress and egress. On freight cars they are
not common, except on cabooses, but narrow plat-
forms are sometimes added for convenience of
train men. See also Gould, Buhoup, Pullman and
Standard Platforms or Vestibules, containing cer-
tain special modifications of the platform, which
have greatly added to its strength and security.
2. (Pile Driver Car.) See Swinging Platform.
Platform Car. Fig. 26. A flat car. If provided with
sides, it becomes a gondola car.
Platform Chain. A chain connecting the inner plat-
form railings, posts and rails, closing the passage
way between the platforms of two cars coupled
together. It is used only on the rear end of the
last car, and the front end of the first car when
the first car is a passenger car.
Platform End Bracket. K, Figs. 048-G51. An orna-
mental casting attached under the platform roof on
each side of the vestibule face plate on narrow
vestibule cars.
Platform End Hand Rails, Panels and Brackets. Fig.
3990.
Platform End Post or Corner Post (Street Cars). A
hollow iron post standing upon the platform end
sill and helping to support the platform hood.
Platform End Sill. 38, Figs. 599-019. The transverse
end piece of the platform framing.
Platform End Timber or Buffer Beam. 38, Figs. 599-
019, 012-619, 648-651. A cross timber at the outer
end of a car platform. A platform end sill.
Platform Floor. 34, Figs. 599-019. The layer of boards
over the platform sills.
Platform Foot Plate. See Foot Plate.
Platform Gate. Fig. 4012. A gate used to close the
entrance to a platform, in general use only for
private ears, suburban cars or street cars.
Platform Gate Panel. Fig. 3995.
Platform Hood. 197, Figs. 599-019. A cover or canopy at-
tached to the end of a car body, covering the plat-
form. It is made of either wood or sheet iron.
When it consists of an extension of the main roof
of a car it is called a platform roof, but when it is
a separate part, and fastened to the car body, as is
usually the case on street cars, it is called a plat-
form hood. A roof apron is a vertical finish of
sheet iron to either a platform hood or platform
roof.
Platform Hood Bow. 108, Figs. 045-047. A bent wooden
or iron piece which forms the outer edge of a
platform hood, to which the platform hood carlines
arc fastened.
Platform Hood Bracket. A bracket or knee iron to
connect the hood to the corner post.
Platform Hood Carlines. Transverse timbers which
supporF the roof of a wooden platform hood.
Platform Hood Ceiling. See Platform Hood Side Piece.
Platform Hood Knee. An L-shaped piece of wrought
iron by which a platform hood is fastened to the
car body.
Platform Hood Molding (Street Car). A small wooden
molding to cover the nails with which the roofing
canvas is fastened around the edge. It corresponds
to a roof molding.
Platform Hood Post. 109. Figs. 048-051. An upright
iron bar or rod attached either to the platform or
platform railing, to support a platform hood.
Platform Hood Shoulder Carline (Street Car). A hood
carline that lies adjacent to and against the end
plate in a street car.
Platform Hood Side Piece. The side piece to which
the ceiling is attached.
Platform Knee or Platform Timber (Street Car). A
longitudinal piece bolted to the underframe and
extending out under the platform to support it.
Corresponds to the platform sill of a coach.
Platform Lever. A lever corresponding to the Miller
uncoupling lever, actuating the pull rod which
operates the catch lever for uncoupling the M. C.
B. types of passenger car couplers.
Platform Lever Pin. The pin on which the platform
lever pivots.
Platform Notice Plate. Figs. 2611-2623.
Platform Plate or Buffer. A steel angle plate bolted
to the buffer stems and overlapping the platform
end sill. When in contact with the like plate of
another car, it makes a continuous floor between
them. Being pivoted at the platform end sill, it
adjusts itself to all curves of the road. The plat-
form plate also acts as a buffer, and is sometimes
so called. See Vestibule.
Platform Post. 39, Figs. 048-051. See below.
Platform Rail. 41, Figs. 048-051. A wrought iron bar
fastened to the tops of the platform posts, forming
a railing on the end of a car platform. On steam
cars an opening is left in the middle of the railing
to allow persons to pass from one car to another.
The railing is therefore made in two parts, and
two platform rails are used. On street cars no such
passengerway is left, and the rail is in one piece.
The outside ends of the platform rails of steam
cars are usually carried down to the end timber, so
as to form the outside post. On street cars the
outside end is attached to an ordinary post.
Platform Railing. Fig. 3988, etc. An inclosure con-
sisting of iron or brass posts and rails on the end
of a platform of a car to prevent persons from
falling off. See above.
Platform Railing Chain. \ chain connecting the two
sections of the platform rails of a passenger car.
Commonlj used in service on the rear platform
ol the rear car only.
Platform Railing Post. 39, Figs. 048-051. An iron or
brass pipe supporting the Platform Rail, which see.
Platform Roof. 103, Figs. 599-019. That portion of a
car roof which projects over the platform. See
Platform Hood.
Platform Roof Carline. ID I, Figs. 599-619'. See Car-
line. A carline supporting the platform roof.
Platform Roof End Carline. 105, Figs. 599-019. See
Carline. The carline at the extreme end of the
platform roof.
PLA
127
POL
Platform Safety Gate. A gate to close the entrance on
one side of a street car, to prevent passengers from
getting on or off on the side of the double track.
See also Platform Gate.
Platform Safety Chain. Figs. 982-985. See Brake Safety
Chain.
Platform Short Sills. 37, Figs. 599-619. Short longi-
tudinal pieces of timber, not extending under the
car proper, which are framed into and bolted to the
end sills and platform end timbers of a passenger
or street car to sustain the floor of the platform.
The longer timbers which extend under the body
of the car proper are called platform sills.
Platform Sills. 35. Figs. 599-619. Pieces of timber
attached to the bottom of a car frame at each end,
and projecting beyond the end of the car to sup-
port the platform. They extend usually from the
platform end timbers to the bolster, or, in street
cars, to one of the transverse floor timbers. See
above.
Platform Steps. 30. Figs. 577-588; 45, Figs. 599-619.
The stairs at each corner of a passenger or street
car which afford the means of ingress and egress.
Forms of steps have been introduced, but they are
not in general use. which are folding or extensible,
being dropped down into position when the car is
stationary, and removed or elevated when the train
starts. In modern passenger cars the platform
steps consist of usually three and sometimes four
separate steps below the platform. The steps being
of wood, are often called box steps. On street
cars, one step only is used, and it is commonly
made of plain iron. See Vestibule.
Platform Sub-Sill [Street Cars'). An end sub-sill, to
which the platform is hung: it makes part of the
riser of the step from the platform into the car.
Platform Tail Gate. Fig. 4016.
Platform Tie Rods. Horizontal rods which pass
through the platform end timber and end sill or
body bolster, for the purpose of holding them and
the other portions of the frame of the car securely
together.
Platfcrm Timber. See Platform Sill.
Platform Timber Band (Street Cars). A band made of
plate iron, which covers and embraces the outer end
of a platform end timber. Called also a buffer
band.
Platform Timber or Platform Sill Camp. A U-shaped
iron clamp or bolt, with which a platform sill is
fastened to the end sill of a street car.
Platform Trap Door. 1. Fig. 2266. A door which
covers the space occupied by the steps, and thus
extends the platform out to the side of the car.
It is used on officers' or other private cars, and in-
variably with the Pullman extended vestible.
2. A door used in cabooses to serve the purpose
of a water closet.
Play. See End Play, Lateral Motion.
Plow. S;e Snow Plow.
Plug (Pipe Fittings'). Fig 2761. A short, solid metal
cylinder, with a screw on the outside and a square
or hexagonal end to take hold of with a wrench,
screwed into the end of a pipe or hole in a plate,
to close the opening. See also Basin Plug.
Plumbago. Graphite; one of the form of pure carbon
from which pencils, etc.. are manufactured. When
pulverized, plumbago is an excellent lubricant,
especially under heavy loads, and plumbago oils,
prepared so as to hold the plumbago in permanent
suspension, are among the most efficient of all
lubricants.
Plush. "A species of shaggy cloth or stuff with a vel-
vet nap on one side, composed regularly of a woof,
of a single thread and a double warp; the one, wool
of two threads twisted, the other of goat's or
camel's hair. But some plushes are made wholly
of worsted, others wholly of hair." — Webster. Plush
is used in car building chiefly as a covering for
upholstered seats, 'for which it is almost invariably
used.
Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6884-6913.
Pocket. 1. (Sleeping Car.) 32, Figs. 2201-2204. A re-
ceptacle for the clothing and small baggage of
occupants of sleeping berths. They are known as
the head board pocket for the lower berth and
upper berth pocket. It is formed by turning the
head rest up. as shown in Fig. 2201.
2. Any object having a cavity or opening which
forms a receptacle to hold anything in its place.
The main pockets of a car are the body post, corner
post and right and left hand bod}' brace pockets,
which are castings fastened to the upper side of the
sill and the under side of the plate, to serve instead
of mortises to receive the posts and braces. Brace
pockets are distinguished as right or left hand,
according to the inclination of their top to a person
standing facing the car. Double brace pockets, to
receive two braces inclining in opposite directions.
are also made, often with a receptacle in the middle
for a post. A post pocket is a receptacle for the
posts, door post or corner post. A stake pocket
of a flat or gondola car shuld be distinguished from
a post pocket, it being bolted to the outside on the
side of the side sill. See also Drawbar Spring
Pocket.
Pocket Guide. Figs. 790-792. See Drawbar Pocket
Guide.
Pocket Hinge. Fig. 2463. See Hinge.
Pocket Strap or Yoke (Drawbar Attachment). The U-
shaped strap or yoke that incloses the draft spring
and follower plates. See Yoke.
Polarity Changer (Car Lighting). Figs. 3404-3412.
Pole or Hand Straps. Fig. 3777. Straps to which
people who are required to stand may cling and
keep from falling as the car starts and stops. See
Hand Pole.
Pole or Hand Strap Brackets. Fig. 3771. For support-
ing the pole in street cars from which the straps are
suspended. See above.
Pole Changer. An automatic device for preserving the
polarity of an axle generator. It is made generally
in one of three types; rotating, mechanical or elec-
trical type. The rotating type employs the prin-
ciple of shifting the brushes of the generator auto-
matically when the direction of rotation changes
through an angle equal to the pole pitch; that is,
the angle between two poles of the generator. If
it is a two-pole machine, the brushes must be
shifted 180 degs.; if a four-pole machine 90 degs.
The latter is the general arrangement. The rotat-
ing type employs no switches or contacts that
might interfere with the continuity of the armature
circuit, and it permits the brushes taking a "lead,"
advantages not possessed by the other types which
necessarily employ fixed brushes. The mechanical
type consists of a reversing swjtch operated me-
chanically by the rotation of the armature shaft
in one direction or the other. W "hen the armature
rotates in one direction the switch is automatically
POL
128
PRE
closed to make proper connections under these
conditions and vice versa. The electrical type con-
sists of a reversing switch, generally operated by
solenoids, the entire mechanism being placed inside
of the car with the other electrical apparatus. This
reversing switch is automatically thrown one way
or the other, depending upon the direction of the
rotation of the generator armature.
Poling Car. See Push Pole Car.
Pop Safety Valve. A valve set with a spring so as to
open suddenly with a wide opening at a fixed
pressure; hence the name.
Port. An opening in a valve for the passage of steam
or air.
Posson Reinforcing Frame. Fig. 2097.
Post (of a Truss). A piece of timber or metal set up-
right and intended to support something else, as
the posts of a house; the posts of a door; the posts
of a gate; the post of a fence; the posts of a bridge.
See
Body Post. Hand Rail Post.
Body Queen Post. Hat Post.
Brake Beam. King Lever Frame Post.
Post. Platform Hood Post.
Corner Post. Platform Post.
Deck Post. Queen Post.
Door Post. Window Post.
Post Cross Bar (Open Street Car). A bar or plank
connecting th,e posts at the ends of a transverse
seat. They are under the seat.
Post Office Car. See Postal Car.
Post Parting Strip. See Sash Parting Strip.
Post Plate (Bouhoup Vestible). Fig. 922; 12, N. P.,
Figs. 2215-2263.
Post Pocket. Figs. 707-709; 719-721; 42a, Figs. 262-272.
An iron casting which is attached to the top of the
sill of a car to receive and hold a post in distinction
from a stake pocket which is bolted to the outside
of the side sill. Such pockets are commonly used
with box and stock cars. See Pocket.
Postal Car. Figs. 190, 194-197, 241-242, 623-629. A car
for carrying mail matter, and fitted up with boxes
and other conveniences for assorting and distribut-
ing it. Nearly all mail matter is now assorted en
route.
A distinction has been attempted between mail
cars, used solely for carrying mails and distributing
postal cars, but the distinction is not well observed,
and so-called mail cars, except as compartments in
combination baggage cars on minor lines, are little
used. The word mail is invariably used in speaking
of a combination baggage and mail car.
The railway post office is an English invention,
separate postal cars having been used as early as
1837. The present American postal car service was
introduced by George B. Armstrong in 1864, and
the first postal cars were run between Chicago and
Clinton, la., and at about the same time between
Washington and New York. Postal cars are owned
by the railroad companies, but when in use are
under the exclusive control of the post office au-
thorities. They are usually built after plans and
specifications approved by the Superintendent of
Railway Mail Service, in whose district they are
to run.
Postal Car Chandelier. See Chandelier. A variety of
postal car lamps and chandeliers have been intro-
duced with the object of giving a brilliant light
when and as desired. Pintsch gas lamps and oil
lamps with the Acme burner are in special favor.
Postal Car Furnishings. Fig. 4018.
Postal Car Side Lamp. Fig. 3586.
Pot. See Fire Box or Fire Pot.
Pouch Hook (Postal Cars). Figs. 4021, 4035-4035a.
Hooks used for suspending mail bags while assort-
ing the mails. They are usually strung loosely upon
a rod. and are distinguished as square eye or round
eye, according to the section of the rod. Some
forms are permanently attached to the side of the
car.
Pouch Rack. A rack built of standards and horizontal
rods to which the pouch hooks are attached and
which support the pouches or bags while mail is
being distributed into them.
Poultry Car. Figs. 23-24. A car specially designed to
carry live poultry. The car is provided with ar-
rangements for feeding, watering, and by removing
intermediate floors may be arranged to carry geese
and turkeys instead of chickens.
Pratt Dump Car. Figs. 532-535. A side dump car for
carrying coal. The side planks are hinged on a
shaft running the length of the car, and so arranged
that the lower plank may be raised and the upper
swung down, opening the whole side of the car.
Pratt & Whitney Wheel Gage. Figs. 6922-6930.
Press. See Seal Press.
Pressure Bar (Gould Buffing Apparatus). A stiff iron
bar of a cross-shaped ( + ) cross section, which con-
nects the drawbar to the buffer spring, so that the
draft spring reinforces the buffing spring and the
buffing spring takes up part of the pull on the draw-
bar, thus relieving the draft spring. The pres-
sure bar also forces out the buffer stem and plate
when the drawbar is pulled out, thus maintaining
a continuous platform between the cars.
Pressure Gage (Pintsch Gas Lighting). Fig. 3019. A
gage usually placed in the saloon. It registers
atmospheres or pounds and atmospheres, for con-
venience in computing the volume of gas in the
tank.
Pressure Head (Brake Cylinder). The head that covers
the end of the brake cylinder into which air pres-
sure is admitted when the brakes are applied.
Pressure Regulator (Gold's Car Heating). Fig. 2815.
A valve designed to regulate the delivery pressure
of steam. It depends entirely upon the elasticity
of springs, the pressure of which can be gaged
or regulated by screw studs that bear upon one end
of the springs. In the Gold pressure regulator
there is a spring on each side of the valve.
Pressure Regulator (Pintsch Gas Lighting Apparatus).
R, Fig. 3042 and Fig. 3044. The valve by which
(lie pressure of the compressed gas is reduced for
consumption. The pressure regulator is one com-
plete fixture, adjusted by the maker. Names of
the principal interior parts are diaphragm, dia-
phragm connecting rod. diaphragm lever, regulating
valve and dust arrester.
Pressure Retaining Valve (YVestinghouse Brake). Figs.
1148-1150. A device by means of which a certain
part of the brake cylinder pressure may be retained
to aid in retarding the acceleration of a train in de-
scending long grades while the brake pipe pressure
is increased after one application to recharge the
auxiliary reservoirs. It is controlled by a small
handle, the position of which causes it to operate
or not, as desired. There arc four different types,
the ordinary, Fig. 1253, the vestibule. Fig. 1255,
the double pressure. Fig. 1251, and the driver brake.
The first two types may be made to retain 0 or 15
PRI
129
PRO
lbs.; the third to retain 0, 15 or 30 lbs. or 0, 25 and
50 lbs.; the fourth to retain 0, 15 lbs or all cylinder
pressure. In descending grades the handle is
turned to the proper position to retain the desired
pressure, while on the lev«l the handle is turned to
allow the air to escape to the atmosphere. Also
called retaining valve.
Priming (Painting). The first coat in car painting.
Usually a pure thin oil put on hot, at about 150° F.
or less. A thin drier, of red lead or borate of
manganese, is used with it. The next coat is the
scraping filling coat or Rough Stuff, which see.
See also Painting.
Private Car. Figs. 109, 172, 211, 6231. A handsomely
finished car for the exclusive use of an officer of
a railroad or other person, containing all the com-
forts and conveniences of a house. They are usu-
ally built with an observation end and are fre-
quently called Officers' Cars, which see.
2. (Freight Cars.) Cars owned by companies
other than the railways are termed private line
cars or sometimes simply private cars.
Private Lock (British!. A door lock universal in pas-
senger service, which can only be operated by a
tapered rectangular hardened steel key, which is
carried by all passenger trainmen, and most
habitual travelers. One kev w'll open any private
lock.
Produce Car. Figs. 15. 309, 312; details. 313. A mod-
ified form of refrigerator car, provided with ven-
tilators and ice boxes, for the transportation of
fruit, vegetables and perishable produce.
Profile Carline. A Carline, which see, extending from
one plate to the other, bent to conform to the shape
of the clear story. They are. of necessity, always
Compound Carlines, which see.
Propelling Chain (Steam Shovel). 28, Figs. 596-598. A
heavy chain passing over a sprocket on an axle of
the truck and a sprocket geared to the winding
drum. By revolving the winding drum sprocket the
shovel is made to move forward or back, on the
track by its own power.
Propelling Gear (Steam Shovel). 27, Figs. 596-598. The
gears which turn from the main winding drum
when the propelling chain is to be operated.
Propelling Lever or Hand Car Lever (Lever Hand
Car). 19, Figs. 6207-6209. The main lever, to which
power is applied.
Protection Cap. A lamp jack.
"Protection" Cuspidor. Fig. 2674. One with a large
mat fastened to it to prevent overturning. See
Cuspidor.
Protection Dry Closet. Figs. 4045-4046.
Protection of Trainmen. (II. C. B. Standard.) Figs.
5635-5636, 5637-5684. In 1893 a Recommended
Practice was adopted to protect trainmen from
accident, under the subheads as given. In 1896
some changes were made, especially in regard to
handholds, and by the elimination of various de-
tails from drawing. In 1902 it was changed to
Standard.
In 1905 the drawings were revised to more clear-
ly define the location of safety appliances on cars.
Also, the lower round of the end ladder with
wooden rails was made straight instead of having
an offset.
In 1906 the position of the brake shaft and lo-
cation of roof handholes were modified.
In 1907 a sheet was devised entirely to illustrat-
ing these standards.
Position of Brake Shafts. — The brake shaft to be
placed on what is the left-hand corner of the car
when a person is standing on the track facing the
end of the car. The ratchet wheel to be fastened
to the brake shaft and brake pawl to be fastened to
a suitable casting attached to the roof or attached
to the brake shelf. The center of the brake shaft
to be about 20 inches from the middle of the car.
Running Boards. — The ends of the running
boards of box cars to be made to project over the
ends of the cars, and properly supported. The run-
ning board shall be made not less than 18 inches
wide.
Steps. — Two good substantial steps, to be made
of wrought iron, about % by l1^ inches section to
be fastened, one to each side sill, next to the corner
of the car to which the ladder is attached on cars
having ladders, and to diagonally opposite corners
on all other cars. The steps to be about 12 inches
long, measured horizontally between the sides, and
the tread to be about 8 inches below the bottom
of the sill. The side of the step next to the corner
of the car to be as near to the end of the car as is
practicable. Each side of the step to be fastened
to the sill with two ai;-inch bolts and nuts or two
rivets, not less than ^2-inch in diameter.
Ladders. — Each box and stock car should have
two iron or wooden ladders with not less than five
steps to each ladder; steps, if of iron, to be not less
than % inch diameter; if of wood, to be not less
than I1!' by 2 inches, and to be made of hardwood;
the steps to be not less than 2V2 inches from side
or end of car; each car to have the handhold on
the roof directly over the ladder and running par-
allel with the side or end of car on which the ladder
is located; these handholds to be placed not less
than 2 inches nor more than 18 inches from the
edge of the car and of a length suitable to the
construction of the car.
When iron ladders are used and placed on ends of
car. the bottom step to have a guard or projection
to prevent men from slipping when swinging around
the end of car to get on the step.
Handholds. — Box and stock cars constructed
with projecting end sills with end ladders should be
provided with a horizontal grabiron or handhold
about 24 inches long on side of car over each step,
located not less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches
above center line of coupler. The end ladder
should be located on lefthand side of end of car
and one horizontal grabiron or handhold, about
24 inches long, on right-hand side of end of car
not less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches above
center line of coupler, the lower rung of ladder
being a suitable grabiron for opposite side of end
of car, as shown.
Box and stock cars constructed with projecting
end sills with side ladders located over steps; the
lower rung of such ladders is an effective grab.
They should also be provided with two horizontal
end grabirons or handholds, about 24 inches long,
located on each side of end of car not less than
18 inches nor over 30 inches above the center line
of coupler, as shown.
Box and stock cars not constructed with project-
ing end sills, and which have end ladders, should
be provided with horizontal grabiron or handhold
about 24 inches long on side of car over each step,
located not less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches
above center line of coupler. The end ladder
should be located on left-hand side of end of car
PRO
13(
PUL
and one horizontal grabiron or handhold about '24
inches long on right-hand side of end of car not
less than IS inches nor over 30 inches above center
line of coupler, the lower rung of ladder being a
suitable grab for that side of end of car, as shown.
End ladders constructed without side frames should
have the lower rung provided with a guard to pre-
vent the foot from slipping off.
On box and stock cars not constructed with pro-
jecting end sills, and which have side ladders located
over steps, the lower rung of such ladder is an
effective grab. The}- should also be provided with
two horizontal grabirons or handholds about 2-1
inches long, located on each side of end of car not
less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches above center
line of coupler, as shown.
All other classes of house cars, such as refrigera-
tors, furniture cars, etc., if constructed with pro-
jecting end sills, are to have ladders, sill steps and
handholds as described for box and stock cars, and
as shown. If not constructed with projecting end
sills, they are to have ladders, sill steps and hand-
holds, as described for box and stock cars, and as
shown.
All gondolas with drop ends to be provided with
horizontal grabirons of handholds on sides of car
over each step, about 24 inches long, located as
high as possible, but not less than 18 inches nor
more than 30 inches above center line of coupler,
or with vertical grabiron or handhold over steps on
the sides of car about 24 inches long, the lower end
to be placed about 6 inches above the floor of the
car, and two grabirons or handholds placed under
the sill at the end of car as near the face as wi'l
insure a good safe fastening, the outside end of it
to be in line with the inside face of the side sill,
and to be about 18 inches long, with a space not
less than 2 inches nor more than 3 inches between
it and the end sill, as shown. If preferred, the end
handholds may be placed on the face of the end
sill, as shown in the alternate illustration.
All fixed-end gondolas should be equipped with a
vertical grabiron or handhold over steps on the
sides of the car, about 24 inches long, the lower end
to be placed about 6 inches above the floor of the
car, or with a suitable number of horizontal grab-
irons or handholds, about 24 inches long, over each
step, and two horizontal grabirons or handholds on
each end of car, about 24 inches long, about 4
inches from the outside of car and not less than
18 inches nor over 30 inches above center line of
coupler; exception to be made where the car is pro-
vided with a brake step, in which case the bracket
of the brake step can be used as a grabiron on that
side of end of car, as shown. It is also recom-
mended that where the side of a gondola car is too
high for a man standing on the step to reach the
top, there should be one additional vertical grab-
iron or handhold placed on left side of end of car.
extending from within 1 inches of the top, to be
about 18 inches long, as shown.
Tank cars should be provided with horizontal
grabirons or handholds, about 24 inches long, on
sides over steps; cars provided with safety railings
on sides do not require side grabirons or hand-
holds, but all cars should be provided with two end
grabirons or handholds, about 18 inches long, lo-
cated on under side of end sill, the same as for
drop-end gondolas, as shown. If preferred, the end
handholds may be placed on the face of the end sill,
as shown in the alternate illustration.
All flat cars to be provided with horizontal grab-
irons or handholds, about 24 inches long, over-
steps near end of cars, where coupler unlocking rod
is located, and two end grabirons or handholds,
about 18 inches long, placed under the sill as near
the face as will insure a good safe fastening, the
same as for drop-end gondolas, and as shown. If
preferred, the end handhold may be placed on the
face of the end sill, as shown in the alternate illus-
tration.
Cars of other types of construction not covered
specifically in foregoing paragraphs of this section
and not shown by the drawings may be deemed of
special construction, but shall have the complement
of grabirons or handholds, steps and ladders, as is
required for cars of the nearest approximate type,
and such handholds shall be considered as required
by the rules of interchange.
Rivets not less than % inch diameter may be
used when grabirons or handholds are applied on
steel cars.
All handholds should have a clearance behind
them of not more than three inches nor less than
two inches.
All handholds should be made of iron not less
than % inch diameter; handholds on the sides and
ends of cars should be about 24 inches long in the
clear, except end sill handholds, which may be from
18 to 24 inches long, provided, also, that the coupler
unlocking rod, if properly located and having not
more than three inches nor less than two inches
clearance between it and the car, will be a suitable
end sill grabiron or handhold.
Pull. "A catch or lip upon a drawer, door or window,
by which it is pulled open." — Knight. See
Deck Sash Pull. Seat Pull.
Door Pull. Window Blind Pull.
Drawer Pull.
Pull Hook or Deck Sash Opener. Fig. 4450. A shaft
with a small hook on the top for opening deck
sashes. Also called ventilator staff.
Pull Iron. A roping staple. A U-bolt passing through
the side sill for the purpose of attaching ropes in
switching. A push pole corner iron is a lower
corner plate with a socket cast or forged thereon,
and in which the end of a pole is inserted for push-
ing or pulling the car.
Pull Ring. Fig. 4450. A metal ring with a screw at-
tached, by which it is fastened to any object, as a
sash, drawer, etc., to take hold of in opening it.
Chiefly used for deck sashes.
Pull Rod. 1. The rod connecting the uncoupling lever
with the catch lever on a passenger car platform;
also called an uncoupling rod.
2. (British Brake Gear.) Any rod transmitting
tension when the brake is applied.
Pull Rod Carry Iron. A carry iron for an uncoupling
rod.
Pulley. "A wheel with a grooved, flat or slightly con-
vex rim, adapted to receive a cord or band which
rims over it. Its function is to transmit power or
change the direction of motion." — Knight. A
sheave is a pulley wheel in a block, but sheave and
pulley are used as almost synonymous terms. See
Sheave. See also Bell Cord Pulley, Berth Chain
Pulley.
Pullman Car. A name strictly applicable only to cars
operated by the Pullman Company, but in common
PUL
PUS
usage frequently applied to "palace" sleeping, par-
lor or drawing-room cars built after the same de-
signs as those adopted by the Pullman Company,
the Pullman cars having been the first of this class
introduced on a large scale and in modern style of
finish, and being much more in use than any other
class of parlor or palace cars. Included among
Pullman cars are sleeping cars, parlor or drawing-
room cars, dinning cars and combination cars. Lat;
designs differ from the earlier designs in the use
of a "buffet," etc., and in being finished in much
less ornamental fashion than the former styles
prevalent.
The plans of Pullman cars are shown in Figs.
211-212, etc. Interiors, Fig. 142, etc. Framing,
Figs. 645-1347. Sleeping car berth. Figs. 2201-2203.
Vestibules, Figs. 2207-2210. Trucks. Fig. 4771.
Pullman Passenger Car Trucks. Fig. 4771. Nearly, if
not all, Pullman cars are equipped with six-wheeled
trucks, similar to the illustration.
Pullman System of Water Supply. Figs. 3696-3702.
This system of water supply under air pressure re-
places the old method of using pumps for raising
water for wash purposes in sleeping cars. The
system consists of forcing water into the wash
bowls by air pressure taken from the brake system
as applied to cars. When the auxiliary air brake
reservoir is filled with air to a pressure of 60 lbs.,
an air governor admits air through a drip cut into
an air tank, 36 inches long by 22 inches in diam-
eter. This is a storage tank for use when cars
are disconnected from the engine. The pressure
carried is about 75 lbs. From this tank the air
passes through a reducing valve (set for 22 lbs.
pressure) into the water tank. At the end and
center of the tank is a special three-way valve.
This valve performs the triple service of admitting
water and air. and also allowing the air to escape
when the tank is filled with water. The valve is
operated from inside the car by a stem, marked,
to which is attached a pinion and gear. The air be-
fore passing into the water tank passes through a
check valve, which is to prevent the water in the
tank from backing into the air pipes; the water being
forced out of the tank passes through a strainer or
screen. The strainer is cleaned by a valve, which
when opened allows water to pass over the screen
in such a manner as to thoroughly wash it. After
passing through another valve the water enters the
car and is led by pipes to the different washstands
and closets. One pipe passes to the heater and
the water goes through a check valve, and a shut-
off valve, when it enters the copper coil which en-
circles the fire magazine. The hot water passes
by gravity to a tank, which has a connecting pipe
back to the coil. Through these pipes there is a
constant circulation from the heater, which keeps
the water hot. A connection is made from the
top of this tank to the various washstands and bath
tub where hot water is required. At each end of
the car a fire hose is placed, which can be used at
a moment's notice, under the tank pressure. At
the top of tank is a safety valve. The water tank
is insulated to prevent the water freezing in cold
weather. This insulating box contains about 20 ft.
of heater pipe, which is connected with the heating
pipes of the car.
Pullman Wide Vestibule. Figs. 2207-2210. A vestibule
which incloses and utilizes the whole of the plat-
form of a car. It is provided with equalizing de-
vices above and below and employs the same
frictional resistance to prevent lateral oscillation
as the earlier type. The improvements are chiefly
confined to the platform inclosure. Windows are
introduced at the end of the car in this construc-
tion, which permit of better ventilation. The plat-
form may be utilized, the steps being covered with
trap doors, so that the entire area of the platform
is available. A single door may be used at the
sides and avoid the double folding doors of the
other pattern.
The peculiarities of the Pullman vestibule are
explained under Vestibules, which see. The fric-
tional resistance of the diaphragm face plates to
oscillation under opposing spring pressure is accom-
plished by an ingenious mechanism. The plate
equalizer is intended to keep the upper part of the
face plate thrust out and adjusted to its com-
panion plate. The two sides are equalized at the
tup by the face plate equalizing lever, and at the
bottom by a platform equalizer.
Pump (Wash Rooms). A Basin Pump, which see.
Pump Governor ( Westinghouse Traction Brake). See
Electric Pump Governor.
Purlin. 83, Figs. 262-263. A longitundinal piece of tim-
ber over the rafters, extending from one end of the
car roof to the other, to which the roof boards are
fastened. Sometimes called a roof strip, but the
latter more correctly applies to strips sometimes
used above the purlins.
Push Baggage Car. A light lorry car, used at stations
for moving baggage or freight from one train to
another.
Push Bar (Gould Vestibule). A Pressure Bar, which
see.
Push Bar (Westinghouse Brake). Usually called push
rod. A compression bar which butts up against the
piston of a brake cylinder, being guided by a hollow
piston rod in such manner as to transmit the pres-
sure of the piston when the air brake is used, but
to simply move away from the piston, without
moving the latter, when brakes are applied b}' hand.
Push Block. See Push Pole Corner Plate.
Push Car or Lorry Car. Figs. 6212-6214. A four-
wheeled car, also called larry car, used to carry
materials and tools, moved or pushed by hand.
Also see Ferry Push Car.
Push Pole. A pole or wrought iron tube which is used
as a strut to span diagonally the distance between
the corners of a locomotive and a car. standing on
two parallel tracks, and which is used to push such
car without switching the locomotive onto the
same track that the car occupies.
Push Pole Car. A flat car with a push pole attached
to the side sill so that it can be used in "poling"
cars. The pole of former days has become a
wrought iron tube, and one end is pivoted to the
side sill of the car. A post and lever is attached
to the pivoted end so it can be swung out over the
side track by the operator, who stands upon the
push pole car. See Push Pole.
Push Pole Corner Plate or Iron. 191. Figs. 262-272. A
plate for inserting poles or bars in switching to
enable the car to be moved from the side by an
engine on a parallel track. It is usually a cavity cast
upon the lower corner plate, and not a separate
attachment. A Roping Staple, which see. serves
the same purpose for the use of a rope.
Push Rod (Westinghouse Freight and Traction Brakes).
Figs. 869-870. A round steel bar which transmits
the air pressure against the piston of the brake
cylinder to the levers and to the brake shoes. It
PUS
132
RAL
has a crosshead formed on one end by which it is
attached to the cylinder lever. It is guided by the
hollow piston rod (Figs. 1275-1276) and transmits
the pressure when the air brake is used. When
hand brakes are used it simply moves away from
the piston without moving it.
Pushover Seat. Figs. 6415-6418.
Putty. A mixture of linseed oil with whiting, which
latter is chalk finely pulverized. Water is some-
times added in adulteration, causing the putty to
stick to the fingers, and making it hard and brittle
when dry. Panel putty, used for filling nail holes
in car work is an extra quality made from whiting,
white lead in oil, japan or varnish, and a small
quantity of turpentine. The whiting is used merely
to prevent the white lead from sticking to the
fingers, and no more than necessary for this pur-
pose is required. This putty forms a hard cement,
which does not shrink. When dry it can be rubbed
down with pumice stone or dusted with sandpaper.
Glycerine putty is made of good thick glycerine and
white lead or litharge. It hardens in 15 to 45 min-
utes, and stands water and acids.
Pyramidal Hopper Bottom. Figs. 41, 50, etc. See
Hopper Bottom.
Q
Quadrant. A piece of metal curved in the form of the
arc of a circle. See Sector. See also Deck Sash
Quadrant.
Quadrant (Steam Shovel). 16, Figs. 596-598. The cast-
ing for holding the operating levers.
Quadrant Levers (Steam Shovel). 17, Figs. 596-598.
The handles mounted on the quadrant which con-
trol the various movements of the shovel.
Quadruplet (of Elliptic Springs). Figs. 5376-5377. Four
springs side by side acting as one.
Quarter Light or Side Light (British). American
equivalent, window. In a carriage, the window in
the bod}' as distinguished from the windows in
the doors. The quarter lights, in British practice,
are always fixed, but on the continent of Europe
they are invariably made to fall or open, and
this is also the case with the vehicles made in
Great Britain and exported to warm climates.
Quarter Light Molding or Glass Frame Stile (British).
The upright member of the fixed window framing.
The glass is generally fitted direct to the body, a
strip of rubber being interposed, and the molding
screwed on outside, keeping the whole in position.
Quarter Light Panel (British). A panel on the out-
side of the body, placed above the window. Other
exterior panels are quarter panel, waist panel, and
bottom side panel. Interior panels are the parti-
tion panel, inside top light panel and roof panels.
Quarter Light Pillar (British). A part of the body
framing of a carriage. A vertical post forming one
side of the window aperture.
Quartette (Elliptic Spring). Alsa called Quadruplet,
which see.
Queen Post (of a Truss). Figs. 753-755, 979-984. One
of a pair of vertical posts against which the truss
rod bears. When one post only is used, it is called
a King Post, which see. Such posts are used for
the body truss rods under car bodies and occasion-
ally trucks. Sec Body Queen Post, Inverted Body
Queen Post.
Queen Post Stay. A bar attached to a queen post to
stay it laterally. See Body Queen Post Stay.
Quick Action Air Brake (Westinghouse). Fig. 1207,
etc. A system now almost universally used
equipped with quick-acting triple valves to permit
the rapid successive application of brakes through-
out the train. See Westinghouse Air Brake.
Quick Action Triple Valve (^Westinghouse Air Brake).
Fig. 1233. See Triple Valve.
Quintuplet (of Elliptic Springs). Five springs side by
side acting as one. Figs. 5374-5375.
R
"R. A." Vestibule Roller Curtain. Figs. 2300-2303.
Rabbet. "A rectangular groove made longitudinally
along the edge of one piece to receive the edge of
another. It is common in paneling, and in door
frames for the door to shut into."— Knight. Rabbet
is a corruption of the word rebate.
Rabbeted Lock. "A kind of lock whose face plate is
sunk within a rabbet cut in the edge of a door." —
Knight. See Lock.
Rack. 1. "A frame for receiving various articles." —
Webster. See Basket Rack, Brush and Comb
Rack, Card Rack, Towel Rack.
2. "In machinery, a rectilineal sliding piece,
with teeth cut on its edge for working with a
wheel." — Brande. A Ratchet, which see.
Rack Catch (for Head Board of a Sleeping Car Berth).
A small cupboard catch to hold the headboard
pocket closed.
Radial Draft Bar (Street Cars). A draw bar pivoted
so that it may be swung oblique to the car length
over a drawbar sector. A center draft drawbar is
an example of a radial draft bar. See Van Dorn
Radial Draft Gear.
Radiator. Baker and other steam and hot water heat-
ers. Figs. 2769-2770. A piece of iron pipe bent
into a U-shape under the seats of a car, through
which the hot water or steam circulates.
Radiator Stand (Baker and Other Heaters). Figs.
2758-2764. A support for a radiator.
Rafter. A timber to support the roof of a car, which
extends part way across the top, either from the
plate to the ridge of the roof, or to the base of the
deck side only, as 101, Figs. 599-619, etc. When
such timbers extend all the way across they are
called carlines. See Main Rafter.
Rail. "The horizontal part in any piece of framing or
paneling." — Webster.
Rail Motor Car. A car for the transportation of pas-
sengers which generates its own motive power
either by a steam engine mounted on one of the
trucks, a gasolene engine or a gasolene engine and
generator supplying current to electric motors
mounted on the trucks. They are now growing in
favor for branch line use. Figs. 206-210.
Rail Roof Molding (Street CarV A roof deck sill mold-
ing. Its use is to make a tight joint between the
roof boards and deck sill, or upper deck bottom
rail.
Railing. "A series of rails; a fence." — Webster. See
Platform Railing.
Railing Chain. See Platform Railing Chain.
Railway Car. See Car.
Railway Lantern. Fig. 3620. A lantern used in large
numbers by trainmen and other employees of
railroads. A variety of patterns exist and are
shown.
Raised Roof. An Upper Deck or Clear Story, which see.
Ralston Drop-Bottom Car. Figs. 81, 83, 416-420. A
car with a flat floor made up entirely of drop
doors, hinged at the center which will discharge
its entire load on opening the doors.
RAL
133
REG
Ralston Steel Underframe. Fig. 1033. A steel under-
frame consisting essentially of two built-up bol-
sters and a heavy box girder center sill made up
of channels and top and bottom cover plates. It
may be applied to old wooden cars by removing
the wooden center sills and bolsters but allowing
the old side and intermediate sills to remain. See
also Figs. 1012-1018, 1024-1026.
Ranges and Cook Stoves. Fig. 3633. A range is a
fixed and more elaborate cook stove attached to
the wall, and, in houses, usually built in with
brick so as to need no stovepipe to connect with
the chimney.
Ratchet. A serrated edge like that of a saw, some-
times straight and sometimes on a wheel, into
which a pawl engages, for producing or (more
commonly) restraining motion. See Brake Ratchet
Wheel, Winding Shaft Ratchet Wheel. An un-
dulating ratchet is one having no sharp edges, so
that the ratchet catch will slide over them without
removal on the application of force, as in deck sash
pivots. Figs. 4505-4508. See also Deck Sash Pivot,
Figs. 4505-4508, for various forms of ratchets and
attached parts used in connection therewith.
Ratchet Bolt (Kirby's Door Lock). M, Figs. 2480-2481.
Ratchet Burner (for Lard Oil). One in which the wick
is moved up and down by a pointed wheel engaging
in it. like mineral oil burners.
Ratchet Jacks. Figs. 3873, 3875.
Ratchet Wheel. A wheel with teeth like a saw cut
into the outer edge to engage with a Pawl, which
see, which prevents the wheel from being turned in
one direction while allowing it to turn in the op-
posite direction. See Brake Ratchet Wheel, Wind-
ing Shaft Ratchet Wheel.
Rattan Seats and Seating (Canvas Lined). Fig. 4121,
Rave. A vertical side piece to the frame of a wagon
body or other vehicle. The term is applied to such
parts on handcars (the raves being also called seat
risers I, but not to other railroad cars, although
literally applicable, for instance, to the sides of a
gondola car.
Reach. See Extension Reach.
Rear Sheath (Security Car Door). Figs. 916-918.
Rebate. "In architecture, a groove or channel sunk on
the edge of a piece of timber." — Webster. Usually
written Rabbet, which see.
Receiver (Pintsch System). Fig. 3407. A cylindrical
steel tank, with riveted and soldered seams, adapted
to receive and retain gas at high pressures. The
sizes vary in diameter from 161!i> inches to 20*2
inches, and in length from 6 feet 1 inch to 9 feet
6 inches. According to requirements, cars are
equipped with from one to four receivers, connected
by Vi inch high pressure piping, etc. See Pintsch
System of Gas Lighting.
Receiver Filling Valve (Pintsch Gas Lighting). F,
Fig. 3042; Fig. 3044. A valve of peculiar construc-
tion for the admission of the compressed gas to
the receiver, so that it can be transmitted to the
regulator for consumption.
Reclining Chair. Figs. 4111, etc. A chair the back of
which can be inclined to almost any angle, and
which is provided with leg and foot rests.
Recommended Practice (M. C. E.). Fig. 5767, etc.
"Those forms, parts, constructions, units, measure-
ments or systems which are conducive of sound
contruction. good practice and safe operation, but
which do not affect either interchangeability of
parts or interchangeability of cars as a whole." See
Master Car Builders' Standards.
Recording Bell (Street Cars). A bell attached to a bell
punch or other instrument on which the conductor
records the fares collected, to indicate that fact to
the passengers.
Reducer (Pipe Fittings). Fig. 2777. A means of de-
creasing the diameter of the pipe used. They are
either Bushings, Couplings or T's, which see.
Reducing Pipe Coupling. Fig. 2777, etc. See Reducer.
Reducing Tee or T (Pipe Fittings). See also Reducer
and T. A pipe fitting having three openings, one
of which is smaller or larger than the other two.
Reducing Valve. Figs. 1248-1252. 1. (Train Air Signal
Apparatus.) A valve for reducing the pressure of
air admitted to the train signal pipes below that
maintained in the brake pipes and main reservoir.
In the train air signal apparatus a pressure of from
40 to 45 lbs. is used.
2. (Air Brake.) See Feed Valve.
3. High-Speed Brake.) See Automatic Reducing
Valve.
Reference Gage for Mounting Wheels (M. C. B.
Standard). Fig. 5600. In 1896 a new standard
reference gage for mounting and inspecting wheels
was adopted by letter ballot to take the place of
the check gage for mounting wheels, and the gage
for distance between wheels, formerh- used. At
the same date a standard check gage was adopted.
Reflectors ('Pintsch Lamps). Figs. 3111-3114.
Refrigerator (of a Refrigerator Car). The chamber,
constituting the main body of the car. in which the
paying load is placed.
Refrigerator Car. Figs. 12-22, 243, 305, 319-328; details,
Figs. 313-318, 329-340. A car for carrying perish-
able articles, especially meat, constructed with
compartments in which ice is carried, and with
double floor, sides and roof, to keep the ice from
melting. A great variety of types have been de-
signed, but they can all be reduced to four general
classes, viz., those which use ice and salt, or ice
only, for refrigerating, and those which carry ice
overhead in ice pans or in the ends of the cars in
ice racks or tubes. The most important difference
of all in refrigerator cars, the difference in the
character of the circulation and dryness of air, is-
not touched by the classification, nor can it be
gone into. The temperature aimed at is about 40
degrees F., or 8 degrees above freezing. Many of
the older cars were mere air-tight boxes, without
any circulation whateA'er, with the effect that an
unnecessarily low temperature was required in one
part of the car to keep all cool enough. The prin-
cipal difference in the external appearance of re-
frigerator cars, as may be seen, is their greater
height and width. Refrigerator cars using salt use
12 pounds for each 100 lbs. of ice.
Refrigerator Car Doors. Fig. 1393.
Refrigerator Door Hinge. Fig. 2468.
Refrigerator Express Car. Figs. 204-205-328. A car that
does not differ from a regular baggage and express
car, except that it is insulated and iced to maintain
a low temperature, and in which are carried perish-
able goods.
Register. Fig. 4494. An aperture for the passage of
air, provided with suitable valves, doors and sliding
or revolving plates, by which the aperture is opened
or closed. See Ventilator Register.
Register Face. A grating with which the opening of a
REG
134
RID
covered. It is usually of some ornamen-
register 1
tal pattern.
Regulating. An unusual term foi
switching
act
ching, or the
oi moving cars from one track to another in making
up or separating trains. Also called drilling, or,
in Great Britain, marshaling, or, less correctly,
shunting.
Regulating Valve (Pintsch Gas Pressure Regulator).
See Pressure Regulator.
Regulator I Pintsch System of Gas Lighting"). Fig.
3054. An automatic regulator which receives the
gas from the receiver at its inlet at any pressure
from 1 to 300 lbs. and automatically reduces it to
an outlet pressure of 1-j oz. It is screwed to a
board, having a recess 12% ins. diameter and ?s in.
deep to receive the upper surface of the regulator,
this board being held against the under side of the
car floor by straps and suitable lag screws. The
regulator is sealed and is guaranteed by the makers
for 5 years, if returned intact and seal unbroken.
Regulator. Sec Fire Regulator, Fig. '2678, Pressure
Regulator.
Regulator (Electric Car Lighting). Figs. 3419, 3434-
343G. The device for controlling the generator out-
put and maintaining constant voltage on the lamp
circuits. It is a form of automatic rheostat.
Regulator Straps (Pintsch System). Fig. 3073. An
iron strap used to secure the regulator to the under
side of the car. One is passed across each end of
the board carrying the regulator, and is lag-screwe 1
to the board and to the car sills.
Remounting Wheels. In 1907 limit gages for use at
shops when inspecting second-hand wheels for re-
mounting were adopted as Recommended Practice.
They are shown herewith.
/7s 7
*— •#
Release Cock. .More properly Release Valve, which see
Release Spring. 1. ( Passenger Car Trucks). 91, Figs.
4054-4956 and Figs. 4771-4777. A spring attached
to the end piece of a truck lor the purpose of
throwing the brakes out of contact with the wheels.
The name is also applied to any spring used to
throw the brake off from the wheels.
2. ( Westinghouse Brake.) 9, Figs. 1275-1276. A
spiral spring which acts so as to move the brake
piston inward, and thus release the brakes from the
wheels after the compressed air is allowed to escap"
from the cylinders. It was formerly carried out-
side the brake cylinder by a release spring bracket,
etc., but is now placed inside the cylinder.
Release Valve (Air Brake). More properly an auxiliary
reservoir bleeding valve. A cock attached to the
auxiliary reservoir for permitting the air pressure
to be reduced therein, when the locomotive is de-
tached or when the apparatus is out of order, so as
to release or "bleed" the brakes.
Release Valve Rod. Figs. 8G1-8G2. A rod extending
from the release valve on the auxiliary reservoir
to the side of the car to operate the release valve.
Release Valve Rod Guide. Figs. 843-844. A small iron
eye attached below the sills as a guide for the
Release Valve Rod, which see.
Reliance Truck Bolster. Figs. 5053.
Replacer. Figs 3864-3865.
Republic Friction Draft Gear. Fig. 1533.
Reservoir. 1. (Air Brake.) Main reservoirs of large
capacity are placed under all motor cars having air
compressors. Auxiliary reservoirs. Figs. 12 1 6-1274,
are placed under all cars equipped with automatic
air brakes. In freight service a cast iron auxiliary
reservoir, Figs. 1275-1276, is connected directly with
the brake cylinder and triple valve.
2. See Lamp Reservoir or Lamp Fount.
3. (Pintsch Gas Lighting Apparatus.) See Re-
ceiver.
Reservoir Drain Cock (Air Brake). Fig. 1284. Acock
for emptying the reservoir of any water condensed
from the compressed air.
Reservoir Pipe (Air Brake). Also called air pipe and
discharge pipe. The pipe conveying the air from
the air pump to the reservoir.
Reservoir Plate. Figs. 910-912.
Rest. That which supports something or on which it
rests. See
Arm Rest. Stake Rest.
Berth Rest. Upper Berth Rest.
Foot Rest. Window Blind Rest.
Side Foot Rest. Window Sash Rest
Side Rest (Tip Car). (Street Cars).
Retaining Ring (for Wheel Tires). Fig. 5396, etc. A
ring securing the tire to the wheel. See Mansell
Retaining Ring and Tire Fastening.
Retaining Valve. See Pressure Retaining Valve.
Return Bend (Pipe Fittings). Figs. 2772-2780. A short
cast iron LT-shaped tube for uniting the ends of two
wrought iron pipes. They are called close return
bends, or open return bends, according as the sec-
tion of the pipe is kept a distinct circle at all points.
The close return bend has simply a partition divid-
ing the two parts for a short distance.
Return Tag. A tag attached to cars, usually by slipping
it on to the shackle of the seal, and used as an evi-
dence of the due arrival of the car, or as a direction
to what point the car itself is to be returned.
Reversible Car Seat. Fig. 4105. A name sometimes
applied to the common form of car seat in which
the back only reverses, but more properly applied
to a seat in which the seat is moved and not the
seat back only, what was the seat becoming the
seat back, and vice versa.
Revolving Chair. Fig. 4093. See Parlor Car Chair.
Rex Sanitary Water Closet. Fig. 4044.
Rheostat. Fig. 6340. A resistance used in connection
with the controller for limiting the current taken by
the motors during acceleration. Usually consists of
a number of iron grids or strips of iron ribbon
properly connected together and packed in a sub-
stantial frame, the whole being mounted on the
under side of the car flooring.
Rib (of a Cast Iron Wheel). A bracket. See Wheel
Rib, Car Wheel.
Richards Panel Back Seats. Figs. 4159-4165. A car seat
made with a loose panel in the back, pivoted and
supported by springs set in the seat back frame.
The panel pushes back and accommodates itself to
the occupant's back, making a very comfortable
chair. This principle is used on parlor car chairs in
all Pullman cars, as shown in Fig. 4164.
Ridge. See Roof Ridge.
Ridge Clamp. The grooved stick on top of the board-
ing of a pitched roof directly over the ridge pole.
In the Winslow car roof they are called simply
Roof Strips, which see.
Ridge Pole. 84, Figs. 262-272. A longitudinal timber in
RID
135
ROD
the center of a roof, supported by the earlines or
rafters on which the roof boards rest. In some
cases the rafters are framed into the ridge pole, and
in some cases the ridge pole is grooved to receive
the roof sheets.
Ridge Timber. A timber which caps the intersection of
two inclined floors meeting in the center of the car.
as in side dump or ore cars. If the inclined floors
were the two sides of a gable roof the ridge timber
would then become a ridge pole.
Right and Left Screw. A pair of screw threads cut
turning in opposite directions, so that a common
nut or pipe coupling tapped with similar threads
will, according to the direction in which it is
turned, draw the two rods nearer together or press
them farther apart.
Rigid Bolster Truck. Fig. 4698, etc. A car truck with
a bolster which has no Lateral or Swing Motion,
which see. See also Bolster and Truck Bolster.
Rigid Caster (for Tables). Fig. 4279. See Caster. A
"rigid caster" is a mere socket and not properly
a caster at all. except from being used in the same
manner as a finish for legs of tables and chairs.
Rim. 1. (Of a Car Wheel.) That portion of a car wheel
outside of the plate. The face of the rim is the out-
side vertical edge or face.
2. (Of a Wrought Iron Wheel.) The wrought
iron ring which is welded to the outer ends of the
spokes and surrounded by the tire.
Rim Latch. Figs. 2590-2591. A latch which is attached
to the inside of a door and is not let into it.
Rim Lock. Fig. 2503. "A lock having an exterior
metallic case which projects from the face of the
door, differing thus from a mortise lock." — Knight.
Ring. 1. See
Lamp Ring. Pull Ring.
Manhole Ring. Slewing Ring.
Mansell Retaining Stove Pipe Ring.
Ring. Window Curtain Ring.
Packing Ring.
2. (Baker Heater/) Figs. 2683, 2691. A cast iron
ring attached to the smoke top to stiffen it and
hold the feed door. Also an ash pit ring.
Ring Curtain Fixture. Fig. 4667.
Rip Saw. (Wood-Working Machinery.) Figs. 6803,
6829. A circular saw used for cutting boards in
the direction of the grain of the wood. See Cut-
off Saw.
Riser. 3. Figs. 3684-3686. A piece of marble or metal
set on edge around about the wash bowls to pre-
vent water from running against the walls. See
Step Riser, Seat Riser.
Rising Timber. A timber placed upon another parallel
or transverse timber to get greater height.
Rivet. "A pin of iron or other metal, with a head
drawn through a piece of timber or metal, and the
point bent or spread and beaten down fast to pre-
vent it being drawn out, or a pin or bolt clinched
at both ends." — Webster. The Seat Arm Pivot,
which see, Fig. 4210, is usually in the trade termed
a rivet, but incorrectly.
Rivet Fastening (British). As applied to railroad
wheels, the oldest an-d most defective mode of se-
curing the tire to the wheel. Little used. See
Tire Fastening.
Rivet Seal. A seal with a lead rivet, w-hich is closed by
a die. See Car Seal.
Robertson Box Car Roof. Figs. 2189-2198. An inside
roof for standard box cars, constructed entirely of
asbestos protected metal, which see. The metal
sheets extend from within a grooved recess in the
ridge pole to the outer edge of the fascia, having
flanges on each side turned up one inch and butting
closely together. These upturned edges or flanges
fit into a grooved strip of the same material which
fits snugly over them and is held in place by a
grooved intermediate carlin or wood rafter. This
grooved rafter is tenoned at one end and fits into a
mortised recess in the ridge pole in such manner
as to be absolutely firm yet flexible. The opposite
or outer er.d of the grooved rafter is secured by
means of screws or bolts to the eaves plate. This
form of joint between the roofing sheets is abso-
lutely weathertight and at the same time provides
for all oscillation or working of the car frame,
without breaking down or deteriorating.
Each sheet is further secured by a malleable iron
clip, interposed between the fascia and the
frieze. This clip is held in place by screws and
provides space for the free circulation of air and
water. The roof sheathing is applied over the
intermediate purlins in the usual manner. The
ridge joint formed by the abutting ends of the
roof sheathing boards may be covered under the
running board saddles by a strip of asbestos pro-
tected metal, secured to the sheathing by nails.
Rocker (Tip Car). A crescent-shaped casting bolted
to the rocker timbers of the car body on which the
body rests and rolls when the body is tipped.
Rocker Bearing i Tip Car). The iron cap for the
rocker bearing timber to support the rocker.
Rocker Bearing Timber (Tip Car). A horizontal tim-
ber at the end of the car, on which the rocker bear-
ing rests.
Rocker Bearing Timber Hangers (Tip Car). Vertical
timbers or iron bars framed and bolted to the end
piece, to which the rocker bearing timbers are
fastened.
Rocker Car Seat. A seat having the bottom adjustable
so as to give it an inclination toward the seat back
in all cases, on whichever side the seat back may
be placed. All modern car seats have mechanism
by which this inclination is automatically given to
the seat when the back is reversed or swung back.
See Car Seat.
Rccker Casting (Car Seats). A casting forming a part
of the cushion carrier or stand, which is moved
back and forth by the seat back arms, and moves
the cushion forward, as well as giving it some in-
clination toward the back.
Rocker Side Bearing (Trucks). A device somewhat
similar to the Roller Side Bearing, which see. In-
stead of rollers, elliptical rockers are used, which
tend to offer a gradually increasing resistance to
the lateral motion of the bolster and tend to re-
turn it to its normal position at all times.
Rocker Timbers (Tip Car). See Rocker.
Rocking Bar (Heaters). A horizontal bar which sup-
ports the grate, and on which the latter is attached
by a pivot in the center so that it can be turned
horizontally and thus shake down the ashes.
Rock Plank. A Truss Plank, which see.
Rod. In car building this term generally means a
slender bar of iron with a nut on each end, in dis-
tinction from a bolt which has a head on one end
and a nut on the other. Very long bolts, however,
are often called rods. Rods in general take their
name from the parts with which they are connected
or the use which they serve.
ROD
136
ROO
Rod Hanger (Bell Cord). Fig -2371, etc. See Bell Cord
Hanger.
Rodger Ballast Car and Distributing Plow. Figs. 64-68.
A hopper-bottom car with bottom doors by which
crushed stone or gravel ballast can be distributed
between the rails, and a flat car with a plow at-
tached beneath it, by which the ballast is leveled
and plowed out over the ends of the ties and
cleaned from the rails. See Hart Convertible Car.
Roe Ventilator. Fig. 4425. See Ventilators.
Rolled Axle. An axle made of rolled iron. See Axle,
Car Axle.
Roller. 1. "That which rolls; that which turns on its
own axis, particularly a cylinder of wood, stone,
metal, etc." — Webster.
2. (Window Shades.) Fig. 4681. The cylinder
on which the shade is rolled up, containing within
it the springs which actuate it. See Hartshorn and
McKay Shade Roller.
Roller Side Bearing Truck. Fig 4700. A lateral motion
diamond truck the frame of which is very like a
swing motion truck (Fig. 4705), with a rigid spring
plank. Lateral motion is given to the truck bolster
by placing it upon cylindrical rollers resting upon
the spring caps. The spring cap and bolster bear-
ing plate are concaved, so that the motion of the
rollers is restrained and the truck bolster given
stability. See Rocker Side Bearing (Truck).
Roller Side Bearings, Body and Truck. Fig. 4340, etc.
See Anti-Friction Side Bearings.
Roof. Fig. 2098, etc. "The cover or upper part of a
house or other building, consisting of rafters cov-
ered with boards, shingles, or tiles, with a side or
sides sloping from the ridge for the purpose of
carrying off the water that falls in rain or snow."
— Webster. The roof of passenger cars is in two
parts, commonly called the Upper and Lower Deck,
which see. See Car Roof; also
Arched Roof. Pitching Roof.
"A" Car Roof Platform Roof.
Corrugated Metal Car Single Board Roof.
Roof. Winslow Roof.
Double Board Roof.
Roof Apron. 106, Figs. 599-619. A vertical or inclined
metal or wooden screen attached to the end of
a passenger car roof to prevent cinders, rain, or
snow from being driven on to the platform and
into the doorway.
Roof Ascending Rail (British). See Ascending Rail.
Roof Boards. 1. 86, Figs. 262-272; 102, Figs. 599-619.
The boards which form a covering of a roof. The}'
run longitudinally on passenger cars and usually
transversely on freight cars. See Car Roof.
2. (British.) The planking forming the roof. It
invariably runs longitudinally.
Roof Brace (of a Center Lamp or Chandelier). Diag-
onal stays passing from the lamp to the roof. Verti-
cal supporting stays are known as lamp arms, with
or without a large center stay.
Roof Commode Handle (British). See Ascending Rail.
Roof Corner Casting (Passenger Cars). A cast iron
molding for the corners of platform roofs. They
are made rights and lefts, and are specified as for
a person standing and facing the end of the car.
Roof Cover Strips (Single Board Roofs). A metallic
U-shaped strip used to cover the joints of the roof
sheets. See Roof Strip.
Roof Door (Refrigerator Cars). Olr, Figs. 305-321.
The cover for the opening in the roof of the car
over the ice boxes.
Roof Hand Hold. Figs. 839-840. See Roof Grab Iron.
Roof Hand Rail. A hand rail usually made of gas pipe
in front of the brake wheel, designed to protect the
brakeman when applying the brakes. It is stiffened
by a hand rail brace. The whole arrangement is
designed to take the place of the brake step, which
has been disapproved of by vote of the M. C. B.
Association. See Brake Step.
Roof Grab Iron (Box and Stock Cars). 60, Figs. 262-
272, 305-321, etc. A hand hold. An iron bar fast-
ened to the roof to be grasped when ascending the
ladder at the end of the car. Also called ladder
handle. See Grab Iron.
Roof Lamp (British). A lamp used to illuminate the
inside of a carriage or other covered vehicle. A
circular hole, about 8 in. in diameter, is cut through
the roof, and the roof lamp placed in this aperture
from the outside, the glass and burner when in
position being a little below the inner surface of
the roof, and entirely inaccessible from within.
This form of lamp is wastful of oil, yields a dim
and uncertain light, is costly to handle and the
glass is constantly broken. It is therefore being
superseded in Germany and Great Britain by the
Pintsch and similar methods of using compressed
oil gas and by electric train lighting.
Roof Landing. A small platform built on the roof of
a trolley car on which inspectors step in climbing
upon the roof to inspect the trolley. In freight
cars 't is called a roof step.
Roof Light. A Deck Sash, which see.
Roof Panel (End). The panel over the door of a pas-
senger car.
Roof Ridge (Freight Cars). The intersection of the
two plane surfaces forming a pitching roof.
Roof Running Board. 87, Figs. 262-272, etc. See Run-
ning Board.
Roof Running Board Bracket. 89, Figs. 262-272, etc.
See Running Board Bracket.
Roof Running Board Extension. 88, Figs. 262-272, etc.
See Running Board Extension.
Roof Sheets. Metallic sheets, 'sometimes corrugated
and sometimes not, for covering freight car roofs.
Their joints are sometimes closed by a roof cover
strip, and sometimes the edges fit into grooves in
wooden carlines or joint strips. See Car Roof.
Roof Step (Freight Car Roofs). A horizontal board
which extends sidewise from the running board to
near the side of the car above the ladder, its object
being to give a secure foothold and protect the roof
from wear. It is not much in use.
Roof Stick or Hoop Stick (British). American equiva-
lent, carline. A piece of timber which supports
the planking of the roof, and is either bent or cut
to the curve of the roof.
Roof Strips. 1. Used quite frequently, but somewhat
confusedly, to designate a Purlin, which see.
2. (Passenger Cars.) Narrow wooden strips at-
tached as stifteners to the under side of the car-
lines of the lower deck.
3. (Winslow and Other Car Roofs.) Fig. 2110.
A longitudinal wooden strip on top of the metal
roof sheets to which the roof boards are attached.
The central roof strip is called in other roofs a
ridge clamp. Sometimes at the ridge a single ridge
clamp is used.
Roof Thimble (Pintsch Lamp). 291, Figs. 3208-3224
Roof Ventilator.. A Ventilator, which see, in the roof
of a car.
Roofing (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5749-5756.
ROO
137
SAF
Roofing Canvas. A heavy cotton cloth or duck for
covering the outside of the roofs of cars, chiefly
used on street cars.
In Great Britain it is universally used for all cars
with roofs. It is bedded on fresh thick white lead
or Smudge, which see, and then receives several
coats of the same paint.
Roofing Duck. The trade name for the cloth used for
head linings, manufactured in any width up to 12
ft. It is lighter than roofing canvas.
Rope. "A large string or line composed of several
strands twisted together." — Webster. See Berth
Safety Rope, Berth Spring Rope.
Roping Staple. 5S. Figs. 262-272. A U-bolt secured to
the side sill near the end of a car into which the
hook of a switching rope may be caught, so that a
switching locomotive may pull cars on side tracks
while it is on the main track, or vice versa.
Rose. Fig. 2484. See Door Latch Rose. Sometimes
called a rosette.
Rotary Snow Shovel. See Snow Shovel.
Rotary Valve (Motorman's Brake Valve, etc.). Figs.
1225-1226. The main valve which rotates when the
handle is turned.
Rotary Valve Key (Motorman's Brake Valve, etc.).
14. Figs. 1225-1226.
Rough Stuff or Scraping Filling Coat (Painting). The
next coat after the Priming, which see. Its pur-
pose is not to protect, but to level the surface of
the wood. Therefore, none of it is left on the
higher portions of the surface, but used merely to
fill the hollows to a level with these. The surface
is scraped to an even plane level with the highest
level of the bare wood. After 24 hours to dry,
a second coat is put on, scraped down to the level
of the highest portions of the bare wood. After a
second 24 hours to dry, the car is sand papered or
rubbed down, pumice stoned, and is ready for the
Color Coats, which see. See also Painting. A
common material for this coat is 6 lbs. keg white
lead. 7 lbs. whiting, mixed thick with coat japan
and ground in a paint mill. This mixture is
thinned with turpentine, so as to be thin enough
to work easily, and so thick as not to run. It is
put on with a leveler or scraper, often made of an
old saw blade.
Round (of a ladder). 59. Figs. 262-272, 815-816. The
horizontal bars on which the foot rests. They are
called rounds, whether of wood or iron, and
whether round or square. See Ladder Rounds.
Rubber Floor Mat. Fig. 2671. There are two leading
styles, corrugated rubber and perforated rubber.
Rubber Gasket. See Gasket.
Rubber Spring. A car spring made of india rubber.
They are rarely used, it having been found diffi-
cult to secure uniform quality, and the cost of a
reall}' good quality being higher than steel spiral
springs of equal efficiency and durability. The
same is true of the various rubber and steel com-
pound springs. Rubber springs are in occasional
use on platform safety chains for passenger equip-
ment, and in Great Britain they are used for draft
and buffing springs.
Rubber Tread (for Step). Fig. 977. An india rubber
covering fastened to a step, or threshold plate, of
a car to prevent persons from slipping when
ascending or descending the steps.
Rubberoid Car Roof. Figs. 2151-2155. A composition
material intended to be laid between the inside and
outside board roofs.
Rules for Interchange. See Interchange of Traffic.
Runners (Foundry). Apertures which connect the ju-
gate of a mold for cast metals with spaces to be
filled with molten metal.
Running Board. 1. 87, Figs. 202-272, etc. A plane sur-
face, made usually of boards, for trainmen to walk
or run on. It is placed on the roof of box or stock-
cars and at the side of tank cars. Gondola and flat
cars usually have none.
2. (Tank Car.) 119, Figs. 545-549. The only
substitute for a car floor.
Running Board Blocking. 8Ga, Figs. 305-321. Angu-
lar wooden blocks, the acute angle of which is the
same as the slope of the car roof. Inserted under
the running boards to level them up and to give
them a bearing on the roof boards over the car-
lines.
Running Board Bracket. 1. 89, Figs. 262-272 and Figs.
822-823. Wrought iron supports bolted to the end
of a box or stock car to carry the Running Board
Extension, which see.
2. (Tank Car.) Cast iron knees attached to the
main sills of a tank car, and projecting outward to
support the running board.
Running Board Extension. 88, Figs. 262-272. The part
which extends beyond the end of the car body so
as to bring the ends of the running boards on ad-
joining cars nearer together to facilitate the pas-
sage of trainmen from one car to another. See
Running Board.
Running Beard Extension Bracket. Figs 822. A
bracket to support the Running Board Extension,
which see.
Russell Snow Plows. Fig. 249.
Russia Iron. A form of sheet iron manufactured in
Russia the exact process for making which has
heretofore been kept secret, but which consists
essentially in forming a chemical compound of
iron upon its surface at the same time that it is
highly polished, so that it is not likely to rust.
Modern substitutes for this iron are also known as
Planished Iron, which see.
Russwin Liquid Door Check. Fig. 2653.
s
Saddle. "A seat or pad to be placed on the back of an
animal to support the rider or the load." — Knight.
Hence, a block or plate which acts as a bearing
or support for a rod, beam, etc., in construction, is
called a saddle. See Body Truss Rod Saddle,
Truss Rod Saddle, Bolster Truss Rod Saddle.
Safety Appliances. (M. C. B. Standards). Figs. 5637-
5684. See Protection to Trainmen. In 1893 a Recom-
mended Practice was adopted on safety appliances
under the subheads as given. In 1896 some changes
were made, especially in regard to handholds, and
by the elimination of various details from drawing.
In 1902 it was changed to Standard.
In 1905 the drawings were revised to more clear-
ly define the location of safety appliances on cars.
Also, the lower round of the end ladder with
wooden rails was made straight instead of having
an offset.
In 1906 the position of the brake shaft and loca-
tion of roof handholds were modified.
In 1907 a set of drawings were devoted entirely
to illustrating these standards.
In 1908 a thorough revision was made of both
text and drawings in order to make their meaning
and intent clear and adaptable to all existing types
SAF
136
SAF
of car equipment, and to be capable of but one in-
terpretation.
FREIGHT TRAIN CARS.
Preface. Cars of construction not covered specifically
in the following sections, relative to handholds, sill
steps and ladders, and not shown by the drawings,
shall be considered as of special construction but
shall have the same complement of handholds, sill
steps and ladders as are required for cars of the
nearest approximate type.
BRAKE SHAFTS.
(1) The brake .shaft to be located on
the end of car, preferably to the left of
the centre thereof, when facing the end of
car.
(2) On cars without fixed ends the lo-
cation of brake shafts to be suitable to
the car construction and operation.
(3) The ratchet wdieel to be secured
from turning cm the brake shaft.
(4) The brake pawl to be fastened to a
suitable casting or plate attached to the
car body or brake step.
RUNNING BOARDS.
Brake-shaft
location.
On open-end
cars.
Ratchet wheel.
Brake pawl.
Running
boards.
Width on
house cars.
Width on
tank cars.
Projection.
Sill steps.
Number and
location.
dimensions.
Width.
Height from
rail.
Deep steps.
Fastenings.
Ladders.
Number.
Location.
(1) Box and other house cars to be
provided with running boards on roof,
not less than 18 inches wide.
(2) Longitudinal running boards on
tank cars used in connection with safety
railings to be not less than 10 inches.
Running boards will not be required on
tank cars having floors.
(3.) The ends of all running boards
which project more than four inches over
the edge of roof of ends of cars to be
properly supported.
SILL STEPS.
(1) One substantial sill step to be se-
cured to each side of car at the lower
right-hand corner, this being the corner
on the right, when facing the side of car.
The side of the sill step next to the cor-
ner to be as near as practicable to the end
of the car.
(2) Sill steps to be made of wrought
iron or steel about % by 1% inches cross
sectional area or equivalent.
(3) Sill steps to be about 12 inches long
between the sides, measured horizontally
at the tread.
(4) The lower treads of sill steps to
be about 24 inches and not more than 32
inches above the rail, the clear depth of
sill steps to be not less than G inches.
(5) Sill steps exceeding 18 inches in
depth to have an additional tread above
the lower tread, and such sill steps to be
laterally braced.
(6) Each side of sill steps on cars to be
securely fastened by means of lag screws,
bolts and rivets.
LADDERS.
(1) Box and other house cars, and all
cars the top of which cannot be reached
from sill steps or platform end sills, shall
have two wrought iron wooden ladders.
(2) Ladders to be located at diagonal
corners, on right-hand end of sides of cars
or left-hand side of ends of cars. When
cars have platform end sills, ladders may
Dimensions.
Spacing.
Clearance.
Footguard.
Tank-car
ladders.
Handholds
Roof
handholds.
etc
Bo
Side
handholds
End
handholds
etc.
Box,
Side
handholds.
End
handholds.
be located near center of ends of cars.
High side gondola cars with fixed ends
having brake staff platform at one end of
car should have ladders and sill steps on
both sides at same end of car.
(,3) Ladder treads of wrought iron or
steel, to be of % inch nominal diameter:
or of hardwood, to be nominally \Vi by 2
inches, about 10 .inches clear length.
(4) The spacing of treads of ladders to
be about 18 inches.
(b) All ladder treads shall have a mini-
mum clearance around them of 2 inches,
nominal clearance 2J2 inches.
(0) When wrought iron or steel ladders
without sides are placed on ends of cars
with non-projecting end sills, the bottom
treads to have a guard or upward pro-
jection at inside ends.
(7) Tank cars having running boards to
be provided with suitable ladders to give
access to the running boards; the ladders
to be located on right-hand end of sides
of cars or left-hand side of ends of cars
when running boards are continuous
around the car. If running boards are
not continuous, ladders to be so located
as to give access to each end of each
running board. Treads of ladders to be
spaced about 18 inches apart.
HANDHOLDS.
(1) Box and other house cars shall
have handholds on roofs, in line with each
ladder, running parallel with the ladder
treads.
(2) Roof handholds to be placed not
less than 2 inches nor more than 18 inches
from the edge of the roof and the length
to be not less than 10 inches in the clear,
unless the construction of the car will
not permit.
(3) Box and other house cars with end
ladders to be provided with a horizontal
or vertical handhold, 10 inches in the clear
or longer, on each side of each car over
sill step; if horizontal side handholds are
used they shall be located not more than
30 inches above center line of coupler.
(4) Each end of car to be provided with
two horizontal handholds, not less than
12 inches, and preferably 10 inches in the
clear, or longer, located not over 30 inches
above center line of coupler, or placed
under the end sill as near the face as will
insure a good, safe fastening, or, if pre-
ferred, may be placed on the face of end
sill. The coupler unlocking rod, the tread
of the ladder or any suitably located part
of the car which does not exceed two
inches on each side or in diameter, and
has the proper clearance, will be consid-
ered a suitable end handhold.
(0) Box and other house cars having side
ladders located over sill step, a tread of
such ladder, not over 30 inches above cen-
ter line of coupler, is an effective hand-
hold.
(7) Each end of car to lie provided
with two horizontal handholds, not less
than 12 inches, and preferably It', inches
SAF
139
SAF
Gondola cars
drop ends.
Side
ii::i' :'. i~
End
handholds.
Drawing
r .-.::: : :-
Gondola cars
Fixed ends.
Side
handholds.
i : p-er.i
handholds
Side
handholds
high cars.
End
handholds
Brake-step
bracket as
handhold.
in the clear, or longer, located not over
30 inches above center line of coupler or
placed under the end sill as near the face
as will insure a good, safe fastening, or.
if preferred, may be placed on the face
of end sill. The coupler unlocking rod.
or any suitably located part of the car
which does not exceed two inches on
each side or in diameter, and has the
proper clearance, will be considered a
suitable end handhold.
(9) Gondola cms with drop cuds to be
provided with a horizontal or vertical
handhold on each side of each car over
sill steps, with as much clear length as the
car construction will permit, provided
same need not exceed 16 inches; and
(10) If horizontal side handholds are
used they shall be located not more than
30 inches above center line of coupler.
( 11) Gondola cars with drop ends to be
provided with two end handholds not less
than 12 inches., and preferably It; inches
in the clear, or longer, at each end of
car, placed under the end sills as near the
face as will insure a good, safe fastening.
and as shown.
(12) If preferred, the end handholds
may be placed on the face of end sills, as
shown on the alternate illustration.
(13) The coupler unlocking rod when
properly located and having proper clear-
ance around it under all conditions, in-
cluding projecting loads, will be a suit-
able end handhold.
(14) Gondola cars zi'itli fixed ends to be
provided with a horizontal or vertical
handhold, on each side of each car over
sill steps, with as much clear length as
car construction will permit, provided
handholds need not exceed 16 inches in
length; and
(15) If horizontal handholds are used
they shall be located not more than 30
inches above center line of coupler.
(16) Gondola cars without projecting
end sills, having ladders located on sides,
to have one vertical or horizontal hand-
hold at upper corner of left-hand side of
brake end of car.
(17) Vertical handhold to extend down-
ward from about i inches from top of
car: horizontal handhold located about 6
inches from top of car.
(18) Each end of each car to be pro-
vided with two horizontal handholds not
less than 12 inches, and preferably 16
inches in the clear, or longer, located not
over 30 inches above the center line of
coupler or placed under the end sill as
near the face as will insure a good, safe
fastening, or, if preferred, may be placed
on the face of the end sill. The coupler
unlocking rod, when properly located, and
having proper clearance around it, is a
suitable end handhold.
(19) Exception to be made when the
car is provided with a brake step, in
which case the bracket of the brake step,
if of suitable height, may be used as a
Tank-car
safety
railings.
Tank-head- top
handhold.
Side
har.dli; ii;
Safety-railing
posts as
handholds.
End
l:i:: ih : '. is.
Flat cars.
Side
.:.-'■-.' .:
handhold on that side of the end of the
car. as shown.
(20) The arrangement without brake
step is shown.
(21 1 High cars with vertical end hand-
holds are shown.
(22 ) High cars with horizontal side
handholds are shown.
(23) All tank cars to have a safety rail-
ing for each running board, not less than
30 inches and not more than 5 feet above
platform or above running board. Hand
railing may be on the outside of running
board, secured to side frame, or may be
on the inside of running board, secured
to tank or tank bands: or, in case of there
being one overhead running board, the
hand railing may be secured to top of
tank, or tank bands.
(24) Tank cars with end platforms and
without hand railings extending around
the ends of the tank to have a horizontal
handhold of as much length in the clear
as the diameter of the tank will permit,
secured to each head and located not less
than 30 inches and not more than 5 feet
above platforms.
(25) Tank cars to be provided with a
horizontal or vertical handhold, 16 inches
in the clear or longer, on each side of
each car over sill steps. Tank cars hav-
ing safety railings secured to the tank to
be provided with an additional vertical
handhold attached to the tank.
(26) Tank cars provided with side
safety railings, supported by posts which
are not more than 2 inches on each side
or 2 inches in diameter; the posts are suit-
able side handholds if located over sill
steps.
(27) Tank cars to be provided with two
horizontal end handholds, not less than 12
inches, and preferably 16 inches in the
clear, or longer, located not over 30
inches above the center line of coupler,
and.
(28) If preferred, the end handholds
ma}- be placed on the face of the end sills
or under the end sills as near the face as
will insure a good, safe fastening. The
coupler unlocking rod, when properly lo-
cated and having proper clearance around
it, is a suitable end handhold.
(29) Tank cars with side platform and
hand railings secured to side frame to
have handholds, as shown.
(30) Tank cars without end sills, the
end handholds may be secured to tank
heads, or to end running boards on car so
equipped, as shown.
(31) Tank cars without through side
sills but having running boards and safety
railing secured to tank or tank bands to
have handholds, as shown.
(32) Flat cars to be provided with a
horizontal handhold on each side of each
car over sill steps, with as much clear
length as the car construction will per-
mit, provided same need not exceed 16
inches.
SAF
140
SAF
End
handholes and
drawing
references.
Coupler-
unlocking rod
as end
handhold.
Hopper-car
side
handholds.
High cars.
End
handholds.
Brake-step
bracket as
handhold.
Caboose cars.
With
platforms.
Without
platforms.
Side-door
handholds
and steps.
Curved
handholds.
Through bolts.
(33) Flat cars to be provided with two
end handholds not less than 12 inches,
and preferably 16 inches in the clear, at
each end of car; placed under the end sills
as near the face as will insure a good,
safe fastening, and as shown, or,
(34) If preferred, the end handholds
may be placed on the face of the end sills,
as shown on the alternate illustration, or,
(35) The coupler unlocking rod, when
properly located and having proper clear-
ance around it under all conditions, in-
cluding projecting loads, will be a suitable
end handhold.
(36) Hopper cars to be provided with
horizontal or vertical handholds on each
side of each car over sill steps, with as
much clear length as the car construction
will permit, provided handholds need not
exceed 16 inches length in the clear.
(37) If horizontal handholds are used,
thej' shall be located not more than 30
inches above center line of coupler.
(38) Hopper cars without platform end
sills, having ladders located on sides, to
have one vertical or horizontal handhold
at upper corner of left-hand side of brake
end of car;
(39) Vertical handhold to extend down-
ward from about 4 inches from top of
car; horizontal handhold located about 6
inches from top of car.
(40) Each end of hopper cars to be pro-
vided with two horizontal handholds not
less than 12 inches, and preferably 10
inches in the clear, or longer, located not
over 30 inches above center line of
coupler, or placed under the end sill as
near the face as will insure a good, safe
fastening, or, if preferred, may be placed
on the face of end sill. The coupler un-
locking rod, or a tread of ladder, when
properly located and having proper clear-
ance around it, is a suitable end hand-
hold.
(41) Exception to be made when the
car is provided with a brake step, in
which case the bracket of the brake step,
if of suitable height, may be used as a
handhold on that side of the end of car.
CABOOSE CARS.
(43) Caboose ears having end platforms,
the platform railings and posts will be
effective handholds.
(44) Caboose cars not having end plat-
forms to be equipped with side and end
handholds, same as described for box and
other house cars.
(45) Caboose cars having side doors, to
have vertical handholds on each door post
and suitable steps below doorway.
(46) Curved hand railings located so as
to facilitate catching caboose cars under
motion, will be considered as suitable
handholds.
HANDHOLD) AND LADDER TREAD ) FASTENINGS,,
DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES.
(1) All handholds and ladder treads ap-
plied on wood to be secured by through
bolts or lag screws.
Bolt
description.
Lag screws.
Clearance.
Material.
Coupler
unlocking-rod.
Brake-step
bracket used
as a
handhold.
Railings as
handholds.
Wide vestibule
side
handholds.
Wide vestibule
end
handholds.
Non-platform
corner
handholds.
Steps.
Hand-railing.
End
handholds.
Step
dimensions.
(2) When bolts are used, they should
be not less than % inch diameter, with
nuts on the outside wherever possible, and
riveted over.
(3) When lag screws are used, they
should be not less than % inch diameter,
3 inches long, and screwed full length into
the wood.
(4) When rivets are used, they should
be not less than %' inch diameter.
(5) All handholds and ladder treads
shall have a minimum clearance around
them of 2 inches, nominal clearance -\'i
inches.
(6) All handholds and ladder treads
made of wrought iron or steel to be of "s
inch nominal diameter, or larger.
(7) The coupler unlocking rod, if prop-
erly located and having minimum clear-
ance of 2 inches around it will be a suit-
able end handhold.
(8) Brake step brackets, if properly lo-
cated and not more than 30 inches above
center line of coupler, will be suitable end
handholds.
PASSENGER TRAIN CARS.
(1) Passenger train cars having open cud
platforms, platform steps, and platform
railings, the railings will be effective hand-
holds.
(2) Passenger train ears having wide
vestibules, the side door posts to be
equipped with vertical handholds of 16
inches clear length or longer.
(3) Passenger train cars having wide
vestibules also to be equipped with end
handholds, one on each side of each end
of car, with about 16 inches clear length,
attached to under side of platform end sill
or face of vestibule; but the body of any
handhold should not project beyond vesti-
bule face more than 1 inch.
(4) Passenger train cars not equipped
with platforms to have at each corner of
each car a vertical handhold of 16 inches
clear length, or longer.
(5) Passenger train cars with projecting
end sills to have a metal sill step under
each corner with tread not higher than 32
inches from the rail.
(0) Passenger train cars with projecting
end sills to have end hand railings extend-
ing across the ends of the cars, except
within end doorways or vestibules, lo-
cated a suitable height above top of end
sills.
(7) .-111 passenger train ears, excepting open
platform cars, to be equipped with end
handholds, one on each side of each end
of car, about 16 inches clear length, at-
tached to the end of car on face, or under
side of end of car as near the face as will
insure a good, safe fastening.
(8) Metal sill steps on passenger train
cars to be not less than % by 1% inches
cross sectional area or equivalent, and to
be securely fastened to the car.
(9) Handholds on passenger train cars
to be made of metal of % inch nominal
diameter, and to be securely fastened to
the car.
SAF
141
SAF
(10) Passenger train cars without end
platforms, but with side doors, to have
vertical handholds and suitable steps be-
low doorway.
Safety Beam (Passenger Car Trucks). 51, Figs. 4771-
4777. A longitudinal timber connecting the end
piece and transom above the axles and inside of
each wheel piece. Iron straps (axle safety bear-
ings) are attached to the beam and pass under
the axles so as to hold them in position in case of
a breakage of axles or wheels on either side. An
additional middle safety beam is sometimes used
on six-wheel trucks.
Safety Beam Block. A block fastened to the under
side of a safety beam and to which a safety strap
is attached. It is put there to bring the safety
beam nearer to the axle, and is usually cut out so
as to conform to the shape of the latter.
Safety Beam Iron. 60, Figs. 47S0-4783. A wrought
iron bar or casting bolted to the transom (six-
wheel truck), by which the middle safet3r beam is
attached to the transoms.
Safety Beam Tie Rod. 59, Figs. 4771-4777. A longi-
tudinal rod alongside a safety beam, tying the end
piece and transom together. A safety beam truss
rod sometimes serves as a substitute and equiva-
lent.
Safety Bearing.. See Axle Safety Bearing for safety
beam, above.
Safety Berth Latch. A device byr which it is made im-
possible for the berth to shut itself automatically
in case of accidental overturning of the cars.
These devices enable the Berth Safety Rope, which
see, to be dispensed with.
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.'s Acetylene Lamps.
Figs. 1641-3203.
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.'s System of Steam
Heating.. Figs. -2922-3011. (Standard Systems.)
The fundamental principle of these systems is the
replacing of the heat of the Baker heater fire, by
the heat of the steam from the engine, applied by
means of jackets on portions of the circulation
piping, but in all cases leaving the Baker heater
system in such condition that a fire or steam can
be used, separately, or in conjunction, without its
being necessary to alter or adjust any valves or
other devices whatsoever. These systems are all
closed circulation, the seal of the Baker heater
being unbroken, and, therefore, there is no reduc-
tion of the water in the pipes, and no danger of
burning out the coil. Salt water may be used and
is recommended.
Details of the various applications to single and
double circulation are given in Figs. 2924-2932. The
water circulation being heated at from three to six
different points (instead of one point, as when fire
is used in the Baker heater) it produces more
rapid and more equable heating of the car. See
Coil Jacket System.
A system of direct steam heating is shown in
Fig. 2933.
The Thermo Jet System is shown in Figs. 2942-
2945.
Safety Chain. 1. See Brake Safety Chain (for brake
beams). Safety Coupling Chain (for draw gear),
Fig. 5769.
2. (British.) American equivalent, safety coup-
ling chain. An additional coupling chain provided
at one end with a hook, and intended to hold the
train together should the main coupling part. Two
are secured at each end of the vehicle, one on each
side of the main coupling. Also called side chain.
Safety Chain Eye. Fig. 944. An iron eye with a broad
base bolted to the under side of the side sills of a
passenger car to receive the hook on the end of a
Truck Safety Chain, which see. More commonly
Body Check Chain Eye, which see.
Safety Chain Eye Bolt or Strap Bolt. See Brake Safety
Chain Eye Bolt.
Safety Chains, Freight Car (M. C. B. Recommended
Practice, as to location of). Fig. 5769.
Safety Coupling Chain (Passenger Car Platforms).
Figs. 982-985. 1. A chain attached to the plat-
form end timber and hooked to an eye in the plat-
form of an adjoining car or tender so as to prevent
the train from being separated in case the couplers
should be detached. They are necessarily used in
pairs, an eye and a chain with hook being attached
to opposite sides of the same platform.
2. (M. C. B. Recommended Practice.) In 1893
a Recommended Practice was adopted for location
and details of platform safety chains for passenger
equipment cars. In 1896 this was modified as fol-
lows: Platform safety chains for passenger equip-
ment cars to be located 14% inches each side of
center; to be suitably attached to under side of
platform timbers, and to be of such length that
when extended horizontally the chain with hook-
shall measure 12% inches from face of end timber
to bearing point of hook, and the chain with eye
shall measure 2'n,4. inches from face of end timber to
bearing point of eye. The hook shall not be more
than 1'%' inches thick transversely, and the eye
shall not be less than 1% inches wide, or less than
4 inches long in its opening. When facing end of
car the chain fitted with hook shall be on the left-
hand side, and the chain fitted with eye on the
right-hand side.
In 1894 a Recommended Practice was adopted
for safety chains for freight cars, when such chains
are used. The use of safety chains on freight cars
was not recommended, but when they are used on
cars for special services a location is recommended
as shown in Figs. 5769-5771.
In 1904 a Recommended Practice for safety chains
for steel cars was adopted, Figs. 5772-5775.
In 1905 the two designs of temporary safety
chains for cars carrying double loads, shown in
Figs. 5799-5802, were adopted as Recommended
Practice.
Safety's Direct Steam System. Fig. 2933. This de-
pends for its efficiency upon the close regulation
of steam supply possible with the special inlet
valve, 603A. This valve has a Jenkins Seat, and is
so constructed that the first full turn of the hand-
wheel only opens the valve enough to give 1-100 sq.
in. area of the inlet port. It can be adjusted by the
wheel so as to give any desired inlet area from
that point to the full area of 1 inch pipe. By this
means the flow of steam to the radiator pipes (and
therefore the car temperature) can be closely
regulated.
Safety Gate. See Platform Gate.
Safety Guard (for Spring Plank). Figs. 4849-4850. An
iron strap attached to the truck transoms and pass-
ing under the spring plank to hold up the latter in
case of accidental breaking of the link hangers.
More properly Spring Plank Safety Strap, which
see.
Safety Hanger. See above, also Brake Safety Chain,
Brake Safety Strap, Safety Hanger (for Lower
Brake Rod).
SAF
142
SAS
Safety Hanger (for Lower Brake Roil). A metal loop
or eye attached to a truck and through which the
lower broke rod passes. It is intended to prevent
the brake rod from falling on the track in case it
or its connections should break.
Safety Latches. See Safety Berth Latch.
Safety Plate (Baker Fireproof Heaters). Figs. 2693-
2694, 2712. An iron plate which covers the hole in
the partition between the fire pot and the base of
the smoke flue. Its office is to prevent the ignited
coals from falling out if the heater be overturned.
It is operated by a safety plate handle, the safety
plate sliding between safety plate guides. Fig. 2712.
The safety plate is held closed by a safety plate
spring, Fig. 26H4, bearing upon the safety plate
handle.
Safety Plate and Gas Preventor (Baker's Mighty
Midget Heater). Fig. 2743. This is a cover for the
fire pot with an upturned flange, and is fitted to the
top, Fig. 2745. It has an upturned flange along its
hinged axis which deflects the cool air that enters
when the door is opened, and prevents its mixing
with the gases which escape from the fire pot
through the holes in the top, Fig. 2614. The gases
remaining hot pass up through the smoke flue and
do not escape into the car.
Safety Plate Guide. Sec Safety Plate.
Safety Plate Handle. See Safety Plate.
Safety Plate Spring. See Safety Plate.
Safety Rod (Postal Cars). A rod suspended from over-
head, over the pouch racks, within easy reach, to
serve as a handhold or grabiron in case of derail-
ment, etc. Certain fittings, Fig. 4025, are used to
fasten it to the roof or sides of the car; they are the
safety rod brackets, bushings and T joints.
Safety Rope (for Sleeping Car Berths). 26, Figs. 2201-
2206. More properly Berth Safety Rope, which see.
See also Safety Berth Latch.
Safety Step Treads. Fig. 2285. Rubber or metal
coverings for step treads which prevent the foot
from slipping.
Safety Straight Port Coupler. Fig. 2998. A straight
port steam hose coupler used on all equipments of
the Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
Safety Strap. See Axle Safety Strap, Brake Safety
Strap, Spring Plank Safety Strap.
Safety Valve. 1. (Baker Heater.) Figs. 2759-2760. A
valve formed of an india rubber ball, with which
an opening on top of the circulating drum is closed.
When the pressure in the drum exceeds the elas-
ticity of the rubber ball the latter permits the
steam or hot water to escape, and thus relieve the
former. This safety valve is often replaced by a
safety vent or bushing, Fig. 2737. The latter is
simply a cast iron cap, the top of which is cut out
so that if the pressure in the pipes becomes too
high the top will blow out and relieve it. A new
cap must be supplied whenever the pressure ex-
ceeds the limit and the head of the safety vent is
blown out.
2. (Consolidate! Heating Appratus.) Fig. 2892.
3. (Westing-house High Speed Brake.) Fig. 1256.
An improved type of relief valve applied to the
brake cylinders of such ears in a train as are not *
equipped witli a high speed reducing valve, to re-
lieve the brakes from excessive pressure.
I- ( Westinghouse Traction Brake.) The same
valve applied to main reservoirs to prevent an ex-
cessive accumulation of air pressure in case the
electric pump governor should fail lo act.
Safety Valve Ball (Baker Heater). See Safety Valve.
Safety Valve Body. 2, Fig. 1256.
Safety Vent and Bushing. See Safety Valve.
Safety Vent Valve. Fig. 3861.
St. Louis Car Seats. Fig. 4128.
Saloon. 1. "A lofty, spacious apartment." — Worcester.
2. The main room in a compartment car (rarely
used).
3. One of the smaller subdivisions or staterooms
of a sleeping or parlor car.
4. A retiring room, furnished with urinal and
closet hopper, or soil hopper; and in the more
luxurious cars with a water closet. The saloon is
commonly also provided with washing facilities.
Other terms are lavatory, closet, toilet, etc.
Saloon Door Plate or Notice Plate. Figs. 2621-2627.
Saloon Furnishings. Fig. 4042.
Saloon Handle. Figs. 4057-4060. See Urinal Handle.
Saloon Hopper. Figs. 4054-4056. See Closet Hopper.
Also called soil hopper.
Saloon Latch. Figs. 2585-2587. A latch for saloon doors,
which consists of a spring bolt, usually with a stop
on the inside, which locks the bolt fast, or with
a separate bolt for fastening the door from the in-
side. See below.
Saloon Lock. Figs. 2553-2554. The same as a saloon
latch, with provision for locking the door from the
outside. Saloon latches without locking facilities
are rarely used.
Saloon Paper Hook. Figs. 4063-4064. See Paper Hook.
Saloon Plate. See Notice Plate.
Saloon Roof. In most of the modern cars the saloon
is entirely roofed over so as to be distinct from
the body of the car. Sometimes the partitions are
carried up to the roof of the ear.
Saloon Seat. The wooden seat over a closet hopper.
Saloon Stop Latch. See Saloon Latch.
Saloon Ventilating Jack. See Ventilator.
Samson Dry Closet. Figs. 4051-4056.
Sand Blast Process. 1. A process of cutting glass by
blowing sand upon it with a strong blast of air.
The glass is covered with paper or other elastic
surface, which it is found the sand does not cut at
all while rapidly cutting away the glass itself. The
process was invented by observing the action of
sand blown by the wind upon the rocks in the
western plains of the United States, and is now
largely used in place of wheel cutting.
2. The same principle is used in larger machines
for cleaning the rust and old paint from steel cars,
bridges, etc., before repainting. Such a machine
is shown in Fig 6010.
Sand Box (Street Cars). A box placed under the seats
containing grit for sanding the tracks. It is pro-
vided with a spout and valve, operated by a lever,
connecting rod and lexer bidder.
Sand Plank. 43. Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A common
name for spring plank.
Sander (Wood Working Machinery). Fig. 6S00. A
machine used lo finish the rough surface of boards
by the use of sand or similar abrasive. The abra-
sive is spread in a thin layer over sheets of paper
covered with glue and these sheets when dry are
mounted on horizontal rollers over a movable bed
or table. The rolls are rapidly revolved and the
board is run under them.
Sandwich Plates. See Flitch Plates, Body Bolster
Flitch Plates.
Sash. The frame of a window or blind, in which the
glass or slats are set. but commonly used, espe-
cially in compound words, as a substitute for win-
dow, which means the window- and sash complete.
SAS
143
SCR
The various members used in framing a sash are
the same as a Door Frame, which see. See
Deck Sash. Mirror Sash.
Door Case Window Swinging Sash.
Sash. Upper Door Sash.
Door Light (.British). Ventilator Sash.
Door Sash. Window Blind Sash.
Lower Door Sash. Window Sash.
Sash Balance. Figs. 4642-4671. A spring or weight,
with or without a cord, so connected to a sash as
to counterbalance its weight and make it easy to
raise or lower. There are numerous devices of
this kind, the O. M. Edwards, Caldwell, National
and Grip Xut Co.'s being illustrated.
Sash Bar Lift. Figs. 4(539-4641. A sash lift having a
projecting bar sufficiently large to be grasped by
the entire hand. Chiefly used for heavy double
windows, in parlor cars, etc.
Sash Fastener. A Sash Lock, which see.
Sash Holder. See Sash Lock.
Sash Lift. 43. Figs. 2201-2202; Figs. 4613-4641. A metal
finger hold attached to the bottom rail of a window
sash for raising and lowering it. They are some-
times let in flush, and so called (Fig. 4633), but
usually attached on the outside. Sometimes, but
rarely, the sash lift is a mere knob, and so called.
A Window Blind Lift, Figs. 4545-4572, which see,
is a somewhat similar device. See Bar Lift, End
Door Sash Lift.
Sash Lock. Figs. 4597-4612. A spring bolt attached
to a window sash, or (rarely) a window blind,
provided with thumb lever (sash lock trigger), to
withdraw the bolt with by one hand, while the
sash is lifted by the other. Both hands must thus
be used. To accomplish this end less awkwardly
sash balances. Figs. 4642-4664, have been adopted.
See also Deck Sash Latch.
In the common form of sash lock. Fig. 4599, the
sash lock bolt. 1, is pressed outward by the sash
lock spring, 2, and moved inward when desired by
the sash lock trigger, 3. The bolt enters into a
sash lock bushing. Fig, 4575. let into the parting
strip or other part of the window casing. In place
of the bushing sash lock stops. Figs. 4573-4582, or
sash lock plates, fastened upon the outside of the
window casing, or let in flush, are sometimes used.
and occasionally a sash lock rack. Figs. 4-591-4594.
A sash lock lower stop is often added at the bottom
to hold the sash shut and prevent it from being
opened from the outside.
Sash Lock Bolt. 1. Fig. 4599. See above.
Sash Lock Bushing. Figs. 4531-4532. See above.
Sash Lock Lower Stop. See above and Sash Lock
Stop.
Sash Lock Plate. Figs. 4591-4593. A sash lock stop.
See below.
Sash Lock Rack. Figs. 4594-4595.
Sash Lock Spring. 2, Fig. 4599. See Sash Lock.
Sash Lock Stop. Figs. 4573-4582. There are two kinds
of stops, upper stops for holding the window open,
and lower stops to hold it shut. Sash lock bush-
ings, plates, or racks, are substitutes and equiva-
lents for sash lock stops. See Sash Lock.
Sash Lock Trigger. 3. Fig. 4599. See Sash Lock.
Sash Opener. Figs. 4444-4463. A contrivance, as a
lever or rod. for opening a window, used chiefly for
the deck sashes, which are out of reach. See Deck
Sash Opener.
Sash Parting Strip. A strip of wood attached to the
window post of a passenger car which acts as a
distance piece between two sashes and against
which the latter slide. Also called Bead and Part-
ing Bead, which see.
Sash Pivot. Figs. 4404-4473. A metal pin or pivot at-
tached to a sash on which the latter turns. The
term almost always means a deck sash pivot.
Sash Pull. Figs. 4456-4462. See Deck Sash Pull.
Sash Pull Hook. Figs. 4497-4501. See Pull Hook.
Sash Rail. A horizontal bar in the outside frame of a
window or blind. See Window Blind Rail.
Sash Rest (Street Cars). See Window Sash Rest.
Sash Spring. Figs. 4527-4529. A metal spring at-
tached to the edge of the stile of a window or
blind sash to prevent it from rattling. They are
made of various forms. A single window sash
spring consists of a metal plate, like Fig. 4529,
attached to the sash at one end. A double window
sash spring is a metal plate fastened in its cen-
ter to the sash. Another is of a spiral form,
spiral window sash springs, let into the sash.
Scantling (Carpentry). "Lumber under 5 inches square
used for studs, braces, ties, etc. It is expressed in
terms of its transverse dimensions." — Knight. An
upright scantling is termed a stud.
Scarf. "A joint uniting two pieces of timber endwise.
The ends of each are beveled off and projections
are sometimes made in the one corresponding
to concavities in the other, or a corresponding con-
cavity in each receives a jiggle" (or packing
block). — Knight. It is technically known as a
ship splice, prescribed by the rules for interchange
of traffic for splicing any broken sills but the cen-
ter sills. See Interchange of Traffic for the splice
recommended for sills.
Scarritt-Comstock Car Seats. Figs. 4122-4133. Seats
made by the Scarritt Car Seat "Works under the
Forney patents. The feature of the Forney seat
is the seat back arms and the tilting of the cushion
and inclinations of the back given by these arms.
This is fully shown in the figures. Another fea-
ture of these seats is the adjustable foot rest,
which permits luggage to be set under it out of
the way.
Scheme Rod (Postal Cars). A rod supported upon the
scheme rod bracket, and carrying the scheme or
schedule of the proper distribution of mail matter
for the various post offices used in distributing
mail.
Schroyer Uncoupling Apparatus. Figs. 1794-1795.
Schoen Steel Wheel. Figs. 5414-5419.
Screen (for Heater Room Doors, Wash Room Panels,
etc.). A perforated plate of sheet metal, usually
jappaned. used as an ornamental finish.
Screen (Deck Window). A wire netting extending the
entire length of the clear story outside the deck
sash to exclude cinders. It is usually a very fine
wire netting, 64 meshes to the inch.
Screw. "A cylinder surrounded by a spiral ridge or
groove, every part of which forms an equal angle
with the axis of the cylinder, so that if developed
on a plane surface it would be an inclined plane. It
is considered as one of the mechanical powers." —
Knight. When used alone the term commonly
means a wood screw, having a slotted head and
gimlet point, for driving in with a screw driver.
Machine screws are similar, except that they have
no gimlet point and have a metal screw thread.
They are used for uniting metallic parts. All ordi-
nary forms of bolts have screw threads cut on
them, but are not commonly called screws. A
special form of wood screw is a lag screw, which
is a large sized screw with a head like a bolt, so
SCR
344
SCR
that it may be inserted with a wrench instead of a
screw driver. Figs. 3075-3080. See Screw Thread.
Screw Coupling (British.) The means by which pas-
senger train vehicles are coupled together. On the
Continent it is used for both passenger and freight
cars. It comprises a right and left-handed screw
provided with a hinged weighted handle, which al-
ways hangs downward, so that it has no tendency
to unscrew and slacken the coupling, and two nuts
with gudgeons taking in the eyes of U-shaped
coupling links or shackles. The screw coupling
may be either loose, or one shackle may be at-
tached to the drawbar.
Screw Coupling Nut, and Gudgeons (British). See
above.
Screw Coupling Weighted Lever (British). See above.
Screw Gages. Instruments for measuring the diameter
or size of screws. They are of two kinds: external,
for measuring male screws, and internal, for
measuring female screws. See also Screw Pitch
Gage, Screw Thread Gage.
Screw Jack. Figs. 3870-3871. A jack, the power of
which depends upon a screw, turned by a lever.
There are several such jacks in use, the bell base,
ratchet screw jack, the differential screw jack,
which has two screws, one working within the
other, and the Chapman screw jack, which has a
capstan head, into which a bar may be inserted.
Sellers' or Franklin Institute system, and that all
the members of the Association are urged to aban-
don entirely the use of over or undersize screws.."
^vww5-\y
WWWww
Flo. 11. «l-S5V
\ A ,
rrv\'vw\.A.'vyv
■ fWPWPWS
Flo. 12.
■WHITWOBTH
1
Flo. 13. ^-60%,
(V-
FCC. 15.
The Sellers' or Franklin Institute system of
screw threads, bolt heads and nuts is the standard
of the Association, and repeated action of the
PROPORTIONS FOR SELLERS' STANDARD NUTS AND BOLTS
*«V_J Rough Nat = one and one-half diame-
•n ter of bolt + 4.
Finished Nut = one and one-half
diameter of bolt + A.
Rough Nut — diameter of bolt.
it
-_ir-
Finished Not = diameter of bolt — j>fl.
Rough Head = one and one-half
diameter of bolt -f- J,
Finished Head = one and one-half
X J-*! diameter of bolt + ^e.
W^
Rough Head = one-half distance be
tween parallel sides of head.
■l
Finished Head = diameter of bolt - A
Note — In 1899 the following dimensions for square bolt heads were adopted as recommended practice : The side of the head
shall be one and ooe-half times the diameter of the bolt, and the thickness of the head shall be one-half the side of the head. See
Recommended Practice. In 1900 these dimensions were adopted as standard
Screw Pitch Gage. "A gage for determining the num-
ber of threads to the inch on screws and taps. It
consists of a number of toothed plates turning on a
common pivot, so that the serrated edge of each
may be applied to the screw until one is found
which corresponds therewith. The figures stamped
on the plate indicate the number of threads to the
inch." — Knight. In the ordinary single thread
screw the pitch is indicated by the number of
threads to an inch.
Screw Thread. The groove, or the material between
the grooves, which is cut on the outside surface of
a cylinder to form a male screw, or on the inside
surface of a cylindrical hole to form a nut or
female screw. Metal Screw Threads and Wood
Screw Threads, which see, are of different form.
Pipe Screw Threads, which see, are usually V-
shaped, but all other threads in common use for
ordinary purposes are made by the Whitworth or
Sellers' standard screw threads, the former being
the European and the latter the American standard.
At the M. C. B. Convention, 1882, it was "Re-
solved that this Association deprecates the use of
screws larger or smaller in diameter by a small
fraction of an inch than the sizes specified for the
Association has deprecated the use of any other
system, and encouraged the careful maintenance
of these standards.
A set of gages for standard screw threads and a
standard inch scale, 2 feet long, are held in the
office of the Secretary for reference.
Mr. Sellers, who proposed this system of screw
threads described it in an essay before the Frank-
lin Institute of Philadelphia, April 21, 1864, as fol-
lows:
"The proportions for the proposed thread and its
comparative relation to the sharp and rounded
threads will be readily understood from the dia-
grams. Figs. 11-lii. The angle of the proposed
thread is fixed at 60 degrees, the same as the sharp
thread, it being more readily obtained than 55 de-
grees, and more in accordance with the general
practice in this country. Divide the pitch, or,
winch is the same thing, the side of the thread
into eight equal parts, take off one part from the
top and fill in one part in the bottom of the
thread, then the flat top and bottom will equal one-
eighth of the pitch; the wearing surface will be
three-quarters of the pitch, and the diameter of
SCR
145
SEA
PROPORTIONS FOR SELLERS' STANDARD SCREW-THREADS, NUTS AND BOLTS.
Sckztt-Thbiads.
Nuts.
Bolt Heads
Tb reads
per Inch.
* >//¥ >,
Width of
tat.
f
Thickne8f<
rough.
Thickness
finish.
i
i
u
n
11
H
if
if
20
IS
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
7
5£
5
5
4i
.185
.240
.294
.844
.400
.454
.507
.620
.731
.837
.940
1.065
1.160
1.284
1 389
1.491
1.-616
1.712
,0002
.0074
.0078
.0089
.0096
.0104
.0113
.0125
.0138
.0156
.0178
.0178
.0208
.0208
.0227
.0250
.0250
.0277
M
7
1ft
U
ift
i|
if!
2
2ft
23
2ft
3*
S»
St
H
l
ift
if
ift
if
91
*■»
2ft
3A.
- Tz
s
Ift
1ft
Ift
1ft
Ift
1U
1}I
itf
3 3
ift
1}
ift
if-
154
23
51
1
1ft
If
1}
1ft
2i
2ft
2|
2fi
i
ift
ift
ift
13
111
ift
ift
ift
ift
ift
ift
lU-
ill
life
screw at bottom of the thread will be expressed
by the formula:
1.299
Diameter,
Xumber of threads per inch
The tables are reprinted from Mr. Sellers' essay;
they give the proportions of his standard screw
threads, nuts and bolt heads.
The Sellers' or Franklin Institute System is also
called the United States Standard System,
Screw Thread Gage. A steel plate with notches in the
edge of the precise form of screw threads, used for
giving the proper form to the edges of screw cut-
ting tools. See Sellers' Screw Thread and Screw
Threads.
Screw Top (Bell Cord Hangers). Fig. 2365. A simple
form of Bell Cord Hanger Bracket, which see.
Scribing. The fitting of the edge of a piece of timber
or metal to another more or less irregular surface.
Scribing is usually done by marking a parallel line
to the surface which it is designed to fit by a pair
of compasses or with a scribe awl.
Scroll Iron (British). A wrought iron forging, carry-
ing a vertical spring link adjusting screw. The
upper face is attached to the under side of the sole
bar, and the lower part is bored horizontally for
the adjusting screw. In general use on passenger
carriages.
Scrubber and Condenser (Adlake System). Fig. 3346.
Scutcheon (of a Lock). Properly, Escutcheon, which
see.
Seals. Figs. 4072-4092. See Car Seals. See also Lead
Seal, Lock Seal, Rivet Seal.
Seal Lock (Freight Car). Figs. 4072-4092. A lock in
which a seal made of glass, paper, or other material
is inserted in the lock in such a manner as to
cover the bolt or the key hole. The lock canot be
opened without breaking the seal. See Car Seal.
Seal Press. Figs. 4078-4079. A pair of levers arranged
like a pair of pincers, with two dies in which lead
car seals are compressed on the wire to which they
are attached, leaving an impression on the lead so
that if the seals are removed or defaced it can be
known. Similar seal presses are used for eylet
shacTcles.
Seal Wires. Figs. 4074-4077, etc. Several strands of
tine wire twisted together like a rope, or single
bars of twisted flat wire, by which leaden seals
are attached to car doors. There are various spe-
cial forms, called detective wires, as Fig. 4087, etc.,
to prevent stripping the seal.
Seal Wire Opening (Car Door Fastener). A hole for
inserting- the shackle of a seal.
Sealed Jet (Gold's Car Heating). Fig. 2868. The essen-
tial part of the apparatus shown in Fig. 2788. Live
steam is brought directly into contact with the
circulating water and heats it, at the same time
forcing the circulation.
Seaming Lace (British). An ornamental woolen fabric
made in bands about 12 inch wide, and used to
cover the seams and joints in the upholstery of a
carriage. It is sewn to any textile fabric and has
two tape edges and is wrapped round a piece of
seaming cord which is stitched inside. It differs
from Pasting Lace, which see.
Seat. 1. "That on which one sits." — Webster.
2. "That flat portion of a chair or sofa to sup-
port the person." — Knight. See Car Seat, special
forms, which also see, being:
Corner Seat.
Hale and Kilburn
Seats.
Heywood Bros. & Wake
field Seats.
Longitudinal Seat.
Parlor Car Chairs.
Pushover Seat.
Rattan Seat.
See also Saloon Seat.
3. In M
thing rest:
Axle Seat.
Bolster Spring Seat.
Equalizer Spring Seat
Equalizing Bar Seat.
4. (For Hand Car."
Reversible Seat.
Revolving Chair.
Richards Panel Back
Seats.
Scarritt-Comstock Seats.
Side Seat.
Slat Seat.
Slideover Seat.
Walkover Seat.
Wheeler Seats, etc.
hanics: "The part on which another
as a valve seal." — Knight. See
Leather Seat.
Spring Seat.
Tank Valve Seat.
Wheel Seat.
A horizontal board placed
SEA
140
SEA
lengthwise over the wheels above a rave for the
occupants to sit on.
Seat Arm. Tigs. 4268-4271. An arm by which the back
of a seat is attached to the seat end or to the side
of the car. Such arms are usually attached by a
pivot, so that the seat back can be reversed. Some-
times called striker arm, seat back arm, and also
seat back reversing arms.
This term is also used to designate the portion
of a seat end (more properly called seat end arm)
which supports the arm of a person sitting in the
seat, and sometimes, incorrectly, to designate a
Seat Arm Cap, Figs. 4189-4193, which see.
Seat Arm Cap. Figs. 4189-4193. A piece of metal
shaped to the form of the seat arm and screwed to
the top to take the wear and as an ornament.
Seat Arm Pivot. Figs. 4245-424C. A metal pivot by
which a seat arm of a reversible seat is attached to
a seat end or the side of a car. In some cases the
pivot is made in one piece with the seat arm plate,
which is attached to the seat end. The two com-
bined then become a Seat Arm Pivot Plate, which
see. A seat arm pivot is sometimes called in the
trade a seat arm rivet.
Seat Arm Pivot Plate. Figs. 4247-4248; 4253-4261. See
above.
Seat Arm Plate. Figs. 4247-4261. A plate fastened
to a seat end with a hole in the corner, which re-
ceives and holds a seat arm pivot. In some cases
the pivot is made in one piece with the plate. The
part formed by combining the two is then called a
Seat Arm Pivot Plate, which see, sometimes a seat
arm pivot plate or washer and a bolt is used.
Seat Arm Rest Bracket. Figs. 4185-4187. A bracket to
be screwed to the wall to carry a wood arm rest.
Seat Arm Rivets. Figs. 4210-4215.
■Seat Arm Stop. Figs. 4228-4234, etc. A metal lug or
bracket attached to a seat end, and sometimes to
the side of the car, on which the seat arm rests.
Seat stops are either attached to a long plate
(curved or straight seat stop), as in Figs. 4228-4234,
etc.. or as in round seat stops, Figs. 4241-4244, etc.,
and have a flange entirely surrounding them, by
which they are attached to the seat arm or side of
the car. They are also called seat stops.
Seat Arm Thimbles. Figs. 4194-4195.
Seat Arm Washer. Figs. 4219-4222. A small washer
for the head of a screw, by which a seat arm is
fastened to a seat end. Now little used.
Seat Back. That part of an ordinary American car seat
which forms a support for the back. It has an arm,
called the seat back arm, attached to it, by which
it is attached to the seat ends with a seat arm pivot,
so that it can lie swung over so as to face the other
way. In some syles the seat back arm is pivoted
below the seat cushion and the seat back swings
over the cushion so that both sides are used al-
ternately. See Seat. On some suburban cars, and
usually on street cars, longitudinal seafs are used,
with the backs against the side of the car.
Seat Back Arm. A Seat Arm, which see.
Seat Back Arm Lock. See Seat Lock.
Seat Back Arm Pivot. 1. Pivot seat arm. Fig. 4272.
The swinging joint or seat back pivot in the seat
arm.
2. A Seat Arm Pivot, which see.
Seat Back Band. Figs. 4174-4175, 4197-4208. A Seat
Back Molding, which see.
Seat Back Board (Street Cars). A board placed be-
tween the two seat back rails of a longitudinal seat.
Usually made in the form of a raised panel so as
to make a comfortable rest for the back. A seat
back.
Seat Back Bottom Rail. See Back Seat Bottom Rail.
Also called a lower seat back rail.
Seat Back Corners. Figs. 4286-4287. A metallic corner
piece to screw to the backs of seats and protect the
upholstery from wear.
Seat Back Curved Stop. Figs. 4228-4234. A Seat Back
Stop, which see, of a curved form, resembling
somewhat a letter S.
Seat Back Molding. Figs. 4197-4208. A wood or (usu-
allv) metal band or molding fastened around the
edge of a seat back to give it a finish and protect
it from wear.
Seat Back Pivot Plate. Fig. 4110. The plate bear-
ing a seat arm pivot fastened to the seat back.
Seat Back Rail (Street Cars). Two narrow rails, upper
and lower, which form the top and bottom of a
longitudinal seat enclosing the seat back board be-
tween them.
Seat Back Reversing Arms. Fig. 4110. A seat back
arm of a car seat.
Seat Back Round Stop. Figs. 4241-4244. A round Seat
Stop, which see.
Seat Back Slats. Narrow- strips of wood used to form
a back seat; used chiefly for seats which are not
upholstered.
Seat Back Spring. A weak spring placed in the up-
holstering in the back of a seat. Usually called
simply back spring.
Seat Back Stop. See Seat Stop.
Seat Bearing Cross Bar (Longitudinal Seat of Street
Car). The bearing bar transverse to the seat and
resting upon the seat leg and the back seat rail.
Seat Board (British). In a carriage, the support for
the seat sofa springs. These springs are tied down,
and a piece of canvas is stretched tightly over
them, the cushion resting on this canvas.
Seat Bottom (Street Cars'). The boards or floor in a
seat frame on which a cushion rests, or on which
persons sit when no cushion is used. It is attached
to the back and front seat bottom rails.
Seat Bottom Cross Bar. A filling piece shaped like the
seat bottom, to which the slats are screwred. It
rests upon or over the seat bearing cross bar.
Seat Bottom Rail. See above.
Seat Bracket (Hand Car). A wrought iron knee which
supports the seat.
Seat Corner. Figs. 4267, 4287. A metal corner plate to
protect the wood corner from abrasion.
Seat Cove. The rail that takes the place of the back
seat bottom slat.
Seat Cover (Street Car). A piece of tapestry or seat
covering with which the bare seat is often covered.
Seat Cover Guaid Rail. A strip of wood tacked to the
flap of the seat cover to keep it straight.
Seat Cushion. 1. Figs. 4093-4184. A soft pad or pillow
on which passengers sit. Two kinds of cushions
are used on cars; a squab cushion, which is a loose
pad and is now little used, and box cushion, which
is a cushion built upon a cushion frame, with
springs, etc. See Back Squab (British).
A great variety of forms of seat cushions exist,
the leading ones of which are shown. Special
forms are, as respects material, woven wire, rattan
or cane, canvas-lined; as respects mode of con-
struction, flexible top, elliptic, broad band elliptic,
spiral elliptic, spring edge, sectional, drop-down
frame, etc., etc.
2. (British.) American equivalent, squab eush-
SEA
147
SEC
ion. In a first-class carriage, a flat, loose squab
cushion, about four inches thick, covered with
broadcloth on one side and leather on the other,
and stuffed with curled horsehair. It is reversible,
and often so called.
Seat Division (Longitudinal Seats). A bar of wood or
metal to separate the space occupied by a passenger
from that adjoining it.
Seat End. 123, Figs. 648-651, and 13, Figs. 2201-2202.
A frame of wood or metal at the end of a car seat
which supports the arm of the occupant and to
which the seat back arm is attached. Seat ends are
designated as long or short, according to whether
they extend entirely to the floor or are supported
upon a seat stand. They are also designated as
aisle seat ends, or wall seat ends, and, for corner
seats, as left-hand or right-hand seat ends.
Seat End Arm. The portion of a seat end which sup-
ports the arm of a person sitting in the seat. An
arm rest.
Seat End Cross Rail. The end rail between posts
of a wood seat end.
Seat End Fanel Rib (Open Street Carl. A piece of
furring to which the seat end panel of an open car
is fastened.
Seat End Rest. The end posts or upright members of
a wood seat frame.
Seat Front (Street Car"). The rave or seat riser.
Seat Front Panel i Street Car). The panel beneath
the seat.
Seat Front Rail. A rail fastened to the ends of the seat
bearing cross bar and running along at the top of
the seat front and under the front seat rail.
Seat Head End. 14, Figs. 2201-2202. The upper part of
the seat end projecting out beyond the head rest.
Seat Hinge (Sleeping Cars). Figs. 4285. A strap hinge
used to connect a seat with the seat back. See also
Sofa Hinge.
Seat Joint Bolt. Fig. 4209. A bolt for fastening a seat
rail to aisle seat ends. It is also used at the wail
ends.
Seat Leg (Longitudinal Seats'). A wooden post which
supports a front seat rail.
Seat Leg Plate. A metal plate with which the front of
a seat end or leg is covered to protect it from
injury.
Seat Lever (Howard's Water Closet). Fig. 4u42. A
lever projecting backward from the seat lid, to
which the connecting rod is attached.
Seat Lid (Howard's Water Closet). Fig. 4042. A lid
connected with the pan and service measure by the
connecting rod in such a manner that on raising
it the pan is brought up into position and about
half a gallon of water is discharged from the serv-
ice measure.
Seat Lock. Fig. 4223. A lock for holding the back
of a seat so that its position cannot be reversed.
Such locks are attached either to the seat end. sen
back arm or seat back stop. A form for iron seat
ends with a smaller escutcheon, not provided with
screw holes, is sometimes distinctively called a
barrel lock, although the term is almost equally
applicable to any form of seat lock. Seat locks
operate by pushing the key inward, turning it a lit-
tle and then pulling on the key.
Seat Lock Bolt. Fig. 4223. The beveled bolt by which
locking is effected.
Seat Lock Key. A key for a seat lock. Some work by
pushing in and not turning. See Seat Lock.
Seat Pull (Sleping Cars). Figs. 4283-4284. A flush han-
dle for pulling out the seat in making up the berth
so as to drop the back and seat to the same
level.
Seat Rail. One of a pair of wooden rails, front and
back, resting on and attached to the seat end and to
the side of the car, and which support a cushion
frame or seat bottom.
Seat Rail Bracket or Socket. Figs. 4262. A support for
a wooden seat rail. In iron seat ends it is fre-
quently cast upon it.
Seat Rail Knee (British). A piece of wood secured to
the door pillar and supporting the seat rail. It is
generally slotted to receive a leather strap, restrain-
ing the undue opening of the door.
Seat Rail Support (British). A piece of hard wood
supporting the seat and securing it to the side of
the body of a carriage. It is often pierced for a
leather strap limiting the opening of the door.
Seat Riser. 1. (Street Cars). A vertical board or
front of a seat, extending from the seat rail to the
floor; seldom used with reversible seats. A seat
front.
2. (Hand Car.) A Rave, which see.
Seat Slat. A narrow strip of wood which forms part of
a seat bottom, or seat back.
Seat Spring. Fig. 4166. A spiral or other metal spring
used to give a seat elasticity. Spiral springs are
the most common, the elliptic and spiral-elliptic
having become nearly obsolete in new seats. A
special form of seat springs called back springs, of
little resistance, is used for seat backs. British seat
springs ire called sofa springs, and the back springs
back squab sofa springs.
Seat Stand. 124. Figs. 648-651. A support, usually
made of cast iron, on which an aisle seat end rests.
Very commonly the seat stand and seat end are in
one part, which is then called a long seat end.
Seat Stand Tie Rod. A rod connecting the aisle and
wall seat stands of a Scarritt seat.
Seat Stop. See Seat Arm Stop.
Seat Tilting Leers. See Parallel Rod.
Seat Webbing. Fig. 4166. A form of coarse canvas
used in upholstering car seats.
Seating. Fig. 4171. The plush or rattan-covered cloth
which is commonly used to upholster car seats is
also sometimes called seating.
Second Catch (of Car Door Fastener). A double hook
or eye placed in the hasp of a car door lock in such
manner that the door can. if desired, be locked,
leaving a crack open for ventilation.
Second-Class Car. A plainly finished passenger car for
carrying passengers who pay a lower rate of fare
than first-class passengers do. Such cars are rarely
used, the smoking car usually serving this purpose
for the small number of so-called second-class (in
reality, third-class) passengers. See Coach, First-
Class Car.
Second-Class Carriage (British). A vehicle adapted to
carry passengers paying an intermediate rate of
fare, the fittings being less expensive and comfort-
able than in the first class. Each compartment
measures about 6 feet in the length of the carriage,
and seats 10 passengers. It is rapidly going out of
use, so much so that several of the English roads
have discontinued the running of second-class car-
riages. See also Carriage.
Section (of a Sleeping Car). Figs. 2201-2203. Two dou-
ble berths, one above the other, making up into
two seats facing each other by day. There are from
8 to 16 sections in a car. besides the staterooms.
Section Hand Car. See Hand Car.
Sectional Seat Cushion. One with spiral springs sep-
SEC
148
SHE
arately attached to narrow slats so that the seat
can be made up or repaired in sections
Sector. In geometry: "A part of a circle included by
an arc and the two radii drawn to its extremities." —
Davies. Hence, any object whose shape is that of
a part of a circle ought to be called a sector, but
as a matter of fact, it is generally called a quadrant.
See Desk Sash Quadrant.
Security Door Brackets. Fig. 1382-1383. A door bracket
designed to prevent the opening of the door from
the side or bottom without destroying the seal.
They are bolted to the car body, and the bolt head
is fitted into a socket in the bracket.
Self-Acting Ventilator. See Ventilator.
Self-Adjusting Brake Head. Fig. 5150.
Self-Clearing Car. Fig. 78.
Self-Closing Faucet or Cock. Fig. 3656. A faucet hav-
ing a horizontal bar handle provided with a spring
by which it is closed when released. Telegraph
Cocks, which see, Fig. 3G53, and also compression
cocks, Fig. 3659, are also self-closing, but not dis-
tinctively so called.
Self-Locking or Spring Padlock. One which snaps,
locked by pressure only, without using a key, in
distinction from a dead padlock.
Sellers System of Screw Threads. A system of screw-
threads designed by William Sellers of Philadel-
phia. Often called Franklin Institute or United
States Standard Thread. See Screw Thread.
Semaphore Lens. A trade name for a cheap modifica-
tion of the Fresnel lens, the latter term being more
generally restricted to those having the back a
plane or nearly cylindrical surface.
Semi-Convertible Car. Figs. 6238, 6224-6225. 0278-6280.
A modification of the convertible car in which only
the sash raises into the roof, leaving the car open
above the belt rail.
Service Measure (Howard's Water Closet). Figs. 3653-
3654. An auxiliary tank holding about a half-gallon
of water connected with the seat lid and water tank
and discharging the water on raising the lid only.
Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 1440-1463.
A form of friction draft gear in which the friction
surfaces are triangular wedges forced together with
gradually increasing pressure as they slide over
each other.
Set (of Elliptic Springs). The amount of compression
of which the spring is capable. The distance be-
tween the spring bands when unloaded. The arch
is half the set, plus the thickness of the spring
band.
Set of Springs. All the springs for carrying the weight
of one car, not including draw springs. A set of
bolster springs consists of the springs which are
placed between the truck frames and carry the
weight of the body only. A set of equalizing bar
springs means all the springs for a car on the
equalizing bars. A set of wheel or journal springs
means all the springs which are placed directly over
the journal boxes of one car.
Set of Wheels. This term means a number of wheels
sufficient for one car. A set of wheels and axles
means the requisite number of wheels fitted to axles
complete for one car. A pair of wheels means two
wheels already fitted to an axle, including the axle;
but a set of wheels does not include the axles unless
specified.
Set Screw or Stud Fastening. Fig. 2854. As applied to
railroad wheels, a mode of securing the tire to the
wheel which is becoming obsolete. See Tire Fas-
tening.
Sewall Steam Coupler. Fig. 2968.
Sextuple (Elliptic Springs). Figs. 5372-5373. Six el-
liptic springs coupled together, side by side, to act
as one.
Shackle. 1. (Of a Padlock.) A U-shaped bar which is
passed through the staple in front of the hasp by
which the padlock is used to lock the object. The
inner end of the shackle is termed the heel, which
is sometimes provided with the shackle spring to
hold the shackle open or shut.
The shackle of cheap padlocks is attached to pro-
jecting ears, but in those of better quality the heel
is entirely within the lock itself. The shackle is
sometimes termed the hasp, but this usage is in-
correct.
2. (Of Car Seals.) The wire or metal strip
passing through the fastening to be sealed and
closed together at the end. See Car Seals.
Shackle Bar. A Coupling Link, which see.
Shackle Guard (of a Padlock). A plate used in some
padlocks lying immediately under the point of the
shackle when locked in place, serving to exclude
dirt and wet from the interior.
Shackle Lock (Car Door Fastener). A term used in
distinction from the seal lock.
Shade. See Lamp Shade, Window Shade. Fig. 4665.
Shade Cap (of a Lamp). 33, Figs. 3585-3601. A verti-
cal tube extending the shade upward and consti-
tuting in effect an extension of the chimney. A
similar part for a lamp globe is called a globe
chimney.
Shade Holder (Pintsch Lamp). 33, Figs. 3106a-3107.
Shaft. " That part of a machine to which motion is
communicated by torsion." — Webster. See
Brake Shaft. Horizontal Brake Shaft.
Crank Shaft. Lever Shaft.
Door Shaft. (Street Cars).
Driving Shaft. Winding Shaft.
Drum Shaft.
Shade Roller (for Window Shades.) Fig. 4681. A de-
vice serving the purpose which its name implies,
the only forms of which now in general use are the
automatic forms, which hold the shade in any posi-
tion when released by means of centrifugal pawls.
The leading styles are the Hartshorn Shade Roller
and the McKay Shade Roller, which sec. The
Hartshorn works with a pawl on the end, while the
McKay has a cam.
Shaker. Fig. 2732. See Grate Shaker.
Shank (of a Coupler). That part of a coupler or draw-
bar between the draw head and tail end. The body
of the coupler.
Shank (Kirby's Car Door Lock.) A, Fig. 2480. The
spindle. See also Buffer Shank.
Shank Facing (Kirby's Door Lock). P, Figs. 2480-2481.
Sharon Coupler. (Freight). Figs. 1616-1629, (Passen-
ger) Figs. 1798-1809.
Shear Beams (Snow Plow Framing). The timbers
forming the inclined plane and parting ridge of a
plow. They arc placed in positions so that they
resemble the knives of a pair of shears, hence the
name.
Shears (of a Pile Driver Car). The tongs which grasp
the Hammer, which see.
Sheath. See Rear Sheath.
Sheathing. 52, Figs. 262-272, and F, Figs. 305-321. also
70, Figs. 51(9-619. Boards which are tongued and
grooved, and with which the sides of cars are
covered. The sides of a gondola car are ordinarily
termed side plank and end plank, and arc much
heavier than the sheathing of a box car. Inside
SHE
149
SID
Lining, which see, is in addition to the ordinary
outside sheathing". Formerly passenger cars were
covered with panels, but it is now the universal
practice to use sheathing. Figs. 1348-1354. (M. C. B.
Standard.) Figs. 5749-5756.
Sheathing Furring. 59, Figs. 645-647. Pieces of wood,
nailed, screwed or glued in a wall to nail the sheath-
ing to, inserted where the distance between rails
is so great as to require intermediate pieces to back
up the sheathing. Corresponds to Panel Furring,
which see.
Sheathing Rail. <56, Figs. 599-619. See Panel Furring.
Sheathing rail, or sheathing furring, is the same
as a panel rail or panel furring, the panelling hav-
ing been superseded by sheathing.
Sheathing Strips. 69, Figs. 599-619. See Panel Strips.
Sheave. A wheel, roller or pulley, over which a cord
or rope runs, or on which any object, as a door or
window, rolls. Sheave is often used to designate
a block or pulley, but more properly it designates
simplj- the grooved wheel in the block. See Pulley.
Sheave Hook (Derrick CarsV The hook carried at the
lower end of a hoisting block, to which the load
is attached.
Sheave Pin or Pintle. The axle of a sheave. See
Pintle.
Sheet Iron. Iron rolled thin and, in car work, usually
galvanized. Its thickness is given by its number
of w4re gage. The standard sizes are 6 and 8 ft.
long and 24, 26, 28 and 30 in. wide. It is, however,
manufactured to order up to 10 ft. long and 44 in.
wide. Sheet steel, galvanized or not, is now also
largely manufactured.
Sheet Ring and Staple (British). A small wrought iron
ring, to which are tied the cords attached to the
edges of the tarpaulin protecting the contents of
an open wagon from the rain.
Shield (Pmtsch Lamp). 293, Figs. 3208-3224.
Shield (Buhoup Vestibule). 50, Figs. 2215-2263.
Shell. See Berth Latch Shell.
Shelled Out (Car Wheels). A term applied to wheels
which become rough from circular pieces shelling
out of the tread, leaving a rounded flat spot, deep-
est at the edge, with a raised center. The M. C. B.
rules for Interchange of Traffic, which see, specify
that no wheel shall be condemned for this fault
unless the spots are over 2% in. in length, or are
so numerous as to endanger the safety of the
wheel.
Shim. A thin piece of wood or metal used as a dis-
tance block to save more careful fitting. In track
work shims are very largely used in order to
remedy the heaving of the rails from frost. Shim-
ming has been used in fitting on car wheels when
the wheel seat of the axle w-as a little too small,
but the M. C. B. rules for interchange of traffic
forbid this. See Interchange of Traffic and Wheels.
Shipper Shaft (Steam Shovel). 7, Figs. 596-598. The
shaft connected to the boom engine and geared to
the ratchet beam.
Ship Splice. One of the many forms of splicing or
scarfing broken pieces of timber. It is that selected
for splicing broken car sills under the regulations
for Interchange of Traffic, which see. See Scarf.
Shoe. A plate, block or piece of any material on or
against which an object moves, usually to prevent
the latter from being worn. See Boom Shoe, Brake
Shoe, Door Shoe.
Short Seat End. A seat which does not extend below
the seat or support it, but is supported upon a
separate seat stand. See Seat End.
Short Plate Rod. Horizontal bolts passing through the
plate bolt strip and the plate, serving to stiffen the
latter horizontally. It is rarely used.
Short Sill or Floor Timber. An auxiliary longitudinal
timber used in a car floor, but not extending its
whole length.
The term short floor timber is also applied with
questionable propriety to short auxiliary cross
pieces used in freight car floors as distance blocks
between the sills and not extending across the
whole width of the floor. Corresponding timbers
in passenger cars are termed floor timber distance
blocks. See also Bridging.
Shot (Chilled Car Wheels). See Cold Shot.
Shovel. 1. (Steam Shovel.) Figs. 251-252, 254-255,
596-598. A car upon which is mounted a steam der-
rick frame so adjusted and connected with proper
mechanism that it will scoop up bucketfuls of dirt
and gravel and deposit them in a car or other
conveyor.
2. (Snow Shovel.) See Snow Plow.
Shunting (British). The act of moving cars from one
track to another, as in making up or separating
trains. In this country usually called switching.
Marshaling, which see, has a nearly similar mean-
ing. Sometimes the word drilling or regulating is
used.
Side Arm Rest or Elbow Rest (British). A wooden
support for the elbow attached to the inner sides
of a carriage beneath the windows, and padded with
horsehair and covered with broadcloth or leather.
See also Folding Arm Rest. In American cars a
window ledge is made to serve the same purpose,
but arm rests are general in sleeping cars.
Side Bearings. 16, Figs. 262-272; Fig. 5340, etc. Sup-
ports attached to the bolsters, bod}- and truck,
near their ends to prevent too much rolling or
rocking of the car body on the center plate and to
allow the truck to turn freely when the weight of
the car is not evenly distributed on the center and
the body is tilted over. Usually a plate or block
of iron or steel is attached to the body bolster and
a corresponding plate, block, roller or ball bearing
on the truck bolster. The first is called the body
side bearing in distinction from the second which
is called the truck side bearing. They are also
distinguished as upper and lower side bearings.
Side Bearing Bridge or Arch Bar (Six- Wheel Truck).
62, Figs. 4780-4783, and Fig. 4985. An iron bar,
truss or wooden beam attached to the spring beam
to support the truck side bearing.
Side Bearing Roller. See Roller Side Bearing.
Side Bearing Spring (Side Dump or Tip Car). Bearing
springs, upon which the body bears at the side to
steady the box and to receive the shock when the
body is returned to its normal position after dump-
ing.
Side Board. 1. (Dining Cars.) An ornamental re-
ceptacle for dishes, etc., usually placed so as to face
the central compartment of the car. See Buffet
Car.
2. (British). American equivalent, side plank.
A planking constituting the sides of the car.
Side Body Brace. 33, Figs. 262-272, etc. Commonly,
simply Body Brace or Brace, which see, except
when the end braces are to be distinguished from
them.
Side Body Brace Rod. 34, Figs. 262-272. See above.
Side Body Truss Rods. See Side Truss Rod.
Side Buffer Spring. See Buffer Spring.
Side Buffer Stem. See Side Stem.
SID
150
SID
Side Casting. Sec Drawbar Side Casting.
Side Chute Plank. The planking of an inclined floor
which discharges its load transversely to the car,
cither toward or from the middle of the car.
Side Deck Lamp. A bracket lamp fastened above the
windows and to the deck sill, or to the lower deck
ceiling and the deck post.
Side Door (Suburban Car). Figs. 202-203.
Side Doors (Baggage Car). Figs. 1335-1337.
Side Dump Car. Fig. 52. A car so constructed that
its contents may be discharged to one side of the
track through side doors, either by having the floor
inclined, or by tipping it sidewise. See Dump Car,
Goodwin Car, and Tip Car.
Side Foot Rest (Passenger Cars). Q, Fig. 2204. A
metal plate fastened to the truss plank between the
seats for passengers to rest their feet on. Chiefly
used over heater pipes as a guard to prevent the
feet of passengers from coming in contact with the
lint pipes. Also called shields.
Side Frame. 1. (Of a Car Body.) The frame which
forms the whole side of a car body. It includes
the posts, braces, plate, rail, girth, etc. See Fram-
ing.
2. (Of a Truck.) See Truck Side Frame, Dia-
mond Truck.
Side Gutter or Outside Cornice (British). A piece of
wood secured on the outside of the chicle at the
angle of the roof to the sides. It is channeled on
the top to catch the rain and to coney it to the
ends of the vehicle to prevent it running down the
sides.
Side Gutter .Molding (British). A molding which is
attached to the outer side of the side gutter in or-
der to hide the heads of the bolts by which it is
secured.
Side Lamp. 1. Figs. 3581, etc. A lamp attached to
the side of a passenger car, in distinction from a
center lamp, which hangs from the roof. They are
usually made with brackets, by which they can be
conveniently fastened.
2. (British.) American equivalent, side tail light.
A colored signal lamp carried at the side of the
last vehicle of a train. Two red side lamps and
one red tail lamp are generally carried, arranged
in the form of a triangle.
Side Lamp Braces. 18, Figs. 3585-3601. Diagonal bars
attached to a side lamp and to the side of a car to
steady the lamp.
Side Lamp Bracket. 17, Figs. 3585-3601. See Side
Lamp.
Side Lamp Holder. 16, Figs. 3585-3601. A metal ring
or bowl-shaped receptacle usually attached to a
bracket to hold a lamp.
Side Lamp Iron (British). American equivalent, tail
light holder, A wrought iron lamp holder secured
to the outer side of the body to carry the colored
Side Lamp, which see. See also Signal Lamp.
Side Motion Spring (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 95, Figs.
1886-1035.
Side Nailing Strip. 104a, Figs. 262-272. A piece of
wood bolted outside the side sills of steel under-
name cars to which the ends of the floor planks
and the bottom ends of the sheathing are nailed.
Side Nailing Strip Bracket. 193, Figs. 262-272. A metal
support attached to the outside of the side sills of
steel cars to carry the wooden nailing strips to
which the ends of the floor planks and the bottom
ends of the sheathing are nailed.
Side Piece (for Platform Hood). A thin block cut to
the curve of the hood.
Side Plank. (Gondola Cars). 52, Figs. 383-387. The
boards bolted to the stakes, constituting the sides
of the car. They vary in height according to its
capacity and are 2y2 to 3 ins. thick. Those at the
end of the car are termed end planks, and are
sometimes hinged at the bottom so as to drop down
inwardly onto the floor of the car.
Side Plank Tie Rod. A vertical rod passing through
the side sill and side planking, and tying them
together. A side plank tie strap fulfils the same
office, but the planks are bolted or riveted to the
strap, the end of the strap being forged round and
threaded to take a nut.
Side Plank Tie Strap. See above.
Side Plate. 46, Figs. 262-272; 98, Figs. 648-651. More
properly, simply plate. The longitudinal stick on
top of the posts of the car body. So called as dis-
tinguished from the end plate.
Side Plate Stiffening Angle (Steel Cars). 41, Figs.
474-477. An angle iron riveted to the side plank or
plate, and serving the same purpose as the stakes.
Side Post Strap Bolt. A strap bolt joining the post
to the side sill.
Side Rail. A longitudinal timber extending along the
top of a side frame of a coal or ore car. It rests
upon posts and braces and connects with end rails,
which go across the end of the car. It corresponds
to the plate of a box car, but does not carry any
rafters or carlines, as does a plate.
Side Rest (Tip Car). A block of wood or metal, or a
spring, on top of the frame on which the body
rests when tipped.
Side Seat. A longitudinal car seat, the back of which
is against the side of a car. See Car Seat.
Side Sheet Angle Tie (Steel Cars). 44. Figs. 474-477.
An angle secured to the top edge of the side sheets
and running across the car, to prevent the sides
from bulging. See Bench Cap.
Side Sills
Outside Sills. 1, Figs.
262-2 i :
599-619;
8, Figs. 6207-6209. The outside longitudinal mem-
bers of the underframe. In some designs of steel
cars the side sills arc done away with entirely and
the entire side of the car designed as a deep plate
girder to carry most of the load to the bolsters.
Side Sill Flitch Plank. The two wood parts which en-
close the flitch plate and make up a composite side
sill.
Side Slope (Hopper Car). 27c, Figs. 428-431 and 27b,
Figs. 474-500. That part of the floor which slopes
from the side of the car to the hopper door. See
End Slope and Hopper Slope.
Side Spring (Miller Hook). A spiral spring actuating
tlie Miller hook laterally. The M. C. B. coupler,
from its peculiar movement of the knuckle or coup-
ling hook in coupling, requires no side play.
Side Stem (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 998, Figs. 1886-
1935.
Side Stem Bevel Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler).
60S, Figs. 1886-1935.
Side Stem Bracket (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 594,
Figs. 18S6-1935.
Side Stem Lug Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 607,
Figs. 1886-1935.
Side Stem Pivot Pin (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 5S6,
Figs. 1886-1935.
Side Stem Spring (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 602, Figs
1886-1935.
Side Step (Street Cars). A ledge usually made of a
SID
151
SIL
wrought iron plate attached to the side of the plat
form. Also called footboard.
Side Straps (Gondola Cars). The straps to which the
end planks and sometimes also the side planks, are
bolted. They are also called side plank tie straps.
Side Strut for Hopper Floor (Hopper Cars). An in-
clined strut or support for the hopper floor be-
tween the bolster and the end of the car, fastened
to the corner of the end sill. See Center Strut for
Hopper Floor.
Side Top Panel Rail (British). A part of the body
framing running horizontally in the upper part of
the side of a carriage.
Side Truss Rod or Side Trussing. A horizontal truss
rod extending longitudinally along the sides and
fastened to the end planks. Its office is to prevent
the sides from bulging. Seldom used.
Side Truss Rod Bearings. The queen posts of the side
truss rods.
Side Truss Rod Block. A block of wood or cast iron
inserted in the corner at the junction of the side
and end planking to guide the side truss rod.
Side Urinal. A urinal to fit against the flat side of a
room, in distinction from a corner urinal. The lat-
ter is almost universal in car work.
Siding. 1. A side track.
'2. See Sheathing.
Siding. Flooring, Roofing and Lining. ( M. C. B. Stand-
ard. I In 1901 the following specifications were
adopted as standard:
Flooring shall be of three kinds — square edged,
dressed all over; ship-lapped, dressed all over; or
tongued and grooved, dressed all over, in accord-
ance with section shown in Figs. 5749-5756.
Siding, roofing and lining shall be of the section
shown in Figs. 5749-5756.
In 1908 the dimensions of dressed flooring was
increased % inch. In 1908 a drawing was added
showing details of flooring 2% inches thick for use
on cars for rough freight. In 1908 drawing was
revised to show separate sections for roofing and
lining.
Signal Bell (Street Cars). A saucer-shaped bell at-
tached to each platform. They are rung by a
clapper, to which a strap is attached which extends
from one platform to the other.
Signal Bell Cord. See Bell Cord and Bell Strap.
Signal Bracket. Figs. 938-940.
Signal Branch Pipe. A pipe leading from the train air
signal pipe to the car discharge valve.
Signal Car Discharge Valve. See Car Discharge Valve.
Signal Cord. See Bell Cord.
Signal Hose. See Hose.
Signal Hose Connection. See N. B. Hose Connection.
Signal Hose Coupling. See Hose Coupling.
Signal Lamp or Signal Light. Fig. 3617. A name ap-
plied to lanterns of extra power and quality of
several kinds, but usually meaning those provided
with semaphore or bull's-eye lenses, of which from
one to four are used; whence the name single lens,
double lens. etc. Thej' are also called side tail
lights, tail lights, operator's signal lights, etc.
Signal Lamp Bracket. 141a, Figs. 577-581. A bracket
attached to the car body to hold the signal lamp.
Signal Lamp Brackets and Sockets. Figs. 938-940. (M.
C. B. Recommended Practice). In 1903 a form of
combination lamp holder and flag bracket shown in
Fig. 5951 was adopted as Recommended Practice.
Signal Lens (Street Car). A lens in the clear story of
colored glass, behind which a lamp is placed.
Signal Pipe (Tram Air Signal Apparatus). A con-
tinuous pipe running from car to car through the
tram, substantially a duplicate of the brake pipe,
but working with a much lower pressure of air.
The signal pipe couplings are also substantially
similar to brake pipe hose couplings, but are ar-
ranged so that they will not couple with the latter.
Signal Pipe Coupling (Tram Air Signal Apparatus).
See above.
Signal Pipe Cut-out Cock (Train Air Signal Apparatus).
A cock placed at each end of every car for closing
the signal pipe at the rear of the tram.
Signal Reservoir (Train Air Signal Apparatus). See
Whistle Reservoir.
Signal Strap (Street Cars). A Bell Strap, which see.
Signal Valve (Train Air Signal Apparatus). A valve
attached to a branch from the signal pipe, which,
on the opening of the car discharge valve in any
car. and the consequent reduction of pressure in
the signal pipe, permits the air to escape to blow
the signal whistle. On motor cars this A-alve and
whistle are placed in the cab at each end of the car.
Signal Whistle (Train Air Signal Apparatus). See
Signal Valve.
Sill. 1. "Properly, the basis or foundation of a thing;
appropriate!}', a piece of timber on which a build-
ing rests. The lowest timber in any structure, as
the sills of a house, of a bridge, of a loom, and the
like.
2. "The timber or stone at the foot of a door;
the threshold.
3. "The timber or stone on which a window
frame stands, or the lowest piece in a window
frame." — W ebster.
4. ( Car Building.) The mam longitudinal tim-
bers, usually six, but sometimes eight in number,
which are connected together transversely by the
end sills, body bolsters, and cross tie timbers. Sills
are divided into side sills, intermediate sills and
center sills. A few cars, such as dump cars and
tank cars, have but two sills, and others onty four.
For the splice for broken sills required by the
regulations for the interchange of cars see Inter-
change of Traffic. See also
Deck End Sill. Platform Sill
Deck Sill. Short Sill.
End Sill. Platform Short Sill.
Platform End Sill.
5. The lower horizontal member of the fram»
surrounding a window or door. See Door Sill,
Window Sill.
Sills (M. C. B. Standards). In 1899 the following
finished sizes for sections of longitudinal car sills
were adopted as standard of the Association:
For cars such as box. stock, flat, long gondolas,
refrigerators, etc., 32 feet and over in length, but
under 40 feet:
4" x8" 4" x9" 4" xlO" 4%"xl2" 5" xl4"
4%"x8" 4V>"x9" 412"xl0" 5" xl2"
5" , x8" 5" x9" 5" xlO"
For cars 40 feet long and over, such as furniture
and special long gonolas:
4%"x8" 4%"x9" 5" xlO" 6" xl2" 6" xl4"
5" x8" 5" x9" 6" xlO"
6" x9"
It is believed that the above recommendations af-
ford a sufficient range of sizes to cover all require-
ments of design; they are good merchantable sizes,
and if used as suggested car repairs will be greatly
expedited, as there will be less delay in getting
SIL
SLE
special sizes of lumber, and requisitions for regular
sizes can be filled more promptly, as lumbermen
can saw in advance of orders, with a reasonable
certainty of selling their stock.
Sill and Plank Rod. A rod passing through the sill and
planking to tie them together securely. A side
plank tie rod.
Sill and Plate Rod. 30, Figs. 262-272, etc.; 54, Figs. 599-
619. A vertical iron rod which passes through the
sill and plate of a car body frame and ties the two
together. A Brace Straining Rod, which see, is a
similar part for low passenger car trusses below
the windows.
Sill and Plate Rod Washer. Fig. 830. A large rectan-
gular Washer, which see, for the ends of the sill
and plate rod.
Sill Corner Iron. Figs. 991-992.
Sill Knee Iron. 8, Figs. 599-619. An L-shaped or right-
angled iron casting or forging bolted into the in-
side corner of a car frame to strengthen it.
Sill Splice. See Ship Splice, and Interchange of Traf-
fic.
Sill Step (Freight Cars). 30, Figs. 262-272, etc., and
Figs. 798-800. rt U-shaped iron attached to the
sill of a car, below the ladder, as a step for getting
to or from the ladder. In 1893 the M. C. B. As-
sociation recommended "That two good substan-
tial steps (sill steps), made of wrought iron, about
%xl% in. section, be fastened, one to each side
sill, next to tne corner of the car to which the
ladder is attached, on cars having ladders, and to
diagonally opposite corners on all other cars. The
steps to be not less than 12 inches long, measured
horizontally between the sides, and the tread to be
not less than S inches below the bottom of the sill.
The side of the step next to the corner of the car
to be as near to the end of the car as is practicable.
Each side of the step to be fastened to the sill
with two %-inch bolts and nuts." In 1902 this rec-
ommended practice was adopted as standard. See
Protection of Trainmen.
Sill Step Stay. A diagonal iron rod or bar attached to
one of the sills and to a sill step to stiffen the
latter. Not commonly required or used.
Sill Strap Bolt. 220, Figs. 262-272. A strap bolt, used
to fasten the side and end sills together. When set
into the sill is called a joint bolt.
Sill Tie Rod. 10, Figs. 383-387, etc.; 9, Figs. 599-619.
A transverse iron tie rod in the floor of a car for
holding the sills together.
Sill Timber Key. Figs. 785-786. A metal block let into
a gained seat on the sills to relieve the sill bolts
from shearing stresses.
Simplex Bolster. Figs. 1128-1129, 1135, 1143-1146, 5047-
5048. A type of bolster, both body and truck,
using flat iron plates for the top and bottom mem-
bers, and a cast center filling piece. The ends are
lapped over and riveted. In the truck bolster the
top member is a channel, and a heavy malleable
iron strut is used in the center.
Simonton Drop Door Gear (Drop Bottom and Hopper
Cars). Figs. 1056-1064. A drop door mechanism in
which two links are brought into a self-locking
position when the doors are closed. The usual
winding shaft is employed with a sheave over
which the links are wound.
Single Board Car Roof (Freight Cars). A roof in which
one layer of boards covered by some kind of sheet
metal is used in place of double boards. All single
board freight roofs use a sheet metal cover, either
above or below the boards, but those only having
sheet metal on top are commonly so called.
Simplex Coupler. Figs. 1589-1592.
Single Guard (for Lanterns). According to the num-
ber of horizontal wires surrounding 'the globe, lan-
terns are designated as single, double or triple
guard.
Single Pipe Strap. Fig. 2756. A pipe Clip, which see.
Single Plate Wheel. A cast iron wheel, in which the
hub and tire are united by only a single plate,
which is strengthened usually by ribs, called brack-
ets, or sometimes by corrugations. See Wheel,
Car Wheel.
Single Screw Turnbuckle. A Turnbuckle, which see,
shaped like the link of a chain with a screw at ane
end and a swivel at the other.
Single Window Blind. A blind which is made in one
piece or section, and large enough for one window.
They require a lower window, and hence are rarely
used in the better grade of passenger cars unless
made flexible. See Window Blind.
Single Window Blind Lift. See Window Blind Lift.
Sink (Dining Car). A shallow metallic box to receive
and carry off dirty water.
Six-Wheel Truck. Fig. 4774; details, Fig. 4S66, etc.
Six-wheel trucks are the standard for sleeping,
parlor and dining cars. They are sometimes,
though rarely, built of iron or steel. SeeTruck, Car
Truck.
Sizer (Wood Working Machinery). Fig. 6799. See
Planer.
Skeleton (Steel Tired Wheels). Another term for the
Wheel Center or Central Filling Piece, which see.
The word skeleton is principally used when the
wrought or cast wheel center consists of open bars.
Skew Back. 1. (Masonry.) The face on the edge of
the abutment against which the arch proper abuts.
2. (.Of a Truss.) A casting on the end of a truss
or a trussed beam to which a truss rod is fastened.
It is usually made in the form of a cap, and forms
a bearing for the truss rod nuts.
3. (Car Building.) A Truss Rod Washer, which
see.
Slab. 2, Figs. 3684-3686. See Wash Stand Slab.
Slack Adjuster. Figs. 1173-1182, 1187-1192, 1259. A device
for automatically taking up the slack in the founda-
tion brake gear when normal piston travel is ex-
ceeded.
Slanting Table Leg. One which abuts against a slant-
ing table leg plate in the side of the car instead of
standing vertically.
Slanting Table Leg Hook. Fig. 4408. See above.
Slat. A narrow piece of board or timber, such as Seat.
Back Slats, Seat Slats, Window Blind Slats, which
see.
Slat Cattle Car. A Stock Car, which see.
Slat Seat. A seat composed of narrow strips of wood.
These are usually placed longitudinally on the
seats with a space between them.
Slatted Floor. An open floor made of slats nailed to
cross pieces with a space left between them so that
air can circulate beneath and through between the
slats.
Sleeper. 1. The tics or cross timbers on which the rails
of a tramway are laid and spiked.
2. A misnomer for a sleeping car, since it is the
passengers who sleep and not the car.
Sleeping Car. Figs. 174-178, 213-217, 605-606, 612-613. A
car provided with fixed seats, arranged to face each
other, which can be used for day travel and at night
SLE
5M0
can be made up into berths. Each pair of seats is
called a section and the standard Pullman sleeping
car contains 12 such sections which can be made
up into upper and lower berths. The mattress and
bedding are carried in a pocket under the deck,
the bottom of the pocket being hinged to lower and
form the upper berth, while the seat cushions and
backs are arranged on the seat frame to form the
lower berth. See Fig. 2201.
Most of the sleeping cars in the United States are
owned and operated by the Pullman Company and
hence are often referred to simply as Pullman
cars. They are handsomely finished and uphol-
stered.
Emigrant Sleeping Cars or Tourist Sleeping
Cars resemble ordinary sleeping cars, but are with
out expensive upholstery. In Great Britain sleep-
ing cars are in use on some through night trains,
but they differ from the Pullman cars in being
divided up into small compartments, each contain-
ing one lower berth, or sometimes two, but with-
out upper berths. The berths are arranged across
the car instead of lengthwise and for day travel
are made up into a comfortable sofa seat.
The first sleeping car built in the United States
was made in the shops of the Terre Haute, Alton
& St. Louis Railroad by a mechanic named Wood-
ruff. The coach provided seats for sixty passen-
gers, which were convertible into flat berths. The
patent was secured in 1856-1857. The next sleeping
cars were two of the same kind run on the New
York Central Railroad. Webster Wagner, founder
of the AYagner Palace Car Company, built and
patented four sleepers for the New York Central
Railroad in 1858. The modern palace sleeping car
was introduced by George M. Pullman, who built
his first car in 1859. Some of the early Pullman
cars had sixteen wheels instead of twelve. The
first Wagner palace car was built in 1807. Both
A\ agner and Pullman paid royalties to Woodruff.
See
Compartment Sleeping Sleeping Car Section.
Car. Stateroom Sleeping
Lower Berth. Car.
Observation Sleeping
Car.
Sleeping Car Section. Figs. 2201-2203, 4112. The space
in a sleeping car occupied b}' two double seats in
da\'time and by two berths or beds at night. Ther;
are usually 12 sections in a car, in addition to a
stateroom, smoking compartment, etc.
Sleet Cutter. Fig. 0346. A special trolley wheel hav-
ing corrugated contact surfaces, used in place of a
standard wheel during sleet storms. The corru-
gated surface breaks through the ice on the trolley
wire and maintains electrical contact between the
wheel and wire.
Sleeve (Kirby's Door Lock). C, Figs. 2480-2481.
Sleeve Collar (Kirby's Door Lock). D, Figs. 2480-
2481.
Slewing Gear (or Pile Driver Car). The means for
causing the swinging platform to revolve. It con-
sists of a hand wheel and spur wheel, the latter
engaging in the slewing rack fixed to the floor of
the car.
Slewing Rack (of Pile Driver Car). See above.
Slewing Rings (of a Derrick). Rings attached to the
upper end of the boom for attaching a rope by
which to move or steady it when loaded.
Slide Valve (Triple Valve). 1. 20, Figs. 1225-1230; 3,
Figs. 1233-1237. A plain slide valve, controlled in
its motion by the piston, by means of which the air
is admitted to, and exhausted from, the brake
cydinder, applying and releasing the brake.
2. (Reducing Valve.) 8, Figs. 1248-1252.
Slide Valve Feed Valve. See Feed Valve.
Slide Valve Reducing Valve. See Feed Valve.
Slide Valve Spring. 1. (Triple Valve.) 18, Figs. 1225 -
1230; 6, Figs. 1233-1237.
2. (Reducing Valve.) 9, Figs. 1248-1252.
Sliding Bolt (of a Padlock). The bolt in the interior
of the padlock which engages with the shackle,
locking it to place. The forward end of the bolt
is termed the bit. The movement of the sliding
bolt is controlled by the sliding bolt spring.
Sliding Door. A door opened by sliding sideways in
stead of swinging on hinges. Such doors are al-
most universally used on freight cars; also on
subway trains and tunnel cars. Figs. 1341-1342.
They are hung by a hook called the door hanger.
which slides on a top door track. See also Car
Door Hanger. They are also in general use on
baggage cars and street cars.
Sliding Door Bracket. A Door Track Bracket, which
see.
Sliding Door Fixtures. Figs. 2407-2427, 2654-2662. See
also Car Door Hanger, Sliding Door Lock and
Sliding Door Latch.
Sliding Door Friction Roller. Fig. 2659. A small
wheel attached to the top or bottom of a sliding
door to make it run easily. It may or may not
carry the weight of the door.
Sliding Door Handles. Figs. 2426-2427. See Door
Handles.
Sliding Door Hasp and Staple (Mail Car). Figs. 2407-
2408. See Hasp and Staple.
Sliding Door Holder or Hook (Street Cars). A metal
hook by which a sliding door can be fastened on
the inside.
Sliding Door Hook and Button (Baggage Car). Figs.
2409-2410.
Sliding Door Latch. Figs. 2411-2418. A latch made
with a hook lifting vertically instead of a bolt slid-
ing horizontally, for fastening sliding doors.
Sliding Door Latch Keeper. Figs. 2411-2420, etc. Also
called a strike plate.
Sliding Door Lock. Figs. 2413-2427. A lock made
especially for fastening sliding doors. Such locks
usualhr have a hook which engages in a correspond-
ing catch attached to the door post. The hook is
secured in connection with the catch by means of
a bolt, which is operated by a key.
Sliding Door Roller. Fig. 2659.
Sliding Door Sheave. See Door Sheave.
Sliding Door Track. See Door Track.
Slip Lamp Burner. A burner in which the chimney is
held in place by springs or screws, and so con-
structed that the entire slotted cap to the burner
may be removed at once by lifting, still carrying
the chimney, without removing any spring.
Smith Car Door. Figs. 1359-1364.
Smith Heater. Fig. 2749.
Smoke Bell. Fig. 3554 and 13, Figs. 3585-3601. A cover
or screen of glass, porcelain or metal, shaped
somewhat like a bell, and placed over a lamp to
protect the ceiling of a car or room. Large smoke
bells are often called canopies.
Smoke Bell Bracket. A separate carrier for a smoke
bell.
Smoke Bell Stem (of Lamps). A tube attached to the
upper part of a smoke bell and serving to conduct
SMO
154
:oc
away the gases so as to bring the smoke bell lower
and nearer to the lamp.
Smoke Flue. A smoke pipe.
Smoke Flue Base (Baker Heater). Fig. 2695-2696.
Smoke Jack. See Lamp Jack, Stove Pipe Jack.
Smoke Pipe (Heaters). The pipe by which the smoke
is conducted to the outside of the car, usually called
stove pipe, but the stove pipe of heaters is called a
smoke pipe or smoke flue, to distinguish it from
the air pipes.
Smoke Pipe Cap. A covering on top of the smoke pipe
to exclude rain and wind. Also called jack.
Smoke Pipe Casing (Heaters). An outside pipe which
incloses a smoke pipe, leaving a space between the
two through which air is admitted from the top
and is thus warmed.
Smoke Screen (Baker Heaters). Fig. 2687. A con-
ical-shaped box, the front of which is the feed door
and the bottom of which is the hole through which
the coal enters the fire pot, and which is covered
by the safety plate.
Smoke Top (Baker Heater). Fig. 2695, etc. The upper
part of the heater, made of Russia iron, in a conical
form.
Smoking Car. A car usually attached to all passenger
trains immediately behind the baggage car, in which
smoking is permitted: also, in general custom, the
only one open to passengers with second-class
tickets. Buffet Smoking Cars, which see, and some
others, are more luxurious. Combination Smoking
and Baggage Cars, which see, are also largely in
use.
Smoking Carriage (British). A passenger vehicle in
which smoking is allowed. The whole of a vehicle
is seldom devoted to this purpose, separate com-
partments of each class being set apart for smok-
ing in every train, as required by law. See also
Carriage.
Smoking Room (Sleeping Cars). A compartment now
almost universal in modern sleeping cars and parlor
cars. It is generally kept for the free use of the
passengers, and separate seats or berths are not
sold in it.
Smudge ( British). The scrapings and cleanings of
paint pots collected and used to cover the outer
side of the roof boards as a bed for the Roofing
Canvas, which see.
Snatch Block. Properly a single block which has an
opening (notch) in one cheek to receive the rope
The snatch block is usually provided with a swivel
hook. The term is also popularly applied to any
form of single block provided with a hook, al-
though more properly it applies to only one with
an opening at the side for readily inserting or re-
moving the rope.
Snow Plow. Fig. 249. "A machine operated like a
plow, but on a larger scale, for clearing away the
snow from railroads." — Webster. The parts of a
snow plow corresponding with the plow share ami
mold board of an ordinary plow are mounted on
running gear similar to that used for freight cars.
Small snow plows are also attached to the cow-
catchers of locomotives and regularly carried
throughout the winter. See Russell Snow Plow.
Other machines, called the rotary steam shovel,
and the Jull centrifugal snow excavator, operated
in a manner altogether different from ordinary snow
plows, are made and are in use on roads in moun-
tainous districts where the snowfall is very great.
They have found considerable favor in the West-
ern States. The rotary steam snow shovel is a
powerful machine, carried in a heavy frame, made
of steel I and channel beams. A boiler and double
cylinder engine of the locomotive type are carried,
which are connected b3r heavy steel pinions to a
bevel gear on a horizontal shaft.
Upon this shaft is mounted the rotary wheel, con-
sisting of a series of 12 rotary shovels with auto-
matic reversible cutting blades. This is rotated in
a drum, or casing, having a square front which cuts
the snow not reached by the knives to a width of
10 feet 6 inches or more if required.
The cutting blades slice the snow from the bank
into the shovels, which, with the centrifugal force
of the wheel, discharge the snow in a solid stream
through a chute on top of the drum, to either sid;
of the track desired, and to a distance of from on?
to two hundred feet. The speed of the wheel is
from one to two hundred revolutions per minute
This machine is equipped with an ice pick and
flanger — the former to protect it from derailment
by snow and ice — the latter for cleaning the flange
and rail every time it passes over the road. Coal
and water for the rotary are carried in an ordinary
locomotive tender, coupled to the rotary for this
purpose. One standard locomotive is required to
push this machine in any kind of snow.
The Jull centrifugal snow excavator has a
"scoop" in front, 10 feet or more wide and 11 feet
high, consisting of a square-shaped open front
box, within which revolves the "snow cutter." This
"snow cutter" consists of an inverted truncated
cone, inclined downward and laterally, upon which
are riveted four helical, sharp-edged cutting blades.
which slice off the snow, gather it into the "scoop,"
and, by centrifugal force, discharge it to either
side of the track separately, or to both sides at
once, through openings in the "scoop." The diam-
eter of the cone from the outer edge of one cutting
blade to that of its opposite blade is, at the larg"
or upper end, 10 feet, and at the small or lower
end, 3 feet. The "snow cutter" is operated by an
engine of locomotive design, having two cylinders.
18-inch diameter, 24-inch stroke. The excavator
is equipped with separate flanger and ice cutters,
which are controlled and operated by the pilot by
means of compressed air, and it is equipped with
Westinghouse air brake. Two hundred revolutions
of the "snow cutter" are made to 175 revolutions
of the engine. In actual service the number of
revolutions of the "snow cutter" varies from 150 to
250 revolutions per minute, according to the diffi-
culty of the work to be done.
Snow Flanger. A plate of iron or steel attached to a
car or engine to scrape away snow and ice on the
sides of the heads of the rails so as to make room
for the flanges of the wheels. The term is some-
times applied to an adjustable plow fitted to a loco-
motive or car which extends low down onto the
track and has a plate or tool for cutting and
scraping the snow and ice from the rail.
Snow Scraper. A plate or bar of iron or steel attached
to an engine or car to scrape away the snow and
ice from the rails.
Soap Dish. Figs. 3662-3666.
Soap Holder. A soap dish attached to a partition like
a bracket.
Socket. "Any hollow thing or place which receives
and holds something else." — Webster. As the
socket for a water cooler valve. See also
soc
155
SPL
Berth Curtain Rod Revolving Chair Stand
Bushing or Socket. Socket.
Flag Holder Socket.
Socket Caster. Figs. 4279-4282. A fixed or rigid caster.
Xot properly a caster at all, except by custom of
the trade. See Caster.
Socket Washer. Figs. 777-T7S. A large washer with
a cavit}- to receive the head or nut of a bolt or rod
so that is will not project beyond the surface of
the wood to which it is attached. Also called cup
washer.
Sofa (Sleeping Cars). A longitudinal seat which makes
• up by pulling out sidewise so as to drop the back,
now used only in staterooms.
Sofa Spring (British). See Back Squab Sofa Spring,
Squab Sofa Spring.
Sofa Arm Rest Bolt. Figs. 4302-4303.
Sofa Arm Rest Fixtures. Figs. 4297-4299.
Sofa Back Leg Socket. Figs. 4300-4301.
Sofa Back Pivot Hinge and Bushing. Figs. 4294-4295.
Sofa Bolt i Sleeping Cars). Fig. 4304. A sliding bolt
used for holding a sofa in its place. It is operated
from the front by a sofa pull working through a
sofa crank. Sofas standing against the side of the
cars are now little used, except in private cars.
Sofa Caster. Figs. 4279-4282. See Caster.
Sofa Furnishings. Figs. 4288-4304.
Sofa Hinge. Figs. 4288-4289. A hinge by which the
seat and back of a sofa are fastened together so
that they can be changed from a sofa to a bed.
See Seat Hinge.
Sofa Leg Hook. Fig. 4307.
Sofa Rail End and Socket. Figs. 4314-4315.
Soffit Board. 121s, Figs. 648-651. A board which forms
the under side or ceiling of some subordinate part
or member of a building or a car. as of a staircase
or cornice. See Deck Soffit Board.
Soil Hopper. Fig. 4u54. See Closet Hopper
Sole Bar I British). American equivalent, side sill.
One or two longitudinal bars which are the main
members of the Underframe, which see. In British
car construction the side sills are relatively more
important than in America.
Sole Bar Angle Iron (British). An angle iron secured
to the sole bar, to stiffen it. A plate is sometimes
used instead of an angle iron.
Solenoid. A coil of insulated copper wire wound on a
spool which, when the electric current flows through
it, may draw or attract an iron rod, core or plunger
into its interior. A modified form of electro mag-
net. Used as a means for operating regulators,
switches and other electrical apparatus.
Solid Braided Bell Cord. Fig. 2321. See Bell Cord.
"Solid" Compressed End Brake Beam. Figs. 4822-
4*23.
Solid Draft Gear. Fig. 1536.
Solid Leather-Head Nails. Fig. 3781. A form of orna-
mental nail for finishing work, in which the head is
of solid leather. The same principle is applied to
the manufacture of solid leather buttons, also much
used for decorative purposes.
Solid Wrought Iron Single-Spoke Wheel. A wheel in
which the spokes, hub (boss) and rim are all
welded together, each spoke consisting of one
single bar. The tire is shrunk on.
Soule Rawhide Lined Dust Guard. Fig. 5321.
Spacing Block (Pintsch Lamp). 292, Figs. 3208-3224.
Spanner. A wrench for uncoupling hose, etc., formed
like the arc of a circle, with notches or lugs for
engaging into dogs or grooves on a spanner nut.
An ordinary wrench is termed a spanner in Great
Britain.
Spanner Bar (Buhoup Vestibule). 6 and 94. Figs. 2215-
2203.
Spanner Bar Bolt (Buhoup Vestibule). Ill, Figs. 2215-
2263. See also Filling Spider.
Spider (Pintsch Lamp). 302, Figs. 3208-3224.
Spider Plate or Underframe Plate (British). A fiat
horizontal wrought iron bar connecting two or
more timbers of the underframe together, and be-
ing placed beneath them prevents one sinking be-
low the others. It is often made with three or
more arms radiating from a common center; hence
its name.
Spindle ( Kirby's Door Lock). B. Figs. 2480-2481.
Spiral Elliptic Seat Spring. A spring made of a thin
band of steel wound in a spiral coil, the transverse
section of which is elliptic.
Spiral Journal Bearing. Fig. 5328.
Spiral Sash Spring. See Sash Spring.
Spiral Seat Spring. The common form of Seat Spring,
which see.
Spiral Spring. Fig. 6010. A spring made of a metal
rod or bar coiled in the form of the thread of
a screw, so that it can be compressed or ex-
panded in the direction of the axis around which it
is coiled. Vost of the springs now in use in car
work, except the bolster springs of passenger cars,
are spiral springs. Volute springs, india rubber
springs, compound or wool packed springs are quite
obselete. Spiral springs are designated as single,
double, triple or quadruple coil springs when nested
one inside the other. Such springs are also called
nest springs. Usually the single springs or nest
springs are again combined into two group, four
group, six group, etc.. springs. Two to eight group
springs are the most common. Graduated springs
seem to have had their day, and are not often speci-
fied for new construction. The various springs in
them come into action successively as the load in-
creases, instead of all at once. Spiral springs are
also designated according to the section of bar, as
round bar, flat bar, square bar, half round bar, oval
bar, edge rolled, etc.. but nearly all springs are now
made from round bar steel. Equal bar is a term
applied to nest springs made from bars of such size
that the resistance of the coil is proportioned to its
diameter. Spiral springs are also designated ac-
cording to their use. as equalizer springs, journal
springs, pedestal springs, bolster springs (which
latter are the main springs of a car), buffer springs,
draft springs, etc.
Spiral Spring Cap. 75. Figs. 4771-4777: Fig. 6010. A
casting or plate which forms a bearing for the top
of a spiral spring, and which also holds it in its
place. A seat is used at the other end, but both
these parts in bolster springs are commonly called
Spring Plates, which see.
Spittoon. Figs. 2667-2669. A vessel to receive the dis-
charges of spittle and other abominations. A Cus-
pidor, which see, is the same thing in a different
form.
Splash Board. A board attached in an inclined position
covering up the back of passenger car steps. It
serves much the same purpose as the risers of
steps, and prevents mud and dirt being thrown on
the steps. Not in general use.
Splasher (British). An iron plate attached to the floor
above the wheels. Only used when the wheels are
too large in diameter to clear the ordinary floor.
Also called wheel cover or wheel plate.
SPL
150
SPR
Splice. 1. "The union of ropes by interweaving the
strands." — Webster. Hence any appliance by
which the ends of a rope, cord, beam or bar, are
united. See Bell Cord Splice.
2. (For Car Sills.) See Scarf Joint, Ship Splice.
According to the rules for the interchange of cars
of the Master Car Builders' Association, the splice
of a sill to be received must be '24 in. long. See
Interchange of Traffic.
Splicing Center Sills. See Center Sills.
.Split Key. Figs. 807-808. A form of pin which is self-
fastening, consisting essentially of two parallel
strips or bars of metal, which, when united, con-
stitute one pin, but which tend to spring apart, so
that the pin cannot be withdrawn without the use
of considerable force.
Spoke. "One of the radial arms which connect the
hub with tlie rim of a wheel." — Knight.
Spoke Wheel. Fig. 5392, etc. A wheel, the rim or tire
of which is connected with the hub by spokes in-
stead of one or more plates. These spokes are
sometimes made of solid cast iron, in others they
are cast hollow, and still others are made of
wrought iron or cast steel.
Spool (of Hoisting Gear). The drums on which the
hoisting rope or chain is wound.
Spring. Figs. 5368-5383, 6010-6020. Elliptic springs,
Figs. 5372-5383. An elastic body to resist con-
cussion. Springs are also used to produce motion
in a reverse direction to that caused by some other
applied force, as a brake spring and the spring of a
door latch. The leading forms of springs are
Elliptic Springs and Spiral Springs, which see.
Spiral springs are designated according to the num-
ber combined together one within the other, as
double coil, triple coil, etc.; or, if the springs are
placed side by side, as two group, four group, six
group, etc.; elliptic springs, according to the num-
ber united to work together as one spring, are
designated as double or duplicate, triple or tripli-
cate, quadruple, quintuple and sextuple. The main
springs about a car are nearly all spiral springs, ex-
cept that elliptic springs are almost exclusively
used for the bolster springs of passenger cars.
The principal springs of a car supporting its
weight are the bolster springs, also called bearing
springs or body springs. Equalizing bar or equal-
izer springs are used in addition on passenger cars,
as also sometimes journal springs. Side journal
springs are used on street cars, and are sometimes
key-shaped or spool-shaped. Tension communi-
cated through the draw spring or springs.
In European practice bearing springs are semi-
elliptical; buffing and draft springs are rubber, semi-
elliptical, spiral or volute. The seat cushions and
backs arc supported by sofa springs. The tendency
to-day of American practice is toward single and
double coil, round bar springs for car work. For
equalizer springs the universal practice is to use
plain single and double coil, round bar spiral
springs.
Springs and Spring Caps (M. C. B. Recommended
Practice). Figs. 6010-6020. In 1898 detail designs
of spring coils and caps were adopted as Recom-
mended Practice.
In 1901 a committee presented revised drawings,
with full details and specifications. They were sub-
mitted to letter ballot and adopted as Recommended
Practice, and are shown in Figs. 6010-6013.
In 1901 designs, with full details and specifications
for springs for 100,000-pound capacity cars, were
presented, and as a result of letter ballot were
adopted as Recommended Practice. See Figs. 6014-
6017.
Spring Band (Elliptic Springs). A wrought iron strap
which embraces the plates at the center.
Spring Blocks. 76, Figs. 4780-4783. Blocks to which
the equalizer spring caps are attached. They are
made right and left.
Spring Box (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 961, Figs. 1886-
1935.
Spring Box Holder (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 932,
Figs. 1886-1935.
Spring Cap. Figs. 5384-5389. A cup-shaped piece of
cast or wrought iron for holding the top of a spring
and against which the latter bears. They are fur-
ther distinguished by the name of the spring, as
bolster spring cap, etc. The spring seat comes be-
low the spring, but both these parts are very com-
monly called spring plates, especially in large group
springs.
Spring Controller. Figs. 5368-5369.
Spring Door Latch. Figs. 2585-2587, etc. A latch, the
bolt of which is thrown into contact with a catch
by a spring, and is disengaged by a knob or handle.
Such latches are not arranged so as to be fastened
with a key. See Latch.
Spring Door Lock. Figs. 2576-2577, etc. A lock usually
called a night latch. See Latch.
Spring Edge (Car Upholstery). A term applied to a
method of upholstery which protects the frame
work entirely by springs, so that it is not felt by
the occupant of the seat.
Spring Hanger (Elliptic Springs). 170, Figs. 585-588.
A T-shaped bolt or an 8 or U-shaped iron strap
which sustains the end of a semi-elliptic spring.
The T-hanger is a bolt with a T-head pass-
ing through a slot in the spring, used in locomo-
tives, but not on cars. The 8-shaped hanger is a
wrought forging with holes at each end for two
bolts.
Spring Hanger Iron or Bracket (Cabooses, etc.). 171,
Figs. 585-588. A bent bar fastened to a pedestal
timber or wheel piece, to which the spring hangers
are attached.
Spring Hinge. Fig. 2741. See Double-Acting Spring
Hinge.
Spring Link or Spring Shackle (British). American
equivalent, spring hanger, a term also used in
Great Britain. A link attached to the end of a
laminated spring by which the weight is placed
upon it.
Spring Link Adjusting Screw or Tee Bolt (British).
An eye bolt by which the tension of the bearing
spring, ami, to some extent, the height of the car
body above the rails can be regulated. Rarely used
except in passenger service, where it is very gen-
eral. A different style, having the bolt vertical,
is the same as above, except that being vertical, it
cannot put initial tension on the spring.
Spring Padlock. A padlock, the hasp of which can be
locked by pressure only, without a key; so called
in distinction from a dead padlock.
Spring Pin. See Lateral Motion Spring Pin (Passenger
Car Trucks).
Spring Plank. 43, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4774, and Figs.
4791-4792, 5016-5018. A transverse timber under-
neath a truck bolster and on which the bolster
springs rest. Also called sand plank or sand board.
A Spring Plank Safety Strap or Guard, which see,
SPR
157
STA
passes under the spring plank. In iron trucks, iron
spring plank bars take the place of the wooden
spring plank, and in other trucks they are very
common. A swing spring plank is used in passen-
ger and other Swing Motion Trucks, which see.
In rigid bolster trucks the spring plank is bolted
to the lower arch bar of the truck frame.
Spring Plank Bearing. 44, Figs. 4771-4774. A casting
on which a spring plank rests, and which is sup-
ported by the lower swing hanger pivot. Also
called cross-bar casting or spring plank carrier.
Spring Plank Safety Hanger. Figs. 4849-4850.
Spring Plank Safety Strap (Passenger Car Trucks).
45, Figs. 4771-4777, and Figs. 4S49-4S50. A U-shaped
strap of iron attached to the transoms, and passing
under the spring plank, so as to hold it up in case
the swing hangers or their attachments should
break.
Spring Plate. Fig. 4^22. A common term for spring
seats and caps, especially those of considerable size,
as for bolster springs. They are often provided
with spring plate lugs to hold the spring in place.
Spring Pocket (Strap Drawbar). See below.
Spring Pocket or Strap Drawbar. A drawbar with a
rectangular strap or "pocket" at the back end. in
which the draft spring is placed. So called in dis-
tinction from a tail bolt attachment. See Yoke.
Practically all drawbars are now attached with a
yoke or strap, and this form is the Recommended
Practice of the M. C. E. Association.
Spring Seat. 74. Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4774. A cup-
shaped piece of cast or wrought iron, on which the
bottom of a spring rests. See Spring Cap, Spring
Plate.
They are further distinguished by the name of the
spring for which they serve, as bolster spring seat,
equalizer spring seat, etc.
Spring Shackle (British). See Spring Link.
Spring Stud (Street Cars). A round iron bar which
rests on the top of the journal box or spring seat
and passes through the center of a spiral spring.
The upper end works in a guide and thus holds the
spring in its place. A similar bar has been used on
steam cars for transmitting the weight from the
spring to the journal box.
Sprue (Foundry). The piece of metal which fills the
gate or channel through which the metal is poured
in making a casting.. This piece is broken off when
the casting is cooled. The gate iself is often called
a sprue.
Sprue Hole. A gate of a mold for casting metals.
Spud. Figs. 3648-3649. A bushing or coupling by
which the hole of a sink or water cooler drip is
connected with the drain or drain pipe.
Spur Wheel. 1. (Hoisting Gear, etc.) Literally any
cog wheel, but usally meaning the larger one of a
pair of wheels in gear, in distinction from the
pinion, which is the smaller one of the two.
2. (Lever Hand Car.) 5, Figs. 6207-6209.
Squab Cushion. One formed of a bag or case stuffed
with curled hair or other elastic materia], not at-
tached to the seat, but simply laid upon it. Xow
little used, box cushions being preferred. See
Cushion.
Square Bolt Heads (M. C. B. Standard). In 1899 the
following dimensions for square bolt heads were
adopted as Recommended Practice:
The side of the head shall be one and one-half
times the diameter of the bolt, and the thickness
of the head shall be one-half the side of the head.
In 1900 these dimensions were adopted as
Standard.
Square Door Bolt. Fig. 2391. A door bolt made of a
square and straight bar of metal. When the bolt
has an offset it is termed a square neck door bolt,
as in Fig. 2393.
Square End. A rectangular piece on the end of a shaft
to which a crank or wrench can be applied; also
termed winding arbor or crank pin.
Square Root Iron. A term applied by manufacturers
to angle iron in which the corners are brought to
a sharp angle and not rounded off. Square root
iron is one form of angle iron, but is never meant
when that term alone is used.
St. Louis Flush Car Door. Figs. 1367-1368.
Stake (Flat or Gondola Cars). 42. Figs. 383-387.
1. i Flat Cars.) A stick of wood attached to
the outside of the sills by a Stake Pocket or Stake
Pocket Strap and Stake Bolt, which see. to keep
the load from falling off. They are sometimes
attached by swivelmg bolts, so that they can be
dropped if desired along the side of the car.
2. (Gondola Cars.) A similar piece, attached by
stake pockets to the sills and fastened to the
side piank. usually on the outside, but sometimes
on the inside, by bolts. In steel cars the stakes
are formed of angles or pressed T shapes.
Stake Bolt (Gondola and Flat Cars). A bolt passing
through the bottom end of the stakes, serving in
connection with the Stake Pocket Strap, which see,
in place of the ordinary form of stake pocket.
Stake Hook (Flat Cars'). A hook on the side of a flat
car to hold a swiveling stake m an upright position.
Stake Pocket (Gondola and Flat Cars). 39a, Figs. 360-
363. etc. A cast iron receptacle attached to the
side sills by U-bolts to receive the end of a stake
which supports the side or confines the load, in the
case of a fiat car. A substitute is the Stake Pocket
Strap, which see.
Stake Pockets (M. C. B. Recommended Practice).
In 1905, as a result of letter ballot, the following
Recommended Practice was adopted regarding
permanent stake pockets:
1. That the method of securing permanent stake
pockets to cars of wooden construction be by U-
bolts.
2. That the method of securing permanent stake
pockets to cars of steel construction be by rivets
or U-bolts.
3. That malleable iron be used in the manufacture
of permanent stake pockets.
4. That stakes should be located to suit the con-
struction of the car or the requirements of the
service, but should not be placed further apart than
4 feet from center to center.
In 1905. as a result of the letter ballot, the fol-
lowing dimensions were adopted as Recommended
Practice for temporary stake pockets:
For flat cars and gondola cars with sides less than
30 inches high, 4 inches wide by 5 inches deep.
For gondola cars with sides 30 inches and over,
4 inches wide by 4 inches deep.
Stake Pocket Strap or U-Bolt (Gondola, Flat and Stock-
Cars). A U-shaped bolt flattened at the side, and
serving as a substitute for the ordinary form of
stake pocket, when the stakes are intended as per-
manent attachments.
Stake Pocket U-Bolt. A U-bolt applied to a stake
pocket that encloses three sides of the stake and
STA
15S
STE
pocket and passes through the flange holes into the
side sill, to which it is bolted.
Stake Rest (Flat Cars). A bracket or support on which
a stake rests when turned down horizontally.
Stake Sleeve (Flat or Gondola Cars). A casting with a
horn-shaped projection slipped over a stake to hold
up the hinged side of a platform or gondola car.
Stanchion. 1. A prop or support.
2. (Nautical.) A term very generally, but not
exclusively, used for posts with an eye in one end,
which carries a rope.
3. (Car and Locomotive Work.) By analogy
from nautical use, a metal post or hanger with an
eye in one end, which holds a rod or other object,
as a hand rail or curtain rod. The opposite end is
usually fastened by a nut, or with a flange or lugs,
which form a part of the stanchion.
Stand. "Something on which a thing rests or is laid."
— Webster. See
Radiator Stand. Seat Stand.
Revolving Chair Stand.
Standard. 1. A name sometimes applied to the Col-
umn or Bolster Guide Bar, which see.
2. (Of M. C. B. Association.) A considerable list
of standard details of cars, which have been adopted
by the Master Car Builders' Association. See
Master Car Builders' Standards.
fn 1893, when the old standards of the Master
Car Builders' Association were divided into two
groups, the group which retained the name stand-
ard was defined as "Those forms, parts, construc-
tions, units, measurements or system in which it
is desirable to secure not only sound construction,
good practice and safe operation, but which also
promote quick and cheap repairs and consequent
free interchange of cars."
The group termed Recommended Practice was
defined as "Those forms, parts, construction, units,
measurements or systems which are conducive of
sound construction, good practice and safe opera-
tion, but which do not affect either interchange-
ability of parts or interchangeability of cars as a
whole."
Standard Axles (M. C. B.). See Axle.
Standard Bolts and Nuts (Table). See Sellers' Stand-
ard.
Standard Car Axle (M. C. B.). See Axle.
Standard Car Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1599-1607; Pas-
senger, Figs. 1820-1827.
Standard Check Gage for Mounting Wheels (M. C. B.).
Adopted in 1894. See Check Gage.
Standard Dry Closet. Fig. 4067. See Dry Closet.
Standard Gage. The most common distance between
the rails of railroads, which is throughout the world
4 ft. 8% ins. See Gage. This gage originated from
the use of an even 5 ft. gage, with outside flanges.
As inside flanges came to be preferred, and had to
run on the same rails (then with much narrower
heads than now), the present standard was of
necessity used.
Standard Journal Bearings and Wedges (M. C. B.)
See Journal Bearings.
Standard Journal Boxes (M. C. B.) ). See Journal Boxes.
Standard Pedestal (M. C. B.). See Pedestal.
Standard Ry. Eqpt. Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6905-6907.
Standard Screw Threads (M. C. B.). See also Sellers'
and Whitworth. Sec Screw Threads.
Standard Splice (M. C. P..). See Interchange of Traffic.
Standard Steel Platform. Fig. 1936. A platform con-
struction for passenger cars, combining a draft
gear and buffer plate mechanism. The platform
sills are of I-beams, which are continuous back to
the bolster. It is the standard construction on
Pullman cars and on large numbers of other pas-
senger cars.
Standard Steel Works' Steel Tired Wheels. Figs. 5428-
5453.
Standard Wheel Gage (Between Backs of Flanges; M.
C. B.). See Wheel Gage.
Standing or Partition Pillar (British). American equiva-
lent, post. An upright piece in the body running
its entire height. The term is not applied to the
Corner or Door Pillars, which see.
Stanwood Safety Step Tread. Figs. 2280-2281.
Staple. Figs. 908-909, 1375-1370. A U-shaped piece of
wrought iron pointed at the ends, to be driven into
wood told hold a hasp, hook, pin, etc. The term is
also applied to a wrought or cast iron keeper,
which is screwed or bolted to the doorpost or
frame, and over which a hasp fits.
Star Ventilator. Fig. 4427. See Ventilator.
Starting Valve (Gold Car Heating). Fig. 2819. A valve
on the locomotive to admit steam to the train line.
Stasch Ventilator. Fig. 4426. See Ventilator.
Stateroom. Fig. 182. A compartment in sleeping and
private cars, sometimes containing a stationary bed
and in other designs the usual berths. Also termed
Drawing Room, which see.
Stateroom Sleeping Car. Fig. 214. A sleeping car hav-
ing one or more separate compartments or state-
rooms in addition to the standard sections or berths
in the main part of the car. A drawing-room sleep-
ing car has one or more separate compartments
which are larger than a stateroom and have a
lounge or sofa in addition to the two section seats
which are made up into the berths. Drawing rooms
usually have a private toilet room off.
Stationary Lock (Freight Cars). Fig. 1371. A lock
permanently fixed to the door or side of the car, in
distinction from padlocks, which are quite out of
use on freight cars.
Stay. A beam, bar, rod, etc., by which two or more
objects are connected together to prevent lateral
deviations of one or both of them. See
Body Queen Post Stay. Lamp Stay.
Center Stay. Sill Step Stay.
Stay Rod. 1. A rod which acts as a stay. See Pedestal
Stay Rod, 7, Figs. 4771-4777.
2. (Of a Derrick or Crane). See Tension Rods.
Steam and Air Line Connections (M. C. B. Recom-
mended Practice). Figs. 5944-5947.
In 1903 the following specifications for steam and
air line connections were adopted as Recommended
Practice:
Two-inch steam train pipe; end train pipe valves;
steam hose, 1%-inch inside diameter and of such
length as to provide 31 inches from face of coup-
ling gasket to cud of hose nipple; 1%-inch steam
hose couplings of dimensions to agree with those
shown with gaskets having 1%-inch diameter open-
ing, gaskets to be so constructed that the normal
diameter of opening will always be maintained;
couplings not provided with gravity traps; inlet
valves to have reduced openings which should be
as small as possible and maintain the volume of
steam required by the radiating pipes for the
severest weather conditions.
That the air brake and air signal hose should be
1 inch in diameter and 22 inches long.
STE
159
STE
Steam Car. A term used to designate ordinary railroad
cars when it is desired to distinguish them from
street cars.
Steam Drum | Car Heating Apparatus). Figs. 2894-2896.
A part of every indirect steam heating system, be-
ing the covered coil or nest of tubes in which the
circulating water is heated by the steam surround-
ing the pipes. Also called Jacket, which see.
Steam Gage (Steam Heating). Figs. 2975-2976, 2816-
2817. A dial or gage for recording the pressure of
steam in the steam pipes on a car or locomotive.
Steam Hammer. Figs. 6850-6851.
Steam Heating Apparatus. Fig. 278-1, etc.
Steam Hose Couplers. Figs. 2776-2777.
Steam Pipe. The pipe under passenger cars corre-
sponding to the brake pipe and connected with hose
and couplings for conveying steam from the loco-
motive to heat the cars in the train.
Steam Shovel. Figs. 251-252. 254-255, 596-598. A shovel
operated by steam hoisting engines mounted on a
carbody. The shovel or dipper holds from 1 to 6
cu. yds. of dirt and is mounted on the end of a
heavy beam which is carried by the boom. By
manipulating the boom and the dipper beam with
Steam Hose Coupling.
1% in. full opening gasket.
blocks and tackle the shovel can be filled, raised,
turned in the arc of a circle and emptied into a
car standing on an adjacent track. Steam shovels
are largely used in construction excavation and for
loading ballast cars in gravel pits.
Steam Trap (Car Heatingj. Fig. 2849, etc. A device
for catching and liberating the water of condensa-
tion in any steam pipe line. There are a large
number of special forms made by each company
which has a steam or hot water system.
Steel Back Brake Shoe. Fig. 5243. A brake shoe hav-
ing a thin steel strip cast into the back of it which
holds the parts together in case they break when
the shoe is worn down thin.
Steel Doors. Figs. 1338-1347.
Steel Framing. Fig. 1043. See Frame.
Steel Sash. Fig. 1351.
Steel Sheathing. Figs. 1348-1354. See Sheathing.
Steel Tire, Minimum Thickness (M. C. B. Recom-
mended Practice). Fig. 5766. In 1894 a Recom-
mended Practice was adopted for minimum thick-
ness for steel tires of car wheels to be 1 in., to be
measured normal to the tread and radial to the
curved portions of the flange through the thinnest
part within 4}i ins. from the back of the flange;
the thickness from the latter point to the outer
edge of tread to be not less than l:z in. at thinnest
part.
A further practice was adopted of cutting a small
groove, as shown in the outer face of all tires when
wheels are new, at a radius Y± in. less than that
of the tread of tire when worn to the prescribed
limit, to facilitate inspection.
In 1909, as result of a letter ballot, it was recom-
mended that the illustration showing the minimum
thickness of steel tires, be canceled, and that the
four illustrations shown herewith be substituted
therefor as Recommended Practice to govern the
service operations of both steel and steel-tired
wheels under both passenger and freight cars.
Steel Tired Wheel. Fig. 5390, etc. A wheel with a steel
tire. In the McKee-Fuller and Washburn Wheels,
which see, the tire is welded to the body or center
of the wheel, which is made of cast iron. The term,
unless otherwise stated, however, always means
that the tire is shrunk on, bolted or fastened with
retaining rings.
Stem. See Buffer Stem, Graduating Stem, Smoke Bell
Stem. The rod to which a valve of any kind is at-
tached is always called a stem.
Stenciling Cars (M. C. B. Standard). In 1806 it was
decided:
That on all box cars standing more than twelve
(12,) feet from top of rail to eaves, the height and
width at eaves be stenciled in 3-inch letters on
side of car, as near the bottom as convenient.
That all classes of cars have size of coupler, style
of rear attachments, kind of draft gear and style of
brake beam stenciled in 2 or 3-inch letters on each
side of car at opposite ends, or on each end of car
directly above coupler, where design of car per-
mits it. Where the kind of draft gear implies the
style of rear attachments, the marking for the let-
ter may be omitted.
That ivhere the construction of the truck per-
mits, trucks shall be stenciled on each side, giving
the size of journal, and the letters "M. C. B." if the
axle is M. C. B. standard axle. If the axle is not
M. C. B. standard, use dimensions from center to
center of journal in place of M. C. B. This stencil-
ing to be in 1 or 2-inch letters, and to be put on
end or side of bolster in Diamond trucks, and on
side truck frame in center on pedestal type of
trucks.
Initials of the road should also appear in letters
1 or 2 inches high on one side of bolster or transom
of each truck.
In 1901 this was changed from Recommended
Practice to Standard, as a result of letter ballot.
Modified in 1906 by the elimination of fractional
sizes of figures and letters. Modified in 1908.
(Recommended Practice). As a result of a spe-
cial letter ballot in March, 1906. certain sized let-
ters and numerals were adopted as Recommended
STE
160
STO
Practice for the uniform stenciling of cars, as fol-
lows:
1. That Roman letters and figures of the design
shown herewith be used.
2. That the sizes of these letters and figures be
confined to 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 and 9 inches.
3. That 7 and 9 inch letters or figures be used
for the initials, names and numbers for the sides
of cars, and 4-inch letters or figures for the letter-
ing on the doors and ends of cars.
4. That for other car-body markings on sides
and ends, such as capacity, couplers, brake beams,
class of car. date built, outside and inside dimen-
sions, and markings inside of car, 2 or 3 inch let-
ters and figures be used, with the following excep-
tions:
(a) All weight marks to be 3 or 4 inch letters
or figures.
(b) Trust marks, patent marks and other private
marks should be 1-inch letters or figures.
5. That all marks on trucks be confined to 1 or 2
inch letters or figures.
ij. That stenciling on air-brake cylinders or res-
ervoirs be 1-inch letters or figures.
Step. 1. A ledge on a stair or round or rung of a ladder.
2. A footpiece for ascending to or descending
from a car or for standing in certain places or
positions. Passenger car steps are from their lo-
cality called platform steps, or from their material
box steps. In freight cars a U-shaped iron, called
the Sill Step, which see, is used, and a kind of plat-
form on the roof, called the roof step. A small
ledge on the end of a freight car near the top for a
brakeman to stand on when applying brakes, called
the brake step, is also used, but it is not recom-
mended by the Master Car Builders' Association,
but it is considered good practice on many roads.
A bracket called a tank step is attached to the tanks
of tank cars. Steps in stairs are connected by ver-
tical risers.
Step Facings. A metallic facing for the step hanger.
Step Hanger. 48, Figs. 599-619. A vertical board or
metal plate by which the steps are supported from
the corner of a car and from the platform timber.
Step Iron (Platform Steps). A flat iron bar bent
to conform to the shape of the steps and their
risers, and to which they are fastened. It is bolted
at the upper end to the platform sill.
2. (British.) Also called leg iron. A wrought
iron forging attached to the sole bar, and support-
ing the upper and lower Foot Boards, t which see.
Step Ladder (Sleeping Car). Figs. 4413-4415. A fold-
ing step ladder, for use in a sleeping car, to reach
the lamps, upper berths, etc.
Step Ladder Hinge. Fig. 2470. See Hinge.
Step Moldings or Nosings. Figs. 3979-3980. A metallic
facing or molding for the tread of steps.
Step Riser. The vertical portion of a step in stairs.
Step Stringer Nosings (Platform Steps). Figs. 2282,
Step Timber. A timber bolted to the end sill and plat-
form end sill, to which the platform steps are hung.
Step Treads. Figs. 972-978. See Tread Board.
Step Tread Nosing (Platform Steps). Fig. 3973.
Sterns Car Range. Figs. 3633-3638.
Sterlingworth Brake Beam. Figs. 5100-5101. A brake
beam made of deck or bulb iron shapes and not
trussed.
Stile. ,?, Figs. 1329-1337. The upright pieces on the
outer edge of a door or sash, as door stile, sash
stile, window blind stile, etc.
Stirrup. 1. A kind of ring or bent bar of iron resem-
bling somewhat the stirrup of a saddle. A drawbar
carry iron is sometimes called a stirrup.
2. (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler.) 1111, Figs. 1886-
1935. A drawbar carry iron.
Stock Car. Figs. 108-112, 345-355. A car made for trans-
porting live stock, usually having a tight roof, but
open grating sides and ends. Double-deck stock
cars are built for carrying sheep and hogs, and mod-
ern stock cars are so designed that the}- can be used
as double-deck cars if desired. In order to prevent
suffering and injury to stock when carried, modern
stock cars are provided with some of the devices
that were formerly special to so-called palace stock
cars. Stock cars are usuall}' provided with at least
the apparatus for feeding and watering.
Stop Bar (Sleeping Car). 49, Figs. 2201-2206. A bar
to connect the two seats on which the seat bottoms
may rest when drawn down to make up into beds.
It rests upon a stop bar plate.
Stop Bar Guide. An attachment to hold a stop bar in
place laterally.
Stop Bar Hinge. The hinge which enables the stop bar
to swing horizontally.
Stop Bar Plate. See Stop Bar.
Stop Bead or Parting Strip. More properly sash part-
ing strip. The strip dividing the groove for the
window sash and the groove for the blind.
Stop Bolt (of Car Door Lock). An attachment for
throwing a door latch out of gear.
Stop Cock. Figs. 2768, 3646-2647, 3657. A simple form of
Cock, which see, having a body and a tapered plug
which has an opening through it. When the plug
is turned so that the holes in it correspond to the
ports in the body the liquid flowing in the pipe can
pass through the cock. When the plug is turned
so that the openings do not correspond, the flow
is stopped.
Stop Key. See below.
Stop Key Journal Bearing. A key or wedge with a lug
or projection which bears against the end of the
axle to restrain lateral motion and thus dispense
with a collar on the axle.
Stop Latch. A spring door latch with a stop bolt by
which the latch can be fastened on one side so as
not to act.
Stop Plate or Wedge (for Journal Box). A metal plate
which forms an end bearing for the axle and checks
its end motion. It is held in position either by
flanges cast in the box, or by attaching it to the
journal bearing or its key. Its object is to dispense
with a collar. But little used.
Stop Wedge. A stop key. See Stop Key Journal Bear-
ing.
STO
161
STU
Storage Battery (Electric Car Lighting). Figs. 3444-
3459. An electro-chemical device, consisting of a
number of cells, generally 16 or 32 in number, con-
nected in series when used for car lighting pur-
poses, each cell containing two groups of lead
plates peculiarly constructed and prepared, im-
mersed in dilute sulphuric acid, the function and
properties of which are to receive and store elec-
trical energy generated by the axle generator and
to deliver said energy to the lighting circuit of the
car as occasion may require. Storage batteries are
carried in two boxes attached to the underside of
the car bod)-. The number of cells connected in
series determines the voltage of the system. Ap-
proximately 2 volts per cell are realized from a
storage battery. It has become customary to em-
ploy Id cells connected in series for the so-called
30-volt system and 32 cells connected in series for
the so-called 60-volt system. Lamps designed to
be operated on either of these systems would be
called 30 or 60-volt lamps as the case might be.
Storage Gas Tank (Commercial Acetylene Lighting).
Fig. 3286. An iron tank 114 in. x 20 in. filled with
asbestos discs saturated with Acetone, which see,
into which acetylene gas is forced under pressure.
Storage Heaters (Car Heating). Figs. 2871-2872, 2874-
2875. See Storage System of Car Heating.
Storage System of Car Heating. Figs. 2871-2872, 2374-
2875. A direct system of car heating, in which the
radiating pipes are enlarged and inclose a smaller
pipe or tube which is filled with salt water or other
heat-retaining substance, and which when heated
continues to radiate heat after the steam is shut oft.
In the Gold storage heater the radiating pipe con-
tains a fluted cylinder of terra cotta of the same
extreme diameter as the inside diameter of the
radiating pipe. These storage heaters are shown
in detail in Figs. 2871-2875. See Gold's Car Heat-
ing Systems.
Stove. An apparatus made usually of iron, variously
constructed, in which a fire is made for warming a
room, house or car by direct radiation. When the
warming is effected by convection, as with warm
air, hot water, etc., the entire apparatus is called a
heater. Stoves are out of use for heating passenger
cars, but cast iron stoves are largely used for
caboose cars.
A cook stove permanently fixed against the side
of a room and directly connected with the chimney
without the use of stove pipe, is called a range;
used in dining cars, etc. Fig. 3633.
Stove Pipe. A tube, usually of sheet iron, for convey-
ing the smoke from a stove or heater, and creating
a draft. In heaters, commonly called Smoke Pipe
or Smoke Flue, which see.
Stove Pipe Cap. A L"-shaped piece of sheet iron fas-
tened to the top of a stove pipe, serving as a rough
form of Jack, which see.
Stove Pipe Damper. A circular disk in the stove pipe
for regulating the draft.
Stove Pipe Jack. A covering or bonnet for the aperture
of a stove pipe on the outside of a car. The term
usually means a more elaborate structure than a
stove pipe cap.
Stove Pipe Ring. A metal plate or ring attached to the
ceiling of a passenger car around the opening
through which the stove pipe passes from the in-
side to the outside of the car. It is used for orna-
ment or to make a finish around the opening for
the stove pipe.
Stove Ring. A Stove Pipe Ring, which see, or a ring
for Russia iron casing of a Baker heater, Fig. 2720,
etc.
"Straight-Air" (Air Brake). A term applied to the
original form of the YVestinghouse air brake, which
is still used on engines and tenders and street cars.
Fig. 125. See Westinghouse Air Brake; also Gen-
eral Electric Air Brake. Fig. 1295.
Strainer. See Brake Pipe Strainer.
Straining Rod. See Brace Straining Rod.
Strap Bolt or Lug Bolt. Figs. 919-920. A round bolt
with a flat bar of iron welded to it, and usually with
a hook on the end which serves the purpose of a
head. The flat bar has holes in it, by which it is
attached to a piece of timber or other object by
one or more separate bolts or screws.
Strap Brake (Hoisting Gear). A method of controlling
the spools by an iron strap which is pressed down
upon the spool by a treadle.
Strap Drawbar. A Spring Pocket Drawbar, which see.
Strap Hanger. Fig. 2355. See Bell Cord Hanger.
Strap Hinge. 1. A door hinge, the two parts of which
are made longer than those of a butt hinge, and of
a triangular shape.
2. (British.) In a freight car (goods wagon) a
hinge in which the pin is welded to two flat bars
at each end, and the main part of the hinge is
turned while hot over the pin. The hinge has thus
no loose part. The main part or strap is secured to
the door, which it stiffens. The flat ends of the
pin are bolted to the car.
Strap Washer or Washer Plate. A wrought iron strap
which takes the heads of several bolts.
Street Cars. Figs. 6237-6240.
Street Car Wheel. Figs. 5460, etc. A light cast iron
single plate or open plate wheel.
Streeter Brake Shoe. Fig. 5238. A brake shoe with hard
white iron spiral inserts and cast iron bod}-.
Streeter Journal Bearing. Figs. 4938-4939.
Strike Plate. Fig. 4311, The keeper for a beveled
latch bolt against which it strikes, so as to snap
shut automatically. See Keeper, which is a general
term including and often used as a substitute for
strike plate.
Striker Arm. A Seat Arm, which see. The terms
striker arm, seat back arm and seat arm are used
in the trade.
Striker Flate. See Strike Plate.
Striking Plate. See Buffer Block Face Plate.
String Board (Passenger Car Steps i. A vertical board
which supports the ends of the steps. A step
hanger.
Stringer (Carpentry). 1. " A horizontal timber con-
necting posts in a frame, as a tie timber of a truss
bridge; a horizontal tie in a floor framing." —
Knight.
2. (Bridge Construction.) The principal longi-
tudinal timbers at the base of the roadway or track
structure, analogous to the sills of cars. Hence, this
name is often given to the sills of a car.
Strut i of a Truss). A member subjected to a strain of
compression. A vertical strut is usually called a
post.
Stucki Radial Drawbar Controlling Device. Fijs. 2083-
2084.
Stud. 1. (Carpentry.) "A small piece of timber or
joist inserted in the sills and beams between the
posts to support the beams or other main timbers.
The boards on the outside and the laths on the in-
side of a building are also nailed to the studs." — ■
Webster. A vertical Scantling, which see.
2. (Car Construction.) 60, Figs. 599-619. A
SUB
162
SWI
short vertical wooden post in the side or end of a
car between the window posts, or below the win-
dows, extending from the side sills to the window
sills.
3. A standing bolt, pin, boss or protuberance
designed to hold an attached object in place,
especially one formed of a headless bolt perma-
nently screwed into a tapped hole in a casting or
forging so as to become a part thereo.f
Sub-Carline (Refrigerator Car). O, Figs. 305-321. A
strip of wood under the main carline, supporting
the sub-roof. See Carline.
Sub-Center Sill. 6, Figs. 383-387. An extra sill bolted
under the center sill and running the length of the
car.
Sub-Floor (Refrigerator Car). H, Figs. 305-321. A
layer of flooring boards under the main floor, and
separated from it by an air space and hair felt.
Sub-Roof (Refrigerator Car). M, Figs. 305-321. The
inside layer of boards of the roof proper, supported
on sub-carlines.
Sub-Sill. 26a, Figs. 262-272. A sill or timber bolted
under another sill to give it added strength. The
draft sills of a car are frequenty so applied. See
Center Sub-Sill, Buffing Sub-Sill, Back-Stop Tim-
ber.
Suburban Car. Figs. 202-203, 630-634, 571-573. A car
specially designed for suburban passenger traffic.
Subway Car. Figs. 6218, etc. An electric motor car
for use in subways in large cities.
Sugar Cane Car. Fig. 100.
Summer Street Car. See Street Car.
Summer Street Car Curtain. Fig. 4669. A cloth, usually
made of heavy canvas, to inclose open cars and
exclude rain or sunshine.
Supply Pipe. 1. (Air Compressor.) A pipe sometimes
connected to the air inlet of an air compressor by
means of w-hich the air supply is drawn from a
point away from the compressor.
2. (Lavatory Fittings.) 9, 11 and 12, Figs. 3684-
3686. Pipes which carry hot or cold water to the
basin faucets.
Supply Valve (Steam Heating). Fig. 2820. A. valve for
regulating the supply of steam in the radiator pipes
of the car.
Support. "That which upholds, sustains or keeps from
falling, as a prop, a pillar, a foundation of any
kind." — Webster. See Cylinder Lever Support, Pipe
Support.
Surfacer (Wood Working Machinery). Fig. 6801.
Suspension. The method of supporting" a railway motor.
Except in the case of gearless motors, the suspen-
sion is designed to put as little dead weight as
possible on the axle. The iron work and fittings
which are attached to the car truck for support-
ing or suspending the axle generator and which in-
clude the belt tightening and alining devices.
Sway Brace. A term borrowed from the similar parts
used in trestles to designate any form of diagonal
bracing, but more especially timber planking spiked
on the main timbers of a structure.
Sweeping Car or Sweeper, Fig. 6256. A car with rotary
brooms for sweeping snow from the railroad track.
The brooms are attached to a horizontal shaft
which is connected by suitable gearing with the
axles, and the brooms are thus made to revolve.
Used in cities, and chiefly on electric roads.
Swing Back Car Seat. A car seat the back of which
swings over the cushion, without reversing, top-to-
bottom. It requires that both sides of the seat back
be upholstered so that either side may be used.
Such a seat back requires but one head roll.
Swing Beam. See Swing Bolsters, Swing Spring Plank.
Swing Bolster. A truck bolster (so called in distinction
from a rigid bolster) which bears on springs that
are supported by a transverse timber called a spring
plank, which is suspended by hangers or links so
that it can swing laterally to the truck. As the
springs rest on this plank and they support the
bolster, the latter can swing with the spring plank.
The object of providing this swinging motion to the
bolster is to prevent, as much as possible, lateral
blows and shocks from being communicated to the
car bod3_, and, vice versa, to prevent the momentum
of the car body from acting with its full force on
the truck. All passenger car trucks are swing
bolster.
Swing Bolster Spring. See Lateral Motion Spring.
Swing Cables (Steam Shovel). 22. Figs. 596-598. The
wire ropes passing around the swinging circle and
carried back to the swing gear and drum.
Swing Engine. (Steam Shovel). 24, Figs. 596-598. The
engine geared to the swing drum and used to re-
volve the swinging circle.
Swing Figurehead (Steam Shovel). 25, Figs. 596-598.
The fixed pulley or sheave about which one of the
swing cables is passed to be lead back to the swing
gear and drum.
Swing Gear (Steam Shovel). 23, Figs. 596-598. The
gear and drum about which the swing cables are
wound and which controls the movement of the
swinging circle.
Swing Hangers. 46, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4775, and Fig.
4846. Bars or links attached at their upper ends
to the transoms of a swing motion truck, by which
the spring plank is suspended at their lower end
so that it can swing laterally. Various forms are
(1) solid bars with an eye at each end; (2) swing
link hangers, made like a long link of a chain; (3)
those made with a fork or clevis at one end and an
eye at the other, Figs. 4543-4544, and used on pas-
senger trucks; and (4) those made with a very
short link attached to an eye bolt passing through
the transom. These latter are called eye bolt link
hangers. Also called bolster hanger.
Swing Hanger Friction Block. A casting or bearing
of considerable diameter, on which the upper end
of a swing link hanger rests. See also below.
Swing Hanger Friction Washer (Lower and Upper).
A cast iron chafing block serving no other purpose
than to take the wear. It is only occasionally used.
A friction block is almost synonymous, but is
usually a larger casting.
Swing Hanger Pivot (Lower and Upper). (Car Trucks).
47-48, Figs. 4705, 4713; 4771-4777. An iron bar by
which a swing hanger is suspended, or which sup-
ports a spring plank. The lower swing hanger
pivot is more commonly called a cross bar or man-
drel pin or axle, Fig. 4922. The upper one is car-
ried in a swing hanger pivot bearing attached to
the transom.
Swing Hanger Pivot Bearing. 49, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-
4774, and Fig. 4893. Sec above.
Swing Hanger Shaft. A Swing Hanger Pivot or Cross
Bar, which see.
Swing Links. Sec Swing Hanger.
Swing Link Hanger. 6, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777, etc.
A Swing Hanger, which sec, made in the form of
an open link.
Swing Motion. A term applied to an arrangement of
hangers and other supports for the springs and
SWI
163
TAN
truck bolster which enables a car body to swing
laterally on the truck. See Swing Bolster, Swing
Hanger.
Swing Motion Spring. 1. A Bolster Spring, which see.
2. A lateral motion spring.
Swing Motion Truck. Figs. 4687-4688. A truck with
a bolster and spring plank suspended on swing
hangers so that they can swing laterally to the
truck frame. Also called swing bolster truck in
distinction from a rigid bolster truck. Most pas-
senger trucks are swing motion trucks.
Swing Spring Plank. 43, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A
transverse timber underneath the bolster of a four-
wheeled truck, or the spring beam of a six-wheeled
truck, on which the bolster springs rest. A swing
spring plank differs from an ordinary spring plank
in being supported by hangers or links. See Spring
Plank.
Swinging Circle or Mast Wheel (.Steam Shovel). 10,
Figs. 596-598. A large wheel at the foot of the
mast or boom about which is wound a chain for
revolving the boom.
Swinging Platform (Pile Driver Car). A platform
carrying the entire pile driving gear in such manner
that it can be swung about at right angles to the
car so as to project for a considerable distance on
either side. It swings upon a center plate, and its
movements are controlled by the Slewing Gear,
which see. A cabin is almost always built upon
it, and the floor is constructed with sills and end
sills corresponding to those usually used in a car
floor. Removable wings are sometimes provided to
support the swinging platform when swung out in
this manner. See Pile Driver Car.
Swinging Sash. A window or blind sash which is hung
and swings on hinges. See Door Case Sash (Street
Cars). Otherwise rarely used.
Switching. The act of moving cars from cue track to
another by means of switches, as in making up or
separating trains, and placing the cars on the tracks
and in the places where there are needed. Also
occasionally called drilling or regulating, and in
Great Britain shunting or marshaling.
Switching Eye. More commonly Push Pole Corner Iron
or Push Block, which see. A cast iron socket usu-
ally attached to the lower corner plate of a freight
car. to which a push bar or push pole can be at-
tached, to move the car by an engine on an adjoin-
ing track. A roping staple or pull iron is some-
times called a switching eye.
Swivel (of a Chain). A twisting link, consisting of a
headed pin, entering into an eye or ring in an ad-
jacent link. The object is to avoid kinking. Hence
the term is applied to many forms of equivalent
devices, consisting essentially of a ring surround-
ing a headed bolt in such manner as to permit
rotation.
Symington Journal Box and Dust Guard. Figs. 5306-
5314. A journal box with a machined joint on the
lid and box and with a spring exerting its entire
pressure in the center of the lid. The interior of
the box is arranged to prevent settling and rolling
of wasie and to facilitate packing and maintenance.
T
T or Tee (Pipe Fittings). Figs. 2781-2782, 3053, 3056-
3057. A T-shaped cast iron tube for uniting one
pipe at right angles to two others in the same line.
The pipes are screwed into the arms of the T. A
Reducing Tee, which see. has the arms of different
diameters.
T-Hanger. See Spring Hanger.
T-Hinge. Fig. 2400. A door hinge, one part of which
is made like a strap hinge, and the other like a butt
hinge, so that the shape of the whole resembles a
letter T.
Table (Parlor and Sleeping Cars). 27, Figs. 2201-2202.
A removable board attached to the side of the car
by inserting a table hook fixed to the table into a
table hook plate fixed to the side of the car. The
inner end of the table is supported by a table leg,
which is sometimes vertical and sometimes Slant-
ing, which see. The tables of Dining Cars, which
see. are permanently fastened to the floor and sides
of the car. A drop table is used in the kitchens
of dining cars.
Table Fastener. A latch by which a folding table is
fastened up out of the way.
Table Furnishings. Figs. 4408-4410, 4411-4417.
Table Hinge. Fig. 2457. A hinge for a table.
Table Holder. Figs. 4408-4409. A special form of table
hook. See Table.
Table Hook. 45, Figs. 2201-2202 and Figs. 4411-4417.
See Table.
Table Leg Hook. Fig. 4408. A metal hook which is
attached to a slanting table leg. It engages in a
plate attached to the side of the car. See Slanting
Table Leg.
Table Leg Hook Plate. See Slanting Table Leg.
Table Plate. 46, Figs. 2201-2202 and Fig. 4417. See
Table.
Tag (Seal Lock). A loose label used chiefly in con-
nection with seals. They are now often made of
metal.
Tail Bolt. See Drawbar Bolt.
Tail Coupling (Alcove Faucet). Fig. 3042.
Tail Gate. Fig. 4016.
Tail Gate Sockets (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3957.
Tail Lamp or Tail Light. Fig. 3617. 1. A signal lamp
attached to the rear of a train. They are always
carried on the platform, usually in pairs, and very
commonly also at the side of the car so as to be
visible from the engine. They are often of two or
more colors.
2. (British.) A colored signal lamp carried at
the rear end of the last vehicle of a train. See
also Side Lamp.
Tail Pin ( Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). Figs. 1010-1011;
574. Figs. 1883-1935.
Tank. 1. (Passenger Cars.) A water tank for the
wash room.
2. (Gas Lighting Apparatus.) A. Fig. 3047.
More properly Receiver, which see.
3. (Tank Car.) Figs. 123-130. 545-576. A boiler
iron receptacle for oil, sometimes made of uniform
diameter or straight, but generally made telescopic
by slipping each successive ring inside the other, so
as to bevel the tank toward the middle, to afford
better drainage. It is held in place by tank bands,
107, fastened to tank band tie rods, F. on the top of
a car to prevent the tank from turning. A tank
dome, 108, is added at the top and tank heads. 106,
are used to close the ends. The oil is drawn off
through the tank valve. 114.
4. ( Westinghouse Brake.) The main reservoir.
Tank Band. 107, Figs. 545-549. Wrought straps which
pass around the tank of a tank car and hold it in
place on the underframe. See Tank.
Tank Band Tie Rod. F. Figs. 545-549. See Tank.
Tank Car. Figs. 123-130. 545-576. A car provided with
a large Tank, which see, for carrying oil, acids,
TAN
164
TAN
molasses, paraffine, and, in fact, all liquids trans-
ported in bulk. By far the greater number of tank
cars are engaged in carrying crude and refined
petroleum. Those used to carry the thicker oils,
molasses and paraffine are fitted with steam pipes,
by which the contents may be melted or warmed
to hasten its discharge.
Tank Cars (M. C. B. Recommended Practice).
In 1903 a report was submitted embodying cer-
tain specifications for the repairs of old equipment
and the construction of new equipment. These
specifications were submitted to letter ballot and
adopted as a Recommended Practice.
In 1906 these specifications were modified; also,
in 1907. In 1908 a further revision was made.
The modified specifications are as follows:
Requirements for Tank Cars.
Tank cars offered for movement over the lines
of a railroad must conform to the following gen-
eral and detail specifications.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.
Damage ey Fike. — Tanks which bear evidence of
damage by fire must be withdrawn from trans-
portation service.
Trucks Size of Axles. — Each truck must have a
strength equal to or greater than the strength
of the axles used.
Sizes of axles must conform to rule relating to
axles in M. C. 11. Rules of Interchange for Freight
Cars, which have been modified as below, to make
them applicable to tank cars:
Table I.
For Tank Cars Marked Limit Weight I.
Limit Weight I
in lbs. Journal. Wheel Seat. Center.
161,000 -j inches 0% inches 5% inches
132,000 4% ■'« 614 " 5 5-16"
112,000 4 " 5% " 47/s "
95,000 3% " 5 " 4% "
79,000 3% " 4% " 4Vs "
66,000 3% " 4% " 3% "
58,000 3 " 4% " 3% "
Table II.
For Tank Cars Marked Limit Weight II.
Limit Weight II
in lbs. Journal. Wheel Seat. Center.
161,000 5 inches 6% inches 5% inches
132,000 4% " 014 " 5% "
112,000 4% " 6 " 5% "
95,000 3% " 514 " 4% "
79,000 3]/2 " 514 " 4% "
66,000 3% " 47/s " 414 "
58,000 3 " 4% " 4% "
All tank cars to have Limit Weight I or Limit
Weight II stenciled on them.
Axles. — New steel underframe tank cars built here-
after must have axles to meet requirements of
Table No. 2 and car stenciled Limit Weight No. II.
Existing tank cars built prior to this date must
have axles to at least meet requirements of Table
No. 1, and preferably Table No. 2; and be stenciled
"Limit Weight I" if the axles conform to Table
No. 1, or "Limit Weight II" if the axles conform
to Tabic No. 2. When all the axles under any car
are changed to meet the requirements of Table
No. 2 the stenciling must be changed from "Limit
Weight I" to "Limit Weight IT," to protect the
tank owner when renewals of wheels or axles are
made in repairs.
Brakes.— Each car must be equipped with air brakes
of a capacity equal to not less than 70 per cent, of
the light weight of car, and at least one hand brake
operating the brakes on both trucks.
Safety Appliances. — Each end of car must be pro-
vided with the necessary steps, grabirons, etc., to
comply with the requirements of the M. C B. As-
sociation. Each tank car must be provided with
substantial and adequate hand railing securely fas-
tened and applied, as shown in the Standards of
the M. C B. Association. Where, from the con-
struction of a car, a side hand railing is inadmissible
and therefore involves an overhead running-board
and high brake staff, each end of car must be pro-
vided with ladders to comply with the requirements
of the M. C B. Association.
Push-Pole Pockets. — There shall be a push-pole
pocket at every corner of the car. Where, from the
construction of the car, the push-pole pockets can-
not well be placed on the body, they must be
applied to the trucks, so placed above the journal
boxes that the push pole will push toward the
center of the truck.
Dome Yokes, Tank Straps, Etc. — Tanks must be
secured from turning on the underframes, either
by center anchors riveted to the tank and under-
frame, or by means of dome yokes, and must also
be secured to underframe by means of tank straps,
two for tanks not more than 76 inches in diameter,
and four for tanks of greater diameter. The center
anchors may be made of two parts, sliding into
each other, one riveted to the tank and one to the
underframe. This sectional area of dome yokes
and tank bands must at no place be less than three-
quarters of a square inch, or 1 inch round iron
upset to 1% inches at threaded end. Cars having
no underframe, with tank securely riveted to body
bolsters, do not require dome yokes or tank bands
Explanation : A threaded end is 1% inches in diam-
eter or more, with a body consisting of a flat band
by 2 by % inches or equivalent section, or round
iron 1 inch in diameter will be accepted as meet-
ing the requirements.
The dome yoke proper which passes around the
dome may be a rod % inch in diameter, or its
equivalent, to which is secured the strap or rod
which is fastened to the underframe. The sec-
tional area of dome yoke strap must be the same
as required for tank straps.
Where tanks arc equipped with a greater number
of tank bands than called for, the total sectional
area of all bands will be considered as meeting the
requirements if they equal the total sectional area
of the rods specified.
Existing tank cars, which have the reqired num-
ber of tank bands and dome yokes, but where the
1-inch rod fastening the tank band to the under-
frame is not upset for the threaded portion to 1%
inches, will be accepted until such time that the
cars go to the shop for repairs, when the threaded
portion of such bands must be changed to 1%
inches or lVA-inch rods used.
Test. — Tanks must be carefully inspected and tested
with cold water pressure at least once in ten years.
The test for new tanks should be at sixty pounds
per square inch and for old tanks at forty pounds
per square inch, which they must stand without
serious leak or evidence of distress. This inspec-
tion and test must be made by the tank-car owners,
and all tanks must so be tested by January 1, 1908.
TAN
165
TAN
Tanks, when tested, must be stenciled with date
and place where test was made, and by whom, as
follows:
Tested (Date) •
Pressure (Pounds per square inch)
At ( Place)
By (Name of Firm)
New Tanks. — New steel or iron tanks must be de-
signed for a bursting pressure of not less than
240 pounds per square inch.
Inspection. — All tank cars at home on a railroad
must be inspected by inspectors in the employ of
that railroad company, and when such tank cars
meet the requirements herein set forth, the legend
shown below must be stenciled by the inspector on
both tank heads, with the initials of the railway
company making such inspection and the date the
inspection is made. If foreign tank cars and indi-
vidual tank cars at home on foreign lines stenciled
with the legend "M. C. B. Construction" by a for-
eign road are offered for movement over another
railroad and some of the details do not conform to
the requirements of the tank-car circular, a report
of same should be made through the proper officers
to the official in charge of equipment and the car
allowed to proceed until further notice.
APPLICATION OF SAFETY VALVES.
Five-inch Safety Valves. — All tanks carrying vola-
tile or inflammable material, such as crude petro-
leum, fuel oil, benzene, naptha, kerosene, illuminat-
ing oils, petroleum products, turpentine, etc., must
be equipped with five-inch safety valves of the
recommended design; one valve for a capacity of
6,500 gallons or less, and two valves for a capacity
of more than 6,500 gallons. Where tank cars
carrying such products are subdivided into com-
partments, each compartment must be provided
with a safety valve. Where only one valve is
used, it must be set to open at a pressure of eight
pounds per square inch; where two valves are
used, only one must be set to open at a pressure
of eight pounds per square inch, and the other
at twelve pounds per square inch.
Safety Vents with Lead Disks. — Tank cars carry-
ing volatile, non-inflammable products, such as
gas liquor, ammonia liquor, etc.. where the pre-
vention of evaporation is essential, may be pro-
vided with vents depending on frangible lead disks
for safety, which vents shall be of recommended
design, as shown by cut below, the disks to be of a:
thickness that shall insure rupture at pressure not
higher than twenty-five pounds per square inch.
Vent Hole or Small Valve. — Tank cars carrying
non-inflammable or non-volatile material, such as
sulphuric acid, vinegar, linseed oil, cotton-seed oil,
lard oil. fish oil. tannery products, glucose, mo-
lasses, calcium chlorid, caustic soda, silicate of
soda. etc.. need not be provided with five-inch
safety valves, but each tank must have a small
open vent or valve, equal to not less than 2 inches
in diameter.
In the case of such liquids as coal tar, contain-
ing volatile products where it is essential to avoid
the escape of the vapor, either the frangible lead
disk or standard safety valve may be used, other-
wise one or more open vents equal in area to an
WtT S£C7 >?7/].^
I .
Old Tank Cars H
avixg Wooden Underfram.es.
TAN
166
TAN
opening of not less than two inches in diamete'
will be acceptable.
Tank cars having wooden underframes, of railway
or individual ownership, will be required to conform
to the foregoing general specifications, and in addition,
must be as strong as the construction covered by the
following detailed specifications:
Center Sills. — If cars are not equipped with inter-
mediate sills the underframe must have two
center sills, each not less than 5 inches wide by
10 inches deep, or the equivalent in strength. If
the car is equipped with intermediate sills, the cen-
ter sills must not be less than 5 inches wide by 9
inches deep, or the equivalent in strength. Cen-
ter sills must not be spaced more than 18 inches
apart.
Center Sill Fillinc Timber. — Where draft timbers
are underneath the center sills, the space between
wide by 10 inches deep and of sufficient length to
overlap center sills, will be acceptable as a sub-
stitute for 9 by 10-inch end sills.
On existing cars, if buffer blocks are used for
the purpose of reinforcing end sills which do not
come within the specified requirements, the buffer
blocks in no case must be less than 4 inches thick
nor end sill less than G inches thick. The total
strength of the end sill and buffer block must be
equal to the strength of the construction specified.
Draft Timbers. — Draft timbers secured to inside of
center sills and extending to cross-bearer or cross-
timber will be accepted as a substitute for filling
timbers referred to above. Where center sills are
9 inches wide by 10 inches deep, or over, and draft
timbers are placed between same, they need not
extend farther back than body bolster, provided
they arc adequately secured to center sills by
Fig. 1. Minimum Requirements for Tank Cars with Wooden Underframes.
the center sills must be filled in with timbers not
less in depth than center sills, extending from end
sill to the center of nearest cross-bearer or cross-
timber, provided the latter is located not less than
4 feet 6 inches from center of bolster. On cars
where the draft arrangement is between center
sills, the filler timber must be extended to the
cross-tie timber when the cars go to shop for re-
pairs to center sills. Center sills and filling tim-
bers must be securely bolted together by means of
%-inch bolts. On cars having center or inter-
mediate sills not less than 10 inches wide by 10
inches deep, which may be made up of two 5 by
10-inch sills, bolted together, the filling timbers
may be omitted.
End Sills. — End sills not reinforced by buffer blocks
must not be less than 9 inches wide by 10 inches
deep. End sills G inches wide by 12 inches deep,
reinforced with buffer blocks not less than 6 inches
means of seven %,-inch bolts or their equivalent,
and butt against body bolster. Draft timbers
located underneath the center sills must not be
less than 4 inches wide by 8 inches deep, and
each draft timber must be held to center sills, end
sills and buffer block by means of seven or more
%-inch bolts, or six 1-inch bolts. Where an ar-
rangement for supporting draft timbers is sub-
stituted for one or more bolts and the construc-
tion is of equal strength, the same will be accept-
able. Draft timbers extending beyond bolster
must be secured to center sills by additional bolts.
Draft Gear. — The draft gear and draft attachments
must be at least as strong as the design shown in
Fig. 1.
Cars should be provided with draft gear stops
gained into draft timbers or heeled on end sills,
filler timber or body bolster, and secured with five
%-inch bolts; but cars having stops gained into
TAN
167
TAN
draft timbers or heeled on end sill, filler timber or
body bolster secured with three %-inch bolts may
be continued in service until such time as they go
to shop for repairs, when five bolt stops must be
provided.
In all cases, tail yokes or attachments of equal
strength must be used. Tail bolts, tail straps or
American continuous draft gear will not be ac-
cepted.
Head Blocks. — Head blocks must not be less than
10 inches wide unless reinforced by metal plates,
be tied to corresponding end of head block at the
other end of the car by means of rods not less
than 1 inch in diameter, with 1%-inch threaded
ends, and each head block supported at center by
means of a substantial casting securely bolted to
end and center sills. Where the construction of
the car does not permit of this fastening, the fol-
lowing ma}- be substituted:
The ends of each head block tied to correspond-
ing end of head block at the other end of car by
rods not less than 1 inch in diameter, with 1%-inch
arrjagj ,u. <-., „ i , l , .fat =
lit _e:
i_la_ _l
:ix
--*.- »-i--e -t "■*! \~ -«-;>••> ■
ggS^lJE r -^JtZEJg;
l-±
.4 i-*i*M >-
V-"', ■-'•-*--.»-.'
m/t : t—tc.yzj : : >- -cr.r::
Fig. 2.
and of sufficient depth to extend at least 6 inches
above bottom of tank, and may be made of two
pieces bolted together and bolted to underframe
by means of not less than four %-inch vertical
bolts. They must be cut out to suit curve of tank.
The ends of each head block should, preferably,
threaded ends, and each head block secured by two
stay rods 1 inch in diameter anchored to center
sills;
Or, head block supported at center by means of
a substantial casting securely bolted to end and
center sills and two 1-inch rods passing diagon-
ally through head block toward bolster and
secured to underframe;
Or, head block secured by two stay rods 1%
inches in diameter anchored to center sills;
Or, head block secured by two stay rods 1 inch
in diameter anchored to center sills and two 1-inch
rods passing diagonally through head block toward
bolster and secured to underframe.
Or, head block secured by two stay rods 1 inch
in diameter anchored to center sills and two
straps not less than 3A inch thick and 3 inches
wide passing over head blocks and securely fas-
tened to underframe.
Dome Heads and Covers. — Where tank cars are
fitted with cast-iron dome heads and covers not
sufficiently strong to stand the necessary 40
pounds hydraulic test, they must be replaced by
others of cast or pressed steel, or of malleable iron.
Taxk HEADS.—Tank heads less than 7-10 of an inch
thick bearing evidence of damage from impact
TAN
168
TAN
with head blocks, should be reinforced at bottom
by means of steel plate shoes "s inch thick, riveted
to head and shell.
NEW TANK CARS.
Xo tank cars built hereafter shall be accepted for
transportation unless equipped with steel underfram-
ing or with reinforced shell. The design and con-
underframe between bolsters, must have a sectional
area of at least thirty square inches.
Bolsters ; Draft Gear. — Each car must be equipped
with steel body and truck bolsters, steel couplers
and a draft gear of approved design, having a
capacity of at least 60,000 pounds. Tail bolts or
straps must not be used.
Fig. 3.
struction of the car throughout must be at least as
strong as that shown in attached Figs. 2 and 3.
New tank cars must conform to the general specifica-
tions given in theforegoing in addition to the following
detailed specifications:
Center Sills.— The center sill construction of the
Tank Seams. — All longitudinal and head scams
must be double riveted. Where head blocks are
not used, head scams need not be double riveted.
Cars Without Underframes. — If the car has no
underframe, the tank shell at bottom must be at
least % inch thick, and all circumferential seams in
TAN
169
TEN
bottom sheet except head seams must be double
riveted. The sectional area of the additional metal
in bottom of tank shell must be at least 20 square
inches.
Longitudinal Anchorage.— Particular attention must
be given to the longitudinal anchorage of the tank
which must be thoroughly substantial to prevent
end shifting.
Steel underframe tank cars must have a longi-
tudinal clearance for tank valve extension of not
less than 2% inches on each side of valve.
Wooden underframe tank cars must have as much
longitudinal clearance for tank valve extension as
the construction wil permit, with a minimum of six
inches on each side.
Dome Heads and Covers. — Dome heads and covers
must be made of either cast or pressed steel or of
malleable iron.
Tank Head Block. E. Figs. 545-549. A block securely
bolted to the underframe transverse to the sills, at
either end of the tank, to prevent any longitudinal
motion of the tank with respect to the car. The
block is shaped to ht the end of the tank.
Tank Nczzle. A short pipe used to empty the Tank,
which see. It is usually cast in one piece with the
Tank Valve, which see.
Tank Saddles. D. Figs. 545-549. Floor distance blocks
placed between the sills and curved to the contour
of the tank; they support the tank slabbing, which
in turn carries the tank.
Tank Slabbing. C, Figs. 545-540. Longitudinal strips
or rilling pieces underneath the tank of a tank car.
upon which the tank bears.
Tank Step i Tank Carl. A metal shelf or bracket fast-
ened to the tank to facilitate access to the top of
the dome.
Tank Valve. 1. (Tank Car/) 114. Figs. 545-549. A
valve attached to the bottom of the tank to draw
off the contents.
2. (Water Cooler.! A valve used with water
tanks which extend to the roof, and sometimes with
other smaller fixed tanks, for enabling them to be
completely drained when desired. Also called
water cooler valve.
Tank Valve Gage. A metal inclosure, over the top of
a tank valve, as a guide for it.
Tank Valve Rod. 117, Figs. 545-549. An iron rod for
opening and closing a tank valve extending from
the valve to the top of the dome.
Tank Valve Rod Bracket. 117c. Figs. 545-549. An iron
brace in the tank valve having a threaded hole or
bushing in it through which the tank valve rod
screw passes.
Tank Valve Rod Screw. 117a, Figs. 545-549. The
spiral screw thread on the upper end of the tank
valve rod which passes through the tank valve rod
bracket and which causes the valve to move up or
down on the valve seat when the rod is turned.
Tank Waste Cock Spider. Fig. 3651.
Taper Charge Vibrator or Relay. An automatic and
sensitive electrical device similar in construction to
the battery voltage relay. It acts as an auxiliary
regulator in connection with the generator regulator
to taper the charging current of the generator after
the voltage of the battery has reached a predeter-
mined value, indicating that the latter is fully
charged. Its action on the regulation differs from
that of the batter}- voltage relay in that instead
of abruptly cutting off the charging current it
tapers the same, causing the charging current to
decrease gradually to zero. The taper charge
vibrator or relay gradually assumes control of the
apparatus and finally regulates the axle generator
as a constant potential machine.
Target Lamp. A Signal Lamp, which see, used for at-
taching to fixed targets or semaphore signals. No
special form of signal lamp is required or used for
this purpose except that they be powerful and well
constructed lamps.
Tarpaulin or Wagon Sheet (British). A piece of stout,
flexible waterproof painted canvas, measuring about
20x12 ft., used to protect the contents of open
freight cars (wagons) from the weather. Cords
fastened to its edges are tied to Sheet Rings (which
see), by which it is firmly secured to the vehicle.
It is largely used, as it saves much of the dead
weight of a covered car, and gives good protection,
except from theft.
Tassel Hook. See Window Curtain Holder. Tassels
and tassel hooks are now rarely used.
Teak. An oily, hard and most durable wood, grown in
India. Largely used for ship building or other pur-
poses requiring strength and exceptional durability.
It has an oily, odorous sap, shrinks little and does
not corrode iron. Generally used for passenger car
bodies in Great Britain and for wheels.
Teak Wood Center Wheel. A form of steel tired wheel,
in which triangular blocks of teak wood are used
to connect the hub to the tire, which latter is at-
tached to the wood by Mansell retaining rings.
This wheel is the standard for Great Britain pas-
senger service, but it has been considered that it
would not stand the dry American climate. See
Wheel, Car Wheel, Mansell Retaining Ring.
Tee. See T.
Telegraph Cock or Faucet. Figs. 3653-3654. A self-
closing cock, the lever of which resembles the key
of a telegraph instrument. See Lever Faucet.
When the water enters the cock horizontally they
are called horizontal telegraph cocks, as Figs. 3292-
3293. When it enters vertically the}" are called ver-
tical telegraph cocks. See Faucet.
Temperature Regulator (Gold Steam Heating). Figs.
2818. 2S21. A device for automatically controlling
the supply of steam to maintain any desired tem-
perature in the car.
Templet. "A gage, pattern or mold, commonly a thin
plate or board, used as a guide to the form of the
work to be executed." — Webster.
Tenon. The projecting end of a piece of timber fitted
for insertion into a mortise by cutting away a por-
tion on one or more sides. Sometimes the tenon
is made cylindrical. Tenons are secured in their
mortises by pins or by giving them a Dove Tail,
which see.
Tenoning Machine or Tencner (Wood-Working Ma-
chinery). Figs. 6804. 6308. 0821. A tool for cutting
a Tenon, which see. The cutter is carried on a re-
volving head which can be moved up and down.
Tension Bar. Any bar subjected to a tensile strain.
The upper member of an iron body bolster is called
the tension bar.
Tension Member (of a Frame, Truss, Beam or Girder).
Truss rods, brake rods, etc., are tension members
in distinction from Compression Members, which
see.
Tension Rod (of a Derrick or CraneL A horizontal
stay connecting the top of the mast and boom. It
is of fixed length in a crane and of adjustable length
in a derrick. See Derrick.
TEN
170
TIP
Tension Rod Clevis (of a Derrick or Crane'). A Clevis,
which see, sometimes carried at the upper end of a
boom, to which the tension rod connecting the
boom and mast is attached.
Terra Cotta Storage Heater System (Gold's). Fig.
2871. A system of steam heating using direct
steam, in which the radiators are large iron cylin-
ders filled with terra cotta bricks. Steam is ad-
mitted into these cylinders and heats the bricks,
which give off heat after the car is cut out at sta-
tions and other like points.
Texoderm. An artificial leather used for curtains and
upholstering. It is made by coating a cloth fabric
with a compound which gives it the appearance of
leather.
Theater Seats (Dining Cars). An ordinary double car
seat having two separate seat bottoms which can
be raised up into a vertical position in the manner
usual in theaters, in order to make the inner seats
more easy of access.
Thermo-Jet System (Car Heating). Figs. 2942-2945.
Thermostatic Steam Trap (Car Heating). Fig. 2849,
etc. A device to regulate the escape of steam in
proportion to the condensation that has taken place.
It consists of a cast iron shell or body with an in-
let at the top and outlet at the bottom. In front
of the inlet is a hollow brass diaphragm, partly filled
with an expansive fluid, adjusted and kept in place
by lugs round the sides of the trap body by a regu-
lating spring, and the set screw. When cold the
trap is always open, but as live steam is forced into
the trap and comes in contact with the diaphragm,
it immediately expands, and meeting the composi-
tion disc seat, closes the trap and prevents the
waste of steam. As condensation proceeds and the
water cools, the diaphragm gradually contracts and
allows it to pass off through the outlet.
Thimble. 1. A bushing.
2. A sleeve or tube through which a bolt passes,
and which may act as a distance piece. A thimble
is usually round, but sometimes square, as smoke
pipe thimble. See Body Bolster Thimble.
Third-Class Carriage (British). Figs. 6466-6487. A car
which performs much the same functions as an
American so-called first-class passenger car, since
it carries 89% per cent, of the passengers, but very
dissimilar in arrangement, weight and size. It gen-
erally weighs about 20,000 lbs., and is carried on
four or six wheels, divided into five compartments,
and seats fifty passengers. The seats and backs are
comfortably shaped and upholstered in rep, stuffed
with horsehair. Sofa springs and carpets are usu-
ally omitted, but parcel nets and shades are pro-
vided. The comfort of this class of carriage has
been very much improved of late years, but the
interior finish is considerably inferior to that of
ordinary American cars, the interior being generally
painted and grained.
Third Rail Shoe or Collector. Figs. 0333, 6337-6339. A
metallic sliding contact, usually of cast iron,
mounted on the car truck, and insulated therefrom,
for collecting current from an insulated third rail
located alongside the running rails. Positive con-
tact between shoe and rail is maintained by gravity
or by a stiff spring. Four shoes are usually used
for a double truck car, each being carried on a
wooden beam, supported by the truck journal boxes.
Thread. See Screw Thread.
Three-Pipe Manifold. A pipe fitting forming a return
bend for three pipes instead of two.
Threshold or Threshold Plate. 1. (.Passenger Cars.)
A Door Sill, which see.
2. (Of a Vestibule.) The plate which covers the
buffer plate and connects it with the platform, form-
ing an adjustable threshold for the end door, etc.
Throat (of a Car Wheel). The interior angle of a
flange where it joins the thread of the wheel. See
Flange.
Throat Piece (Snow Plow Framing) (Side, Center and
Intermediate Throat Pieces.) The curved ribs con-
necting the inclined plane of the plow with the
deck. Being curved they give a projection to the
deck, which lessens the tendency of the snow to
ride over the top of the plow".
Through Body Bolt (British). Nearest American
equivalent, sill and plate rod. A bolt passing ver-
tically through the body and securing the various
parts of the sides or ends together.
Thumb Piece. A general term applied to man}- forms
of lugs or projections for moving springs, catches,
or other movable mechanical parts.
Thumb Screw. A screw with two projecting flat sided
flanges adapted to be turned with the finger and
thumb.
Tie. "A beam or rod which secures parts together and
is subjected to a tensile strain. It is the opposite
of a strut or straining piece, which acts to keep
objects apart, and is subject to compressing force."
— Knight.
Tie Bar. A bar which acts as a tie. See Pedestal Tie
Bar, Pedestal Brace Tie Bar, Transom Tie Bar.
Tie Rod. A rod which acts as a tie. See
End Girth Tie Rod. Safety Beam Tie Rod.
Girth Tie Rod. Sill Tie Rod.
Lever Frame Tie Rod. Wheel Piece Tie Rod.
Platform Tie Rod.
Tie Timber. See Cross Tie Timber.
Timber Key. Figs. 785-786. See Sill Timber Key.
Timber Wagon (British). A short four-wheeled flat
car with a swiveling bolster, chains, posts, etc.,
adapted to carry timber in the log, which rests on
two or three timber wagons coupled together.
Tin Car Roof. A roof consisting of a layer of boards
resting on the rafters and running lengthwise to
the car, covered with tin plates, the edges of which
are soldered together. Used on passenger cars,
and a somewhat similar roof of galvanized iron is
the Excelsior galvanized car roof made for freight
cars. Fig. 2117.
Tip. An ornamental knob on the end of a rod. More
commonly called acorn. See Basket Rack Tip,
Berth Curtain Rod Tip.
Tip Car. Fig. 97, etc. A car constructed so that its
body can be tipped to allow its contents to slide out.
Often also called a dump car. They are usually
four-wheeled, rarely eight-wheeled. A style of four-
wheeled tip car, which is slowly tipped by gearing,
which winds a chain, has gained considerable favor
on the Boston & Albany Railroad.
Cars which are tipped by compressed air have
been introduced and received with considerable
favor. The advantages secured by the use of air
are that cars may all be dumped at once and the
bodies restored to their normal positions; they may
be dumped while in motion and they are all under
the control of the man on the locomotive. The
dumping and restoring of the car body is effected
by two train pipes, provided with an auxiliary reser-
voir, and the dumping is effected in much the same
TIR
171
TOU
way that the brakes are applied under the Westing-
house system. Mine cars are frequently tip cars.
Tire. A heavy hoop or band of iron or (usually) steel
forming the ring or periphery of a wheel to impart
strength to it and to resist wear. In this country
car wheels are generally cast iron, but steel-tired
wheels are in general use for passenger service.
They have been universal in European practice,
and many devices for fastening them securely to
the wheel have been devised. See Tire Fastening.
In Great Britain the word is usually spelled tyre.
The name is supposed to come from the fact that
iron bands were first used on wheels in the city of
Tyre. Syria.
Tire Bolt. A screw bolt for holding a tire on a wheel
center. 'When retaining rings are used the bolts
pass through the rings and hold them and the cen-
ter and tire together.
Tire Fastening. Figs. 5390-5413 show the principal
methods. The Mansell fastening, shown in Fig.
5404. etc., is the mode of securing the tire to the
wheel which becomes operative when the shrinkage
of the tire alone is insufficient to prevent the latter
leaving the wheel. The Mansell retaining rings. Fig.
5404. etc.; the bolted fastening, Fig. 5396, etc.; the
Boles tire lock. Fig. 5412, etc., are quite common.
See Car Wheels and Wheels.
Toe ('of a Car Wheel Flange). The extreme outer
point where the wheel has the largest diamter.
Toe Nail. A nail driven in obliquely to fasten the end
of a board or other piece of timber to the surface
of another. The stick so fastened is said to be
toed, or toe nailed.
Toggle Arms (Hopper Doors). The two arms of a
toggle joint, which form a strut between the two
opposite hopper doors, holding them closed.
Toggle Joint. "An elbow joint; a joint between two
bars articulating endwise, as the human knee." —
Knight.
Toilet. Another name for a saloon.
Tongs or Crabs I Pile Driver and Wrecking Cars). A
device for anchoring the body of the car to the
track when in use. A jack screw is used in connec-
tion with the tongs to raise the body of the car, so
as to bring a strain upon the tongs. See Bolster
Jack Screw, which is a different device for the same
purpose.
Tool Box. Figs. 119-121. A box very frequently
placed under the body of a car, especially in
caboose, derrick or wrecking cars, for carrying
tools and supplies.
2. T, Figs. 648-651, A rectangular wooden box
with a glass front, in which are kept tools to be
used in case of accident. It usually contains an
axe, a saw, a sledge and a bar. A ground glass
front is sometimes used.
Tool Car. A box car arranged for carrying all kinds of
tools, ropes, etc.. which are used, in case of acci-
dent to trains on the road, in replacing or remov-
ing the cars or engines on or from the track. Such
cars are often used when any heavy objects are to
be moved, as is necessary in erecting bridges, etc.
Tool cars are often fitted up with sleeping berths
for workmen. A tool car usually serves as a tender
for even' wrecking crane.
Top Arch Bar. More properly, simply Arch Bar, which
see.
Top Chord (of a Truss"). The upper outside member
of a truss, especially one divided up into panels.
The members of mere trussed beams are not com-
monly designated as chords.
Top Door Rail. 149. Figs (543-651, etc., and 4, Figs.
1329-1337. The uppermost horizontal bar or piece
of a door frame.
Figs.
etc. See Door
Top Door Track.
Track.
Top Light Rail (British). A part of the body framing
of a carriage forming the top of the window open-
ing.
Top Panel Batten (British). American equivalent, fur-
ring. A part of the bod3' framing to stiffen the top
panel, which is pinned to it.
Top Plate (Metal body Bolster). 1. Figs. 1128-1129
See Body Bolster.
Top Rail (of Door). See Top Door Rail.
Top Rail. A name applied sometimes to the plate of a
street car.
Top Rail Filling Strip. See Filling Piece.
Top Reservoir Journal Box. A journal box having a
reservoir for oil or grease above the journal, from
which the oil flows to the journal. Rarely used in
this country, but common in Europe, with either oil
or some form of grease as a lubricant.
Top Side Bearing. A body side bearing. See Side
Bearing.
Top Side Rail (.Coal Car). The horizontal piece of
timber which forms the top of the side. A similar
part in roofed cars is called the plate.
Torch and Key (Pintsch System.) Fig. 3103. A special
device combining the ordinary wax taper torch,
and a key, fitted to handle the cock of any Pintsch
lamp, as well as to open or close the globe of any
lamp from the floor of the car.
Tornado Canopy Ventilator. Fig. 4421. See Venti-
lators.
Tornado Lamp. A general term applied to lamps which
receive their supply of air through a long tube,
usually connected with the supports or arms of the
lamp, so as to check the effect of sudden gusts of
wind. Hurricane lamp is another name for the
same thing.
Torpedo. A cylindrical detonating cap provided with
clips for folding under the head of the rail for the
purpose of making a loud alarm as a signal on the
passage of engines over them. The basis of the
detonating compound is fulminate of mercury. The
interior pieces of iron, to insure the explosion of
the fulminate, are termed anvils. Some torpedoes
have three anvils. A torpedo with spring clips has
been introduced for attaching to the track from the
rear end of a train in motion by means of a patented
carrier to be held in the hands of the trainman,
which insures that the torpedo will not escape ex-
cept to clasp the head of the rail. The same device
is also used to attach blue lights to the track, burn-
ing for a fixed length of time.
Torpedo Ventilator. Fig. 4429. See Ventilator.
Torsion-Proof Car Roofing. Figs. 2160-2183. A con-
struction for freight car roofs with sheets sliding
into sub-rafters.
Tourist Car. Fig. 218. 1. A car roughly built and
furnished for the transportation of men alone, such
as bodies of troops, parties of excursionists, emi-
grants, etc. Frequently they are flat or box cars
furnished with roof sides, seats and doors. The
emigrant sleeping car is now usually called a tour-
ist car, the latter being preferred by those who
patronize them.
2. A private car, one of several, of elaborate fin-
TOU
172
TRA
ish and luxurious appointments, chartered by ex-
cursionists who are making a tour of the country.
Tourist Sleeping Car. Fig. 218. A sleeping car plainly
finished, sometimes upholstered in rattan, for ac-
commodation of travelers who cannot afford the
comforts of the luxurious standard sleeping car.
Towel Rack. Fig. 3670. A tray of rods for holding
clean towels.
Towel Rod. Figs. 3740-3741. A rod with brackets or
bushings at the ends upon which towels may be
hung.
Towel Rod Brackets. Fig. 3707, etc. See Towel Rod.
Towel Roller Bracket. Figs. 3722-3724. A bracket for
supporting a towel roller. There arc two. the fixed
end and loose end bracket. The principal supply of
towels, however, is usually carried in a towel rack
or hung on towel rods.
Tower Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1039-1647. (Passen-
ger). Fig. 1639.
Track. 1. A rail or bar which forms a path on which
anything, as a car door, runs. Sliding doors have
usually two door tracks, bottom and top door track.
2. (Pile Driver Car.) A circular track upon
which the rollers of the swinging platform travel.
A rack is connected with it as a part of the slewing
gear.
Track and Wheels, Terms and Gaging Points. Fig.
5598. See Wheels and Track.
Track Laying Car. 1. A low push car, primarily for
carrying rails short distances in construction. They
are frequently without a floor or platform and are
provided with fixed rollers at the side for running
the rails forward.
2. A platform car with a cantilever truss extend-
ing out from one end ot the car over the track and
on which rails may be run out and distributed on
the ties.
Track Sweeper. Fig. 6256. A Sweeping Car, which
see. For city use only.
Traction brake. See Westinghouse Traction Brake.
Train Air Signal Apparatus. Fig. 1220. A substitute
for the bell cord arranged to give train signals by
compressed air. A separate line of signal pipe,
similar to the brake pipe, extends throughout the
train, connected between the cars by hose and
couplings. A car discharge valve, connected to this
signal pipe, is located in each car and attached to
the bell cord in such manner that pulling on the
cord releases air from the signal pipe. In the cab
on the engine or motor car is a signal valve, which
is also connected with the main signal pipe and a
small signal whistle. The supply of air is received
from the main reservoir through a reducing valve,
which maintains a i ressure of about 45 lbs. per
square inch in the signal apparatus.
When the car discharge valve is opened, by pull-
ing on the cord, the diaphragm in the signal valve is
operated so as to blow tne whistle. Signals can be
given in this way with rapidity and great certainty.
If the train breaks in two the whistle is blown
loudly for a considerable time.
Train Air Signal Stop Cock. A stop cock in the air
signal pipe. There is one at each end of a car.
Train Brake Pipe. See Brake Pipe.
Train Car. A Caboose Car, which see.
Train Line Coupler. Figs. 3398-3401.
Train Lines. A s}'stem of heavy conductors, gener-
ally three in number, running the entire length of
the car either over the roof or under the car body
and terminating at each end of the car in a suitable
connection device, located either above the vesti-
bule opening or below the platform. Two of these
conductors are tapped and connections carried
down inside of the car where connection may be
made with the electric lighting system of the car.
The other conductor generally has no connection
to it in the car. Its purpose is to act as an end
feeder or equalizer when a head end generator is
employed. The other two conductors or lines may
be employed for tying together in parallel the
lighting systems of the different cars, irrespective
of whether a head end generator is used or not.
Train Line Jumper. A connection made generally at
the rear end of the train on the end farthest from
the head end generator connecting the conductor
which is not tapped in the cars to one of the con-
ductors that is tapped. The current is carried
from the generator clear through to the end of the
train and by means of the jumper brought back-
on one of the other wires. This arrangement of
train lines, known as the equi-potential or return
loop, insures uniform voltage at each of the cars,
irrespective of the drop or loss that may take place
m the conductors themselves.
Train Line Connector. A device for connecting the
train lines of one car to those of another in such
a manner as to insure the proper connection of the
conductors of one car with those of another inde-
pendently of sequence or end relations of the va-
rious cars; that is to say, the conductor must al-
ways join wire No, 1 of one car with wire Xo. 1
of the next car, etc., no matter whether the cars
have been turned end for end or in what order they
ma}- stand in the train.
Train Pipe (Air Brake). See Brake Pipe. The latter
and preferable name is brake pipe.
Train Signal Lamp. Fig 3617. A lamp attached to a
car as a signal, usually to the last car on the train,
and commonly called a tail light. See Signal Lamp.
They are usually some form of lantern. Lanterns
of ordinary form, but with red globes, are also used.
Train Signal Pipe. See Signal Pipe.
Transfer Table. A platform and section of track on
wheels, its length being equal to the length of a
car. Its chief use is to transfer cars from one sec-
tion of a shop to another, connecting with parallel
tracks and running transversely to them.
Transom. 1. Primarily, a cross piece.
2. (Carpentry.) A horizontal piece framed across
a door or double light window. The term is also
applied in the general sense of a cross piece in
other ways.
3. (Trucks.) 20, Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs. 4784-
4785. One of two horizontal cross beams attached
to the side frames, between which the swing bolster
is placed. They are usually made of wood, but re-
cently they have been made of iron. See also
Middle Transom, Outside Transom.
4. The body bolster is also sometimes called a
transom or body transom, but incorrectly. The
term body transom is more properly limited, when
used at all, to the Cross Tie Timber or Needlebeam,
which see.
5. A word frequently used in street car work as
an adjective, for the word "deck," and meaning
that the part belongs to the upper deck windows or
to the clear story.
0. (British.) Commonly spelled Transome, which
see.
TRA
173
TRI
Transom and End Piece Tie Rod. A rod extending
through the transom and end piece to stiffen the
truck frame.
Transom Bearing Block. A piece of wood or iron
placed on top of a transom, under the attachment or
bearing of a swing hanger, to raise it up higher.
Transom Casting. A casting attached to a truck frame,
and to which the end of one or both of the tran-
soms are fastened.
Transom or Bolster Chafing Plate. '27, Figs. 4771-4777.
A plate attached to the side of a transom to pre-
vent it from abrasion by the movement of the
bolster. See Friction Block.
Transom Corner Plate (Passenger Trucks). 131, Figs.
4817-4819 and Figs. 4905-4907. See Truck Frame
Corner Plate.
Transom Draft Gear. Figs. 1580-1582.
Transom Muntin or Mullion. See Mullion.
Transom Opener. Fig. 4118. A device for opening a
transom over a door; very similar to a deck sash
opener.
Transom Pillar (Diamond Trucks). A small casting
acting as a distance piece between the transom and
inverted arch bar.
Transom Plate. Figs. 4833-4836. Iron plates on both
sides of wooden transoms of passenger trucks.
Transom Sash Stop. Fig. 4525.
Transom Tie Bar. 23, Figs. 4771-4777. A wrought iron
bar bolted to a pair of transoms, sometimes above
and sometimes below the center to hold them to-
gether.
Transom Truss Block. 25, Figs. 4771-4777. See Tran-
som Truss Rod.
Transom Truss Rod. 24, Figs. 4771-4774. Fig. 4838.
Transverse rods attached at their ends to the
wheel pieces, which extend alongside the transoms
and are inclined downward under a central transom
truss block, so as to strengthen the transoms. Gen-
erally, two such rods are used with each truck. In
the Pullman trucks a transom plate is used with a
straight transom tie rod.
Transom Truss Rod Seat. A bearing for the transom
truss rod on the under side of the transom. See
Corner Plate.
Transom Truss Rod Washer. 26, Figs. 4771-4777; Figs.
4813-4814. See Washer and above.
Transom (British). A Cross Tie Timber or Needle-
beam, which see. More commonly called cross
bearer, which latter term is also in use in this
country.
Transverse Floor Timbers (Street Cars). Timbers
which extend across the car underneath the floor,
and on which the floor boards rest. They are used
only when there are two sills. Xot to be con-
fused with cross tic timbers, which are under the
sills.
Transverse Floor Timber Plate. A wrought iron or
steel plate to strengthen the transverse floor tim-
ber and act as a tie rod for the floor timber braces.
Transverse Rising Timber. See Rising Timber.
Transverse Tie Rod (British). American equivalent,
sill tic rod. A long rod which serves to bind
together the underframe transversely.
Trap. See Steam Trap.
Trap (for Refrigerator Car). An S-shaped pipe, largely
used in all forms of plumbing work for permitting
the exit of water, while preventing the entrance
of air.
Trap Door. 1. A door in a floor or roof, closing flush
therewith when shut. See also Platform Trap
Door.
2. (Pullman Wide Vestibule.) Fig. 2266. A
door which covers the platform steps and makes a
continuous level floor for the full width of the
car in a wide vestibule.
3. A door of a street car in the floor which
gives access to the motor and gearing between it
and the axle.
Trap Door Holder (Vestibule Fittings). Figs 3941-
3942.
Trap Door Latch (Vestibule Fittings). Figs. 3966-3977.
Traversing Jack. Fig. 3888. A jack that can be moved
horizontally on a bed or track while under its
load.
Tread. 1. (Of a Step.) Figs. 977-978. The part on
which the foot is placed. See Tread Board, Rub-
ber Tread.
2. (Of a Car Wheel.) Fig. 5518. The exterior
cylindrical surface of a car wheel inside of the
flange which comes in contact with the rail. The
usual width is about 4 in., measured from the throat
or inside of the flange, and about 5% in. out to out
measurement, from outside of flange to outside of
wheel. The standard section adopted by the M. C.
B. Association in 1886 is shown in Fig. 5518.
Tread Board (of a Step). 4(3, Figs. 599-619. The hori-
zontal part on which the foot is placed. Usually
covered with rubber or metal safety treads to pre-
vent slipping. See Figs. 977-978.
Triangular Washer. An iron plate or block, the cross
section of which is triangular, and which forms a
bearing for the nut or head of an inclined brace rod.
Also called beveled washer, but the latter term is
chiefly used when the angle between the two faces
is small.
Tri-Compo or Tri-Composite Carriage (British). A
composite coach in which separate compartments
for first, second and third-class passengers are pro-
vided.
Trigger. See Sash Lock Trigger.
Trimming Cap. A Seat Back Molding, which see.
Figs. 3862-3873.
Triple Body Dump Car. Fig. 101.
Triple Brake. Figs. 4805-4806. Brakes for a six-wheel
truck.
Triple Coupling Link. A kind of chain used with the
draw hooks of British draw gear. Used in America
for small four-wheel coal cars only.
Triple Valve (Air Brake). Figs. 1233-1240. 1. A valve
device consisting of a body or case, called the triple
valve body, which has connections to the brake pipe,
the auxiliary reservoir and the brake cylinder, in
which a slide valve is operated by a piston, so that
when the pressure of the air in the brake pipe is in-
creased the auxiliary reservoir is charged and the
air in the brake cylinder is released to the atmos-
phere; and so that, when the air pressure in the
brake pipe is reduced, air from the auxiliary reser-
voir is discharged into the brake cylinder for apply-
ing the brakes. A triple valve performing only
these functions is now known as the plain triple
valve.
2. The quick-acting triple valve has all the fea-
tures and performs all the functions of the plain
triple valve, and has the additional function of caus-
ing a discharge of air from the brake pipe to the
brake cylinder, when, in emergencies, the maximum
force of the brakes is instantly required.
3. (For Freight Air Brake Gear.) Fig. 1234. A
TRI
174
TRU
special form, not differing in principle from the pas-
senger brake valve, but generally combined with
the reservoir and brake cylinder in one single part
for economy and convenience of attachment.
Triple Valve Body. 2, Figs. 1233-1237.
Triple Valve Branch Pipe (Air Brake). A short pipe
by which the triple valve is connected with the
brake pipe.
Triple Valve Gasket. A gasket placed in the joint be-
tween the triple valve and the brake cylinder.
Triple Valve Piston (Air Brake). 4, Figs. 1233-1237.
See Triple Valve.
Tripod. 1. A three-legged stand.
2. (For Lamp Shade.) A cheap substitute for a
shade ring.
Trojan Coupler. Figs. 1777-1793.
Trolley (Street Car). A small wheel, or a carriage with
journal, bearings, case, etc., usually attached to the
end of a trolley pole, the latter being attached,
pivoted and swiveled to the top of a street car, and
so stayed by springs that it tends to stand in a
vertical position. This tendency of the trolley pole
to stand erect keeps the trolley wheel in contact
(on the under side), of an electric conductor
stretched above the car over the center of the car
tracks. Electric motor cars which derive the elec-
tric current through a trolley are called "Trolley
Cars." The majority of electric motor cars in
use at the present time are "trolley cars," taking
the current from an overhead conductor.
Trolley Base. Figs. 6341, 6344. A swivel base placed on
the roof of an electric car for the support of the
trolley pole; strong springs preserve a firm contact
between the trolley wheel and wire.
Trolley Board (Street Car). A board or several boards
making a long, narrow platform (very much like a
running board of a freight car), to which the trolley
pole is attached, and on which inspectors and re-
pair men may stand. The boards rest upon trolley
board cleats. Trolley base blocks are fastened to
the trolley boards, and the trolley pole is fastened
to the base blocks.
Trolley Cord. Fig. 2180. An extra heavy cord, by
which the trolley is handled from the platform.
Trolley Harp. Fig. 6352-6353. A clevis-shaped metallic
frame at the end of the trolley pole for holding the
trolley wheel. Also called trolley fork.
Trolley Hoist. Fig. 6853.
Trolley Wheel. Figs. 6346-6347, 6350-6351. A deeply
grooved metal wheel mounted on a trolley pole for
collecting current from an overhead wire.
Truck. 1. "A small wheel; hence trucks, a low carriage
for carrying goods, stone, etc., either on common
roads or on railroads. Indeed, this kind of carriage
is often called a truck, in the singular." — Webster.
The term is applied to different kinds of small ve-
hicles used on and about stations for handling
freight and baggage by hand, sometimes in a con-
fused sense. The usage seems to be increasing,
however, to speak of baggage barrows and freight
trucks, although both are sometimes designated as
barrow trucks. Four-wheeled vehicles, called
baggage wagon trucks and freight wagon trucks,
are also used. Vehicles of this class arc also desig-
nated as warehouse trucks. Special varieties arc
the telecope, swing barrel and self-leading trucks.
Many other exist, in limited use.
2. Figs. 4350-4574. A car truck, which is, me-
chanically, a small four-wheel (or sometimes six-
wheel) car, under each end of an American car
body, and carrying the latter as a dead load by
means of two swiveling center plates connected by
a center pin or king bolt. The purpose of the truck
is to enable short wheel bases to be used in con-
nection with long ear bodies. Sec Car Truck.
Passenger car trucks are nearly always of wood
in combination with iron flitch plates, truss rods,
etc. For freight car trucks wood has almost passed
out of use, except for the transoms, truck bolsters
and spring planks, and steel is being rapidly sub-
stituted for the latter as well. Even when wood
is employed it is frequently strengthened by iron
or steel plates. Wooden brake beams are the ex-
ception. For spring planks, transoms and bolsters
the common structural forms of channels and I
beams or pressed steel shapes are used.
Truck Bolster. 30, Figs, 4705-4713, 4771-4777, and Figs.
4796-4797, 4995-5066. A cross timber or beam in the
center of a truck, to which the lower center plate
is fastened, and on which the car bod}' rests. The
truck bolster is connected to the body by a center
pin, which passes through it.
Truck Bolster Chafing Plate (Passenger Trucks.) A
plate attached to a swing bolster to protect it from
wear.
Truck Bolster Flitch Plates. See Bolster Flitch Plates.
Truck Bolster Guide Bars (Diamond Tracks). 37, Figs.
4705-4713. More commonly called columns. Cast
iron posts between the arch bars, held in place by
column bolts, which form a guide for the end of
the bolster. These columns are sometimes also
required to perform the office of brake hanger car-
rier. An offset shoulder is then cast on the column
near the top and on the inside with a jaw, to which
the brake hanger is fastened by a pin.
Truck Bolster Guide Block. A cast iron shoe for the
end of a truck bolster, which slides vertically be-
tween the columns or bolster guide bars. They are
used only in connection with the latter. See above.
Truck Bolster Truss Block. See Truss Block.
Truck Bolster Truss Rod (Rigid Bolster Trucks). A
rod attached near the ends of a wooden truck
bolster. In swing bolster trucks, rods of a similar
nature are used, and are termed transom truss rods.
Truck Center Bearing Truss. Figs. 66, 4780-4783. The
combination of the Center Bearing Arch Bar ami
Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bars, which see.
Truck Center Plate. 12. Figs. 1128-1120; C,-:,. Figs. 4361-
4369, and Figs. 4502-4504. See Center Plate.
Truck Check Chain Eye. 70, Figs. 4771-4777. See
Check Chain. A body check chain eye is also
used.
Truck Check Chain Hook. 69, Figs. 1771-4777. A hook-
on the end of a Check Chain, which see.
Truck Details. Figs. 4784-4994.
Truck End Piece or End Sill. 17, Figs. 4771-1777. See
End Piece.
Truck Frame. Figs. 5068-5071. A structure composed
of wooden beams, iron or bars or cast steel to
which the journal boxes or pedestals, springs and
other loose parts are attached, and which forms the
skeleton of a truck.
Truck Frame Corner Plate. 130, 131, Figs. 1771-4777,
and Figs. 4488-1189, 4905-4907. A malleable iron or
pressed steel plate bolted to the corners of a
wooden truck frame to keep it stiff and rigid. They
take the place of Knee Irons, which sec.
Truck Frame Knee Iron (Passenger Car Trucks). An
interior angle plate of cast or wrought iron to con-
nect the truck frame together.
TRU
175
TUM
Truck Side. A Truck Side Frame, which see.
Truck Side Bearing. 10, Figs. 1128-1129; 61, Figs. 4705-
4713, 4771-4777. A plate, block or roller or spring
plate attached to the top of the truck bolster, on
which a corresponding bearing fastened to the body
bolster rests. Their purpose is to prevent the car
body from having too much rocking or rolling mo-
tion. They are made of various forms, such as a
plain metal plate, to protect a wooden bolster from
wear, a cup-shaped casting to hold oil or grease
and waste, and various forms of rollers, rockers,
studs, spring cases and the like.
Truck Side Frame. The longitudinal portion of a truck
frame, on the outside of the wheels, which extends
from one axle to the other, and to which the jour-
nal boxes and bolsters or transoms are attached.
See Diamond Truck Side Frame, in designating
which the term is chiefly employed.
Truck Sub-Sill. A sub-sill bolted to the side sill of a
four-wheel street car which bears upon the truck
frame, to which it is bolted.
Trunnion. The pivot upon which any body, as a gun,
revolves. The term is usually applied to bearings
for objects of irregular shape, and having slow or
irregular motion, as distinguished from the journals
of wheels, etc.
Truss. A frame to which rigidity is given by uniting
the parts so that its figure shall be in effect cut up
into triangles, making it incapable of distortion by
turning of the bars about their joints. The simplest
form of truss is that in which a truss rod and king
post are put underneath a beam to strengthen it,
or two beams are framed together in the form of
a letter A, and tied together at their lower ends by
a rod or another beam. These are called king post
trusses. Another form is that in which two posts
are used, which are called queen post trusses. This
is not a perfect truss, since it is capable of altering
its shape by simply bending without rupturing its
parts, when unequally loaded. In order to prevent
this counterbalances should be added. This is the
usual way of trussing the underframe of cars. The
sills resist bending and act as straining beams, thus
preventing great distortion. The usual forms of
trusses used for the side framing of cars are the
Pratt and the Howe types. In the former all the
braces are subject to tension, and in the latter the
braces are compression members. The Pratt truss
is rarely used alone to-day for side trussing, but is
often used in combination with the Howe truss.
The Howe truss is rarely used in its simple form,
being usually provided with vertical posts alongside
of the vertical tension members. The side of a car
is not a perfect truss as ordinarily built, for the
middle panel, which contains the door, lacks the es-
sential element of braces or counterbraces. Long
cars are reinforced with heavy trusses of the bridge
or roof type, and further strengthened by body
truss rods.
The Challender Truss, which see. is a kind of
plate girder. See Girder. See also Bastard Howe,
Bastard Pratt, Framing, Bunk Truss (of Logging
Cars'*.
Truss Block. A distance piece between a truss rod and
the compression member of a trussed beam, which
forms a bearing for both. See Body Bolster Truss
Block, Transom Truss Block, Truck Bolster Truss
Block.
Truss Plank (Passenger Car Framing). 63, Figs. 577-
588, 599-619. A wide piece of timber, set on edge
and bolted to, or sometimes gained into the posts
on the inside of the car immediately above the sills.
Truss Plank Cap. A strip of wood attached to the top
of a truss plank between the seat frames.
Truss Rod. Figs. 886-889. An inclined rod used in con-
nection with a king or queen post truss, or trussed
beam, to resist deflection. It -is attached to the
ends of the beam, and is supported in the middle
by a king post, truss block, or two queen posts be-
tween the beam and the rod. See Body Truss
Rod.
Truss Rod Anchor Iron. 24, Figs. 599-619; Figs. 956-
957. 998-999. A wrought iron strap with lugs and a
turn at the end which engage with the body bolster
and in recesses cut into the side sill, to which it is
bolted. It serves as an anchor to attach the ends
of the body truss rods to the side sills.
Truss Rod Bearing. Figs. 753-758. A bearing used to
furnish support to a truss rod. at an angle or bend
in the latter, as
Body Bolster Truss Truck Bolster Truss
Rod Bearing. Rod Bearing.
Body Truss Rod Bear-
ing.
The bearing over the bolster of a long body truss
rod running from end sill to end sill is called a
body truss rod saddle, probably in part from its
form. A distinction has been attempted between
a truss rod bearing and a truss rod saddle, founded
upon the direction of the strain which it resists,
and this distinction has been preserved in this edi-
tion. It cannot, however, be said to be founded on
usage, either of bridge builders or car builders, ex-
cept in respect to the body truss rod saddle, as
above stated.
Truss Rod End Plate. Figs. 809-830.
Truss Rod Iron. '24. Figs. 599-613, 617-619. A bar of
iron, having an eye, to which a body truss rod is
attached, bolted to the under side of a sill below
a body bolster. It is a form of attaching body truss
rods almost cut of use for freight cars, but in
common use on passenger cars. A truss rod anchor
iron.
Truss Rod Queen Post. See Truss Rod and Queen
Post.
Truss Rod Saddle. See Truss Rod Bearing and Body
Truss Rod Saddle, 2'). Figs. 305-308, 319-324, etc.
Truss Rod Safety Hanger. Figs. 1000-1001. An iron eye
bolted to the longitudinal sills, through which the
body truss rods are passed to prevent them from
dropping to the track in case they should break.
Truss Rod Strut. Figs. 971-973.
Truss Rod Washer. Figs. 717-718. 725-726. A large
flat or beveled washer, used under a nut on the end
of a truss rod. Sometimes called a skew back. See
Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer, Truck Bolster
Truss Rod Washer.
Trussed Brake Beam. Fig. 5083. etc. Many brake
beams in use to-day are trussed beams. The usual
method is to use a truss rod from end to end of
the beam with a king post in the middle.
Tufting Button. Fig. 3781. A button used in up-
holstery to hold the cord which passes through the
upper covering of the upholstered surface, dividing
it up into squares or diamonds.
Tumbler. 1. A drinking glass.
2. (Foundry.) A machine for cleaning castings,
locomotive tubes, etc. It consists of a case
mounted on a shaft, on which it is made to revolve.
TUM
176
UNC
The articles inside of the case are cleaned by their
attrition against each other and the case.
3. (Locksmithing.) "A latch engaging within a
notch in a lock, bolt, or otherwise, opposing its mo-
tion until it is lifted or arranged by the key so as
to remove the obstacle." — Knight.
Tumbler Holder. Figs. 3643-3667-3673. A bracket or
stand for holding glass tumblers or drinking cups.
They are either single or double.
Tumbler Holder and Drip. Fig. 3643. A water cooler
drip, the top of which is made large enough to hold
a glass.
Turnbuckle. 23, Figs. 599-619, and Fig. 3S57. A device
inserted in the middle of a long rod for changing
its length. Right and left screw turnbuckles, Fig.
3488, or single screw turnbuckles are rarely used.
A form that has gained much favor for use on
cars is that shown in Fig. 3857. They are made
the following sizes, and larger in proportion.
Size. D. A. B. C. L.
1 inch 6 in. \lA in. 9 in. 25 in.
V/s " 6 " 1 11-16 " Wi " 25 "
v/4 " 6 " m " m " ?6 "
1H " 6 " 2 1-16 " Vb% " 27 "
V/2 " 6 " 2% " 10^2 " 27 "
1% " 6 " 2 7-16 " 10% " 28 "
154 " 6 *' 25-8 " 1114 " 28 "
D. Size = Outside Diameter of Screw.
A. Length in Clear between head — 6 in. first
length for all sizes.
B. Length of Tapped Heads = l% D.
C. Total Length of Buckie without Bolt Ends.
L. Total Length of Buckle and Stub Ends when
open.
Turn Under (British). See Fall Under.
Turtle Back Roof. A roof for a passenger car which is
arched, but without a clear story or upper deck. It
is the prevailing roof for British carriages, but has
not found favor in this country, its use being con-
fined chiefly to a few coaches on the Boston &
Albany Railroad.
Twin Car Seat. Figs. 4118, 4126, etc. A seat stand with a
division arm, two cushions, two seat backs with
two striker arms each, so that they may be turned
so as to bring the occupants face to face.
Twin Door Panels. 10, Figs. 1329-1337. A pair of panels
side by side in a door, formed by inserting a part-
ing rail into a wide panel.
Twin Hopper Gondola Car. Figs. 35-36, 428-452, etc. A
gondola car with two hoppers, the centers of which
are about 10 feet apart. This type of gondola has
been adopted to get a long flat-bo' tomed car that
will discharge its contents with the least amount of
shoveling. The car may also be used for long
timber. See Gondola.
Twin Washer. A Double Washer, which see.
Twist Gage for New Couplers (M. C. B. Recommended
Practice). Figs. 5948-5950. In 1899 a twist gage
for new couplers, as shown, to be used so as to
insure that the heads are neither twisted nor dis-
placed sidewisc with relation to shank, was adopted
as Recommended Practice. In 1904 the gage was
changed to conform to the couper contour ines
adopted in 1903; and also to have raised figures
" 1904 " cast on same.
Twisted Flat Wire (for Car Seals). 4087. A form
adapted to prevent the possibility of the lead seal
being stripped from the wire and afterward re-
placed upon it. See Car Seals.
Two-Light Center Lamp. See Center Lamp and Chan-
delier. The majority of center lamps have two
burners.
Tyre (of a wheel). See Tire. The spelling ''tyre" is
the British method, and corresponds with the sup-
posed origin of the word, which is from the fact
that iron bands were first used on wheels in the
city of Tyre, Syria.
u
U-Bolt. A double bolt made of a bar of iron, bent in
the shape of the letter U. with a nut and screw on
each end. See Brake Hanger Carrier, Stake Pocket
U-Bolt.
U-Bolt Casting. Figs. 4823-4824.
" U " Brake Shoe. Fig. 5242. A cast-iron brake shoe
with inclined ends chilled from the back.
Umbrella Holder and Pocket. Fig. 3836. A bracket with
oval holes, put up in a horizontal position with the
pocket a suitable distance below it. The umbrella
is thrust through the bracket, the end resting in
the pocket below.
Uncoupling Attachments (M. C. B. Recommended Prac-
tice).
In 1897 designs showing the details of uncoupling
arrangements to concealed end sill cars and out-
side end sill cars were adopted as Recommended
Practice.
In 1905 the shoulder of the bracket for the un-
coupling rod was made level.
In 190S these details were revised and changes
made to overcome former defects.
The special feature of this uncoupling attachment
is the slotted center bracket. By placing the rod
back on the top of end sill or head block a longer
arm is obtained, which gives sufficient lift with ample
slack in the chain, and by using a sloping slotted
bracket the rod projects 1J4 inches in front of
coupler lock, which is about the best position for an
efficient lift. The slotted bracket allows the rod
to slide back 3'_' inches and avoids interference
when slack of train is bunched.
The handle shown should preferably project be-
low end of car or be bent as shown by dotted
lines on Sheet M. C. B. — B, in order to protect the
operator's hand.
Three links 3% inches, 5% inches and 7"i inches
long, respectively, are shown. By using one of
these three links, therefore, a chain 61/2, 8% or 10%
inches long is obtained, which should fit all cars and
M. C. B. couplers. These links should avoid the use
of split links, " S " hooks and other temporary
repair devices now very common. The arrangement
as a whole is applicable to all types of cars, and if
properly applied will largely obviate present trou-
bles. Only a few limiting dimensions are shown
on the drawing, as the others must be adapted to
each particular class of car; but the dimensions
for center arm. chain slack and position of lift pin
eye should be carefully adhered to.
Uncoupling Chain. See below.
Uncoupling Lever (Freight Cars). 210, Figs. 262-272.
An iron rod with a bent handle forming a lever,
usually attached to the end sill, by which the lock
of the automatic coupler is opened and the cars
uncoupled without going between them. The lever
and rod arc in various forms, as the form of lock
may require.
Uncoupling Lever Chain (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler).
675, Figs. 1886-1935.
Uncoupling Lever Collar (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler).
72o. Figs. 1886-1935.
UNC
177
UPP
Uncoupling Lever Guide iBuhoup 3-Stem Coupler).
683, Figs. 1S86-1935.
Uncoupling Lever Plate (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler).
715, Figs. 1886-1935.
Uncoupling Rod. 210, Figs. 262-272, etc.; and 173, Figs.
648-651. A rod connecting the uncoupling lever
with the lock of an automatic coupler. On freight
cars it is forged in one piece with the lever. Figs.
905-907. See below.
Uncoupling Shaft (.Passenger Cars). 173, Figs. 648-651.
A vertical rod extending up through the platform
floor having a square end at the top to take the
uncoupling lever and a crank arm at the bottom
to which is attached the uncoupling rod. A partial
turn of the uncoupling lever pulls out the uncoup-
ling rod and releases the coupler lock allowing the
knuckle to open and the cars to part.
Uncoupling Shaft Bracket. Figs. 702-704, 768-769. A
bracket supporting the uncoupling shaft on the end
of the car.
Underframe. Figs. 1012-1039. A stout framework, which
receives the buffing and pulling stresses and car-
ries the weight of the floor and body of the vehicle.
In both freight and passenger cars in America the
underframe and body are rigidly connected and
mutually stiffen and strengthen one another, but
in British carriages the body is framed as an in-
dependent structure, and merely rests on the un-
derframe, rubber pads (india rubber body cush-
ions) being interposed to deaden shocks. The only
connection is through a body holding-down bolt.
Underframe includes all the framing below the
floor, and includes the platforms, draft timbers, etc.
Many cars have been built with pressed steel un-
derframes and structural steel underframes.
Underframe Plate (British). See Spider Plate.
Underhung Door. A sliding door which is supported
and slides on a rail below the door. Overhung
doors are preferred.
Union (Pipe Fittings). A Union Joint, which see.
Union Joint. Fig. 3058. (Pipe Fittings.) A means of
uniting the ends of two pipes with a nut. The lat-
ter is attached to one pipe with a collar, and is
screwed on the opposite pipe, or on a thimble at-
tached to the pipe. Often called simply a union or
coupling. They are largely used for all forms of
pipe work, and take their distinctive names, if any,
from the parts with which they are connected, as
drain pipe union, reservoir union, etc., of West-
inghouse brake.
United States Standard System of Screw Threads.
This term is often used to designate the Sellers'
System of Screw Threads, which see.
Unit Switch System of Control. Figs. 6393-6401.
Universal Joint. " A device for connecting the ends
of two shafts so as to allow them to have perfect
freedom of motion in every direction within cer-
tain de rined limits." — Knight. An application in
car building which has not yet secured general use
as a substitute for brake hose, in connection with
air brake and steam apparatus. Fig. 2839.
Upholstery. In passenger car construction, the term
includes the cushions, curtains, carpets, beds, etc.,
and generally the materials from which they are
made.
Upholsterers' Nails and Buttons. Fig. 3781.
Upper Bearing. See Swing Link Hanger.
Upper Belt Rail (Passenger Car Exteriors). 82, Figs.
648-651. A horizontal bar attached to the posts on
the outside and above the windows.
Upper Berth. 2, Figs. 2201-2202. The top berth in a
sleeping car section. It folds up by day against the
roof, being secured by a berth latch or safety berth
latch, having a pocket above it in which the head
board, two thin mattresses and the bedding are
stored. See Berth.
Upper Berth Bracket. Fig. 4325. A form of upper
berth rest closely resembling a bracket.
Upper Berth Pocket. A pocket against the sides of the
car which closes up flush therewith when the upper
berth was folded up, but dropped open when the
berth was made up, so as to afford a receptacle for
clothing and baggage. It has been replaced by a
hammock. Similar pockets for the lower berth are
made by turning up the head rest of the seat.
Upper Berth Rest (Sleeping Cars). Fig. 4326. A metal
lug, or shelf, which supports an upper berth when
lowered.
Upper Berth Rest Pivot. Fig. 4354. A pin attached to
a plate fastened to an upper berth. The pin engages
in a hole in a Berth Rest, which see.
Upper Bolster Plate. 12a, Figs. 262-272, etc. A body
bolster top plate. See Body Bolster.
Upper Brake Shaft Bearing. 96, Figs. 262-272, and 156,
Figs. 644-051. A metal eye by which the upper end
of a brake shaft is held in place. In passenger and
street cars, usually attached to the hand rail; on
freight box cars, when the brakes are operated
from the roof, to the end of the body near the
top.
Upper Corner Plate. Figs. 817-818, 900-902, and 55, Fig.
262-272. See Corner Plate.
Upper Deck (Passenger Cars). 110, Figs. 599-019. Also
called clear story. The raised central portion of
the roof. See Deck.
Upper Deck Bottom Rail (Street Car). The deck sill
or sill of a clear story.
Upper Deck Carline. 118. Figs. 599-619. Carlines, which
see, passing from side to side of the upper deck
only, resting on the deck plate. Usually called sim-
ply deck carline.
Upper Deck Eaves Molding. A molding, usually called
simply deck eaves molding, on the outside edge
of the roof.
Upper Deck Furring Strip. See Furring.
Upper Diaphragm (Pintsch Lamp). 287, Figs. 3208-
3224.
Upper Door Sash. 12, Figs. 1329-1337. The part of a
double window sash in a car door which covers the
upper part of the opening. This upper section is
usually made movable, so that it can be lowered for
ventilation.
Upper End Panel (Street Cars). See Panel.
Upper Floor (Stock Car). 28. Figs. 352-355. More
commonly double deck. In a stock car, a deck or
floor built in half way between the main floor of
the car and the roof, to double the carrying ca-
pacity of the car for pigs, sheep, calves, etc.
Upper Rail (Sliding Doors). Usually called top door
rail. A guide rail above doors which are supported
upon rollers at the bottom, or one carrying a door
suspended upon door hangers. See Door Rail.
Upper Seat Back Rail. See Seat Back.
Upper Swing Hanger Pivot. 47, Figs. 4705-4777. See
also Lower Swing Hanger Pivot.
Upper Wainscot End Rail (Passenger Car Interiors).
See below.
Upper Wainscot Rail. 75, Figs. 648-651, and E, Fig,
2204. A longitudinal wooden bar or rail, fastened
to the posts on the inside of a passenger car im-
mediately under the window. See Wainscot Rail.
Upper Window Blind. See Window Blind.
UPP
VEN
Upper Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4545, etc. Dis-
tinguished from a lower window blind lift in not
having a lug or ledge. See Window Blind Lift.
Urinal. A metal or porcelain receptacle used in saloons,
connected to a pipe leading through the floor. They
are distinguished as corner or side urinals. A
concealing urinal, shutting up flush with the wood
work when not in use, is sometimes used.
Urinal Cover. A wooden or sheet metal lid for inclos-
ing a urinal.
Urinal Drip or Drip Pan. A pan under a urinal on the
floor.
Urinal Handle. Fig. 4057. A handle in a saloon, placed
above the urinal to hold on to. They are dis-
tinguished as corner or side urinal handles, ac-
cording to their position on the side of the car.
Urinal Pipe. See Urinal.
Urinal Ventilator. A pipe attached to a cap on a urinal,
communicating with the top of a car, where some
form of wind scoop is often added.
V-shaped Screw Thread. A thread with a sharp edge
at the top and sharp groove at the root. The Sel-
lers' (U. S. ) standard thread is flat at the top and
at the root, and the Whitworth is rounded at those
threads.
Vacuum Brake. Figs. 6785-6792. A system of continu-
ous brakes which is operated by exhausting the air
from some appliance under each car, by which the
pressure of the external air is transmitted to the
brake levers and shoes. So called in distinction
from Air Brakes, which see, are technically under-
stood to refer only to brakes operating with com-
pressed air, although in a literal sense the vacuum
brake is also an air brake. An ejector on the engine
is ordinarily used for exhausting the air, connected
with the rest of the train by pipes and flexible hose
between the cars. The latest type of vacuum,
brakes, in general use in passenger service and to
some extent for freight service in Great Britain
is shown in Fig. 6785. A continuous pipe is con-
nected through the train between cars by rubber
hose, wound with wire to prevent collapsing, and
suitable couplings. Under each car is a large cylin-
der with a piston and rod connected to the brake
levers actuating the brake shoes. These cylinders
are connected to the train pipe through a simple
form of ball valve. An Ejector, which see, on the
locomotive, maintains a vacuum of from 20 to 24 in.
in the train pipe and in the cylinders under each
car. In the release position the piston rests by its
own weight in the bottom of the cylinder. To ap-
ply the brakes air is admitted to the train pipe
and through the ball valve under each car to the
space below the piston. The vacuum above the
piston permits the atmosphere presure below the
piston to raise it and apply the brakes. A vacuum
is always maintained above the piston and is avail-
able for applying the brakes at any time. In case
the train parts the admittance of air to the broken
train pipes applies the brakes in both sections of
the train. A valve in the guards van may also be
used to admit air to the train pipe and apply the
brakes in case of emergency. To release the brakes,
the vacuum is restored in the train pipe and under
the pistons by working the ejector.
Valance. A term applied to the tasselated decorations
of windows and which cover and conceal the shade
roller and curtain holder. B, Fig. 2204.
Valve. A lid, cover, or plug for opening and closing
an aperture or passage.
Valve Body. The shell case or frame of a valve. See
Triple Valves. 2, Figs. 1233-1237.
Valve Indicator Plate. Fig. 2848.
Valve Key (Pintsch Gas Lighting Apparatus). Fig.
3093. A key for opening all the high pressure
valves, the lamp key, Fig. 3094, being used for
the low pressure valves connected with the burners.
Valve Piston (Reducing Valve). 4, Figs. 1248-1252.
Valve Seat. " The flat or conical surface on which a
valve rests." — Knight. See Tank Valve Seat.
Valve Stem. A rod attached to a valve, and by which
the latter is moved, is always called a valve stem.
Van (British). A comprehensive term for any covered
vehicle not used for conveying ordinary passengers
or ordinary freight. See Brake Van, Guard's Van.
Vanderbilt Bolsters. Figs. 5023-5029.
Vanderbilt Brake Beam. Figs. 5157-5159.
Vanderbilt Coke Car. Figs. 517-520. A steel car for
carrying coke designed with trussed side frames to
assist in carrying the load and having expanded
metal sides instead of steel plates.
Vanderbilt Hopper Car. Figs. 69, 482-485. A hopper
car built entirely of steel with only two sills, of
15-in. channels, which are in the center of the car.
The side plates are reinforced to form a plate
girder and carry a large part of the load.
Vanderbilt Tank Car. Figs. 562-566. A tank car with
steel underframe, made up of two I-beams placed
well under the sides of the car as sills. Short
channels are used as center sills for the attachment
of draft gear, extending from the end sill back to
the bolster.
Vanderbilt Truck. A form of arch bar truck using
channels for the compression members, of the
truss. It is fitted with Rocker Side Bearings, which
see.
Van Dorn Radial Draft Gear. .A form of draft gear for
street cars principally, in which the coupler and
draft springs are carried on a long yoke pivoted
at the truck center pin or close to it so that they
have a wide range of deflection when rounding
sharp curves.
Van Dyke Tank Car. Figs. 128, 554-556. A type of
tank car in which the tank is supported on sad-
dles over each truck. No sills are used, the bot-
tom tank plate being made extra heavy and the
draft gear riveted to it.
Varnish. A liquid for covering paint or woodwork
with a hard, impervious and glossy surface. See
Finishing Varnish.
Vegetable Car. Fig. 22.
Velocipede Car. Figs. 6194-6195, 6198-6201. Generally
a three-wheeled car, in which the rider sits astride
and propels the car with his feet (or feet and
hands together), after the manner of a velocipede.
They comprise a variety of light cars for inspec-
tors, telegraph line repairers, lamp lighters, etc.
Veneer. "A thin leaf of a superior wood for over-
laying an inferior wood." — Webster. By trad?
usage it is a veneer if it covers other materials
than inferior wood. Thus in the Spurr veneers and
wood carvings, Fig. 3802, the material covered is a
matrix resembling wood carving.
Vent. "A small aperture; a hole or passage for air
or other fluid to escape." — Webster. See Lamp
Vent.
Ventilating Bell (Acetylene Lamp). Fig. 3323.
Ventilated Box Car or Fruit Car. Figs. 21, 341-344. A
box car with grated doors and screened openings
VEN
179
VES
called ventilators, through which the air can circu-
late freely. Used chiefly for fruit. See Fruit Car.
Ventilating Chimney (Pintsch Lamp). 324, Figs. 3208-
32'29.
Ventilating Jack (for Saloons). Also called wind
scoop. A flaring horizontal tube, constituting a
simple form of the ventilating devices which use
the current produced by the motion of the cars
to cause an exhaust current of air. See Wind
Scoop, Injector, etc.
Ventilator. 1. Figs. 4418-4443. A device for admit-
ting or exhausting air to or from a car. Ventila-
tors, according to their position, are designed as
deck ventilators (end or side), end ventilators,
frieze ventilators, etc. The}- are often designated
as automatic or self-acting. The prominent forms
of the latter varieties are shown in Figs. 4418-
4443.
Day coaches usually depend upon the deck win-
dows for ventilation, the sash at every other win-
dow being hung on different sides, so that the
open sash may be hinged on the front end. Sash
openers for deck sash hinged in this manner are
shown in Figs. 4444-4455. For a report of tests
with the various ventilators shown see Proceed-
ings M. C. B. Association, 1894, page 234.
2. (For Fruit Car.) A system of slate pro-
tected by netting at each end of the car, so|
arranged as to enable the ventilators to be readily
opened or closed from the outside.
3. (Refrigerator and Produce Cars.) Figs. 313-
318.
Ventilator Arm. A small attachment carried on deck
sashes, especially of street cars, for holding them
open.
Ventilator Casing (Street Car). The casing of the
side ventilators, or deck windows, which takes the
ventilator sash, or to which the wire screen is
fastened.
Ventilator Cowl (British). See Ventilator Hood.
Ventilator Deflector. A metal plate or board placed
in such a position at a ventilator opening that
it will cause a current of air to flow into or out
of the car when the latter is in motion. Another
form, used in windows to produce an exhaust
draft when opened, is a mere loose board with :i
notch to receive the lower edge of the window
sash, Fig. 4655. See Deflector.
Ventilator Door. A door for closing the aperture of a
ventilator.
Ventilator Fixed Panel (British). The outer panel in
a ventilator, composed of two perforated panels,
one being capable of being slid over the other
so that the perforations coincide or become cov-
ered. This form of ventilator is used in British
cars to the exclusion of any other. See also
Ventilator Hood and Ventilator Sliding Panel.
Ventilator Hood. 1. A shield over the outside of a
ventilator to prevent the entrance of sparks, cin-
ders, rain or snow. It is sometimes intended to
direct the current of air either into or out of the
car. See also Deck End Ventilator Hood.
2. (British.) Also called ventilator cowl. A
shield made of either wood or metal, preventing
the entrance of rain or cinders.
Ventilator Netting. 1. A wire screen or netting fast-
ened over the outer deck window sash to prevent
the entrance of sparks, cinders and dust.
2. A netting over the ventilator windows of a
fruit car.
Ventilator Opener. See Deck Sash Opener. Figs. 4444-
4455.
Ventilator Panel. A panel in the frame of a valve or
door for closing the aperture of a ventilator.
Ventilator Pivot. A pin on which a ventilator door or
sash is swung or hinged. It is the same as a deck
sash pivot, Figs. 4467-4468.
Ventilator Pivot Plate. The same as a sash lock plate
or stop. Fig. 4509, etc.
Ventilator Plate. See Frieze Ventilator Plate. .
Ventilator Register. A metal plate or frame attached
to a ventilator opening, provided with slats ar-
ranged so as to turn, and thus either open or close
the ventilator. They are chiefly used as frieze ven-
tilators, but sometimes elsewhere.
Ventilator Sash. Usually a deck sash.
Ventilator Sash Pivot. A deck sash pivot.
Ventilator Sliding Panel (British). Part of a ventila-
tor in which there are two perforated hardwood
slides, the outer fixed, the inner movable, so as
to make the perforations coincide or be covered.
See Ventilator Hood and Ventilator Fixed Panel.
Ventilator Staff. Fig. 4497. A Pull Hook or Deck Sash
Opener, which see.
Ventilator Stop (Street Car). A small metal bracket
on which a ventilator sash rests when open.
Ventilator Valve. A door for opening or closing the
aperture of a ventilator, usually made to turn on
pivots at or near its center. See Deck Sash Pivot.
Vertical Equalizing Lever (Pullman Vestibule). A ver-
tical lever, one end of which bears against an over-
head face plate buffing spring (called an overhead
equalizer spring) and the other end against the
horizontal equalizing lever, the middle of which is
pivoted by a bracket attached to a longitudinal
plate or bar that abuts against the body end plate.
The object of these vertical equalizing levers is
to get the horizontal equalizer lever high enough
to give head room in the vestibule for the dome
lamp, etc.
Vertical Steam Trap and Blow-Off (Gold's Car Heat-
ing). Fig. 2865. A Thermostatic Steam Trap,
which see, and a blow-off valve combined. It may
be operated from inside of the car.
Vertical Telegraph Cock or Faucet. See Telegraph
Cock.
Vestibule. 1. (Of a Car.) Formerly that part of the
car nearest the door, cut off from the main saloon
by an interior door. It was occupied by the saloon,
washing and heating arrangements, etc. Its pur-
pose was to give protection to the interior of the
car against drafts and noise.
2. Fig. 2207; details, Fig. 2216, etc. Figs. 3988-
3989. Usually a platform enclosure, consisting of
a face or buffer plate, constituting an arched door-
way, connected with a spring extended rod, a foot
plate combined with the buffer stems and face
plate, a bellows-like connection called a diaphragm
between the face plate and car frame and side
doors opening to the steps. The successful appli-
cation of the vestibule to cars was first accom-
plished by the Pullman Company. It was patented
April 29, 1887, by H. H. Sessions, and assigned
to the Pullman Company. It claimed the inven-
tion of "the combination with the end of a railway
car of a frame plate or equivalent series of buffers
backed by springs, arranged with its face in a
vertical plane and normally projecting beyond the
end of the car, whereby, upon the coupling of two
cars, a spring buffer will be interposed between
the superstructures of such adjacent cars above
VES
180
WAL
their platforms, and also frictional surface oppos-
ing spring pressures to prevent the racking of the
car frames upon sudden stoppages and to oppose
the tendency of the cars to sway laterally (oscil-
late) when in motion," so arranged and adjusted
that "when the two cars were coupled the faces
of the buffers will bear against each other in con-
tact under pressure."
The courts have upheld the validity of the patent
on the grounds that "the device possessed patent-
able novelty and utility." The claims sustained
were those of "frictional contact of the face plates
under constant^' opposing spring pressure, which
diminished the shock to the superstructure in col-
lisions and resisted the forces tending to create
oscillation." The frame plate of the original vesti-
bule was to have longitudinal motion, but no lateral
motion except with the car body. The use of the
canopy feature was old, for it had been in use for
more than twenty years in England, Russia and
the United States.
Vestibule Curtain Handle. Fig. 3950.
Vestibule Body Corner Post. The inner post of a ves-
tibule, set against the end of the car body and
directly over the platform sills.
Vestibule Buffer Plate. Y, Figs. 648-651. An extra
long and wide buffer plate, recessed or chamfered
at the ends to take the face plate of the vesti-
bule whose face is flush with the buffer plate.
Vestibule Diaphragm. Fig. 2289. See Diaphragm.
Vestibule Dome Lamp. Fig. 3200. A lamp specially
designed for vestibules.
Vestibule Door. Fig. 1332. A door by which the ves-
tibule of a car is entered from the side. In the
older type of vestibule they are double or divided,
the two doors being hinged together and to the
vestibule corner post.
Vestibule Door Bolt or Latch. Figs. 2489-2490. See
Door Bolt.
Vestibule Door Hinge. 1. Strap hinges, Figs. 2458-
2459, which fasten the double doors of a vestibule
together.
2. For rabbeted doors, Fig. 2464.
Vestibule Door Latch. Figs. 2489-2490. A door latch
specially designed for vestibule doors.
Vestibule Door Rod. Figs. 3977-3978, 3992-3994. A
bar or rod across the vestibule doors to prevent
their being pushed in.
Vestibule End Carline. A platform hood end carline.
Vestibule (Composite) End Post. The end post of a
vestibule, resting upon the platform end sill. In
the Pullman, it is a composite end post composed
of an iron bar or angle bent at the ends and bolted
to the platform and platform hood end carline. It
is stiffened with wood bolted to the sides of the
bar or angle.
Vestibule End Window. The window in the end of
the vestibule enclosure.
Vestibule Face Plate. X. Figs. 599-619 and Fig. 2294.
An inverted FT-shaped forging about the size of a
door frame, arched at the top, and forming a pas-
sageway from the platform of one car to that of
the next. The weight of it is carried on the buffer
plate; it is kept thrust out against the opposing
face plate either by springs, as in the Pullman
vestibule, or by its own weight, as in the Barr and
Gould vestibules.
Vestibule Fittings. Fig. 3933, etc.
Vestibule Gate (Pullman). Z, Figs. 048-651; Fig. 4016.
A gate to the arched doorway, leading from the
platform of one car to that of the next car.
Vestibule Hood. A platform hood.
Vestibule Lamps. Figs. 3325, 2984. See Pintsch Lamps.
Victor-Balata Belt (for Car-Lighting Purposes). This
type of belting has for its foundation a specially
woven 37-ounce duck. The duck is folded and
not cut in forming the plies for various thick-
nesses. Into the duck itself a vegetable gum
known as balata is impregnated. This gum is
somewhat akin to rubber, but can be solutionized
and made to saturate the fibers of cotton duck
without the vulcanizing process, as in the case of
rubber belting.
"Vienna" Lamp Shade. Fig. 3565. See Lamp Shade.
Vulcanized Fiber. A leathery material of great dura-
bility and toughness, which is made by subjecting
various kinds of vegetable fiber to the action of
acids. It is insoluble in all ordinary solvents, such
as oil, alcohol, ether, ammonia, etc. It is made in
two classes, hard or flexible (the former being that
used generally in car construction for the dust
guards of journal boxes), and in sheets from 16
to 24 in. wide by about 50 in. long, and from 1-32
in. to y!s, in. thick. Another name for the same
article is gelatinized fiber.
w
Wagon or Goods Wagon (British). Figs. 6541-6544,
6549-6556. American equivalent, freight car. A
vehicle (usually four-wheeled) used to convey any
sort of merchandise, minerals or live stock, and
run in freight trains. See
Ballast Wagons.* Goods Wagon.
Batten Wagon.* High-Sided Wagon.*
Boiler Wagon.* Low-Sided Wagon.*
Cattle Wagon. Open Wagon.*
Covered Wagon. Well Wagon.*
Wagons marked thus * are open wagons (gon-
dola cars), having no roof.
Wagon Coupling or Draw Chain (British). Fig. 6724.
The draft coupling universally used on freight cars
(goods wagons) in Great Britain in connection
with a Draw Hook, which see.
Wagon Sheet (British). See Tarpaulin.
Wagon Truck. A four-wheel vehicle for moving bag-
gage or freight about a station or warehouse.
Wagon Wheel (British). Sec Wrought Iron Wheel.
Steel Tired Wheel.
Wainscot Panel. 76. Figs. 648-651 and 12, Figs. 2201-
2202. A board which forms a panel under the win-
dows between the two wainscot rails.
Wainscot Rails (Pasenger Car Interiors). 74, 75, Figs.
648-651. Longitudinal wooden strips fastened to
the posts and extending from one end of the car to
the other. The lower wainscot rail comes imme-
diately above the truss plank; the upper wainscot
rail is immediately under the window. The wain-
scot end rails are the wainscot rails at the end of
the car.
Waist Panel (British). The panel immediately above
the lowest panel on the outside of a carriage body.
Waist Rail (British). A horizontal piece in the fram-
ing of the side of a passenger carriage.
Walkover Car Seat. Figs. 4101-4104. '
Wall Lamp. Fig. 3109, etc. A lamp to lit in a recess
in (lie wall eif a car or corridor.
Wall Seat End. The seat end next to the wall or side
of a car, so called in distinction from the aisle
seat end.
Wall Socket Casting. A casting bolted or otherwise
fastened to the inside end of a car seat, to which
WAR
181
WAT
the striker arms are pivoted and in which the
seat end connecting rail is also fastened to this
casting.
Wards (of a Lock"). The interior circular ridges which
fit into corresponding recesses in the bit of a key
(the latter also termed wards), the surrounding
solid parts of the bit being called the web.
Warehouse Truck. A small vehicle which is used for
moving freight about a warehouse. See Barrow,
Truck. Wagon Truck.
Wash Basin or Wash Stand. Figs. 3682-3691. See
below.
Wash Bowl or Wash Basin. 1, Figs. 3684-3686. A
Basin, which see. They are used in sleeping and
drawing room cars, and generally form a part of a
fixed wash stand.
Wash Bowl Pipe. A waste pipe.
Wash Room. A lavatory. A compartment provided
with toilet facilities. In private and officers' cars
it is placed in various irregular positions to leave
the ends of the car free. Wash rooms with pumps
and water tanks underneath the wash bowls are
being replaced on Pullman cars by what is known
as the Pullman compressed air system of water
supply, Fig. 3696. See Lavatory.
Wash Room Furnishings. Figs 3639-3695.
Wash Room Pump. More properly Basin Pump, which
see. They are either single or double acting.
Wash Stand (Postal Cars). A cast stand carrying a
basin. They are distinguished as corner or side
wash stands.
Wash Stand Sink. A cast iron plate with one or more
bowls, made in one piece and lined with porce-
lain and used for the top of a wash stand. Used
only in second-class cars.
Wash Stand Slab. 2. Figs. 3684-3686. A stone or metal
slab which forms the top for a wash stand. Com-
monly, simply slab.
Washburn Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1730-1736. (Pas-
senger, i Figs. 1810-1811.
Washburn Draft Gear. Figs. 1564-1566.
Washburn Wheel. 1. A cast iron car wheel, designed
and patented by Xathan Washburn in 1850. It con-
sists of two plates, which extend from the hub to
about half the distance between it and the rim.
There they unite into one plate, which extends to
the rim. The plates are all curved, so as to con-
tract when the wheels are cooled without danger
of fracturing the wheel. The single plate and the
rim are united together and strengthened by curved
ribs cast on the side of the wheel. See Chilled
Cast Iron Wheel.
2. (Steel Tired Wheels.) Wheels having a cast
iron center and steel tire shrunk on. Fig. 5390,
etc.
Washer. Figs. 745-746, 828-829. 1. A plate of metal
or other material, usually annular, which is placed
under a nut or bolt head to give it a better bear-
ing. Two or more washers are sometimes com-
bined and called washer plates, strap washers,
double oi twin washers, triple washers, etc.; they
are sometimes made beveled or triangular for a rod
or bolt which is oblique with reference to the
bearing surface. A socket washer or flush washer
is one provided with a recess for the bolt head, so
as to leave it flush with the surface of the adjoin-
ing parts. Cut washers or wrought washers are
those stamped out of rolled iron plates. Cast
washers are made from cast iron. Both are largely
used. Washers in car work all take their name
from that of the bolt or rod to which they are
attached, except the base washer, which stands
at the base of the platform posts on passenger car
platforms. A Gasket, which see, is sometimes
called a washer.
2. A brush for washing objects, as car washer,
Fig. 3844, etc.
Washer Plate. A Strap Washer, which see.
"Washington" Type Car. Figs. 6229-6230.
Waste. The spoiled bobbins of cotton or woolen mills,
used for wiping machinery and for Journal Pack-
ing, which see.
Waste Cock. (Baker Heaters.) A cock attached to
the expansion drum or circulating drum of the
Baker heater for drawing off or changing the water
in the heater pipes.
Water Alcove. Figs. 3703-3706. A recess in the side of
a partition of a passenger car to receive the faucet
of a water cooler or water pipe and a drinking
cup. The term is generally used to designate the
metal casing or lining with which the recess is cov-
ered. The water tank for supplying water alcoves
is usually placed on the other side of the partition,
in the saloon, and commonly when so placed ex-
tends to the roof.
Water Closet. Figs. 4042-4044, 4049. "A commode with
water supph- to rinse the basin and carry off the
contents." — Knight. The water closet is in in-
creasing use in passenger cars. It is sometimes
provided with an upholstered cover, and is then
known as a concealing water closet.
Water Cooler. 14. Figs. 3684-3686. A tank or vessel
for carrying drinking water, which is usually
cooled with ice. The sides are generally made
double, and the space between filled with some
non-conducting substance. They frequently extend
to the roof. See Water Alcove, Water Tank.
Water Cooler Valve or Waste Cock. Fig. 3650.
Water Drip. 1. A pan or receptacle to receive the
waste water from a water cooler. A drip pipe, or
waste pipe, connects with it.
2. A slight projection or raised seam in the roof
of a passenger or baggage car over the side doors,
or at the end of the car in the platform roof to
divert the water so it will not fall upon persons
entering the car or passing from one car to the
next.
Water Raising System. Fig. 3696. See Pullman Sys-
tem of Water Supply.
Water Reservoir (Baker Heater). Fig. 2704. See Cir-
culating Drum.
Water Table. 1. (Masonry.) A projecting beveled
face of stone to shed water from the parts below.
Hence, especially applied to the top course of a
foundation, which nearly always has such a face,
the masonry above being set back.
2. A Window Ledge, which see.
Water Tank. 1. A vessel or reservoir for holding
water. Those used on cars for drinking water are
usually made of sheet iron, and often extend to the
roof. They are then usually drawn from by a
water alcove, Fig. 3705, the tank being usually in
the corner of the saloon concealed from the inte-
rior of the car.
2. Pullman Water Pressure System. Fig. 3696.
Watson & Stillman Jacks. Fig. 3866, etc. Hydraulic
Jacks, which see.
Wattmeter. An instrument connected into an elec-
trical circuit for measuring the power used therein;
if of the indicating type, the instantaneous power
is shown by the instrument; if of the recording
type, the power is integrated, and the total energy
WAV
1S2
WES
used is recorded. The latter type is sometimes
used on an electric car.
Waved Moldings. Moldings which by a special ma-
chine are made of a corrugated section longitudi-
nally, the number of waves or corrugations vary-
ing from 3 to 6 per inch. The cost of the moldings
is increased by this waving from V/2 to 2^2 cents
per foot.
Way Car. Fig. IIP. A Caboose Car, which see. Some-
times a so-called way car partakes more of the
character of a tool car. The application of the
term is not well defined.
Waycott Brake Beam. Figs. 5126-5129.
Waycott Dust Guard. Fig. 5321.
Weather Strips. Figs. 2648-2651. A rubber strip with
a metallic or wooden binding to apply around the
crevices of windows or doors, for excluding the
dust and wind, and for preventing water from
entering around the windows. Weather strips are
divided generally into single edge strips and cush-
ion strips, both being usually provided, as now
manufactured, with a wood or metal molding. The
cushion strip is simply rubber, folded over so as
not to show a selvage edge. The standard widths
of weather strips are $&, l/i, 54, and 1 in. They
are usually made in lengths of fifty feet, but some
of the cushion strips in lengths of only 7 ft.
Web (of a Key). The solid portion of a bit of a key,
the recesses cut away being termed wards. See
Bit.
Webbing. A strong fabric, from one to four inches
wide, made of hemp or other material which is not
liable to stretch, used in upholstering car seats. A
detached spring section is shown in Fig. 4168,
showing the application of the webbing. Others
are shown in Figs. 4166, etc.
Wedge. A term in quite general use for a Journal
Bearing Key, which see. Fig. 5494, etc. See also
Stop Wedge, Door Wedge.
Well Wagon (British). Fig. 6548. A bogie wagon
with the floor depressed between the bolsters in
order to permit a large and bulky load to be car-
ried without exceeding the loading gage of height.
Used for transporting heavy fly wheels, car bodies,
etc. Also called trolley wagon.
Western Flush Car Door. Figs. 1365-1366.
Westinghouse Air and Steam Pipe Coupling. Figs.
1199-1204. See Automatic Coupling.
Westinghouse Air Brake. Figs. 1205-1292. A system
of continuous brakes invented and patented (the
first patent in 1869) by Mr. George Westinghouse,
which is operated by compressed air. The air
is compressed by a steam air pump on the loco-
motive or an electric motor on the car, and is
stored up in a tank called the main reservoir on
the engine or tender. By the original form of
brake the compressed air was conveyed from the
tank by pipes connected together between the cars
by flexible brake hose to brake cylinders under
each car, by means of which the pressure of the
air was communicated to the brake levers, and
thence to the brake shoes. A later and improved
form is the Westinghouse automatic air brake,
commonly called simply Westinghouse brake,
which is now in universal use. At the present time
the Westinghouse brake, unless otherwise speci-
fied, is always understod to mean the automatic
air brake. The change made from the original
form of the Westinghouse air brake in order to
make it automatic was to carry a full pressure
of air at all times in the break pipes and cause
the brakes to be applied by a reduction of this
pressure instead of by the admission of pressure, so
that the breaking apart of the train or a reduction
of pressure by escape of air at any point on the
brake pipe would apply the brakes to the whole
train at once. A further advantage was that the
action of the brakes was made quicker by saving
the appreciable interval of time required for the
compressed air to flow from a single reservoir at
one end of the train in sufficient quantities to fill
all the brake cylinders. An auxiliary reservoir is
placed under each car, containing air at the same
pressure as in the brake pipes. An ingenious valve
called the triple valve connects the brake pipe,
auxiliary reservoir and brake cylinder together in
such manner that any reduction of pressure in the
brake pipes opens a passage for the air from the
auxiliary reservoir to the brake cj'linder, applying
the brakes, and closes the connection between
brake pipe and reservoir. To release the brakes,
the pressure in the brake pipes is restored, when
the triple valve closes the connection between the
auxiliary reservoir and brake cylinder and opens
one between the brake cylinder and the outer air
and between the auxiliary reservoir and the brake
pipe. In order that the train brakes may be applied
from any car, each car is fitted with a valve called
the conductor's valve, connected to the brake pipe,
so that the compressed air therein can be per-
mitted to escape by opening the valve.
Westinghouse Electric Motor (Electric Cars). Figs.
6372-6275, 6402-6403.
Westinghouse Freight Brake. Figs. 1208-1211, etc. A
device not differing essentially from the Westing-
house passenger brake gear except that the parts
are made lighter and cheaper for use on freight
cars. To this end the triple valve, reservoir and
brake cylinder are commonly combined in one
part, as in Fig. 1275. The engine, air pump and
main reservoir, on the contrar}-, are made some-
what larger. Special arrangements for operating
extra long trains and on extra heavy gradients
have been introduced, as shown in the engrav-
ings. See Air Brake and Straight-Air Brake.
Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear (Freight). Figs.
1413-1439. (Passenger) Figs. 1848-1870. A form of
draft gear in which the forces are absorbed and
dissipated by friction. The friction device is en-
cased in a malleable iron cylinder open at the front
end. The front follower bears against a prelimi-
nary spring, the other end of which bears against
the center wedge of the shape of the frustum of an
octagonal pyramid. Surrounding the wedge are
four pairs of segmental carriers having one rib
each, which lies in a groove in the cylinder. The
other grooves in the cylinder are filled by friction
strips resting on the carriers. These strips are of
wrought iron and have lugs formed on them which
engage in corresponding cavities in the carriers, so
that the friction strips must move with the car-
riers. The function of the preliminary spring is
to absorb the light shocks without bringing into
action the friction parts. The main release spring,
placed back of the carriers, forces the carriers to
their normal position when the pressure is removed
and also adds to the capacity of the device. When
the follower plates are moved toward each other,
the preliminary spring is compressed until its'
capacity of 20,000 lbs. is exceeded, when the fol-
lower bears against the release pin and forces it
forward, relieving the wedge from the pressure of
WES
183
WHE
the auxiliary release spring, thereby allowing the
compression of the preliminary and auxiliary pre-
liminary springs to force the wedge forward and
press the segmental carriers and friction strips
firmly into the cylinder grooves. The follower
then strikes and forces the segmental carriers in,
producing friction between the friction strips and
the grooves. The complete movement gives a
resistance of 160,000 lbs. In releasing, the pre-
liminary spring is gradually restored, and the aux-
iliary release spring then forces the wedge out,
while the release spring returns the friction strips
and carriers, giving a complete release. Owing to
the varying width of the slots and lugs on the
friction strips and carriers the strips are released
four at a time through successive small distances.
The operations of buffing and pulling are exactly
the same, except that the load comes on the front
or rear follower first, as the case may be. See
Draft Gear.
Westinghouse Traction Brake. Figs. 1212-1215. The
adaptation of the Westinghouse air brake equip-
ment to electrically propelled cars or trains. The
changed conditions of motive power and method
of operating such cars or trains, have necessitated
various changes in the details of the equipments,
while the general principles of the Westinghouse
straight-air and automatic brakes, which are the
foundation of all known air brake equipments,
remain the same. A motor-driven air compressor
furnishes the compressed air; an electric pump gov-
ernor controls the operation of the same; the brake
and triple valves are of different design to accord
with the conditions for which they are required.
Otherwise the description of Westinghouse Air
Brake, which see, covers the traction brake also.
The principal divisions into which the traction
brake equipments are divided, with their designa-
tions, are as follows:
Equipment SM. — Plain straight-air brake for sin-
gle car operation only.
Equipment SME, — Straight-air brake with an au-
tomatic emergency feature for two-car, and under
some conditions three-car, trains, consisting of
motor car and trailers, where the motor car oper-
ates singly most of the time.
Equipment AMS. — Plain automatic brake with
straight-air release on first car; for two or three-
car trains, consisting of motor car and trailers,
which operate together most of the time.
Equipment AMT. — Plain automatic brake with
graduated release on each car or straight-airj
release on head car, whichever desired; for trains
consisting of all motor cars, which may at times
operate singly, or of motor cars and trailers, the
length of the train in each instance not to exceed
five cars.
Equipment AMQ or AMR. — Quick action auto-
matic brake, with graduated release, quick service
and quick recharge features on every car; for trains
of any length, consisting of all motor cars, or
motor cars and trailers.
Equipment AMP. — Quick action automatic brake
of the standard steam railroad type; for trains of
any length, hauled by an electric locomotive.
Electro-Pneumatic System No. 3. — A set of addi-
tional devices that may be used with any of the
above mentioned automatic brake equipments, by
which the brakes may be applied and released,
during service applications, electrically, without in
any way interfering with the proper operation of
the pneumatic system, which latter is always in
reserve if needed.
Westinghouse Train Air Signal Apparatus. Figs. 1101-
1102 and 1114-1115. A device for utilizing the sup-
ply of compressed air required for operating the
Westing'house brakes to transmit signals to the
engine or motorman's cab instead of using the
ordinary bell cord. See Train Air Signal Appa-
ratus.
Westinghouse Unit Switch System of Multiple Control.
A system of control for railway and other motors
by means of low potential train line circuits taken
from a storage battery under the car, which oper-
ate electro-magnets controlling pneumatic valves
and cylinders operating the main controller cir-
cuits under each car by air taken from the brake
pipe. The main controller under each car consists
of a group of electro-pneumatic switches, which
give the desired combinations to the motor cir-
cuits. A reverse switch and auxiliary resistance
are essential parts of the apparatus under each
car. The apparatus is applicable for either direct
current or alternating current motors. See Control
System.
Wheel. 1. A circular frame or solid piece of wood or
metal which revolves on an axis. See
Brake Ratchet Wheel. Ratchet Wheel.
Brake Wheel. Spur Wheel.
Gear Wheel. Winding Shaft Ratchet
Hand Wheel. Wheel.
2. Figs. 5390-5465. A circular frame or disk, as
above defined, serving to support a moving vehicle,
as Car Wheel, which see, hand car wheel, street car
wheel, etc. Car wheels are generally either cast
(chilled") or steel tired. Steel wheels do not come
fully under either of these titles. See also Wheel
Tread, Car Wheel, Chill.
3. The rules for Interchange of Traffic, which
see, give the defects for which wheels may be
replaced.
Wheels (Distance Gages Between Backs of Flanges).
In 18S3 the standard distance between the backs of
flanges of car wheels was made 4 ft. 5?s in. The
standard distance between the backs of car wheels,
as indicated. Fig. 5600, was made 4 ft. 5% in.;
drawing shows the form of gage for measuring
this distance. In 1885 it was decided by letter
ballot that in fitting wheels on axles variation of
)s in. each way from the standard distance between
flanges would be allowed. In 1907 this standard
distance was made 4 ft. 5 Fs in. owing to increase
in width of wheel plan. See Check Gage.
Wheels. I Gage for locating equidistant from center of
axle.) Fig. 6922. Formerly an M. C. B. Standard.
Revoked in 1907.
Wheels and Track (Terms and Gaging Points). Fig.
5598. Standard terms and gaging points for wheels
and track were adopted in 1894, as follows:
1. Track rails are the two main rails forming
the track.
2. Gage of track is the shortest distance between
the heads of track rails.
3. Base line, for wheel gage, is a line parallel
to the axis of the wheels drawn through the point
of intersection of tread with a line perpendicular
to the axis, and passing through the center of the
throat curve.
4. Inside gage of flanges is the distance between
backs of flanges of a pair of mounted wheels
measured on a line parallel to the base line, but %
inch nearer to the axis of the wheels.
WHE
184
WHE
5. Gage of wheels is the distance between the
outside faces of flanges of a pair of mounted wheels
measured on a line parallel to the base line, but
17-64 in. farther from the axis of the wheels.
ii. Thickness of flange is the distance measured
parallel to the base line between two lines perpen-
dicular thereto, one drawn through the point of
measurement of "inside gage of flanges," and the
other drawn through the point of measurement of
"gage of wheels."
7. Width of tread is the distance measured par-
allel to the base line from a line perpendicular
thereto, drawn through the point of measurement
of "gage of wheels" to the outer edge of tread.
8. Check gage distance is the distance measured
parallel to the base line between two lines perpen-
dicular thereto, one drawn through the point of
measurement of "inside gage of flanges" on either
wheel, and the other drawn through point of meas-
urement of "gage of wheels" on mate wheel.
9. Over all gage is the distance parallel to base
line from outer edge of one wheel to the outer edge
of mate wheel.
The above mentioned wheel gage distances are
either directly or by inference as follows:
Inside Gage of Flanges.. 4 feet 5 7-32 inches.
Gage of Wheels 4 " 7 11-16 "
Thickness of Flange 1 11-32
Width of Tread 4 11-32 "
Check Gage Distance ... .4 " 6 29-64 "
Over All Gage 5 " Mi
Wheels, Specifications for 33-Inch Cast Iron (M. C. B.
Recommended Practice for cars of 60,000, 80,000
and 100,000 pounds capacity. The cancellation of
the specifications for cast-iron wheels now appear-
ing on pages 658-660, Proceedings 1908, and the
substitution therefor of the following revised speci-
fications was adopted by letter ballot in 1909:
1. Chills must have an inside profile that, in the
finished wheel, will produce the exact form of
flange and tread contour shown by M. C. B. draw-
ings. The normal diameter of the wheel produced
by the chill must be the M. C. B. Standard of 33
inches, measured at a point 25/g inches from outside
of tread of wheel.
2. Wheels furnished under this specification
must not vary more than one-fourth (*%) of an
inch above or below the normal size "measured on
the circumference," and the same wheel must not
varj' more than one-sixteenth (1-16) of an inch
in diameter. The body of the wheel must be
smooth and free from slag, shrinkage or blow-
holes. The tread must be free from deep and
irregular wrinkles, slag, chill cracks and sweat
or beads in throat, and swelled rims.
3. The wheels must show clean gray iron in the
plates, except at chaplets, where mottling to not
more than one-half (yi) inch from same will be
permitted. The depth of pure white iron must
not exceed one (1) inch nor be less than one-half
({4) inch in the middle of the tread.
(A) It shall not exceed one (1) inch in the
middle of the tread nor be less than three-eighths
(%) inch in the throat, for wheels having a maxi-
mum weight of six hundred and twenty-five (625)
pounds.
(B) Tt shall not exceed one (1) inch in the
middle of the tread nor be less than seven-six-
teenths (7-16) inch in the throat for wheels having
a maximum weight of six hundred and seventy-five
(675) pounds.
(C) It shall not exceed one (1) inch in the
tread nor be less than one-half (J-4) inch in the
throat for wheels having a maximum weight of
seven hundred and twenty-five (725) pounds.
(D) The depth of white iron shall not vary
more than one-fourth (%) of an inch around the
tread on the rail line in the same wheel.
4. When ready for inspection, the wheels must
be arranged in groups, all wheels of the same date
being grouped together, and for each hundred
wheels which pass inspection and are ready for
shipment, two representative wheels shall be taken
at random, one of which shall be subjected to the
following tests:
The wheels shall be placed flange downward on
an anvil block, weighing not less than seventeen
hundred (1,700) pounds, set on rubble masonry at
least two (2) feet deep, and having three supports
not more than five (5) inches wide to rest upon.
It shall be struck centrally on the hub, by a weight
of two hundred (200) pounds.
(A) For wheels having a maximum weight of
six hundred and twenty-five (625) pounds, ten (10)
blows falling from a height of nine (9) feet.
(B) For wheels having a maximum weight of
six hundred and seventy-five (675) pounds, twelve
(12) blows falling from a height of ten (10) feet.
(C) For wheels having a maximum weight of
seven hundred and twenty-five (,725) pounds, twelve
(12) blows falling from a height of twelve (12)
feet.
Should the test wheel stand the given number of
blows without breaking in two or more pieces, the
Inspector will then subject the other wheel to the
following test:
The wheel must be laid flange down in the sand,
and a channel way one and one-half (%) inches
wide and four (4) inches deep must be molded with
green sand around the wheel. The clean tread of
the wheel must form one side of the channel way,
and the clean flange must form as much of the
bottom as its width will cover. The channel way
must then be filled to the top with molten cast
iron, which must be hot enough when poured, so
that the ring which is formed when metal is cold
shall be solid or free from wrinkles or layers. The
time when the pouring ceases must be noted, and
two minutes later an examination of the wheel
must be made. If the wheel is found broken in
pieces, or if any crack in the plate extends through
or into the tread, the one hundred wheels repre-
sented by the tests will be rejected.
5. In the drop tests, should the test wheel break
in two or more pieces with less than the required
number of blows, then the second wheel shall be
taken from the same lot and similarly tested. If
the second wheel stands the test it shall be optional
with the inspector whether he shall test the third
wheel or not; if he does not do so, or if he does,
and the third wheel stands the test, the hundred
wheels shall be accepted as filling the requirements
of the drop test.
6. The lower face of the weight of two hundred
(200) pounds shall be eight (8) inches diameter,
and have a flat face.
7. The thickness of the flange shall be regu-
lated by the maximum and minimum flange thick-
ness gages adopted by the M. C. B. Association
in 1907.
All wheels furnished under this specification must
conform to the respective sections shown by
wh:
1S5
WHE
M. C. B, drawings for the different weights of
wheels, and these weights shall be as follows:
(A) Wheels for service under 60,000-pound
capacity cars shall have a maximum weight not
exceeding six hundred and twenty-five (625.)
pounds, and a minimum weight not less than six
hundred and fifteen (615) pounds.
(B) Wheels for service under 80,000-pound
capacity cars shall have a maximum weight not
exceeding six hundred and seventy-five (675)
pounds, and a minimum weight not less than six
hundred and sixty-live (065) pounds.
(C) Wheels for service under 100,000-pound
capacity cars shall have a maximum weight not
exceeding seven hundred and twenty-five (.725)
pounds, and a minimum weight not less than seven
hundred and fifteen (715) pounds.
(D) Weights given for the respective wheels
mentioned in sections A. B and C are based on
M. C. B. Standard drawings covering wheel design
adopted in 1909.
8. All wheels must be numbered consecutively,
in accordance with instructions from the railway
company purchasing them and must have the ini-
tials of such railroad company, also the wheel
number, the weight of wheel, and the day.
month and year when made plainly formed on the
inside plate in casting. Xo two wheels shall have
the same number. All wheels shall also have the
name of the maker and place of manufacture
plainly formed on the outside plate in casting.
W heels conforming to the requirements and fur-
nished under this specification must have the letters
"M. C. B., 1909," plainly formed on the outside
plate in casting.
9. Individual wheels will not be accepted which
(1) Do not conform to standard design and
measurements.
(2) Are under minimum weight All excess
weight over the maximum given to be at the expense
of tin- manufacturer.
3. Have physical defects described in Section 2.
Any Kit of one hundred wheels submitted to
test will not be accepted —
(1) If wheels broken do not meet the prescribed
drop test.
(2) If the wheel tested does not stand the
thermal tests.
(3) If the conditions prescribed in Section 3 are
not complied with.
10. All wheels must be taped with M. C. B.
Standard design of wheel circumference tape hav-
ing numbers 1. 2, 3, 4, 5 stamped one-eighth (,Y%)
inch apart, the figure three (3) to represent the
normal diameter, 103.67 inches circumference. The
figure one (1) the smallest diameter and the figure
five (5) the largest diameter.
Wheel Bar (Metal Six-Wheel Truck). A substitute
of iron or steel for a wooden wheel piece, to
which the pedestals are attached.
Wheel Boss i British). American term hub. The cen-
ter of the wheel, which is bored out to receive the
axle.
Wheel Box i Street Cars I. A covering for a wheel
which projects through the floor. The sides are
usually of wood and the top of sheet iron, but they
are sometimes made entirely of wood or metal.
Wheels, Cast Iron (M. C. B. Recommended Practice).
In 1904 the designs of cast iron wheels shown in
Fig. 6oTu, etc., for cars of 60,000 lbs., 80,000 lbs.
and 100,000 lbs. capacity were adopted as Recom-
mended Practice,
Wheel Center or Skeleton. The whole of a railway
wheel, except the tire, and the fastenings which
connect the tire to the rim.
Wheel Center (Steel Tired Wheels). Fig. 5390, etc.
The portion of a wheel inside of the tire and
between it and the hub or boss. The wheel center
is sometimes in one piece and sometimes made up
of two parts, the hub or boss and the central
lilling piece. Face plates, front and back, are also
used. The term is seldom ap*plied to chilled or
cast wheels.
Wheel Check Gage. See Check Gage.
Wheel Circumference Measure (M. C. B. Standard).
Figs. 5514-5517. By letter ballot in 1893 the wheel
circumference measure was adopted as a standard
cf the Association. Prior to that date it had been
recommended for use in all car building shops. In
1900 a new form of wheel circumference measure
was adopted as standard. Figs. 5511-5517.
Wheel Cover (British). See Splasher.
Wheel Cut Glass. The ordinary process of glass cut-
ting, which leaves a perfectly polished and per-
fectly transparent surface.
Wheel Defect Gage (M. C. B. Standard). In 1903 the
wheel defect gage, Figs. 5573, formerly- shown in
the Rules of Interchange, was adopted as stand-
ard. Modified in 1904, 1905 and 1907.
Wheel Fit. See Wheel Seat.
Wheel Flange. Fig. 5518. The projecting edge or rim
en the periphery of a car wheel for keeping it on
the rail.
Wheel Flanges, Gages for Max. and Min. Thickness
(M. C. B. Standard i. Fig. 5602. See Wheel.
WFeel Flange Thickness Gages, for New Wheels ( M.
C. B. Standard). Fig. 5002. Maximum and mini-
mum wheel flange thickness gages for new wheels
were adopted as standard in 1894. These gages
admit a variation of 1-10 inch either way from
the srandard thickness of l^j inches when meas-
ured, as shown. Such gages should be used on all
new wheels after September 1, 1894, to insure abil-
ity to mount them properly to check gage. In
1907 a modified form of wheel flange thickness
gages, applicable to the larger wheel tread than a
standard, was adopted as standard.
Wheel Piece. In, Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs. 4798-4799. A
stick of timber in a wooden frame truck, which
forms the side of the frame and to which the
pedestals are attached. It is often stiffened by
outside and inside wheel piece plates or by a wheel
piece truss rod, the latter serving also as a wheel
piece tie rod to tie the two end pieces firmly to
the wheel piece. A wheel piece tie rod is in all
cases used, but it is not always used in the form
of a truss rod. Iron wheel pieces are sometimes
called wheel bars.
Wheel Piece Plate. 11, 12, Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs.
4830-1-832. See above.
Wheel Piece Tie Rod. See above.
Wheel Plate. 1. (Cast Iron Wheels. I That part of
a plate car wheel which connects the rim and the
hub. It occupies the -place and fulfils the same
purpose as the spokes do in an open or spoke
wheel. Sec Car Wheel. Wheel. Washburn Wheel,
Plate Wheel.
2. (Steel Tired Wheels.) Fig. 5428, etc. See
Face Plate.
Wheel Press. Fig. 6S49.
WHE
1S6
WIN
Wheel Ribs (Cast Iron Wheels). Fig. 5460, etc. More
commonly, brackets. Projections cast usually on
the inner side of plate car wheels to strengthen
them. They are placed in a radial position and
are often curved so as to permit the wheel to
contract when it cools.
Wheel Seat or Wheel Fit (of an Axle). The part
which is inserted in the hub of a wheel. It is
made truly cylindrical and very slightly larger than
the axle seat of the wheel. The wheel is pressed
on it by hydraulic pressure, and very rarely be-
comes loose. Prick punching and shimming the
seat have been forbidden by the Rules of Inter-
change. See Wheels.
Wheel Timber. A Wheel Piece, which see.
Wheel Tires, Minimum Thickness of Steel Tires (M.
C. B. Recommended Practice). Fig. 5766. See
Interchange of Traffic, Steel Tire.
Wheel Tread. The outer surface or part of a car
wheel which bears on the rail. The standard
width of wheel tread is bl/2 in., measured from
outside of tread to inside of flange, i. e., includ-
ing the entire thickness of the flange. See Fig.
5518.
Wheel Tread and Flange (M. C. B. Standard). Fig.
5518. This form of wheel tread and flange was
adopted as a standard of the Association by letter
ballot in 1886.
Wheel Truing Brake Shoe. Fig. 5235. A brake shoe
with abrasive inserts to grind the wheel tread
and flange true to center while in service.
Wheeler Car Seats. Figs. 4113-4115. A slide-over car
seat made by Heywood Bros. & Wakefield.
Whisk Broom or Wisp Broom, and Holder. Fig. 3843.
A small broom for brushing wearing apparel, fur-
niture and upholstering.
Whistle Reservoir. A small tank or reservoir to store
air for operating a pneumatic signal whistle on
electric motor cars.
White Metal Band. Fig. 4197. More properly, Seat
Back Molding, which see.
Whitworth Gages. See Cylindrical Gages.
Whitworth System of Screw Threads. A system of
screw threads designed by Sir Joseph Whitworth,
of England, and which is almost universally used
in that country and throughout Europe. It differs
from the Sellers' system in that the sides of the
threads stand at an angle of 55 degrees instead of
60 degrees, and the tops of the threads and the
spaces between them at the root are rounded,
instead of being flat, as in the Sellers' system.
The number of threads per inch in the two systems
is as follows:
Diameter of No. threads Diameter of No. threads
screw per in. screw per in.
Va 20 ' 1% 7
5-16 18 \yA 7
Vs 16 1H 6
7-16 14 V/i 6
h 12 m 5
1M.
9
.5
Ay2
Ay2
Vs 11
34 10
7/s 9
1 s
The Whitworth pipe thread differs from the
above. See Pipe Thread.
The Whitworth system in this country has prac-
tically passed out of use. See Screw Thread.
Wickes Refrigerator Car. Figs. 339-340 show the
Wickes system of refrigeration. In the Wickes
car the refrigerator doors open out and are flush
with the outside sheathing. See Figs. 1390-1392.
The usual sliding doors are omitted. There is a
cooling compartment at each end, occupying the
full width of the car and 2 feet 10 inches of the
length and separated from the storage compart-
ment by a wooden partition or jacket, which starts
about 2 feet from the floor and extends to within
about 16 inches of the ceiling.
There are two ice tanks in each cooling com-
partment. These tanks are constructed of an oak
framework, to which are nailed in vertical and hori-
zontal rows galvanized iron strips 2 inches wide
interwoven in the manner of basketwork. Pro-
jecting outward from these strips 2 inches are
galvanized iron leaves, which largely increase the
cooling surface. These tanks are separated from
one another, from the jacket and from the walls
at the sides at the end of the car by air spaces of
about 4 inches. They are supported by 2x4-inch
oak grate bars 2 feet from the floor. Beneath
the bars are many rows of galvanized iron wire,
crossing and recrossing from side to side of the
car. A sloping bottom or apron of galvanized
iron at the bottom of the jacket leads the drip
water to the wires. There is another apron of
galvanized iron in front of the wires, extending
to within 12 inches of the floor. On the floor,
directly under the wires, is the drip pan, with a
properly trapped drain at each end. The drip
water falls from the ice through the grate bars
onto the wires and down into the drip pan. The
warm air enters the cooling compartment through
the opening at the top of the jacket, and, de-
scending as it cools, comes in contact with the
ice, the metal surface of the tanks, the wires,
and the spray of drip water about the wires, and
re-enters the car through the opening below the
apron in front of the wires, having become cooled,
dried and purified. Each tank is iced through an
opening in the roof, provided with an inner and
outer door, each properly insulated.
This car may be also used for shipment of goods
under ventilation. When so used the ice hatches
are left open and protected by iron screens. This
gives a thorough circulation of air into the open-
ing's at the front end, passing the length of the car
and out through the openings at the rear end.
Wide Gage. In a general usage, the distance between
the heads of the rails of a railroad when it is slightly
greater than 4 ft. SVj in., in distinction from Broad
Gage, which see, which means a material increase,
as to 5 ft. or 6 ft.
Wind Guard (Pintsch System). Fig. 3106. A per-
forated brass disc, fitting in globe holder, Sob, Fig.
3106a, below the opal globe, 102, Fig. 3121, and
supplied with a small covered hole for admitting
a match or taper when lighting the gas. Its pur-
pose is, as indicated by its name, to protect the
flame from the action of drafts from below the
globe.
Wind Scoop. A hood or ventilating jack (often so
called) attached to a pipe passing through the
roof of a car, and so formed as to create either
an exhaust draft or the contrary by the current
of external air passing over the car.
Wind Arbor. See Square End.
Winding Gear (Pile Driver Car). Consists of spools
and a spur gear of the ordinary form controlled
by a strap brake and treadle, so that on the re-
lease of the brake the shears attached to the ham-
WIN
187
WIN
mer rope will descend by their own weight and
engage with the hammer eye.
Winding Shaft (Drop Doors of Coal Cars, etc.). 70,
Figs. 428-431. A round iron bar supported by the
winding shaft plates or bearings, around which the
drop door chain or hopper chain is wound. It
carries a ratchet wheel and is usually formed with
a square end for applying a wrench or handle to
turn it.
Winding Shaft Plate (Hopper Bottom Coal Car). The
plate attached to the side of the car carrying the
ratchet wheel, pawl and dog, serving as a bearing
for the winding shaft. See above.
Winding Shaft Ratchet Wheel and Pawl. 66, 67, Figs.
428-431. The ratchet wheel and pawl attached to
the end of the winding shaft to prevent its turn-
ing and allowing the doors to drop.
Window. 137, Figs. 599-619, and Figs. 2204-2205. "An
opening in the wall of a building or car for the
admission of light and of air when necessary. This
opening has a frame on the sides, in which are set
movable sashes containing panes of glass." — Web-
ster. Hence the window itself, especially in com-
pound words, is often termed simply the sash. In
Great Britain carriage windows are technically
termed lights. See also Deck Sash. Car windows
are now generally made of uniform size through-
out. In sleeping and parlor cars double windows
are almost always used to inclose an air space be-
tween them and prevent radiation of heat and
drafts.
Window Balance. W, Figs. 648-651 and Figs. 4659,
4325. A device in which a spring is used instead of
a weight to counterbalance the weight of the sash
and glass. See Sash Balance.
Window Blind. 140, Figs. 648-651, etc. A wooden
screen composed of a frame called the sash, carry-
ing slats, placed in a window to exclude sunshine.
Window blinds, especially in street cars, are some-
times made single, but for lack of room to raise so
large a sash they are usually made double and dis-
tinguished as upper and lower. Window shades
have nearly displaced blinds in first-class passenger
cars, blinds being used in the saloons only.
Window Blind Bolt. Figs. 4537-4544. A bolt used for
holding a window blind in any desired position. It
enters into a window blind bolt bushing or plate.
Window Blind Bolt Bushing. Figs. 4531-4532. See
above. Same as sash lock bushing.
Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4534-4535. Commonly called
simply blind lift. A metal hook fastened to the
blind for raising and lowering it, usually attached
to the bottom rail, but in street car blinds, which
are lowered below the window7, to the top rail.
Window blind lifts are distinguished as single and
double, the single lift being the upper and the
double lift the lower, which has a projection for
raising the outer part. Double window blind lifts
are also distinguished as lower and upper. The
upper lift differs from the lower by not having a
lug or ledge, which is carried on the lower blind
for the purpose of engaging with the upper when
the lower one is half raised, so that the two may
thereafter be raised together.
Window Blind Mullion. An upright bar in the center
of a window blind sash.
Window Blind Pull. Figs. 4545-4554. A Window Blind
Lift, which see.
Window Blind Rail (Street Cars). A horizontal bar of
a window blind sash.
Window Blind Rest. 1. A wooden strip to fill up the
lower part of the groove in which an upper window-
blind slides, and on which it rests when down.
2. (Street Cars.) A horizontal strip of wood
which extends from one body post to another, on
which the blind rests when it is lowered.
Window Blind Sash. 80, Figs. 648-651. The frame in
which the inclined thin slats of a window blind are
held.
Window Blind Slat. See Window Blind.
Window Blind Spring. Figs. 4527-4529. The same as
a Sash Spring, which see.
Window Blind Stile. An upright bar in a window blind
sash.
Window Blind Stop. An Inside Window Stop, which
see.
Window Casing. 7, Fig. 2205. A frame which incloses
or surrounds a window. Often called an inside
window stop.
Window Cleaner. Fig. 3846.
Window Cornice. A purely ornamental projecting struc-
ture, usually made of wood, placed over a window
on the inside. It is now little used.
Window Cove Molding. 87, Figs. 648-651 and 26, Fig.
2074. A small concave molding around the sides
and top of a window on the inside of a passenger
car.
Window Curtain. C, Fig. 2204. A cloth or some kind
of textile material loosely hung over a window to
exclude sunshine, and which can be spread or
drawn aside at pleasure. Curtains of this kind are
now little used. Window Shades, which see, lie al-
ways flat, and are rolled up upon shade rollers.
They are often also called curtains.
Window Curtain Bracket. Fig. 4682. More commonly,
simply curtain brackets, for supporting window
shade rollers. A more correct term would be shade
or window shade brackets, but in common usage,
curtain brackets support shade rollers.
Window Curtain Holder or Hook. Y, Fig. 2204; Figs.
3386-3391. A metal hook fastened at the side of a
window for holding a curtain when drawn aside.
Knobs are also used.
Window Curtain Knob. A form of window curtain
hook.
Window Curtain Leather. Fig. 4672. More properly,
window shade leather.
Window Curtain Rings. Fig. 3728. See Curtain.
Window Curtain Rod. Fig. 3713. See Curtain.
Window Curtain Roller. Fig. 4681. More properly, a
Shade or Window Shade Roller, which see.
Window Deflector Ventilator. See Deflector and Ven-
tilator.
Window Dust Guard or Deflector. Figs. 4655-4657. A
thin narrow board of the height of the window ad-
justed perpendicular to the car side at the forward
edge of the window, to deflect dust and cinders so
they shall not enter the open window. It is fas-
tened to the window casing by a dust guard spring
holder, Fig. 4658.
Window Fastener. Figs. 4598, etc. A Sash Lock, which
see.
Window Furnishings (for Deck Shades). Figs. 4444,
etc. (Lower Windows.) Figs. 4573, etc.
Window Glass. Panes of glass used for windows. They
are either plate or rolled glass, made by pouring
the molten glass onto a table having the height of
the desired thickness of the plate, and then passing
a roller over the top; or blown, or common window
glass, the latter being by far the cheapest and most
widely used, but of very much inferior quality. It
is made by blowing the glass into a large bulb,
WIN
188
WOO
which is then -lit open while still hot and flattened
out.
Window Grating. A wrought or cast iron partition
made of bars, or in other form, placed on the out-
side of the windows of passenger cars to prevent
passengers from putting their heads or arms out-
side. Now rarely used.
Window Guards (Street Cars). Fig. 399(1, etc. Small
. metal rods to act as fenders for the end windows.
Window Holder. A Sash Holder, which see.
Window Latch. Fig. 4598. A Sash Lock, which see.
Window Latch Plate. A form of sash lock stop.
Window Latch Stop (Lower and Upper). See Sash
Lock Stop.
Window Ledge (Street Cars). A projecting molding
outside of a car which extends from one end of it
to the other above the windows, intended to shed
the rain. A water table or window lintel.
Window Lift. See Sash Lift.
Window Lintel. 90, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal strip
on the outside of a passenger car between the
posts and over the window openings.
Window Molding (Passenger Car Interiors). 88 Figs.
648-651. Known to the trade as car moldings, and
used around or on each side of a window, espe-
cially to cover the joint between the panel and post.
It sometimes forms a groove on the post in which
a window or window blind slides, in place of the
Inside Window Stop, which see.
Window Molding Base. An ornament made of wood
or metal attached to the lower end of a window
molding.
Window Molding Joint Cover. A piece of metal or
wood used to cover the joints of window moldings
when two pieces join each other.
Window Panel. 68, Figs. 599-619. See Panel. A panel
between the windows known as inside, outside and
end window panels.
Window Panel Furring. Horizontal distance pieces
between the window posts to which the panel is
fastened.
Window Pilaster, Cap and Base. 8, 9, 10, Fig. '.'205. A
decorative feature of a car interior, placed between
the windows and covering the window post.
Window Post (Passenger Cars). 58, Figs. 599-619. A
post extending from sill to plate at the side of a
window opening, against which the sash and blind
slide.
Window Rail. 12, Fig. 2205. A horizontal bar in a
window sash.
Window Rod Bracket. Figs. 3717-3721.
Window Rod Bushing. Figs. 3737-3739. A support for
the ends of a Curtain Rod, which see.
Window Sash. 85, Figs. 599-601; 1351. Sec Sash.
Window Sash Balance. See Window Balance and Sash
Balance.
Window Sash Holder. See Sash Lock. Fig. 4598.
Window Sash Lift. A Sash Lift, which see. Fig. 4613,
etc.
Window Sash Rest (Street Cars). A strip of wood ex-
tending from one body post to another, on which
the sash rests when lowered.
Window Sash Spring. Fig. 4527. Sec Sash Spring.
Window Shade. Una, Figs. 618-651. A window cur-
tain, which is wound on a roller above the window,
in distinction from one which is drawn aside. In
car building it is finished at the bottom with a win-
dow shade leather, Fig. 4672, and a heavy win-
dow shade rod bar or shade holder. A rectangular
clot, which is somewhat inaccurately called an eye-
let, is inserted in the leather to fasten the shade
down by slipping it over the sash lift. In passenger
cars window blinds have been superseded by shades,
and all sleeping and parlor cars have window
• shades in place of blinds. An automatic shade
roller is always used, the old-fashioned pulleys and
cord tighteners being practically obsolete.
Window Shade Leather. Fig. 4672. See above.
Window Shade Stop, in, Fig. 22U4. That part of a shade
holder which engages with or bears against the
window casing and holds the shade.
Window Shade Thumb Latch. 16, Fig. 2204. A thumb
latch which releases the bottom of the shade so
that it may be moved up or down. It fixes the
shade in any position automatically.
Window Sill. 77, Figs. 599-619 and 77, 78, Figs. 648-651.
A horizontal piece of wood or metal under a win-
dow, on which the sashes rest when down. There
are usually two, inside and outside. A thin strip
called the window sill cap goes above it.
Window Sill Cap. See above.
Window Sill Cornice Board. 65a, Figs. 648-651. An
ornamental strip placed on the inside of a pas-
senger car under the window sill. 64S-651.
Window Sill Molding. 80, Figs. 648-651. A small wooden
molding under an inside window" sill. In modern
cars it is usually a belt molding.
Window Spring. Fig. 4527. See Sash Spring.
Window Stile. 11, Fig. 2205; N, Fig. 2204. The upright
bars of a window sash.
Window Stop. The strips, or beads, attached to the
window posts which hold the sashes in place.
There are always two, inside and outside, and
parting beads or sash parting strips in between.
Window Stop (Inside). See Window Casing.
Window Valance. See Valance.
Window Ventilator. See Deflector, Ventilator.
Winslow Car Roof. Figs. 2098-2111. A car roof which
consists of metal roof sheets laid crosswise to the
ear. They are made with corrugations and are let
into grooves in the rafters. The latter are covered
with strips of sheet iron and the whole with a
layer of transverse boards, which are fastened to
longitudinal purlins attached to the rafters or car-
lines. See Car Roof and Murphy's Improved Win-
slow Roof.
Wire. See Seal Wires. Fig. 4074.
Wire Base (Lantern). Fig. 3622.
Wire Gauze (for Ventilator). A line netting made of
wire with which the outside of deck windows and
ventilator openings is covered to prevent the ad-
mission of dust.
Wire Shade Tripod. See Shade Ring.
Wood Center Car Wheel. A form of car wheel used in
Great Britain almost universally for passenger
service, but rarely in this country. The wheel cen-
ter is entirely made up of teakwood used as a con-
tinuous and solid series of spokes held in place by
side plates and Manscll retaining rings. Called in
Great Britain the Manscll wheel. See Steel Tired
Wheel, Car Wheel, Tire Fastening.
Wood Screw, big. 3079, A small cylindrical bar of iron
or steel with a wood screw thread cut on it and a
slotted head so that it can be turned with a screw'
driver. A lag screw is a heavy kind of wood screw,
but is not so called. It has a square instead of a
slotted head, as Fig. 2911. See Screw.
Wood Screw Thread. A form of screw thread used for
screws which are intended to screw into wooden
objects, It differs from a metal thread in having
the spaces between the projections wider.
Wood Worker (Woodworking Machinery). Fig. 6810.
woo
ZAN
A light machine built like a planer with a revolv-
ing cutter spindle which is supplied with a num-
ber of adjustments and attachments for doing a
large variety of woodworking operations, including
sawing, matching, planing, molding, gaining, etc.
Wood's Platform Gate. Fig. 4012. A gate, the details
of which are shown in the figures, that has found
considerable favor on steam and suburban roads.
When opened it folds against the end of the car
quite out of the way.
Wood's Roller Bearings. Figs. 5359, etc.
Wood's Vestibule Diaphragm. Figs. 2289-2293.
Wooden Brake Block (British). A piece of soft wood
used in Great Britain as a Brake Block, which see.
Wooden Floor Mat (.Street Cars). A sort of grating
made of strips of wood, with distance pieces and
spaces between.
Wooden Frame Truck. A car truck, of which the wheel
pieces and end pieces are made of wood. See
Truck, Car Truck.
Wooden Wheel (Hand Cars). A form of Wood Center
Car Wheel, which see.
Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6793, etc.
World Ventilator. Fig. 4428. See Ventilators.
Worm. A helix like a screw thread for winding a rope
or a chain upon. See Brake Chain Worm, Figs.
946-947.
Worn Flat (Car Wheels). Under the rules for the in-
terchange of traffic this defect is defined to be
irregular wear under fair usage, due to unequal
hardness of the thread of the wheel, and to be care-
fully distinguished from slid flat, which is a defect
produced by the slipping of the wheels from exces-
sive brake pressure. Tiie rules provide that flats
exceeding 2;4 in. in length are cause for rejection.
See Wheels and Interchange of Traffic.
Wrecking Crane. Fig. 248. A powerful crane mounted
on trucks and operated usuallj- by steam for use
in clearing up wrecks. They are built in capaci-
ties up to 100 tons.
Wrecking Frog. Figs. 3864-3865. A frog-like device with
one end elevated to form an incline plane by which
derailed trucks can be replaced upon the track
by pulling the car in the direction of its length.
Wrecking Hook. Figs. 1776-1777.
Wrench. A contrivance for screwing and unscrewing
a nut. A monkey wrench is adjustable to take
nuts of various sizes. A socket wrench is one
having a cubical cavity to receive a square end.
The wrenches for the Westinghouse brake are
packing nut and cap screw wrenches, and the dis-
charge valve seat wrench. A Spanner, which see,
is a wrench for use on round or man}r-sided nuts,
like hose couplings to which lugs or slots are added
for engaging with the wrench.
Wrought Iron Wheel ( British. ) A " wagon wheel." A
wheel in which the rim and spokes are of wrought
iron and the hub (boss) is either of wrought or cast
iron. If the former, the spokes are welded to it;
if the latter, it is cast round the spokes. The tire
is shrunk on. This wheel is largely used in freight
(goods) service in Great Britain, and in both freight
and passenger service on the continent of Europe.
See Wheel, Car Wheel.
Wrought Molding ur Fascia Molding (British). A
molding which is worked out of the solid on a
horizontal or vertical part of the framing ot a
carriage bod)-. See Planted Molding.
Yale Lock. Figs. 2594-2599. Xamed after its inventor.
It has pin tumblers instead of lever tumblers or
other style of lock. The key does net engage the
bolt as in other locks, but the bolt is engaged by
a cam attached to the rear of the lock, which in
turn is actuated by the key. The key is bitted on
its upper edge to engage with pin tumblers con-
tained in the cylinder. The original flat key has
been superseded by the corrugated and the para-
centric forms.
The key raises the pin tumblers to the proper
height and is then able to rotate the plug in the
cylinder, thus to actuate the lock. Advantages of
the Yale lock are its compactness, simplicity, se-
curity, small size of key and unequaled capacity for
key changes. It is made in a great variety of forms
adapted to all uses.
Yoke. 1, Figs. 1010-1011. A pocket strap, U-shaped,
which contains the spring and follower plates of a
drawbar. It is the means of attaching the draw-
bar to the spring and follower plates. A Draw-
bar Yoke, which see.
2. (M. C. B. Recommended Practice.) Fig. 5779.
In 1905 the designs of yokes for tandem spring,
twin spring and friction draft gear were adopted
as Recommended Practice superseding the stan-
dard yoke formerly shown. See Attachments of
Couplers to Cars.
z
Zane's Bibb Cock. Fig. 3656.
INDEX TO ENGRAVINGS.
Note. — The following engravings, 6,93-1 in all, are alphabetically arranged under the following general heads; these twelve general
headings include the engravings, and they are again sub-classed alphabetically. The page number is put at the bottom and the inclusive
figure numbers at the top of each page.
CARS, General Views, Exterior and In-
terior (.63 pages, 261 cuts)
CAR BODIES (128 " 410 " )
CAR BODY DETAILS(126 " 1607 " )
CAR FURNISHINGS. (159 " 2383 " )
TRUCKS (15 " 96 " )
TRUCK DETAILS.... (46 " 682 " )
M. C. B. STANDARDS AND RECOM-
MENDED PRACTICE,
(32 pages, 718 euts)
Total Number of Pages and Cuts
Page Fig.
HAND CARS (7 pages, 34 cuts)
, ., ELECTRIC CARS (38 " 242 " )
i>4 202
19-2 097 BRITISH CARS,
318 2304 General Views (35 " 194 " )
477 4687 BRITISH CARS,
493 4784 Details (8 " 134 " )
CAR SHOP MACHINERY,
539 5466 (16 " 142 " )
676 pages, 6934 cuts.
Page Fig.
571 6184
579 6218
017 0460
052 6054
661 6793
If the above general arrangement be borne in mind, there will he no difficulty in turning at once to any class of engravings desired,
all being alphabetically arranged under their title and sub-title, as shown above and more fully in the following detailed index. Under
each of the headings and sub-headings of the following list, the engravings are in general arranged alphabetically, so far as their
nature would permit. In a few cases cars have been grouped together on account of their constructive features and uses, in preference
to the particular kind of freight carried, and by which name they are usually distinguished. This, it is thought, will not lead to con-
fusion, as they are never widely separated, but are nearly in alphabetical order.
Page Fig.
CARS, Freight, General Views
Box, 1 1
Poultry, " " 8 23
Barrel, " " 8 25
Flat, " " 9 26
Gondola, " " 11 35
Hopper, " " 18 63
Ore, " " 20 71
Coke, " " 21 75
Dump, " " 23 80
Logging, " " 28 102
Stock, " " 30 108
Caboose, " " 32 118
Tank, " " 35 125
Passenger,
Coach, " " 37 131
Combination, " " 49 189
Chair, " " 40 145
Cafe, " " 40 146
Dining, " " 40 149
Parlor, " " 41 154
Private, " " 45 169
Sleeping, " " 45 170
Baggage and Express, " " 49 193
Postal, " " 49 190
" Suburban, " " 52 202
Passenger, Floor. Plans 54 211
Working, General Views 59 247
CAR BODIES, Freight, Box Cars, General 64 262
Refrig-
erator 80 305
Fruit.. 91 341
Stock Cars 92 345
" General Service. ... 97 356
Flat Cars 99 360
Gondola Cars 104 376
Hopper Gondola
Cars 120 428
Hopper Cars 129 463
Hopper Ore Cars. . 138 496
Coke Cars 142 513
Side Dump Cars... 149 532
Tank Cars 153 545
" Caboose Cars 102 577
Working, Pile Driver Car. . . 167 592
Dynamometer Car. 168 593
Page
CAR BODIES. [Continued:)
Working, Steam Shovel 169
Passenger, Coaches 170
Tourist Sleeping
Car 172
Dining Car 173
Sleeping Car 174
Combination Car.. 175
Baggage Car 176
Horse Car 177
Postal 178
Suburban 180
Subway 181
Passenger, Framing 183
Sides and Roofs... 186
Interior Finish ... 188
CAR BODY DETAILS, General,
For a Box Car 192
For a Passenger Car 197
Miscellaneous, Framing, etc 199
Drop Doors 207
Bolsters, Freight * 209
Passenger 217
Brake Gear, Automatic Slack Adjusters 220
Automatic Train Pipe
Couplers 222
Air, Westinghouse 223
Signal Apparatus.. . . 220
Christensen 238
General Electric 239
Doors, Passenger and Baggage 242
" Freight 246
Freight Locks 247
" Refrigerator 248
Grain 250
Draft Gear, Freight, Spring and Fric-
tion 251
Freight. Couplers 208
Passenger, Couplers .... 278
Platforms, etc. 284
Centering Devices 298
Roofs, Freight Car 299
Sleeping Car Berths 3Qg
Windows 3Q9
Vestibules 310
Fig.
596
599
605
607
612
614
617
620
624
632
635
645
652
657
697
932
1012
1056
1077
1147
1173
1199
1205
1216
1293
1295
1326
1365
1371
1390
1402
1413
1583
1798
1886
2091
2098
2201
2205
2207
INDEX TO ENGRAVINGS.
CAR FURNISHINGS:
Bell Cord, Attachments
Door, Hardware
Floor Furnishings
Heating Apparatus, Hot Water
Steam
Electric
Lamps and Lighting, Gas, Pintseh...
Acetylene
Electric
" Oil
Lamp Brackets
Lanterns
Gas Broilers and Stoves
Lavatory, Furnishings
Miscellaneous Furnishings:
Brackets and Rods . . . .
Grilles and Panels. . . .
Hat Hooks, etc
Jacks
Basket Racks
Platform and Vestibule Furnishings
Postal Car Furnishings
Saloon Furnishings, Closets, Etc....
Seals
Seats
Seating, Springs, etc
Seat Trimmings and Hardware ... .
Sofa and Sleeping Berth Fixtures..
Ventilators
Windows, Deck Sash Fixtures
Blinds and Fixtures
Shades and Curtains
TRUCKS, Freight Car
Passenger, Four-Wheel. . .
Six-Wheel
Page Fig.
318
321
330
331
336
357
359
383
391
412
417
117
418
419
427
428
429
432
435
437
442
443
445
44( i
454
450
459
464
466
472
475
TRUCK DETAILS,
Bolsters
Brake Gear, General
Arrangem't
Brake
Beams
' Miscellaneous
Brake
Shoes
Journal Boxes
Dust Guards
Side Bearings and
Center Plates
Springs
Wheels, Steel Fired . .
477
4S5
491
498
506
507
521
523
524
530
532
533
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS:
Journal Boxes and Details 539
Axles and Wheel Gages 543
Brake Gear 544
Pedestals 515
Couplers 546
Wheel and Track Gages 547
Journal Boxes and Details 54K
Flooring and Siding 551
Arch Bars 552
Hand Holds 551
Wheel Mounting Gage 547
Pedestal 551
Journal Box, Passenger Cars 552
Center Plate 553
2304
2407
2663
2676
2784
3019
3042
3284
3365
3549
3602
3617
3626
3639
3737
3791
3808
3866
3892
3933
4018
4042
4074
4(193
4160
4185
4302
4418
4444
4642
4665
4687
473(i
4774
4998
5072
5083
5194
5235
5254
5299
5340
5308
5390
5401 i
5510
5519
5560
5579
5598
5615
574!)
5697
5637
5598
5685
5694
5711
Page
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS.
( Continued. )
Brake Head Gage 553
Lever Pin Hole Gage 553
Brake Beam Gage 553
Marking Freight Cars 554
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOM-
MENDED PRACTICE.
Safety Chains 555
Axle Analysis Borings 555
Collection of Salt Water Drippings. 555
Coupler Attachments 550
Jncoupling Attachments 550
Temporary Chains 556
Journal Box, Passenger 557
Loading Long Material 557
Pedestal 502
Location of Air Brake Parts 562
Twist Gage for Couplers 502
Lamp Holder and Flag Bracket.. .. 502
Splicing Steel Sills 503
Box Car Side and End Doors 503
Spring and Spring Caps 505
Framing for Box Cars 566
Drop Test Machine 507
High Speed Foundation Brake Gear 508
Cast Iron Wheels 568
Limit Gage for Remounting Cast
Iron Wheels 568
Lettering for Freight Cars 570
HAND AND INSPECTION CARS 571
ELECTRIC CARS 579
Motors 589
Trucks 015
BRITISH CARS, GENERAL VIEWS:
Passenger, Dining 017
Sleeping 017
First and Third
Class Carriages 618
General Draw-
ings 619
Floor Plans and
Elevations. . 621
Goods, General Hews ... 629
Open Wagons 631
Ballast Wagons... 632
Coal Wagons .... 632
Coke Wagons .... 634
Steel Bogie
Wagons 636
Covered Wagons.. 637
Brake Tans 040
Private Owners' Wagons 041
BRITISH CARS, DETAILS:
Private Owners'
Wagons .... 052
Brake Gear .... 000
CAR SHOP MACHINERY:
Wood Working Machinery Oiil
Metal Working Machinery 067
Hoists and Cranes 670
Forging Machines 071
Pneumatic Tools 672
Jacks 075
Fig.
5706
5707
5703
5744
5 1 09
5767
5770
577! i
5785
5799
5803
5806
5939
5944
5948
5951
5953
5961
OHIO
0021
6024
0028
0070
6068
0177
0184
0218
0201
6444
0400
6464
6465
6469
6480
6541
6549
6559
6561
6574
6582
6591
6610
6616
0054
0790
0793
6835
0852
0850
6884
6914
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 1-4
Fig. 1. Box Car. Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 44,300 lbs. Length, 30 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 266-26S.)
- ■- r-
— , , ^T
U. P.
X Ji '■ .X--UBJ
lOO O 06
1 '
cai*t. . mhmjo
b.s.ur.mu. . wt. o
■
■ i
. 2 4 ■
■
Fig. 2. All Steel Box Car. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Length, 40 ft.
Union Pacific Railroad Co., Builders.
(Underframe of this car shown in Fig- 1042.)
Fig. 3. Furniture Car. Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 44,000 lbs. Length, 50 ft.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 287-290. I
<D
PACKET
cOMPAtf*
Fig. 4. Box Car, King Patent Underframe, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
Weight, 48,0i}0 lbs. Length, 40 ft. Middletown Car Works, Builders.
Figs. 5-7
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Fig. 5. Eox Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 40,700 lbs. Length, 36 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 303-304.)
Fig. 6. Box Car, Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight 30,700 lbs. Length, 36 ft.
Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
{.Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 262-265.)
CHICAGO, 1
MILWAUKEE 1
AND
ST PAUL. 1
^ gpgjigSpp**^*
Fig. 7. Box Car, Single I-Beam Center Sill Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 39,300 lbs. Length, 42 ft.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Builders.
(2)
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 8-10
Fig. 8. Box Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight 35,700 lbs. Length 36 ft.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
Box Car. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66.000 lbs. Weight. 26,400 lbs. Meter Gage.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 10. Phosphate Box Car. Steel Side and Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 46,150 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
(3)
Figs. 11-13
CARS, Freight; General View;
Fig. 11. Box Car. Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 00,000 lbs. Weight, 36,200 lbs. Length, 36 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. ]_'. Refrigerator Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 49,900 lbs. Length,
35 ft. 9% in. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
VENTILATED
REFRIGERATOR
Fig. 13. Refrigerator Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 44,700 lbs. Length, 40 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(4)
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 14-16
Fig. 14. Refrigerator Car, Pressed Steel Underframe, Capacity, 50,000 lbs. Weight, 46,100 lbs. Length, 35 ft., 2% in.
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
Fig. 15. Produce Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight. 15,700 lbs. Length, 36 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 300-312.)
Fig. 16. Refrigerator Car with End Ice Boxes. Capacity, 60,< lbs. Weight, 38,400 lbs. Length, 38 ft. 8 in.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
{Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 305-308.)
(5)
Figs. 17-19
CARS, Freight; General Views.
^=r
0+.J 1 i i
la •■■•
Hams - I
Finest Quality.
Fig. 17. Refrigerator Car. Wooden Underframe, Bowen Patent. Capacity, 50,000 lb;. Weight, 35,300 lbs.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 18. Refrigerator Car, Steel Underframe, Samson Patent. Capacity 60,000 lbs
Whipple Car Co., Builders.
(■th 1VUHY Pliijfil'i
Fig. 19. Refrigerator Car for Dairy Products. Capacity, 70,000 lbs. Weight, 4o,800 lbs.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(6)
CARS. Freight; General Views.
Figs. 20-22
DAIRY LlXE
FAST FREIGHT
MII3VAJ KEE
REFRIGERATOR
TRANSIT GO.
- -I 3 3 3
Fig. 20. Refrigerator Car for Dairy Products. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight, 42,200 lbs.
Length. 36 ft. Milwaukee Car Mfg. Co., Builders.
Fig. 21. Ventilated Fruit Car. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight, 33,800 lbs. Length. 36 ft.
Georgia Car & Manufacturing Co., Builders.
Fig. 22. Refrigerator Vegetable Lar. Moore's Patent. Capacity. 60,000 lb;
Length, 32 ft., 10% in. Moore Patent Car Co.. Builders.
V
eight. 44,000 lbs
(7)
Figs. 23-25
CARS, Freight; General A'
Fig. 23. Poultry Car without Coops.
Milwaukee Car Mfg. Co., Builders.
Fig. 24. Steel Underframe Poultry Car. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 25. Barrel Rack for Empty Barrels.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(8)
CARS, Freight; General View;
Figs. 26-30
Fig-. 26. Flat Car. Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight.
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
7.2i)ii lbs. Length, 41 ft.
Fig. 27. Flat Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs
Cambria Steel Co., Builders.
Fig. 28. Flat Car. Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 30,5'
Pressed Steel Car Co.. Builders.
lbs. Length. 40 ft.
'a. Flat Car. Steel Underframe. Capacity. 120,000 lbs. Weight, 47,500 lbs. Length. 40 ft.,
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
Fig. 30. Flat Lar. Pressed Steel L nderframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight. 38,800 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(9)
Figs. 31-34
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Fig. 31. Flat Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 33,000 lbs. Length, 40 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 32. Flat Car, Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 32,200 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(Another view of a similar cor with body applied for ballasting is shown in Fig. 52.)
Fig. 33. Flat Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 29,700 lbs. Length, 41 ft, 4 in.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
T—-T — —
-g-*?
- MO-
THER
CO.
C
V-
m
~wu..
||
Ssrf^BS E$fi&
mix
&^k^^
Fig. 34. Flat Car, Wood Underframe. Capacity 80,000 lbs., Weight 29,700 lbs., Length 40 ft.
Fitz-Hugh Luther Co., Builders.
(10)
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 35-38
Fig. 35. Gondola Car, Twin Hopper, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 42,600 lb;. Length, 40 ft.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builder;.
'
Y. C. 6c t
3 3 6 6 0
1. xv.
— --
^lBr~i "iijJLJ W LLI-^
.
x ■ "' :
fc4l.
-- Ssr:^;;
"35*2*^
$m$/
V
Kl T-4l> 4fj*r Jr <
== — ~-~3HCr-
Fig. 36. Gondola Car. Twin Hopper. All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lb;. Weight, 38,800 lbs. Length, 40 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
Fig. 37. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 3 .,800 lbs. Length, 40 ft.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Builders.
( Drjzcitigs of this car are slwwn in Figs. 400-401.')
Fig. 38. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, All Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 37,800 lbs. Length 40 ft.
Bettendorf Axle Co., Builders.
(11)
Figs- 39-43
CARS, Freight; General Vie
Fig. 30. Gondola Car. Drop Ends. "Wooden Body, Pressed Sleel Underframe. Capacity, 100, 1 lbs. Weight,
44,500 lbs. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(Drawings of litis car arc shewn in Figs. 3SS-391.)
Fig. 40. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom and Ends, Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 39,900 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
F'g. 41. Gondola Car. Twin Hopper Bottom. Pressed Steel. Capacity, 10(1,000 lbs. Weight, 40. dun ]1>
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builder-.
(Drawings of tliis car arc shown in Figs. 43S-441.1
Fig. !_'. Gondola Car, Flat Bottom, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 33,300 lbs
Cambria Steel Co.. Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 408-410.)
Fig. 4d. W len Gondola Car with Inside Slakes. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Middh
'low n ( 'ar C >., Builders
(12)
CARS, Freight; General Vlei
Figs. 44-47
Fig. 44. Gondola Car, Flat Bottom. Structural Steel Underframe, Wooden Body. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight
44,800 lbs. Standard Steel Car Co.. Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shozcn in Figs. 411-413.)
Fig. 45. Gondola Car, Flat Bottom, Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 39,300 lbs.
\\ estern Steel Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
Fig. 46. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, High Side. Capacity, 90,000 lbs. Weight, 37,200 lbs
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
Fig. 47. Gondola Car. Twin Hopper Bottom. Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight. 40,400 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
< Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 432-437.)
(13)
Figs. 48-51
CARS, Freight; General View!
Fig. 48. Gondola Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 30,200 lbs. Length, 41 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 49. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 40,200 lbs. Length, 38 ft., 2% in.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 50. Gondola Car, High Side, Hopper Bottom. Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 51. Gondola Car, High Side, Drop End, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 51,800 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
(14)
CARS, Freight; General Mews.
Figs. 52-55
Fig. 52. Gondola Car, Side Dump, Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 36,300 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(Another view of this car with body removed is shewn in Fig. 32.)
Fig. 53. Gondola Car, Low Side, Drop End. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 42,700 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 54. Gondola Car, Drop Side, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66,000 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
HTTpS i ^ S 9 "V^!W
<15)
Fig. 55. Gondola Car. Drop Side, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66,000 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
(.Underframe of this car shown in Fig. 1034.)
Figs. 56-58
CARS, Freight: ( General V
Fig. 56. Gondola Car with High Coke Racks. Capacity, 80.000 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
{Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 381-382.)
Fig. 57. Coal Car, High Side, Hopper Bottom. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 34,500 lbs
Pullman Company, Builders.
Fig. OS. Coal Car, Flopper Bottom, Steel Side and Undernames. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,600 lbs
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
(10)-
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 59-62
Fig. 59. Hopper Car, All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 37,400 lbs. Length, 30 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
{Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 467-470.1
Fig. 60. Hopper Car. Steel Undername, Self Clearing. Capacity. 85,000 lbs. Weight, 37,700 lbs. Length. 32 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(.Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 463-466.)
Fig. 01. Gondola Car, Side Unloading. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,600 lbs. Length, 3d ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 62. Gondola Car. High Side, Hopper Bottom, Struc tural Steel Underframe and Side Frame. Capacity,
(17) 100,000 lbs. Weight, 37,700 lbs. Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Figs. 63-66
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Fig. 63. Phosphate Car, Hopper Bottom, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 42,000 lbs.
Length, 34 ft. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 64. Coal Car, Hopper Bottom, Self Clearing, All St eel. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 37,600 lbs.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 65. Hopper Car, Self Clearing, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,100 lbs. Length, 30 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 66. Hopper Car, Self Clearing, All Steel. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 36,600 lbs. Length, 80 ft.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(18)
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 67-70
Fig. 07. Hopper Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,300 lbs.
Standard Steel Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 08. Hopper Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight. 38,900 lbs.
Standard Steel Car Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 478-481.)
Fig. 69. Hopper Car, Structural Steel, Vanderbilt Patent. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 36,800 lbs.
Cambria Steel Co., Builders.
(Drazvings of this car are shown in Figs. 482-483 )
(19)
Fig. 70. Steel Hopper Car. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 43,600 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in F,gs. 490-495.)
Figs. 71-73
CARS, Freight; General View:
•'ig. 71. Ore Car, All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity. 80,000
American Car & Foundry Co., Builder?.
)S. Weight. 30,600 lbs.
Fig. 72. Ore Car, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 32,800 lbs
Tressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 73. Ore Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 32,200 lbs
Standard Steel Car Co.. Builders.
(Drawings of this car are shozvn in Figs. 505-508.)
(20)
CARS, Freight: General Views.
Figs. 74-76
Fig. ,4. Ore Car. Hopper E
:>m. Self Clearing. All Sleel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight. 38,100 lbs
Ralst,-,n Steel Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 10. Coke Car. Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight. 17,500 lbs
Pressed Steel Car Co.. Bu«!d?r=.
"p^^^WBi^__
^
Hir
\-\; w3*.£j
1
:- i
■
'
1
J If lis
■- 1
zi/sim
RJEB
-3 l^^HH^
— "*t^^B^^^MBMM^B
mff^m
a^^^*^
m It m.iJf
"""^"■^-S^^^J
^ \»a^ '7 ^ ^m
" :~~»'T'
Fig. .ii. Coke Car. All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight. 47,600 lbs
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(21)
Figs. 77-79
CARS, Freight; General View:
Fig. 77. Coke Quenching- Car. Capacity, 20,000 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 78. Coke Car, All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 41,300 lbs.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
&'
III
CHIC AGOL AKES HORE a EAS TERN
Minilm ' CMT. ,amat* ** 4TGOO ","""T
C.L.SaE. 97*5
RT
1
ATT":'
II
u
!
^^^^™
•^
**■:
Fig. 70. Coke Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100, 000 lbs. Weight, I i ,600 lbs.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 524-538.)
(22)
CARS, Freight; General Mews.
Figs. 80-83
Fig. SO. Center Dump Ballast Car, Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,000 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 81. Dump Car, Drop Bottom, Flush Floor, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,000 lbs.
Ralston Steel Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 82. Dump Car, Drop Bottom, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 40,500 lbs.
Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 83. Dump Car, Drop Bottom, Flush Floor. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,000 lbs.
Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders.
(23)
Figs. 84-87
CARS, Freight; General Views
Fig. 84. Dump Car. Steel Sides and Underframe. Capacity. 100.000 lbs. Weight, 38,900 lbs. Length, 30 ft, 6 in.
National Dumo Car Co., Builders.
C.& E. I.
87749
Fig. 85. National Dump Car with Drop
Doors Closed.
Fig. 86. National Dump Car with Drop
Doors Open.
Fig. 87. Dump Car, Steel Side and Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,900 lbs. Length, 36 It.. 6 in.
National Dumo Car Co., Builders.
(34)
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 88-91
Class U S., Center and Side Dump. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,800 lbs
Rodger Ballast Car Co.. Builders.
HBHr
Fig. 89. Hart Convertible Car
Arranged for Center Dumping Ballast
Fig. 90. Hart Convertible Car Arranged
with Swinging Sides for Use with
Top Plow.
Fig. 9L Hart Convertible Car Arranged
as Flat Bottom Gondola Car
for General Service.
(25)
Figs. 92-94
CARS, Freight; General A'
Fig. 92. Goodwin Dump Car. Class G. Capacity, 80,000 lbs
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 536-5S8.)
Fig. 93. End View, King-Lawson Steel Dump Car.
Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 04. King-Lawson Steel Dump Car. Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
(26)
CARS, General Mews.
Figs. 95-96
Fig. 95. Campbell-Olden Steel Side Dump Car. Capacity 100,000 lbs.
Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car are shozi'n in Figs. 543-544.)
Fig. 95a. Contractor's Air Dump Car. Capacity, 12 cu. yds. Western Wheeled Scraper Co., Builders
Fig. 95b. All Steel Type Oliver Dump Car. 12 cu. yds. Capacity. Isthmian Canal Commission.
Wm. J. Oliver Mfg. Co., Builders.
Fig. 96. Narrow Gage Type. Oliver Double Truck. Two-Way Dump Car. 3 cu. yds. Capacity
(27) Wm. J. Oliver Mfg. Co., Builders.
Figs. 97-99a
CARS, General Views.
Figs. 97-97a. Six-Yard, 8,500-lb., Contractor's Dump Car. Continental Car & Equipment Co., Builders.
Fig. 98. Contractor's Dump Car.
Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 98a. All Steel .Aline Car.
Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders.
Figs. 99-99a. Seven-Yard Double Dump Car. Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders.
(2Ta>
CARS, General Views.
Figs, ioo-ioi
Fig. 100. Steel Sugar Cane Car. Capacity 10 to 30 Tons
Arthur Kopple Co.. Builders.
Fig. 100a. Six- Yard Cradle Dump Car.
Arthur Kopple Co., Builders
Fig. 100b. Six-Yard Double Side Dump Car,
Rocker Type.
Fig. 101. Twelve-Yard Triple Body Double Side Dump Car.
Arthur Kopple Co., Builders.
(27b)
Figs. 102-104
CARS, Freight; General Me
Fig. 102. Logging Car for 20-ft. Logs.
Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 103. Logging Trucks with Rails for Loader. Capacity, 40,000 lbs.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 104. Logging Car for Double Length Logs.
Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders.
(28)
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Figs. 105-107
Fig. 105. 8,000-lb. Pacific Pattern Truck.
Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 106. Logging Car.
Sheffield Car Co.. Builders.
, , , •/ 1 ', „
-. - *
■ ■
-
PACIFIC.
IS??
.» '*"
m
' ^
Fig. 107. Double-Plow Distributing Car.
Rodger Ballast Car Co., Builders.
(29)
Figs. 108-110
CARS, Freight; General Views.
Fig. ln-i. Stock Car. Capacity. 56,000 lbs. Weight. 32,100 lbs. Length, 36 ft., 6 in.
Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 109. Stock Car. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 47,400 lbs.
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
Fig. 110. Stock Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66,000 lbs. Weight, 24,860 lbs. Meter Gage.
Middletown Car Co., Builders. (30)
CARS. Freight; General Views.
rigs. 111-113
Fig. 111. Stock Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Length. 35 ft., 10 in.
Middletown Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 111'. Stock Car. "Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 32,200 lbs. Length, 36 ft. 6 in.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works. Builders.
Fig. 113. General Service Car, Steel L'nderframe. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight. 40,000 lbs. Length 36 ft
(31) Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car are shewn in Figs. 356-359.)
Figs. 114-118
CARS, Freight; General View:
r-p
ng. 114. Arms (Burton) "Perfected" Horse Car. Capacity, 16 Hoi
Fig. 115. Interior of "Perfected" Horse Car Showing
Stall Partitions in Position for Four Horses.
Fig. ll(j. Interior of "Perfected" Horse Car Showing
Stall Partitions Shifted to One Side.
ARMS PALACE
HORSE CAR COMPANY
CHICAGO
Fig LIT. Arms Cross Stall Horse Car. 18 Stalls.
Fig. 118. Caboose Car, Eight Wheel, Wooden Underframe. Baggage Compartment, Side Door.
Length, 26 ft. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(32)-
CARS. Caboose; General A'
Figs. 119-121
Fig-. 119. Caboose Car, Eight-Wheel, Wooden Underframe. Toolbox.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builder?.
Fig. 120. Caboose Car. Four-Wheel, Wooden Underframe.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 121. Caboose Car. Steel Underframe. Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Builde
(33)
FigS. 122-12*
CARS. Caboose, Tank; General Viei
Fig. 122. Caboose Car, Wooden Underframe. Toolbox.
American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
Fig. 123. Tank Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 12,850 gal
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
{.Underframe of this car shown in Fig. 1030.)
Fig. 124. Tank Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 8,000 gals. Weight, 38,000 lbs.
McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co., Builders.
(.Drawings of this car shown in Figs. 509-671.1
(34)
CARS. Tank; General Views.
Figs. 125-127
Fig. 125. Tank Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 12,000 gals. Weight, 45.000 lbs.
McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co.. Builders.
(Drawings of litis cor ore shou'H in Figs. 572-574.)
JOHN H.HEALC3 it COM WE£*
LYNCHfcilJR£3,VAj
OAPV aOOUSAL€i: '
LT.wT.3i31 sates. ;
Fig. 120. Tank Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 8,000 gals. Weight. 30.150 lbs.
Bettendorf Axle Co.. Builders.
:.f,€i,.v3s&n £• Sons' Chicago
Pickle Tank Car- ^a^
Fig. 127. Pickle Tank Car, Three Compartments. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 37 300 lbs.
Middletown Car Co.. Builders.
(351
Figs 128-130
CARS, Tank; General A'
~7*
Tank Car, Van Dyke Patent. Capacity, 10,000 gals.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 554-558.)
Fig. 1:
lank Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Cap'aacity, 6,000 gals
(Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 559-561.)
Fig. 130. Tank Car. Structural Underframe, Capacity, 8,020 gals, or 80,000 lbs. Weight, 39,900 lbs.
Standard Steel Car Co., Builders. (36)
CARS, Passenger; General Views.
Figs. 131-135
Fig. 131. A estibuled Coach. Central Railroad of New Je rsej\
Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders.
Fig. 132. Interior of Dining Car. Lehigh Yalle
Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders.
Fig. 133. Interior of Chair Car. Chicago & Alton.
Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders.
Fig. 134. Dining Car. Lehigh Valley. Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders.
<3T)
Fig. 135. Standard Coach. Xew York Central. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
{Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 227.)
Figs. 136-139
CARS, Passenger; General Views.
Fig. 136. Steel Vestibuled Coach. Southern. Pressed Steel Car Co, Builders.
Fig. 137. Interior of Coach. L. S. oz M. S.
Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 138. Interior of Smoking Compartment, Com-
bination Smoking and Baggage Car. C. C C is: St. L.
Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 139. Vestibuled Coach. Carolina. Clinchfield & Ohio. Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders.
(38)
CARS, Passenger; General Yie\
Figs. 140-144
Fig. 140. All Steel Passenger Coach. Union Pacific. Union Pacific Railroad Co., Builder;.
if1.' .::'.'j of steel framing slwjm in Figs. 1040-1041.)
Fig. 141. Interior of All Steel Passenger Loach.
Union Pacific Railroad Co.. Builders.
Fig. 142. Interior of Standard Parlor Car.
Pullman Co.. Builders.
Fig. 143. Interior of Dining Car. Michigan Central.
1 '" Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 144. Interior of Standard Dining Car. Northern
Pacific. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Figs. 145-149
CARS, Passenger; General V
Fi?. 145. Chan- Car. S. P., L. A. & S. L St. Louis Car Co., Builders
Fig. 146. Cafe Coach. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builder:
Fig. 1-17. Interior of Dining Compartment,
Cafe Coach. L. S. & M. S.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. LIS. Interior of Dining Car. C, B. & Q.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 149. Lining Car. Chicago, Bin
lrhngton & Quincy. Barney .S, Smith Car Co., Builders.
(40)
CARS, Passenger; General Mew?.
Figs. 150-154
Figs. 150-151. Interior of Dining Car. Erie R. R. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 152. Interior of Parlor Car. Pere Marquette R. R
Acetylene Gas Equipment.
Fig. 153. Interior of Parlor Car "Chenango.1
N. V... O. & W.
Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders.
Fig. 154. Parlor Car "Chenango." New York, Ontario & Western.
Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders.
(41)
Figs. 155-159
CARS, Passenger; General Views.
Fig. 155. Compartment Sleeping Car. New York, New Haven & Hartford.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 156. Compartment Observation Car. Great Northern.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 157. Observation Room. Compartment Observa-
tion Car. Great Northern.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
"ig. 158. Interior of Observation Parlor Car
"Mineola." C, M. & St. P.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 159. Observation Parlor Car "Mineola." Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
[Floor plan of tins car is shown in Fig. 210.)
(42)
CARS, Passenger; General Views.
Figs. 160-163
Fig. 160. Vestibuled Coach. All Steel. Pennsylvania. American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders.
q»—
-—.-—-~-
' ■ *s- «— sa» n>, .^ja" jm,.
V
S ™~' ' "
*JgJg!?wj;M?g?**''w*w^^
/_f M.iJR.i^'i.iii 1
■ ■■!■■■
1
1 l=m
sa
.
•
L-i
iffl'tj&^i.
.■■■■nil
Sjf _ 1 u| ».,.■■ ..ayi
—
Fig. 161. Vestibuled Coach. All Steel. Pennsylvania. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 162. Vestibuled Dining Car "Springfield.'' X. Y.. X. H. & H. Wason Mfg. Co., Builders
Fig. 163. Vestibuled Coach, All Steel. New York Central Lines. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 642-644.)
(43)
Figs. 164-168
CARS, Passenger; General V
164. Vestibuled Coach. Mobile & Ohio. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
{Flour plan of tliis car is shown in Fig. 238.)
Fig. 165. Parlor Buffet Car. Pere Marquette. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 225.)
Fig. 166. Interior of Parlor Buffet Car. Pere Marquette.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 167. Interior of Dining Car. Wabash.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 168. Dining Car. Wabash. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(44)
CARS, Passenger; General Views.
Figs. 169-173
Fig. 169. Private Car "Eatonia." Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders
Fig. 170. Twelve-Section Sleeping Car "Humbolt." Canadian Northern.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 171. Interior of Sleeping Car "Humbolt." Fig. 172. Interior of Dining Room. Private Car "Eatonia."
Canadian Northern. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
CLE
P33
Fig. 173. Sleeping Car. Argentino del Norte. Wason Mfg. Co., Builder;
<45)
Figs. 174-178
CARS, Passenger; General Views.
Fig. 174. Interior of Stateroom. Drawing Room,
Stateroom Sleeping Car "Bissao."
Pullman Co., Builders.
Fig. 175. Interior of Drawing Room. Stateroor
Sleeping" Car "Bissao."
Pullman Co., Builders.
Fig. 170. Interior of Sleeping Car. Berths Fig. 177. Interior of Sleeping Car. Seats
Arranged for Night. Arranged for Day.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 17S. Standard Sleeping Car. Florida East Coast. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. (46>
CARS, Passenger; General Views
Figs. 179-183
Fig. 179. Observation Sleeping Car "Ben Cruachan." Pullman Co., Builders.
;jvh
L 1^.
jPi
*»«W44
w
1 I
m'i-'<
:
B~~v'
,^"^
rWl
m ^U
1
i
\ '1
; i
^■ktMn
"^■t
™
„y^J \
Kfs^i ;V:-'-'-t': ,
Wi^.
Fig. 180. Sleeping Compartment. Compartment
Observation Car "Cranbrook."
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
181. Observation Room. Compartment
Observation Car "Cranbrook."
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
|: <\y-\:'
«
IBBa
■pepm^
\ !y
1 ore !
HnBm^flB IK
t:(>
|3§
1 :
, ' 'Sif'.'Y
IP »■ H
1 M A * ' ** <
if
t W iw--'
jj^hbp
B
i"\ 'W*Wffi:;WS^$-
mm
:
*:mm W?
Fig. 182. Stateroom. Standard Sleeping Car
"Osseo." C, M. & St. P.
(47) Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 183. Interior of Standard Sleeping Car
"Osseo." C, M. & St. P.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Figs. 184-188
CARS, Passenger; General View;
Fig. 184. Sleeping Car, "Glenwood." M., St. P. & S. St. M. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
(Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 213.)
. -^Mfc
' w
BBRB£EEBE9BI^^@S§P^^^
9ES£SHEBB3E3£&fiflD9
IZlfcZl
.','' 1
g^j^^W™^fflffl
MP^^KESSSshhs^ : - " ~"
*J9j
Fig. 185. Observation Buffet Car, "Wanamingo." Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
{Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 235.)
Fig. 186. Interior of Smoking Compartment. Fig. 1ST. Observation Room, Observation Buffet
Observation Buffet Car "Wanamingo." C, M. & St. P. Car "Wanamingo." C, M. & St. P.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 183. Steel Combination Passenger and Baggage Car. Pennsylvania. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
(48)
CARS, Passenger; General A"
Figs. 189-193
Fig. 189. Combination Passenger and Baggage Car. C, B. & Q.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 231.)
Fig. 190. Postal Car. St. Louis & San Francisco.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 241.)
Fig. 192. Baggage Car, All Steel. Pennsylvania. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 193. Combination Baggage and Express Car. C, N. O. & T. P.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
(49)
Figs. 194-197
CARS, Postal; General Views.
Fig. 194. All Steel Postal Car. Union Pacific. Union Pacific Railroad Co.. Builder
mkiS.
Fig. 195. Interior of Postal Car. D„ L. & W.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 19(3. Interior of All Steel Postal Car. U. P.
Union Pacific Railroad Co., Builders.
Fig. 197. Postal Car. Baltimore & Ohio. Marian & Hollingsworth, Builders.
CO)
CARS, Miscellaneous; General Views,
Figs. 198-201
Fig. 198. Postal Car. D.. L. & W. Barney & Smith Car Co., Buildc
Tig. 199. Steel Underframe Postal Car. Atchison, T' peka & Santa Fe.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders
BH^flWHMM
M
..:■:,»
-|
■-' 1 ■-": -■ .ij'.".
%J,
1 :,
,-is a?*1
J
« .'•"'-"' ■ .' ;
i
1 ■ .
Fig. 200. Combination Postal and Baggage Car. Atlantic Coast Line.
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Builders.
Fig. 201, Special Horse Car. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern.
Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders.
(51)
Figs. 202-205
CARS, Miscellaneous; General Vie\
Fig. '202. Side-Door Suburban Car with Steel Underframe. Illinois Central.
(Drawings of this car are shoivn in Figs. 6S0-634.)
Fig. 203. Interior of Illinois Central Suburban Car.
Fig. 204. Interior of Refrigerator Express Car.
Great Northern. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 205. Refrigerator Express Car. Great Northern.
Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
(Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 213.)
(52)
CARS, Motor; General Mews.
Figs. 206-210
Fig. 20C. Gasolene Passenger, Mail and Baggage Motor Car
McKeen Motor Car Co., Builders.
J^m
'■-■ —
| .."/.MSI
m^t;ym
iW
hil
6 ■ V ' H
i r "i.""i i
,-"'., I U12 N E.
a
- —
i£ii
^tSfi^S
§y|
Fig. 207. Gas-Electric Passenger Motor Car. Strang Gas Electric Car Co., Bnildei
Fig. 208. Gasolene-Electric Passenger and Baggage Motor Car. General Electric Co., Buildt
Fig. 200. Steam Passenger and Baggage Motor Car. American Locomotive Co., Builders.
-
_ — —
. — — =
w~^fik
»^9
^t^^^H
9E0
•9B^55
^JiSJNLsifii
£5
sj§»
]Sij
IT'1!
i
J
■
■ 1 :
W^
AM_
MOTOR
CAR
■j
J -
ir-
,
-' *
1 —
cry. m ■ — 7/ a
v — -
Fig. 210. Steam Passenger and Baggage Motor Car. Railway Auto Car Co., Builders.
(53)
Figs. 211-217
CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans.
iji^.
e '*' ,_J Fr;" »rc i'Pr,vate
| |^^^ - Room '|S R<jorr
DDK
;cv,--?2-'---
.□aa
-7?'<S--
Fig. 213. Sleeping Car "Glenwood." M., St. P. & S. St. M. Barney & Smith Car Co.,' Builders.
Fig. 214. Sleeping Car. Canadian Pacific.
Fig. 215. Sleeping Car. Pullman Co., Builder:
Fig. 216. Compartment Sleeping Car. Pullman Co., Builders.
*'-■ -39-
.Jl. ill
II- Jrf— 1 f
Fig. 217. Observation Sleeping Car. C, M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
(54)
CARS. Passenger; Floor Plans.
Figs. 218-224
1
» 1 i
e
n==
_L_L
=--=11 "==
— tv—
~~t
=H l|=
1 »tr==
■==« *=
1-
= —
^F =
-■1 *=
—1 -i
=41 lt=
aj
0
* 1'-\0- J
^
i-ll'
0
O
Room
;-3 -«;---
.3
a
° 0
f?i
*™ r
|
°-a
- — -_-!*—
6ui-
tbr-F
-. ""
Fig. 218. Tourist Sleeping Car. Canadian Pacific.
D OD ODDD al^OOOB
v .-,
Obsar-VQttOft Room
Fig. 219. Observation Parlor Car. C. M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
■*■&»--+ '$'«- ( ej- 1 — ■* '«-'— t— * <?--+-?&-+ — ^i- — j-2's"f w'o- + e's- 1 — f's%-
Q Library M
joqpqoqITTI
,trjiaODO|447i^ -
|3U'A- J=r£*=±£? —itfOnrSlls W7-^i
Fig. 220. Composite Steel Buffet Library Car. C, M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
i 4 ii V — p— ?a'-faiV
Fig. 222. Dining Car. Wabash. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
ee'o-
bs a i-=--=j
Range
^J
-ISO-
_D 0 Q S
Refrigerator
-94
Ftantry
Ice
-62"
Dining Room
„©„
_3/7-'-°~-
<-32-
A,
Fig. 223. Dining Car. C, B. & Q.
Renge
J
;y-ISt—y
BLjriiBa
u
-»-4If
*— -In
Z
an an □□ pq
□n JacL JanMaoL
j/,z-n gDna'Dnz^raaDnaaUzk^! iji
Fig. 224. Dining Car. Pullman Co., Builders.
(55)
Figs. 225-232
CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans
rm — r«
)OOOC ILi 1
IE LJ
-. -- 7/1 Room
tSDCOE
T7~ 1 *~
Fig-. 2*25. Parlor Buffet Car. Pere Marquette. American Car & Foundry Co,. Builders.
few <L *ȴ* 1
Kitchen and Ftintry
L--^j.-_... 35 .^-„-i j:.--
^Co" JL
acf=?
3^^ i-
;QC 3 A
Fa-ior
©
i ju
JDDDDDI
naffnrm
© ©
T>DDDDi
ZB' „*___j"2_* J, op *— 3* »--
Fig. 226. Observation Cafe Car. Chicago Great Western. Pullman to. Builders.
m
£±>
Z""LcT
as
L 7<?i?'(7ns'-.5///.5
Fig. 227. Cafe Coach. New York Central. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 228. Cafe Parlor Car. C, B. & Q. Pullman Co., Builders.
KJ
flailing- -
Counter 3 9" tftgh
7 and Coffee Urns
OQ 2 She Ires
X
y 60 *-!(-*
.33 (
i.Jfr4t (fQ ^
Fig. 229. Lunch Counter Car. Pere Marouette.
\~* gM.
O ° '*
[ Dnnnonnu
— n— +-*-■*
-n--sc
Fig. 230. Composite Car. Pennsylvania Railroad. Pullman Co.. Builders.
jn_ J ^~i_ ^1 ■ 1 1
2IC ' G:0 210
O
73$ -
-- — 700—
Fig. 231. Combination Passenger and Baggage Car. Chicago, Burlington & Quincy.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 232. Composite Smoking and Baggage Car. Chicago Great Western. Pullman Co., Builders. (56)
CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans.
Figs. 233-240
■ - -
Fig. 233. Observation Buffet Car. Northern Pacific. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
rr
-49'$'-—
J^r-., - ^ ? 'r~"Dar^~^f *'".•*
-X—3if-t,
-v:I--
1
Fig. 234. Combination Car. Lhicago. Indianapolis & Louisville.
$£— is'—' c£- ?^-~-a£«— J&-— **$< — j£ — a
Fig. 235. Observation Buffet Smoking Car '" AYanamingo." C, M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders.
'*E*r€H6
j ftintry jj -— j^pjfj^ — jfc£ J 1 j
*•#•:
U-jlf-
-rti-H j
i—j^- 1
Fig. 236. Kitchen Car. New York Central.
J3TC
DD
#0
-2%'--. j-as£ — asf-«-a^i
n
n
-j^f-
Fig. 237. Coach. Erie R. R. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builde
-«tf;0.
-2.4 -«-
-«&-■■
//■Q-
::-:&.-;
Fig. 238. Coach. Mobile & Ohio. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
isut
sai
.—^•-2S'J--
n
nm
n
- ^
Fig. 239. Coach. Chicago. Indianapolis & Louisville
Figs. 241-246
CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans
2'il_2
3 2 2' . 32" 1 2' ; Zll' \ z'lp' • 2 0 2__
Fig. 241. Postal Car. St. Louis 5: San Francisco. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders
s;
*
Sforage
S. . .
"D—^l
~ : I.; I i,l 1 1
PT^
.pfcyef
fEiP0^
JhTTT
4
60S ' Over Sills.
Fig. 242. Postal Car. C, H. & D. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders.
\*-<*'o- ^
•I
K 6O'0'averS///J- - -
Fig. 243. Refrigerator Express Car. Great Northern. Barney & Smith Ca.r Co., Builders.
Fig. 244. Air-Brake Instruction Car. International Correspondence Schools
l 39' 3-
li—Pi>J'-!j U/rtcrr =.fs,r> J
|*-23H |*/7jl
=¥ *
Fig. 246. Hospital Car Lehigh Valley
(58)
CARS, Working; General Mews.
Figs. 247-248
Fig. 247. Sliding Loader. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders
Fig. 248. Railway Wrecking Crane. Chicago & North Western.
The Bucyrus Co.. Builders.
(59)
Figs. 249-252
CARS, Working; General Views.
Fig. 240. Russell Double Track Snow Plow.
Fig. 250. Russell Single Track Snow; Plow.
Russell Car & Snow Plow Co., Builders.
Fig. 251. 95-C Steam Shovel. The Bucyrus Co., Builders.
Fig. 252. 80-Ton Victor Steam Shovel, Class A-Special
Toledo Foundry & Machine Co., Builders.
(CO)
CARS, Working; General Views.
Figs. 253-255
Fig. 254. 32-Ton "Little Giant" Traction Wheel Shovel. The Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Builders.
(61)
Fig. 255. 110-Ton "Heavy Duty" Steam Shovel. The Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Builders.
Figs. 256-257
CARS, Working; General Views.
Fig. 25(3. Railway Pile Driver. Southern Pacific. The Bucyrus Co., Builders.
,;
>S^J2
Fig. 257. Pile-Driving Car. St. Louis, Brownsville & Mexico.
Industrial Works, Builders.
(63>
CARS, Working; General Mews.
Figs. 258-261
Fig. 258. Air Brake Instruction Car. Westinghouse Air Brake Cc
Fig. 259. Interior of Air Brake Instruction Car.
International Correspondence Schools.
Fig. 260. Interior of Air Brake Instruction Car.
Westing-house Air Brake Co.
Fig. 261. Dynamometer Car. Big Four.
{Drawings of a dynamometer car arc shown in Figs. 593-595.)
(63)
Figs. 262-263
CAR BODIES, Freight; Eox Cars.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272.
(M>
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
Figs. 264-266
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272.
JJlJi J.
Figs. 264-265. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Lar. N. Y. C. & H. R. Capacity, 80,000 lbs
910"-
Fig. 266. Cross-Section of 36-ft. Standard Box Car. Pennsylvania Railroad. Pressed Steel Underframe.
Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
(65)
Figs. 267-268
CAR BODIES, Freight: Box Cars
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272.
CAR BODIES, Freight: Box Cars
Figs. 269-270
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272.
LLLC
-i0£- >
Figs. 271-272
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Ca
Numbers Refer to List of Names Belo-v
Figs.
Half Section at Bolster. Halt Section at Door.
72. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Car. Central of Georgia
List of Names of Parts of Box Car Bodies. Figs. 262-272.
Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
1
Side Sill
38
Brace Rod Washer
2
End Sill
42
Post
3
Inner Intermediate Sill
42a
Post Pocket
3a
Outer Intermediate Sill
42&
End Post
4
Center Sill
43
Corner Post
12
Body Bolster
44
Door Post
12a
Top Plate of Metal Body B
ilstcr
44a
Door Post Pocket
12/
Bottom Plate of Metal
Body
45
Comer Post Pocket
Bolster
46
Plate
13
Body Bolster Truss Rod
47
Plate Rod
14
Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer
48
End Plate
1G
Body Side Bearing
49
Belt Rail
17
Body {'enter Plate
50
End Belt Hail
IS
King Bolt or Center Pin
51
End Bell Rail Trus
19
Tody 7 russ Rod
52
Sheathing or Siding
19a
Body Truss Rod Washer
53
Inside Pining
20
Body Truss Rod Saddle
55
Upper Corner Plate
21
Body Truss Rod Bearing
56
Middle Corner Plate
22
Cross Tie Timber or Needle
beam
57
Power Corner Plate
22,/
Cross Tie
59
Ladder Round
23
Drawbar
60
Hand Hold
25
Carry Iron
61,
Door
26
Draft Sill
64
Door Sill
26<i
Sub-sill
65
Top Door Track
27
Floor
66
Bottom Door Track
30
Sill Step
67
Door Track Bracket
32
Buffer Block
68
Door Hanger
32,/
Buffer Beam or Dead Block
69
Door Brace
33
Brace
70
Door Shoe
34
Brace Rod
71
Open Door Slop
3ib
Double Counterbrace Rod
Plate
73
Door Hasp
Washer
81
Carlinc
35
Cud Brace
83
Purlin
35,/
Tnd Brace Pocket
84
Ridge Pole
36
Sill and Plate Rod
86
Roof Boards
37
Counterbrace
86,
Inside Roof
37a
Counterbrace Rod
87
Running Board
38 Punning Board Extension
89 Running Board Bracket
90 End Fascia Board
91 Fascia Board
93 Brake Hand Wheel
94 Brake Shaft
95 Horizontal Brake Shaft
96 Upper Brake Shaft Bearing
97 Power Brake Shaft Bearing
98 Brake Shaft Step
99 Brake Shaft Bracket
100 Brake Step
101 Brake Step Bracket
102 Roof Hand Hold
103 Brake Ratchet Wheel
103 Brake Pawl
104 Horizontal Brake Shaft Chain
105 Brake Shaft Chain Sheave
142 Brake Head
144 Brake Hanger
165 Journal Box
191 Push Pole Corner Iron
192 Gusset Plates
193 Side Nailing Strip Brackets
194 Nailing Strip
194,? Side Nailing Strip
195 End Sill Diagonal Brace
196 Nailing Strip Cross Ties
201 Drawbar Carry Iron
210 Uncoupling Lever and Rod
222 Inside Upper Comer Plate
A Auxiliary Air Reservoir
C Brake Cylinder
P Train Pipe
T Triple Valve
(68)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Lars.
Figs. 273-276
Fig;. 2.3-2.4. Half Plan and Side Elevation of 50-ft. Furniture Car with T-ft. 6-in. Side Doors. C, B. & Q.
Capacity, 50,000 lbs.
Figs. 275-276. End Elevation and Cross Section of 50-ft. Furniture Car with • -ft. 6-in. Side Doors.
C. B. & Q. Capacity. 50,000 lbs.
(69)
Figs. 277-278
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
x
o
-
W
c/5
(TO)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
Figs. 279-280
'He
■ ■ ,W itrr
~
^~^K-
(71)
Figs. 281-28
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Car
SECTIOH Al CENTER.
Figs. '281-282. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Car. N. Y., O. & W. Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
7* °" Ifflrl *• "9
Figs. 283-284. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Box Car with Steel Underframe
and Body Framing. C. & E. I. Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
(72)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
Figs. 285-286
u
u
-
u
Figs. 287-290
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
hf^K
w
-
-
(74)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
Figs. 292-293
Fig. -202. Half Plan of 36-ft. Box Car. Steel Channel Center Sills. C, M. & St. P.
Capacity. 60,000 lbs.
Fig. 203. Half Longitudinal Section of 36-ft. Box Car, Steel Channel Center Sills. C, M. & St. P.
Capacity, 60,000 lbs.
(75)
Figs. 294-296
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Can
Fig. 294. Half End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Car, Steel Channel
Center Sills. C, M. & St. P. Capacity, 00,000 lbs.
Figs. 295-29G. Part Plan and Side Elevation of 1 1 -ft. Box Car. C, P.. & Q. Capacity, 80,000 lbs
(76)
CARS, Freight; Box Cars.
Figs. 297-298
u
o
d
u
-
X
o
-
-
■-
V -f*£ >
<")
Figs. 299-302
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
Figs. 299-300. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of 36 -ft. Box Car,
Structural Steel Underframe. C. R. R. of N. J.
Capacity, 60,000 lbs.
Figs. 301-302. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36- ft. Box Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Err
Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
(78)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars.
Figs. 303-304
rf^ir
jb:
£ / J'
'F-
*■*
a
<
^r
:
'8F
-tKL
(TO)
Figs. 305-306
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Fig. 319.
U/jii-— ;,?*£ — -
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars.
Figs. 307-310
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Fig. 319.
<P If21
3' 0" Over Side Sill-
Figs. 307-308. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 38-ft. Refrigerator Car. Illinois Central.
Capacity. 00,000 lbs.
Figs. 309-310. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Produce Car. Erie. Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
(SI)
Figs. 311-312
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Can
.0
1-
u
(88)
CAR BODIES. Freight: Refrigerator Cars.
Figs. 313-318
CI
1 "I
Fig;. 313-31.. Detail; of End Ventilators. 35-ft. Produce Car. X. Y. C. & H. R., Shown in Figs. 319-321.
Capacity, 60,000 lbs.
Fig. 318. Ventilator of Fruit Car. X. Y. C. ec H. R.
lS3)
Fig. 319
CAR BODIES. Freight; Refrigerator Car?.
Numbers Refer to List of Names Be!o\
r 97i-
~-8'/c>
Fig. 319. Cross-Section of 35-ft. Produce Car.
N. Y. C. & H. R. Capacity. 60,000 lbs.
Names of Parts of Refrigerator Cars. Figs. 305-308 and 319-321.
1 Side Sill
2 End Sill
3 Inner Intermediate Sill
3<7 Outer Intermediate Sill
4 Center Sill
12 Body Bolster
16 Body Side Bearing
18 King Bolt
19 Body Truss Rod
20 Body Truss Rod Saddle
21 Body Truss Rod Bearing
22 Cross Tie Timber or Needlcbei
26 Draft Timber
26,/ Sub-sill
30 Sill Step
32 Buffer Beam or Dead Block
33 Braec
34 Brace Rod
35 End Brace
37 Counterbrace
37a Counterbrace Rod
38 Brace Rod Washer
42 Post
43 Corner Post
44 Door Post
46 Plate
48 End Plate
49a Side Belt Rail
49c End Belt Rail
52 Sheathing. Same as F
53i7 Intermediate Lining. Same as E
53b Inside Lining. Same as A
53i- Inner Overhead Lining. Same as K
53/"' Outer Overhead Lining. Same ash
53g Intermediate Overhead Lining
54 Lining Stud
55 Upper Comer Plate
56 Intermediate Corner Plate
57 Lower Corner Plate
59 Ladder Round
60 f/i7»(/ Hold or Grab Iron
61c End Door
61c Roof Door for Ice
Sis Side Door
68/' Door Hinge
72 Door Bolt Bracket
73 Door Hast
74b Door Bolt or Bar
76 Door Pin Chain
77 Door Slop
82 Carliuc
83 Purlin. Same as X
S4
Ridge Pole
86
Running Board
86a
Running Board
Blocking
91
Fascia Board
93
Brake W lice!
94
Brake Shaft
97
Lower Brake Shaft Bearing
210
A
Inside Lining.
Same as 53b
B
Insulating Papi
r
c
Air Space
D
Hair Felt or L
uofelt
E
Bliud Lining.
Same as 53a
F
Outside Sheath
ng. Same as 52
G
Main Floor
H
Sub-tloor
I
Blind Floor
J
Nailing Strip
K
Inside Ceiling.
Same as 53i?
L
Blind Ceiling.
Same as 53g
M
Sub-roof
N
Plastic Roof
O
Sub-caiiine
P
Main Roof
X
Purlin. Same as 83
(84)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars
Figs. 320-321
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Fig. 319.
— f+£—
Figs. 322-32:
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator C
r- '-"^
(SCO
CAR BODIES. Freight: Refrigerator Car-.
Figs. 324-326
Fig. 324. Half End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-fl:. Refrigerator Car.
Milwaukee Refrigerator Transit Co. Capacity. 60,000 lbs.
JTT
Figs. 325-326. Cross-Section and End Elevation of Milk Car. Lehigh Vallc
(87)
Figs. 327-328
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars.
>
cr^no 1 s
>
"5)
u
o
W
^i^«*j/ii-.«Ljia.
m- ao to
- s?I 1
" I !,
(88)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Car;
Figs. 329-335
j ^,^;-i8| fl j ffl ;lj
4/i fe^L ! '■^1
Sect.on of Siphon
Figs. 329-331. Details of Bohn System of Refrigeration.
"J 8
1
/
i
1 *'
'
__,
- —
/
1
1
1
1
t
1
i f] IH
r
in
Figs. 332-333. Arrangement of Permanent Floor Racks. Jenings System of Refrigeration.
0:---=
fl^-a
SECTION A.— B.
SECTION C— TJ.
Figs. 334-335. Collapsible Ice Tanks. Jenings System of Refrigeration.
(59)
Figs 336-340
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars
Fig's. 336-338. Collapsible Ice Tanks. Jenings System of Refrigeration.
_lo:_D«r, v.''''.; tor.
Figs. 339-340. Details of Wickes System of Refrigeration.
List of Names of Parts of Fruit Car Bodies. Figs. 341-3<-,4.
1 Side Sill
3 Inner Intermediate Sill
4 Center Sill
12 Body Bolster
14 Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer
15 Bodv noisier Truss Block
17 Body Center Plate
19 Body 'truss Hod
19« Body Truss Rod Washer
20 Body 'Truss Rod Saddle
21 Body Truss Rod Bearing
22 Cross Tic Timber
23 Drawbar
26 Draft Timber
27 Floor
29 Buffer Block
31 Body Bolster Truss Rod
33 Brace
35 End Brace
36 Sill and Plate Rod
37 Connterbrace
39 Brace Rocket
42 Post
43 Comer Post
44 Door Post
44,v Window Post
46 Plate
48 End Plate
49 Belt Rail
50 /:»,/ /,'<■// Rail
52 Sheathing or Siding
55 £//>/><■;- CoDtei- /'/,i/r
56 Middle Corner Plate
59 Larfrff/- Round
61 (/r,;/,-,/ /),„„■
61,/ Door
81 Carlinc
83 PwW/h
84 K/dgr Po/f
86 A',,,./' Boards
87 Running Board
88 Running Board Extension
89 Running Board Bracket
91 Fascia Board
93 Brake //<»/</ l/'Av,7
94 AV,//,y .V/,,,/7
139 Drotc Gair 77V Rod
191 Pmj/i /',:/,- t7. ruer Iron
201 Drawbar Carry Iron
(90)
CAR BODIES. Freight; Ventilated Fruit Car.
Figs- 341-344
Numbers Refer to List
fe,a
of Names with Figs. 336-340.
Figs- 345-346
CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Ca:
u
o
h
U
fu
ho
(92)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Cars.
Figs. 347-349
lgs. 347-348. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 37-ft. 10-in. Stock Car, Steel Underframe
and Bodv Framing. Oregon Short Line. Capacity, 60,000 lbs.
Names of Parts of Stock Car Bodies. Figs. 352-355.
1 Side Sill
2 End Sill
3 Intermediate Sill
3a Outer Intermediate Sill
4 Center Sill
12 Body Bolster
19 Body Truss Rod
21 Body Truss Rod Bearing
22 Cross Tie Timber or Needlebeam
26 Draft Timbers
27 Floor
28 Upper Floor or Double Deck
30 Sill Step
32 Buffer Blocks or Dead Wood
33 Side Brace
35 57.'/ and Plate Rod
36 End Body Brace
37 Counterbrace
25"
-97/-
Fig. 349. Half Cross-Section and End Elevation of 36-ft.
Stock Car. Illinois Central. Capacity, 69.000 lbs.
(93)
Figs. 350-351
CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Ca
Fig. 350. Half Longitudinal Section of 36-ft. Stock Car. Illinois Central. Capacity, 60,000 lbs.
Fig. 351. Half flan of Uuderframe of 36-ft. Stuck Car. Illinois Central. Capacity, 6(1,000 lbs.
Names of Parts of Stock Car Bodies. Figs. 352-355. (Continued.)
40 Bruce Pocket
41 Double Brace Pocket
42 Post
42u Post Packet
43 Comer Post
44 Door Post
46 Plate
47 Plate Rod
48 End Plate
49 Girth
50 Bud Girth
53 Inside Lining
59 Ladder Pounds
60
Roof Grab Iran
61
Grated Door
65
Top Paor Track
G6
Bel lain Door Track
68
Doer Hanger
70
Deer Shoe
71
Open Door Stop
73
Deer Plasp
81
Carline
33
Purlin
84
Ridge Pole
86
Roof Beards
87
Running Beard
88 Running Heard Extension
89 Running Beard Extension
Bracket
91 Bares Fascia Board
93 Brake II' lice!
94 Brake Shaft
95 Same as 94
96 Brake Shaft Bearing
98 Brake Shaft Step
103 Brake Ratchet Wheel
190 Brake Hand Rail
201 Drawbar Carry Iran
(041
CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Cars.
Figs. 352-353
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 349-351.
(95)
Figs. 354-355
CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Cai
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 349-351.
(96)
CAR BODIES, Freight; General Service Cars.
Figs. 356-357
(97)
Missing Page
Missing Page
Figs. 364-365
CAR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cai
Figs. 364-365. Plan and Elevations of 41-ft. 8-in. Flat Car, with Structural Steel Underframe.
Chicago & Alton. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
Names of Parts of Flat Cars. Figs. 360-363.
1 Side Sill
2 End Sill
4 Center Sill
12a Top Plate of Body Bolster
12/? Bottom Plate of Body Bolster
16 Body Side Bearings
22 Cross Tie or Needle Beam
27 Floor
32 Buffer Blocks
39a Stake Pocket
103 Brake Ratchet Wheel
192 Gusset Plates
194 Nailing Strips
194a Side Nailing Strip
195 End Sill Diagonal Brace
196 Nailing Strip Cross Ties
Names of Parts of Gondola Cars. Figs. 383-38 i
1 Side Sill
2 End Sill
3 Inner Intermediate Sill
4 Outer Intermediate Sill
5 Center Sill
6 Sub-sill
10 Sill Tie Rod
12 Body Bolster
16 Body Side Bearing
17 Body Center Plate
19 Body Truss Rod
20 Body Truss Rod Saddle
21 Body Truss Rod Bearing
23 Drawbar
24 Draft Spring
25 Cross Tie or Needle Beam
26 Draft Timbers
27 Floor
32 Buffer Blocks
32<r Buffer Beam
39 Stake Pocket
42 Stake
52 Side Plank
93 Brake Whee
94 Sru/u' .S7m/7
96 Upper Brake Shaft Bearing
100 Brake Shaft Step
210 Uncoupling Lever and Rod
(100)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cars.
Figs. 366-369
u
—
:-
U £>
_
—
u
-
(101)
Figs 370-373
CAR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cars.
2»--— »l
..fci__L»4. £&-— J* T t*
(102)
:AR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cars.
Figs. 372-375
r- -i_!'
Z -l ■*£'.& vz_
--L,e-
—■ 1 r 71
™
<TS/--~;Pt-
ft*-
-ffri-
'
'A^XZXZ-X^s^iZ ' a~-
-3. "ULSj^
w-
0 £..
Wm
rtft"
~~,ibt~
<
o
o
u
u
-
ft
v&t L" 6 ;-&.
'Sr^r
(103)
Figs. 376-380
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
I II ' 0 *=
u
o
U
o
■a
O
T3
C
rt
en
a
o
ho
(104)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars
Figs. 381-383
u
Q
u
o
o
«
o
—
s
o
o
W
c/3
—
(105)
Figs. 383-387
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 364-365.
ffiffl
'!"]''
W-
::C
-*— i
><) - T
sin
JpJ|^"5Jj^Ti
II
«*ffH
a 16
ua^sjog fipog p uoips^
^^tj^s^feb^
5S3
(106)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
Figs. 388-391
k-ffi
■a? — ■»<•
s3g
iSi
^r--*e-
n ."i
V43~1
w
(107)
Pigs 392-393
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
(108)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars
Figs. 394-399
-- ffeta/nfng yg/ye. .
Figs. 394-395. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Drop Bottom Gondola Car with Steel
Underframe and Side Frame. Buffalo & Susquehanna. Capacity. 100.000 lbs.
Fig-. 396. End Elevation of 40-ft. Caswell Drop-
Bottom Gondola Car, C. B. & Q. Structural
Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs.
1
IT^<^P^^^-
in
v
-H-
I
IT
Figs. 397-398. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 40-ft. Bettendorf Drop-Bottom Gondola Car.
C. B. & Q. Structural Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs.
(109)
Fig. 339. End Elevation of 40-ft. Bettendorf Drop-Bottom Gondola Car.
C. B. & Q. Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
Figs 400-401
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cai
--*--
-*--
-*-
__a — a — 3 g 3
(X
4
-24—K—22,
(110>
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars
Figs. 402-403
(in)
Figs. 404-407
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
as--;,
-,,.,,-(
s
h
-— 4--X
fs is) |
V
L . .
\
-■
4° 1
JO 3',
0 6
©1
{
1 : <■ c. a d a Ta a j^ 0
'i ^a p. p. n: n Ja a a a
0
-~,J|
«----4--
-3-4
|
-j--}-n]f-
;
1 \ a p d: a 5 a ct
s ! Si
1
!
!
!
!
|
|
4' it
1:
1 a fi Pt n a d. a
5fcT-l"r-3
4! 1 f f
I1!1 ! ' I 1
1 : : il
1 i *
1
o'i] 1 1 !'!
1 J
l.J
1
1 $-
1 d a a a p. ex a
0-
4 Li il
•
jj |
1 I ! jfi
~~«— -
1
O
■ t 'k
!Oi e !e!i!
1 9 _P _n_j3_ a. ft a
:■■
0
0
u
K
Cm
u
o
O
s
o
o
Q
W
(112)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
Figs. 408-410
K
V
g""K Is! griri
h 1 s°l HM
fl
:■, ,'.
TH g rare /. I4IS
1/2
ti
■3
u
w
(113)
Figs. 411-413
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Ca
k -7*r
n.J] Z-2 L_
3
:I
a a-fl a_a a_
tn— W7\
»LI
tq>£
*jx «gEa
I
5
i .iFHti^I
Hr^g?
~J
cf
-g,
Pi
fter^—
^
4
tpl;3fl|^
^fcfe-sa^i^
>
-
%\
5) i =
(114)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
Figs. 414-415
(lis)
Figs. 416-417
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
Fffii
.fP7*
*^
~n
*i> N
S3
fc — r
^
my
-fpe-
r^-
7
jftjjg — t^ti
I
-4
test ;;'■ " -
If5"^^
u
u
o
•_-
rt
^0
(JQ
(116)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
Figs. 418-422
Cross Section at Bolster.
Fig-?. 418-410. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Ralston Flush-Floor. Drop-
Bottoni Gondola Car. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
Fig. 420. Cross-Section at Cross Bearer of Ralston
Flush-Floor. Drop-Bottom Gondola Car.
~? ' Jes* r- -'-
5-3.
". 1- le £rd £'srat/cr. tiilf 'rsit/e Elsran-c
Figs. 421-422. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Campbell Drop-Bottor
Gondola Car. Capacity. 100,000 lbs.
(117)
Figs. 423-424
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars.
Corner GnA/e |,
if— I ~pii|~~i7
O
-4'/i--
tzl
•:, n q '
i
K---I
~
7^
dfir
. T , - - ?
t^'^'."-?.
_
"S
■:-
35
?! 1
■":. y r? — r* — r«"~isi
J__fl-_ ..ja 3_'
■a *r e
,.-«.,,
1 !
C. I.fl6..6
~M-— »B"BT1
;:
o±^
A--S.i--irS-jSJ
u
u
o
O
o
U
o
-
CAR BODIES, Freight: Gondola Cars.
Figs. 425-427
Fig. 425. Half Side Elevation and Section. Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. Steel Channel Center Sills.
A.. T. & S. F. Capacity. 80,000 lbs.
if g M^glOalhsillsfliJlQ
Fig. 426. Half Floor Plan and Framing
Fig. 42 1. End Elevation.
._r.es of Parts of Hopper Gondola Cars. Figs. 428-431.
1 Side Sill
2 End Sill
5 Center Sill
12 Body Bolster
23 Drawbar
24 Draft Spring
27 Floor
27.- Hopper Slope
32 Buffer Blocks
39;; Stake Pocket
42 Stake
52 Side Plank or Sheet
61 Drop Door
62 Drop Door Hinge
64 Drop Door Chain
66 Winding Shaft Ratchet Wheel
67 Winding Shaft Ratchet Pawl
70 Winding Shaft
94 Brake Shaft
100 Brake Step
102 Hand Hold
121 Center Sill Cover Plate
191 Push Pole Comer Iron
(119.
Figs. 428-431
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 425-427.
„o , --
5 X
iu \W$$
U
u
o
O
(120)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars.
Figs. 432-433
JQ8-
(121)
ijtuar—M
Figs. 434-439
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars
*.;■
'.'.si. :~-\jz:sz ~a~.~.y. o:
o"Io; :_-T) jo; o « ■
ooo oij> n o o ~ '6 6 Q Q Q_
1
TfJV _" _"P_"_ "_" _ ~_P_~ _" _" _"
t°3
— cr — o" — o — O,
':■ . j"r --i"1--: ■'-■- "--^Ij;
UDL^
^HoorOpeninf* ,J* n
iiotf Section C~C. Haif SectionBB.
l^-o-V-o— o-6-o"JJoJUJ-i
Ha if Section r-f: Ho /f Section £-£.
sH-
Half Section A-A
Matt 'Section BB.
K j/cg-
K -9'3"Jnside Width r
Figs. 434-437. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of Twin Hopper Gondola Car.
B. & O. Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
.=.
i 'K
L.U
Sect/on nrouy/rsl-A. Section fnrouqhB-B .
Figs. 438-439. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Twin Hopper Gondola Car
L. S. & M. S. Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
(122)
CAR BODIES, Freight: Hopper Gondola Cars.
Figs. 440-441
(123)
Figs. 442-447
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars.
(124)
CAR BODIES. Freight: Hopper Gondola Cars.
Figs. 448-449
: -------
IN
^
'' o " ':" : •
"^
1 I
_
-
-
—
(125)
Figs. 450-455
CAR BO
"rcijht; Hopper Gondola Cars.
-ft
4
m^
-dfflfe/
J£ Plate
iOI
Figs. 450-452. End Elevation and Cross-
Sections of Twin Hopper Gondola Car.
Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
P"ig. 453. End Sill of Steel Frame Hopper Gondola
Car. Berwind-Whitc Coal Mining Co.
Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
|< j'^l.A if ^-24' from Rat/
Fig. -151 Holster of Steel Frame Hopper Gondola
Car. Berwind-White Coal Mining Co.
Capacity, SO. 000 lbs.
Fig. 455. End Elevation of Steel Frame Hopper Gondola Car.
Berwind-White Coal Mining Co.
Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
(136)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars.
Figs. 456-457
(127)
Figs. 458-462
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Car
■34$
13-5
T-^
^m.
mm
K*
'I-
joX: _"3ZS
59 ._|?L.
TSf^&\.
31 f?:?r
7 A3
%T "PSt 0i
eb:
(128)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars.
Figs. 463-466
*^5E
"i'_
?=*=
JN . ***
P:
\&
>' ! *,
«fc
zy---r
t1 r ( ' *
1
k— -7^f-
i_t,
--f^/,?- - H
-8>/ir|!-
33 M>;
-§»>-
a=±
|-f-|-
3iH
■* frli-
15
i«
-"
^^:
£JO '«// "
u
=a
u
o
u
to
I 129)
Figs. 467-470
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ca
f,ZI-*'».'-C ■'"
(130)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars
Figs. 471-473
D
?*
b"
n
3
3
__^- ^7
— 0 —
---
"--t-^-.— ^^— ■ - . — H
p i
s.
(131)
Pigs. 474-477
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 480-481.
\v
(J
o
HI
^
(132)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars.
Figs. 478-479
(133)
Figs. 480-481
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars.
Figs. 480-481. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 30-ft. Hopper Car.
Pennsylvania. Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
Names of Parts of Hopper and Ore Cars. Figs. 474-477 and 496-500.
1 Side Sill
2 End Sill
5 Center Sill
8 Corner Post
10 Sill Tie Rod
10a End Sill Tie Rod
11 End Sill Diagonal Brace
12 Body Bolster
12b Bottom Plate of Body Bolster
16 Body Side Bearing
17 Body Center Plate
19 Body Truss Rod
20 Body Truss Rod Saddle
21 Body Truss Rod Bearing
22 Crass Tic or Needle Beam
23 Drawbar
26 Draft 'Timbers
27a End Slope
27b Side Slope or Hopper Slope
27c Same as 27b
27d Same as 27b
28 Bracket Steps
30 Sill Steps
32 Buffer Blocks
39 Stake Rocket
41
Side Plate Stiffening Angle
42
Stake
44
Side Strut .Ingle Tie
45
Hopper Support
46
Center Strut for Hopper Floo)
47
End Tost
52
Side Plank or Sheet
61
Drop Door
62
Drop Door Hinge
63
Drop Door Eve Bolt
64
Drop Door Chain
65
Drop Door Chain Ring
70
Winding Shaft
74
Door Pin
93
Brake Wheel
94
Brake Shaft
96
Upper Brake Shaft Bearing
100
Brake Shaft Bracket
102
Hand Hold
103
Brake Ratchet IV heel
104
Hopper Poor Toggle Arm
105
Hopper Door Toggle Link
106
Hopper Door hocking Parol
191
Tush Role Corner Iron
192
Gusset Plates
(134)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars.
Figs. 482-485
i^^M^o^a □ I p a oaeiOj ij'^'Vjgy
U
-
=3
u
>
-
u
=
in
W
-
(135)
Figs. 486-489
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars.
U
u
in
—
be
—
(130)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars.
Figs. 490-495
Figs. 490-491. Plan and Side Elevation of Hopper Car, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
< ■e'/Ql
■*
< ^■^f'tl'OverStfe Stakes
-^-- *
JHj
\ '' r *
— »=
if
Zpofffw/.-'' Secf/anA-B. * — •?&/' H Sect/ut on Center
Figs. 492-493. Cross-Sections of Hopper Car.
6 //at — >,
Sect /on atBotster
Figs. 494-495. End Elevation and Section at Bolster.
(137)
Figs. 496-500
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Q
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 480-481.
U3|5|og fipog joau uoipas 3sjaAsuo-i]_
K- ?r
Ph
(/I
u
u
o
—
w
Hi
be
;i-*,^e-H
(138)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Car-
Figs. 501-504
U
o
bo
t>
U
o
w
(139)
CoHpler Faces'
Figs 505-508
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Cars.
fee
u
(1401
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Car?.
Figs. 509-512
_"
(1415
Figs 513-514
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Ca:
5 g T5 5 J> » "' ^"V "*~~T " .\f* 8 jjj :
. -* ^,»- -?_-_-?- -.r?.-"^r~
(14::)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars.
Figs. 515-518
f/O-t
Figs. 515-516. Cross-Section and End Elevation of Steel Coke Car. Pennsylvania Railroad.
Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
Figs. 517-518. Cross-Section and End Elevation of 40-ft. Vanderbilt Coke Car.
Lackawanna Iron & Steel Co. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
(143)
Figs- 519-520
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars.
o
U
in
=3
6
•a
a
>
-
t'' s
^c?
(144)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars.
Figs. 521-522
u. — 26 *
' * e n ■!•■ ' '
■ i: • •
L4
V, '
<:3
>j-
u
(145)
Figs- 523-526
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars.
Fig. 5-23. End Elevation of 48-ft. Bin Coke Car.
Cambria Steel Co. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
\ \wCm . fiKT\£
1 ,
(2-^
'^c'-:
1 Kr/V^i^
**ol
\ tLi
^^---^
—
&«
Section B-B.
Figs. 524-525. Cross-Sections of Coke Car. C, L. S. & E. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
M
jgg__E
Operating End.
Fig. 526. End Elevation of Coke Car. C, L. S. & E. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
(t46)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars.
Figs. 527-52?
(147)
Figs 529-531
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars.
(14S)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars.
Figs. 532-535
Fig. 532. Side Elevation.
—s-si- -*•
—e'G"
Fig. 533. Half Plan and Underframing.
Fig. 534. Half Sections at Bolster and Needlebeam.
Fig. 535. End Elevation.
36-ft. Pratt Side Dump Coal Car. N. Y., N. H. & H. Capacity. 60,000 lbs.
(149)
Figs- 536-538
CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars.
£
u
u
>>
_
0
-
rt
,_
rt
._.
I J
0
0
OJ
L/J
,_
<Xi
rrt
i-i
10
?-
10
.
r/i
ui
hr
_
(150)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars.
Figs. 539-541
.FL*.
(151)
Figs. 542-544
CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars.
GOODWIN
cip-y ioqooo in
CAR COM
PANY
n
60000
Fig. 542. Side Elevation of Goodwin Ore Car, Class SP. Capacity, 100,000 lbs.
5lDC Elevatiom
-~-^
/
\
.
B'-JOV.
1
__L
r
/
—
6-ioV
"i
1
1 -
\
/
3'-£'InsiDE Pls
Top Plrh View
l r
n
Z7"Clcas
Qpcnina
Section on Lint BB - one side: open- Section on Lint CC
Section on Line DD bothsidesopoi.
\
/
%
ji
V
□
n ^
\_
/
!
T
1
5ECTI0M OH Line ft ft
Figs. 543-544. Elevation, Plan and Sections of Campbell-Olden Steel Side Dump Car. Capacity 100,000 lbs.
(152)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars.
Figs. 545-549
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 564-5S6.
_
(153)
Figs. 550-553
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars.
m
-
u
(154)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars.
Figs. 554-558
(155)
Figs. 559-561
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars.
£ ,.
.» i>
.1 .1
*0 6
SO K
^
1 1
1 i
^
1 1
.B
«3
1
(156)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars
Figs. 562-563
u
>
-•
(157)
Figs. 564-568
CAR BODIES, Freight: Tank Cars.
Section C-D Section E-F
Figs. 564-566. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of 34-ft. Vanderbilt Tank Car.
Capacity, 12,500 gallons, or 100,000 lbs.
Names of Parts of Tank Car. Figs. 545-549.
I
Sill
2
End Sill
4
Center Sill
12
Bod\ Bolster
19
BoJx Truss Rod
20
Body Truss Rod Bearing
22
Crosstie Timber
23
Drawbar
26
Draft Timbers
30
Sill Step
32
Deait Blocks
32a
Buffer Beam
102
Grab Iron or Hand Hold
103
Manhole Ladder
104
Manhole Ladder Brace
106
Tank Head
106a Tank for Tank Car
107 Tank Baud
108 Tank Dome
109 Dome Head
110 Manhole
111 Manhole Cover
114 Tank i'ahe
117 Tank Valve Rod
117a Tank Valve Rod Scri
117c Tank Valve Rod Brat
119 Running Board
121 Hand Rail
122 Hand Rail Post
135 End Sill Diagonal Br
195 Same as 135
ket
1
!
Zl
0
-.
-
Figs. 567-568. Cross-Sections of 40-ft. Tank Car, Southern Pacilic
Capacity, 12,500 gallons, or 100,000 lbs.
(15S)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars.
Figs. 569-571
u
u
(159)
Figs. 572-574
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars.
u
60
(160)
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars.
Figs- 575-576
(lfil)
Figs- 577-578
CAR BODIES, Caboose Cars.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 585-586.
U
60
s
w
ClG""*
CAR BODIES, Caboose Cars.
Figs. 579-581
J3
CO
E
2
o g
.2 10
w 10
o
.8 £
u
K
u
a
■£>
E
3
z
i-; .._.]^_;:__...
UJ ;K:
jBBLl
k s-5iTO-
(163)
Figs. 582-584
CAR BODIES, Caboose Ca
syr-
Fig. 583. End Elevation of Four-Wheel Caboose. Big" Four.
Sectional Plan 0
Caboose. Big Four.
1 1 64 1
CAR BODIES. Caboose Cars.
Figs. 585-586
Numbers Refer to List of Names Below.
Figs. 585-586. Plan and Side Elevation of Four-Wheel Caboose. Erie R R.
Names of Parts of Caboose Cars. Figs. 577-581, 585-588.
1
Side Sill
2
End Sill
3
Intermediate Sill
3a
Outer Intermediate Sill
4
Center Sill
10
Body Bolster
19
Body Truss Rod
22
Floor Timber
23
Crosstie Timber
26
Draft Timber
27
Floor
30
Platform Step
31
Platform
32
Buffer Beam
37
Brace
37'
Counterbrace
141
42
Post
141a
43
Corner Post
145
46
Plate
152
52
Sheathing or Siding
164
53
Inside Lining
165
63
Truss Plank
1656
64
Door Sill
81
Cartine
167
86
Roof
168
90
Eaves Fascia Board
169
93
Brake Wheel
170
96
Upper Brake Shaft Bearing
171
102
Corner Grab Iron
172
103
Brake Ratchet Wheel
174
Lookout Signal Lamp
Signal Lamp Bracket
Brake Lever
Lower Brake -Strut
Compression Beam Brace
Journal Box
A uxilia ry Compression
Brace
Pedestal Stay Rod
Pedestal Tie Bar
Pedestal Timber
Spring Hanger
Spring Hanger Iron
Pedestal
Lookout
(165)
Figs. 587-590
CAR BODIES, Caboose Cars.
* 6' 7'//
SCALE OF FEET.
0 1 2 3 4 5
L_l . 1 1 1 1 1
Figs. 587-588. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Four- Wheel Caboose. Erie R. R.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 585-586.
Fig. 589. Front End Elevation.
Fig. 500. Rear End Elevation.
Pile Driving Car. Chicago & North Western.
(166)
CAR BODIES, Working; Pile Driver Car.
Figs. 591-592
(167)
Figs- 593-595
CAR BODIES, Dynamometer Car.
-330 Ottr End Sills-
Figs. .593-594. Plan and Longitudinal Section through Northern Pacific Dynamometer Car.
Fig. 59.5. Cross-Section through Dynamometer Car
(10S)
CAR BODIES, Working; Steam Shovel.
Figs. 596-598
Fig. 596. Side Elevation.
Names of Parts of Steam
Shovels. Figs. 596-598.
End Elevation. 60-Ton Steam Shovel. The Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Builders
1
Dipper
2
Dipper Teeth
3
Dipper Bail
5
Dipper Block
6
Ben, 1,1
7
Shipper Shaft
and Gears
8
Boom Engine
9
Steam Pipe
10
Swinging Circle
11
Boom Step and
Trunnion
12
Boom Guys
13
A-Frame
14
A-Frame Step
15
Back Guy
16
Quadrant
17
Quadrant Levers
18
Hoisting Chain
24
Swing Engines
19
Hoisting Gear
25
Swing Figurehead
20
Hoisting Drum
26
Boiler
21
Hoisting Engine
27
Propelling Gear
22
Swing Cables
28
Propelling Chain
23
Swing Gear and Drum
29
Jack Arms
30 Jack Screws
31 Boom Foot Sheave
32 Boom Idler Sheave
33 Boom Point Sheave
34 Forefoot Sheave
35 Tank
(169)
Pigs. 599-601
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach.
S^W9
ff! 3
L
.: i
m$
=3
5
2;
u
-
-.tin- - !" J"
|j| 5 i1 ii I in- '. Jr.?
(170)
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach.
Figs. 602-604
i_ <u
CO
<-t-i c
u cd
K Z
in
0
CD
u 0
1
J2 -M
to
F -a
c
3 j
+j
2
S
(171)
Figs. 605-606
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Sleeping Car*.
7,;;s-,n-
U
be
c
•53 ~ i. «. -g. ^ g
•w
M
r»
0
*
O
a.
?.,
^
fci
i:
t£
pj
•-C
£
^
r
^
<0
r§
s
^
S
<ii
^i
K
"O
O
Co
O
m
r»
0
,_
<X>
Di
CV
■"-1
■-1
W
Oi
05
CD
txfl
CD
^
CO
^
CD
-£;
a>
^0
a
CO
M
^
;
l>
to
fcJD
0,
cfi
OJ
C3
0-
-
■o
^
tr
s
0
V->
-^
■ „
tX]
"
<J
s L>
■K •<? "O 5
■a ,;
a ^ - -
t; c.
Si E 5 ^ 2 C
SSSS £SiS888§Sg8SgggS
to
")t*OOClflCD»H
« b S ^o '=
5 2 ^ * 1
* w oj o) o o 6
U
»OlOmi/5i^cDCDCDCD
»3
13
•a
"2 ~° i?
ft; t§ cC
K 3
^ K ^
^
"^
Jy
^:
--I
tj
O
f-o
°0
^
Si
l2
s
«q
"ts
=:
tS
g
'£
.>
-3
■ts
Co
Ly
•-H
0
U
^
^0
to
O)
f— 1
o*
CO
CO
-f
C£>
00
03
0
<= K ti q, 5 ^ £ "2
K
S- 5
a s s o s ^ ? * ?as
(172)
CAR BODIES. Passenger; Di
Car
Figs. 607-611
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 605-606.
■r^c
(173)
_-
:TZLULL q
tccrrcu
Eljf
innDrt
liuy
finnnntffl
-
_
'_
-
-
Figs. 612-613
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Sleeping Car.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 605-606.
(174)
CAR BODIES. Passenger; Combination Car.
Figs. 614-616
"
~^M
I
-i
El
EL
m
F
IA
n
ni 11 vn i
iHKil II JJU
zel
11 11 ii m
Ld
E
:Z^
Tr^rnr
E
_M2L_T
ULCkL
vrripm....
lLZHZLX"
EEntLX
--
r
-4
— *
(175)
Figs 617-619
CAR BODIES, Baggage.
r., = JL
K
:?e
2<
-;&*-
(176)
CAR BODIES, Horse Car.
Figs. 620-62:
>
--■-jki
X .',
.1
3F*rr
~/!°V J° <">t °t.OI£l—
U
^^3 /0 3UJ7 Jt;ud3
(177)
Figs. 623-624
CAR BODIES, Postal.
h
LZQ
•^iyH:V:" 1 "T
ULk }—~-^r=
mm
1 1 i ;
JJJ
■II
— ' i
. ' J 1 : ipti I j :.
J
u
J ,1 *%A
im
*4
fi:
■: b
§ a
■4:
s u
: :
^
*-■
Ci
(178)
CAR BODIES. Postal.
Figs. 625-629
X.
^1 M 1 ■** &
rccnGEznnrrc~r:rn„cnn
r — ~ ' '-i ^ -— - — - ~ *
Fisrs. 625-627. Body Framing of 61-ft. Meel Underframc P<
A.. T. & S. F.
Figs. 628-629. Steel Underframe for Postal Car. Atchison. Topeka & Santa Fe.
(179)
Figs. 630-634
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Suburban.
X---M-*
I ISO)
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Subway Motor Car.
Figs. 635-638
-6i--~M /9-
Section at Center Line.
r
a
Section A-B.
Figs. 635-638. Steel Framing for Interborough Subway Motor Car, Gibbs Patents.
(interior and exterior views of this car are shown in Figs. 6234-6225.)
(181)
Figs. 639-644
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Steel Motor Cars
8'8' 'Oyer Eares-
Fig. 640. Detail of End Door Post.
Wf^W
L g 'si' 'oyer SMb j-
k s' 7" Oyer Sheathing L
Fig. 639. Half Cross-Section
if fnterborough Stee! (Motor) Car.
Fig. 641. Detail of Fire-Proof Floor.
K /Pi>|
Figs. 6|:i-iil4. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Steel
(Motor) Suburban Car. N. V. C. & H. R.
(182)
CAR BODIES, Passenger; General Views of Framing.
Figs. 645-647
Names of Parts, Figs. .645-647.
3 Intermediate Sill
4 Center Sill
6 Floor Nailing Strip
20 Body Truss Rod
22 Body Queen Post
26 Cross Tie Timber
26p Cross Tie Timber Truss Rod
Bearing
26t Cross Tie Timber Tr.tss Rod
27 Floor
51 Brace
58 Window Post
59 Sheathing Furring
596 Furring Blocks
5de End Sheathing or End
Panel Furring
60 Stud
60.- End Studs
61 Corner Post
62 Door Post
63 Truss Plank
65 Belt Rail
65a Auxiliary Belt Rail
66 Sheathing Rail
81 Belt Rail Cap
90 Window Lintel
93 Eaves Molding
98 Plate
99 Door Lintel
100 Compound Carline
101 Rafter
I i J
J?
Fig. 64-5. Part Side Elevation.
102 i?oo/-' Boards
108 Platform Hood Bow
111 Iterf: 5i«
115 #<?<:£ Poif
117 7>r£ P/a/<?
118 D>/>er Deck Carline
137 Window
163 Compression Beam
164 Compression Beam
Brace
164& Auxiliary Compression
Beam Brace
165 Counterbrace
260 Dcv/t £wd Si/7
Fig. G40. Interior View
Fig. 047. Interior View.
Passenger Car Framing, Adopted by the Baltimore & Ohio,
Wabash and other Railroads.
(183)
Figs. 648-649
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach Details
10' am'
Window Molding
Inside Window Panel
Window Lintel
Letter Board
Fascia Board
Eaves Molding
Inside Cornice
Inside Cornice Fascia Board -
Inside Lining
Plate
Door Lintel
C onipotind Carliue
Rafter
Roof Boards
Platform Roof
Platform Roof Carllne
Platform Roof End Carllne
Roof Apron
Platform Hood Post
Clear Story or Upper Deck
Peck Sill
Deck Bottom Rail
Deck End Sill
Deck Sill Facing
Deck Sill Sub-facing
Deck Post
Deck End Panel or Ventilator
Deck Plate
Upper Deck Carliue
Inside Deck Cornice
Deck Plate
Deck Soffit Board
Car Scat
Seat End or Aisle Seat End
Seat Stand
Scat Back
Window
Window Shade
Fig. 648. End Elevation.
irst-Class Passenger Coach.
7'/</2
Names of Parts, Figs. 648-651.
1
Side Sill
41
Platform Rail
2
End Sill
44
Body Hand Rail
3
Intermediate Sill
45
Platform Step
3i
Outer Intermediate
48
Step Hanger
Sill
51
End Brace
4
Center Sill
54
End Sill -and Plate
6
Bridging
Rod
7
Floor Timber Brace
58
Window Post
9
Sill Tie Rod
61
Corner Post
10
Body Bolster
62
Door Post
20
Body Truss Rod
63
Truss Plank
22
Body Queen Post
65
Belt Rail
22a
Same as 22b
65,,
Window Sill Cornice
22?7
Body Queen Post
Board
Brace
66
Sheathing Rail
23
Turubuckle
67
Outside Panel or
26
Cross Tic Timber
Sheathing
27
Floor
70
Sheathing
28
Deafening Celling
74
Lower Wainscot Rail
29
Drawbar or Coupler
75
I ' fper Wainscot Rail
29'
Vestibule Buffer
76
Wainscot Panel
Plate
77
Outside Window Sill
35
Platform Sill
78
Inside Windoiv Sill
3?
Platform Short Sill
80
Window Sill Mold'
38
Platform End Sill
ing
33
Platform Railing
82
Upper Belt Rail
Post
S5
Window Sash
40
Base Washer for
86
Windoiv Blind Sash
Platform Railing
87
Window Cove
Post
Molding
9'9" -
Fig. 649. End Elevation of Framing
First-Class Passenger Coach,
(1S4)
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach Details.
Figs: 6:;o-6:;i
A Basket Rack
B Bell Cord and Hanger
C Frost Carburetor
D Deck Sash Window Opener
E Base of Pilaster
Ha93 F Cap °f pilaster
,g G Rafter Ribs and Cornices
of
t; H Heater or Scat Radiator
J Sash Lift
K Platform End Bracket
L Center Lamp
Sr
S L.V. Vestibule Lamp Ventilator
^ M Seat Frame
O Box for Heating Pipes
P Panels
R Seat Radiator, same as H
S Deck Window Screens
T Emergency Tool Box
V Lamp Jack or Ventilator
V<ie V! Saloon Ventilator
W Window Sash Balance
X Vestibule Face Plate
Y Vestibule Buffer Plate
Z Vestibule Gate
Fig. 650. Cross-Section Showing Interior. First-Class Passenger Coach.
Names of Parts, Figs. 648-651.
(Continued.)
144 Deck Sash or Deck
Window
Hip Deck Screen Past
145 or A Continuous Basket
Rack
147 Bottom Door Rail
148 Middle Door Rail
149 Top Door Rail
150 Door Stile
151 Door Panel
156 Upper Brake Shaft
Bearing
160 Brake Chain Worm
160a Brake Chain Sheave
1606 Brake Shaft Bevel Gear
Wheel
172 Uncoupling Shaft
172a Uncoupling Rod
173 Uncoupling Lever
190 Ceiling
e /o'/> •■*
Fig. 651. Sectional Side Elevation, Showing Exterior and Interior.
First-Class Passenger Coach.
'The car shown in Figs. 648-651 is not a modern design, but is shown for references only, the farts being practically the same in new cars)
(185)
Figs. 652-653
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Sides and Roofs.
Names of Parts, Figs. 652-65C.
1 Side Sill
3 Intermediate Sill
4 Center Sill
17 Door Sill Plate
27 Car Floor
27b Car Sab-floor
54 Sill and Plate Rod
58 Window Post
59 Window Panel or Sheathing
Furring
63 Truss Plank
65 Belt Rail
66 Sheathing Rail
67 Sheathing
',6 Middle Wainscot Rail or
Panel
77 Outside Window Sill
Inside Window Sill
82 Upper Belt Rail
85 Outside Window Sash
g&s Inside Window Sash
ig. <5o'3. Cross-Sections of
50-ft. Coach. P. & R.
(186)
CAR BODIES, Passenger and Baggage; Sides and Roofs.
Figs. 654-656
"1 we
117 Deck Plate
118 Upper Deck Carline
119 Deck Eaves Fascia Board
119a Deck Eaves Sub-fascia Board
120 Deck Inside Cornice
121 Deck Plate
144 Deck Sash or Window
144a Outer Deck Sash for Screen
147 Bottom Door Rail
148 Middle Door Rail
149 Door Hanger
177b Inside Lining
178 Threshold Plate
190 Deck Ceiling Veneered
191 Lower Deck Veneered Ceiling
200 Roller for Shade
201 Molding for Shade Roller Box
221 Ceiling Furring Brace
223 Berth Front Pane!
G Overhang Truss
R Overhang Truss Tie Rod
Fig. 654. Cross-Section of Standard
Sleeping Car. Pullman Co.
Names of Parts.
Figs. 652-656 (Continued).
86s
Windou Blind
90
Window Lintel
91
Letter Board
93
Eaves Fascia Board
96
Inside Lining
98
Plate
98a
Same as 98
99
Door Lintel
100
Compound Carline
101
Rafter
102 Roof Boards
111 Deck Sill
111b Deck Sill Top Molding
113 Same as 98
114 Deck Sill Facing
114a Deck Sill Bottom Molding
(187)
-4*-7^
9'8"0rerSi//s-
Figs- 657-664
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Details
>-!.i" Moulding
Fig. 657. Exterior Finish of Saloon.
First-Class Coach. N. Y... X. H. & H.
Figs. 658-660. Finish of Saloon Cross Partition,
Ladies' Saloon. First-Class Coach.
N. Y.„ N. H. & H.
1
Figs. 661-663. End Finish on Body of Car.
First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. FT. & H.
(Note: This car is shown in Figs. 509-001.)
Fig. 664. Wide Vestibule
Side Door and Casing.
First-Class Coach.
N. Y., N. 11. & U.
I 188)
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Detail
Figs. 665-670
—W/J''
f *~H" — i — !
s
j
Top of Buffer Timber
Fig. 665. End Finish, Interior of Saloon.
First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H.
Figs. 666-667. Finish on Vestibule Frame.
First-Class Coach. X. Y., X. H. & H.
Figs. 668-669. Finish of Saloon Front Partition,
Men's Saloon. First-Class Coach. X. Y., X. H. & H.
|-«?<
<>»>>****—.
H" Projc
: il
SS
?.
a
0
0
5
B
0
11 " 1
■^ty^
g .-.-,;■ ,/.~
—-■■--■■■■—- ■-.'
Fig. 670. Side Finish, Interior of Saloon.
First-Class Coach. X. Y., X. H. & H.
(Note: This car is shown in Figs. 599-601.)
(189)
Figs. 671-677
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Details.
«~
20^
S . a, T il
/ « °*
1
rn
1 1
r
1
si
-»
-1
?.
1
v*
"
■)
« -
«*4
1
m
0
s
c
*■
|
13^"-*r->
t 1SH,L\ — J
0
51
1
Thjse
Panels si
I
to
1 e Flush
1
1
on This S
Je
3",*55;-">
J
<-53i-"->
e^'j
*
1
X4
s-
.j-!W«-
t
g
'
;
y Too of Floor |-
■
Fig. G71. Side Finish of Passenger Car. First-Class Coach.
N. Y., N. H. & H.
Fig. 07.!. Finish of Saloon Cross
Partition, Men's Saloon.
First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H.
Numbers Refer to List of Names
of Parts with Figs. 1326-1327.
1
Li ^_1
Jf-H (< — USX" — — H «"1f ffl*i"i« — ---27'i-
Figs. 073-075. Finish of Standard End Doo
First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H.
Figs. 070-077. End Finish. First-Class Coach.
N. Y., N. H. & H.
(Note: This car is shown in Figs. 599-601.) (1-0)
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Details and Framing. Figs. 678-696
Edge of Water Cooler
Alcove
Capital- Pilaster
1
<-M-»
l»— 1 -
>
I Section of Panels t\ 7/ SIde Plata
\ I Saloon Partitions , pM>W/%/
-1*/M ->J
Figs. 678-690. Details of Moldings and Panels. Interior Finish of First-Class Coach.
N, Y., N. H. & H.
r~m
*-H
:r--y-y-)--^fji
f«t-l-/J^— .
^;:^— y?-^ - -2'
lf-^--ttH
Figs. 691-693. Standard Composite End Framing.
L. S. & AI. S. and other Vanderbilt Lines.
N-iU
\ 3
4
£n ^^
IT Rod
j
2" ,-j^ Hole
„
,
—22i
fl
4
O 1 ' o
"~l° !M' r
———---
k-
Figs. 094-095. Needle Beam Trussing.
First-Class Coach. N. Y.„ N. H. & H.
^"F"- .-,'-
Fig. 090. Horizontal Section Through End Frame
at Door. First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H.
<m)
Figs. 697-748 CAR BODY DETAILS. Box Car; Cast and Malleable Iron.
'A
w^T^
^iBK-x---^;
lip
" ■" TCH*
fit'*
-'fo^T-U^Ej
LI
i?i
Section A-B Section C-D
Figs. 097-701. Gould Malleable Iron Draft Bea
- h'tfSIS.
+k"3?T
_±J±?3fcd
^v
Figs. 702-704.
Uncoupling Shaft
End Bracket.
$•!
p©
Figs. 705-706. Door
Wedge Guide Plate.
*„
r* •>— — ^->
3-+ s?|e
4 ->. *
X V 'J,
. ,.
nreM J
■I-Uj ■ '■■
2^.,^^^ $3%
l<i&l*- ~i«r— »J
iJjTT— - I
1*5
2r^£^ .f,
t ""'Tl'r"8'
— *-i£
^^Z
ws
U
,3 Hj
V .1
i£dP
■'> Uh,^ V — CF
Figs. 707-709. Figs. 710-712.
Brace and Post Door Post Pocket,
Pocket. Top.
%P<
~J
d 3*
;
£&'4*lXUL,
t
w
1 ,d
St
-
*
"1
-
- "
Figs. 713-714.
Corner Post
Pocket, Bottom.
i«*3Jk. _4i: J
Figs. 715-716. Figs. 717-718.
Corner Post and Truss Rod
Brace Pocket. Washer.
Figs. 719-721.
Post Pocket,
Bottom.
Figs. 722-724.
Door Post Pocket.
Bottom.
1 irrzs
Figs. 725-726. Figs. 727-728.
Truss Rod Post and Double Brace
Washer. Pocket.
B
.V Lr-'-lJ
A
Figs. 729-730.
Double Lipped
Washer.
£*«=£
< 1?;— ™H
3© "4.
kflu
ujfl
Figs. 731-732.
Brake Hand
Wheel.
Figs. 733-734. Figs. 735-737.
Door Hasp Staple. Drawbar Follower Stop.
S±_
1
Figs. 738-730.
Side Post and
Brace Pocket.
VT¥a , r-
Figs. 710-712.
Post Pocket.
Figs. 743-744.
Brace Rod
Washer.
Figs. 745-746.
%-in. Washer.
|< - H
Figs. 747-748.
Draft Spring
Thimble.
Cast and Malleable Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, New York Central & Hudson River.
Shown in Figs. 262-265. (192>
CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Car; Cast. Malleable and Wrought Iron. Figs. 749-816
r- — es *'sr-
Figs. 749-752. Figs. 753-755. Fig;. 750-758.
Top Brake Shaft Body Truss Body Truss
Bearing with Rod Bearing. Rod Bearing,
Pawl Pivot. Single. Double.
Figs. 759-760. Figs. 761-762. Figs. 763-764. Fi
765-767.
Door Handle. Brake Rat- Filling
chet Wheel. Spider.
Uncoupling
Shaft Center
Bracket.
- f- —
.JxJ$£
—-~^% S 1 1
& — *£- * <? A
Figs. 768-769. Figs. 770-771.
Uncoupling Shaft Brace Rod
End Bracket. AVasher.
Figs. 772-773.
Lower Brake
Shaft Bearing.
Figs.
Figs. 779-780. Figs. 781-782.
Door Hasp. Floor Washer. Pawl Weight. Door Hanger.
Sheave.
r
*~- C
cs?
>\\=
Figs. 783-784. Figs. 785-786. Figs. 787-789. Figs. 790-792. Figs. 793-794. Figs. 795-797.
Middle Brake Sill Timber Door Drawbar Pocket Open Door Door Guide
Shaft Bearing. Key. Fastener. Guide. Stop. Bracket.
Cast and Malleable Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, N. Y. C. & H. R., Shown in Figs. 262-265,
1
J,
Figs. 798-800.
Sill Step.
--_-_— ---J.'.
r
^
Figs. 801-803.
Pressed Steel
Center Plate.
Figs. 804-806.
Outside Middle
Corner Plate.
—-\ —
Figs. 807-808,
Split Key.
II? ° °
,_,
^ 1 ah uii,, is/,; '
Figs. 809-810,
Truss Rod
End Plate,
■'0
" -*J
-,_}%
■M'^Df
-n—
—4^-10- -
— -19-
J " -.
1
Figs. 811-812.
Brake Cylinder Lever.
Figs. 813-814.
King Bolt or Center Pin.
Figs. 815-816.
%-in. Ladder Round.
Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, N. Y. C. & H. R., Shown in Figs. 262-265,
(193)
Figs. 817-859
CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Cars; Wrought Iron.
I< 5H-
4- *)
~Q
-@T-
*""
f}
l-t-
«-
J
■=s
!*
~4
T
<-2>
1
j
-J._
t
~T
1 r~°"z
A
=i 1 7/^"
T i /
-c-
Tl- f-
-1
£
Figs. 817-818.
Fig. 819.
Figs. 820-821.
Figs. 822-823.
Jpper Corner
5%-in. x 8-in.
Brake Shaft
Running Board
Plate, Inside.
Draft Spring.
Step.
Extension Bracket
Figs. 824-825.
Hand Brake Rod
Supporting Chain.
m
Figs. 826-827.
Door Wedge.
<—
3--
_»
^
0
l
Figs. 828-829.
3/4-in. Square
Washer.
Figs. 839-831.
Sill and Plate
Rod Washer.
Figs. 832-833.
Distance Block,
Drawbar Pocket
Guide.
Figs. 834-830.
lli-in Square
Washer.
»S1
0 - 0
1"
-<-->
-:
0-
- -
v All holes "/»
ii
n
1 i " -
Figs. 836-838.
Middle Corner
Plate, Inside.
« 6— »j
w&
f
■0
J
AU
^
/ -
w
7-T
£2
Figs. 839-840. Figs. 841-842. Figs. 843-844.
Roof Fland Hold. Intermediate Release Valve
Brake Rod Guide.
Lever Fulcrum.
-ff
Figs. 845-847.
Brake Lever Guide.
-£i>7<-
-;u
1 X.
K~ '"H
r !
Figs. 848-849.
Door Wedge.
;■: -
m
v4i
t_.Jr„
G- >•
*i
PP *
Figs. 850-852.
Drawbar Follower
Plate.
] 'i
i— ^v-
Fig. 853.
Brake Con-
nection Pin.
j^SjT^
■
ti'-H
Figs. 854-855.
Pipe Clamp.
Figs. 856-85 1 .
Pipe Hanger.
Figs. 858-859.
Drawbar Yoke.
Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, N. Y. C. & H. R , Shown in Figs. 262-265.
(194)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Cars; Wrought Ire
Figs. 860-891
SBc
p*i p o pnrl
-:— ;— -
Fig. 860. Brake Shaft.
S@5
Figs. 861-862. Release Valve
Rod.
Figs. 863-864. Drawbar
Carry Iron.
Figs. 865-860. Cylinder
Lever Guide.
•
3. ^
J>'-^-->< 9
1*4
;
. .
-* '-i
i > ...;
Brak
Figs. 867-868.
i Connection, Cylinder
Lever.
Lengr/7 to $u/f.~
Figs. 869-S70.
Push Rod, Air Brake
Cylinder.
sa
Figs. 871-872. Brake Con-
nection, Intermediate
Truck Levers.
Figs. 873-874.
Hand Brake Connection.
Figs. 875-876.
Hand Brake Chains.
=51-
•£
U
Figs. 877-878.
Hand Hold.
Or,
1 ? ■£
Figs. 870-880. Brake Pa\
Figs. 881-883. King Bolt.
Key and Ring.
Figs. 884-885.
Brake Cylinder Plate.
3^
Lt-nnh Before litnd.E
JtSdosJ
L'FMtEui.
LenSlh Before Bend
n;
,; ill 1 :
1
Figs. 886-887. Body Truss Rod,
Unset and Strap Ends.
Upset Ed.L I
rfTjrm 1
■S- *-«- •Lb, J ; ~t- -4)
Figs. 888-880. Body Truss Rod,
Upset Ends.
Figs. 890-891.
Lower Guide
for Drawbar
Follower.
Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. New York Central.
(195)
Figs. 892-931 CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Cars; Wrought Iroi
S3
<wUT
rH»4l
»!-iil«
■pro?"
AU Holes */vt
Figs. 892-893. Figs. 894-895. Fig. 896. Figs. 897-899. Figs. 900-902.
Pipe Clamp Double Coil Inner Draft Brake Step Upper Corner Plate,
Bracket. Draft Spring. Spring Coil. Bracket. Outside.
T"
r->-ywj-y«
J
J£
/O
Hi
w as
Figs. 903-904.
Lower Corner
Plate, Outside.
Figs. 905-907.
Uncoupling
Rod.
Figs. 908-909.
Staple.
Figs. 910-912.
Brake Reservoir
Plate.
*? 4 1 "
I
<S&|«3]£|- «tf— H
«>,"£& *
< 2' 11'."
**r
^
Figs. 913-915.
Buffer Block Angle.
W&
-x?
'*■ O O -rO
M
/ \ '■Vs
uuimu
Pt ■ r
i , 1
k1 ; 1
— ta]
-CX' 1
— mrmrn
Figs. 916-918. Rear Sheath for Security Door.
Figs. 919-920.
%-in. Strap Bolt.
Fig. 921.
1-in. Draft Rod.
=£
V=
Drill nod Countersink Holes for 1J,/ No. 1
Fig. 922. Door Post Plate.
m
Drill and Counts
Figs. 923-924. Door Threshold riate.
b? t ° Ka
fl^ liilJT.^^^ !_,;,., JirilL.,r,.l_,:oo„lor1i„kJ,„_ J
3*
k oH H
Fig. 925. Door
Chafing Strip.
Figs. 926-927. Brake
Intermediate Lever.
Fig. 928.
.Taw Key, Truss
Rod Bearing.
Dril iiiolCoLir.r.hik toi ^ Hulls. Drill i: U.S. J U - ;i
sa
Figs. 929-930. Door Guide Plate, Bottc
±TJ-
~
■.' .
Drill aod Countersink Uoles f„r %' Bolt*.
Fig. 931. Door Guide Plate, Top.
Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. New York Central.
(196)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Passenger; Cast and Malleable Iron. Figs. 932-973
.» .
1 1
@SSQ
Figs. 932-933. Fig. 934. Figs. 935-937.
Cap Socket Center Pin. Pipe Clamps.
Washer. Floor Plate.
Figs. 938-940. Fig. 941. Figs. 942-943.
Corner Post Body Boolster. Needle Beam
Signal Bracket. Thimble. End Plate.
Figs. 944-945.
Body Truck Safety
Chain Eye.
Figs. 946-947. Fig. 948.
Hand Brake Bolster
Worm. Thimble.
a p
— 5^"4j\
1>
— vAJ JJJJJJ.
mm
E-tl
I— J^-J
Figs. 949-951. Coupler Stirrup or Drawbar
Centering Device.
h-ST*3
1 ,»l
"1 -il,^.!
Half Bottom Half Top '
Vie* Tie»-
Figs. 952-953.
Body Center Plate.
KoXoXQ,
ti&csn rzz] ^n gma
O = r.^Ca'f------^ c - = r - Q == ^ 0,-=-- — L\p, -„-,(
•*£iX-'-sef-4lA"-**:riy/'-?Z ?* .iS-iF ^
-J.
— T
^
Figs. 954-955.
Draft Spring Pocket.
c
-Sh^l
Figs. 956-957. Truss
Rod Anchor Iron.
Figs. 958-961.
Pipe Clamps.
i"A\ -
:
i|
>
lii
>
-i U
-:..
33=
K—
Figs. 962-964.
Pipe Hanger.
*1
Note: All Bolt holes
cored for 5C" Bolts
Figs. 965-967. Figs. 968-970. Figs. 971-973.
Coupler Guide. Coupler Follower Plate. Overhang Truss
Rod Strut.
Cast and Malleable Iron Details of First-Class Coach. N. Y„ N. H. & H.
(197)
Figs. 974-101 1 CAR BODY DETAILS, Passenger; Cast and Wrought Iron.
Jm— No.12 WoocLj i
Q Screw
*ff ;
-"'■>
11J4
:
S'~:: .-"fe-j
1
.
.
Figs. 974-976.
Foot Bracket for Seat End.
Figs. 977-978.
Step Treads.
Figs. 979-981.
Body Truss Rod Queen Post.
Figs. 982-983.
Platform Safety Chain with Hook.
Figs. 984-985.
Platform Safety Chain.
Figs. 986-987.
Auxiliary Reservoir
Hanger.
)
--./'
2 At
0A\
T
':©':
j o
Figs. 989-990. Figs. 991-992. Fig. 993.
Body Queen Post and Sill Corner Floating Lever Hanger.
Brace. Iron.
Figs. 994-995.
Pipe Strap.
¥
0
o
* ~%
6?j" „
o>
o o
-
*4w*L- •
^•w«
^-_ _■
j£i— f---7-}^->
J
10«-*-
s^~
-11- ll)!»-
3C^ Or! o 1
5= -^ O A
-y2 C-1'0 Ss
. Suit Drop of Truss Rod -^.2-
-■ ■-' k :-; jn c
:i.
Figs. 996-997.
End Sill Plate.
Figs. 998-999. Figs. 1000-1001.
Truss Rod Anchor Iron. Truss Rod Safety
Hangers.
"SHI
1
— 1 ICGOQ-f [■<!£., I
Figs. 1002-1003.
Cylinder Lever
Guide.
Fig. 1004.
Center Pin.
Figs. 1005-1006.
Brake Connection
Jaws.
■33
f-'.Vr~3T»i
irinTTri
^t
Pp
,, — 1_
'A- =T
Figs. 1007-1009. Figs. 1010-1011.
Truss Rod Draft Yoke, Draft Bolt and
Safety Hanger. Tail Pin.
Cast and Wrought Iron Details of First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H.
(108)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing.
Figs. 1012-1014
J
■~t-
--£
m
nli
Jtalrfb
(199)
Figs 1015-1018
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing.
iS-S-AA
S
"f
-4
*!^BK?N
J>_
•a
-a
(200)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing.
Figs, ioig-1023
■■vr1
-*— -
(201)
■
<—oz—>
-r— —
■ ■
r
' ~ ^" ]
- -
— — — — |
-
_l
-— --*--
-.
h -. -. -.,ct: ^p7
:::i3r:
ir £x
^ IJj jpTjt
-Hp
_l
1 1 1
1 '
-
.
-:-: z^i:::::v:
-
-
-
.
%-st-^r*~~
, -i! i-
|=E^t=aH
~iJ f-T-f-
1 1
1 (
ii ;
■
till
|_!
^
__T______i___
:_^^XX:^-"3
1 [fc-^
=
|5™C$Sfr
Z^^fefe:
^5^™t;
jU^__.i.
^iiassi^— -J— iJ
1 1
| JUL
rf ^
-■
f-i — j— —
m=w*^t==j^=^
[=*§ =^^==-^=^=1==^
Mi
fl ,
i $ '
1 v
•■-
r 1 1
=~--=j»«^js^- -
-*AS|-a 1 — feUi
•
!
1
;
1
: ,|
1
;- 'rtv-fT.
s^^^^^
| v ■!
«n 1
j;
■
:
I
pi /'•
Figs. 1024-1029
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing.
Fig. 1025. Structural Steel Underframe
for 70,000 lbs. Capacity Hopper Car.
Ralston Steel Car Co.
Fig. 1026. Structural Steel Underframe
for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Gondola Car.
Ralston Steel Car Co.
Fig. 1027. Double Center Sill Structural Steel Underframe, with Cast Steel Center Sill Ends for
80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Cars. Bettendorf Axle Co.
Fig. 1028. Single Center Sill Structural Steel Underframe for 60,000
Bettendorf Axle Co.
Capacity Stock Cars.
Fig. 1020. Single Center Sill Structural Steel Underframe for 60,000 lbs. Capacity Stock Cars.
Bettendorf Axle Co. (202)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing.
Figs. 1030-1034-
Fig. 1030. Structural Steel Underframing for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Tank Car
American Car & Foundry Co.
Fig. 1031. Pressed Steel Underframe for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car.
Pressed Steel Car Co.
Fig. 1032. Structural Steel Underframe for 100,000
lbs. Capacity Flat Car. Middle-town Car Co.
Fig. 1033. Ralston Patent Steel Underframe for
Freight Cars. Ralston Steel Car Co.
(203)
Fig. 1034. Structural Steel Underframe for 66,000 lbs. Capacity Drop-Side Gondola Car
Middletown Car Co.
Figs. 1035-1039
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing.
Fig. 1035. Structural Steel Underframe for
Passenger Cars.
Harlan & Hollingsworth.
Fig. 1036. Composite Cast and Structural Steel
Underframe for Passenger Cars.
Harlan & Hollingsworth.
Fig. 1037. Structural Steel Underframe and Side Frame
for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Hopper Bottom Gondola Cars.
Middletown Car Co.
Fig. 1038. Structural Steel Underframe as Applied to OKI Cars.
Chicago Steel Car Co.
Fig. 1039. Structural Steel Underframe as Applied to New Cars
Chicago Steel Car Co.
(204)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing.
Figs. 1040-1043
^^ flKI^Ri^^^ I
J^\*'^^Z ^^^~l/^^L " ■-'
1 wP^ 18*ti
1 rm in if 1 »
jC \ 1 V i
■
Figs. 1040-1041. Interior Views of Partially Completed All Steel Union Pacific Passenger Coach, No. 499.
{Exterior view of this car shown in Fig. 140.)
Fig. 1042. Structural Steel Underframe of Union Pacific All Steel Box Car. No. 100006.
(Exterior view of this car shown in Fig. 2.)
Fig. 1043. Steel Framing of C, M. & St. P. Library
Buffet Car "Winneconne."
< 205 I
Figs. 1044-1055
CAR BODY DETAILS, Miscellaneous.
Fig. 1044. Flory Cast Steel Carry Iron.
Commonwealth Steel Co.
Figs. 1048-1049. Detail of Deck Beam Cross Tie, or
Needlebeam. C, B. & Q. 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car.
Figs. 1045-1047. End Post Reinforcement
for Box Cars. Chicago & Alton.
hand 'ho/a 'to
located afeach
corner except
corner mm bna.fy
masf
— >k-<?— >|
Figs. 1050-1055. Details of Drop End Door for Class Gsa Steel Gondola Cars.
Pennsylvania Railroad.
(206)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Drop Doors.
Figs. 1056-1064
Figs. 1065-1076
CAR BODY DETAILS, Drop Doors.
:" vL
Figs. 1065-1068. Dunham Drop Door Gear Applied to L. S. & M. S. 100,000 lbs. Capacity
Steel Hopper-Bottom Gondola Car. U. S. Metal & Manufacturing Co
Figs. 1069-1072. Dunham Hopper Door Gear Applied to Pennsylvania Railroad
Class Gla Steel Hopper Car. U. S. Metal & Manufacturing Co.
Figs. 1073-1076. Lind Drop Door Gear Applied to Steel
Hopper Gondola Car. Pressed Steel Car Co. (20S)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight.
Figs. 1077-10?
□
c
-
-
/
-:;::: : )
r
-1
@
r
--
^:if
y
-1
m
))
1
:
-
:
c
lgtb >l __..-.-_
Figs. 1077-1078. Cast Steel Bodv Bolster. American Steel Foundr
Section A- A .
Sec+ion B-B.
c
r
c c c .3-1""" ' c
c
1
0
c c e ,' e
c
.~<?6—
Section B-B.
Section A- A .
F*
SI
K£ --^Z— ;L^i'Z:
■'-/-
/i''%"'3'3"frill
-O- H
•*l +V Xj^ *> /Z*--»| ^V 'J7&"*4£ ^-
Fig. 1087. Plan.
Fig. 1088. Side Elevation.
Two-Piece, Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car with Channel Center Sills.
American Steel Foundries.
(209)
Figs. 1089-1008
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight.
Figs. 1089-1091. Cast Steel Body Bolster, I-Beam Section, \merican Steel Foundries.
!»"♦*-*— ~>i
T
I.
&Z
..(...
-7GTL
- a- 5 2 —
*■ 5"—*— 8'
J"e?l
I Fo"f B01.T3
- • -V,r" - " -fc> * . "CM £
4<^- _ ,.: , ■-
^
- 4 -X- 5 ->K- 4 -»— 71
Figs. 1092-1093. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Coal Car.
American Steel Foundries.
TJ. OOPJiaiW Or &CMT1B I
Figs. 1094-1098. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Flat Car.
American Steel Foundries. (210)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight.
Figs. 1099-1110
Fig;. 1099-1102. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car.
American Steel Foundries.
..ML ,■ JH1
EL, JHL
Figs. 1103-1105. Metal Body Bolster for Box Car, 70,000 lbs. Capacity. Northern Pacific.
Section A-B.
Figs. 1106-1110. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 60,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car.
Commonwealth Steel Co.
(2U)
Figs. 1111-1124
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight.
I< — 10-—A
k 2/i J
-,,* j U~f'-~ <i ~T
r/ " SeCT/ON A-O.
Figs. 1110-1120. Cast Steel Body Bolster for Milk Car. Lehigh Valley
0 a a a 0 a o-^a 0 9 a a 0 a, d
0 5 a a 0 a a^a 0 a a 5 0 a*-^
. a a a a a a a
_o_.
"0"
a 0
3 O
a q
0 3
ti j a a a (l 0
^o (^e>v
Figs. 1121-1124. Monitor Body and Truck Bolster with Creco Side Bearings.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
(212)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight.
Figs. 1125-1129
Figs. 1125-1127. Bettendorf I-Eeam Body and Truck Eolsters for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Cars. Bettendorf Axle Co.
Figs. 1128-1129. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Susemihl Roller Side Bearings.
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Names of Parts of Bolsters. Figs. 1128-1129.
1 Top Plate of Body Bolster
2 Bottom Plate of Body Bolster
4 Thimble
9 Body Side Bearing
10 Truck Side Bearing
11 Body Center Plate
12 Truck Center Plate
14 Body Truss Rod Saddle
15 Bodv Truss Rod
16 Truck Bolster
19 Filling Spider
(213)
Figs. 1130-1136 CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight.
Fig. 1130. Cast Steel Body Bolster.
Atha Steel Castings Co.
Fig. 1131. Cast Steel Separable Body Bolster for Wood Freight Cars.
Commonwealth Steel Co.
^fc
Fig. 1132. Cast Steel Separable Body Bolster for Steel Freight Cars.
Commonwealth Steel Co.
Fig. 1133. [-Shape Cast Steel Body Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
Fig. 1134. Cast Steel Body Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
Fig. 1135. Simplex Body Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
Fig. 1136. Monitor Body Bolster.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
(214)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight
Figs. 1137-1142
£
Figs. 1137-1138. "Penn" Body and Truck Bolsters.
American Car & Foundry Co.
Fig. 1139. '•Common-Sense" Body and Truck Bolsters
American Car & Foundry Co.
Fig. 114U. Cast Steel Body and Truck Bolsters.
Atha Steel Castings Co.
Fig. 1141. ^ Monitor Body and Truck Bolsters.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
Fig. 1142. Bettendorf Body and Truck Bolsters.
Bettendorf Axle Co.
(215)
Figs. 1143-1146
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight.
Fig. 1143. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Susemihl Roller Side Bearings
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Fig. 1144. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Plate Web Filler.
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Fig. 1145. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Malleable Iron Web Filler and
Susemihl Roller Side Bearings. Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Fig. 1146. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters for Long Draft Timbers and Wide Side Sills
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
(216)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Passenger.
Figs. 1147-1155
n
^a^.
7 SBram IT1" U.S. l^r foot ~^ ' ~^j^
Figs. 1147-1149. Double Metal Body Bolster for First-Class Coach. X. Y., N. H. & H.
Fig. 1150. One-Piece Cast Steel Double Body Bolster for Passenger Cars.
Commonwealth Steel Co.
Figs. 1151-1155. Plan and Sections of Cast Steel Combined Platform
and Double Body Bolster. Commonwealth Steel Co.
(217)
Figs. 1156-1163
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Passenger.
,&. V
Fig. 1156. Cast Stool Combined Platform and Double Body Bolster for Steel Passenger Cars.
Commonwealth Steel Co.
n
Fig. 1157. Cast Steel Combined Platform and Double Figs. 1158-1161. Plan and Sections of Combined Platform
Body Bolster for Wood Passenger Cars. and Double Body Bolster for Blind-End Cars.
Commonwealth Steel Co. Commonwealth Steel Co.
Fig. 1162. Cast Steel Combined Platform and Double Body Bolster for Blind-End Stool Cars.
Commonwealth Steel Co.
Fig. 1163. Cast Steel Combined Platform and Double Body Bolster for Blind-End Wood Cars
Commonwealth Steel Co.
(218)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Passenger.
Figs. 1164-1172
E u
< 3
u
O
u
rt
_L
0
it
"■*-J
c )
5J
^
>
0)
P
:
CO
O
_
0
%
p|
O
_
-
U
b
c o
- -
W
Ph
bo
(219)
Figs. 1173-1186 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear; Automatic Slack Adjuster-. Lubricator
) -
H
H
1
1
y
— * t
°^
tP^T""
Figs. 1173-1178. Creco Combined Slack Adjuster and Brake Release for Freight Cars and Tenders.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
Fig. 1183. Application of Emery Lubricator to Passenger
Car Equipment.
Emery Pneumatic Lubricator.
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear; Miscellaneous
Figs. 1187-1198
F'gs. 1187-1191. American
Automatic Slack Adjuster. American Brake Co.
Fig. 1192. Application of American Automatic
Slack Adjuster to Passenger Car Brake Cylinder.
Figs. 1193-1194. Acme Pipe Clamp
for Attachment to Bottom of End Sil
Western Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 1195-1196. Acme Double Pipe Clamp
for Attachment to Side of Longitudinal Sills.
(221) Western Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 1197-1198. Acme Pipe Clamp
for Attachment to Side of Longitudinal Sills.
Western Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 1 199-1204 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear; Automatic Couple
Figs. 1199-1200. Westinghouse Automatic Air and Steam Coupler, Applied to Passenger Car.
4
Figs. 1201-1202. Elevation of Westinghouse Automatic Air and Steam Coupler, with Cut-Out Device.
Applied to Passenger Car.
Figs. 1203-1204. Plan of Westinghouse Automatic Air and Steam Coupler, with Cut-Out Device,
Applied to Passenger Car.
Westinghouse Automatic Air & Steam Coupler Co.
(222)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. Figs. 1205-1211
Figs. 1205-1206. Application of Westinghouse Air Erake and Train Air Signal Apparatus to Passenger Car.
Side Elevation.
End Elevation.
Cross Section of
Underframe.
■(223)
Sectional Plan.
Figs. 1208-1211. Application of Westinghouse Air Brake to Freight Ca
Figs 1212-1213 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
Fig. 1212. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment. Schedule AMR, for Electric Trains.
Quick Action Automatic Brake, with Graduated Release, Quick Service and Quick Recharge Features on
Every 'Car. For Trains of Any Length, Consisting of all Motor Cars or Motor Cars and Trailers.
' a " .. ......
,U .,,„
Fig. 1213. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment, Schedule AMS, for Electric Trains.
Plain Automatic Brake with Straight Air Release on First Car. For Two and Three-Car Trains Consisting of
Motor Cars and Trailers which Operate Together Most of the Time.
(224)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
Figs. 1214-1215
Fig. 1214. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment, Schedule AMT, for Electric Trains.
Plain Automatic Brake with Graduated Release on Each Car or Straight-Air Release on Front Car as Desired.
For Trains Consisting of All Motor-Cars, which May at Times be Operated Singly, or of Motor-Cars and
Trailers. The Length of the Train Should Not Exceed Five Cars.
Fig. 1215. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment, Schedule SME, for Electric Trams.
Straight-Air Erake with an Automatic Emergency Feature for Two-Car and, Under Some Conditions, Three-
Car Trains, Consisting of Motor-Cars and Trailers, Where the Motor-Car Operates Singly Most of the Time
(225)
Figs. 1216-1220 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
^&1 ^ 1
/f/6H3P£ED-
AEDC/C/HGVsU.Vf.
^AUXILIARY'
;^^£fc \,A£S£f?l/0//>
CUTOUTCOCJf
Fig. 1216. Arrangement of Westinghouse High-Speed Brake Under Car.
NOTE
SAEETY VALV£ FOR EXTRA CARS WHEN TEMPORARILY
ATTACHED TO HIGH SPEED BRAKE TRAMS AND
NOT PROVIDED WITH REDUCING VALVE.
HIGH SPEED BRAKE DEDUCING VALVE
ADJUSTED TO RETAIN 60 LBS PRESSORS
IN THE BRAKE CYLINDER
Fig. 121H. Arrangement of Train Air Signal
on Passenger Car.
O^
Figs. 1217-1218. Diagram of Apparatus
for High-Speed Brake on Passenger Car.
COT OUT COCK
MOTOR CAR
Fig. 1220. Diagram of Train Air Signal for Electric Car Trains.
CUT OUT COCK
TRAILER CAB
(226)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. Figs. 1221-1224
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below.
AF DISCHARGE.
!•_>: 53 73 50 60 - BEa'BOGS/
>i^ 70
Figs. 1221-1222. Side View.
Fig. 1223. Top View.
Fig. 1224. End View.
Figs. 1221-1224. Motor-Driven Air Compressor for Electric Cars.
1
Suction Valve
23
2
Discharge Valve
24
3
Suction Valve Chamber Cap
25
4
Perforated Plate for Suction Box
26
5
Piston
27
6
Piston Packing Ring
28
7
Wrist Pin with Special Dowel
29
8
Connecting Rod Bush
31
9
Connecting Rod
32
10
Connecting Rod Cap
33
11
Connecting Rod Eye Bolt
50
12
Connecting Rod Liners
51
13
Shaft Bearing Bush
52
14
Crank Shaft
53
15
Crank Case Cover and Shaft
54
Bearing
55
16
Gear Case Shaft Bearing Bush
56
17
Cylinders and Crank Case
59
13
Crank Case Oil Fitting
60
19
Cap Nut for 18
61
20
Large Gear
62
22
Gear Case
63
Names of Parts of Figs. 1221-1224.
Gear Case Cover 64
Gear Case Cover Cap 65
Cylinder Cover 66
Discharge Valve Chamber Cap 67
Crank Case Top Cover 68
Crank Shaft Nut 69
Cylinder Cover Gasket 70
Gear Case Cover Gasket 71
Shaft Bearing Gasket 72
Crank Case End Gasket 73
Field Yoke with Pole Pieces 74
Commutator Door 75
Front Bearing Housing
End Bel' 76
Motor Gasket
Gear Case Cover Cap Gasket 77
Crank Case Top Gasket 78
Field Coil 79
Armature 80
Commutator 81
Rocker Arm 82
Set Screw for Rocker Arm
Commutator Door Latch
Oil Filling Elbow Cap Nut
Nut for Rear Bearing Flousing
Pinion for Motor Shaft
Nut for Removing Pinion
Motor Shaft Jam Nut
Bed Plate
Front Bearing Housing Dust Plate
Screw for Dust Plate
Rear Bearing
Front Bearing
Front Bearing Housing Headless
Screw
Rear Bearing Housing Ilcadless
Screw
Rear Bearing Oil Ring
Front Bearing Oil Ring
Rear Bearing Housing
Carbon Holder
Carbon Holder Spring
Carbon Brush
(227)
Figs. 1225-1230 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below.
10
2 Rotary Valve Seat
FROM MAIN RESERVOIR ^EXHAUST
Motorman's Brake Valve, Type M-l. Fig- 1226. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type M-8.
jf- Names of Parts of Figs. 1225-1226.
10 Thumb Nut for Clamp Bolt 18 Oil Plug
25 Slide Valve Feed Valve
3 Body 11 Handle Latch
4 %-»«. x 2%-jh. Stud and Nut 12 Handle Latch Screu
5 Index Plate
6 Index Plate Screw
7 Handle
8 C7a»//> Bolt for Handle
9 Ta/rr Pin for Clamp Bolt
19 Rotary Valve Seat Gasket 26 Vi-in. Union Swivel
20 /',-ivr/ Pin 27 %-»'». C/nioM A"»/
13 Handle Latch Spring 21 Holding Stud 28 V6-m. £7«'o« Gasket
14 Rotary Valve Key ' 22 Holding Stud Nut 29 Gage P?>e Filling
15 Rotary Valve Key Washer 23 /•><•</ Valve Stud and Nut Z0 Vi.-in. Union Swivel
16 Rotary Valve Spring 24 /v,-,/ Fa iVf t"iw Gasket 31 %-m. f'»iY>» .Ynf
IT Rotary Valve
FROM GRAKE PIPE
FROM BRAKE PIPE
Figs. 1227-1228. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type SP. Figs. 1229-1230. Motorman's Brake Valve. Type SQ
Names of Parts of Figs. 1227-1230.
9 Handle Latch Spring 16 Slide Valve Washer
2 Valve Scat
3 Body
4 Air Gage, Single Pointer
5 Gage Screw
6 Handle
7 Handle Socket
8 Handle Latch
10 Socket Latch
11 Socket Latch Spring
12 Index Plate
13 Index Plate Screw
14 Oil Ping
15 SV/di? Valve Spindle
17 Pinion
18 .S'/u/c / a/re S>n'ug
19 Slide Valve Wearing Plate
20 Slide Valve
21 7?,w Gtf/de
22 Rear Guide Screw
23 Front Guide
24 /•';•<)«/ Guide Screw
25 / ",//■;■«■ .SV„/ Gasket
26 </,(/> ,SY;ytv
27 I 'nion Swivel
28 T »/d,i Xnl
29 J/moH i,',i.v7,v/ (228)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westing-house. Figs. 1231-1234
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below.
12
EXHAUST
BRAKE PIPE FROMTMAIN RESERVOIR
Fig. 1231. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type M-6
Names of Parts of Figs. 1231-1232
FROM WAIN RESERVOIR
Fig. 1232. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type SX.
2 Rotary Valve Scat
3 Body'
i Handle
5 Handle Latch
6 Handle Latch Screw
7 Handle Latch Spring
8 Rotary Valve Key
9 Rotary Valve Spring
10 Rotary Valve Key Washer
11 Rotary Valve
12 Oil Plug
13 Bolt and Nut
14 Union Nut
15 Union Swivel
16 Union Gasket
Fig. 1233
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Quick-Action Triple Valve, Type
Names of Parts of Fig. 1233.
Body
Triple Valv
Slide Valve
Piston
Packing Ring
Slide Valve Spring
Graduating Valve
Emergency Valve Piston
Emergency Valve Seat
Emergency Valve
Rubber Seat
Check Valve Spring
Check Valve Case
Check Valve Case Gasket
Check Valve
Strainer
(229)
17
Union Nut
2
18
Union Swivel
3
19
Cylinder Cap
4
20
Graduating Stem Nut
5
21
Graduating Stem
6
22
Graduating Spring
7
23
Cylinder Cap Gasket
8
24
Bolt and Nut
9
25
Half -inch Cap Screw
10
26
Half-inch Plug
11
27
Union Gasket
12
28
Emergency Valve Nut
13
29
Cotter Pin
14
30
Emergency Valve Piston
15
Packing Ring
16
17
18
Triple Valve with Retar
Names of Parts of
Triple Valve Body 19
Slide Valve 20
Piston 21
Packing Ring 22
Slide Valve Spring 23
Graduating Valve 24
Emergency Valve Piston 25
Emergency Valve Seat 26
Emergency Valve 27
Rubber Scat 28
Check Valve Spring 29
Check Valve Case 30
Check Valve Case Gasket 31
Check Valve 32
Strainer
Union Nut 33
Union Swivel 34
Device, Type K-l.
Fig. 1234.
Cylinder Cap
Graduating Stem Nut
Graduating Stem
Graduating Spring
Cylinder Cap Gasket
Bolt and Nut
Half-inch Cap Screw
Half-inch Pipe Plug
Union Gasket
Emergency Valve Nut
Retarding Device Body
Retarding Device Screiv
Retarding Device Stem
Retarding Device Spring
Collar
Retarding Device Spring
Retarding Device Stem Pin
Figs. 1235-1240
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
CONTROL PIPE
IfiBAKE PiPC
9
Fig. 1237.
Triple Valve, Type S-l.
Names of Parts of Fig. 1237.
Figs. 1235-1236
Names of Parts of Fi
2 Triple Valve Body
3 Slide Valve
4 Piston
5 Packing Ring
6 Slide Valve Spring
7 Graduating Valve
8 Emergency Valve Piston
9 Emergency Valve Scat
10 Emergency Valve
11 Rubber Scat
12 Check Valve Spring
13 Check Valve Case
14 Check Valve Case Casket
15 Check Valve
16 Strainer
Li— as
Triple Valve, Type R-l.
;s. 1235-1236.
17 Vnion Nut
18 Union Swivel
19 Cylinder Cap
20 Graduating Stem Nut
21 Graduating Stem
22 Graduating Spring
23 Cylinder Cap Gasket
24 Bo/? awd Vh/
25 Half-inch Cap Screw
26 Half-inch Pipe Plug
27 Union Gasket
28 Emergency Valve Nut
30 Emergency Valve Piston Packing
Ring
Triple Valve Body
Slide Valve
Piston
Packing Ring
Slide Valve Spring
Check Valve
Cheek Valve Spring
Check Valve Seat
Cylinder Cap
Graduating Stem Nut
Graduating Stem
Graduating Spring
Cylinder Cup Gasket
Supporting Stud and Nut
Names of Parts of Fig. 1238
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Triple Valve Body 11
Slide I 'dive 12
Piston 13
Packing Ring 14
Slide Valve Spring 15
Graduating Valve 16
Check Valve 17
Check Valve Scat 18
Check Valve Cap Nut 19
Check Valve Washer
Check Valve Spring
Graduating Valve Spring
Cylinder Cap
Graduating Stem Nut
Graduating Stem
Graduating Spring
Cylinder Cap Gasket
Bolt and Nut
BP
■I' PIPE TAP
BRAKE PIPE
Figs. 1239-1240. Triple Valve, Type Q-l,
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Fig. 1234.
(230)
CAR BODY DETAILS. Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
Figs. 1241-1247
32 34 33
Figs. 1241-1242.
Electric Pump Governor,
Type G-l-A.
87—0 j b
- r-
Fig5. 1243-1245. Electric Pump Governor, Type E.
o—
I '• I r< J^M
Fig. 1246. Electric Pump Governor, Type L.
Fig. 1247. Electric Pump Governor, Type J.
Numbers Refer to List of Names on Next Page.
(231)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse
Names of Parts of Figs. 1241-1242.
1 Base
2 Cylinder
3 Pi si un
4 Packing Leather
5 Follower
6 Piston Rod
7 Piston Rod Nut
& Piston Rod Guide
9 Set Screw for Piston Rod Guide
10 Armature
11 Pressure Spring
12 Spring Yoke
13 Adjusting Bolts
14 Adjusting Posts (Part of No. i)
15 Guide Posts (Part of No. i)
16 Magnet Shell (Part of No. i)
17 Magnet Coil (State Voltage
Desired)
18 Magnet Core
19 Armature Guide Pin
20 Circuit Closer
21 Circuit Closer Insulator
22
Circuit Closer Insulator
23
Circuit Closer Screws
24
lire nil Closer Tips
25
Contacts
26
Contact Screws
27
Terminal Clips
28
Arc Shields
29
Cylinder Screws
30
Cover
31
Latch Plate
32
Thumb Latch
33
Latch Spring
34
Shield Insulator
35
Bushing for Leads
36 Positive Lead
37 Motor Lead
38 Packing Leather Expander
39 Contact Screw Insulator
40 Contact Insulator
41 Cover Insulation
44 Screws for Tips No. 24
Names of Parts of Figs. 1243-1245.
1 Body
2 Cylinder Head
3 Lock Nut for Adjusting Nut
4 Diaphragm
5 Diaphragm Guide Nut
6 Diaphragm Guide
7 Retarding Spring
8 Regulating Spring
9 Adjusting Nut for Regulating
Spring
10 Slide Valve
11 Bush with Slide Valve Scat
12 Operating Piston
13 Operating Piston Spring
L4 Adjusting Nut for Retarding Spring
■ 5 Regulating Spring Spindle
16 Operating Piston Rod
■ 7 Packing Ring for Operating Piston
.8 Leather Disc for Operating Piston
10 Switch Arm
11 Switch Rocker Shaft
12 Switch Terminal
3 Switch Terminal
!■ Blowout Coils, complete
5 J
28 Bolt and Nut for Switch Case Band
29 Switch Case Band, complete
30 Binding Screw for Terminal Block
32 Operating Lever, complete
33 Quick Break Spring
34 Stem for Quick Break Spring
35 Guide Pin for Quick Break Spring
Stem
36 Operating Lever Detent
37 Special Pin for Rocker Shaft Arm
38 Szeilch Cover
39 Insulating Disc on Switch Cover
40 Insulating Disc on Body
41 Stud and Nut for Switch Cover
42
43
Connector for Blowout Coils
44 Insulating Bush for Switch Arm
45 Insulating Washer for Switch Arm
46 Contact Finger
47 Contact Finger Spring
48 Clamp for Contact Finger Spring
49 Contact Finger Shunt
50 Contact for Switch Terminal
51 Mam Terminal
52 Terminal Block, complete
53 Insulating Tube for Switch Cttse
Baud Boll
(232)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
Figs. 1248-1252
From Brake
Cylinder
From Brake
Cylinder
Service
Pressure Exceeding 60 Lbs.
in Brake Cylinder
Fig. 1248. High-Speed Reducing Valve,
Service Position.
Emergency
Fig. 1249. High-Speed Reducing Valve,
Emergency Position.
Ex e
Exhaust 20
Release
Fig. 1251. High-Speed Reducing Valve.
Release Position.
Fig. 1250. High-Speed Reducing Valve,
Side View in Section.
Names of Parts, Figs. 1248-1252.
2
Valve Body
10
Cap Nut
18
Union Gasket
i
Spring Box
11
Regulating Spring
19
Boll and Nut
4
Valve Piston
12
Regulating Nut
20
Piston Seat
5
Packing Ring
13
Cheek Nut
21
Piston Dise
t>
Piston Stem
14
Union Stud
22
Spring Abutment
/
Piston Stem A ut
15
Union Swivel
23
Cotter Pin
8
Slide Valve
16
Union Nut
24
Vi-in. Galvanized Ell
a
(2
Slide Valve Spring
33)
17
Air Strainer
25
%-in. Pipe Plug
j^'Xlpe Tap-" C* To Brake Cylinfler,
Fig. 1252. High-Speed Reducing Valve,
Top View in Section.
Figs. 1253-1258
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
Fig. 1253. Pressure Retaining Valve
for 12-in., 14-in. and 16-in. Cylinders.
Names of Parts. Fig. 1253.
2 Valve Body
Valve Case
Valve Weight
Valve Handle
Valve Lock Key
Valve Cock Cap Nut
Valve Cock Key Spring
is Kp
g PIPE TAP
Fig. 1254. High and Low Pressure
Retaining Valve.
6
14
II
P "
5
Names
2
3
4
5
6
7
Fig. 1254.
9
10
of Parts.
Valve Body
Valve Case
Inside Valve Weight
Valve Handle
J'alve Cock Key
Valve Cock Cap Nut
Valve Cock Key Spring
Valve Weight Lifting Rod
Outside Valve Weight
Fig. 12-j-j. Pressure Retaining Valve for Vesti-
bule Cars with 12-in., 14-in, and 16-in. Cylinders.
Names of Parts. Fig. 1255.
Valve Extension Socket
Valve Extension Socket Cotter
Valve Extension Socket Sleeve
I 'alve Extension Socket Sleeve
Rivet
Valve Handle Plate
I 'alve Handle Pin
2
Valve Body
9
3
Valve Case
10
4
Valve 1 V eight
11
5
Valve Handle
12
6
Valve Cock Key
7
Valve Cock Cap Nut
13
8
Valve Cock Key Spring
14
Fig. 1256. Safety Valve, Type F..
Names of Parts. Fig. 1256.
2 Safety Valve Body
3 Cap Nut
4 Valve
5 I 'alve Stem
6 Safety Valve Spring
7 Regulating Nut
Fig. 1257. Twel
i'e-Inc
h P;
ssenger Car Brake
2
3
4
Cyl
nder,
Old
Style.
Names
of Parts.
Fig. 1257.
5
2
Cylinder Body
10
racking Expander
7
3
Piston and Rod
11
Follower Stud and Nut
8
4
Non-Pressure Head
12
Release Spring
9
5
Pressure Head
13
Cylinder Head Bolt and Nut
10
6
Cross head
14
Triple Valve Boll and Nut
11
7
Cylinder Gasket
15
Tuple Valve Gasket
12
8
Follower
16
Triple Valve Stud and Nut
13
9
Packing Leather
17
12-iu. Plug
14
Names of Parts. Fig. 1258.
Cylinder Body
Piston Head and Rod
Back Head
Front Head
Follower
Packing Leather
Packing Expander
Release Spring
Follower Stud and Nut
Cylinder Elead, Bolt and Nut
Gasket
Oiling Plug
(234)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. Figs. 1259-1264
^— ■»
2L E,
■HI ^feK
Fig. 1259. 12-in. x 8-in. Brake Cylinder, with Slack Adjuster.
=~ I
Fig;. 1260-1261. 12-in. x 8-in. Erake Cylinder and Auxiliary Reservoir.
Combined, with Standard Triple Valve.
Fig. 1262. Section of 12-in. x 8-in. Brake Cylinder and
Auxiliary Reservoir Combined.
Names of Parts. Fig. 1262.
2 Cylinder Body
3 Piston and Rod
5 Follower Stud and Nut
6 Follower
7 Packing Leather
8 Packing Expander
9 Release Spring
10 Reservoir
12 Reservoir Stud and Nut
13 Reservoir Cylinder Bolt and Nut
14 Cylinder Gasket
15 End Cover Gasket
16 Reservoir End Cover
17 Detachable Bracket
18 Detachable Bracket Bolt and Nut
Fig. 1263. 10-in. Passenger Brake Cylinder.
Fig. 1264. 8-in. x 8-in. Car Brake Cylinder,
with Type S-l Triple Valve.
(235)
Figs. 1265-1276 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse.
Fig. 1265. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder,
with Type T-l Triple Valve.
Fig. 1266. 12-in. x 8-in. Car Brake Cylinder
rjjn :s\ V^JL^jL*
V
Figs. 1267-1268. Standard Special Freight Brake
Cylinder, with Detached Auxiliary Reservoir
and Triple Valve.
Names of Parts of Freight Brake Cylinder.
Figs. 1267-1268.
2 Cylinder Body 9 Release Spring
3 Piston Head and Rod, 10 Gasket
Follower Studs 11 Cylinder Head Bolt and
and Nut Nut
4 Back Head 12 Front Head
5 Follotver Stud and Nut 13 Special Auxiliary Reservoir
6 Follower 14 Drain Plug
7 Piston Packing Leather 15 Triple Valve Gasket
8 Packing Expander 16 Reservoir Stud and Nut
Figs. 1269-1272. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder,
with Detached Auxiliary Reservoir.
Fig. 1273. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder
and Auxiliary Reservoir Combined.
Fig. 1276. Special
Freight Brake Cylinders, Reservoirs and Triple Valves.
Fig. 1274. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder,
with Auxiliary Reservoir Detached.
Names of Parts of Freight Brake Cylinders.
Figs. 1275-1276.
2 Cylinder Body
3 Piston Head and Rod
4 Back Cylinder Head
5 Follower Stud and Nut
6 Follower
7 Piston Packing Leather
8 Packing Expander
9 Release Spring
10 Reservoir
11 Drain Plug
12 Reservoir Stud and Nut
13 Cylinder Head Bolt and Nut
14 Cylinder Gasket
15 Triple Valve Gasket
(236)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air: Westinghouse.
Figs. 1277-1292
Fig. 1277.
3%-in. Air Gage,
with Single Pointer.
Fig. 1278.
S1^ -in. Duplex Air Gage,
Illuminated.
Fig. 1279.
3%-in. Duplex Air Gage,
Ordinary.
Fig. 12*1. Cut-out Cock.
Fig. 1280. Conductor's Yah
Fig. 1282. Angle Cock.
Fig. 1283.
1-in. Brake Pipe Air Strainer.
Names of Parts.
Names of Parts.
Valve Body
Valve Key
Valve Cap
Key Spring
Key Slop
Fig. 1280.
9
10
Key Escutcheon
Valve Handle
Key Nut
Key Washer
76
77
79
80
Fig. 1281.
Cock Body
Cock Key
Cock Cap
Key Spring
Handle
Names of Parts.
Fig. 1282
1 Angle Cock Body 2
2 Angle Cock Key 3
3 Angle Cock Cap 4
4 Angle Cock Key Spring 5
5 Angle Cock Handle 6
Names of Parts
Fig. 1283.
Strainer Body
i-in. Union Swivel
Union Nut
Union Gasket
Strainer
Fig. 1284.
%-in. Reservoir
Drain Cock.
Names of Parts.
Fig. 1284.
2
3
4
5
6
Cock Body-
Cock Key
Cock Cap Nut
Cock Key Spring
Cock Handle
Fig. 1287.
Hose Xipple.
Fig. 1285.
Hose Coupling. Freight
Fig. 1280.
Hose Coupling, Passenger
Fig. 1288.
Dummy Coupling.
Fig. 1289. Arrangement of Erake Levers
for Traction Brakes.
Fig. 1200.
Brake Hose and Coupling
Fig. 1291.
Hose Clamp.
Fig. 1292.
Auxiliary Reservoir for 10-in.
Cylinder.
(237)
Figs. 1293-1294
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Christensen.
w
k
o
u
fl,
w
B
W
<;
a
to 10
CO CI
. OCT
0C CI
^H
rH
e
■ ■3
.£l>
C3 IC
~~ci
M
4J .
*fy
DC iO
O: fc-
g«
^ CO
0 c
■— < CI
CI CI
<*
05
J3
«
r-t
•S ■£ _ ,
0 c:
CO
-■00
05
r>- t-
■M
o^od
Cl CI
rH
n
0
bJJ
c
ta
00 "j
CO i— t
CO CO
" CQ CO CO rt
0
"
' 1
u
u
z
a
ri
u
6
"Sh
CO
C
1*
u
0
u
S.J
Q
<<
r^
u.
| 5 0
00
-
0)
be
<
£
w
c
—
<
c
w
E
>
HJ»
LC
2
Q
1
U
KS"
lQ
£-
i^-*-*
u
O
j
- u
O
2 E B§
3 0 cico
—
, -
- u
c
2
X|
1 -
GO
wi
(A
<
-
N
a.
J_l ij
S"^
CJ
t+4
—
■g^
, 1
— .
^
V
c
3^ lH *""
CM
CM
10
U
c
.Dirt
>
•O
H
£*S£'co
r^
,
■««2
rt
Of)
0 £^C1
—
-—1
bfl
S 3
ft*
a,
Ch
V <f ~~'
Cl
<+-.
"&K&™
■^
O
x) S
O
■a? s x
X
X
C 0
lOU3t> rt j
Ol CT ZiT;,
Q Q
(238).
CAR BODY DETAILS. Brake Gear. Air: General Electric. Figs. 1295-1299
Fig. 1295. Diagram of Piping and Electrical Connections for General Electric Emergency,
Straight-Air Brake Equipment for Electric Car;.
Fig. 1296. Motor-Driven Air Compressor,
Type C.P.-27.
•J— *J=- if—
Fig. 1297. Motor-Driven Air Compressor
Type C.P.-27 with Covers Removed.
Fig. 12S8. Air Compressor Governor.
Fig. 1299. Air Compressor Governor,
with Cover Removed.
General Electric Cc
(239)
Figs. 1 300-1314 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; General Elect:
oe^C§
Fig. 1300. Motorman's Valve.
Figs. 1301-1310. Parts of Motorman's Valve.
Figs. 1311-1314. Cross-Section of Emergency Valve and Parts.
General Electric Co.
(240)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air.
Figs. 1315-1325
1
5"
1 , ' ' 1
J.
Figs. 1315-131.. Monogram Air Hose Brackets for Metal and Wood End Sills.
~3=a
L
./«
Figs. 1318-1321. Monogram Steam, Air and Signal Hose Brackets for Metal End Sills. Passenger Cars.
r.-r-V
Fig. 1323. Air Brake Hose with Wood's Flexible Nipple
End Hose Protector.
Fig. 132'_'. Train Pipe Nipple, Bracket, Angle Lock
and Hose with Flexible Xipple End Protector.
Gnleford S. Wood.
-'£— +-
J
_Thre<2 4C9mcr>¥-o/ c/'pe, os
1 i c^o>v/7; Snappctf jnf-a Socket
M&ta/ nrtg. I I opc-ninga , -J-o re/-a/'n hole, in po
Fig. 1324. Section Through "NB" Air Brake and Signal Hose Connection.
(241)
Fig. 1325. Air Brake or Signal Hose with "NB" Connection.
G. M. Newhall Eng. Co.
Figs. 1326-1337 CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Passenger and Baggagf
— !*-
n
Figs. 1326-1328.
End Door of Coach.
N. & W.
k- 26i--—
Fig. 1333.
Door for Pullman
Wide Vestibule.
%"-* I -«" H «"l-f k-W f »*
Figs. 13-20-1331. Standard End Door of Coach
X. Y„ N. H. & H.
Names of Parts of Doors.
Figs. 1329-1337.
Door Post or Jamb
Door Mulliou
Top Door Rail
Bottom Door Rail
Middle or Look Door Rait
7 Parting Door Rail
8 Door Stile
Lower or Twin Door Panels
Middle Door Panel
Upper Door Sash
Lower Door Sash
21 Door Hanger
22 Door Hook
23 Door Guards
10
11
12
13
□ a
Fig. 1332.
Door for Gould
Narrow Vestibule.
s:
^=4=^
Plate;
18x24 \
Si
"5
ti
, ./^"U
.-:£
k—
25-—
-
Fig. 1334.
Standard End Door for
Pullman Cars.
Fig. 1335. Baggage Car Side Door. N. Y. C. & H. R.
Figs. 1330-1337. Baggage Car Side Door. N. & W.
(242)
CAR BODY DETAILS. Doors.
Figs. 1338-134/
Fig. 134*. Fig. 1339. Fig. 1340. Fig?. 1341-1342. Steel Sliding Doors. Hudson
Steel Vestibule Door. Steel End Door. Steel Saloon Door. & Manhattan Steel Tunnel Car Doors.
Interior. Interior. Interior.
P. R. R. Standard Steel Coach Doors.
Fig. 1343.
Steel Vestibule Door
Exterior.
Fig. 1340. Fig. 1346. Steel End
Steel Saloon Door. Door. Hudson &
Exterior. Manhattan Steel
Tunnel Car Doors.
P. R. R. Standard Steel Coach Dcors.
Fig. 1344.
Steel End Door.
Exterior.
Fig. 1347. Steel End
Door. Harriman Lines
Standard Steel Coach
Door.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
(243)
Figs. 1348-1355
CAR BODY DETAILS, Steel.
.! i
J
l-A Panel.
3-AJlat.
it*
Figs. 1348-1350.
Metallic Steel Sheathing,
for Steel Cars.
General Railway Supply Co.
■
1- Panel.
3-Jlat
Figs. 1352-1354.
Metallic Steel Sheathing,
for Wood Cars.
General Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 1351. Steel Interior.
Finish and Steel Sash.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
Fig. 1.355. Steel Bulkhead, Saloon, Etc, Harriman Lines Standard Steel Coaches
I laic & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
(244)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Baggage and Box Car?. Figs. 1356-1364
, Side
W -Plate.
Fig;. 1356-1358. 8-ft. Folding Side Door for Special Horse Car. C. R. R. of N. J.
„ *t__A$^&i_^??'Sf5_
h h —
i>
g*l$ Pubbina Strip Countersunk J
Clinch Nails'
Burglar %,
Proof — r'
Bracket
SECTION SHOrTING trSATHSr? STr7/PS.
END SUPPORTS.
Figs. 1359-1364. Smith No. 2 Car Door. Jones Car Door Co.
(245)
Figs 1365-13;
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doers; Freight.
Figs. 1305-13(36. Western Flush Car Door.
Figs. 138(-1368. St. Louis Flush Car Door
Western Railway Equipment Co.
(246)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Freight, Locks.
Figs. 1371-1580
Fig. 1371. Lock Closed, Ready for Pin or Seal.
Dayton Freight Door Lock. Malleable Iron.
Dayton Malleable Iron Co.
Fig. 1372. Lock in Position to
Release Hasp.
Fig. 1373. National Safety Car Door Fastener.
Complete with Seal.
Fig. 1377. A 114 Hasp.
Fig. 1378.
No. 189 Lock.
(247)
Fig. 1379.
No. 191 Lock with Flange.
The National Malleable Castings Co.
Fig. 1374. Dohlin Automatic Car
Door Fastener.
National Railway Devices Co.
Fig. 1380. No. 193 Lock
with Wing.
Figs. 1381-1392
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Refrigerator.
Fig. 1381. National Burglar-Proof Car Door Bracket.
The National Malleable Castings Co.
Fig. 1382.
Fig. 1383.
Security Door Brackets.
Chicago Grain Door Co.
Fig. 138G.
Wedge Stop.
Door Hanger and Wheel.
Fig. 1388.
Door Guide.
^.JA..,,: -j.-Jmjo.
m bq
Fig. 1387.
Double Door Wedge.
Fig. 1389.
Door Stop Bracket.
1390-1392. Refrigerator Car Door. Wickes Patent.
(248)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Refrigerator.
Fi^s. 1393-1401
Figs. 1393-1398. Ln Flare Refrigerator Insulation and Miner Refrigerator Car Door Fasteners, Applied to M.
D. T. Co. Refrigerator Cars. W. 11. Miner Co.
Names of Parts of Refrigerator Car Doors. Figs. 1399-1401.
44 Door Post 686 Door Hinge 746 Door Bolt or Bar
Gls Poor 72 Poor Bolt Bracket 77 Door Stop
73 Door Hasp
*il i
U.C 1 i
a 44 .Double Hair ! Double Hair Felt p.< j |.
J, 1" .'/ /=£/)* \\,-'and Canras T b |! ,-rDciible Hair Felt and Canras
^^
'. t- ": .^;-j..
"Paper
~~la Flare Spring frrsu/crf/on
T
(249) Figs. 1399-1401. Side Door with La Flare Spring Insulation. Produce Car. N. Y. C & H R
Figs 1402-1412
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Gr
Door c/oyYO fo
receive gra/r?
tSPi (n?f ph ~n m-t ~wr
Ot/t5Jde Mew
Figs. 1402-1408. Chicago Grain Door. Chicago Grain Door Co.
Sc
f~~< a
if A
^
Core /i '•<} ' /J I /j
1 .■•-■■■° « 6-^T?
^_
£"h
id
U
-.,-,"
t
if
o<ja-
\ W Oa/r
,'l
gate ifV/s
- - T7 g ~ ^~
7kT
jt :,«w'
Si :.-,»,\V,\fr.-..;.ft',. :.h" --■,- T— m-w-W tr-J-tU-rv
InsideWen Door Closed.
1
1
OutstdftViOW Door Clostd.
nrrTTTITTTYi
TopViaw Door Opening.
Figs. 1409-1412. Jacquemin Grain Door.
Standard Railway Equipment Co.
(250)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1413-141*
1418. Sectional View of Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear.
Figs. 1-114-1416. Application of Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear to Car with Steel Center Sills
a f^
V^===^-^^\3t
KywJ
Figs. 141".
(251)
-1418. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear. Pressed Steel and Forging Attachment for Freight
Cars with Wooden Sills.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co.
Figs. 1419-1439
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1419-1422. Ap
plication of \\ est-
inghouse Friction
Draft Gear to Car
w i t li Wooden
Center Sills and
Malleable 1 r on
Draft Sills.
Figs. 1437-143!!. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear. Steel Casting Attachment for Tenders, with Metal Sills.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co. (252)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1440-1451
Fig;. 1440-1443. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft, Type K.
Standard Coupler Co.
[Z£pr/,7ff£orre<5, 0-70. S^enferfr/cf/bnB/oc/cs.Qi-n'z".
0ne3efComPr'se5\4Sii/err/cf,on£/ocJrs, G-7 1 gfyring Wotes
^
3
C^l5f~.^:_ ,'- -SbnhfBarne/, G-70.
■^25ftr/np6)x8' tf.C-B.Sfit
(7b dose so//i?of/ZJ')
l6ec/irMJ(£3&riy3.
Figs. 1444-1451. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear, Type C, Applied to Car
with Pressed Steel Underframe. Standard Coupler Co.
(253)
Figs. 1452-1463
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
\^S«te/TictimS/ocits,Q-\2\. 'Spnngnares. int. \
G-120
Figs. 1452-1459. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear, Type H,
Applied to Car with Pressed Steel Center Sills.
Qiee>r P/ates mit receive Standard M CB Sear
„...CZL
o I o
4i" &s— — k-A-IOir^-SS"'
9i H
El fti Kl fh n^n
* -Must tie tight fit to suit castings— -li
— S=t=^^ =1 d
1<— #— 4<— <g£-->l< — /$- — >I//K-
Sectmn-\\. Section-^.
^I©/CB^
-^ -I— ~i-
a
J
3\®
11
*> — 7— ^
11
y
d d d d d d
Figs. 1460-1463. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear. Type E, Applied to Car with Wooden Center Sills.
Names of Parts of Figs. 1460-1463.
Names of Parts of Figs. 1423-1436.
A Spring Barrel
B Friction Box
C Side Friction Blocks
D Center Friction Blocks
E Follower Plate
F Check Plate, right
G Check Plate, left
H Draft Gear Carrier.
I Double Coil Draft Spring
5660 Standard Friction Draft Gear, 5668 Rivet for Securing Release Pin
complete
5661 Draft Gear Cylinder Body
5662 Release Spring
5663 Preliminary Spring
5664 Auxiliary Release Spring
5665 Auxiliary Preliminary Spring
5666 Nut for Release Pin
5667 Release Pin
Nut
5669 Wedge
5670 Female Segment
5671 Mo/e Segment
5672 Friction Strip
5673 Wedge and Release Pin with
Auxiliary Preliminary Spring,
complete
(254)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1464-1472
, B 'l/j/'S/y!'!!'.'?'??*-
Figs. 1464-1467. Application of Dayton Twin Spring Draft Gear to Car with Steel Underframe.
Dayton Malleable Iron Co.
Figs. 1468-1469. Harvey Friction Draft Sprin
Frost Railway Supply Co.
^V. <:-<£-■ - ^- - '-- -:^-: -■■■—>■■<: 1 £::
■' ■ f .-
1
v!
Irfcr7^.;f" >;
"3**^
•TO
W"
QUE
B___ .. „ft^
^^ T5T" igr ■&!£-
Figs. 1470-1472. Butler Friction Draft Gear, Piper Paten's, Applied to Car with Wooden Center Sills
Butler Drawbar Attachment Co.
(255)
Figs. 1473-147S CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1473-1474. Butler Friction Draft Gear, Piper Patents, Applied to Car with Steel Center Sills.
OOO
OOO;
?~\ <^ r^
Vie
(V
W v_^ — ^f-
OOO
-C7 V_^ — <CT"
OOO
Figs. 1475-1476. Butler Friction Draft Gear, No. 330. Piper Patents, with Standard 6%-in. x 8-in.
and 8-in. x 8-in. Springs.
Figs. 1477-1478. Butler Tandem Spring Draft Gear with 8-in. x 8-in., Class G, Springs,
Applied to Car with Steel Center Sills.
Butler Drawbar Attachment Co.
(250)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1479-1483
Fig. 1479. Butler Friction Draft Rigging.
' — = T > isf . isi"
^l^fe: X^fe'^v^-L-'U -■■^^
zzm^^^JZMMMMm
• •••<
B
TO
Figs. 1480-1481. Butler Tandem Spring Draft Gear with 6%-in. x 8-in. Draft Springs,
Applied to Car with Wooden Center Sills
(257)
Figs. 1482-1483. Butler Special Tandem Spring Draft Gear. Applied to Norfolk & Western
Steel Underframe Cars.
Butler Drawbar Attachment Co.
Figs. 1484-1496
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1484-1491. McCord Draft Gear, Type D.
Z-Zk-
Figs. 1492-1493. McCord Draft Gear, Type D.
Section A>-B.
Figs. 1494-1496. Application of Type D Gear to 100,000-11). Steel Underframe Car.
McCord & Company.
(258)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight
Figs. 1497-1508
Figs. 1505-1508. Miner Tandem Draft Gear, Appli
L. & X. Freight Cars with Wood Center Sills.
W. H. Miner Co.
(259)
Figs. 1509-1519
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1513-1510. Miner Tandem Draft Gear, with Adjustable Horn, Applied to Coloradc
& Southern Cars with Wood Center Sills.
fir' — "f -
Figs. 1517-1519. Miner Friction Draft Gear, Applied to D., L. & VV. Cars
with Steel Center Sills.
W. H. Miner Co.
(260)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1520-1531
Figs. 1520-1523. Farlow Twin, Class G, Spring Draft Gear, Applied to 50-Ton Steel Cars.
4=
i >___
ipwi
#f
:m
Hi
Figs. 1524-1527. Combination of Farlow Draft Gear Attachments and Westinghonse Friction Barrel,
Applied to 5il-Ton Steel Cars.
jtfl S^J.-V-'ji?-: y_,^ :t_ Rt £ Vj t[i|i
SH \T|; 1&1 — \ / q-q— -jBi-|B^
y ' \ ; &
+ .,' — 4 -I
."[ir^i"
Figs. 1528-1531. Farlow Twin, Class G, Spring Draft Gear, with Combination Plate ami Angle Draft Arms,
Applied to 40-Ton Wood Underframe Cars.
Farlow Draft Gear Co.
(261)
Figs. 1532-1539
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Fig. 1532. Sectional Plan of Republic Friction Draft Gear.
Figs. 1533-1535. Republic Friction Draft Gear, Applied to Car with Wooden Sills.
Western Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 1536-1539. Solid Draft Gear, Four Springs, Applied to Car with Wooden Underframes
(262)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Figs. 1540-1545
Figs. 1540-1542. Cardwell Friction Draft Gear, Type G-8.
.-i.--.-k-J;,-
■v^V^
"Criibi^
iTlf
&t^^I^=l
£^i£M^i£sS.
rT
dm
Ti V7MI
□i
'-&}
f*=?
3iJ
Figs. 1543-1545. Cardwell Friction Draft Gear, Type D.
Union Draft Gear Co.
(263)
Figs. 1546-1551
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
Fig. 1S46. Cast Steel Bolster and Channel Draft Beams. Gould Coupler Co.
Friction Draft Gear, Application with Cast Steel Body Bolster.
Gould Coupler Co.
Fig. 1551. Extended Steel Draft Beams from End Sill to Body Bolster.
Gould Coupler Co.
(2G4)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
tigs. 1552-1563
Ft
TfQ
=_=^
9 '--''
^
Figs. 1552-1555. Application of Metal Draft Beam for Twin Spring Draft Gear.
Gould Coupler Co.
-4'IOiL-
9 i 3
lop
a I
%> 4B
_.
0 3 Cf
Secf/cnA-A.
*-&—*£* *-"
-6z'-* ?i'
O -
a
'€ )*1
— /sj"— ->l
Secfion.BS.
.a?-
)-// Owner Mates
PusfjBors.C.S. ro//o tyers.CS.
ffir-
iSjfiHW
^4
R-n*-H
k—iOS— »|
Section C-C.
Figs. 1556-1563. Application of Push-Ear Tandem Spring Draft Gear to Steel Car.
Gould Coupler Co.
(265)
Figs. 1564-1579 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight.
5de V/ew ma Sect/or? 3S.
/j/- - >J Snaftetv 0/?c>Secm/?c-C
Figs. 1564-1566. Single Spring Draft Box. No. 51
Washburn Steel Castings & Coupler Co.
Figs. 1573-157!) Hinson Twin Spring Draft Gea,
Applied to Cars with Wooden Sills
National Car Coupler Co.
(266)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear ; F
reig-ht.
Figs. 1580-158Z
K* 15M Cast Steel Transom Draft Gear for Steel Freight
ght Cars.
W* 158L Details of Cast Steel Transom Draft Gear for Fie
\\ ood Freight Cars. ff
1581a. Cast Steel Transom Draft Gear for Steel
Freight Cars.
Fi, 1582. Cast Stee, Transom Dratt Gear for Wood Fr.ght C^
Commonwealth Steel Co.
(267)
Figs 1583-1592 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight.
Fig. 1591. Knuckle.
Fig. 1592. Lifter
American Steel Foundries.
(268)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. Figs. i593-l6l5
Fig. 1593. Gould Freight Coupler.
Gould Coupler Co.
L-l. Drawbar on Shank.
X-2. Knuckle.
L-'S. Knuckle Opener furnished if requested
X-4. Lock.
L-5. Knuckle Tin
L-G. Lock Tin.
1-
0""qP
I
-T
J-f
\ m
i'l '-Oil
5^
Fig5. 1594-1598. National Freight Coupler.
National Car Coupler Co.
J¥HO,eJH
Section B-B
11 j 1
Ml!
_ i
1/TT
\
III!
i<— *§" — >
Figs. 1599-1607. Standard Coupler and Parts.
Standard Coupler Co.
k — 3-— *
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 271.
WS?L
>
90.H.
CA i
« w
243 A 96. W.I. 88. 115.
Figs 1608-1615. Janney Coupler and Parts. McConway & Torley Co.
<269)
Figs. 1616-1629 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight.
Coupler Complete.
Patented.
Figs. 1616-1619.
Sharon Top Operating Freight Coupler.
Top Lock Lift.
Patented.
*1f*
%
Support Pin.
Top Lock Lift can be de-
tached if bottom operation
is desired.
Lock and Top Lift.
Patented.
•&■
It
Knuckle Pin.
Knuckle.
Patented.
Parts Common to Both Couplers.
Chain Hole Cap.
Patented.
Coupler Complete
Patented.
Patented.
Lock.
Figs. 1620-1629. Sharon Bottom Operating Freight Coupler.
(Finished with any style of shank. Common styles of shanks. Figs. 1658-1706.)
The National Malleable Castings Co.
Bottom Lock Lift.
Patented.
(270)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. Figs. 1630-1647
Coupler Complete.
Patented.
Figs. 1630-1638. Climax Freight Coupler.
Lock and Chain.
Patented.
-i-
Knuckle.
Patented.
Clevis.
- — ig~—
Clevis Pin.
j-
Knuckle Pin.
Parts Common to Both Couplers.
■*T
■It-
, 1
1
■©-
,
©
Lock Set Ring. Lock Set.
Patented.
Coupler Complete.
Patented.
Figs. 1639-1647. Tower Freight Coupler.
/T
Lock and Chain.
Patented.
Chain.
Patented.
Knuckle.
Patented.
(Finished with any style of shank. Common styles of shanks, Figs. 1658-1705.)
The National Malleable Castings Co.
(271)
Figs 1648-1705 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight.
Coupler Complete.
Patented.
Lift Pin. Patented.
Lock.
Patented.
■4-
-i'
Knuckle Pin.
Parts of Latrobe
Figs. 1048-10-57. Latrobe Freight Coupler.
Knuckle.
Patented.
Coupler.
(Finished zvith any style of shank.)
No 3-
/dr Sessions
Draft Gear
No 3
/or Miner
Draft Gear
A/o 3.
For v/estingnouse
Draft Gear
No 4-
/or Son 6 'Key
A/o 6
Spec/a/
Any Length
No a
for Sessions
Draff Gear
—--
0
j»j
cmJ
, f
crrH
, 1
t
'JAJ-
rS^-
o
o
o
@T
0
,1
V)
1
T
0
"~r
0
1
im
o
o
[o]i
so
c
'ifl
^©j
— i — J
= — .= — 1
o >
A/o. 3.
for Miner
Draft Gear.
/Vo 3
For Westjngnouse
Draft Gear.
A/o 9
A/o. A3.
- S or 6 Key.
A/o. 15
for So.' 6' Key.
Figs. 1058-17(15. Common Styles of Coupler Shanks for Different Draft Gear Arrangements.
The National Malleable Castings Co.
(272)
CAR BODY DETAILS. Draft Gear. Couplers: Freight. Figs. 1706-1729
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Next Page.
495
; : :
5101
B
257.
292
Fig;. 1706-1714. Kelso Coupler and Parts.
5253
Figs. 1721-1729. Pitt Coupler and Parts. McConway & Torley Co.
(278)
Figs. 1730-1738 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight.
Names of Parts of Figs. 1608-1615. 480 Locking Block
2S Knuckle
86S Coupler Casting
88 Knuckle Pin
90H Cln is
91H Clevis Pin
96WI Locking Pin
115 Split Key
243A Trigger for Unlocking Pin
5256 Locking Pin Trigger
5358 Coupler
Names of Parts of Figs. 1721-1729.
292 Knuckle Pin
492 Coupler Casting. 5-in. x 7-in. 5061 Sj>lit Kcy
482 Clevis
491 Coupler Casting. 5-in. x 5-1'n
Shank
Shank
498 Locking Block Pin
5101 )
5100
ung Block Lifter
5070 Coupler Casting. 5-in. x 5-1'tt.
Shank
5071 Knuckle
5073 Knuckle Opener
Names of Parts of Figs. 1715-1720. 5077 Knuckle Opener Pin
Names of Parts of Figs. 1706-1714. .,,.,5 &--„„./,>, ,„„„ r~ 1 ^ ,■
& 5357b Knuckle 5079 Coupler lasting, j-in. x 7-i«.
257 Clevis Pin 292 Knuckle Pin Shank
293 Knuckle Pin 5253 Locking Pin
392S Knuckle 5255 Knuckle Opener
5153 Locking Pin
--- ~-t 'LfOXQn
1 P s-i
Figs. 1730-1734. Washburn Coupler, Type A
Figs. 1735-1736. Sections of Figs. 1737-1738. Washburn Coupler.
Washburn International Coupler. Type 1-F, for Narrow Gage Cars.
Washburn Steel Castings & Coupler Co.
(274)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. Figs. 1739-1756
Figs. 1739-1742. Buckeye, "Little Giant" Coupler and Parts. 5-in. x 7-in. Shank.
Buckeye Steel Castings Co.
(Tf2=2
-2l£-
,^^/////W»y//\ W/M777,
JM
~T'
o
'--
^^tr^
^
* \
IP--—^ '
V
||
WW
1
■ i ' 1
J 1 -,
—
^^
Figs. 1743-1756. Major Coupler and Parts, 5-in. x 7-in. Shank. Buckeye Steel Castings Co.
(275)
Flgs I757.I776 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight
\AU2S t
Pivot Pin.
E=
Quarcl Pin.
Lift Pin. Lock.
Fio-s. 176(3-1774. Melrose Coupler and Parts. National Malleable Castings Co.
Fig. 1775. Goodman Wrecking Hook Applied to Coupler. Fig. 1776. Goodman Wrecking Hook
The National Malleable Castings Co.
(276)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear. Couplers; Freight. Figs. 1777-1797.
Fig. I11 1. Longitudinal Section.
Fig. 1778.
Horizontal Section.
Fig. 1779. Cross-Section.
Fig. 1780. Perspective Vie
Fig. 1781.
Perspective View
of Coupler and
Hand Rod.
u
Fig. 1782.
Bottom Plan of Head.
Fig. 1784. Hand Rod.
Fig. 1783. Coupler, Hand Rod and Bracket.
Fig. 1786.
Bracket
Fig. 1785. for
Bracket for Corner
Face of End Sill, of Sill.
Or
(§>
Fig. 1787.
Knuckle.
Fig. 1788. Fig. 1789. Fig. 179ft. Fig. 1791. Fig. 1792. Fig. 1793.
Knuckle Lock. Knuckle Pin. Operating Rod. Finger. Bracket for Bracket for
Face of Under-side.
Trojan Coupler and Parts. Trojan Coupler, Co. Sill. of Sill.
HR-
^£
Figs. 1 1 94-1795. Plan and Elevation of Schroyer Uncoupling Apparatus.
National Railway Devices Co.
Fig. 1796. Hinson
Emergency Knuckle.
National Car Coupler Co.
Fig. 1797. Gilman-Brown Emergency Knuckle.
Quincy, Manchester, Sargent Co.
(277)
Figs. 1798-1811 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Passenger.
•^6\
Lock. -figr
Patented.
Chain Hole Cap.
atented.
SA,n? O
Bottom Lock Lift,
Patented.
-®
Knuckle Pin.
Coupler Complete,
Patented.
Support Pin
(.Furnished with any style of shank required.)
Figs. 1798-1809. Sharon Passenger Coupler.
The National Malleable Castings Co.
Knuckle,
Patented.
Figs. 1810-1811. Washburn Flexible Head Passenger Coupler. Washburn Steel Castings & Coupler Co.
(27S)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Passenger. Figs. 1812-1829
Names of Parts of
Figs. 1812-1819.
241 Split Key
362 Catch Lever
1483 Knuckle Pin
1600 Knuckle Pin Plate
5081 Knuckle
"') 5082 Knuckle Pin
5127 Coupler Casting
5144 Coupler Casting
Figs. 1820-1827. Standard Passenger Coupler. Standard Coupler Co.
Fig. 1828. Gould No. 1515. Steel Passenger Coupler. Gould Coupler Co.
(279)
Figs. 1829. Gould Improved 1909 Model Steel Passenger Coupler. Gould Coupler Co
Figs. 1830-1S49 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Passenger.
fr-Al Drawbnc 0r SL.-mk
6-B Knii&U
6-L' Lock Complete
6-D Lifter
6-E Knuckle Pin
^ . 0-I-. Knuckle Pin
■ lii,1 maS ; ■■ i|ll{h; I O I " Locklne Pit.
Figs. 1830-1839. National Passenger Coupler. Xo. 6 A-l. National Car Coupler Co.
-n% .y^j'
- ; — °«: >|< SK- At- — 83tf- s4<-»-:h
' .» a _ _ 5 ■&. a. _a_ _&_ .a, _a. 151 51 1
; a o a & a st e ~?? '3 ® ■?. c
=L
Figs. 1840-1847. National Passenger Coupler, No. 5 P, with M. C. E. or Miller Knuckle.
National Car Coupler Co.
Figs. 1848-1849. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear. Forging Attachment for Passenger Equipment Cars with
Standard Steel Platforms and National Couplers. Westinghouse Air Brake Co. (2S0)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Figs. 1850-1870
-J^apl^Jt^
Figs. 1850-1853. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear on Passenger Equipment Cars with Standard Steel Plat-
form and Three-Stem Couplers.
&
:-□ 1 — ij
iifl
0= equally sficced 2%'
tie plate:
2 Ihus-Wroug/.-iiro
^°
R r?r-r
3 -Gi' Important
"*" J "if-- ■ Ht"L"i.~'~- " 7>« mi squnrfJ and /'ittid
C JJV >&£> T" •^wwl' £«$. ***/ S/Z?r £01S PL.ITE *} ttusizffff lHd Wrought ,
SECTION
sAetrinff friLtirn J.-off fftar
~ -CT
FULLOWEB
E^
*f- I4f«0*rt*nl
blDi: 1.10 TIL PLATE
>-. - 23}Tmf»rT„r
,'Fisis/l rndz *f fcrgings ore net syuart ja/ itt.i.
A tl dimension 1 shau'n
rhiis lc suit deritfn c* ft'aLforrTi
^U
-si'
-M 3-6J Invariant
CllAMAr. CASTING
- 33§-'-JnfiarTem
7$ Dr.ll
-f Ihus Ma//, inn -^ j _Af
IHfl fir jr'nftrrp,*. ^
YOKE PIN
2 thus -Wrought iron J ftus _ Qfifu h*art\ Tna/ium sttel
©-a
--'7 «-?j-— ?>•-
rOfi*£ Uthas-Wrea&t iroi
^"" ——Enliri ItTtgth of ofifm
Lrnjlh te sa.t car
;-— - J,-
/W.HCfl.lA' EXTENSION
2 thva -Wreagtt inn
1 ..
^/PF ZVU/T ITU *«„s / if:f/^ Wrought iron
>■'
' _ Z~±*-f*!»rra -.t \. ,
T "i
-r^ D ;.^ p rJ^j
-2Hi~lmpc-tanl
FOLLOWER TUP G17DE -1 tba -1 1 'rmgil iron.
:
^--(
*Ct-r
' Rnrti - rcunTtrsvnh
B-i chimed rirn^^^
Figs. 1854-1870. Detail Parts used in Application of Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear to Passenger Equipment
Cars with Standard Steel Platforms and Three-Stem Couplers.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co.
(2S1)
Figs. 1871-1880 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
^#*W|3^
Figs. 1878-1880 Miner Friction Draft Gear, Applied to C, M. & St. P.
Passenger Cars with Standard Steel Platforms.
W. H. Miner Co.
(2S2)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger
Figs. 1881-1885
Figs. 1881-1884. Miner Friction Draft Gear, Applied to I. C.
Combination Postal and Baggage Cars.
Figs. 1885-1885. Miner Friction
28P Draft Spring, 6
Draft Gear, Applied to N. Y.
W. H. Miner Co.
Names of Parts of Fig's.
1886
8
90 Clevis
91 Cle-jis Pin
139 foot Plate Housing
148 Lever Hinge Bracket
152 Lever Handle
154 Buffer Stem King Washer
156 Buffer Stem End Washer
528 Catch Spring
574 Tail Pin
586 Side Stem Pivot Pin
594 Side Stem Bracket, L. & R.
602 Side Stem Spring, 3% in. x 18 in.
607 Side Stem Lug Washer
608 Side Stem Bevel Washer
614 Buffer Plate
620 Buffer Stem
628 Buffer Pin
630 Buffer Spring, 4 in. x 18 in.
634 Buffer Stem Bracket, R. & L
641 Buffer Stem Guide
648 Draft Bolt
655 Foot Plate
660 Foot Plate Bolt
665 Foot Plate Stop, R. & L.
675 Uncoupling Lever Chain
683 Uncoupling Lever Guide
700 Uncoupling Lever
715 Uncoupling Lever Plate
720 Uncoupling Lever Collar
845 Center Stem Thimble
904 Catch
Ii. & H
. Motor and Trailer Cars.
-1935.
917
Coupler Head Casting
920
Side Motion Spring, 2% in. x <
932
Spring Box Holder
987
Center Stem
998
Sid? Stem
1030
Spring Box-
1086
Cat cli Lever
1111
Stirrup
1120
Chafing Plate
1200
Center Stem Pivot Pin, 1V2 in
1204
Center Stem Pivot Pin, 1% in
1240
Split Key for Buffer Stem
1471
Knuckle
1483
Knuckle Pin
1600
Knuckle Pin Plate
(283)
Figs. 1886-1935
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Numbers Refer to List of Names on Page 283.
1.483,
1086
95 0
3
332
Figs. 1886-1935. Buhoup 3-Stem Passenger Coupler and Draft Gear.
McConway & Torley Co.
(284)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Figs. 1936-1947
,e_a
i ;W .
,. n ,T)
nmrx
?
SE^EI! X
f?c
] -"□[a r4° a I
\.
Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platforms, Types A-3, A-5, A
Xo. Pieces
Description
Open or
Vestibule
No. Pieces Description
2 Buffer Tread Plates
4 Buffer Steins. Side, Length to Suit
2 Buffer Stems, Center, Length to
Suit
4 Buffer Stem Hinges
4 Buffer Stem Clevises, A-II
4 Buffer Stem Clevis Bolts, % x 4 in.
4 Buffer Stem Clevis Pins,
iVi x 4% m.
6 Buffer Stem Sleeves, 2 Each, A, C
and D, not required with buffer
beam extensions
2 Buffer Springs, Double or Triple
Coil, to Suit
Equalisers, A-o
2 I-Beams, Each A and D, 14.75 fts.,
17.25 lbs. or 23.90 lbs. per ft., as-
required, machined to suit car
framing
2 I-Beams, Each B and C, 17.25 lbs.
or 23.90 lbs. per ft., as required,
machined to suit car framing
12 or 16 I-Beam Brackets, A-15 or
K-15, riveted to beams
2 Buffer Beam Angles, 6x6x 37V2 in.
to suit
2 Buffer Face Angles, for
Vestibule Platforms
2 Buffer Face Plates, for
Platforms Only
Note. — Buffer beam extensions are extra. Drawbar guides F-8 are for central
ment 2 in. either way.
(285)
13 and A-15, A-23 and A-25.
. Piei es Description
Equalizer Pivot Pins, 1% x 4% in.
Equalizer Guide Bars
Equalizer Guide Angles
Equalizer Guide Anchors, A-17 or
B-17
Equalizer Guide Bolts, % x 3% in.
Spring Cups. Front, B-10 or L-10.
Spring Cups, Back, B-13 or L-13
Name Plates, as required
Buffer Beam Extensions, as re-
quired
Drawbar Guide Yokes, F-S
Drawbar Guide Sleeves, C-S-i
Drazvbar Guide Springs
Drawbar Guide Rods
draft couplers only; lateral move-
Figs. 1948-1952
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
■* "
~~
-ffe—
- -
--
1
0
0
0
0
0
' 0
hi? (Q
0 "
O
J3
0
•Sji
®;
■ i*C
c
0
^C
O
0
°l
^O
O
k 6- +-
— +
C
■d
c
rt
>
o
u
< 5
a -a
>. 1-
■a
c
9
oil©!
MM 1 r^^r-H^n pw
~ !|Q
©!
oil®
OijO
TUTU CL
-9
-1
c 0
^
te
1
ID
! ^
vSi.p^
*
H"
~|
3.
(1
! ^
91
l-^-
?>
-^^'
!
0
L
ID"
6 0
IX
(2S6)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Figs. 1953-1964
mfljjgto
Figs. 1953-1960. Standard Steel Platform
and Draft Gear for Blind End Cars.
Standard Coupler Co.
TYPE-B-l 1.
Vestibule Blind End.
vVv
\ .DO
f '" ' O 0
b
■-C-6-19.
i
%
d
"I
F-8-.
B-19.
|/a
1
u
O
djji
C
as
a
Pc-8-K
a/Vn
/!// Wood Buffer Beam .
1961-1004. Standard Steel Platform, Type C. for Caboose Cars. Standard Coupler Co.
Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platforms for Blind End Cars.
No. Pieces
Description
4 l-Beams, 17.2s lbs. or 23.90 lbs. per
ft., as required, machined to suit
ear framing
2 Buffer Face Angles, for Vestibule
Blind Ends of Non-Vestibule
Blind Ends
2 Buffer Face Plates, for Vestibule
Blind Ends Only
2 Buffer Tread Plates
4 Buffer Stems, Side, Length to Suit
2 Puffer Stems, Center, Length to Suit
No. Pieces Description No. Pieces
4 Buffer Stem Hinges 4
12 Buffer Stem Sleeves, 6 A, 2 each 4
B, C and D (2 each A. C and D 4
not used with buffer beam ex- 2
tensions) 2
Buffer Stem Washers, Front 2
Buffer Stem Washers, Back 2
Buffer Stent Keys 4
Buffer Springs for Center Stem 2
Spring Cups, Front 2
Description
Buffer Springs for Side Stems
Hold-back Springs for Side Stems
End Sill Plates, Side, as required
End Sill Plates, Center, as required
Name Plates
Buffer Beam Extensions
Drawbar Guide Yokes, F-8
Drawbar Guide Sleeves, C-S-i
Drawbar Guide Springs
Drawbar Guide Rods
Spring Cups, Back
Note. — Buffer Beam extensions are ex Ira. Drawbar Guides F-8 are for central draft couplers only; lateral move-
ment '2 in. either way.
(287)
Figs. 1965-1969
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
'ff-tf-P SMI*] NO N0I1D3£
■s-A
9 *-Tf—i
C
a.
3
O
u
—
o-
m
o
a
<
83
PQ
Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platform Buffers, Type D-3. Adapted to Steel Cars.
No. Pieces. Description.
2 Buffer Beam Extensions, with
Inserts
2 Name Flutes
2 Buffer Spring Followers
2 Buffer Spring Casings
4 Side Stem Brackets, with Keys
No. Pieces. Description.
12 Side Stem Washers
2 Buffer Center Stems
2 Buffer Face Angles
2 Buffer Face Plates
2 Buffer Tread Plates
4 Buffer Side Stctus
No. Pieces. Description.
4 Side Stem Keys and Colters
4 Hinge Plates
6 Chafing Plates
2 Single Coil Buffer Springs, P-14
4 Double Coil Buffer Springs, P-I2
8 Double Coil Buffer Springs, P-13
Back Spring Cup, "X," may be furnished by Car Builder to Suit Car Construction.
(288)'
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Figs. 1970-1974
V-V-V 3NI7 NO NO 11039
-S— 1
3
u
=
u
H
Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platform Buffers, Type E-3. Adapted to Steel Cars.
No. Pieces. Description.
2 Buffer Beam Extensions and
Inserts
2 Name Plates
2 Front Spring Cups
2 Back Spring Cups
& Side Stem Brackets, with Keys
Xo. Pieces. Description.
4 Buffer Side Stems
Side Stem Keys and Cotters
Hinge Plates
Chafing Plates
Double Coil Buffer Springs, P-13
Triple Coil Buffer Springs, P-19
Back Slops, "X," "Y," "Z," may be furnished by Car Builders to Suit Car Construction.
Xo. Pieces. Description.
8 Side Stem Washers
Side Stem Followers
Buffer Center Stems
Buffer Face Angles
Buffer Face .-Ingle Plate.
Buffer Tread Plates
4
4
4
8
2
(289)
Figs. 1975-1981
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
rTT
Figs. 1975-1977. Forsyth Buffing Device, Applied to Cast Steel Platfor
Figs. 1978-1981. Forsyth Huffing Device, Applied to Built-up Platform.
Forsyth Brothers Co.
(290)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. Figs. 1982-2041
Numbers Refer to List of Names on Page 292.
m 1 m
TZ
vf
■j<* Bi-^is^Mg
-1-2 »LlSJBolt k— »K_
7-r
a~£ :
Ln
o o
?■> — -'I
$
sa
fe.
1
:
0— ,-
O- -r
0
\
£=£=
O
= -"
~s
.--■
-0
c=!=
:
g-
-
:'-
-0
- ■
■
/
'*
. . _u
b—
*— '
-e? ^r « gg fP?
[Csg
-^
E^L-
"J^H:
©w ,.
V4
^0
---12A-- -■ -' J>J
3
Figs. 198-2-1990.
Hinson Single Spring Draft Gear and National Buffer, Applied to Passenger Car with Wooden Draft Sills.
[3
( \o
:_■*&_
'J3-/'
3-3."
rf^S
-"-
— Li
n
"3-2:
n
'3-4-w."
= 1
;=>; " :z . .
t
HZ3
"3-/4."
(o~ E
£-40"
_J
3--AJ "
B-/OB
B-Z/ '
'B-/OS.'
B-/OS>"
B-//Q."
T^l
3-//0"
c
o
^ N /"" X
3-/00"
r
EC
"£-///.'
3-/// "
(201) Figs. 1901-21141. Parts of National Steel Pla
form and Puffer. National Car Coupler Co.
Figs. 2042-2058
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Oyrstrvct/o/? for Qoer?r~/7d drs
\<r &%'- >|fcj5$|
Figs. 2042-2052. Application of National Steel Platform and Buffer and Hinson
Twin Spring Passenger Draft Gear to Vestibule and Open End Cars.
n EM
Figs. 2053-2058. National Continuous Platform Buffer ami Equalizing Yoke
with Hinson Single Spring Draft Gear. National Car Coupler Co.
B-l Buffer Plate
B-2 Buffer Face Plate
B-3 Sliding Foot Plate
B-3-W Sliding Foot Plate
B-4-W Buffer Stem
B-8 Buffer Spring
B-9 Buffer Spring
B-10 Buffer Stem Washer
Names of Parts of Figs. 1991-2041.
B-ll Buffer Stem Washer
B-12 Buffer Foot Plate
B-12-W Buffer Foot Plate
B-14 Buffer Stem Key
B-16 Buffer Yoke
B-17 Push Bar or Strut Beam
B-18 Buffer Yoke Spring
B-19 Buffer Yoke Spring Washer
B-20 Buffer Face Plate
B-21 Buffer Yoke Stop Block
B-22 Buffer Push Bar
B-40 Buffer Stem
B-108 Buffer Yoke Stop Block
B-109 Buffer Yoke Stop Block
B-110 Buffer Yoke Stop Block
B-lll Buffer Yoke Stop Block
(292)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Figs. 2059-2064
/^~^-=~n :] -' "w"-',? r> ^rvAru'vSji-l^-^" ~~
TO SUIT CAR
Section at Side Stem.
II I. J-lilL
Mm
'-left
it
■ —TO SUIT CAR
Section Through Trap Door.
-_ J
Section Through Bolster.
(293)
Figs. 2059-2064. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of Gould Wide Vestibule
Steel Platform with Friction Buffer and Draft Gear.
Gould Coupler Co.
Figs. 2065-2066 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passens
Fig. 2065. Plan of Gould Wide Vestibule Steel Platform, with Friction Buffer and Draft Gear.
Fig. 2CJG0. Side Elevation of Gould Wide Vestibule Steel Platform, with Friction Puller and Draft Gear.
Gould Coupler Co.
(204)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
Figs. 2067-2074
Fig. 2068. Gould Friction Draft
Fig;. 2069-2071. Gould Friction Draft Gear.
Dismantled.
Fig. 2073. Gould Spring Buffer for Stub-end Cars
Fig
Gould Friction Draft Gear. Assembled.
(295)
Fig. 2074. Application of Gould Spring Buffer
to Stub-end Milk and Express Cars.
Gould Coupler Co.
Figs. 2075-2082
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger.
f^_— ^l'--^.,..^!,..^^ ^
>|^Kittit::^J-:]^g±Jjfc
fl W/7i
DecK&eam W~4
:t^-:>,V--£:Sfg
7;-:,(.,-.--J-fi- -^y^1
□ [oil! ish !®:
i^— M*
•-T-i"-'-i."//jUjBT
z
5"
iZ-I
^3
SECTION B-B.
V
"1?
ft
>>
Diaphragm-
1 *
Figs. 2075-2079. Draft Gear Attachments for Vestibuled Steel Postal Car. Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe.
i
^--lo'-if-S'it 2'/"— ^~>|*
2'l"- >*^-5->
- 30- ^-AI^-^^
I i i
f^pp|P|P|p^
riss
tb — £ra*|
j^V^r^::
k—^-tz^sgEg^Z^r- ^
H
l:
efrv.v.iFl.iP a
■*■
J-' W-fr-h—
cgfaS&feii
-a— --f-
v
fr
i
1
S?t t
Figs. 2080-2082. Standard Platform and 3-Stem Draft Gear for Wide Vestibule
Passenger Cars. C, C, C. & St. L.
(296)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Centering Devices. Figs. 2083-2090
Figs. 2083-2084. Stucki Radial Drawbar Controlling Device as Applied by the Pullman Co. and Others.
For Freight and Passenger Equipment. Forsyth Eros. Co.
Arrange i*.T Loth
4"apd 5"Yoke Strap
Figs. 2085-2086. Passenger Drawbar Centering Device.
Gould Coupler Co.
Figs. 208/-208S. National Centering Yoke.
National Car Coupler Co.
u |j
\ ^ J
(297)
Fig. 2089. On Straight Trad
~~>
i '■■ } )
Fig. 2O00. On Curve.
Chaffee Drawbar Centering Device. Forsyth Bros. Co.
Figs. 2091-2097
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear.
Figs. 2091-2096. Cory Drawbar Centering Device. W. H. Miner Co.
Fig. 2007. Miner Tandem Draft Gear and Posson Reinforcing Underframe for Incrcasiiu
Freight Car Capacity.
W. H. Miner Co.
(298)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs.
Figs. 2098-2111
Letters Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 302.
Fig. 2098. Transverse Section.
rspx.. -'. ~~
H
; 1
| jsi ■ ■ S
! M
■ * ■ 1
i i
!
1
U>: c
: I
: j
\
l|;; j
■■ .; :
1
la "" L'- ~ ~ ~ " -'-'"."'" :-"'-'
_~_v_rrrr r_~. w~_~ z ~\ z z z ...z\^
--v.q
:Zr.
A
Fig. 2099. Plan.
2 3 2 2
i
"
' ~
I
5
1
SSll
1 J
1
Fig. 2102. Plan. Winslow Car Roof.
(With Curved Roof Sheets.)
Fig. 2103. Longitudinal Section.
The Winslow Car Roof.
[u&. mm j
* 2'/2-' *
Fig. 2104.
Section of Joint
Strip.
Fig. 2105. Half Cross-Section
and Half Elevation.
Figs. 2106-2107.
Strap Bolts for
Ridge Pole. ~~i*~~t'?~ **'
Fig. 2108.
Part Longitudinal Section.
Fig. 2109.
Cross-Section of Plate
and Eaves.
Figs. 2110-2111. Joint Strip and Section of Metallic Lining
Winslow Metallic Car Roof.
(21)!))
FigS. 2II2-2I20
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs.
Letters Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 302.
Fig, 2114. Cross-Section of Ridge Pole. Fig. 2115. Longitudinal Section of Ridge Pole
LLLp' Fig. 2110. Cross-Sections of Roofing Strips. Tl£T
Excelsior Car Roof, an Inside Metallic Car Roof.
Fig. 2118. Transverse S
ection.
Fig. 2119.
Malleable
Iron Integral
Corner Cap.
1W^~-
Fig. 2120.
Section Through
Ridge Pole.
Excelsior Galvanized Car Roof. An Outside Metallic Roof.
Excelsior Car Roof Co.
(300)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs.
Figs. 2121-2130
Section Showing Transverse
Roof Boards.
■Section Showing Longitudinal
Roof Boards.
Figs. 2121-2123. Application of No. 4 Outside Iron Roof.
Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing Co.
Detail of Intermediate
Sheet.
Galvanized Iron,
Section at Fa yes.
Section of Punning
Board and Roof.
Section af Eaves.
Detail of Saddle.
Section Over Door wag.
Figs. 2124-2130. Details of No. 4 Outside Iron Roof.
Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing Co
(301)
Figs. 2131-2141
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs.
I^CT^I t^tf.y.M r-^v.
LiuuaiiuoiiJ^jjiJJJ^
Side Elevation of ffoof.
frames of Parts of Winslow Roof.
Figs. 2098-2103.
1 Joint Strip
2 Corrugations
3 Cover Strip
4 Roof Strips
5 Ridge Pole
6 Purlins
7 7?co/ Boards
8 Pairs Fascia Board
9 Carline
Names of Parts of the
Excelsior Roof.
Figs. 2112-2116.
A Lower Ridge Pole
B Upper Ridge Pole
C Carline
D Running Boards
E Roof Strips
F Eaves Fascia Board
G Sub-fascia Board
K Galvanized Iron Lining
L Purlins
P Ptoe
R i?oo/ Board
S Sub-rafter
T Cover Strip for Sub-rafter
-5
>
Fig. 2137. Part Side Elevation Fig. 2138.
of Ridge Pole, Showing Cross-Section of Ridge Pole.
Mortise.
Fig. 2136.
Cross-Section Through Plate and Eaves.
Fig. 2139. Fig. 2140.
cction Thr, ,,.-,:, (.over Strips. Stop Block.
Fig. 2141. Sectional View of Roof.
Figs. 2131-2141. Improved Chicago Car Roof. Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing C<
(302)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs.
Figs. 2142-2154
f^an 0/ ffoaf
Figs. 2142-2150. Chicago Improved Winslow Roof. Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing Cc
TOP ROOF-
PURLIN
RL'BEROIO
LOWER ROOF
■CARLINt U'-CAQLINE M.-CARLIUE ^(^ARLINE
PARTING - 5TRIP
PARTING OTRIP
Figs. 2151-21.54. Application of Ruberoid Roofm*.
Standard Paint Co.
(303)
Figs. 2155-2164
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs.
Fig. 2155. Ruberoid Torsion-Proof Car Roof. Standard Paint Co.
i'BoH. length to soil End riveted over nut
D.nance from under side of bolt-head to
lop of roof board =$.
Slonl of under
surface = 1$ «l ' -0
if Wood B'CCK
Ti„-S. 2156-2159. Miner Metallic Running Board Saddle.
Figs. 2151
SwcLiou nt A
Cross Section of Sub-Raftrr
Figs 2160-2163. Torsion-Proof Car Roof.
F. W. Bird & Son.
Fig 2164 Corrugated Inside Iron Roof.
Drake & Weirs Co. (304)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Rcofs.
Figs. 2165-2172
Fig. 2168. Application of Carey's 3-PIy, Burlap Center Freight Car Roofing. Philip Carey Mfg. Co.
Fig. 217(1.
Fig. 2169. Murphy's Improved Winslow Car Roof. Murphy's American Car Roof. Outside Metallic Roof.
Standard Railway Equipment Co.
PV -
T>
rr - $"— •>
crt*^ —
a QJj
Q
^ ' ^ hi J
(305) Stefan c-D. Fi?s' 2171-2172. Steel Channel Roof Carline. Standard Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 2173-21!
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs.
„-to ~kaUj ptsx-rlu;**. ■'« &-o.
Q' ;£
'■k\—-
1*1
\\\
j '
±X-
\
■\
"3
'«
3
i'"41
*■
--~TT\
r*3 1
iT *+
I
Figs. 2176-2179. Details of Cleveland Pressed Steel Roof Carline, Type P>, Heavy Pattern.
-
n *
1,
v_
.1 \\\
r
I
f~~i • Jt L^g Sc-rem
\-f\Boits
n
wv
LJ
lJ
^ SextunSB SecZcorv A/9
■Jul do/As Ao ?/m>f foc~k m<As
trr fhrtorf /Checked,.
www
Figs. 2180-2185. Details of Cleveland Pressed Steel Roof Carline, Standard Pattern.
<
Figs. 2180-2188. Cleveland Pressed Steel Roof Carline, Type C. with Nailing Strip
Outside Metallic Roof.
Cleveland Car Specialty Co.
(300)
CAR BODY DETAILS; Box Car, Roofs.
Figs. 2189-2200
Plan of Roof.
Figs. 2180-2107. Robertson Standard Box Car Root. Asbestos Protected Metal Co.
Fig. 2108. Robertson Standard Box Car Roof.
Asbestos Protected Metal Co.
Fig. 2100. Batted Flax Fibre for Use in Linofelt
Car Lining.
Union Fibre Co.
Fig. 22()0. Linofelt Car Lining
Union Fibre Co.
(.307)
Figs. 2201-2204 CAR BODY DETAILS, Sleeping Car Berths and Windows.
Fig. 2201. Section of a Sleeping Car, with Cushions Fig. 22(12. Section of a Sleeping Car, with the Upper
Removed, Showing Pillow Box, Upper Berth and Lower Berths Made Up, Except the
Hangings, Head Board and Table. Head Board and Curtains.
Sleeping Car Sections and Berths. Pullman Co.
203. Section of a Sleeping Car, Arranged Pullman Co. Fig. 2204. Parlor Car Window,
for Day Travel. Numbers Refer to List of Names on Next Page. (308)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Sleeping Car Berths and Wind
ows. Figs. 2205-2206
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below.
36 s
Names of Parts of Sleeping Car Sections
Figs. 2201-2202, 2206.
46
47
48
49
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
L
Fig. 2205. Coach Window.
Table Hook Piute
Berth Cat eh Handle
Berth Catch
Lower Berth Stop Bar
50
51
52
Lower Berth
Upper Berth
Upper Berth (folded up)
Berth Front, Upper Part
Berth front, Lower Part
Berth Front Panel
Bunk Apron, or Deck Sill
Facing
Berth Partition
Head Board
Inside Window Panel
Pilaster, between Windows
U 'ainscot Panel
Seat End
Scat Head End
Curtain Rod Folding Bracket
Berth Curtain Rod or Pole
Berth Curtain
Berth Mattresses
Pillow Box
Bunk End
Bunk Panel
Lower Peek Ceiling
Berth Spring and Frame
Berth Chain Pulley
Berth Chain
Berth Safety Rope
Card or Writing Table
Window Shade
Window Shade Thumb Latch
Hammock
53
54
55
Window I 'a lances M
Drapery Curtain N
Lower Wainscot Rail O
Upper Wainscot Rail P
Wainscot Panel Q
Wood Grille R
Inside Window Cornice S
Inside Window Sill T
Mullion of Upper Sash U
Names of Parts of Windows
Names cf Parts of Coach Window. Fi
1 russ Plan,
Lower Wainscot Rail
I pper Wainscot Rail
Wainscot Panel
Inside Window Sill
Window, or Window Glass
Window Casing, or Inside Window Stop
Window Pilaster
Pilaster Cap
Base of Pilaster
Window Stile
Window Rail, or Sash
Shade
Bottom Bar of Shade
Shade Thumb Latch or Lift
Continuous Basket Rack
Basket Rack Bracket
Window Shade Stop
Window Casing or Cap .Molding
Window Lift
Window Latch
Pilaster Cap Bracket
Window' Cove Molding
Car Floor
Inside Cornice
Inside Cornice Sub-Fascia Board,
or Paneling
Molding of Window Post
Window Sash Stile
Window Sash Rail
Hot Water Pipes
Hot Water Pipe Guard Rail
Basket or Bundle Rack
Lower Sash
Upper Sash. Leaded Glass
Window Lift
V
w
X
Fig. 2204.
// 'iudow Stop
Electric Push. I
Table Hook Plate
utton
28 Table Leg
29 Seat Cushion. (The cushion
pulls out, and the back takes
the place of the cushion,
and together they form the
lower berth )
30 Seat Back
31 Seat Arm. Upholstered
32 Head Rest and Head Board
Pocket. (The upholstered
head rest lifts up about its
hinged top and forms a
pocket for day -wearing ap-
parel)
33 Upholstered Inner Seat End
34 Pillow
35 Blankets
36 Deck Window Screen
37 Vaulted Compound Carline
Decorations
38 Vaulted Deck Ceiling
39 Lamp Dome
40 Center Lamp
41 Vaulted Deck Window
42 Cross-Section of Car Side
43 Window Sasii Lift
44 Window Stop
45 Table Hook
Scat Back Paneling
Head Board Bolt and Lock
Hat Posts
Y Curtain Hook
Z Inside Cornice Sub-Fascia
Board
XZ^Sr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
22
25
26
27
36
37
(309)
?.L206. Section of a Sleeping Car, the Upper Berth Partly
The Columbian Style of Sleeping Car Section. Pullman
-Made
C
le Up.
Figs. 2207-2214
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules.
Figs. 2207-2210. Framing ami tnterior Finish of Standard Pullman Wide Vestibule.
Pullman Co.
Figs. 2211-2212. Roof Framing.
Figs, 2213-221 1. End Framii
Vestibule Framing, First-Class Coach. N. V., X, 11. & I!
(;U0)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules.
Figs. 2215-2222
Names of Parts of
Vestibule. Figs.
Buhoup Wide
2215, 2263.
4 Foot Plate
6 Spanner Bar, Lower
5 Curtain Plate, Front
9 Curtain Plate. Rear
10 Curtain Roller
11 Curtain
12NP Post Plate. L. & R.
20 Curtain Bearing, Lower
20A Curtain Bearing. Lower, Used with
Standard Steel Platform
21 Curtain Bearing, Upper
23 Curtain Socket
4C Patent Plate
44 Curtain Spring. L. & R.
45 Curtain Roller Plug
46 . Irch Plate and Buffer Spring
49 Arch Plate Band
50 Shield
52 Curtain Spring Plug, Large
53 Curtain Spring Plug. Small
54 Piston Stem
79 Buffer Plate for Standard Steel
Platform
80 Foot Plate for Standard Steel
Platform
81 Buffer Plate Spring
91 Arch Plate
94 Spanner Bar, Upper
95 --lugle Connection, Top. R.
96 --Ingle Connection, Top, L.
100 Foot Plate Housing
101 Bulb Angle
111 Spanner Bar Bolt
115 .-ingle Connection, Bottom, R.
116 Angle Connection. Bottom, L.
119 Piston Stem Bracket
120 Piston Stem Guide
123 Accordion Hood Baud
124 Accordion Hood
125 /AW Br,)u- Bracket, Front. R.
126 Hood Brace Bracket, Trout
127 Hoo</ Brace Bracket. Rear.
128 Wsnrf Brace Bracket. Rear.
129 i-i\W Brace
130 Buffo- P/aiV
2215. Buhoi
p Wide Vestibule.
McConway
& Torley Co.
. L. 134
Foot Plate Bolt
R. 154
Piston Stem Spring
L. 155
Piston Stem ll'ashei
156
Piston Stem Ferrule
628
Buffer Plate Pin
=a
_ — ,__*_._- _ ■„.
1'
(0.
^Tr^tT 1 mm 11
' 11 Mmi
12. L.
~'
Q
(311)
i* _
12. R.
Figs. 2216-2222. Details of Buhoup Wide Vestibule. McConway & Torlev Co.
Figs. 2223-2263
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules.
■ t
c c
c c
101
[»■■!... ;.:r"::t-: mitt: .<■!.
IB H
3 «»»
134.
II5R.
II6.L.
Us=
=»8»
III.
155.
*w
1 -4UII W!
129.
1
100.
Sn
_
Z=3
156.
655S — -~ .ii~**Mn1 immnr
45.
44. L.
120.
154.
52.
628.
(MiWiifHIJ
46.
It ■■'"']
. J
96.I-.
mm
53.
2QA. 21. 23. 40. B5.B. 01
Figs. 2223-2263. Details of Buhoup Wide Vestibule. McConway & Torley Co. (312)
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules.
Figs. 2264-2271
Fig. 22i>4. Steel Extension Platform Trap Door,
Apolied to Wood Platform.
O. M. Edwards Co.
Fig. 22(j.j. Steel Extension Platform Trap Door.
Figs. 2266-2271. Extension Platform Trap Door, Design G. O. M. Edwards Co
(313)
Figs. 2272-2279
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules.
Figs. 2272-2273. National Steel Trap Door,
for Grade Level Platforms.
Figs. 2274-2275. National Steel Trap Door
for Elevated Station Platforms.
General Railway Supply Co.
scfflu )
if t~l~~{\ Automatic
'V/ir.TJIWoc/i'-
Ves tibule Door
T
■Platform
Lerel
eking
Device
Door Extension
Figs. 2210-2279. King Automatic Car Platform Extension.
King Automatic Car Platform Co.
v :i 1 4 )
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibule, Details.
Figs. 2280-2289
n^^
■ .''ti-'?''?^: ':ii*
Fig. 2280. Double Car Stop FlS- 2"281- Triple Car Step,
with Stanwood Safety Tread. Quincy, Manchester, Sargent Co. with Stanwood Safety Tread.
Fig. 2282. Cross-Section, Mason Safety \J Fig. 2283. Cross-Section Mason Safety Tread.
Tread. Brass Ribs, with 2%-in. Nosing. Steel Ribs, with 3%-in. Nosing.
American Mason Safety Tread Co.
Fig. 22*4. Mason Safety
Tread. Applied t(i
Wood Steps. Amer-
ican Mason Safety-
Tread Co.
Mason Safety Tread. Applied to Pullman
Car Steps.
American Mason Safety Tread Co.
D
j
Figs. 2286-2288. Acme Improved Fireproof
Diaphragm and Attachment.
(315) Acme Supply Co.
Fig. 2289.
G. S. \\ ood's Vestibule Diaphragm.
Pullman Pattern.
G. S. Wood.
Figs. 2290-2296
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibule Details.
G. S.
Figs ■'2!)0-'22!11.
r — " P"1"
Wood's Vestibule Diaphragm hi
for Gould Vestibule.
G. S. Wood.
Figs. 2292-2293.
G. S. Wood's Vestibule Diaphragm
for Pullman Vestibule. G. S. Wood.
Figs. 2294 2290. Gould Vestibule Face Plate. Gould Coupler Co.
CAR BODY D2TAILS, Vestibule Details.
Figs. 2297-2303
(317)
Figs. 2300-2303. "R. A." Vestibule Curtain Bracket
and Roller Curtain.
Quincy, Manchester, Sargent Co.
Figs. 2304-2341 CAR FURNISHINGS, Bell Cords; Bushings, Couplings and Guides.
Fig. 2310. Valve Cord Hook.
Samson Cordage Works.
Figs. 2311-2313. Bell Cord Fig. 2314. Quartet
Bushings with Pulley. A. & W. Bell Cord Bushing. A. & W.
Fig. 2315. Socket Snap.
Samson Cordage Works.
=» "Weans.
Fig. 2316. Double Connector.
Samson Cordage Works.
Fig. 2317. Samson Spot Trolley Cord.
Samson Cordage Works.
Fig. 2318. Coupling. Fig. 231!). Splice. Fig. 2320. Single Connector.
A. & W. Samson Cordage Works.
Fig. 2321. Solid Braided Bell Cord.
Samson Cordage Works.
Fig. 2324. Bell Cord Fig. 2325. Bell Cord Coupling.
Coupling. D. M. Co. A. & W.
SaSii^iS-a
SMSaoaa
Fig. 2322. Samson Wire Center Bell Cord.
Samson Cordage Y\ orks.
Fig. 2320. Attachment of Bell Cord
to Coupling. Samson Cordage Works.
Fig. 2332.
Guide with Flan
1). M. Co.
Fig. 2335. D. M. Co.
Overhead Guides with
Screw and Pulley.
Fig. 2338. Fig. 2339. Fig. 2310.
A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co.
Side Guides with Screw and Pulley.
Fig. 2341.
Overhead
Swing Guide
with Two
1'i.llcys.
IX M. Co.
(.Note: The Abbreviations, A. & IV. and D. M. Co. on this and following page
nr.' for Tin- Adams & Westlake Co. and (o-iq\
'1 he Dayton Mfg. Co., respectively, who arc the makers.) \ \v±a)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Bell Cords; Guides and Hangers. Figs. 2342-2366
Fig. 2342. Fig. 2343. Fig. 2344
Pulley Guides with Flanges.
Fig- 2345. Fig. 2346. Fig. 2347
D- M- Co- D. M. Co. A. & W.
Side Pulley Guides with Flanges.
"
Fig. 2348.
Overhead Guide
with Pulley,
Flange and Stem
D. M. Co.
Fig. 2340.
Corner Guide
with Pulley.
A. & W.
Fig. 2350. Fig. 23-51.
Swing Guides with
Pulleys. D. M. Co.
Fig. 2352. Fig. 2353.
A. & W. D. M. Co.
Angle Guides with Flange and Pulleys.
Fig. 23
(319)
Fig. 2362. Fig. 2363. Fig. 2364 Ficr 9365
A. &W. D. M. Co. A. &W. D. m" Co
Bell Cord Strap Hangers.
Fig. 2366.
D. M. Co
Figs. 2367-2406 CAR FURNISHINGS, Bell Cords; Hangers, Doors, Bolts
Fig. 2374. Fig. 2375. Fig. 2376. Fig. 237
Adams & Westlake.
Fig. 2367. Fig. 23(38. Fig. 2369. Fig. 2370. Fig. 2371. Fig. 2372.
D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W. A. & W. A. & W. A. & W.
Bell Curd Band, Chain and Rod Hangers.
< ?
\M
l.\_ . A.
1.3
1 X
ii*LM
Fig. 2380. Fig. 2381. Fig. 2382.
A. & W.
Bell Cord Hanger Straps.
Fig. 2383.
Fig. 2384.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 2385.
Fig. 2380.
Barrel Door Bolt with
Bent Staple Plate,
Fig. 2387.
Barrel Door Bolt and
Keeper.
Fig. 2388. Figs. 2389-2300.
Barrel Door Bolt with Round Necked Door
Necked Staple. Bolt and Plate.
' "&SP
Fig. 2301. Square
Door Bolt and Keener.
Fig. 2392. Figs. 2393-2394.
Keeper. Square Neck Door Bolt
and Plate.
Fig. 2396. Flush Door Bolt.
m
Fig. 2395. Barrel Door Bolt with
Keeper. A. & W.
It
Fig. 2397.
Staple with Bent
Striking Plate.
Fig. 2398.
Flush Door Bolt. A. & W.
Figs. 2399-2400. Figs. 24U1-Z4UH. A. & vv.
Cupboard Catches and Bolts.
No. 0342. No. 0341.
Figs. 2403-2404. Refrigerator Catches.
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
Figs. 24H5-24II6. Vestibule Door Bolt.
A. & W.
(320)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Catches Locks and Handles. Figs. 2407-2441
Figs. 2407-2408. Sliding Door Hasp Figs. 2409-2410. Sliding
and Staple for Mail Car. A. & \V. Door Hook and Button
tor Baggage Car. A. & W.
?\? ^> <^-.<C>j?"
Fig. 2413. Sliding
Door Flush Lock.
Figs. 2411-2412. Spring Latch
and Keeper tor Baggage Car
Sliding Door. A. & W.
j6j
«^
Fig. 2417.
Elbow Catch.
R. & E. Mfg. Co
Fig. 2414. Sliding
Door Latch. D. M. C(
Figs. 2415-2416. Sliding Door
Mortise Latch. D. M. Co.
Fig. 2418.
Spring Latch.
Figs. 2419-2420- Sliding
Door Flush Handle Lock
and Keeper. A. & W.
rs. 2423-2425. Baggage Car Door Lock,
Keeper. Key and Escutcheon. D. M. Co.
Figs. 2421-2422. Flush Sliding
Door Mortise Latch and Keeper
for Round Edge Door. A. & W.
No. 12
Xo. 00.
Figs. 2426-2427.
Double Sliding Door Lock. Xo.
J L. Howard & Co.
Figs. 2828-2831. Cabin Door Hooks.
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
(3L'l)
2434. Door Handle Fig. 2435. Figs. 2430-2430. Figs. 2440-244
For Sliding Doors. Flush Door Handle. Motorman's Cab Door Lock. Xo. 48. Saloon Door Handles
D. M. Co. A. & W. J. L. Howard & Co. ~ A. & W.
Figs. 2442-2472
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Hint
OK
Cl
iC'i
m
Qj
!S3
(steal
1)
Ife
Fig. 2442.
Acorn Butt
Hinge.
D. M. C
Figs. 2443-2445.
Loose Pin Reversi-
ble Butt Hinge.
Fig. 2446.
Parliament Hinge.
Fig. 2447. Fig. 2448.
A. & W. D. M. Co.
Loose Toint Acorn Butt Hinges with Washer.
D
J§
2450.
Washer Complete.
3
O
0
0
0
&
0
0 ■
0
Fig. 2451.
Washer Base.
Fig. 2452.
Ball Guide.
w
Fig. 2450.
Hopper Butt Hinge.
Loos
tt Hinge with Ball Bearing Washer.
Fig. 2453. Loose Joint
Butt Hinge. No. 50.
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
Fig. 2457.
Table Hinge. A. & W.
Fig. 2458. A. & W. Fig. 2459. D. M. Co.
Vestibule Door Hinges Covered with Brass.
Fig. 2400. T-Hinge.
Fig. 2461. Butt Hinge,
Riveted Joint.
Fig. 2162. Offset Riveted Joint
Butt Hinge.
Fig. 2463. Fig. 2464.
Pocket Flinge. Vestibule Hinge
for Rabbeted Door.
A. & W.
Fig. 2465. Distributing Table
Hinge for Postal Cars.
D. M. Co. "''^S^ O J-ff^Pi
Fig. 2460.
Figs. 2466-2407. Fjg. 2468. Refrigerator Lamp House Hinge.
Lamp House Hinges. D. M. Co. Door Hinge. D. M. Co. D. M. Co.
Fig. 2470. Step-
Ladder Hinge. A. & W.
Fig. 2471.
Double Acting Spring Hinge.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 2472. Double Acting
Spring Hinge. A. & W. (322)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Escutcheons. Knobs and Locks. Figs. 2473-2502
3 *
— ' 1 r t r rn
2473. Fig. 2474. Fig. 247
Fig. 2476. Fig. 2477.
Hole Escutcheons. A. & YV.
Fig. 2478
Fig. 2479.
Figs. 2480-2481. Kirbv'> Car Door Lock. D. .\1. Co.
Names of Parts of Car Door Lock. Figs. 2480-2481.
A Inside Door Knob
A' Shank
B Spindle
C Sleeve
D Outside Sleeve Collar
E ajid F £Wr Latch Rose K Coupling Siccve
G Lock Nut L Outside Knob
H /nttde .S7;W/ M Ratchet Bolt
I Bc7c/c P/a/t- P Shank facing
J lo/Wi Pull Q Lafc/i £o/f Facing
/
11 11 nl In
fee;
Fig.
2482.
Door Handle,
scut
cheon
A.
Plate and
& W.
Ros
e
Fig. 2483. Fig. 2484. Fig. 2485.
Door Knobs. Spindles and Roses. A. & W.
Figs. 2486-2487. Fig. 2488.
Door Knobs and Flush Door Handle
Rosettes. and Escutcheon.
A. & W.
Figs. 2489-2490. Vestibule Door Latch and Keeper.
A. & W.
Figs. 2491-2404. Platform Vestibule Door Latch,
Handles and Keeper. A. & W.
L
□ •
jO__4j
Fig. 2495.
Baggage Car
Door Latch.
A. & W.
(323)
Figs. 2496-2497.
Cabin Door Hook and
Button. A. & W.
Figs. 2498-2499.
Cupboard Catch.
A. & YY.
Figs. 2500-2502.
Door Dead Lock
with Slide Bolt.
A. & W.
Figs 2503-2539
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Locks.
1 * '
LI
Figs. 2503-2505. End Door Lock, Keeper
Rose and Escutcheon.
W
Figs. 2506-aout). Partition Door Lock, Figs. 2510-2512. Mortise
Keeper, Knobs and Escutcheon. Door Lock and Escutcheons.
Figs. 2513-2514. End Door Lock and Keeper. Figs. 2515-2518. End Door Lock, Keeper, Knob and Escutcheon.
Figs. 2519-2522. End Door Lock, Keeper. Rose
and Escutcheon.
Figs. 2523-2525. End Door Lock, Keeper and Rose.
f~r..
Figs. 2520-252!!. End Door Lock, Keeper, Knobs
Escutcheon and Rose. ■•>■
Figs. 2530-2532. Combined End Door Lock and
Night Latch, Keeper and Escutcheon Plate.
Figs. 2533-2530.
End Door Lock, Keeper, Escutcheon
Plate and Thumb Latch
Adams & Westlake
(334)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors;
Figs. 2540-2565
Figs. 2540-2542. Car Doer Lock. Keeper.
Knob and Escutcheon.
Figs. 2543-2545. Car Door Lock, Keeper
and Knob.
rcTcfl
3 a
^0
3 ?
Figs. 2546-2548. Car Door Lock, Knob
and Escutcheon.
Figs. 2549-2551. Car Door Lock. Keeper. Knob
and Escutcheon.
Rim Knob Latches and Locks. Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
■M
I igs. 2553-2554. Saloon Door Lock and Keeper
with Extra Bolt. A. & W.
Figs.
Saloon Door Lock. Keeper and Knob.
A. & W.
Figs. 2563-2564. Fxtra Long Salo
and Keeper. A. & \\
Lock
(3251
Fig. 2565. Vestibule Door Mortise Latch.
A. & W.
Figs. 2566-2589
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Locks.
Pt
IHWMUMMl'
■J
* i
$
Figs. 2-5(36-2568. Double Flush Handle Saloon
Door Lock and Keeper. A. & AY.
Figs. 2569-2571. End Door Lock, Keeper and
Escutcheon. A. & W.
Figs. 2580-2582. Combination End Door Lock
and Night Latch. A. & W.
igs. 2583-2584. Double Flush Handle
Saloon Door Lock. A. & W.
Figs. 2585-2587. Saloon Door Latch, Keeper,
Knob and Rose. A. & W.
Figs. 2588-2589. Dead Lock with Keeper
A. & W. (326)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Latches and Padlc
Figs. 2590-2610
Figs. 2590-2591. Fig. 2592.
Yale & Towne Rim Night Latch, Cylinder and Key-
Fig. 2593.
Figs. 2594-2505.
Figs. 2596-2597.
Yale & Towne Padlocks and Keys.
Figs. 2598-259
Figs. 2600-2602.
Yale & Towne Cabinet Lock, Keys and Master Key.
Figs. 2603-2604.
Yale & Towne Cabinet Lock and Keys.
Figs. 2605-2607.
Yale & Towne Cabinet Locks. Keys and Master Key;
Yale & Towne Manufacturing Co.
Figs. 2608-2009.
Fig. 2610. Russwin Rim Night Latch.
Russell & Frwin Mfg. Co.
(327)
Figs. 261 1-2627
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Notice Plates.
Passengers
are not allowed to stand onthe
Platform '
Passengers
nof allowed to stand on the
Platform
Fig. 2611. A. & W.
Size, 2% x 10% ins.
Fig. 2612. A. & W.
Size, 4 x 12% ins.
SelSs
Fig. 261.°,. A. & W.
Size, 4 x 13% ins.
Fig-. 2014. A. & W.
Size, 3i« x 12 ins.
'-: -i?
iff iiwwii i&umi ii fit
Fig. 2615. A. & W.
Size, 3% x 11% ins.
Fig. 2616. A. & \V
Size, 3% x 11% ins.
ARE NOIAiOIOM) TO STAND ONTHE
Fig. 2617. A. & W.
Size, 3% x 12% ins.
^
Fig. 2618. A. & W.
Size, 5 x 14% ins.
Fig. 2619. A. eS: W.
Size, 5J/4 x 12% ins.
Fig. 2620. A. & \\ .
Size. 4 x 9% ins.
GOTCI-EMEH
XADIES
ffillVAl*!!
Fig. 2621. D. M. Co.
Size, 2% x 1 I ins.
Fig. 2622. D. M. Co.
Size, 2% x 8% ins.
Platform Notice Plates.
Fig. 2623. D. M. Co.
Size, 2% x 9 ins.
■ - — -'—rr:
a
E.
01
SMOKING ROOM,
Fig. 2621. A. & W.
Size, 2 x 7% ins.
ig. 202o. A. & W,
Size, 2 x 6% ins.
pj:Xi} ri_IXJ_Lia fTTrTTTTT-TTTTT 1 1 1 f M T.l.l.
TS
OI LET
rrrnxEixiTTirTTTTrrriiTirrri
nraiin 1 1 1 1 1 m
c.friijuUxLaiiiii^Liiujiiiiuii.ii;;iuuii!i:i'.;ir^T
lteADlE3:lT0ILET
Fig. 2626. A. & W.
Size, 3 x 14% ins.
Door Notice Plates.
Fig. 2627. A. & W.
Size. 3 x 1 I '.j ins.
1 :12S)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Notice Plates, Stops, Springs, Weather Strips. Figs. 2628-2653
Figs. 2628-2629. Exceisn
Door Holder for Floor.
it: n^
Figs. 2630-2631. Excelsior Door Figs. 2632-2633
Holder for Partition. Door Holder.
Figs. 2634-2635. Fig. 2636.
Door Holder. Door Holder For
Sliding Door.
Door Holders and Stops. A. & W.
Figs. 2637-263*
Door Holder.
No. 255. No. 2501%.
Figs. 2639-2642. Door Stops and Holders.
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
112 to 8112.
Xo. 245. Xos. Ill to 8112.
Figs. 2643-2646.
Door Stops and Holders.
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
Fig. 2650.
D. W. Bosley Co.
Fig. 2652. Blount Door Check.
Yale & Towne Mfg. Co.
(329)
Fig. 2653. Russwin Liquid Door Checl
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
Figs. 2654-2675 CAR FURNISHINGS, Sliding Door Fixtures; Floor Furnishing
lv\a VVV\A VVL VL VI. V
vuiviiuiiimiivi
sT^/Vs- [
v-:
Wf
laorirmmiw
tnirmniwn ^
Fig. 2654. Double Sliding Door Gear. Jas. L. Howard & Co.
No. 34. For
No. 34. Inside Doors.
Figs. 2655-2658. Hanging Sliding Door Sheeves.
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
o 0
No. 34.
For Baggage
Bottom Door Roller. Fig. 2660. No. 35. and Freight Cars.
D. M. Co. Corner Door Roller. Figs. 2661-2662. Hanging Sliding Door Sheaves.
D. M. Co. Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
Figs. 2664-2665. Upper and
Lower Gromets for Carpet
Eyelets. A. & W.
Fig. 2666.
Wire Eyelet Nail.
A. & W.
Fig. 2663. Carpet Eyelets and Nails. D. M. C
i"A.»A'VAV*VA«FAVATA'ri»i
,TiTArATiVA?ATrA.TAT.lTA'AY»T4'>j
WVaTJaVa'AWaWAVaTA'I
.-■■i*iiV .-r*.\- v. v.t?iC, >T* ■ 4V;.'a-'i
'A»AT**iT ViW»W.«yA' 'iT*' jJJ
r<*4.-4»AT»»ATATi.-4yAT1,rtYiTATA
.TA»aVAVAVa.'.VV(.;.-Ii''A',
'A»*T*»*rAVA.»ATATjL7k»ATJTAT***'
l»ATAraT'A»t'A"A'-AT„Ti».t*A'lA*A».
'a**V*T»WAWAVaWa»W*[
niWI »« T./,lttTATATA»AT».TATiTi»J
fATl»,ir**ATATAVATA»A»A»A»A*/
d,VAVATA<AVATATA*AVA*A*l.TAViTA1
ita»*w5 mSmwwaMMtf m
!TA''A»ATiTATA»A.TATATA,rATATftTA'r,
4TA»ATA»ATATATATA*ATl,»ArA"'ATA'l
lTATA*ATATA»A»A'<'ATA»AVA'**'l'A»i
Figs. 2667-2668. Spittoon. I). M. Co.
Fig. 2669.
Cast Spittoon.
Fig. 2670. Fig. 2671.
Corrugated Rubber Perforated Rubber
Floor Mat. Floor Mat.
Fig. 2672.
Cuspidor. D. M. Co.
Fig. 2673.
Spittoon. D. M. Co.
Fig. 2674. Fig. 2675.
Protection Cuspidor with Mat. (330)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Eaker's. Figs. 2676-2695
Fig. 2678. Automatic Fire
Regulator and Pressure
Indicator Combined.
Fig. 2670. Sectional View. Fig. 26'
The "Fire-Proof" Heater.
Exterior Vie\
Fig. 2680. Ash Pit
Door Frame.
Fig. 2681.
Removable Ash Can.
Fig. 2679.
Draft Door and
Frame.
Fig. 2683.
Ring for Russia
Iron.
Fig. 2682. Feed Dc
Fig. 2684.
Coal Feed Chute.
Fig. 2685. Ash Pit. Fig. 2686.
Regulator Diaphragm.
Fig. 2687. Cast Iron
Smoke Screen.
Fig. 2689.
Grate Shaker.
^= i
5^' Wit
"^.SP'7
Fig. 2688.
Generator Coil of 30 feet of
Continuous Extra Heavy
Wrought Iron Pipe.
Fig. 2690.
Fire Grate.
Fig. 2691. Ash Pit Ring.
a . -HA
Fig. 2692.
Fire Grate Support.
Fig. 2693.
Safety Plate and
Wooden Handle.
Fig. 2694. Safety
Plate Spring.
m
Fig. 2695.
Base of Smoke Flue.
Baker's Single-Coil "Fire-Proof" Heater and Parts Specially Belonging to It.
(331)
Figs. 2090-271G CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Bake
9^k.;C
Fig. 2698. Sectional View. Fig-. 2699. Exterior View.
Baker's Improved Two-Coil Fire-Proof Heater.
Fig. 2701. Ash Pit.
tm
Fig. 2702.
Safety Plate
Spring.
Fig. 2703.
Ash Pit Door.
Fig. 2704.
Circulating Drum.
r— "
?9^
Fig. 2705.
Fire Grate.
Fig. 2706.
Fire Grate
Support.
Fig. 2707.
Draft Door
and Frame.
Fig. 2708.
Grate Shaker
Fig. 2(00. Ring for
Russia Iron Top.
Fig. 2710.
Double Expanding
Generator Coil.
Fig. 2711. Fig. 2712.
Ash Pit Safety Plate
Door Frame. Guides.
Fig. 2714. Safety Plate
and Handle.
Fig. 2710.
Removable
Ash Pan.
Baker's Two-Coil, "Fire-Proof" Heater and Parts Specially Belonging to It.
(332)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Baker's
Figs. 2717-2735
Fig. 2717. The
'Perfected'' Heater.
Fig. 27"2"2. Expanding
Generator Coil.
Fie.
Fig. 2718. Upright
Circulating Drum.
Fig. 2720. Ring for
Russia Iron Top.
Coil.
Fig. 2 1 24. Smoke
Flue Ease.
Fig. 2719. Outside
Casing. Removable.
Fig. 2721. Circulating Drum
and Expansion Chamber.
Fig. 2725. Inside
Casing. Removable
Fig. 2/26.
High Fire Pot.
Fig. 2730. Ash Pit.
Bottom and Hearth.
Fi
Ash Pit.
Fig. 2 1 28. Ash Pit Top. Fig. 2.20. Top of Heater and
Grate and Door. Part of Smoke Preventer.
Fig. 2731.
Safety Latch.
Fig. 2733. Feed Door.
Fig. 2734. Filling Funnel and
Combination Cock with Drip.
Baker's "Perfected" Heater and Parts Belonging to It.
Fig. 2735.
Grate Support.
(333)
Figs. 2736-2752 CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Baker and Smith
Fig. 2737. Cast Iron
Safety Vent and Bushing.
Fig. 2 1 3 9 . Outside Case.
Fig. 2738. Ash Pit Bottom.
Fig. 273(3. "Mighty
Midget" Heater.
Fig. 2741.
Grate Support.
SB
i!3!pis
Fig. 2740. Safety Latch.
■I ",-■
niinniiiiiiniiL-
SW^^^JBHSIIIIIIIlllli
Fig. 2742. Heater Coil.
Fig. 2743. Safety Plate
and Gas Preventer
Combined.
Fig. 2744. Ash Pit
Door Guides.
Fig. 2745. Top of Heater. F.g. 274G. Ash Pit. Fig. 2747. Fire Pot. Fig. 2748. Ash Pit Door.
Baker's "Mighty Midget" Heater and Parts Belonging to It.
Fig. 2740.
Magazine Coil Heater, No. 1 "C.';
Peter Smith Heater Co.
Fig. 2750. Double-Coil
Fire-Proof Fleater.
Solid Steel Shell.
Figs. 2751-2752. Baker Heater
with Steam Attachment.
(334)
CAR
FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Bakery. Figs^^^
xruuxf
Fig. 2753.
Four-Pipe Strap.
Fig. 2754.
Two-Pipe Strap
and Back.
Fig. 2(5o.
Back for Four-
Pipe Strap.
Fig. 2756.
Single Pipe
Strap-
Fig. 2757 Pipe and
Radiator Support.
Fig. 2758.
Radiator
Stand.
Fig. 2759.
Ball tor
Safety Valve.
Fig. 2760.
Safety Valve.
Fig. 2701.
Plug.
Fig. 2702.
Bushing.
Fig. 2763.
Filling
Funnel.
Fig. 2764. Stand
for Open Return
Bend Radiator.
Fig. 2766.
Pet Cock.
Fig. 2 1 0 1 .
Combination Cock.
rr
"■a.
I
'^
r\
Stop Cock.
Fig. 2700. Radiator.
Placed Under Seats.
Fig. 2770. Double Radiator.
Placed Under Seats.
Fig. 2771. Ell
with Outlet.
Fig. 2773.
Xipple.
Fig. 2776.
Coupling.
Fig. 2777.
Reducing
Coupling.
Fig. 2778.
Elbow.
Fig. 27s
Fig 2774. Fig. 2779
- P770 Three Way Open Return Open Return. Closed Return
Fig. 2m 2. Inree-way -*i ^ ^ p,pnd. Bend
Return Bend.
General Fittings
Bend. Bend.
and Special Parts for Baker's Heating Apparatus.
ater.
{?.?.?>}
Figs. 2784-2787 CAR FURNISHINGS. Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Next Page.
Fig. 2784. Locomotive and Tender Equipment.
Fig. 2785. Piping for Gold's Combination Pressure and Vapor
System for Heating Passenger Cars. (Tee Traps.)
755
*t=s
Fig. 2786. Piping for Gold's Improved Vapor System for Heating Baggage Cars
337
-541
Fig. 2787. Piping for Gold's Improved Direct Steam System for Heating Combination Passenger and
Baggage Cars Fitted with Gold's New Stop Valve Regulators.
(336)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus: Gold's. Figs. 2788-2789
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below.
Fig-. 2788. Piping for Gold's Improved S3'stem of Hot Water Circulation.
..^----i-.-
,
■TaV
Fig. 2 j 89. Piping for Gold's Improved Storage System for Heating Compartment Cars.
320 Gold Automatic Vapor Regulating
Valve, Complete
325 Vapor Reservoir, Complete
528 Gold Improved Pressure Regu-
lator
531 Locomotive Steam Gage
Locomotive Starting Valve
iVo-in. Ell
2-in. x Vt-in. x 2-in. Tec
2-in. Ell
2-in. x lV-i-in., 65-deg. Ell
i-in. Ell
i-in. R. & L. Ell
ihi-in. x I-in. Ell
532
533
534
535
536
540
541
542
543
544
545
iVi-in. R. & L. Ell
iVi-in. x i-in. Eli
iVi-in. Ell
Names of Parts, Figs. 2784-2789.
in. R. & L. Ell
■2-in., 6ydeg. Ell
/i-in. R. & L. Coupling
in. x 2-in. x iVi-in. Tec
in. x 2-in. x iVi-in. x iM-in.
Cross
in. R. & L. Return Bend
in. Return Bend, iVz-in. Side
Outlet
561 2-in. Return Bend, iVz-in. Back
Outlet
563 2-in. x ihhi-in. Eccentric Reducers
564 2-in. Hook Plate
565 Pipe Shield
566 i-in. Supply Valve
567 Car Gage
574 Gold End Tram Pipe Valve
547
2
548
I
550
I
556
2
558
2-
559
2-
560
2
590 Gold Improved Tec Trap
606 Gold Improved Vertical Trap
609 High Duplex Coil
616 Scaled Jet Accelerator
618 Ideal Safety Valve
621 Gold Storage Heater
623 Storage Heater Stand. High
624 Storage Heater Stand, Low
737 Gold New Stop Valve Tempera-
ture Regulator, Angle Type
750 Train Pipe Strainer Nipple
754 iVi-in. x i-in. Reducer
755 2-in. x i-in. Reducer
756 2-in. x 2-in. x I-in. Tee
837 Gold New Stop Valve Tempera-
ture Regulator, Straightway
Type
(337)
Figs. 2790-2814 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's.
-*bv,-
I Centre Lint Between
Cars when Cavpled
Figs. 2793-2794.
Proper Location of Gold's Universal Straight Port Steam Coupler.
Figs. 2790-2792. Gold's
Universal Straight Port
Steam Coupler, No. 701.
Fig. 2795. Automatic
Gravity Relief Trap,
\:o. 592.
Fig. 2796. Gravity
Relief Trap, Less
Strainer, No. 503.
Fig. 2707. Relief
Trap Body,
No. 504.
Fig. 2798. Gold's Universal Straight Fig. 2,99. Relief Fig. 2800. Fig. 2801. Fig. 2802. Fig. 280.3.
Port Steam Coupler, Xo. 800. Trap Spindle. Relief Trap Baffle Plate, Composition Strainer,
Two-Piece. No. 505. Cotter, Xo. 507. Seat. No. 508. No. 509.
No. 506.
Xo. 14. No. 801. No. 520.
For 1%-in. I. D. Hose. For 1%-in. I. D. Hose For 1%-in. I. D. Hose.
Figs. 2804-2807. Interchange Nipples for No. 800 Coupler.
Fig. 28(18. Couplei
Latch, No. 519.
Fig. 28H0. Host
Band, Complete,
No. 523.
Figs. 2810-2812. Coupler Gaskets for Xos. 800 and 400 Fig. 2813. Coupler Fig. 2814. Hose Chain and
CouPlers' Gasket for Nos. 701 Eye Plate, No. 527.
and 901 Couplers.
Gold's Universal Straight Port Coupler, Hose Fittings and Parts.
(338)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's. Figs. 2815-2825
315. Improved Balance Valve
'ressure Regulator. Xo. 520.
Names of Parts. Fig. 2815
712-!/(. Inlet Union Nipple
2-in. Outlet Union Nipple
Bolts and Nuts for Dome and Body
Balance Spindle uith Hard Seats
Oscillating Washer
Bottom Spring
Body of Regulator
Bottom Plug
Handle
Top Nut
Hollow Screu
Top Spring
Dome of Regulator
Lock Nut
Top Flange
Bottom Flange
Top Spindle
Set Screw
il'j-in. Inlet Union Nut
2-in. Outlet Union Nut
'tfffiliHlWY-
Fig. 73:
Fig. 2818. Stop Valve
Femperature Regulator,
Xo. 737."
Fig. 2819. Locomotive
Starting Valve.
No. 532.
Fig. 2820. 1-in.
Supply Valve.
Xo. 000.
Fig. 2822. 2-in.
Hook Plate,
Xo. 564.
Fig. 2823.
Pipe Shield,
Xo. 565.
Fig. 2824.
Strainer Xipple,
Xo. 750.
J> L
Fig. 2816.
Car Gage,
Xo. 567.
Fig. 281 1. Locomotive
Steam Gage, Xo. 531.
Fig. 2821. Section of Stop
Valve Temperature Regulator,
Xo. 737.
Names of Parts. Fig. 2821
Fig. 2825. Application of Tempera-
ture Regulator. Xo. 737.
A
Body of Regulator
B
Dome of Regulator
C
Top Spring
D
Regulating Screw
E
Set Screw
G
Wheel
H
Indicator Spring
I
Washer
J
Top Flange
JK
Bottom Flange
L
Auxiliary J'ahe Spindle
M
Main Valve Spindle
N
Bottom Spring
P
Bottom Plug
R
I-in. Inlet
S
l-in. Outlet
T
Spanner Nut
U
Diaphragm
V
Strainer
W
Lock Nut
(339)
Figs. 2826-2848 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's.
Fig. 2828. Valve
Piston, No. 577.
Fig. 2826. improved
End Train Pipe Valve,
No. 574.
Fig. 2829. Valve
Bonnet, No. 080.
Fig. 2831.
Valve Spindle,
No. 576.
Figs. 2832-2836.
Sections of Gold's Improved
End Train Pipe Valve.
Fig. 2827. Valv
Body, No. 575
880. Valve Handle,
No. 580.
%
Figs. 2837-2838.
Universal Joint Set
Screw and Wrench,
Nos. 582 and 583.
Fig. 2839. Fig. 2840. Valve Fig. 2841. Fig. 2842. Valve
Universal Joint, Packing Nut, Gland, Handle Wheel,
No. 581. No. 578. No. 570. No. 584.
Gold's Improved End Train Pipe Valve and Parts.
Fig. 2843.
Indicator,
No. 587.
Figs. 2844-2845. Automatic Vapor Regulating Valve. Complete
Fig. 284(1. Nipple,
No. 758, for 1%-in.
Train Line.
Fig. 2847. Nipple,
No. 320, for 1-in.
Train Line.
Fig. 2848. Valve
Indicator Plate,
No. 580.
Parts of Gold's Combination Pressure and Vapor Car Heating System.
(340)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's.
Figs. 2849-2864
Names of Parts, Figs. 2844-2845.
A Body
B Diaphragm Case
C Diaphragm Case Cover
D Diaphragm
E Valve
F Valve Stem
G Spring
H Strainer
I Bottom Plug
J Bonnet
K Packing Nut
L Diaphragm Shield
M Diaphragm Plate
Vk-in. Copper Pipe with Flanges
Steel Flange Screws
Vapor Reservoir, Complete
A Copper Coil
B Slotted Pipe
D Top Cap
E Bottom Cap
F Iwi- ATm*
G 2-j'm. x l-in. Brass Connector (to be used
only when connecting to horizontal
trap)
Horizontal Section
Figs. 2849-2850. Gold's Improved Automatic Tee Trap. No. 590.
Fig. 285]. Automatic
Tee Trap. No. 590.
Fig. 2554. Set
Screw, No. 596.
to c o
Fig. 2860. Trap.
Fig. 2855. Floor
Plate, No. 603.
Fig. 2852. Trap
Bodv, No. 591.
Fig. 2856. Valve
Handle Wheel, No. 002.
Fig. 2861. Strainer
Nipple, No. 597.
Fig. 2862. Trap
Arentilator,
No. 599.
Fig. 2853. Trap
Cover, No. 595.
Figs. 2857-2859. Dia-
phragm, Seat and
Collar, Nos. 592-593
and 594.
Fig. 2863. No. 600
Plate, No. 604.
Parts of Gold's Improved Automatic Tee Trap.
A
Fig. 2864.
Trap Rod,
No. 605.
(341)
Figs. 2865-2877
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus;
^\ A
I. A,
WM B
^^ibi c1
Wali JJHLi
all d
SM E
m u
F
l\^|
\\ I G
r
H
Em
I
J
1
K
L
M
N
1
O
P
Q
\
1 R
S
1
T
U
~p V
1 j
w
»|
X
Y
r
|
\ z
\
1*1
Mel
,_,
Names of Parts.
2865.
Fig
Automatic Valve
Disc for Automatic Valve
Blow-off Valve
Disc for Blow-off Valve
Cast Iron Trap Head
Strainer for Valve A
Valve Stein
Expansive Diaphragm
Set Screw for Adjusting Trap
Outlet Ports of Trap, Four
Cam Lock for Cover M
Diaphragm Casing Ventilating Holes
Blow-off Discharge Shield
Cast Iron Casing
Hinged Cover for Trap Casing
Hooks to Prevent Diaphragm Shiftiu
Bottom Plate
Top Plate
Outside Tube
Inside Tube
Blow-off Discharge Passage
Automatic Valve Discharge Passage
Automatic Valve Guides
Automatic Valve Stem Guides
Spring Catch
Brass Valve Seats
Lack Nut
Slot for Spring Catch
Bonnet of Blow-off Valve
y. 2867. Section
Through Gold's Ideal
Safety Valve,
No. 61S.
Fig. 2806. Im-
proved Vertical
Trap, No. 007.
Fig. 2865. Section of Gold'
Improved Vertical Trap,
No. 607.
Fig. 28G9. Large Heating Fig. 2870. Small Heating
Coil, No. 600. Coil, No. 608.
Figs. 2871-2872. Storage Heater, No. 621.
Fig. 2873. Expansion Drum, No. 615.
Fig. 2876.
Fig. 2874. Longitudinal Section Through Storage Heater Fig. 2875. Cross-Section Air Valve,
for Refrigerator Cars, No. 620. Through Heater, No. 620. No. 625.
Fig. 2877. Piping for Gold's Improved Storage System for Heating Refrigerator Cars. (342)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated. Figs. 2878-2882
A'Circuit "B'Circuit
^/expansion \ (Expansion^*
gy Drum JV Drum /&
Connect to top
'of Heater Coi/s
Drum
IH9U
59 D
Regulating Steam fa/re
I4. Steam from Train Line
B"Circuit Oulf/otr Return-, Steam,
-Pis
^f Trap 138 L 59 D
/.f Pipes
of Heater Coils
Mi
\ B Circuit.
cS3=^3^
54- Jf 54 *59D ^/^ Train Pipe
=©= 7rc/7 /35a
Figs. 2878-2880. Plan and Elevation of Piping Showing Application of Consolidated
Steam Drum Xo. 169U to Double Circuit.
COMBINATION DR1^AnD\_r f^&U
sum off Valve fIS6-^?.l[>o<RfT^y^ToFcTf.OF
HOT METflLLfC CONNECTION
SE«/iLiCOuPl.ER-ao
Fig. 2881. Plan of Piping, Direct Steam System C, Showing 3-Pipe System with Two Traps, Xo. 138 L.
jsli
54 ^ Jm 54 __ ^i£z/ylnJ?p^
4 ffi -=f?/f*m~Trap 138 L
(343)
Fig. 2882. Plan of Piping, Direct Steam System B, with 1 Thermostatic Trap, Xo. 138 L.
Figs. 2883-2890 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated.
Fig. 2883. Plan of Piping. Standard Direct Steam System with 2 Traps, No. 138.
74 V
Fig. 2884.
7F Tee with Drip Connection
7H Angle Trap Valve
7J Eccentric Tee
20 Sewall Coupler
26 Asbestos Packed Cock
26F Round Spindle
26G Floor Plate for 26F
45A iVi-in. Pipe Clamp
54 Coupling, R. & L.
54W Return Bend
54X Return Bend
54Z Return Bend with Eccentric
Outlet
Direct Steam System No. 2, with Special Tee and Cock
Names of Parts, Figs. 2878-2884.
55L Expansion Bracket
65C R. & L. Ell
67A Tec
67J J?. & L. Ell
67K R. & L. Couplings
67M Ell
68B Eli
68C R. & L. Ell
68F R. & L. Coupling
74R Tee
74V Tee
74Z Tec
85AB Three-Pipe Manifold
85AC Center Tee
MAD Return Tec
85H Graduating Steam Angle
Valve
100R Graduating Steam Valve
133G End Train Pipe Vane
138 Steam Trap
138A Steam ''rap
138B Steam Trap
138C Steam Trap
138L .S'teaw Trap
>^J^$&
Fig. 2885. Graduating
Steam Valve. No. 85H.
Fig. 288G. End Train Pipe Valve,
No. 200.
Fig. 2887. End Train Pipe
Valve, No. 133G.
Fig. 2888. Section of Grad-
uating Steam Valve,
No. 85H.
A Body Casting 200A
B Bonnet icj^fj
C Gland 133GC
2889. Section of End Train
Pipe Valve, No. 200.
Names of Parts of Fig. 2889.
D Gland Nut 133GD
E Stem 133GE
F Swivel Head 133GG
G Swivel Head Nut 133GH
Fig. 2890.
No
r Cock,
H Gasket Nut 133GJ
J Gasket 133GK
K Brass Seat 195D
(344)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidate*
Figs. 2891-2901
Fig. 2893. Current Director, Xo. 59R.
Fig.
rl. Salety \ alve,
No. 59C.
Figs. 2894-2895. Section of Steam Drum. No. 169U.
Fig. 2896. Steam Drum, No. 169U.
Fig. 289 1. Section of Steam
Trap, No. 138R.
Names of Parts. Figs. 2894-2895.
169V F t-in. Brass Pipe.
C Head Casting 169V F [-in. Brass Pipe 169P
D 3%-in. Iron Pipe 169N G Plug for t 169L
E iV-i-in. Brass Pipe 169R H Cap Casting 169K
Fig. 2898.
Steam Trap, Xo. 138L.
Names of Parts. Fig. 2897.
A Body Casting 138RA L Swivel Head Casket 13SCL
B Upper Basket Casting 138RB M Spring 138CM
C Lower Basket Casting 138CU N Cap for I'ahc Stem 138CR
D Brass Seat for Thermostatic O Lower Spider Plate 138CIV
Valve 138RC P Bonnet 100B
E Curved Nipple for Bloze- Q Valve Stem jooC
off 138RD R Swivel Head 100D
F Strainer 13SLC S Swivel Head Nut 100E
G Stem or Rod 138LD T Gasket 100G
H Diaphragm 138CA U Nut for T 100H
I Upper Spider Plate 13SCE V Gland 100J
J Swivel Head 13SCJ W Gland Nut 100K
K Swivel Head Nut 138CK X Hand Wheel -R
Fig. 28:i9. Steam Inlet
Valve, Xo. 100L.
Fig. 2900. Consolidated Steam Coupler,
No. 33.
Fig. 2901. Clamp Lock for Steam
Couplers, Xo. 9S.
(345J
Figs. 2902-2906 CAR FURNISHINGS. Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated.
Fig. 2902. Cross-Section of Piping Plan, Showing Installation
of No. 172R Trap.
■HI a
B1SEJ
INLET
RISER;
Fig. 2903. Combination
Vapor-Pressure Trap,
No. 172R, Operating as
Vapor.
NLET RISER'
Fig. 21)04. Combination
Vapor-Pressure Trap,
No. 172R, Operating as
Pressure.
|nlet h»
Fig. 2905. Straight Vapor
Trap, No. 172V.
Fig. 2906. Straight Pres-
sure Trap, No. 172SP.
(346)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated and C. & X. W. Figs. 2907-2923
Fig. 2907. Pair of Consolidated Steam Couplers,
No. 9C (Locked).
Fig. 2908. Pair of Sewall Steam Couplers,
No. 20AF (Locked).
Fig. 2909. Consolidated Steam Coupler, Xo. 9C. Fig. 2910. Sewall Steam Coupler, Xo. 20AF.
Consolidated Car Heating Co.
Figs. 2911-2912. Section
through Xo. 33TD Coupler
Head, with Old Style Nipple.
Straight Shank
Xipple for Two-Piece Hose
Clamp Below.
Consolidated Car Heating Co.
Fig. 2913. Xo. 33TD. Steam Coupler, wit
Two-Piece Hose Clamp.
Consolidated Car Heating Co.
HJM* Ja^Jr
: <-2-
1
r P.ptTee
Figs. 2914-2918. Inlet
Elbow with Strainer.
2919-292(1. Seat Tees.
Fig. 2921. Cross-Section
of Car.
-4n--il|-
J II II
f
f
j
1
.
*
(347)
Figs. 2922-2923. Diagram of Piping for Steam Heating and Ventilating System
Used on the Chicago & North Western.
Figs. 2924-2932 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus ; Safety Cc
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 350.
Figs. 2924-2926. General View of Heater and Connections. Standard System of Steam
Heating by Single Water Circulation (L-850). Water is Heated at 3 Points by
Jackets (.Nos. 702p and 702q), Shown in Figs. 2958-2960.
Figs. 2927-2929. General View of Heater and Connections. Standard System of Steam Heating
by Double Water Circulation (L-845a). Water is Heated at 6 Points by
Jackets (Nos. 702x and 702y), Shown in Figs. 2951-2954.
.REGULATING VALVE 603
Figs. 2930-2932. General View of Heater and Connections. Standard System of Steam by Double
Water Circulation. (L-1476) Water is Heated at 4 Points by Jackets.
(Nos. 702p and 972), Shown in Figs. 2955-2960.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(348)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. Figs. 2933-2945
Fig. 2933. General View of Piping and Connections. Direct Steam Heating System (L-811).
Adapted to All Classes of Cars with Slight Modifications.
Diagrams of Heating Systems.
SPECIAL BALANCED VALVE 14*5.
supplemental 5team sl'pplv valve 905
Elevation ofValvcs ^floof
ShOWNG
Special Balanced Valve No. iafs in Place of Fitt^g No
=»S=
rfeulS^— 9SQ
136"! I3b7 1405 '
I STEA" SITPLV P.FE
Figs. 2934-2941. General \Tiew of Piping and Connections. Regulating Direct Steam Heating
System (L-1410). Specially Adapted for Passenger Cars.
Figs. 2944-2945. General View of Piping and Connections. Thermo Jet System (L-1634).
Speciall}' Adapted for Passenger Cars.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
f34fl~l
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus ; The S
ifetv Co
Names of Parts for Standard Heating Systems (L-850, L-845a and L-1476). Figs. 2,924-2932.
Cat. No. Specials.
603 l-in. Angle Valve
603b i-in. Drain Valve
611 iVirin. Extra Heavy Car Ell
611a PA-in, Extra Heavy Car Ell,
R. & L.
612a 1%-in. x %-in. Extra Heavy Tee
622 %-in. Extra Heavy Cock
629 %-in. Extra Heavy Nipple
639 Directions for Management
{Framed)
642 l-in. Plug
680 Covering for l-in. Pipe
681 Covering for I-in. Ell
682 Covering for I-in. Tee
690 iVi-in. Plug
702p Single Jacket
702q Single Jacket
702x Double Jacket
Cat. Xo. Specials.
702y Double Jacket
756 Covering for iVi-in. Ell
793 Di-in. Extra Heavy Return Bend,
with iVi-in. Back Outlet
797 lYi-in. Extra Heavy Return Bend
802p Covering for Jacket, No. 702P
802x Covering for Jacket, No. 702x
802y Covering for Jacket. No. /02y
833 Automatic Trap Complete
960 Directions for Management,
L-1476 System (Framed)
972 Bent Jackets
Train Pipe Specials.
617 i^'i-in. x I-in. Tee
677 Covering for iYz-in. Pipe
679 Covering for il:2-in. Tee
776x Train Pipe Valve
777a Extension Handle
Cat. Xo. Pipe and Fittings.
(train pipe)
618 iVz-in. R. & L. Coupling
628 7%-i'u. Standard Pipe
( OTHER THAN TRAIN PIPE)
616 l-in. Ell
616a l-in. Ell, R. & L.
621 l-in. Tee
625 I-in. Standard Pipe
626 iVi-in. Extra Strong Pipe
631 l-in. R. & L. Coupling
699 i-in. Street Ell
Names of Parts for
Cat. No Specials.
179 2-in. x %-in. Lag Screw
603a i-in. Angle Valve
603c l-in. Cross Valve
617 iVi-in. x l-in. Tec
638 i\2-in. x i-in Cross
680 Covering for l-in. Pipe
681 Covering for i-in. Ell
686 2-in. Cross-over
687 2-in. x l-in. Eccentric Reducer
708b 2-iu. Tee
723a 2-1)1. Return Bend
723b 2-i'»., i?. <fr L. Return Bend
726 2-in., i?. & L. Ell
741a Directions for Management
(Framed)
Direct Steam Heating Systems (L-811,
L-811d and L-811e). Fig. 2933.
Cat. No. Specials.
743 2-in. x i-in. Ell
748 2-in. x I-in. Reducer
749 Pipe Strap
752 2-in. x i-in. Ell (Eccentric Left)
753 2-in. x /-/;;. Ell (Eccentric Right)
783 j-m. O^ra Return Bend with i-in.
Back Outlet
836 2-in. Special Return Bend
933x Automatic Trap
Train Pipe Specials.
677 Covering for iVz-in. Pipe
679 Covering for iVi-in. Tee
683 Covering for iVs-in. Cross
L-811a, L-811b, L-811c,
Cat. Xo. Train Pipe Specials.
776x Train Pipe Valve
777a Extension Handle
Pipes and Fittings.
(train pipe)
618
1V2-.
'11., R. & L. Coupling
628
1Y2-
in. Standard Pipe
(OTHER THAN TRAIN PIPE)
616
I-iu.
Ell
616a
i-in.
,R. & L. Ell
625
i-iu.
Standard Pipe
631
i-in.
R. & L. Coupling
183
1-111,
Extra Strong Pipe
685
2-in.
Standard Pipe
732
2-111.
. R. & L. Coupling
Names of Parts for Direct Steam Heating Systems (L-1410 and L-1634). Figs. 2934-2945.
Specials.
74 %-in. Pipe
177 21/2-in. x V-i-in. Lag Screws
185 ll'ood Screws, r%, in. Long
628 1'2-in. Standard Pipe
680 Covering for i-in. Pipe
681 Covering for I-in. Ells
726 2-in. Ells, Right and Left
748 2-in. x l-in. Reducers
836 2-in. Close Return Bends
871 2-in. Pipe Caps
897 iVa-in. x i-iu. Strainer Crosses
905 l-in. Globe Valve
947 i-iu. Close Return Bends, with
i-in. Bach Outlet
975 Trap, with Blow-off Valve No.
003b and Strainer No. 1498
980 i-in. Angle Valve
986 Blow-off Valves and Traps. Com-
plete, with 2 Tees No. 987
986 Blow-off Valves and Traps, Com-
plete, with 2 Tees No. 9S8
1315 Directions for Management
(Framed) . System L-1410
1339 Clamps for %-in. Pipe
1367 i-in. Extra Heavy Pipe Nipples,
4 in. Long, R. & L.
1368 i-in. Extra Heavy Pipe Nipples,
4 in. Long
1369 i-in. Extra Heavy Pipe Nipples,
I0Y2 in. Long, R. & L.
Specials.
1405 i-iu. Globe Valve
1423 2-in. Pipe Hangers
1429 Extension Rod and Valve Stem
1430 Indicator Casting (with Pius and
Cotters)
1431 Indicator Floor Plates
1434 Indicator
1437 Handles, with 2 Colters Each
1442 Eccentric Tees
1451 ll'ood Screws. No. 14, F. IT.,
2 in. Long
1476 Universal Joints
1477 Indicator Plates
1479 Valve Stems
1480 Guide for Valve Stem
1481 Injector, Complete
1482 Worm Gear Case, Complete
1485 Expansion Guide
1489 JJ'orm Gear
1490 Worm
1491 Special 2-in. Pipe Clamps
1496 Shut-off Valve
1497 Bonnet
1499 Directions. System L-1634
Train Pipe Specials.
677 Covering for iYz-in. Pipe
683 Covering for TY-i-in. x l-in.
Cross
776X Train Pipe Valve
777A Extension Handles
800 Covering for 2-in. Cross
Pipe and Fittings,
(other than train pipe)
616 i-in. Ells
6I6A1-/1;. Ells, Right and Left
625
627
631
685
689
732
618
628
I-in. Standard Pipe
iM-in. Standard Pipe
l-in. Couplings. Right and Lefi
2-in. Standard Pipe
iVt-in. Ells
2-in. Couplings, Right and Left
Pipe and Fittings,
(train pipe)
iVa-in. Coupling. Right and Left
iVi-in. Standard Pipe
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(350)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. Figs. 2946-2960
Cat. No. Special?
660 iVi-in. Ground Joint Union
663 Steam Gage
757 Covering for 2-in. Pipe
934 1%-in. Steam Hose, 24 in. Long
948 Half Clamps
949 Nipples, 1%-in. Hose, iYa-in.
Pipe Thread
953 &x*%-j«. Bolts (square head,
hexagon nut)
Figs. 2946-2948. Locomotive Equipment (L-1608).
Names of Parts for Locomotive Equipment (L-8a). Figs. 2946-2948.
Cat. No Specials. Cat. No Pipe and Fittings.
Specials.
961 iVm-in. Extra Heavy Angle
Valve
1350 i^x.'-in. Reducing Valve
1363 2xi%-m. Reducers
1384 Covering for 2-in. Ell
1454 2-in. 43° Ell
1457 ^h-in. Extra Heavy Nipples,
3 in. Long
1458 =x_'x Vi-in. Tee
615 1%-in. Ell
628A jV2-!h. Extra Heavy Pipe
685 2-in. Standard Pipe
725 2-in. Ells
732 2-in. Couplings, R. & L.
1" Pipe Thread ,1" Pipe Thread M" Pipe Thread
V1V4 Pipe Thread
- End View - 791 * FlPe Thread
""* Vlgw -Sectional Plan- IVi Pipe Thread'
Section A-B
34" Pipe Thread1 — Side View —
Figs. 2951-2954. Double Jackets. Xos. 702x and 702y
Xo. 702x-a, T ft. 6 in.
Xo. 702y-a, 8 ft. 6 in.
W P'pe Thread
795
Figs. 2949-2950. Vertical Steam Trap, Xo. 9c
: 1" Pipe Thread
154° Pipe Thread 792 x U/V'Pipe Thre&d:
~ Sectional Plan —
Section A B
Figs. 2955-295
O latino Section CD
Jacket Xo. 972.
Figs. 2958-2960. Single Jackets, Xos. 702p and 702q.
Xo. 702p-a, 7 ft. 6 in.
No. 702q-a, 8 ft. G in.
Figs. 2961-2971 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co.
Figs. 2963-2964. 1-in. Globe Valve,
No. 905, (Body Has Inlet on Right).
1-in. Globe Valve, No. 1405, (Body
Has Inlet on Left).
Fig. '2965. 1-in. Angle Valve,
No. 9S0.
1 Pipe Thread'
Figs. 2966-2967.
1-in. Inlet Valve,
No. 603.
Figs. 2968-2969.
Fin. Drain Valve,
No. 603b.
#<5
Fig. 2970.
1-in. Graduating Valve,
No. 603a.
Fig. 2971.
1-in. Cross Graduating
Valve, No. 603c.
The Safely Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(r>52>
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus ; The Safety Co. Figs. 2972-2987
Figs. 2972-2974. 1-in. Extra Heavy
Locomotive Valve, Xo. 601.
\~,^
SIPHON. \i
Figs. 2975-2976. Locomotive Steam Figs. 2977-2978. Drain
Gage, No. 663. Valve Extension
Handle. No. 619.
Elevation ' I Section
Figs. 2979-2980. Car Heater, No. 1325.
SECTION
Fig. 2981. Locomotive
Reducing Valve,
No. 1350.
Section X-Y
X
Elevation
Figs. 2982-2983. Safety Valve, No. 893.
Elevation
End Elevation
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co
Figs. 2984-2987. Combination Valve, No. 894.
.Figs. 2988-3006 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co.
l\ PipcThread -
Section
Figs. 2092-2004. Extension Handle for
End Train Pipe Valve, No. 777a.
Side Elevation
Elevation
Figs. 2988-2991. 1%-in. End Train Pipe
Valve, No. 776x.
Figs. 2995-2997. Train Pipe Valve, Xo. 1376.
Fig. 2998. S-S Coupler, No. 720-B.
Fig. 2999. Section of No. 720-B.
Fig. 3000. S-4 Coupler, No. 920-B.
S5S
920
Fig. 3001. Section of No. 920-B.
Fig. 3002. Clamp for S-4 Coupler
Nos. 982-982a for 1%-in. hose.
Nos. 948-948a for 1%-in. hose.
Figs. 3003-3004. Gasket and
Retaining" Ring for Couplers.
Gasket No. 922 has 1%-in. port and is Standard
for Nos. 920a and 920b
Couplers.
931 1%-in. port and is Standard
for Nos. 920a and 920b
Couplers with 1%-in. Hose
The Safely Car Heating & Lighting Co.
Figs. 3005-3006. Gasket No. 778
and Retaining Ring No. 779.
ci.-.-n
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. Figs. 3007-3011
Steam train Pipe.
AirBrakt
VSteam Train Pipe.
Air Brake.
Signal
No. 777"'
'% x£ropofRaiL
Figs. 3007-3009. Standard Position for Train Pipe Valve, No. 770x, with Extension Handle, Xo. 777a.
Safety Straight^
Port Coupler ^/
Slcam Train Pipe7
'n Top of Rail
Figs. 3010-3011. Standard Position for Train Pipe Valve, Xo. 137G, with Illustration of Platform
Operating Mechanism, Xo. 1377.
Platform Operating Mechanism No. 1377 Complete, Includes
Cat. No.
1340 1 Platform Handle
1341 7 Vertical Rod
1342 1 Floor Plate
1343 1 Bottom Plate
1344 I Set Collar
1345 1 Bottom Handle
1346 I Collar Link
1347 1 Bell Crank
Cat. Xo.
1348 2 Pins with Washers and Cotters for
Bell Crank
1349 3 % x Hk-in. Bolts
1351 1 Connecting Rod
1352 1 Valve Stem Lever
1353 / Bracket {or Bell Crank
1354 1 % x iVs-in. Bolt with Cotter Pin
1387 1 Top Casting for Platform Handle
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(355)
Figs. 3012-3018 CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Steam and Electric.
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Belov
Fig. 3012. Diagram of Piping for Vapor System of Car Heating. Chicago Car Heating Co.
Names of Parts of Fig. 3012.
2 2-in. x 2-in. x i-iu. Tee
3 i-in. Special Spread Bend, R. & L.
4 2-in. R. <5r L. Elbow
5 2-111. x 2-in. x iV-2-in. Eccentric Drip
Tee
41 2-in. Rclnni Rend
55 2-in. R. & L. Coupling
104 End Train Pipe Valve
106 Throttle Supply Valve
111 2-in. x i-in. Strainer Cross
300 Steam Hose Coupler
402 I apor Regulator
Fig. 3013. Asbestos Pipe Covering.
Franklin Mfg. Co.
Figs. 3014-3015. Single Coil Electric
Heater for Cross Scats, Drop
Pattern, No. 192.
iiJHppiMBMIMlMiaiaaasaaaaii.aflHi.iMa-
mm»mimmmimTLT,rr,T:'\' ■ r « •-!
nCQTriciicwrr.
COS! SOI ir:;.Tu(i Rl.d-
BgiBnEiiiiiSiiBiipBpigsaG 2 j 2 Z7czi~q~m
11«tj*n>-i«jtc3»LJi6uiiuiij*ijBCa<3i;i1
Fig. 3010. Electric Car Heater. Flush
Panel Type. Double Coil, No. 143 LL.
Fig. 3D17. Resistance Coil for Electric Fig. 3018. Double Coil, Panel Type,
Fleater. Electric Car Heater, No. 203 M.
Consolidated Car Heating Co.
(356)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus, Electric; Consolidated and Gold's. Figs. 3019-3026
Fig. 3019. Double Coil Electric Heater,
Drop Pattern, Xo. 192 H.
Fig. 3020. Continuous Panel, Single
Coil, Electric Heater, No. 93 T.
Fig. 3021. Double Coil Electric Heater, Fig. 3022. Heater Switch, Fig. 3023. Heater Switch,
Drop Pattern, No. 192 H. Closed, No. 204. Open, Xo. 204.
Electric Car Heaters. Consolidated Car Heating Co.
Fig. 3^24. Y\ iring Diagram for Gold Electric Car Heating System Using Sixteen Panel Type
Heaters — Three Degrees.
twuiy
"RICUmTTNC SWITCH
if
BJ
I
Fig. 3025. Wiring Diagram for Gold's Improved Electric Heater Equipment for Cross Seat
Cars Using Fourteen Standard Heaters.
Fig. 3026. Diagram of Piping for Gold's Improved Sealed Jet Accelerator System of Hot Water
(357) Circulation in Connection with Electric Heaters for Interurban Electric Cars.
Figs. 3027-3041 CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus, Electric; Gc
Figs. 3027-3028. Arrangement of Panel Heater
and Deflectors.
Fig. 3029. Gold's Improved Electric Heater.
*$&»»*'» i<^.-:.- ' .-;
GOLD CAK HKATIN-G ^LIGHTING CO
Fig. 3030. Interior View.
Fig. 3031. Front View.
Gold's Improved Electric Heater, Panel Type, Three Degrees.
Fig. 30.32. Resistant Coil and Support Used in
Gold's Improved Electric Heaters.
■HI] FV
Fig. 3033. Interior View.
""HWBIHH
.t-LLLLLLLLLLLLLLCLLLCLCCLLCCLLLCJJJJJJJJJJJJJJjJJJJJDJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ
Fig. 3034. Interior Vie\
Fig. 3035. Front View.
Gold's Improved Standard Electric Heater,
Three Degrees.
?&&&&&&&&&&+&&&?&&&I+l*&
n
_GQLD CAR..HEATING AND LIGHTING CO. j
Jil- <§]<
mmimnmmmm
Fig. 3037. Interior View.
UC GOLD CAR HEATINGANDLIGHTINGCO
nvnwiiiwnwiwwtw
WiP{fif,PPfWf*IW;!MM*{:MIMJbiaJ
Fig. 303G. Front View.
Gold's Improved Electric Heater, Panel Type,
Three Degrees.
Fig. 3038. Front View.
Gold's Improved Standard Electric Heater,
One Degree.
Fig. 3039. Electric Fleater
Knife Switch.
Fig. 3040. Regulating Switch.
Gold Car Heating & Lighting Co.
Fig. 3041. Regulating Switch,
Interior View.
(358)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch. The Safety Co. Figs. 3042-3057
&SJ
Fig. 3042. Sectional View. General Method of Application of Pintsch System of Gas Lighting to Passenger Cars.
Fig. 3043.
No. 89. Filling Valve Cover (F)
Fig. 3044.
Xo. 65. Filling Valve for Cars
(See Section, Fig. 3108.)
Fig. 3045. Fig. 3046.
No. 118a. Bracket No. 214. Gage
for Filling Valve. for Car (G).
Fig. 3047.
Nos. 245-252. Holders (A)
Fig. 3050.
Nos. 25, 25b, 25c.
Main Cock. Nos. 135, 135c.
Yi, % and % in. Cover for Main
Cocks.
Fig. 3048.
No. 53b. Holder Valve. Fig. 3049.
Side Outlets V± in. Xo. 214a. Gage for Car.
(See Section, Fig. 3100.1 (lbs. and atm.)
Fig. 3053.
No. 55a. Flanged Cross, Vt in. Nos. 54-55. Flanged Tees, % in.
Side Outlets, Vs in. and V± in.
Fig. 3054.
No. 9. Connection
Piece, Vi in.
(359)
Fig. 3055.
Regulator (R).
No. 244. 2-in. Water Pressure.
254. 2-lb. Pressure. Fig. 3056/
" 1844. G-in. Water Pressure. No. 49. Flange Tee
1954. 1-lb. Pressure. for Regulator, Vi in.
Fig. 3057.
Fig. 53a. Flange Cross, % in.
Side Outlet. % in.
Figs. 3058-30C
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co.
m
Fig. 3058.
Nos. 12-13. To
Flange Unions;
% x % in.
% x V-t in.
Fig. 3059.
Xo. 17a. Angle-
Flange; % in.
Fig. 3060.
Nos. 10a, b and c.
Tee Flanges;
V-t x % in.
% x % in.
%x%in.
Fig. 3061.
Nos. 3 and 3a
Flange for
Nos. 4!), 53b,
53a and 120.
Fig. 3062. Fig. 3063.
Nos. 27-50. No. 107. Bracket
Lock Nuts; Back; % in.
% in.; % in.
Ct^ £M
Fig. 3(104. Fig. 3065. Fig. 3000.
Nos. 28-28a-2Sb. Nos. 20-57. No. 171.
Reducing Elbows; Cap; Bolt for
% in. x % in. % in.; % in. Filling Valve;
%in. x % in. 1% i„. x Vi ir
V-t in. x % in.
Fig. 3067.
No. 170.
Bolt for
Tank Strap;
2% in. x % in.
Fig. 3068. Fig. 3069. Fig. 3070.
Nos. 130-134. Nos. 32-32a. Nos. 4-5.
Couplings. Elbow; Connection;
Vs in.; Ys in. % in.; V-t in.
WBZZWBWm
Fig. 3071.
No. 20.
Nipple to Support Lamp; % in.
(Give Thickness of Roof.)
Fig. 3072.
No. 31a.
Plug;
%-in.
^T;>'"; 'l^'^i^l^'':^"'^-^'^^y ' ''"'-"'*- •; ;^"'^' ' • '^
Fig. 3073. No. 243. Regulator Strap.
Fig. 3074.
Nos. 101-104.
Pipe Strap.
ung
Fig. 3075.
Nos. 140-159.
140 Screws for Gland of Nos. 21, 25,
25b, 25c, etc. (brass)
Fig. 3076.
Nos. 142-157.
250,25c, etc. (brass) l42 c hcclc Screws for Clusters
146 Screws for Regulator Inlet No. ib 144 Screw for Bracket Lamp
146a Screw for Top Gland of No. 66 151 Screws for Hinge Cover an
(brass) Spring Catch (brass)
148 Screws for Valve Covers Nos. 89 154 Screws for Vestibule Lamp
and 00 (brass)
149 Screws for Gland of No. 65
150 Screws for Flange Fittings, Nos.
10, 12, 13, 25c, 49, 33b, etc.
150a Screws for Large Valves, etc.,
same as No. 130 {brass)
152 Screws for Bonnet of No. 65
153 Screws for Valve Carrier of No.
65. Retaining Screw (brass)
159 Screws for Flange Fittings, Nos.
8a, 16c, lya, etc.
Diaphragm
156 Screws for Hinge Cover, Spring
Catch and Crown (brass)
156a Screws for Cluster Stem (brass)
157 Screws for Reflectors, Bezel
Ring, etc.
Fig. 3079.
Nos. 185-187.
185 iVn-in. Wood Screws. No. 14 f. h.
bright, for Regulators
186 /-iu. Wood Screws, No. 8 f. h.
bright, for Pipe Straps
187 %-in. Wood Screws, No. 8 /'. h,
bright, for Fife Straps
Fig. 3078.
Nos. 188-189.
161 Stiaps for %-in. Pipe
162 Straps for V-t-iu. Pipe
163 Straps for Vs-iu. Pipe
164 Straps for %-m. Pipe
yssmmmmm
Fig. 3077.
Nos. 175-181).
175 Lags for Hanging Holders,
7-in. x %-in.
176 Lags for Hanging Holders,
5-in, x %-in.
177 Lags for Filling Valve Brackets,
2%-2'n. x %-in.
188 iVt-in. Wood Screws, No. 14, r. h
nickel, for Vestibule Lamps
189 %-in. Wood Screws, No. 10, r.h.
brass, for Main Cocks and 180 Lags for Hanging Regulatoi
(■ overs .?%-!». x %-in.
179 Lags for Flanging Regulator,
2-in. x %-in.
Fig. 3080.
Nos. 155-158.
155 Screws for Hinge and Spider
155a Screws for Bracket
158 Screws for Inner Ring of Crown
X- 3081.
No. 0.
Brass Ring for
Nos. 4 and 5.
'v_
No. 58. No. 00. No. 62.
For Large For Flanges of For Flanges of
Valves. %-in. x %-in. %-in. Pipe.
Pipe.
Figs. 3082-3084. Lead Washers.
(360)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3085-3110
Fig. 3085. Fig. 3086. Fig. 3087. Fig. 3088. Fig. 3089. Fig. 3090. Fig. 3091.
Xo. 14a. No. 14. No. 23. Iron No. 24. Rubber No. 231. Mill No. 34. Tee. No. 230. Pillar
Flanges for Gages. Washer. for Iron Washer. Base Check. for Bracket Lamp.
Fig. 3092. Fig. 3093. Fig. 3094.
Xo. 222a. No. 45. No. 40.
Burner. Keys for Lamps and Valves.
Fig. 3095. No. 21a. Fig. 3096. Fig. 3097.
Burner Cock for Lamp. No. 235. Burner Xo. 1112. Burner
Xo. 205a. for Argand Lamp, for Argand Lamp.
XTo. 86a. Xo. 87a.
Fig. 3098.
Fig. 3099.
Xos. 227 and 575. No. 226a. Cluster for
Four-Flame Cluster. Vestibule Lamp.
Fig. 3100.
Nos. 226 and 575a.
Two-Flame Cluster.
Fig. 3101. Ventilator. Fig. 3102.
Xo. 348, 6%-in.; Xos. 203-204.
Xo. 1689, 4%-in. Globe Ventilator.
6% in. and 4% in.
k.
Fig. 31(13. Xo. 300. Torch and Ke
Fig. 3104. Fig. 3105. Fig. 3106.
Xo. 22. Main Xo. 135b. Cover for No. 200. Wind
Cock for Postal Main Cocks. Nos. 25, Guard.
Cars. 25b and 25c.
Fig. 3106a. No. 80b. Shade
Holder for Xo. 102.
Fig. 3107. No. 80c. Shade
Holder for Xo. 236.
Fig. 3108. Section of
Filling Valve. Xo. 65.
Names of Parts of Fig. 3108.
Fig. 3110. Mica Chimney.
Xo. 109.
B
Set Screw
C
Valve Body
G
Gasket for Bonnet
K
Valve Stem
L
Valve Carrier
M
Valve Stem Nut
N
Bonnet
O
Disc
Q
Packing
R
Packing Nut
52
S'ercze for Bonnet
Fig. 3109. Section of Holder
Valve, Xo. 53b.
Names of Parts of Fig. 3109.
K Flanges R Gland
N I \ilve S Gasket for Gland
O Gasket for Cap 150 Flange Screws
Q Cap
(361)
Figs. 3111-3131 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co.
Fig. 3111.
No. 113 and No. 513.
Two-flame Reflectors.
Fig. 3115.
No. 285. Enameled
Chimney.
Fig. 3112.
No. 110. Ring Reflector.
Fig, 3116.
No. 577. Reflector.
Fig. 3113.
No. 1625. Ring Reflector.
Fig. 3117.
No. 410. Reflector.
Fig. 3119.
No. Ilia. Cup Reflector.
Fig. 3122.
No. 492. 10-in. Opal Dome.
Xo. 1646. 6-in. Opal Dome.
~-v'r;JS>.
Fig. 3121.
No. 99. 8%-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
No. 100. 9-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
No. 106. 10-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
No. 106a. 10-in. Etched Glass Bowl.
No. 1084. 6-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
No. 1084a. 6-in. Etched Glass Bowl.
No. 1804. 5-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
No. 2193. 10-in. Opal Bowl.
\
No. 102. 4-in.
Opal Globe
No. 1912. 3-in.
Opal Globe.
Fig. 3114.
No. 114. Reflector
for Wall Lamp.
Fig. 3118.
No. 107 and No. 3313.
Reflectors.
Fig. 3120.
Xo. 537a. Cup Reflector.
(Porcelain.")
Fig. 3124.
No. 104. 10-in. Opal Dome
No. 1668. 9-in. Opal Dome.
Fig. 3125.
No. 103a. Glass
for Lamn No. 205a.
Tijljl ;^jjjl|F Fig. 3127.
^:— -^s=e^>-^ Xo. 493. 10-in. Etched Bowl.
Fig. 3126. No. 493a. 10-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
No. 1826. O'-j-in. Opal Bowl. No. 2206. 10-in. Clear Glass Bowl,
No. 1826a, 6%-in. Clear Glass Bowl. Etched Figure.
vv-
Fig. 312S.
No. 596. 9-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
Xo. 596a. 9-in. Clear Glass Bowl.
Etched Figure.
No. 597. 9-in. Etched Bowl.
Fig. 3129.
No. 100a. 9-in. Pressed
Glass Bowl.
.7
Fig. 3130.
No. 1647. 6-in. Etched
Bowl.
Fig. 3131.
No. 423. 11-in. Etched
Glass Bowl.
(368)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Pintsch. The Safety Co. Figs. 3132-3153
Fig. 3132.
Xo. 3181. 8%-in. Opal Bowl. Fig. 3133. Fig. 3134. Fig. 3135.
No. 2090. 7%-in. Opal Bowl. Xo. 3245. 6-in. Opal Bowl. Xo. 3069. 9-in. Frosted Bowl.
•' 3055. 8%-in. Frosted " " 3312. 10-in. " " " 3107. 9-in. Opal
•' 3116. 9%-in. Opal " " 3318. 10-in. Frosted " " 3199. 6-in. "
•■ 3261. 9%-in. Frosted " " 3320. 9-in. Frosted "
" 3264. 8%-in. Opal
Xo. 3227. 8%-in.
Straw Opal Bowl.
"
Fig. 3140.
No. 1620. 3%-in.
Etched Globe.
No. 47.5. 3%-in.
Opal Globe.
%J0?
Fig. 3137.
No. 3230. 4%-in.
Straw Opal Bowl
Xo. 3333. 4%-in.
Opal Bowl.
Fig. 3138.
No. 3047. 9-in.
Frosted Bowl.
Xo. 3302. 9-in.
Electro Etched Bowl.
No. 3308. 9-in.
Opal Bowl.
Bowls for Mantle Lamps.
Fig. 3141.
Xo. 236. Shade for
Argand Reading Lamp.
Fig. 3142.
No. 295. 7-in. Ribbed
Dome.
Fig. 3139.
Xo. 3138. 6-in.
Opal Bowl.
No. 3326.
6-in. Frosted Bov
Fig. 3143.
No. 374. 4-in. Etched
Globe.
Shades for Bracket Gas L
amps.
_)
Fig. 3144.
No. 2864. 3%-in.
Opal Shade.
Fig. 3145.
Xo. 2689. 4-in. Electro-
Etched Shade.
i
Fig. 3146.
Xo. 1769. 2%-in.
Etched Shade.
Fig. 3147.
Xo. 1768. 2%-in.
Etched Shade.
Fig. 3148.
No. 1817. 3%-in.
Etched Shade.
-&■•
Fig. 314.9.
No. 1741. 2%-in.
Opal Shade.
Xo. 1741a. 2%-in.
Etched Shade.
(363)
Fig. 3150.
Xo. 1771. 2%-in
Pressed Shade.
m
Fig. 3151.
Xo. 17
Etched Shade.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
\S£j 'it'
Fig. 3152.
Xo. 1752. 3-in.
Etched Shade.
-^7 _jr
~ y~
Xo. 1753. 3-in.
Fig. 3153.
Etched Shade.
Figs- 3154-3172 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Cc
No. 237
No. 237a. No. 234.
Fig. 3154. Chimneys.
1
1
No. 1090.
No. 202. 2-in. No. 201. 4-in.
Fig. 3159. Mica Canopies.
Fig. 3160. Car Filler's
Lantern, No. 209.
Fig. 3161.
Mantle, No. 3044.
Protector, No. 3077
Fig. 3162.
Mantle. No. 2040.
Protector, No. 3078.
Fig. 3163.
No. 2712. 3-in.
Clear Glass Bowl.
Fig. 3164.
No. 2603a. 4%-in.
Opal Bowl.
No. 3345. 4%-in.
Clear Glass Bowl.
Fig. 31G5.
No. 4025. Electric Bulb.
Fig. 3166.
No. 4026. Electric Bulb.
Fig. 3167.
No. 4028. Electric Bulb.
Fig. 316S.
No. 4029. Electric Bulb.
4 A
Fig. 3109. Fig. 3170.
No. 4031. Electric Bulb. No. 4032. Electric Bulb.
Fig. 3171.
No. 4033. Electric Bulb.
Fig. 3172.
No. 4034. Electric Bulb.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(3G4)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3173-3188
Fig. 3173. Fig. 3174. Fig. 3175. Fig. 3170.
No. 373a. Combination Xo. 373. Bracket Lamp. No. 377. Drop Bracket Xo. 86. Drop Bracket (Key Cock).
Bracket Lamp. Lamp. Xo. 86a. Drop Bracket (Thumb Cock).
See Section. Fig. 3213.
Fig. 3177.
No. 1825a. Combination
Bracket Lamp.
<&^r
Fig. 3180.
Xo. 375. Combination Bracket
Lamp.
Fig. 3178.
Xo. 1870. Bracket.
Fig. 3179.
No. 1025. Bracket Lamp.
Fig. 3181.
Xo. 84. Combination
Bracket Lamp.
Fig. 3182.
No. 87a. Argand Bracket
Lamp.
Figs. 3183-3184.
Xo. 232. Candle
(365) Bracket Lamp.
Figs. 3185-3186.
No. 282. Removable
Candle Bracket.
Fig. 3187.
No. 1910a. Combina-
tion Bracket.
Fig. 3188.
No. 1920a. Combina-
tion Bracket.
Figs. 3189-3200 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co.
^^--$e - -w^^mm-
Fig. 3180.
No. 218. Deck Lamp.
• • • • • « » .
• •"«'■• • • • • "*»;
* + +.+ + + + *■
•'.'*■••.'■«.•
Fig. 3191.
No. 256. Deck Lamp.
See Section, Figs. 3221-3222.
W&Bte.
x
Fig. 3190.
No. 431. Combination Deck Lamp.
See Section, Fig. 3212.
Fig. 3102.
No. 440a. Combination Deck
Lamp with 4 Electrics.
No. 44nb. Combination Deck
Lamp with 2 Electrics.
See Section, Figs. 3217-3218.
Fig. 3193.
No. 44(i. Deck Lamp.
See Section, Figs. 3217-3218.
Fig. 3194. Fig. 3105. Fig. 3100.
No. 442. Deck Lamp. No. 441. Deck Lamp. No. 1841. Deck Lamp.
See Section, Figs. 3223-3224
— _ ----- — -^
*F
Fig. 3197.
No. 1080a. Combination Deck-
Lamp with 4 Electrics.
No. 1080b. Combination Deck-
Lamp with 2 Electrics.
Sec Section, Fig. 3210.
Fig. 3198.
No. 1905b. Combination Deck
Lamp with 2 Electrics.
No. 1005. Deck Lamp.
Fig. 3199.
Wall Lamp, No. 205a.
Fig. 3200.
No. 194. Two-flame Vestibule Lamp.
No. 195. Four-flame Vestibule Lamp.
See Section, Fig. 3214.
(366)
_CAR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Pint.ch. The Safety Co, Figs. 3201-3207
Fig. 3201.
No. 427. Lamp.
See Section, Figs. 3215-321G
Fig. 3202.
Xo. 438a. Combination Lamo.
Fig. 32n3.
No. 438. Lamp.
See Section. Fig. 3220.
Fig. 3204.
No. 191. Lamo.
w %&k
Fig. 3206.
No. 434. Combination Lamp.
Fig. 3205
No. 196. L
amp.
Fig. 3207.
No. 208. Lamp.
(3C7)
Figs. 3208-3213 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224.
151 -^-fa
Fig. 3208. Method of Hanging
Four-arm Lamp.
Figs. 3209-3211. Section of Standard
Lamp Body.
Fig. 3212. Section of
Combination Deck Lamp, No. 431
and No. 218.
Fig. 3213. Section of
Bracket Lamp, No. 86a.
List of Names of Parts of Lamp Sections. Figs. 3208-3224.
Cat. No. Description.
8a Vs-in. Flange Union
17a Vs-in. Angle Flange
23 Iron Washer for %-in. Pipe
24 Rubber Washer for %-in. Fife
26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long
26b %-in. Nipple, 5 in. Long
26c %-in. Nipple, 3V2 in. Long
27 %-in. Locknul
28 %-in. x Vs-in. Ell
Cat. No. Description.
29 %-in. Cap
79 Vs-in. Fxlra Strong Pipe
100 Glass Bowl
100a o-»i. Pressed Glass Bozvl
101 Opalescent Dome
102 4-in. Opal Globe
104 Opal Dome
107 Ring Reflector
109 Mica Chimney
Cat. No. Description.
110 Ring Reflector
Ilia Cup Reflector (Porcelain)
113 Reflector
142 Check Screws for Cluster
142a Screw for Bracket
151 Screw for Hinge Cover and
Spring Catch
154 Screw for Center Casting
155 Screw for Hinge and Spider
(368)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3214-3218
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224.
Fig. 3214. Section of
Vestibule Lamp. Xo. 104.
319
Section taKen at
45° to GftS way
Figs. 3215-3216. Section of Lamp, No. 427.
* Section taken at 15
— ■ to (Jos-way ■ — -
Figs. 3217-3218. Section of Combination Deck Lamp, No. 440a.
(369)
Figs. 3219-3220 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co.
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224.
Fig. 3219. Section
Combination Deck Lamp,
List of Names o
Cat. No. 1 )escription.
155a Screw for Spacing Block and
Bracket
156 Screw for Hinge Cover and
Spring Lalch
156a Screw for Cluster Stem
157 Screw for Reflector
158 Screw for Inner Ring or Crown
167 Bracket Back
189 Screw for Thumb-piece
200 4-in. Wind Guard
203a Ventilator
203b Ventilator
204 4%-in, Ventilator
204a Ventilator
222a Burner Tips, Hexagon Base
226 Two-flame Cluster
226a Two-flame Cluster
227 Four-flame Cluster
230 Pintsch Pillar
283 Cast Iron Body Ring
284 Cast Iron Spider
285 Enameled Chimney
286 Lower Diaphragm
287 L7>/><t Diaphragm
288a Deflecting Plate and Chimney
289 Bracket
289a Bracket for Gas-way Connection
290 Livtcrr Thimble
290a Lower Thimble
291 Roo/ Thimble
291a /fV)o/: Thimble
292
293
299
301
302
303
304
305
1680a.
f Parts of Lamp Sections.
Cat. No. Description.
305b Cluster Stem Flange
305c Cluster Stem Flange
Loekuut for Cluster Stem
Bezel or Ring for Bowl
Gas-way Tube
Post
Top Piece for Flues
Flues
Chimney
Ring for Fastening Crown
Diaphragm
Spring Catch, Complete
316a Spring for Spring Catch
317 Hinge Cover
Loeknuts for Check Screws
Body Casting
Flues
Top Piece for Flues
306
307
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
319
320
321
322
Spacing Block
Shield
Asbestos W id-
Cast Iron King
Spider
Extension Pillar
Lock
Cluster Stem
305a Cluster Stem Flange
323a Diaphragm
324 Ventilating Chimney
325 Center Post for Flues
326 Cock, Complete
327 Gas-way
338 Cock and Sleeve
339 Thumb-piece and Socket for Cock
345 Spun Globe Holder Ring
346 Deflecting Plate
348 oVi-iu. Ventilator
349 Gas-way Tube
403 Spring for Catch
404 Catch
417 Screw
420 Screw for Fuse Block Bracket
439 Washer for Cock
439a Washer for Cock
444 Plug and Pin for Cock
445 Cap for Cock
446 Set Screw for Cap
447 Spring for Cock
472 Body Casting
Fig. 3220. Sect
Figs. 3208-3224
Cat.
473
474
492
493
493a
494
495
496
497
498
525
537a
538
539
540
542
545
546
547
573
574
575
575a
577
580
583
584
586
589
590
592
596
596a
597
598
1617
n of Lamp, Xo. 438.
(Continued).
No. Description.
Tlucs
Chimney
iei-in. Opal Dome
10-in. Etched Bowl
10-in. Clear Glass Bowl
Bezel
Spun Globe Holder
Frame for Dome
Ring Casting
Diaphragm
Top Ring for Flues
Cup Reflector
Extension Pillar
Lockout for Deflecting Flate
Deflecting Plate
Top Piece for Flues
Cover for Flues
Flue Post
Screw for Ceiling Plate
Loveer I himble
Roof Thimble
Four-flame Cluster
Two-flame Cluster
l yliudrical Reflector
Body Casting
Flues
Body Casting
Extension Chimney
Screw for Spun Globe Holder
Ring
Spun Globe Holder Ring
Flues
g-iu. Clear Glass Bozvl
g-in. Clear Glass Bowl, Etched
Figure
Q-in. Etched Bowl
Screw for Globe Holder
Screws for Ring Reflector
(370)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3221-3224
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224.
Fis?;
'3-3224. Section of Deck Lamp, No. 442.
List of Names of Parts of Lamp Sections, Figs. 3208-3224
Cat. Xo. Description.
1625 Ring Reflector
1637 Conical Shield
1646 6-in. Opal Dome
1647 6-in. Etched Bowl
1648 Ring Reflector
1649 Cup Reflector
1658 Cluster Stem
1659 Spun Globe Holder Ring
1660 Body Casting
1661 Frame for Dome
1662 Bezel or Globe Ring
1663 Extension Pillar
1664 Long Bracket
1665 Short Bracket
1667 Mica Chimney
(S71)
Cat.
No. Descriftio
X.
Cat.
1668
Opal Dome
1738
1670
Frame for Dome
1739
1672
Cover for Catch
1673
Catch
1757
1674
Spring for Catch
1675
Frame for Dome
1851
1685
Bezel
1686
Dome Ring Holder
1853
1687
Screw for Dome Ring Holder
1854
1688
Frame for Dome
1855
1689
Ventilator
1857
1690
Screw for Catch
1858
1705
Lower Thimble
1862
1708
Screw for Ornamental Parts
1873
1708a
Screw for Ornamen
tal B
ody
1877
1878
for Ornamental
for Ornamental
(Continued).
No. Description.
Screw for Thumb-piece
Thumb-piece and Socket for
Cock
Wood Screw
Ring
Wood Screw
Ring
Key for Switch
Bracket for Wires
Clamp for Wires
Bracket for Switch
Key for Switch
Wood Screws for Ceiling Ring
Porcelain Insulator Clamp
Washer for Xo. 1873
ll'ashcr for No. 1855
Figs. 3225-3238 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps.
Fig.
Fig. 3226.
No. 2515. Bracket Mantle No. 2511a. Combination Dec]*
Lamp. See Section, Mantle Lamp.
Figs. 3242-3243.
See Section, Figs. 3245-3246.
Fig. 3227. Fig. 3228.
No. 2511. Deck Mantle No. 2503. Deck Mantle
Lamp. Lamp.
Sec Section. Figs. 3252-3253.
Fig. 3229.
No. 2501. Four-light
Mantle Lamp Chandelier.
See Section. Fig. 3244.
Fig. 3230.
No. 2505. Four-light
Mantle Lamp Chandelier.
See Section, Fig. 3241.
Fig. 3231.
No. 2523a. Combination
Lamp.
See Section, Figs. 3247-3248.
Fig. 3232.
No. 2532 Deck
Lamp.
Fig. 3236.
No. 2550a. Combination
Bracket Lamp.
Fig. 3237.
No. 2534. Bracket
Lamp.
Fig. 3234.
No. 2550a.
Combination
Bracket
Lamp.
Fig. 3235.
No. 2556.
Bracket
Lamp.
Fig. 3238.
No. 2513. Wall
Mantle Lamp.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(372)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamp?. Figs. 3239-3244
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts, with Figs. 3239-3254.
Cock and Arm Wall ?\nie
1 0 Pipe Thread
Figs. 3239-3240.
Section of Bracket Mantle Lamp, No. 2536.
Cock and Arm Wall Plait-
r 1
a — 0
la Pipe Tnreaci
Figs. 3242-3243.
Section of Bracket Mantle Lamp, No. 2515.
Fig. 3244. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. 2501.
The Safety Car Heatinc
Fig. 3241. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. 2505.
Names of Parts of Mantle Lamp Sections.
Figs. 3239-3254.
Cat. Ni . Description.
8a %-in. Flange Union
23 Iron Washer
24 Rubber Washer
26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long
26d %-in. Nipple, 4 in. Long
26c %-in. Nipple, J1? in. Long
26f %-in. Nipple, 6V2 in. Long
27 %-in. Locknut
28 %-in. x %-in. Ell
29 %-in. Cap
30 %-in. Tee
31 %-in. Plug
79 %-in. Extra Strong Pipe
100 Glass Bozd
142a Screw for Ornamental Ring
151 Screw for Deflecting Plate
154 Screw for Deflecting Plate
155 Screw for Hinge
155a Screzv for Body Casting
156 Screw for Cateli Cover
157 Screws for Reflector, Catch, etc.
157a Screw for Porcelain Clamp
158 Screw for Ceiling Plate
204a Ventilator
307 Bezel
316a Spring for Catch
326 Cock, Complete
338 Cock and Sleeve
339 Thumb-piece for Cock
345 Spun Globe Holder Ring
413 Screw for Husk
417 Screw for Bezel
Lighting Co.
(373)
Figs. 3245-3251 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps.
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3239-3254.
Figs. 3245-324G. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. '2511a.
No. 2700. No. 2680.
Figs. 3249-3250. Sections of Mantle Lamp Bulbs.
^30
1 '^i' .'.—.' '_-■■
Fig. 3251. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. 2524.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co
Section of Mantle Lamp. No. 2523a.
Names of Parts of Mantle Lamp Sections.
Figs. 3239-3254. (Continued).
Cat. No. Description.
421 Screw for Ornamental Cage
439 Washer for Lamp Cock ( Thick)
139AWasher for Lamp Cock (Thin)
446 Set Screw for Extension Pillar
447 Spring for Lamp
573 Lower Thimble
574 Roof Thimble
57iARoof Thimble
589 Screw for Spun Globe Holder
1527 Screw for Top and Side Pieces of
Bezel
1672 Co-: cr for Catch
1690 Screw for Ornamental Body
1816 %-»». Close Nipple
1847 Screw for Spring Lock
1849 Screw for Ornamental Ring
1853 Key for Switch
1862 Wood Screw for Ornamental Ring
1870 Thumb-piece for Cock
1873 Porcelain Insulator Clamp
2601 11-in. Spherical Bowl, Clear Glass
2603A Opai Bozvl
2605 Body Ring
2606 Ceiling Ring
2608 Reflector
2610 Deflecting Plate
2611 Mantle and Globe Holder
2615 Gas Tip
2619 Cover for Catch
2620 Globe Ring
2621 Mantle and Globe Holder
2627 Lockuut
2634 Ventilating Chimney
2635 Screen for Gas Tip
2640 Mantle
2647 Pinnacle for Deflector
2658 Catch Cover
2659 Catch
2667 %-in. x Vs-iu. Angle Plunge
2669 Spider Casting
2673 Air Mixer
2674 Gas Tube
2675 Center Casting
2677 Air Shield
2678 liilcabcstou Washer
2679 Extension Piece
2680 Incandescent Gas Bulb. Complete
2694 Air Shield
2695 Bezel
2697 Spun Globe Holder
2698 n-in. Etched Glass Bowl
(374)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3252-3254
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below.
m fcn5"n.CfirtM-L:ii*iifr>r
Figs. 3252-3253. Section of Mantle Lamp, Xo. 2503a.
Fig. 3254. Section of Vestibule Mantle
Lamp, No. 2594.
Names of Parts
of Mantle
Lamp Sections, Figs.
3239-3251, 3252, 3254. (Continued.)
Cat. No. Description".
Cat.
Xo. Description.
Cat.
\*o. Description.
2700
Incandescent Bulb
2727
Vulcabeston Washer
2782
Bodv Ring
and Globe,
2728
Screw for Orna-
2783
Center Casting
Complete
mental Arm
2816
Clamp for Glass
2701
Burner Nozzle
2729
Screw for Porcelain
2823
Shield
2702
Spring Lock
Clamp
2873
Catch
2703
Lamp Body
2730
Roof Thimble
2883
Cluster Stem
2704
Washer
2732
Cluster Stem
2886
Gas-way Bracket
2705
Air Mixer
2734
Bottom Glass
2887
Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock
2706
Buriicr Nozzle
2735
Side Glass
2890
Electric Switch
2707
Shade Holder
2737
Cat cli
2893
Bracket for Cateli
2708
Thumb Screw
2738
Spring for Catch
2904
Brace for Lamp Bodies
2709
Thumb Screw
2740
Spun Ring
2905
Ceiling Thimble
Locknut
2742
Clamps for Bottom
2908
Ceiling Thimble
2710
Spun Crown
and Side Glass
2911
Ventilating Bell
2711
Thimble and Flange
2743
Clamps for Side Glass
2917
Bracket for Switch
2712
Clear Glass Bold
2747
Lamp Body
2918
Ceiling Thimble
2713
Air Mixer
2748
Gas Strainer
2922
Collar for Electric Nipple
2714
Shield
2749
Extension Pillar
2923
Roof Thimble
2717
Bezel
27iSAExtensiou Pillar
2928
Bezel Clamp for Glass
2718
Body Casting
2750
Spring Lock
2929
Side Clamp for Glass
2719
Catch
2751
Inner Globe Ring
2953
Bonnet for Cock
2720
Brace for Catch
2752
Outer Globe Ring
2954
Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock
2721
Bodv Ring
2753
Inner Globe Ring
3162
Wood Screw
2722
Cluster Stem
2754
Spring Pin
3170
Body Casting
2724
Cluster Stem Strap
2764
Screw for Orna-
4018
II 'ire Cleat
2725
Ventilator
mental Ring
4033
Electric Bulb
2726
Porcelain Clamp
2767
Air Shield
The Safety Car Heating & Lighti
Co.
(375)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps.
Names of Parts of Mantle Lamp Sections, Figs. 3355-3275.
Cat. No.
Description.
SAVs-in. Flange Union
23 Iron Washer
24 Rubber Washer
26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long
26B %-in. Nipple, 5 in. Long
26E%-/». Nipple, 4%-in. Long
26F %-in. Nipple, 6V2 in. Long
261 %-in. Nipple, 6V±-in. Long
27 %-in. Loeknitt
28 %-in. x Vs-in. Ell
29 %-in. Cap
30 %-in. Tee
31 %-in Plug
79 Vs-in. Extra Strong Pipe
102 4-in. Opal Boivl
U2ASercw for Gas Cock Body
151 Screw for Catch, etc.
156 Screw for Bracket
157 Screw for Body Casting
157 A Sc rew for Ceiling Ring
158 Screw for Switch Bracket
167 Wall Plate
200 Wind Guard
204 4%-in. Ventilator
222ABurner Tip
230 Pintsch Pillar
307 Bezel
31SASprin.g for Catch
319 Locknul
324 Ventilating Chimney
326 CocA", Complete
338 Cor£ <i»rf .SVtvir
339 Thumb-piece and Socket for
Cock
345 Spun Globe Holder
413 Screw for Husk
420 Screw for Crown
421 .SY/th- /or Thimble
439 TVm'cA Washer for Cock
439A7/i/» Washer for Cock
Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock
Bonnet for Cock
Set Screw for Bonnet
Spring for Cock
Screw for Spider Casting
Screw lor Hinge
Screw for Globe Holder
Screw for Lock
444
445
446
447
518
547
589
598
1527 Screw for Gas Cock Body
1672 Cover for Catch
1673 Catch
1674 Spring for Catch
1683 Gas Cock Body
1684 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock
1733 Spun Globe Holder
1741 sVi-iu. Opal Shade
1782 Screw for Shade Holder
1783 Locknut for No. 1782
Cat.
NTo. Description.
Cat.
1816
%-in. Close Nipple
3085
1847
Screw for Husk
3087
1853
Key for Switch
3091
1855
Clamp for Wires
3106
1856
Screw for Electric Socket
3107
1857
Bracket for Switch
3116
1858
Key for Switch
3125
1865
Set Screw
3126
1873
Porcelain Insulator
3128
1877
I'ulvabestou Washer
3129
1878
Vulvabeston Washer
3130
1949
Ceiling Thimble
3131
1950
Roof Thimble
3132
2175
High Pressure Base Check
3134
2213
Cheek Screw
3135
2214
Screw for Orifice
3136
2601
11-in. Clear Glass Bowl
3137
2606
Ceiling Ring
3139
2615
Gas Tip
3140
2619
Cover for Catch
3143
2640
Small Mantle
3147
2656
Screw for Bracket
3148
2667
%-in. x Vs-in. Angle Flange
3149
2695
Bezel
3163
2697
Spun Globe Holder
3165
2698
Ji-in. Electro Etched Bowl
3168
2711
Thimble and Flange
3170
2719
Catch
3174
2720
Brace for Catch
3218
2721
Body Ring with Electrics
3219
2726
Porcelain Clamp
3220
2727
t ' uleabeston Washer
3237
2728
Screw for Ornamental Arm
3241
2729
Screw for Insulator
3243
2748
Gas Strainer
3261
2763
Screw for Shade Holder Ring
3264
2854
Ceiling Thimble
3266
2855
Roof Thimble
3267
2886
Gas-way Bracket
3268
2887
Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock
3270
2890
Electric Switch
3271
2917
Bracket for Switcli
3272
2922
Collar for Electric Nipple
3273
2936
Globe Holder
3274
3044
Large Mantle
3303
3046
Gas Tip
3313
3049
Burner Nozzle
3319
3050
Bezel
3321
3051
Spider Casting
3373
3052
Body Casting
3375
3053
Top Flue
3406
3054
Botlom Flue
3411
3055
8Vn-in. Frosted Bowl
3412
3057
Crown
4018
3063
Ventilating Bell
4033
3070
Ventilating Bell
4144
3081
Ornamental Crown and Apron
No. Description.
Center Casting
Bottom Flue
Top Flue
Gas Strainer
cj-in. Clear Glass Boivl
9V2-111. Opal Bowl
Ornamental Crown and Apron
Brackets
Bushing
Crown
Flue
Ornamental Collar
Ornamental Apron
Bracket
Spider Casting
Gas-way
Extension Pillar
Spacing Piece
Center Casting
Screw for Gas-way
Burner A'ozzlc
Ventilating Bell
Short Arms
Short Arm
Spider Casting
Extension Pillar
Spider Casting
Center Casting
Ornamental Crown and Apron
Bracket
Flue
Body Casting
Ornamental Collar
Ceiling Thimble
9V2-U1. Frosted Bowl
8Vi-in. Opal Bowl
Body Ring
Extension Piece
Flue-
Extension Pillar
Flue
Lock
Ornamental Crown and Apron
Roof Thimble
Gas Strainer
Reflector
Ceiling Thimble
Bracket for Reflector
Apron
Body Casting
Extension Flue
Air Tube
Ring Reflector
Porcelain Wire Cleat
Electric Bulb
Screw for Ornamental Coiling
Riuc
3084 Bracket
(376)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3255-3258
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376.
Fig. 3255.
Xo. 3500. Lamp.
Fig. 3250.
Section of Xo. 3500. Lamp.
ISffiHU
Fig. 3257.
Xo. 35ii8. Lamp.
Fig. 3258.
Section of XTo. 3508. Lamp.
(377)
Figs. 3259-3262 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps.
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376.
Fig. 3259.
No. 3509. Lamp.
Fig. 3260.
Section of No. 3509. Lamp.
'S ft "■"
Fig. 3261.
Section of No. 3511. Lamt
Fig. 3262.
Section of No. 3512. Lamp.
(378)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3263-3266
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376.
Fig. 3263.
No. 3514. Lamp.
Fig. 3264.
Section of No. 3514. Lamp.
Fig. 3265.
No. 3518. Lamp.
Fig. 3266.
No. 3510. Lamp
(379)
1^^3267^270 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376.
Fig. 3267.
No. 3520. Lamp.
Fig. 3268.
Section of No. 3520. Lamp.
Fig. 3269.
No. 3538a. Combination
Lamp.
Fig. 3270.
Section of No. 3538a.
Combination Lamp.
(3S0>
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3271-3275
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376.
Fig. 3271.
Xo. 3532a. Combination
Lamp.
Fig. 3272.
Section of Xo. 3532a. Combina-
tion Lamp.
Fig. 3273.
Xo. 2286a. Bracket
Lamp.
SECTION OF VESTIBULE LAMPS N» ZS94 od XH
Non —Lamp No 23114 has a small mantle, ai shown m small section m upper right hand comer
ihJ when oscd with RegnLiti.r No 254. Gas Strainer No 3303 is required, as shown, and with Rcgnlaior No
OS4. Gas Stramer No 3106 is required For old style vestibule lamp No 2^04. tee sectional cot on page
. ■
Fig. 3274.
Section of Xos. 2594 and 3594.
Vestibule Lamps.
^S~t~ .flrr, „ y ,. „r.lrr toy, ^^fr_=
SECTION OF LAMP No. iaiia
Fig. 3275.
Section of Xo. 3561a. Lamp.
.3811
Figs. 3276-3283 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene. The Safety O
Names of Parts of Acetylene
Lamp Sections, Figs. 3276-3285.
Cat. No. Description.
17a Angle Flange
23 J ran Washer
24 Rubber Washer
26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long
2Gb %-in. Nipple. 5 in. Long
26f %-in. Nipple, 6V2 in. Long
27 %-in. Locknut
28 %-in. x Vs-in. Ell
29 %-in. Cap
32 Vs-in. Ell
79 Vs-in. Extra Strong Pipe
100 Glass Bowl
140 Screzv for Bezel
142a Screw for Gas Cock Body
144 Screzv for Spring Lock
151 Screzv for Catch and Reflector
154 Screw for Flue
155 Screzv for Hinge
156 Screzv for Ceiling Ring
156a Screw for Flange
157 Screzv for Reflector
157a Screzv for Ceiling Ring
204 4%-in. Ventilator
204a Ventilator
307 BeseZ for Bowl, imth Hinge
316 Spring Catch, Complete
316a Spring for Catch
323a Diaphragm
324 Ventilating Chimney
No
Fig. 3276.
1641. Acetylene
Wall Lamp.
See Section,
Figs. 3282-3283.
Fig. 3277.
No. 1081. Acetylene
Deck Lamp.
See Section, Fig. 3284.
Fig. 3278.
No. 1G27. Acetylene
Lamp.
See Section, Fig. 3279.
-]J* : i 79
Fig. 3279.
Section of Acetylene Lamp, No. 1627.
Clovation of Catch
Figs. 3280-3281.
Section of Acetylene Vestibule Lamp, No. 1694
Figs. 3282-3283.
Section of Acetylene Wall Lamp, No. 1641.
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Above and on Page 383.
(382)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting: Acetylene. The Safety C
Figs. 3284-3285
£#3
SS^
Names of Parts of Acetylene Lamp
Sections, Figs. 3276-3285. (Continued.)
Cat. Xo.
Description.
Cock, Complete
Spun Globe Holder Ring
Thick Washer for Cock
326
345
439
439a Thin Washer for Cock
444
445
446
447
547
586
589
590
596
597
Fig. 3284. Section of Acetylene Lamp, No. 1681.
{383)
Fig. 3285.
Section of Acetylene Lamp, No. 2012.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
Plug and Thumb-piece for Cock
Bonnet for Cock
Screw for Cock
Spring for Cock
Screw for Wall Plate
Extension Chimney
Screw for Spun Globe Holder
Spun Globe Holder
(j-in. Clear Glass Bowl
9-in. Etched Glass Bowl
1600a Frame for Dome
1602a Flue
1604 q-in. Etched Dome
1605 Q-in. Opal Dome
1606 Dome Ring
1607 Pour-flame Cluster
1608a Gas-way Tube
1609 Post for Flues
1613 :;s-/7. Von Schwartz Burner
1614 Vh-ft. J 'on Schwartz Burner
1615 %-ft. Von Schwartz Burner
1617 Screw for Gas-way Tube Flange
1618 9-iu. Opal Bowl
1635 Body Casting
1638 Gas-way Tube
1639 Flanged Ell
1643 Crown
1644a Gas-way Tube
1645 Frame for Dome
1668 Opal Pome
1672 Cover for Catch
1674 Spring for Catch
1679 Catch
1682 Body Casting
1683 GasCock Body
1684 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock
1693 Bezel
1695 Reflector
1696 Body Casting
1697 Gas-way Tube
1697a Two-tlamc Cluster
1698 Brass Nipple
1699 Flanged Ell
1700 Flue
1733 Spun Globe Holder
1826 6V2-in Opal Bowl
1826a 6V2-U1. Clear Glass Bowl
1827 Bezel
1832 Catch
1833 Spring for Catch
1834 Rcflccto,
1835 Spring for Hinge, Left
1835a Spring for PTinge, Right
1860 Flange for Catch
1861 Screw for Flange
1926 Body with Gas Cock
1928 Spring Lock for Bezel
1949 Lower Thimble
1950 Roof Thimble
1970 Reflector
1971 Casing for ReflectO)
1977 5V« 5'ercK'
1978 Bushing for Flue Post
2025 Reflector
2026 Borfy fo'rag
2027 Thumb-screw
2028 Ga^-xeay Tub^
2119 Tivo-flamc Cluster
2854 C«7mg Thimble
2855 tfoof Thimble
3070 Ventilating Bell
Figs. 3285-3287 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene. Commercial System.
Fig. 3286. Application of Tank. Piping, Etc., for Safety Storage System of Acetylene Car Lighting
117 A
Fig. 3287. Application of Tank, Piping, Etc., for Safety Storage System of Acetylene Car Lighting
with Filling Valves on Each Side of Car.
The Commercial Acetylene Co.
C'S-0
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene, Commercial System. Figs. 3288-3318
Fig;. 3288. Brazed Cylinder
Cut Open to Show Packing.
Fig. 329-2. No. 242.
=j- ft. V. S. Burner
Male Thread.
Fig. 3293. No. 49.
Burner Pillar.
Fig. 3289. No. 121.
Main Cnck.
Fig. 3290. Xo. 1-22.
Alain Cock Key.
Fig. 3291. No. 114.
Gage for Car.
Fig. 3294. No. 123.
Blow Off for Safety Device.
Fig. 3295. No. 106.
Key for Nos. 101, 104, 149.
Fig. 329G. Pipe Line Valve (No.
149) with Cover ( No. 151) and
Bracket (No. 159) Complete.
;ig. 3297. No. 108.
%-in. Flange
Union H. P.
Fig. 3298. No. 117A.
Regulating Valve.
Fig. 3299. No. 144.
Charging Hose
Connection.
Fig. 3301. No. 125. Fig. 3302. No. 101.
%-in. x %-in. Brass Stud Valve.
Union Tee.
Fig. 3300. Filling
Valve ( No. 104)
with Bracket (No.
105) and Cover (No,
107 ) Complete.
Fig. 3303.
No. ln9. Lead
Gasket for No. 198.
Fig. 3304.
No. 128. Lock
Nut for No. 127.
Fig. 330.-,. Xo. 102.
Nut for Stud
Valve Connection.
Fig. 330G. No. 159.
%-in. x %-in. Drop
Ell C Plain).
Fig. 3310. No. 56.
Burner Cleaner.
Fig. 3307. No. 19.
%-in. Hose Band.
Fig. 3308. No. 216.
%-in. Rubber Washer.
Fig. 3311. No. 145.
ft-in. Wire Wound
Gas Hose.
n<7. 3312. No. 10.3.
Nipple for No. 101.
Fix 3314. No. 79.
Hose Coupler.
(385)
Fig. 3315.
No. 112. %-in.
Steel Ell.
Fig. 3399. No. 217.
%-in. Iron Washer.
ffii7.T ~~"T»
Fig. 331::. Fig. 127.
Special %-in,
Pipe Nipple,
G*
Fig- 3316. Fig. 3317.
No. 113. No. 111.
%-in. Steel Coupling. Steel Tee.
The Commercial Acetylene Co.
Fig. 3318,
No. 110.
Steel Cross,
Figs. 3319-3329 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene, Commercial System.
Fig. 3319.
Center I, amp No. 350.
(Section Cut, Fig. 3320.)
•3=3
LIL
UJ-jft
Fig. 33-20.
Vestibule Lamp
No. 375.
Section Cut, Fig. 3357.)
Fig. 33-21. No. 39.
Globe Holder for
Nos. 12 and 13.
Fig. 3322. No. 5.
Side Bracket.
Fig. 3323. No. 40.
Bracket.
Globe No. 47.
Fig. 3324. No.
Car Bracket.
Fig. 3326. No. 43.
4%-in, Globe Ventilator.
Fig. 3325. No. 40.
Standard Ventilating Bell.
Fig. 3327.
Vestibule Fixture No. 375
Fig. 3328.
Pintsch Lamp Converted.
Fig. 33211. Center Lamp No. 350.
Names of Parts of Acetylene Lamp Sections. Figs. 3327-3329.
43 4%-in, Globe Ventilator
44 Roof Thimble
64 %-in. x Ys-in. Reducer
127F %-in. Pipe Nipple
128 %-in. Lock Nut
136 %-in. Cap
168 Ys-in. Pipe
173 Ys-in. Ell, Iron
183 Ys-in. Ell, Brass
204 Mica Chimney
205 2-Flame Cluster
214 Ventilating Bell
216 Rubber Washer
217 Peon Washer
221 Plug and Thumb Piece for Cock
111 Spring for Cock
223 Nut for Spring
224 Washer for Cock
225 Body for Cock
226 Cock Complete
228 Ys-in. x %-in. Ell
237 %-ft. Burner
250 Screw for No. 357
251 Screw for Nos. 353 and 364
262 Screw for Hinge
263 Screw for Catch
264 Screw for Thimble No. 383
265 Screw for No. 360
276 Wood Screw for Ventilating Bell
No. 214
278 Wood Screw for Body Ring
351 10-in. Opal Dome
352 10-in. Clear Glass Bozvl
Z52A 10-in. Opal Bowl
353 Reflector
354 Gas JVay
354AGas Way Tube
355
Body Casting
356
Bezel
357
Spun Globe Ploldci
358
Crown
359
Catch
360
Spring for Catch
361
Support for Catch
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
Hinge
Hinge Pin
Brass Baud for Body No. 355
Pin and Clip for Catch No. 359
9-in. Clear Glass Bowl
Reflector
II 'ire Support and Nut
Gas II ay Connection
Support for No. 364
Lug for No. 365
Wire Support and Nut
Burner Pillar
Body Ring
Ventilating Flue
Body for Cock
Plug for Cock
Thumb Piece for Plug
Cap for Cock
Cock Complete
Thimble
Washer for Cock
Spring for Cock
The Commercial Acetylene Co.
( 386)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting: Acetylene, Adlake System. Figs. 3330-3339
Figs. 3331-3332. Generating Apparatus and Removable
Cartridge.
Fig. 3333. View Showing Location of
Generator in Closet at End of Car.
Fig. 3334. Vestibule Lamp, Xo. ,09
Fig. 333 1. Two-light Chandelier,
No. 720.
Fig. 3338. One-light Oval
Corridor Lamp.
Adams & Westlake Co.
"4>>
Fig. 3339.
Four-light Combination Gas and
Electric Chandelier, Xo. 747.
(3S7)
Figs. 3340-3346 CAR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Acetylene. Adlake_System.
«S^
Fig. 3340.
Combination Gas and Electric
Side Bracket Lamp,
No. 723.
Fig. 3341.
Oval Panel Lamp,
No. 732.
Fig. 3342.
Panel Lamp for Passage Way,
No. 766.
Fig. 3343.
Side Bracket Lamp,
No. 738.
gjfl Globe Ventilator
Regulator
Fig. 3345.
Plan of Piping of Car.
Fig. 3344. Section of Lamp Body.
Qas Receiving Tank
Fig. 3316.
Arrangement of Fixtures Under Car.
Adams & Westlake Co.
(388)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene, Adlake System. Figs. 3347-3356
Fig. 334 1. Four-light
Chandelier, No. 772.
Fig. 3348. Two-light
Chandelier, Xo. 7i:i4.
Fig. 3340. Two-light
Chandelier. No. 770.
Fig. 3350. One-light
Vestibule Chandelier. Xo.
for Flat Deck.
Fig. 3351. One-light
Chandelier, Xo. 784.
Fig. 3352. Two-light
Electric Bracket, Xo. 7290.
Fig. 3353. One-light
Side Deck Lamp,
Curved Foot for Empire Deck.
Fig. 3354. Four-light
Chandelier, No. 792.
fig. 3355. Two-light Electric
Bracket, Xo. 7190a.
Adams & Westlake Co.
Fig. 3356. One-light
Oval Panel Lamp.
(389)
Figs. 3357-3364 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene: Avery System.
Fig. 3357. Application of Generator and Gas Tank Under Car.
Avery System of Acetylene Gas Lighting.
Fig. 3358. Generator J '.ox Lowered for Recharging. Fig. 3359. Generator Box Closed in Running Position.
Fig. 3360. Two-light Chandelier, No. '202.
Fig. 3361. Two-light Chandelier. No. 302.
Fig. 3362.
Fig. 3363.
Eracket Gas Lamps.
Dayton Manufacturing Co.
Fig. 3364.
(390)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting; Newbold System. Figs. 3365-3370
Fig?. 3365-3367. Application of Generator to Truck. Newbold System of Electric Car Lighting.
Fig. 3368. Generator with Casing Removed Showing
Brushes.
Fig. 3369. Generator with Casing and Pulley Removed
and Brushes Taken Down.
Fig. 3370. Automatic Regulator.
Adams & Westlake Co.
(391)
Figs. 3371-3374 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System.
SlSsiiSg
Figs. 3371-3372. Type C-2 Panel. Regulator and Automatic Switch.
CD
I
:
Figs. 3373-3374. Type F Panel. Regulator and Automatic Switch.
The United States Light & Heating Co.
(393)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting: Bliss System. Figs. 3375"3384
=*s
1
*
Fig. 3375. Wiring Diagram,
Tvpe C-"2 Panel.
1
-^
- '
-
Fig. 3oTi^. \\ iring Diagrim.
Type F-7 Pane!.
tfr
.#£
I# I ' '
Fig. 3377. Wiring Diagram,
Type E-2 Panel.
rJ;
=7 ^
=j^=saRsii._l=_
" — uiiiiinimiKH —
Fig. 3378. "W iring Diagram,
Type C-3 Lamp Regulator.
H«f -
Fig. 3379. Wiring Diagram,
Eucker System as Applied to
Pullman Private Cars.
^4=
n
Figs. 3380-3382. Type C Lamp
Regulator Vibrator or Relav.
~7T _.
1
JMT
w
i ? "* 1
_— . '
"1
-
•J)
Figs. 33^-::3-4. Battery
Voltage Relay.
The United States Light & Heating Co.
(3«3)
Figs. 3385-3389 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System.
Fig. 3385. Type E-2 Panel.
Regulator and Automatic Switch.
"Export" Type.
%>~WIKW~&
Figs. 338C-3387. Type A-2 Panel.
Automatic Switch. Bucker System.
Figs. 3388-3389. Type C-3 Lamp Regulator.
The United States Light & Heating Co.
(304)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System. Figs. 3390-3393
Figs. 3390-3392. Application of Type E Generator to Pullman Standard 106-S Steel Truck.
Fig. 3393. Pullman Standard 106 Truck with Type E Generator.
The United States Light & Heating Co.
(395)
Figs 3394-3401 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System.
Figs. 3394-3395. Tender Generator. Gear
Driven from Axle. Capacity, 25 K.W.
Adapted for Lighting and Charging
Batteries on 10 to 12 Cars.
Figs. 3396-3397. Application of Gear-Driven Tender Generator to Pennsylvania Railroad
Tender, Showing Method of Suspension.
Figs. 3398-3399. Train Line Coupler, Steam Type, .Adapted for Use Below Car Floor,
Couples by Hand and Automatically Uncouples. Capacity, 300 Amperes.
Figs. 3400-3401. Train Line Coupler, Vestibule Type. Adapted for Overhead Use. Couples
by Hand, Uncouples Automatically. The United States Light & Heating Co. (396")
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Moskowitz System. Figs. 3402-3403
COMPLETE EQUIPMENT IS COMPOSED OF THE FOLLOWING:
1 Standard Generator 1 Standard Regulator
1 Polarity Changer 1 or more Resistance Unit
I Dynamo Pulley I Lamp Rheostat
I Standard Suspension 1 Exciting L oil
1 Axle Pulley, Belt, Plates and Rivets 1 C omplete Coupling Block
/73 /72
//O
783 R .
Fig. 3402. Application of Moskowitz Car Generator to Truck
Fig. 3403. Application of Moskowitz Car Generator to Truck, Using Belt Drive.
Names of Parts of Moskowitz Generator Application. Figs. 3402-3403.
Cat. Xo. Description.
51 Suspension Shaft Boxes
52 Suspension Shaft Boxes Caps
55 Spring Washers (Double Guide)
56 Spring Followers (Single Guide)
75 Distance Block
96 Shaft Wedges
97 Shaft Shoes
98 Trunnion Ends and Pius
109 Recoil Spring Washers
110 Bolt Guides
146 Gravity Nuts (for belt tension springs)
165 Axle Pulley
166 Belt Tension Spring
167 Springs, Cushion, Square Section
168 Springs, Recoil, Round Section
172 Bolts for Recoil Spring Nuts and Pins
Cat. No. Description.
173 Bolts, Hex. Nuts and Cotter Pins for
Boxes
Bolts for Side Bar (Special)
Bolts for Tension Bar
Wedge Bolts with Hex. Nuts and
Cotters
Spring Bars
Suspension Shaft
Hook Tension Bolts
WRAngle Bar ( Pulley Side)
183liAngle Bar (Commutator Side)
135 Distance Rod
186 Distance Rod
187 Swivel Bar
200 Belt
174
175
176
179
180
181
(397)
The United States Light & Heating Co.
Figs. 3404-3420 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Moskowitz System.
Numbers Refer to Lists of Names of Parts Below and with Figs. 3424-3425.
Figs. 3404-3412. Automatic Polarity Changer
and Parts.
Names of Parts of Polarity Changer.
Figs. 3404-3412.
Cat. No. Description.
20
21
22
25
26
27
48
50
53
72
118
Polarity Changer Case
Polarity Changer Door
Guide Ring
Polarity Changer Door Graz
ity Nuts
Switch Tonges {Bronze)
Short Circuit Contact Bar
Polarity Changer Latch-
Brass Washers
Switch Ring
Nuts, Brass
Terminal Cover and Bolt
Cat. No.
Figs. 3414-3418. Head, Field and Parts of Car
Lighting Generator.
Description.
154 Nut (hex.) and Cotter for
Polarity Changer Latch
156 Stop Screw for Guide Ring
157 P. C. Contact Post, Short
158 P. C. Contact Post, Long
159 Machine Screws and Washers
161 Polarity Changer Door Studs
163 Cotter Pins
Cat.
N*o. Description
171
Bolts, Machine
3751
Insulating Bushings
3752
Insulating Bustlings
3753
Insulating Washers
3754
Insulator Shoes
3756
Insulating Segments
3757
Insulating Washers
v. > - ---.-to \ iijm \
Fig. 3419. Automatic Regulator and Switch. \OOG J
The United States Light & Heating Co
Fig. 3420. Standard Wiring Diagram, with
Type B Regulator and Separate Rheostat in
Light Circuits.
C39S)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; General Electric; Consolidated. Figs. 3421-3426
Fig. 3421. Curtis Steam Turbine Generator Set for
Train Lighting, Baggage Car Type.
General Electric Co.
rr
U-
<a
H
B
1
1
h
"— s
T
1
[::
3V
Fig. 3422. Curtis Steam Turbine Generator Set for Fig. 3423. Application of Generator, Type A, to Four
Tram Lighting, Locomotive Type. Open. Wheel Truck. Consolidated Railway Electric
General Electric Co. Lighting & Equipment Co.
3424. Regulator for Typ
Consol
Cat. No.
5
6
7
8
9
19
19A
35
(399)
Description.
Dynamo Head, Commutator
End
Bearing Cap
Dynamo Head, Pulley End
Bearing Cap
Commutator Door
Commutator Door Latch
Commutator Door Hook
Dynamo Pulley, S in.
Dynamo Pulley, 0 in.
Dynamo Pulley, 10 in.
e A Equipment. Fig. 3426. Regulator,
idated Railway Electric Lighting & Equipment
Names of Parts. Figs. 3414-3418.
Cat. No. Description.
59 Brush Connector, Bottom
60 Brush Connector, Top
73 Steel Dynamo Field
74 Bearing
80N Overflow Pipe
Type D, with Cover Removed.
Co.
Cat. No.
Description.
146 Gravity Nuts for above
164 Complete Generator
170 Bolts, with Nuts, Washers
and Cotters
190 Bearing Stop
190A Bearing Stop, Screw and
Nut
192 Oil Pipes, Complete
197 Thumb-screw
203 Field Wedges, Fiber
207 Leather Gasket for Bearing
Cap
217 Oil Rings
218 Brush Holders
234 Cap Screws
240 Clamping Block
242 Polarity Changer, Complete
246 Field Coils
Figs. 3427-3430 CAR FURNISHINGS Electric Lighting; The Safety Ci
Fig. 3427. Axle Lighting Generator Complete.
Fig. 3428. Section Through Axle Lighting Generator.
342.1. Section A-B Through Generator. Fig-. 3430. End Elevation of Generator.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(400)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting: The Safety Co. Figs. 3431-3436
SS^ 4271
Figs. 3431-3432.
Flexible Leads.
4269
Fig. 3431. Front Head for Generator
with Brush Rocker.
426E
Fig. 3433. Back Head
for Generator.
Fig. 3434. Lamp Regulator. Type "A" Equipment.
(.Implied Under Car.)
Fig. 3435. Arrangement of Type "B" Generator Fig. 343G. Lamp Regulator, Type "A"
and Lamp Regulator. Equipment.
(Applied In Car.) (Applied In Car.)
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
(401)
F'gs- 3437-344Q CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; The Safety Co.
4071 4^02 / 4199
4203
End Elevation
Figs. 3437-343?.
Cat. No. Description.
4060 Strap for Belt Shield
4065 Angle Iron
4066 l-in. Eye Bolt
4067 Spring
4068 2 3-lO-in. Steel Shafting,
3 ft. ejl-i in. Long
General Method of Supporting Dynamo on
Names of Parts of Figs. 3437-3438.
Side Elevation
(wheel removed)
Six-Wheel Truck.
Cat. J
no. Description.
4070
Safety Chain
4071
Washer
4072
Saddle
4198
%-in. Bolt
4199
i-in. Bolt. p% in. Long
4200
l-in. Bolt. J in. Long
Cat. No.
Description.
-LAMPS
4201
4202
4203
4249
4250
4252
4253
4254
4255
4281
%-in. Bolt, 3 in. Long
Pipe Filler for Shaft. Short
Pipe Filler for Shaft. Long
Strap for Belt Shield
Belt Shield
Upper Supporting Iron
Middle Supporting Iron
Lower Supporting Iron
Shield for Dynamo Pulley
Dynamo Pulley, 9-111. Diameter,
6-in. Fare
R BATTERY CJRREN"
A-SHUNT RCGULATU+i CO*. F
I -battery
t-nciO RES15TANCC CARBONS
0 ■ DYNAMO
C LAMP RESISTANCE
r - dynamo netO
u - raouuTiriQ spring roo ntu) carbons
J ■ MAIN SVHTCH SHUNT LlTTJia CO*.
n ' SERIES PELEAS1XG COL TOO MAW SmTO
M- AUH-LABY LU*> RESUTW1CC OfT CUT SWITCH
0-waim rust
P-PUWEO F[» REGULATING SOLENCW)
Q-REJ£TAHCE FOB CM"*"
R- TOTAL LAMP RESISTANCE CtfT OUT SttTTE*
S ■ SFMS REuULATINQ COt
T -BATTERY CUT OUT SWITCH
U-AOJUSTdlG SLOES FOR LAMP RT5li TA-.CL
v -aoajsting slides roa UUP RESE/UNCC
w-felO rust
V-TOKEFOn CAR60* FtLO ersaTA.iCE
nrio
Fig. .3439.
GENERATOR CUT OUT COIL CIRCUIT
AUXILIARY LAW RCSGTAKZ bWTr.H CBCKT
BATTERY CUT OUT SWITCH CWOJIT
LAMP CIRCUIT ON 8ATTtRi
Wiring Diagram, Type "B" Equipment.
— LAMPS
SHUNT REGULATING COIL FOR BATTCflY CL'ROtNT
BATTERY
FTELO RESISTANCE CARBOnS
DYNAMO
LAMP RESISTANCE
DYNAMO FILLO
REGULATING. SPRM3 TOR HELD CARBONS
MAIN SWITCH
T LlFTiN
COL
SERIES RELEASING COIL FOB V
RESISTANCE FOR MAIN SWITCH SHUNT CCIl
maw rust
plunger foh regulating solenoo
resistance tor coo. a'
!LAMP REGULATOR fltLM
i-9tRCS REGIA.ATING CO*.
r- Battery cut out switch
S SWITCH FOR LAMP REGULATOR
V SHUNTS FOR RELAY
w-nciD Fust
X OPP0SE0 FtLDS FOR LAMP REGULATOR MOTOR
Y YOKE FOR CARBON FIELD RESISTANCE
— LAMP REvGULATOCt
riranr™
"r
Q[H[RAT0R CIRCUIT — BATTERY CUT OUT SWITCH COIL CIBCUIT
BATTERY GENERATOR CUT OUT CO*. CIRCUIT
L**11* ' RtLAYlLAMP BtQuiATOOkOIL CmcUTT
nCL0 LAMP REQULATOn MOTOR CIRCUIT
OPPOSED JCRits FrELDSFOR LAMP REGULATOR MOTOR C
Fig. 3440. Wiring Diagram, Type "A" Equipment. The Safety Car Heating & Lighting C
(402)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Installations. Figs. 3441-3443
Fig. 3441. Generator Applied to Four-Wheel Truck. Consolidated Type A Axle Light
System for Da3r Coaches and Chair Cars. Consolidated Railway Electric Lighting & Equipment Co.
Fig. 344^. Generator Applied to Four-V\ heel Truck. Consolidated Type C Axle Light
System for Dining, Sleeping and Private Cars. Consolidated Railway Electric Lighting & Equipment Co.
(403)
Fig. 3443. Application of Generator to Six-Wheel Truck. Gould System of Electric Car
Lighting. Gould Coupler Co.
Figs. 3444-3456 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Storage Battc
SH
Fig. 3445. Cable Connector, Style A.
Fig. 3440. Cable Connector, Style B.
Fig. 3444. Element on Bottom Rests
Figs. 344 1 -34411. Negative and Positive Terminal
Bushings and Hard-Rubber Vent.
3453. Crowned
Lead Lining.
Fig. 3455. Hard Ri bber Covci
Soft Edge Type.
Gould Storage Battery Co.
rig. 3450. Hard Rubber lar.
(404)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting; Storage Batteries. Figs. 3457-3464
Fig. 3457. Lead Lining for Type Fig. 3458. Tudor Positive Group for
EP-13 Storage Battery. Type EC-13 Storage Battery.
Fig. 3459. Rubber Jar for Type
EP-13 Storage Battery.
Fig. 3460. Manchester Positive Group Fig. 3461. Box Negative Group for Fig. 3402. Rolled Negative Group for
for Type ECS-13 Storage Battery. Type ECS-13 Storage Battery. Type ECS-13 Storage Battery.
Fig. 3403. Two-Cell Unit of Type EP-13 Storage Fig. 3404. Two-Cell Unit of Type EP-11
Battery in Lead Lined Tank with Special Storage Battery in Rubber Jars,
Connectors. Wood Crate.
The Electric Storage Battery Co.
(405)
Figs. 3465-3477 CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting; Storage Battel
ۥ
Figs. 3465-3466. Sponge Rubber Terminal
Bushings for Type E P Storage Battery
Cover, Positive and Negative.
esbco 2c
Fig. 3407. Ribbed and Perforated
Rubber Separator for Type
EP Storage Battery.
(Ribbed on Both Sides.)
Fig. 3472. Hard Rubber Cover
for Type FP Storage Battery
Cell, Showing Hard Rubber
Vent Plug.
\
Fig. 3408. Cable Connector. Fig. 3409. Cable Connector,
Xo. 7290. Xo. 7292.
Fig. 3470.
Bolt Connector,
Xo. 7080.
Fig. 3471.
Lead Protector Cap,
No. 7090.
Fig. 3474. Soft Lip Rubber
Cover for Storage Battery
Cell, Showing Knob and
Soft Rubber Vent Plug.
Fig. 3473. Tudor Accumulator Element
for Type EP-13 Storage Battery.
Fig. 3470. Shelf Negative Plate for Fig. 3470. Tudor Positive Plate for Fig. 3177. Rolled Negative Plate for
Type EP Storage Battery. Type EP Storage Battery. Type EP Storage Battery.
The Electric Storage Battery Co. (406)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Stc
Bam
Figs. 3478-3484
Fig. 3478. Rubber Jars Assembled in Two-
Compartment Lined Tanks.
Fig. 3480. Two-Compartment Unit Com-
plete in Lead Lined Tank.
Element with Separators.
Figs. 3481-3483. Reinforced Rubber Jar with Soft
Rubber-Lipped Cover and Double-Ribbed Separator.
United States Light & Heating Co.
Fig. 3484. Lead Lining with
Porcelain Rests.
(407)
Figs. 3485-3489 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Storage Batteries
»»«
j
■
1 ■
i | ,:
■
■
■ .
■::'
'■■'■,:■
r;i
1
i - '■JMlliP
' ■■: ^iiaiiiiip
MIUilliilV:,:':!:,; .
mmmmat
iiiiiiiiiiiMffliiiiiiiiiiii
liiiiiiwiiiiiiSiiii
IS1': .: iV.'*:!,,,,.
iiiiSiSiifciiJiiiiiii!
Illllllll
< :„:: :'..:■
,;'l!!!il!!l,lll:i:l
IIBilEI]
HWK'V ■
Fig. 3485. Positive Formed Plate
Fig. 3480. Negative Unformed Plate.
Figs. 3487-348(1. Enlarged Details of Positive Plate.
United Slates Light & Heating Co.
(408)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Fixtures.
Fi:
3490-3510
Fig. 349a
Electric Chandelier. No. 1703.
Fig. 3493.
Electric Pendant,
No. 1781.
Fig. 3491.
Electric Chandelier. Xo. 1777.
€§»»
Fig. 3492.
Electric Chandelier, Xo. 1746.
Fig. 3-105.
Electric Bracket,
Xo. 1843.
Fig. 3496.
Electric Bracket,
No. 1786.
Fig. 3407.
Electric Bracket.
No. 371a.
Fig. 3498.
Electric Bracket.
Xo. 1747.
Fig. 3400.
Electric Bracket.
Xo. 1776.
Fig. 3500.
Electric Bracket,
Xo. 370a.
Fig. 3-501.
Electric Bracket.
Xo. 1748.
Fig. 3502.
Electric Bracket.
Xo. 1023.
Fig. 85"3.
Electric Bracket,
Xo. 1702.
Fig. 3504.
Electric Bracket,
Xo. 372a.
Fig. 3505.
Electric Bracket,
Xo. 1743.
Fig. 3506.
Electric Bracket.
Xo. 1765.
Fig. 35117.
Electric Bracket,
Xo. 1742
0
X
Fig. 3511c'. Fig. 3500.
Electric Bracket, Electric Pendant,
Xo. 1785. Xo 1700
Tl
(409)
te Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
Fig. 3510.
Electric Pendant,
Xo. 1740.
Figs. 35H-3539
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Fixtures.
Fig. 3511.
4 Light Deck Lamp,
No. 2247.
Fig. 35)5.
2 Light Bracket,
No. 2148.
Fig. 3520.
2 Light Bracket,
No. 1933.
Fig. 3524.
1 Light Bracket,
No. 1923.
Fig. 3512.
2 Light Bracket,
No. 2117.
Fig. 351G.
1 Light Bracket,
No. 2147.
Fig. 3517.
2 Light Bracket,
No. 2176.
€|*^
Fig. 3521.
1 Light Bracket,
No. 1930.
Fig. 3522.
2 Light Bracket,
No. 1973.
Jr^~ \,
Fig. 3525.
Pendant,
No. 1929.
Fig. 3513.
1 Light Bracket,
No. 2116.
Fig. 3514.
Pendant,
No. 2115.
Fig. 3518.
1 Light Bracket,
No. 2177.
Fig. 3519.
Pendant,
No. 2178.
Fig. 3523.
2 Light Bracket,
No. 1924.
Fig. 3527.
Pendant,
No. 1936.
Fig. 3528.
Pendant,
No. 1931.
Fig. 3529.
Fig. 3530.
Fig. 3531.
Fig. 3532.
Fig. 3533
Fig 3534
Pendant,
Pendant,
1 'endant,
Pendant,
Pendant,
Pendant,
No. 1774.
No. 369a.
No. 1740.
No. 1704.
No. 1955.
No. 2151.
Fig. 3535.
Pendant,
No. 1773.
Fig. 3530.
Pendant,
No. 1744.
Fig. 3537.
Pendant,
No. 1700.
Fig. 35.38.
Pendanl .
No. 1719.
The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
Fig. 3539.
Pendant,
No, 1921.
(410)
CAR FURNISHINGS.. Electric Fixtures.
Figs. 3540-3548
-
Fig. 3540. Electric Chandelier, No. 7580.
■.'-. ' i.
P
Fig. 3541. Fig. 3542.
Side View. Front Y:e\
Electric Bracket, No. 9000.
Fig. 3543.
Electric Pendant,
No. 7620.
Fig. 3544.
Electric Pendant,
No. 7760.
Fig. 3545. Fig. 3546.
Front View. Side View
Electric Bracket, No. 9230.
FlS- 3547. Fig 3543
Front View Side View.
Electric Bracket, No. 7260.
Adams & Westlake Co.
(411)
Figs- 3549-3553 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lighting Fixtures; Oil Lamps.
Fig. 35411. Acme Burner Chandelier, No. 102
Fig. 3550. Acme Burner Chandelier. No. 191.
v.'v
Fig. 3551. Acme Burner Chandelier, No. 190.
Fig. 3552. Acme Burner Chandelier, No. 190-A
Fig. 3553. Acme Burner Chandelier, with Oil
Fount Detached.
\dams eS; Westlake Co.
(412)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lighting Fixtures; Oil Lamps. Figs. 3554-3579
Fig. 3554. Fig. 3555.
Diam. 6% ins. Diam. 6 ins
Fig. 3557.
Diam. 4% in
Adjustable.
Fig. 355*.
Diam. 7% ins.
Fig. 3559.
Diam. 9 ins.
Kirov's Adjustable.
Fig. 3560. Fig. 35iil. Fig. 3562. Fig. 3563.
Diam. 71-s ins. Bracket Canopy. Sectional View. Diam. 5% ins.
Figs. 3554-3563. Lamp Canopies or Smoke Bells. Dayton Manufacturing Co.
Fig. 3564.
"Dome'' Lamp Shade
Fig. 3565.
'Vienna" Lamp Shade.
"Crown" Lamp Shade. "Globe" Lamp Shade
or Lamp Globe.
Figs. 3564-3507. Standard Styles of Lamp Shades: Special Forms for Student and Other Lamps.
(The use of these Standards in the trade is general, but not universal.)
r=i
L
L
Fig. 3568. Fig. 3569. Fig. 3570. Fig. 3571. Fig. 3572.
Lip Sm. Bulb Lip Bulb Moehring. Mammoth. Sun.
(Dual). (Dual). Argand.
\
Fig. 3573. Fig. 3574. Fig. 3575.
Hinge Hinge Lip
(Crimp Top). (Bell Top). (Gun Shape).
Fig. 3576.
Slip
(Dual)
Standard Styles of Lamp Chimneys.
(The use of these Standards in the trade is general, but not universal).
6/4 — -
: !/,'■!-
Fig. 3577.
Fig. 3578.
Fig. 3579.
Standard Styles of Cone Lamp Shades.
(The use of these Standards in the trade is general, but not universal).
(413)
Figs. 3550-3589
CAR FURNISHINGS, Oil Lamps.
Fig. 3580.
Side Candle Lamp.
Fig. 3581. Fig. 358-2.
No. 3. No. 11%.
Side Lamps. Adams & Westlake Co.
Fig. 3583.
No. 306.
Fig. 3584.
Side Lamp.
Fig. 3585.
Emergency Side Candle Lamp. A. & W
Fig. 3587.
Side Lamp and Electrolier.
Fig. 3588. Mail Car Lamp.
With Reflector and Acme Burner.
A. & W.
Fig. 3586. Mail Car Lamp.
With Shade and. Acme Burner.
Warns & Westlake Co.
Fig. 3589.
Side Lamp.
With Acme Burner.
(414)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Oil Lamps.
Figs. 3590-3594
Fig. 3590. Two-light Chandelier.
J. L. Howard & Co.
Fig. 3591. Two-light Chandelier
with Acme Burners. A. & \V.
Fig. 3592.
Center Lamp and Electrolier Combined.
Fig. 3593. Center Lamp.
Drop. 22 in. Moehring Center Draft Burner.
Fig. 3594.
Plain Lamp for Postal, Baggage and
Suburban Cars. A. & W.
(415)
Figs- 3595-36oi
CAR FURNISHINGS, Oil Lamps.
/*/■■:
Ml
Fig. 3595.
Drop Over-all., 26 ins.
Acme Burner.
Fig. 3596. Acme Burner. Drop, 26 ins.
Center Lamps. Adams & Westlake Co.
Fig. 3597.
Drop Over-all, 23 ins.
Acme Burner.
Fig. 3598.
A Decorated Lamp for Dining, Parlor, Sleeping
and First-Class Coaches.
Fig. 3599. Four-Light Chandelier for Private,
Dining and Parlor Cars.
Drop, 26 ins. With Acme Burner. Glass Drip
Cups, and Patent Combination Smoke Bell
and Ventilator.
— • 1 . sab?-'-- 4IJ^» 1* iSs>
In
28'.
Fig. 3600. Improved Combination Smoke
Bell and Ventilator.
Fig. 3C01. Vestibule Dome or Platform Lamp.
Diameter of Ring, 13 jns. Drop of Bowl, 71-'. ins
Adams & Westlake Co.
(416)
1
Lamp Stay
7
2
Lamp Shade
8
3
Lump Globe Chimney
10
4
Lamp Arms
11
5
Lamp Ring
12
6
Lamp Reservoir
13
CAR FURNISHINGS, Tail Lights and Lanterns
Names of Parts of Lamps
Globe Holder
Lamp Burner
Lamp Chimney
Lamp Chimney Holdei
Figs. 3602-3625
Lamp Chimney Bracket
Smoke Bell
14
15
16
17
IS
20
Figs. 3585-3601.
Lamp Reflector 21
Lamp Chimney Reflector 22
Side Lamp Holder 28
Side Lamp Bracket 30
Side Lamp Braces 31
Lamp Bottom 33
Candle Holder Cap
Candle Holder Cup
Lamp Globe
Center Stay
feed Tube
Shade Cap
Fig. 3602
Fig. 3603.
Fig. 3604.
Fig. 5uu5
Hinged
Hinged
Lamp
Parted
Bracket.
Bracket.
S..ckc-i
Bracket.
Fig. 3666. Fig. 3607. Fig. 3608.
Flag Lamp and Corner
Socket. Flag Lamp
A. & W. Holder. and Flag
A. & W. Holder.
Fig. 3609.
Projecting
Socket
Holder.
Fig. 3611. Parted
Lamp Bracket.
a a. & w.
M A
Fig. 361".
Fig. 3612.
Fig* 3613.
Fig. 3614.
Fig. 3615.
Fig. 361
Lamp Bracket,
Solid
Top Support
Set Screw-
Corner
Corner
Adjustable.
Lamp Bracket.
Bracket.
Bracket.
Socket.
Socket.
A. & W.
A. & W.
A. & W.
A. 8: W.
A. & W.
Lamp and Flag Holders. Brackets and Sockets.
Fig. 361 1. Caboose
Cupola Lamp. A. S: W
Fig. 3618.
Caboose Tail
Lamp.
Fig. 3619.
"Tornado" Coach
Tail Lamp, No. 83.
A. & W.
Fig. 3620.
Double Wire Guard
Lantern, No. 39.
Fig. 3621. Fig. 3622.
Double Wire Guard Double Wire Guard
Lantern, No. 39, with Lantern, No. 39.
Outside Wick Raiser.
Fig. 3623.
Double Wire Guard
Lantern, No. 39, with
Outside Wick Raiser.
Fig. 3624.
Fig. 3625.
(417)
Adams Steel Guard Lantern, No. 11, with
Outside Wick Raiser.
Railway Lanterns. Adams & Westlake Co.
Figs. 3626-3638 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Broilers and Stoves.
Fig. 3626. Gas Broiler and Oven. No. 1507
Fig. 362 1. Gas Broiler and Oven.
No. 1501a.
Fig. 3620. Egg Poacher.
No. 1504.
Fig. 3G31. Broiling
Iron. No. 1502.
Fig. 3630. Hash Browner. Fig. 3632. Frying Pan.
Fig. -3628. Gas Broiler. No. 15(10. No. 1004. No. 1503.
Pintsch Gas Broilers and Utensils. Safety Car Pleating & Fighting Co.
]j
B
c"
Sinuke
Flue
Dralt
-
C-
Id
-O
_C
~3
Section A & E
Section B, C, & D
Plan of Top
ill
>
Roll To]
■A.
Dr.£tt»lp
3C
-Draft to
Fire Box
t
i
4 Fire Uri.-k
.Agbeslc
Llnlas
L
Section through Oven
Front View
Figs. 3633-3638. Stearns Safety Car Range for Fining Cars.
Stearns Steel Range Co.
bootiou through Fiie-Box
(418)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Fittings and Faucets
Figs. 3639-3658
Fig. 3640. bink
Bushing and Plug.
A. & W.
Fig. 3633. Basin Bush- Fig. 3641.
ing and Plug for Basin Bushing
Overflow Bowl. and Plug.
A. & W. A. & W.
Fig. 3642.
Tail Coupling
for Alcove Far.ce
A. & W.
Fig. 3643. Tumbler Fig. 3644. Fig 3645. Water
Holder and Drip. Drip Cooler Drip and
A. & W. Couplings. Connections.
A. & W. A. & W.
Fig. 3646. Fig. 3647.
D. M. Co. D. M. Co.
Stop Cocks.
Fig. 3648.
Spud.
Fig. 3640.
Spud and
LI
D. M. Co.
Coupling.
Fig. 365 >. Ta
nk
D. M. Co.
Waste Cod-
A. & W.
Fig. 3651. Fig. 365
Spider. \\ rench.
D. M. Co. A. & W.
Fig. 3653.
I Telegraph Faucet (Decorated)
A. & W.
Fig. 3654.
Telegraph Faucet.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 3656.
Zane's Self-Closing Bibb Cock.
D. M. Co.
(410)
Fig. 3657.
Stop Cock.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 3658.
Hitchcock's Combination Hot and Cold
Water Faucets.
A. & W.
Figs- 3659-3674 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Tumbler Holders and Soap Dishes.
Soap Dish.
Center to Center of Bolts., S ins
A. & W.
Fig. 3663. Soap Dish. A. & W.
lESSSMS-S]??
Fig. 3660.
Chain Post or
Fig. 3659. Com- Stay,
pression Faucet. A. 6c W.
A. & W.
Fig. 3662. Soap Dish.
41!1 ins. in Diameter.
A. & W.
Fig. 3664. Soap Dish.
Size, 3% x 4% ins.
A. & W.
Fig. 366.3. Soap Dish.
Size, 3% x 4% ins. A. & W.
Fig. 3666. Soap Dish
Fig. 3667
Tumbler Holder.
A. & W.
Fig. 3668. Tumbler Holder.
A. & W.
Fig. 3673. Double Tumbler Holder. D. M. Co.
Fig. 3674.
Bottle Bracket.
D. M. Co.
(420)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Racks and Wash Basins. Figs. 3675-3683
Fig. 3675. Comb and Brush Case. Fig. 3676. Cuff Rack. A. & W.
A. & W
Fig. 307 1. Comb and Brush Case.
A. & W.
Fig. 3678. Comb and Brush Rack. A. & W
Fig. 3070. Towel Rack. A. & W.
Fig. 3680. Three-basin Wash Stand with Water Cooler.
White Metal with Fittings Arranged on Splasher Rail.
A.' & W.
Fig. 3081. Fern or Flower Rack.
Fig. 3682. Two-basin Wash Stand with Water Cooler.
White Metal with Fittings Arranged on Splasher Rail.
A. & W.
Fig. 3083. Single-basin Corner Wash Stand.
White Metal with Fittings Arranged on
Splasher Rail. A. & W.
(421)
Figs. 3684-3691 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Wash Basins and Stands.
Names of Parts. Figs. 3684-3686.
1 Boiel or Basin
2 Slab
3 Riser
4 Compression Faucet
5 Basin I al'ce
9 Supply Pipe to Compression
Faucet
10 Wash Basin Drain
11 Supply Pipe, Hot Water
12 Supply Pipe. Cold Water
6 Combination Hot and Cold 13 Tumbler Holder Drain
Water Faucets {A. &W.) 14 Water Cooler
7 Soap Dish 15 Water Cooler Faucet
10
Fig. 3684. Fig. 3085. Wash Bowl and Fittings.
Wash Bowl, Fittings and Water Cooler.
Fig. 3686. Double Wash Bowl, Fittings and Water Cooler. Made of White Metal.
Adams & Westlake Co.
"
Fig. 3689.
Sectional Side Elevation.
Fig. 3690.
Front Elevation.
Fig. 3087.
Combination Hot and Cold
Water Faucet. A. & W.
Fig. 3688.
General Viev
of Folding
Wash Stand.
¥ q •>
~?^
Fig. 3691. Sectional Plar
Folding Wash Stand for
Staterooms. A. & W.
(488)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Lavatory: Wash Basins and Stands. Figs. 3692-3695
Fig. 3692. White Metal Corner Lavator
Fig. 3693. Vitreous Ware Corner Lavatc
Fig. S<m. Vitreous Ware Lavatory. Fig. 3005. Vitreous Ware Recess Lavatory.
^ atrous Co.
(423-
Figs. 3696-3698 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Pullman Water Supply.
(424)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Pullman Water Supply. Figs. 3699-3702
Figs. 3699-3700. Plan of Piping for Men's Wash Room,
Pullman Standard Drawing-Room Sleeping Car.
C425)
•ToJochet3>
Figs. 3701-3702. Hot and Cold Water Connections to Baker Heater,
Pullman Standard Drawing-Room Sleeping Car.
F'gs- 3703-3735 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; A
Window and Towel Rod Brackets.
Fig. 3707. Towel Rod and Bracket. Fig. 3708. Curtain Fig. 3709. Curtain Rod Bracket. Fig. 3710. Window Rod
D. M. Co. Rod Bracket. A. & W. Bracket. A & W
D. M. Co.
Figs. 3711-3712. Towel Rod Bracket. Fig. 3713.
D. M. Co. Towel Roc! Bracke
L). M. Co.
Curtain Rod Brackets.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 371G.
Fig. 3717.
A. & W.
Fig. 3718. Fig. 3710. Fig. 3720.
A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W.
Window Rod Brackets.
Fig. 3721.
A. & W.
Fig-
Fig. 3T23. Fig. 3721.
Towel Roller Brackets.
A. & W.
Fig. 3720. Fig. 3727.
Window Rod Brackets. A. & W.
Figs. 3728-3731.
Curtain Rings.
D. M. Co.
Figs. 3732-3733.
Curtain Rod Bushings.
D. M. Co.
Figs. 3734-3735.
Curtain Rod Brackets.
D. M. Co. (426)
CAR FURNISHINGS. Miscellaneous; Brackets.
Figs. 3736-3768
Figs. 3737-3739. Window Rod Brackets. A. & W.
Fig. 3,30. Section Curtain Rod. A. & W.
Figs. 3740-3741. Towel Rods. Fig. 3742.
A. & W. Window Guard
Rod Bracket. A. & W.
**4
Fig. 3743.
Fig. 3744.
Towel Racks and Rods. D. M. Co.
Fig. 3745.
«W
JL
s/8
Figs. 3748-3749. Towel Rods..
A. & \\".
rigs. 3750-3734. Curtain Cord Hooks. A. & \\
Fig. 3 1 55.
Cup Hook.
Figs. 3756-3757. Curtain
Rod Bushings. D. M. Co.
Figs. 3,58-3759. Foot Rest Rod Bracke
<ets. Fig. 3700. Curtain Rod Fig. 3761. Window Fig 3762
A" & W- Bracket. A. & W. Rod Bracket. Window Rod Bracket.
A. & \V.
Figs. 3763-3768. Curtain Rod Bushings. D. M. Co.
(4271
Figs. 3769-3807 CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Brackets, Grilles, Panels, Etc.
Figs. 3709-
Hand Rail Brackets
Figs. 3771-3772.
Pole Brackets for Street Cars
Figs. 3775-3776. Drawer Pull.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 379(1. Hand
Rod Bracket.
Figs. 377 1 -3780.
Pole or Hand Straps.
Figs. 3781-3789. Upholsterers' Xails and Buttons.
Fig. 3791.
Grille for Vestibule
Door.
Fig. 3792.
BCfOCf
Fig. 3794.
Fig. 3793.
Grille for Vestibule To Cover Heater Pipes. For Vestibule and
Door. King Pin Plate.
Ornamental Cast Work, Grilles, Etc. D. M. Cc
Fig. 3795.
For Door.
■rjr^FTj
8 1
<aw? i
Fig. 3797. Transom Grille.
Fu
Fig. 3796.
B
Eh3 — Sf
I;
lllASHJtmi^^ij
p
%
«e
_. [ ■ '
Wty
v v- ■.!'■
. :v>[»1
(j.-
■'("■■va ■
5Sf .-
m
98. T
One
ansom
-Half.
Grille.
_
-Mirror Frame. Fig. 3799. Mirror Frame. Fig. 3800. Mirror Frame.
Ornamental Cast Work. D. M. Co.
' *%*»' V* ^ ' l tear
AK.<
^ >
^gS^
%y
Fig 3S01. Asbestos Protected
Metal Interior Finish.
Asbestos Protected Metal Co.
Fig. 3802.
Deck Window Panel.
I 4 --:.:, --„S^s ■
Figs. 3803-3804. Partition or Window Panels.
Fig. 3805. For Bulkheads,
Panel Decorations in Relief. They Are Veneered with Natural Wood.
Figs. 3806-3807. Cast
Grilles. A. & W. (42S)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Hooks.
Figs. 3808-3835
D. M. Co
A. & W.
Figs. 3808-381-1.
A. & W. A. & W.
Coat and Hat Hooks.
A. & W. A. & W.
A. & W. D. M. Co.
A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W.
Figs. 381.5-3823. Coat and Hat Hooks.
iQuj-0
~M.
A. & W.
D. M. Co.
:c5o
Figs. 3824-3825. Coat and Hat Hook Clusters
Fig. 3826. Folding Coat Hook. A. & W.
Figs. 3827-3830. Coat Hooks. D. M. Co.
[
—^
1
No. 0170.
No. 0171.
Figs. 3831-3833. Coat and Hat Hooks.
Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co.
Fig. 3834.
Ceiling Hook,
Xo. 0256.
R. & E. Mfg. Co.
V
No. 017:
Fig. 3835.
Wardrobe Hook, Xo. 129.
R. & E. Mfg. Co.
(429)
Figs. 3836-3849
CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Sui
Fig. 3836. Umbrella Holder. A. & W.
Fig. 3838.
Broom Holder or Hook
D. M. Co.
.-A
^r/f'
Fig. 3839.
Whisk Broom Holder.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 3840.
Broom Holder.
D. M. Co.
Fig, 3837. Umbrella
Holder Pocket.
A. & W.
\£y
Fig. 3841.
Car Washer
Fig. 3842.
Broom in
Holder.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 3S43.
Whisk Broom and Holder
D. M. Co.
Fig. 3844.
Car Washer.
^masmm^M®
-----
Fig. 3845. Match Striker.
Fig. 3846. Window Cleaner.
D. W. Bosley Co.
Fig. 3848. Axe Pocket and Holder.
$atcuzur-CB5g@
r^n
Fig. 3847. F
mountain Car Washer.
f. 3849.
Babcock Fire
Extinguisher.
A. Acid P.ottle.
B. Acid Bottle
Carrier.
(430)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Sundries.
Figs. 3850-3865
Fig. 3850. Grip Nut with Exaggerated
Curve in Thread Pitch.
Grip Nut Co.
Fig. 3854. "F. E. C." Arch Ear Nut and Lock.
Keystone Nut Lock Mfg. Co.
Fig. 385 1. Cleveland Turnbuckle. R. and L.
Cleveland City Forge &. Iron Co.
Fig. 3859. Hillman Lock Turnbuckle.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.
Figs. 3851-3852. Hexagon and Square Grip Nuts.
Grip Nut Co.
Fig. 3853. Lock Washer.
National Lock Washer Co.
Figs. 3855-385G. Columbia Lock Nut.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.
Fig. 3858. Coes' Steel Handle Railroad
Monkey Wrench. Cocs Wrench Co.
Fig. 3860. Railroad Wrench. Key Model.
Coes Wrench Co.
(jo
w, n
o
Fig. 38G1. Monogram Safety
Vent Valve for Tank Cars.
Payne-Jennings Co.
Fig. 3862. Bartley Flange
Nut Fastener.
Fig. 3863. Multiple Nut Fastener.
American Nut and Bolt Fastener Co.
(431)
S*?4P«>4>»c«»«- ^n»<r"
Figs. 3864-3865. Inside and Outside Car Replacers
Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co.
Figs. 3866-3877
CAR FURNISHINGS, Jacks.
Fig. 3866.
Broad Base
Jack.
Fig. 3867.
Claw Type
Jack.
Watson-Stillman Co.
Fig. 3868.
Double Piston Outside
Pump Jack.
9
slj Jh,, STILtMiWft
j || " NEW $agM
4 . M
Fig. 3869. Low Type Journal
Box Jack.
Watson-Stillman Co.
Figs. 38i0-3871. Chapman Jack
Chapman Jack Co.
Fig. 387'.'. Barrett
Automatic Lowering Car Jack
Capacity, 15 Tons.
Duff Mfg. Co.
Fig. 3873. Roller Bearing
Ratchet Screw Jack, No. 02.
Capacity, 35 Tons.
Fig. 3874.
Wrecking Jack.
j. 3875.
Barrett Geared
Ratchet Lever Car
Jack, No. 30.
Capacity, 35 Tons.
Duff Mfg. Co.
(432)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Jacks.
Figs. 3878-388?
Fig. 3878.
Small Base
Jack.
Fig. 3379.
Broad Light
Base Jack.
Fig. 3880.
Broad Heavy
Base Jack.
Fig. 3881.
Independent
Claw Jack.
Fig. 3882.
Car Inspectors'
Double Pump Jack.
Fig. 3883.
Fig. 3884.
Elliptical
Claw Jack
Base Jack.
Richard Dudgeon.
Fig. 3885.
Horizontal
Claw Tack.
Fig. 38*0. Car
Replacing Jack.
Fig. 3887. Double
Movement Jack.
Joyce-Cridland Co.
Fig. 3888. Traversing Jack.
(433)
Figs. 3889-3891
CAR FURNISHINGS, Jacks.
fte/a/n/nq
Scren
Fig. 3889. Sectional View Through Head.
Fitlirg Hole
Rocker Arm
tever SAaff
Pump Rod,
tripping L «5
Tripping
<Suction Valve.
Ptickir{° Rinis
Qlinder Packing
Jlase
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts
Below.
49-6 5-6
Fig. 3890. Inside Type Hydraulic Jack.
Joyce-Cridland Co.
_J7-6 36-6 29-6 42-6 4^-6
Fig. 3891. Universal Hydraulic Jack.
Richard Dudgeon.
Names of Parts of Universal Jack. Fig. 3891.
1-6
Head
2-6
Ram
3-6
Cylinder
4-6
Low Base
5-6
Head Plate
6-6
Air Valve
7-6
Socket
8-6
Arm
9-6
Piston Head
10-6
Piston Retaining Pin
11-6
Lowering Pin
12-6
Cam Shaft A 11/
13-6
Cam
14-6
Cam Shaft
15-6
Valve Handle
16-6
Valve Handle Pin
17-6
Push Tube
18-6
Piston
19-6
Push 1 uhe Spring
37-6
J 'alve Spring
20-6
Large Piston Collar
38-6
Pump Retaining Ring
21-6
Large Hard Packing
39-6
Ram Packing
22-6
Large Cup Packing
40-6
Ram Packing Ring, Upper
23-6
Large Piston Packing
Ring
41-6
Ram Packing Ring. Lowei
24-6
Piston Extension
42-6
Bottom Packing
25-6
Small Piston Collar
43-6
Bolt, mi Packing Ring
26-6
Small Hard Packing
44-6
Handles
27-6
Small Cup Packing
45-6
Straps
28-6
Small Piston Packing
Ring
46-6
Handle Bolts
29-6
Jam Screw
47-6
Lever
30-6
Pump
48-6
Base Screw
31-6
Pump Pin
49-6
Arm Screw
32-6
Upper Valve
50-6
Socket Packing
33-6
Middle Valve
51-6
Packing Ring Pin
34-6
Lower Valve
52-6
Cam Pin
35-6
Valve Case
36-6
1 'alve Bonnet
(434)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Basket Racks.
Figs. 3892-3910
-.■
Fig. 3592
I --
Cast Basket Rac
Fig. 3893.
Wire Basket Rack, with
Cast Ends. A. & W.
Fig. 3896.
Continuous Basket Rack.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 3900.
Cast Basket Rack.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 3903.
Cast Basket Rack
A. & W.
Fig. 3897.
Cast Basket Rack.
A. & W.
Fig. 3899.
Cast Basket Rack.
A. & W.
Fig. 3901.
Wire Basket Rack with Cast Bracket.
D. M. Co.
Figs. 3904-3907.
Cast Bracket Ends for Basket Racks
A. & W.
Fig. 3908.
Cast Basket Rack.
A. & W.
Figs. 3909-3910.
Wire Bottom Basket Rack.
A. & W.
(435)
Figs. 3911-3932
CAR FURNISHINGS, Basket Racks.
Fig. 3911.
Fig. 3912.
Fig. 3913.
Fig. 3914.
Fig. 3915.
Removable Bottom Basket Racks.
Fig. 3916.
Adams & Westlake.
-*sS
1
Fig. 391 1. Removable Bottom Basket Rack.
A. & W.
Fig. 3918. Continuous Removable Bottom Bag
Rack, No. 55. J. L. Howard & Co.
Brackets Spaced to Suit Windows and Finish About ,! I) Ctrs.
d^
T(
Bra« Ccsing for Binding Rod
-3
Vjj """» Wiru \iy..a Bras, Wire ys< Brass Wire
Siaslc Hooks for Mlddla Side Hooks Siugie Hook for Eod
Brackets
Brackets
\ ^ I
Cord Clip
Binding XuC
Brass
Figs. 3919-3932. Continuous Basket Rack and Details. First-Class Coach. N. Y„ N, H. & H
(436)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Wide Vestibule Fittings.
Figs. 3933-395°
Figs. 3933-39.34.
Door Latch.
Fig. 3935.
Door Latch Handle.
Figs. 3930-3937.
Door Bolt and Keeper.
Fig. 3938.
Door Hinge.
Fig. 3939.
Door Latch Handle.
Fig. 3940.
Brakeman's
Grab Handle.
Fig. 3941.
Trap Door Holder.
Fig. 3943.
Flush End
Sash Lift.
O* o
Fig. 3942.
Trap Door Holder.
Fig. 3944.
End L'pper
Sash Lift.
Fig. 3945.
Brakeman's
Step.
:■-..-- 9- ---:>-- >-^
i B •■■rfrian
Fig. 3947. Brake Wheel.
s,.„ ■■ —
Q
»
' Q:
u J
^^^
^y- iJ
g
o
«i
Figs. 3948-3949.
Trap Door Latch and Keeper.
Wide Vestibule Fittings, Pullman Type.
Adams & Westlake Co.
Fig. 3946. Step Tread Xosing.
V ide Vestibule Fittings. Pullman Type. Adams & Westlake Co.
Fig. 3950. Automatic Releasable Vestibule Curtain
Handle.
The Curtain Supply Co.
(437)
Figs- ags^ges
CAR FURNISHINGS, Wide Vestibule Fittings.
Fig. 3951.
Inside Hand Rail.
Fig. 3954.
Corner Post Grab
Handle.
Fig. 3955.
Uncoupling Rod
Floor Plate.
Fig. 3951
Door Chafing Scroll.
Fig. 3953. Door Ornament.
Figs. 3957-3958.
Tail Gate Sockets.
Fig. 3900.
Brake Handle.
Bumper.
Fig. 3956.
Passageway Curtain and Shield.
Fig. 3963. Uncoupling Rod
Handle and Socket.
Fig. 3964.
Door Hinge.
Fig. 3959.
Uncoupling Rod Guide.
Fig. 3961.
Bell Cord Guide.
Fig. 3962.
Diaphragm
Molding-
Joint Cover.
Fig. 3965.
Door Chafing Plate.
Wide Vestibule Fittings, Pullman Type. Adams & Westlake Co.
(43S)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Wide Vestibule Fittings.
Figs. 3966-3987
Fig. 3987.
Corner Post
Grab Handle.
Fig. 3984
Mat Hoo
Fig. 398G.
Corner Post
Grab Handle.
(439)
Fig. 3985. Door Ornament
Wide Vestibule Fittings, Pullman Type. Adams & Westlake Co
rigs.
3988-400Q CAR FURNISHINGS. Platform; Railings and Gu;
?
Names of Parts. Fig. 3988
. A Connecting Strip End L Rail Bolt
B Ornamental Casting
C Port i?n;7 Ornament
D Connecting Strip
I E Connecting Strip
I F Grafc Pa//
I G Po.rf
I H Pa// Bfl.tr
' I Pm7 Fwj^
J i?at'i Pert 57n>
K Bottom Rail
N Brake Wheel
O #a»rf i?a// Nut
P Sorfv Graft Pa//
Q Grab Rail Bushing
R Step Fender
S S7e/> Molding
T 57o/> Molding
U Poor Pro/) Handle
V Ornamental Casting
) A Ornamental Casting
B Ornamental Casting
C fltmd Pa// ]Vwf
D P/,,,7; Haurf/e
E Prar:o 5Ya/r" Holder
F 57^ Pejirfe/-
G Platform End Rail
Fig. 3988.
Narrow Vestibuled Platform
and Trimmings. D. M. Co.
Names of Parts. Fig. 3989.
H Body Grab Rail
I Brake Wheel
J Connecting Strip
K Door Frame
L Ornamental Casting
M Poor Pro,,,,-
m fir — ~~ir*
Figs. 3000-3901.
Window Guard Rod?.
Fig. 3989.
Narrow Vestibuled Platform
and Trimmings. D. M. Co.
Figs. 3002-3994.
Door Guard Drop Rod Catch and
Pocket. D. M. Co.
Fig. 3905.
Platform Gate Panel.
A. & W.
Pigs. 399(3-3999.
Platform End Hand Rails, Pane
and Bracket. A. & W.
Fig. 4000. Observation Platform Railing. A. &
■\v.
(440)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Platform; Gates and Brakes.
Figs. 4001-4017
{MMmM
lYiY V, -
Fig. 4001. Observation Platform Railing. A. & W.
Figs. 4002-4011. Lindstrom
Ratchet Brake for Wide
Vestibule Platforms.
D. M. Co.
Names of Parts. Figs. 4002-4011.
I
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
ir
18
19
20
Screw Cap 5
Top Nut 6
Top Ratchet Wheel 7
Trigger 8
Latch Spring
Stop Bracket
'Trigger Fin
Foot Pawl and Spring
Brake Shaft Casing
Brake Ratchet Casing
Bottom Ratchet Casing Plate
Bottom Ratchet Wheel
Brake Shaft
Chain Connector
Shaft Bracket Bolts and Nuts
Bottom Ratchet Casing Bolts
Bottom -\ uts
Brake Handle
• Trigger Rod
Shaft Bracket
Latch
~\Yood's Platform Gate
ated. A. & \Y.
and
Fig. 4015. Platform Chain.
Figs. 4013-4014. Bliss Folding Platform Gate.
R. Bliss Mfg. Co.
Figs. 4010-4017. Closed.
Folding Platform Tail Gate.
(441)
Figs. 4018-4041
CAR FURNISHINGS, Postal; Trimmi
■
ILETTEi
s
l
J
Fig. 4(i21. Fig. 40-22.
Fig. 4u20. Fetter Box Fid. Mail Bag Honk. Fetter Case
D. M. Co. A. & W. Label Holder.
D. M. Co.
I
-0
LETTER BOX.
Fig. 4023. Fetter Box Fid.
A. & W.
Fig. 4024. Label Holder.
Fig. 4025. Fig. 4026. Fig. 4027
Safety Rod Bracket, Bushing and F Joint.
D. M. Co.
Figs. 4018-4019.
Expanded Metal Window Guard, for
Postal Cars. Merritt & Co.
Fig. 4028. Grab Handle. &&&■'*-
D. M. Co.
Figs. 4029-4031. Fig. 4032. Fig. 4033.
Door Handles. Fetter Case Door Wedge
D. M. Co. Label Holder, and Clasp.
D. M. Co. D. M. Co.
Fig. 4034.
Mail Bag Catcher.
_^£§^.
Fig. 4035. Fig. 4035a.
Pouch Hooks.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4038. Paper Case Label Holder,
Double. D. M. Co.
}---
see-'
"^•vOT
to
-
Xfl^
h ■ "
Fig. 4037.
Paper Case Casting.
D. M. Co.
Figs. 4039-1010.
Paper Case Label Holders.
A. & W.
J
Fig. 4030. Fig. 4030a.
Pouch Hooks.
A. & W.
*?sr
3
Fig. 1041.
Paper Case Label Holder.
A. & W.
(442)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Saloon: Hoppers and Closets
Figs. 4043-4048
Fig. 4042. Fig. 4043.
Howard's Patent Railway Water Closets. Jas. L. Howard & Co.
„VENT HOLE
Fig. 4114.1 Fig. 4046.
Apron and Fid Partly Raised. Apron and Fid Raised.
Protection Drv Closet. A. & W.
Fig. 4044.
Rex Sanitary Water Closet.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4047.
Seat and Fid Raised.
Acme Dry Closet. A. & W.
Fig. 4048.
Fid Raised.
(443)
Figs. 4049-4060 CAR FURNISHINGS, Saloon; Hoppers and Closets
Fig. 4049. "Eckert," Xo. 8, Enameled
Iron Water Closet.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4051. Fig. 4052.
Seat and Lid Raised. Lid Raised.
Samson Drv Closet. A. & W.
Fig. 4054. Fig. 4055.
Sloping Cone Straight
Shaped Closet Earthen
Hopper. Closet
D. M. Co. Hopper
A. & W.
Fig. 4056.
Straight Cone
Shaped
Earthen
Hopper.
A. & W.
Fig. 4050. Duner Combined Flush
or Dry Closet with Side Handle.
Duner Co.
< ~
Fig. 4053. Duner Enameled Iron
Corner Closet, Xo. 3. Tray to be Inclosed.
Duner Co.
A. & W. A. & W. A. & W, D. M. Co.
Figs. 4057-4000. Saloon Handles.
(444)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Saloon and Car Seals.
Figs. 4061-4092
r -"-
*£^^»
Figs. 4061-4062.
Paper Holders and Roll.
D. M. Co.
Figs. 4063-4064.
Paper Hooks.
D. M. Co.
w
Figs. 4065-4066. Figs. 4067-4071. The "Standard" Dry Closet Hopper and Seat.
Enameled Drip Tray Enameled Drip Tray D. M. Co.
lor Oval Seat. for Round Seat.
D. M. Co. D. M. Co.
Figs. 40.2-4|h3. Tin Cup Shackle Car Seal.
E. J. Erooks & Co.
Figs. 4074-4077. Safety Cross "Wire Tin and Lead Seals.
E. J. Brooks & Co.
Fig. 40i8. Ratchet Seal Press.
1
Fig. 4079. Ratchet Seal Press.
E. J. Brooks & Co.
Figs. 4080-4081. Self-Locking Seal.
E. J. Brooks & Co.
Q{
Figs. 4082-4084. Horse Shoe Car Seal.
E. J. Brooks & Co.
Figs. 4087-4088. Fig. 4089. Figs. 4090-4091. Fig. 4092.
Safety Cast in Six-Ply Wire The Perfection Central Cast
Coil Wire Pebbled Shackle and Stamped Encased in Crosswise
Lead Seal with Lead Car Seal. Eyelet Rivet Lead Seal with
Indented B Wire. Shackle. Detective Wire.
Car Seals. E. J. Brooks & Co.
Figs. 4093-4100 CAK FURNISHINGS, Seats; Hale & Kilburn
Fig. 4093. Revolving Parlor Car Chair,
No. 32.
Figs. 4094-4096. Detachable Cushion and Back of Parlor
Car Chair, No. 3'2.
Fig. 4097. Parlor Car Chair,
No. 38.
Fig. 4098. Parlor Car Chair,
No. 34.
Fig. 4099. Reclining Parlor Car Chair, Fig. 4100. Parlor Car Chair,
No. 41. No. 30.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
(446)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Hale & Kilburn.
Figs. 4101-4106
Fig. 4101. Steel Walkover Seat. No. 104.
Frieze Plush Upholstery.
P. R. R. Standard tor Steel Coaches.
Fig. 4103. Walkover Seat, Xo. 197
Frieze Plush Upholstery.
For Vestibuled Coaches.
Fig. 4105. Reversible Seat, Xo. 73.
Plush Upholstery.
For Dav Coaches.
I
Fig. 4102. Steel Walkover Seat. Xo. 197.
Plush Upholster}-.
Harriman Lines Type for Steel Coaches.
Fig. 4104. Walkover Seat. Xo. 96
Frieze Plush Upholstery.
For Vestibuled Coaches.
Fig. 4106. Walkover Seat. No. 90.
Frieze Plush Upholstery.
P. R. R. Standard for Wood Coaches
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
(447)
Figs. 4107-4112
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Hale & Kilburn.
Fig. 4107. Reversible Seat, Xo. 179.
Plush Upholstery.
N. Y., N. H. & H. Type for Vestibuled Coaches.
Fig. 4108. Walkover Seat, Xo. 93.
Rattan Upholstery.
For Smoking Cars.
Fig. 4109. Walkover Seat. Xo. 97.
Frieze Plush Upholstery.
For Vestibuled Coaches.
Fig. 4110. Reversible Seat, No. 71.
Rattan Upholstery.
For Xarrow Gage Cars.
Fig. 4111. Double Reclining Chair, No. 05.
Plush Upholstery.
Fig. 4112
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
Steel Sleeping Car Berth Seats.
Plush Upholstery.
(44S)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Heywood Brothers & Wakefield. Figs. 4113-4121
Fig. 4113. Wheeler Slideover Seat Fig. 4114. No. 38W. Wheeler
without Ends for Electric Slideover Seat with High
Service. Back and Pedestal Base.
Fig. 4115. No. 55AGF. Wheeler
Slideover Seat for Interurban
or Xarrow Gage Cars.
Extra High Back.
Fig. 4116. Xo. 104 P. & S. High
Turnover Back with Adjustable
Foot Rest.
Fig. 4117. Xo. 102. P. & S. Seat
in Plush for Steam Road
Service.
Fig. 4118. Xo. 97B. Wakefield
Double Revolving Individual
Car Seats.
Fig. 4119. Xo. 99. P. & S. Seat
for Electric Service.
Fig. 4120. Xo. 42C. Wheeler
Slideover Seat, Rattan, for
Electric Cars.
Heywood Brothers & Wakefield Co.
Fig. 4121. Upholstered Rattan
Chair for Parlor Cars.
(449)
Figs. 4] 22-412;
CAR FURMISHINGS, Seats; Scarritt-Comstock.
Fig. 4122. No. 34. High Back Coach
Seat, Pedestal End.
4124. No. 66X. High Back Coach Seat.
Flyover Type.
Fig. 4123. No. 32X. High Back Coach Seat,
Showing Construction of Frames.
Fig. 112-Y No. 33. Medium Mack Coach Scat.
Fig. 4126. No. 5!). Scarritt Double Reclining Chair. Fig. 4127. No. IT. Medium Hack Coach Seat.
Scarritt-Comstock Furniture Co. — - '450)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Scarritt-Comstock ; St. Louis. Figs. 4128-4133
Fig. 4128. Reversible Seat Fig. 4129. Standard High Back
for Electric Cars. Rattan Upholstery. Coach Seat. Frieze Plush Upholstery.
St. Louis Car Co.
«*>
Fig. 4130. No. 114. Parlor Car Chair.
Fig. 4131. No. 1091. Parlor Car Chair.
•
(451)
Fig. 4132. No. 113. Parlor Car Chair. Fig. 4133. No. 115. Parlor Car Chair
Scarritt-Comstock Furniture Co.
Figs. 4134-4158 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Barney & Smith and Laycock.
Fig. 4134. Standard Coach Scat.
Plush Upholstery.
Fig. 4137. Mechanism of Double Reclining Chair Seat
Barney & Smith Car Co.
Fig. 4136. Double Reclining Chair Seat.
Figs. 4138-4158. Laycock's "Easy Pusl
Over" Car Seat. W. S. Laycock, Ltd.
f* °\
■V— *™ - If
(452)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Richarc
Figs. 4159-4165
Fig-. 4159. Richards
Panel Back Dining Car Chair.
without Arms.
Fig. 4160. Richards
Panel Back Double Seat.
Fig. 4161. Richards
Panel Back Dining Car Chair,
with Arms.
Fig. 4163. Richards
Panel Chair Steel Pivot Fixture.
Fig. 4162. Richards
Panel Back Fiber-Rush Chair.
(453)
Fig. 4164. Richards
Standard Pullman Panel Back
Parlor Car Chair.
Richards Chair-P
anel Co
Fig. 4165. Richards Panel
Back Revolving Chair Seat, with
or without Reclining Back.
Figs. 4166-4177 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Seating. Hale & Kilburn.
Figs. 4106-4167. Improved Combination Spring Back
One Section is Detached.
Figs. 4168-4169. Improved Combination Spring
Cushion, with One Section Detached.
"*^
Fig. 4170. Sectional View, Showing the Use of Slat and
Webbing and the Flastic Slat Edge.
Figs. 4 1 1 F 4 1 7 J . Reverse Side of Single and Double Rattan
Spring Seats. Showing Construction.
a
a
a
Fig. 4173. Sleeping Car Berth Spring for Upper Berth.
Figs. 4174-417.J.
Leather Band Flush Band
and Xails. and Xails.
Fig. 1176. Double Rattan Spring Ci
Seat. Fig. 4177. Spring Bed Sections for Private and Sleeping Cars.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
(454)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Seating
Figs. 4178-4184
Fig. 4178. Fig. 4179. Rattan Cross Seat Spring Back
Patent Spring Edge Sleeping Car Cushion and Back. with Head Rest.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
Fig. 4181. Spring Edge Cushion Springs
Fig. 4180. Sectional View.
Upholstered Back Springs.
Fig. 4182. Sectional View.
Upholstered Cushion Springs.
Fig. 4183.
Plain Springs for Cushions.
Fig. 4184. Reversible Double Border Spring for Beds.
Heywood Brothers & Wakefield Co.
(455)
Figs. 4185-4234
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Trimming
A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4185-4187. Scat Arm Rest Brackets.
Fig. 4188.
Kirby's Seat Lock for Wood
Seat Ends. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4194-4195.
Seat Arm Thimbles.
A. & W.
Figs. 4189-4193.
Seat Arm Caps.
A. & W.
Figs. 4197-4208. Seat Back Mouldings.
D. M. Co.
White Metal from V2 in. Flat to :!4 in. Half-Round.
Fig. 4196.
Seat Arm Pivot Bolt.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4209.
Joint Bolt and Washer. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4210-4215. Seat Arm Rivets. D. M. Co.
D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W.
Figs. 4216-4218. Seat Arm Washers.
Figs. 4219-4222. Seat Arm Washers and Machine
Bolts. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4223-4224. Seat Back Arm
Lock, Bolt and Spring. A. & W.
A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4225-4227. Scat Back Arm Locks with Escutcheons.
R
£
. ' : -««i:>
Figs. 4228-4220.
A. & W.
A. & W.
D. M. Co.
Straight Seat Arm Stops. Figs. 4230-4234. Curved Seat Arm Stops. Made Right and left Handles
A. & W.
(456)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Trimmings.
Figs. 4235-4267.
D. M. Co.
D. M. Co.
A. & W. A. & W.
Figs. 4235-4240.
Shield and Oval Shaped Seat Arm Stop
-\ Sr
w.
w
^9
SM
<o
V#j
Figs. 4241-4244.
Round Seat Arm Stops. With or Y\ ithout Locks
A. & W.
Figs. 4245-424ii.
Seat Arm Pivots. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4247-4248. Figs. 4249-4250.
Seat Arm Pivot Plates. Seat Arm Stops.
The thicker ones are for the side of car to prevent the arm from
striking the woodwork when the back is being turned.
O. M. Co.
Figs. 4251-4252.
Seat Arm Stops.
A. & W.
0 Q)G)
Y0 /
A. S: YV.
D. M. Co.
A. & W. Figs. 4253-4256. A. & \V.
Seat Arm Pivot Plates.
The thicker ones are for the end of seat next to side of car and prevent the arm from striking
the woodwork when the back ia being turned.
Fig. 42G1. Seat Arm Pivot Plate,
With Solid Nipple. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4257-4200. Seat Arm Pivot Plates. D. M. Cc
(457)
Figs. 4262-4266. Seat Rail Brackets or Sockets
A. & W.
Fig. 4267. Seat Corner, Sheet Brass.
D. M. Co.
Figs. 4268-4301
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; T
rimminir-
Fig. 4272.
Pivoted Seat Back Arm.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4273.
Seat Arm Pivot Plate.
A. & W.
1.
©
1
Figs. 4268-4271.
Seat Back Arms for
Forney Seats.
Fig. 4274.
Curved Seat Arm Stop with Lock
t(
©
Figs. 427.5-4278.
With Lock. Without Lock.
Seat Arm Stops.
"ft ■" ^^ Q
ft
r
*A\\
feKaaisaPi'jsft
I
Em
B
isiiiyuii., jeh
Figs. 4279-4282. Chair and Sofa Caster;
A. & W,
Fig. 4283. Seat P11I
A. & W.
Fig. 4284. Seat Pull.
A. & W.
^
O UOj o o op
Fig. 4285.
Seat Hinge
D. M. (
Figs. 428G-4287.
Seat Back Corners.
A. & W.
«
Fig. 4200. Sofa Fig. 4201. Fig. 4202. Fig. 4293.
Arm Rest Fixture. Soft Arm Rest Fixtures. Spring Catch
D. M. Co.
D. M. Co.
4294-4295. Sofa Back Pivot,
Hinge and Bushing.
D. M. Co.
IS
Z — ■
-f7~
v.'.» ^
-Li
Fig. 4296.
Pin BushinE
rig. 12
Fig. 4297.
Pin Plate. Catch Plate.
Sofa Arm Rest Fixtures.
D. M. Co.
> 1 . in 11 .'
Fig. 4299.
Pin.
Figs. 4300-4301.
Sola Back Leg Socket
and Pocket.
D. M. Co. (45S)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Trimming-
Figs. 4302-4331
Fig. 4302.
Sofa Arm Rest Bolt in
Position. D. M. Co.
Fig. 43h3. Sofa Arm Rest Eolt.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4304. Sofa Bolt.
A. & W.
Figs. 4305-4306.
Berth Pivot Sockets.
A. & W.
Fig. 4307. Figs. 4308-4309. Fig- 4311
Sofa Leg Hook. Upper Berth Pivot Sockets. Upper Berth
A. & W. A. & W.
Catch.
Fig. 4311.
Strike Plate.
A. & W.
Figs. 4314-4315.
Sofa Rail End and
Socket. A. & W.
Fig. 4318.
Berth Extension
Arms. A. & W.
Figs. 4312-4313.
Upper Berth Catch and Plate.
A. & W.
Figs. 4316-4317.
Mead Rest Pivot and
Plate. A. & W.
Fig. 4319.
Mead Board Bolt
A. & W.
Fig. 432m.
Head Board Fastener.
A. & W.
Figs. 4321-4322.
Seat Back Pocket Catch. Figs. 4323-4324. Berth Lock Plate and Bolt.
A. & W.
<^
Fig. 4325. Fig. 4326.
L'pper Berth Bracket. Upper Berth Rest.
(459) A. & W.
Fig. 4327. Figs. 4328-4329. Figs. 4330-4331.
Berth Pivot. Berth Flead Rest Pivot Berth Rattle Stops.
A. & W. and Plate. A. & W. A. & W.
Figs. 4332-4361 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats and Berths; Trimmings.
Fig. 4332.
For Bevel Rail
Head.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4333.
For Flat Rail For Flat Rail
Eoard. Bushings.
A. & W. D. M. Co.
Head Board Bushings.
i
Vi
Fig. 4335.
Fig. 433G.
Head Board Bolt and Bushing. Head Board Bolt.
D, M. Co.
1 I'ppcr Face Plate
2 Knob Latch
Outside View.
5 Lower Face Plate
6 Bolt Spring
€g§
Fig. 4337.
Head Board Coupling Fig. 4338
Keeper.
3 Lower or Fixed Boll 7 Upper or Spring Bolt
4 Slide Latch
Figs. 4330-4340.
Head Board Head Board Fastener.
Coupling. A. & W.
Figs. 4341-4342. Head
Board Bolt and Bushing
A. & W.
Fig. 4344.
Berth Hinge Pivot.
A. & W.
Figs. 4345-4347.
Head Board Plate
A. & W.
Fig. 4348. Window Fitted with
"Rex" Sash Fastenings.
n. M. Co.
r
A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. D. M. Co. Fig. 4353. Fig 4351. Fig. 4355.
Figs. 4349-4352. Berth Hinges. Berth Hinge Berth Hinge Fast Berth
£ 56M *l Plate. Pivot. Hinge.
A. & W.
Figs. 4358-4361. Pullman Berth Latch Mechanism.
(460)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats and Berths; Trimmings. Figs. 4362-4377
Fig. 4375. Berth Latch Handle.
A. & W.
Fig. 4376.
Berth Curtain Hook.
Fig. 4377.
Upper Berth Safety
Strap and Hook.
J. L. Howard & Co.
<461)
Figs. 4378-4398
CAR FURNISHINGS, Berths and Miscellaneous.
Fig. 4383.
Berth
Curtain Hook.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4384.
Berth Safety.
Rope Hook.
A. & W.
raJ
Figs. 4385-4387. Elevations
Gibbs Berth Lamp.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4.390.
Telegraph Blank Rack
A. & W.
■rtb Numbers. D. AI. Cc
r
Fig. 4388. General View.
Gibbs Berth Lamp. D. M. Co.
Fig. 4380.
Pen Rack.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4391. Paper, Envelope and Ink Rack.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 439'2.
Hatch Striker.
A. & W.
Fig. 4393.
Hatch Striker. A. & W
Fig. 4397.
Ash Receiver.
\ & W.
Figs. 4394-4395.
Match Box Holder. Hatch Safe
A. & W. A. & W.
Fig. 4390. Cigar and Asli Receiver
Fig. 1398.
Hatch Striker and
Cigar Holder
A. & W. (463)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats and Berths; T:
Figs. 4399-441;
Fig. 4399. A. & W.
Fig. 4400. A. & \V.
Fig. 44'il. A. & W.
Fig. 4402.
J. L. Howard & Co.
Fig. 4406.
Berth Curtain Rod Eracket.
A. & W.
Fig. 4403. A. & W. Fig. 4404. A. & W.
Berth Curtain Rod Brackets.
Fig. 4405.
A. & W.
Fig. 4407.
Match Box Holder.
A. & W.
o •
6
C- — 3
Fig. 4408. Figs. 44119-4410.
Table Leg Hook. Table Holder
A. & W. and Plate.
A. & W.
'©
C
Qy
G"
■
Q
Fig. 4411. Fig. 4412.
Table Hook. D. M. Co. Table Hook. D. M. Cc
(403)
Figs. 4413-4415. Pullman
Sleeping Car Step Ladder.
Fig. 4416.
Fig. 44H
Table Hook. D. M. Co. Table Hook Plate
D. M. Co.
Figs. 4418-4437
CAR FURNISHINGS, Ventilators.
=t£#
^/OsfOlA^--
~\-
\ Ctirttc ot 8^°sr
if
Fig. 441S. The Cone Cap. Fig. 4419. The Cone and Apron. Fig. 4420. The Canopy.
±_
CfAfgf Cf Si "ST
cs/rr/ar or siist
-J ir-r
a_rT-
Fig. 4421. The Tornado Canopy. Fig. 4422. The Dished Cap.
-1-
Ct/TTPE pr SLAST
Fig. 4423. The Moore.
"uy,"(T.Z
C£rtTQ£ Of 8l*ST
J
Fig. 4424. The Duplex.
Fig. 4425. The Roe.
Fig. 4426. The Stasch.
CT/T OF BLAST
Fig. 4427. The Star.
Fig. 4430.
The Globe Horizontal.
Fig. 4428. The World.
Crf!. OF B LUST
Fig, 4429. The Torpedc
Fig. 4431.
The Globe Erect.
Fig. 4432.
The Globe.
Li..
Fig. 4433.
The Globe.
Globe Ventilator Co.
Figs. 4434-4435. Ventilator for Saloons.
Figs. 4436-4437.
System of Ventilating Passenger Cars.
Pennsylvania Railroad.
(464)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Ventilators.
Figs. 4438-4443
)* V11
i
- . . _ " _
*- ---■ — ------
Fig. 4439. Section Through
Automatic Ventilator.
Fig. 4438. Automatic Ventilator.
Fig. 4440. Application of Automatic Ventilator to
Deck of Passenger Car.
Automatic Ventilator Co.
Fig. 4441. Application of Andrews Automatic
Ventilator to Deck of Passenger Car.
-= TRANSVERSL-SECTION .LOOKING TOWARDS CAR = —
Figs. 4442-4443. Sections Through Andrews Automatic Ventilator.
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.
<465)
Figs. 4444-4480
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Deck Sash.
J
®OQ ©is©
Figs. 4447-4448.
Fig. 4444. Windows Closed. Fig. 4445. One Window Open. Fig. 4446. Opener Complete. Deck Sash Transom.
Mansfield Deck Sash Opener.
A. & W.
Opener. Opener.
D. M. Co. D. M. Co.
a
Fig. 4440.
Lander Monitor
Fig. 4450. Single, Fig. 4451. Fig. 4452. Mansfield's Fig. 4453. Single,
Decorated. Single, Plain Improved, Double. Plain.
Deck Sash Openers. A. & W.
*^\
~^\
$
r u
(D-
C|
©
y[
■>£l
1464-4405. Deck Sash Pivots
I). M. Co.
Fig. 4466.
Pull,
With Screw.
A. & W.
js. 446i-4468.
Deck Sash Pivot
,1 Plate. A. & W.
Fig. 44(13. Continuous
Deck Sash Opener.
Fig. 4472. Fig. 4473.
A. & W. J. L. Howard & Co
Deck- Sash Pivots and Tlates.
~ig. 4474. Fig. 447S. Fig. 4479. Fig. 4480.
Deck Sasli and Transom Catches. A. & W.
(466)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Sash Frames.
Figs. 4481-4494
Figs. 4481-4490. Application of Forsyth "Safety" Deck Sash Ratchet to Pullman Lars.
Forsyth Brothers Co.
Fig. 4401. Art Glass Deck Light. A. & W
Fig. 4402. Art Glass Half Deck Light. A. & W.
Fig. 4403. Art Glass Oval Sash.
A. & W.
Mg. 4404, Art Glass Oval Sash
with Ventilator for Saloons.
A. & W.
(467)
Fies- 4495-4526
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Dec
k Sash.
WP
k™
,*»:
M ' 1
J
»
^^ F'S"s- 4495-4-196.
Deck Sash Catches
:). M. Co
Fig. 4502.
Fig. 4503.
Deck Sash Catches.
A. & W.
Fig. 4504.
l3
Fig. 4509. Fig. 4510. Fig. 4511. Fig. 4512
Deck Sash Catch Plates or Strike Plates.
A. & W.
Figs. 4497-4501.
Pull Hooks or Deck Sash Openers.
A. & W.
Figs. 4505-4506.
Lower Ratchet Upper
Plate and Ratchet
Ratchet Spring. Plate.
Morgan Automatic Deck Sash Pivot and Clamp.
A. & W.
Figs. 4507-4508.
Ratchet Clamp.
Pivot.
Fig. 4513. Fig. 4514.
Deck Sash Circle Plate. Deck Sash Quadrant
D. M. Co. and Clip.
A. & W.
Figs. 4515-4517. Sectional Elevations.
Pullman Deck Sash Pivot and
Ratchet Catch.
Fig. 4518.
Deck Sash Socket
and Spring, and
Ratchet Catch.
Fig. 4519.
Deck Sasli Stop
Hinge.
D. M. Co.
Fig. 4520.
Deck Sash
Quadrant and Clip.
A. & W.
Fig. 4521.
Ratchet Plate.
'.J;:,:. ■! J '
Fig. 1522.
Pivot and Ratche
Fig. 1525.
Transom Sash Stop.
A. & W.
"Monitor" Deck Sash Pivot ami Patch
D. M. Co.
t Bolt,
et Catcl
Fig. 4523. Fig. 4521.
Deck Sash Double Ratchet
and Ratchet Plate (Left Hand).
A. & W.
S»
Fig. 1520.
Deck Sash Pivot
and Ratchet.
A. & W.
(408)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Window Blinds; Bolts, Springs and Pulls. Figs. 4527-4572
A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W. J. L. Howard & Co. D. M. Co. D. M. Co. D. M. Co.
Figs. 4555-4564. Upper and Lower Window Blind Pulls or Lifts.
Figs. 4005-4072. Upper and Lower Window Blind Pulls or Lifts. A. & W.
(469) A Lower Window Blind Pull Has a Projecting Flange to Support the Upper Blind.
Figs- 4S73-46i2 CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows and Blinds; Stops and Bolts.
^
D.M.Co. D.M.Co. D.M.Co. D.M.Co. A.&W. A.&W. A.&W. A.&W. D.M.Co. A.&W.
Figs. 4573-4582. Sash and Blind Lock Stops.
&Wi
mm
EM m
Figs. 4583-4586. End Door Sash Bolts.
M
1
€f <0
Figs. 4591-4594.
End Door Ratchet Sash
Sash Bolt and Blind
Plates. Lock Stops.
A. & W.
Fig. 4587. Fig. 4588.
End Door Sash Bolt. End Door Sash Lift.
A. & W.
w&m
Figs. 4589-4590.
End Door Sash Bolts.
Figs. 4595-4596. Sash Bars. D. M. Co.
Fig-. 4597. Sash Lock.
Fig. 4598.
Sash Lock.
Fig. 4599. Back View.
Sash Lock.
Figs. 4600-460-2. Window Sash Locks.
J. L. Howard & Co.
Figs. 4G08-4612. Window Sash Locks. A. & W.
(470)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Sash Lifts.
Figs. 4613-4641
A. & W. D. M. O
(«
D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W.
Figs. 4013-4618. Window Sash Lifts, Cone Top.
'©
&
A. & W.
Figs. 4619-4624. Window Sash Lifts. Curved and Straight Top
Figs. 46-25-4627. Window Sash Lifts, Straight Top. A. & W.
Q
Figs. 4628-4630. Window Sash Lifts. Straight Top. A. & W.
Figs. 4631-4632. Window Sash Lifts. A. & W.
A. & W.
J. L. Lfoward & Co.
Figs. 4633-4035. Window Sash Lifts, Mortise.
A. & W.
Figs. 4030-4038. Window Sash Lifts. A. & W.
Figs. 4039-4041. Window Sash Lifts Bar Pattern. A. & W.
(471)
Figs. 4642-4647
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows;
•lxtures.
Fig. 4643. Stamped Bronze Continuous Flush Stop Rack,
with Gravity Wedging Lock.
Fig. 4642. Stamped, Individual and Continuous Wedging
Racks and Gravity Wedging Sash Lock.
Fig. 4645. Top View of Side Compression Strip,
Dust Deflector and Gravity Wedging
Sash Lock.
Fig. 4644. Top and Bottom Weather Stripping and
Brass Holding Channels for Two-Part Sash.
Fig. 4646. Universal Roller Sash Balance and
Chain Connections. Grip Nut Co.
Fig. 4647. Universal Window Fixtures. (472)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Fixtures.
Figs. 4048-4654
Figs. 4648-4649. Brown Metallic Window Strip. Metal Plated Car & Lumber Co.
I9v
* si
i if
1 SI
1 \
1 '<
1
jpSjfr
Fig. 4650. Xo. 83. Ratchet Sash Loc
and Stop. J. L. Howard & Co.
Fig. 4651. National Cam Curtain Fixture.
National Lock Washer Co.
Fig. 4652. National Sash Lock.
National Lock Washer Co.
Fig. 4653. National Sash Balance.
National Lock Washer Co.
(473)
Fig. 4654. National Balance Curtain Fixture with
Protected Groove. National Lock Washer Co.
Figs. 4655-4664.
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Miscellaneous
iL
J !
ffi
-
l^ ^
i*
lU
Fig. 41358.
Dust Guard Spring Holder.
*
Figs. 4655-4657.
Window Dust Guard
or Deflector.
Fig. 4659.
Caldwell Window
Sash Balance.
•'ig. 4661. Edwards Wedge Lock and Bevel
Stop Bar as Used Without Roller
Sash Balance.
i
Fig. 4660. Edwards Roller Sasli Balance with Rock
Shaft Sash Tightening Devices.
Fig. 4662. Edwards Wedge Lock and Bevel
Stop Bar as Used with Spring Roller
Sash Balance.
!•".-< ) Lock as Used
Edward
'itliont Roller Sasli Balance
Fig. 1664. Edwards Combined Rock Shaft
Lock and Sasli Tightening Device as
Used Willi Spring Roller Sash
Balance, Window Design
No. 13-OBFI.
The O. M. Edwards Co.
(474)
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Curtains and Shades. Figs. 4665-4671
Figs. 4672-4686
CAR FURNISHINGS. Windows: Shades.
3
S
Figs. 4672-4679. Leather and Fringe Shade Bottoms
In all Colors and Designs to Match Tapestry.
-
Fig. 4680.
Lambrequin and Shades for
Parlor Car.
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co.
Fig. 4681.
Hartshorn Shade Roller and Brackets,
Showing Centrifugal Pawls.
(The McKay shade roller is somewhat similar
but uses a cam instead of a pawl.)
Figs. 4682-4683.
McKav's Curtain Brackets, No. 1.
Figs. 4684-4685.
McKay's Curtain Brackets,
No. 2.
HHHH^BEHHIHHHHpHB
h*"
i 1 i*iMl Yt "MWIMW
"-' ■'"•'■ ■ " *
Fig. 4686. Car Curtain with Schroyer Friction Roller.
Acme Supply Co.
(476)
TRUCKS, Freight.
Figs. 4687-4691
Fig. 408 1. Swing Motion Truck. Bettendorf Axle Cc
Fig. 4688. Detail Parts and Ensemble of Swing Motion Truck. Bettendorf Axle Co.
Y-—/4
U~a£~+\
Between Columns
Figs. 4689-4691. 80,000 lbs. Capacity Truck. Bettendorf Axle Co.
(477)
Figs. 4692-4694
TRUCKS. Freight.
Fig. 4692. Swing Motion Truck. 30 Tons Capacity. Bettendorf Axle Co.
Fig. 4693. Diamond Arch Bar Truck. 30, 40 or 50 Tons Capacity.
American Car & Foundry Co.
1
Fig. 4694. Pressed Steel Arch Bar Truck
Cleyeland Car Specialty Co.
(4TS)
TRJCKS. Freight.
Figs. 4695-4697
Fiar. 4i>9-5- Buckeye Pressed Steel Truck. Pressed Steel Car Co.
Fig. 4696. Pressed Steel Diamond Arch Ear Truck. Pressed Steel Car Co.
Fia\ 4097. Fox Pressed Steel Truck. Pressed Steel Car Co.
(4T9)
Figs. 4698-4713
TRUCKS, Freight.
■Z'9--
Elevation of Orch BarColumns
Figs. 4698-4699. 100,000 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck. Cambria Steel Co.
K /O' H
Figs. 4700-4704. Barber Type Diamond Arch Bar Truck with Top Rollers. Capacity, 80,000 lbs.
Standard Car Truck Co.
Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 4724-4726.
Figs. 4705-4713. Swing Motion Diamond Arch Bar Truck; 100,000 lbs. Capacity.
i L9.ft\
TRUCKS, Freight.
Figs. 4714-4719
Figs. 4714-4716. Fox Pressed Steel Pedestal Truck; 80,000 lbs. Capacity.
Pressed Steel Car Co.
Figs. 4717-4710. 100,000 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck with Pressed Steel Bolster.
Pressed Steel Car Co.
(481)
Figs. 4720-4723
TRUCKS, Freight.
1«
i?--*"4--*-4'-*\ y--'I
r -*j. Y f. ""] Sprmcrs, Dcvt>/e Co//
Figs. 4720-4721. Diamond Arch Ear Truck with Cast Steel Bolster for 150,000 lbs. Capacity Flat Car.
Pittsburgh & Lake Erie.
S'O'Ctr.toCfr.ofSideBearmgs—^ [
QfiKo
i '
Figs. 4722-4723. 100,000 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck with Tressed Steel Bolster.
Standard Steel Car Co.
(482)
TRUCKS, Freight.
Figs. 4724-4726
Figs. 4724-4726. 40,000 lbs. Capacity Swing Motion Truck.
American Car & Foundry Co.
Santader a Eilboa.
Names of Parts of Car Trucks, Freight, Figs. 4705-4713, Passenger, Figs. 4771-4777, 4780-4783.
1 Wheel
2 Axle
3 Journal Box
4 Journal Box Lid
5 Pedestal
6 Pedestal Tie Bar
7 Pedestal Stay Rod
10 Wheel Piece
11 Outside Wheel Piece Plate
12 Inside Wheel Piece Plate
14 Arch Bar
15 Inverted Arch Bar
17 End Piece of Truck Frame
20 Transom
20a Extra Transom
21 Middle Transom for Six-Wheel
Truck
22 Outside Transom for Six-Wheel
Truck
23 Transom Tie Bar
23a Extra Transom Tie Rod
24 Transom Truss Rod
25 Transom Truss Block
26 Transom Truss Rod Washer
27 Transom Chafiiie Plate
30 Truck Bolster 73
37 Bolster Guide Bars or Truck 74
Columns 75
43 Spring Plank 76
44 Spring Plank Bearing 79
45 Spring Plank Safety Strap 80
46 Swing Hangers 83
47 Upper Swing Hanger Pivot 84
48 Lower Swing Hanger Pivot 86
49 Swing Hanger Pivot Bearing 87
51 Safety Beam 88
55 Axle Safety Strap 89
59 Safety Beam Tic Rod 90
60 Safety Beam Iron 91
61 Truck Side Bearing 92
62 Side Bearing Bridge 93
63 Truck Center Plate 95
64 Center Plate Block 97
66 Center Bearing Arch Bar 98
67 Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bar 109
68 Check Chain 124
69 Truck Check Chain Hook
70 Truck Check Chain Eye 130
71 Equalizing Bar 131
72 Equalizing Bar Spring Cap
Equalising Bar Spring Seat
Bolster Spring Seat
Bolster Spring Cap
Spring Block
Equalizing Bar Spring
Bolster Spring
Brake Head
Brake Beam
Brake Hanger
Brake Hanger Carrier
Brake Beam Safety Chain
Brake Safety Chain Eye Bolt
Brake Safety Strap
Release Spring
Brake Lever
Brake Lever Fulcrum
Brake Lever Stop
Lower Brake Rod
Brake Shoe
Column Bolts
Brake Beam Adjusting Hanger
Plate
End Piece Corner Plate
Transom Corner Plate
(483)
Figs. 4727-4735
TRUCKS, Freight and Passenger.
T \
JjL }
tify
v.:.i .u.
* Rd
H'| 1 '■
i
4^b^i:==^
fczl^blrrij
Figs. 4727-4732. Pressed Stud Arch Bar Truck. 100,000 lbs. Capacity.
Cleveland Car Specialty Co.
Fig. 4733. Cast Steel Four-Wheel Passenger Truck.
(Truck f runic cast in one piece.)
Commonwealth Steel Co.
Fig. 4734. Cast-Steel Six-Wheel Passenger Truck.
(.Truck frame cast in one piece.)
Commonwealth Steel Co.
" Ail - Vv1--
— /■ ' ;
Fig. 4735. Four-Wheel Passenger Truck with Cast Steel Center
Truck Frame. Commonwealth Steel Co.
(Details of , enter frame shown in Figs. 5061-5065.)
(484)
TRUCKS, Passenger.
Figs. 4736-4740
Figs. 4736-4737. Plan and Side Elevation of Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck.
Figs. 4738-4739. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck.
Fig. 4740. Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck.
Barney & Smith Car Co.
(485)
Figs. 4741-4744
TRUCKS, Passenger.
Figs. 4741-4742. Plan and Side Elevation of Double Transom Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. C, I. & L.
-2'«i-~ - p
Fig. 4743. Part End Elevation and Cross-Section of Truck
Fig. 4744. Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck, Xo. i'7-E 3. T. G. Prill Co
(480)
TRUCKS, Passenger.
Figs. 4745-4747
-2'0-
Fig. 4745. Plan.
-e'a--
|f. 3'0'-.
'\f8"I8eam 2S.SIHS
Fig. 4746. Part Side Elevation and Section.
<ig. 4747. Part End Elevation and Cross-Section.
All-Metal Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. L. S. & M. S.
(4S7)
Figs. 4748-4751
TRUCKS, Passenger.
izi:
M-"-*
Fig. 474S. Plan.
g'0!l
Fig. 4749. Side Elevation.
Fig. 4750. End Elevation.
Details of Brake Gear, Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. L. S. & M. S.
Tg. 47">1. Four-Wheel Box Steel Passenger Trucl
I 1 arlan 6-: I I ollingsworth.
(4SS)
TRUCKS, Passenger.
Figs. 4752-4755
IV* ,»~XLi
Fig. 47-52. Four Wheel Steel Passenger Truck
Harlan & Hollingsworth.
Fig. 4754. Half Plan.
Fig. 4755. Half End Elevation and Cross-Section.
Cast Steel Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. C. C. C. & St.
(489)
Figs. 4756-4773
TRUCKS, Passenger.
!*■ 74-
^W2^^
On fed far I Softs
-—/r&z
C , r—&f-
Qrilfed for ! Softs
&2-» OUTSIDE.
ir-l"
■J..l,Ll--l^.'..L.-
— 4r— V3-"— +— -/Z-
//" K—Ethislr—*
SECTIOH 5ECTI0H SECTION
S Drill fori A-A. C'C. 8-3.
X£> ^I?7"
WHEEL PIECE.
^-;;— r-^^v
TT
tJ i
Sllg-
— 'A -*j K-'
/Ww Drilled for I "Bolts
EQUALIZER. ~*2i>—
Figs. 4756-4770. Details of Cast Steel Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. C, C. C. & St. L.
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 4724-4726.
Ir
Figs. 47.1-4773. Plan, Side and End Elevations of Pullman Standard Four-Wheel
Passenger Truck, No. 104. Pullman Co.
(490)
TRUCKS, Passenger.
Figs. 4774-4778
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 4724-4726.
-ze^--
Figs. 4774-4775. Plan and Side Elevation of Six-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck.
Figs. 4776-4778. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Six-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck.
Barney & Smith Car Co.
(491)
»1J
Figs. 4779-4783
TRUCKS, Passenger.
Fig. 47,11. Six-Wheel Truck. Harlan & Hollingsworth
Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 4724-4726.
Figs. 4780-4781. Plan and Side Elevation of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 106,
Pullman Co.
—37f-
—33j[--
.jy—.
<- --/■*/-->
H
~~I
Figs. 4782-4783. Cross-Section and Half End Elevation.
(49:; )
TRUCKS, Passenger; Deta:
Figs. 4784-4824
1
-3-0}*---
,
s^-
J oil 0 : i 0 i
0 ;
i°l|°L
0 0
0 ;
iRT
J.|j |j !
0
□ e
0
|.j|-t
>f
;o i: o :; o ;l ,i -4 ;! j| ° Vi ° ;i °'.',
Figs. 4784-4785. Transom.
I
^ i hh ,t ?.^_
^y i1
. tiH I
as 1 „ l_il-J -^ ]j j.Lho °
1
ll 111.
Figs. 4 .88-4. 90. Inside End Piece.
-I-
?^v_
1
Figs. 4793-4795. Outside End piece.
_>r
Figs. 4i80-4i87. Extra Transom.
Figs. 4791-4792. Spring Plank.
® pis ©
© F FT >.| @
!_l 'I >■ ®
»;*^
~^r
v ; ' 1m'
w
-it -1-8—
t/
W h 'if j
! '1 1
'
h o
- : l] ;>i> i l|
oJJ ;J —
n
ii °
Si] 2 ! |i i
J; a
;: , , : i i'|:
Figs. 4796-4797. Bolster.
12-6— -Lcnfth-'r'-rer All
Figs. 4798-4799. Wheel Piece.
XI
"iii^.4li^, J« 1 . 11
-IS- — » -.-1%
t\_
I
Figs. 4800-4801. Axle Guard.
"if ^.ja^.-^
Figs. 4802-4804.
Figs. 4805-4807
Equalizer Spring Cap. Equalizer Spring Seat.
K W—„, >i .-
1*
aza^
I«rf 4
1
[(
°) 'i ~%(o)
L
7
i
I j AH?
I
o
°\/
Figs. 4810-4812.
Friction Plate.
*
Figs. 4808-4809.
End Sill Corner Plate.
Figs. 4813-4814.
Transom Tie Rod
Washer.
©f©f ©V ©
Fig. 4822.
Elliptic Spring Cap and Seat.
Figs. -1815-4810.
Center Plate.
Figs. 4817-4819.
Transom Corner Plate.
Figs. 4820-4821.
Washers.
Figs. 4823-1824.
U-Bolt Casting.
Cast Iron and Wooden Details of Pullman Standard Four-Wheel Passenger Truck No 104
{493)
Figs. 4825-4865
TRUCKS, Passenger; Details.
Figs. 4825-4820. Equalize
^^3
^^
Fig. 4829. End Piece Bottom Plates.
.H
CLi
© _ T a © ©
»H
-LeDgth-over-all 1-2-6-
Figs. 4830-4832. Inside and Outside Wheel Piece Plate
St
Figs. 4833-4830. Transom Plates.
- - 17" *J
f 2-5^-
/r
Fig. 4837. End Piece Plate.
Figs. 48.38-4839.
Transom Tie Rods.
Fig. 4840.
Eye Bolt.
. ju% „
-5-1J4-
X 0 , o
'*rgi 6
3
_!/
Fig. 4841. End Piece PL
k- -6*1- 83'^ -[
Figs. 4842-4845.
Brake Levers.
Fig. 4840. Figs. 4847-4848.
Bolster Hanger. Safety Chains.
I til "i
-JTJ
FH
□
Figs. 4849-48S0. Figs. 4851-4853. Figs. 4854-4855.
Spring Plank Balance Spring. Brake Hanger
Safety Hanger. Carrier.
.♦-'-Mtf-"--*
;tr-J:'j
Figs. 4850-4858. Fig. 4859. Figs. Fig. 4802. Fig. 4803. Fig. 4864.
Dead Lever Balance 4800-1801. U-Bolt. U-Bolt. Brake
Guide. Hanger. Brake
Hanger.
Hanger
Pin.
Fig. 4865.
Bolster
Hanger
Pin.
Wrought Iron Details of Pullman Standard Four-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 104.
(404)
TRUCKS, Passenger;
Details.
Figs. 4866-4904
■ l'-'
5=2 . !i> JL
'j*! -;r:£° !i " "' '>« !i°
— \C : 0 0 ° ^ .°]j
o ! ! ! fc> o JJI'o * o '■
0 1 1 i o o : jo . . o ! j° / —
U 2-^ «-
-J^L ^i_
-5-3
-1 2-5 >]
1 U-i?i, " -
------ ! ;'? % ::
; ° f ----- ; ■: c : :
: |
Figs. 4si>0-4SCi . Wheel Piece.
JV_
-^iW
0-
Si
— ' '
Figs. 4868-4869. End Piece.
Figs. 4870-48 1 1. Transom.
MH
=-*- 13& --J
7
Si ©
g ;:- f ,
is .1
lf*i ® d r
__£ !
: L-° =' ''
"V
ire (
IfrJ
jC
%
-M «
■1IU.
%T
"iu~~^i
Figs. 4872-4873. Bolster.
Figs. 4874-48 1 5. Spring Plank.
TTiJ0 H
>,; riff [
25 ; — -
--
M= ,S *j
»
! 4i -: -
A 1
--■ -?: :-
EST
Figs. 4876-4877. Center Block. Figs. 48.8-4810. End Axle Guard. Figs. 4880-4881. Center Axle Guard.
k- -sy -X- -5>, -> *2>i-~ ni
«-8M— -
Figs. 4882-4884.
Equalizer Spring Cap.
Figs. 4885-4887.
Equalizer Spring Seat.
1®
-T--
©
f
r1'
Jk-
l.
'O
L 6>^ >j
]:° c -©- ;o
~\
Figs. 4888-4890.
End Piece Corner Plate.
Jfi '* 1 if ^ r - ht
V _if "V
5~T;
-©-
•aj/* ' f* - ' 2^,a'
Figs. 4891-4802. Figs. 4893-4895. Figs. 4896-4898.
Fulcrum Hanger Bolster Hanger Elliptic
Carrier. Carrier. Spring Cap.
£& 'M^K
Figs. 4899-4902.
Bolster Hanger
Axle Plates.
J..
♦3
Figs. 4903-4904.
Elliptic
Spring Seat.
Wooden and Cast Iron Details of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 106.
(405)
Figs. 4905-4963
TRUCKS, Passenger; Details.
m
© ® ®t ®
Figs. 4905-4907.
Transom Comer Plate.
Figs. 4911-4912. Figs. 4913-4914.
Bolster Hanger
Axle Washer.
ggj ;.gi[aj^*i
Washers.
\v
Figs. 4908-4910.
Center Plate.
Fig. 4915.
Transom Truss
Washer.
-h^k-
*
,-2 ,;*
S«" e-
Figs. 4910-4018.
Axle Guard Truss
Figs. 4919-4921.
Middle Transom.
Figs. 4922-4924.
Bolster Hanger
Axles and Pin.
o"/-
t
^ -^
+-
£\1
'&
Figs. 4925-4027.
Safety Guards for
Brake Connection Rods.
Figs. 4928-4929. Figs. 4930-4931.
Bolster Chafing Friction Block.
Plate.
^
Fig. 4932.
U-Bolt.
Fig. 4933.
Transom Tie Rod.
I'MU.l.H UH^f-
Fig. 4934.
Transom and End Piece
Tie Rod.
Figs. " Fig. 4937
4935-4936. Safety
Eye Bolt. Guard.
W
S.IJ±5|
Figs. 4938-4939.
Lever Fulcrum.
Figs. 4940-4945.
Balance Springs.
Figs. 4940-4050. Figs. 4951-4953.
Brake Hanger Brake Connection.
Carriers. Pins.
jcfr
W.l. Turfa Buoklo
U-Qf^—J I |->---l(,-^l ,
JUTOIffiWl „ 'lltH'H'll V '
=3 ^jiwiHw ] .. 'iitn-mi v ■ -
Figs. 4057-4958.
Brake Connection Rods.
i4H'' 'iv' i*M*' ^j£"
Figs. 4058-4001. Figs. 4902-1003.
Bolster Hangers. Safety Chains.
Figs. 4954-4050.
Release Springs.
Cast and Wrought Iron Details of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck. No. 106
(496)
TRUCKS, Passenger; Details.
bigs. 4964-4994
* ... , 1,
y
i!r
R-*- r~
;iJ : i >
tside riale
izn
_i
ii
'
N
3
Sled
□ I*
■-
'.'
J
a
j
■
D
; 1
Inside Plate
□
Figs. 4964-4966. Wheel Piece Plates
Firs. 4967-4969. Transom Plates.
-4-3}*-
:tl
Figs. 49,0-4971. End Piece PI
ates.
* ■3^"
n?i
5— £j
r
c< K-*J
1
5fl
«■*#*■
X 4_
*1''0
1
*
-!
*
-i
T
r
11.
'is
■i-r
11/
'ia
fj1
Q
Figs. 49,2-4974. Equalizer
Figs. 4975-497:1.
Center Block-
Plates.
A
^-Inside Plate
- -"7-11 :;"—
_M56~-H °
•
O
0 ;
° 1
?" -SJ 0 "X" 0
»
0
^!»"
-va Outside Plate
Figs. 4977-1978. Bolster Plates.
Jtiti
sji-
; — o-'>if-
^
Figs. 4979-4981. Pedestal Str
ap.
»H
M7/;* Elevation.
"^^ Half Section
">:■« atCenter.
Figs. 4982-4984. Cast Steel Truck Center Bolster.
; ii
-?r"T_
__ > u
— #
—1-3- — >]
^^^=v^
=1
l' 1 1 1 1 J
^-^7
i^ ^\
Figs. 4985-4986.
Side Bearing Arch.
»-9>2"->
nr^tiD
—1-13— — iH
j* - -1-12— -X
Figs. 4987-4989. Brake Levers. Figs. 4990-4992. Figs 4993.4994
Brake Beam Hangers. Fulcrum Hanger Carrier Be
Wrought Iron Details of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 106.
(497)
Figs- 4995-5003
TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters.
Figs. 4995-4997. Cast Steel Body and Truck Bolsters. American Steel Foundries.
•»|2|K-
Figs. 4998-5000. Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
— 1
Figs. 5001-5003. Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
(498)
TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters.
Figs. 5004-5018
SECTION AT CENTER.
1-4-41
SECTION X-Y.
i I
SECTION M-N.
Figs. 5004-5008. Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
t 1-0^- H
LJL?-fi-Pli
HH
-~^-^->--'^-^.-'r---: 1-^y^ .-_--^'5i_j'j o__
•Tjf-vr-ci-f^
._ Bj ^_ j_- ■^r— '■'- V- - ■ --,-, — . , r-__r;:-.
■~vj ^ j p.) a o o o o :
V _ C .y, _jrj, __ c 1 _ _ c \-jFyy--r C £
ESsfe,"-^
e^t^
ga
_J
Figs. 5009-5012. Pressed Steel Truck Bolster for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Car.
Standard Steel Car Co.
.0-
V
O""1 ^ "" ' *
; _9_ ! _.<,-_j>_ JgL,^ _g__Q J?_ P. _g_ gl jg_ Q ©
3 ' -1 5 3 -1 y> J 3 'J q @ © © ©
Figs. 5013-5015. Monitor Truck Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
fT" -*<::
*^L
gE
.( x
— -rz~
_4
^
r iy
1 H !
-^•' '-V-
h,«£^
■'( ■■;
W
Figs. 5016-5018. Pressed Steel Spring Plank for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car Truck.
Cleveland Car Specialty Co.
(499)
Figs. 5019-5029
TRUCK DETAILS. Bolsters.
-f S-'-— jjt-- -8'--- *
i ijif ;;.^i',- 1 ^' ',,1
Jl
/Vote : /?/>«/.? gdiam. except as noted.
i&i'h)
e— -7/-"— -*
n ^Malleab/e Irur
3Z£ —
f--
^'■% tio/es
-3 2f.-
*— -75 — «H
ri rj
O O O !
OOOO!
0
• /
i >ff?,KK
c 0 0
b 0 0 0
"o1
0
0
0
&
!0
OODOl
oooi
0
0
P
• \
\ ~T\£lJ?i>ets]
6:
P 0 0 0
j 0 0 0
-.-.-.-4.-^-.-.-.-.---.-^
h J
J J
Fio-c
5019-5022. 100.800 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck Bolster. Cambria Steel Co.
vk<9^-"-4
Figs. 5023-5025. Twin Channel Truck Holster. Vanderbilt Patent.
/vti rr^
nm Lorn
Figs. 5026-5029. Trussed Channel Truck Bolster. Vanderbilt Patent.
(500)
TRUCK DETAILS.. Bolsters.
Figs. 5030-5042
Figs. 5030-S031. Truck Bolster and Spring Plank.
Bettendorf Axle Co.
-TL
~\J~
^_T
_\_
Figs. 5H32-5033. Cast Steel Truck Bolster for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Cars.
T\
m
ML—-,
1
n
':,-"-TTf
T
SJ
Figs. 5034-5(13!. Cast Steel Truck Bolster for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Cars.
O J I. O
o "Xf o
to) to;
;6; (6)
fJ^T^J^
Figs. 5038-5042. east Steel Truck Bolster for Electric -Motor Cars.
Benjamin Atha & Co.
n
(501)
Figs. 5043-5048
TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters.
Fig. 5043. I-Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. America! Steel Foundries.
Fig. 5044. Box Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
Fig. 5045. I-Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries.
Fig. 5046. V-Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. Araericin Steel Foundr
Fig. 51)47. Simplex Truck Bolster for Theilson Truck. Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Fig. 5018. Simplex Truck Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car.
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
(5081
TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters.
Figs. 5049-5054
Fig. 5040. Gould U-Type Truck Bolster. Gould Coupler Co.
Fig. 5051. Crown Truck Bolster. Gould Coupler Co.
Fig. S052. Lind Truck Bolster. Pressed Steel Car Co
Fig. 5"53. Reliance Truck Bolster. Pressed Steel Car Co.
Fig. 5054. Monitor Truck Bolster. Chicago Railway Equipment Co
(503)
Figs. 5055-5066
TRUCK DETAILS. Bolsters.
-;9- I* I4g" >J
Figs. 5055-5057. Standard Column. Brake Hanger and Spring Seat. Cast Steel.
American Steel Foundries.
Figs. 5058-5060. Combined Cast Steel Spring Seats and Column Guides for Arch Bar Truck
American Steel Foundries.
I
Figs. 50CF5065. Cast Steel Truck Center Frame
Commonwealth Steel Co.
Fig. 50G6. Cast Steel Double Truck Center Bolster for Six-Wheel Passenger Truck
Commonwealth Steel Co.
(504")
TRUCK DETAILS, Side Frames.
Figs. 5067-5071
Fig. 5067. Standard Arch Bar Truck Side Frames
American Steel Foundries.
Fig. 5068. Cast Steel Truck Side Frames, Assembled. Gould Coupler Co
Figs. 5069-5070. Cast Steel Truck Side Frames. Bettendorf Axle Cc
Fig. 5071. Open Hearth Cast Steel Truck Side Frame.
Scullin-Gallagher Iron & Steel Co.
(505)
Figs. 5072-5082
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear.
Figs. 5072-5073. Application of Inside Hung
Brake Beam to Rigid Diamond Freight
Truck.
Figs. 5074-5075. Application of Outside Hung
Brake Beam. Beam Hung from Car Body
with Pot Hook Hangers.
Figs. 5076-5080. Application of Adjustable Spring Head Beam to Four-Wheel Passenger Truck
A, shows Old Style Release Spring. B, shows Adjustable Release Spring.
Figs. 5081-5082. Arrangement of Brake Rigging for Triple Brakes for Six-Wheel Passenger Truck
Above Hangings Recommended by the Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
(506)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams.
Figs. 5083-5087
Head 273 R.
Strut 280 L.
Fig. 5083. "Creco" Heavy Freight Brake Beam.
Head 274 L.
Sleeve 2CC -^ ClirjJOO
StiatMJ
Fig. 5084. "Creco" Triple Brake Beam for High Speed Service, 6-Wheel Trucks.
867 R. 268 L.
Fig. 5085. "Creco" Brake Beam for 4-Wheel Passenger Truck.
Head 284 L.
Fig. 5086. "Creco" Passenger Brake Beam with Rigid Breads.
Fig. 5087. 2%-Inch National Hollow Brake Beam with Rigid Heads
for Heavy Freight Service.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
(50T)
Figs. 5088-5093 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams.
Fig. 5088. 2-Inch National Hollow Freight Brake Beam with Rigid Heads.
Fig. 5089. 2%-Inch National Hollow Double Brake Beam with Adjustable Heads for 4-Wheel Passenger Trucks.
Fig. 5090. 2%-Inch National Hollow Triple Brake Beam with Adjustable Heads for G-Wheel Passenger Trucks.
lv/x /RectangulitfPiP^
=3?
Fig. 5091. Kewanee Freight Brake Beam with Rigid Struts.
Fig. 5092. Kewanee Passenger and Tender Brake Beam with Reversible Struts
Fig. 51193. "Diamond" Extra Freight Brake Beam.
Chicago Railway Kquipment Co.
(008)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. Figs. 5094-5101
-6-CV Ctre.-
Fig. 5004. "Diamond Adjustable" Brake Beam for Heavy Freight Service.
Sleeve 112* Strut 213 _ „ ,
HI-
Fig. 5095. "Diamond Special" Triple Brake Beam for 6-Wheel Passenger Trucks and High Speed Service.
RTfl
^
.J-
n
(OH^ -Finger Guard
-^— p^ggpl.
Safety Hanger U"1
Figs. 5096-5097. "Ninety-Six" Brake Beam for Freight Cars.
O
I-
-4Jf
M
J i
_ t Face ofBrake Shoes at Center
S3
=
0-0¥-
jM
„yp=
—
w-
>-
tiaiurj- Manger q
j Figs. 5098-5099. "Monarch Solid" Compressed End Freight Brake Bear
Jft
IP
--,"/. Holes
-«x-
^A, Rivet
T— '"'
H Rivet
-6-Ofcj-
.m.i
-JK-
=*-
"jt
3~:
£-J
fY Finger Guard
nrh
j+ — =*-
— -nh -j- -
■it1*
ffl
Safety I-Iau^e
(509)
Figs. 5100-5101. Sterlingworth Freight Brake Beam.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 5102-5113
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams
Finger Guard Pin and
Safety Chain Hook.
Figs. 5102-5106. "Monarch Solid" Brake Beam.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
># ft/re ■/
9-3
Malleab/e iron
Filler Block ^
W
S I Beam, /ZZ
-ih
r-74 1
i^o I
g? /fye ^o//
Figs. 5107-5111. "Monarch Solid" Brake Bear
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
3^
^«=
— >i
fo\A -$*-*
fert
if
I
Hj). V C-I-Benv,- \^.;_&
«^
i»
Figs. 5112-5113. Metal Brake Beam. Standard Steel Car Co
(510)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams.
Figs. 5114-5122
ALL RIVETS '.8 ''Ol A
(511)
Figs. 5120-5122. Hercules Trussed Brake Beam for 4-Wheel Passenger Truck.
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Figs. 5123-5132
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams
Figs. 0123-5125. Hercules Trussed Brake Beam.
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
m
# 1 ,.
U /4i- J
E3
^L_
^3
rsr
/■■g"/?/Vefc.
iff
ST
w
la -HHtK / Safety CAo/nfye£o/r£C//p
rty-Jns/c/e //i/ny£ecm.
Section 7nroc/yn Center l/ne
of/l//cn/m.
Figs. 5126-5129. Waycott Heavy Freight Brake Beam. Damascus Brake Beam Co
-25--
--f^yeBo/f
rfafc~
$'/?/ver.
iQ>
try
-H
,S"-/2jlAs.ft:r/T.
x
1
dD
-fcyyeo ' /v/crt/m //? /tro /brfs
Figs. 5130-5132. Damascus Brake Beam. Damascus Brake Beam Co.
(512)-
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. Figs. 5133-5142
Figs. -5133-5135. Special Combination Deck and I-Section Brake Beam, Recommended for
Heavy Freight Service. Pennsylvania Brake Beam Co.
i
/Hook for SafafyOan_
-s'oi-
Fig. 5136. T-Iron Brake Beam. Standard Railway Equipment C
Figs. 5137-513!). Pressed Steel Brake Beam. Pressed Steel Car Co.
Figs. 5110-5142. Tressed Steel Double Trussed Brake Beam. Tressed Steel Car Co.
(513)
Figs. 5143-5151
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams.
m
W^*'~T.
♦ — h i/o ^ *-"—■ K//.yo/ "^ m /10—
Figs. 5143-5144. Huntoon Brake Beam for Four-Wheel
Passenger Truck. Joliet Railway Supply Co.
tmj
Figs. 5145-5146. Huntoon Special High Speed Brake Beam for
J it) Six-Wheel Passenger Truck. Juliet Railway Supply Co.
CAMBCR-/'-
ft 81 H 9. -
j Figs. 5147-5148. Huntoon Standard Freight Brake Beam.
Joliet Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 5149. Figs. 5150-5151.
Pullman Standard Self-Adjusting Self-Adjusting Head and Sleeve for
Head and Sleeve. "Creco" Freight Brake Beam.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
(514)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams
Figs. 5152-5156
rig. 5152. Huntoon Heavy Freight Brake Beam.
Joliet Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 5153. Huntoon Standard Passenger Brake Bear
Joliet Railway Supply Co.
__"■■ . j.
: \ -
Fig. 5154. Huntoon High-Speed .Passenger Brake Beam.
Joliet Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 5155. Huntoon High Speed Passenger Brake Beam.
Joliet Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 515(1. L. N. Creco Triple Brake Beam.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
(515)
Figs- 5157-5165
TRUCK DETAILS. Brake Gear; Brake B
earns.
Fig-, oloi. Vanderbilt I-Beam Brake Beam with Wheel Guard and Chain Clip.
Fig. 5158. Vanderbilt FBeam Brake Beam for Application to Trucks where
Space is Limited.
Fig. 5159. Vanderbilt Special Brake Beam for Heavy Freight and Passenger Service.
•I it"
FORCED FULC1U
' hio
W-:m
•a-T^ T
-dfe-
am
-S- °k
lit
J3>
©L
3j
_i.
5 3&
V I
P
X
wk
fp
Hjj
Figs. 5160-51G5. Buffalo Special Brake Beam. Buffalo Brake Beam Co.
(,516)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Be;
Figs. 5166-5177
BP-I 24.-R.
BP-125 -L.
BfeO
3"
8 -
S— ""•£:— Jr^
BP-116-L.
Figs. 5166-5168. Trussed Brake Beam. Xo. 1, for Cars of Light Weight Up to 35. Ohm lbs
RIGHT.B.P-109. LEFT. B.P-110
Figs. 5169-5171. Trussed Brake Beam. Xo. 2. 12,000 lbs. Capacity.
rfLl
rti
BP-IOp ' \\
> \
38 42 H
BP-103
,-v „ BP-106
rnsit^ on
J] Ji BP-102 v_}
!i' r
RIGHT- BP-104. LEFT-EP-105
(517)
Figs. 5172-5177. Adjustable High Speed Trussed Brake Beam, Xo. 3.
Buffalo Brake Beam Co.
Figs. 5178-5181 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams
Fig. 5178. Standard I-Beam Brake Beam, Drop Forged Fulcrur
Fig. 31,0. Standard Deek Beam Brake Beam, Malleable Fulcrur
Fig. 5180. Standard Deek Beam Brake Beam, Drop Forged Fulcru
Fig. 5181. Special Combination Deck Beam and I-Section Brake Beam, Drop Forged Fulcrum.
Pennsylvania Brake Beam Co.
(518)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. Figs. 5182-5187
Fig. 5182. Detail of Davis Se
Figs. 5183-5184. Davis Solid Truss Details.
Fig. o18-j. Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam. No. 3, for 100,000 lbs. Capacity La
Fig. 5186. Davis Solid Truss High Speed Brake Beam. No. 4.
with "D" Adjustable Head. Single Link Hanger.
Fig. 5187. Davis Solid Truss High Speed Brake Beam. No. 4. with "F" Adjustable Head Loop Hanger.
Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co.
(519)
Figs. 5188-5193 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beai
Fig. 5188. Pressed Steel Trussed Brake Beam. Pressed Steel Car Co.
Fig. 5189. High Speed Passenger Brake Beam. Simplex Railway Appliance Cc
Fig. 5190. Hercules Passenger Brake Beam. Simplex Railway Appliance Cc
Fig. 5191. Acme Freight Brake Beam. Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Fig. 5192. "Creco" Freight Brake Beam. Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
Fig. 5193. "Diamond Special" Triple Brake Beam for 6- Wheel Passenger Trucks.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
(520)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Miscellaneous
Figs. 5194-5208
Figs. 5194-5195.
Safety Hanger.
Buffalo Brake Beam CV
Fig. 5196. Application ot Safety
Chain to Chain Clip.
Fig. 5199.
lS-Inch Malleable Iron 14 and 16-Inch Malleable
Brake Wheel. Iron Brake Wheel.
The National Malleable Castings Co.
=Sflg. ■ _
l
1 i
.
-A
4f»T. ..
ii ■■■-.
1
i-muiuft
• A
^
DRAFT BE XI
-3
Ilv -
(
i)E
•
-
Fig. 5198.
application of
Safetv Hanger
Figs. 5201-5202. One and Two-Piece Forged Brake
Beam Fulcmms. Buffalo Brake Beam Co.
Figs. 5203-5204. Feasible Drop Brake Staff.
U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.
Figs. 5205-5206. Pullman Standard Self-Adjusting
Head and Sleeve. Chicago Ry. Fqpt. Co.
11
■v*«
•
(
Iw
mbmti' .- ~^mmtgm
■ 3.
,. •■r"'
(521)
Figs. 52O7-5208. Ostermann Drop Brake Mast. Ostermann Mfg. Co
Figs, 5209-5234
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Miscellaneous.
(*?■' s&C I'm- & *0^ 0k & '0* /*/*
Fig-. 5222. Two-Hole Malleable
Fig. 5223. Malleable Iron Dead Lever Guide. Iron Brake Jaw.
National Malleable Castings Co.
Fig. 5224. One-Mole Malleable
Iron Brake Jaw.
Figs. 5225-5226. Malleable Iron Brake Levers.
Dayton Malleable Iron Co. K 2f'-— *
c j<-|V-/i'->t*-i->i
Fig. 5227. Two-Hole Malleable
Iron Brake Taw.
1 \\
fl
1 J
4
i_ <s
.. __L.
2tv
1 ",; 11 iK'i^o
^Al' Front Elevation . Rear Eievat/on.
Fig. .-■_'_'>'. Three-Hole Malleable
Iron Brake Jaw.
\\ estern Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 5229-5234. "Creco" Brake Jaw.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co. (522)
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Shoes.
Figs. 5235-5253
Fig. 5235.
Wheel Truing Brake Shoe
with Flange. Abrasive Insert.
Wheel Truing Brake Shoe Co.
Fig. 5230.
Plain Cast Iron
Brake Shoe.
Fig. 5237.
Congdon Shoe with
Wrought Iron or
Steel Inserts.
Fig. 5238.
Streeter Shoe with White
Iron Inserts.
Figs. 5239-5240.
"Diamond S" Shoe with
Expanded Steel Inserts.
Fig. 5241. Corning Shoe
with Chilled Fnds and
Soft Iron Inserts.
Unflanged Car Shoes, Body Metal Cast Iron,
Fig. 5242. "U" Shoe
with Inclined Ends Chilled.
-■
Figs. 5243-5244.
Steel Back and Lug.
Fig. 5245. Steel
Back Brake Shoe.
Weight, 20 lbs.
Fig. 5246. Steel
Back Holding Broken
Tarts Together.
Fig. 5247. Scrap
Steel Back Brake Shoe.
Weight, 5 lbs.
Figs. 5248-5249.
Steel Back and
Lug.
Fig. 5250. Steel
Back and Lug.
Flanged Shoe.
Fig. 5251.
"Diamond S" Type,
Flanged Shoe.
Flanged Coach Brake Shoes.
Fig
Streeter Type,
Flanged Shoe.
Fig. 5253.
Chilled Type,
Flanged Shoe.
American Brake Shoe & Foundry Co.
(523)
Figs. 5254-5269
TRUCK DETAILS. Journal Boxes.
Figs. 5258-5260. National Equalizing Journal Box Wedge
for 4%-in. x 8-in. Journal.
Figs. 0254-5257. National Journal Box for 4%-in. x 8-in.,
5-in. x 9-in., 5%-in. x 10-in. and 6-in. x 11-in. Journals,
Arch Bar Truck.
Figs. 5201-52(33. National Equalizing Journal Box Wedge
for 5-in. x 9-in. Journal
1
Fig. 52(14. National Equalizing Wedge.
Figs. 5205-5267. National Equalizing Journal Box Wedge
for 5%-in. x 10-in Journal.
Fig. 52GS. National Journal Box. Fig. 5200. National Journal Box and Equalizing Wedge.
The National Malleable Castings Co.
(524)
TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes.
Figs. 5270-5281
Figs. 5270-5271. Climax Journal Box for Passenger Cars and Open View.
Figs. 5272-5275. Climax Journal Box Lid and Parts in
Detail.
m
Figs. 5276-527.*. M. C. B. Standard Malleable Journal Fig. 5279. Side Hinge Journal Box, made for 4%-in. x
Box Lids made for 3%-in. x 7-in., 41/4-in. x 8-in., 8-in., 5-in. x 9-in. and 5%-in. x 10-in. Journals, Arch
5-in. x 9-in. and 5%-in. x 10-in. size Boxes. Bar Truck.
The National Malleable Castings Co.
Fig. 5280. Gould Journal Box with Inset Lid and
Inset or Slotted Dust Guard.
Fig. 5281. Gould Passenger Journal Box with
Inset Lid and Dust Guard.
(525)
Gould Coupler Cc
Figs. 5282-52C
TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes.
Figs. 5282-5285. Standard M. C. B. Journal Box with Figs. 5286-5290. Standard M. C. P.. Journal Box with
"Crcco" Fill for Journal -F4 in. x 8 in. "Creco" Fid for Journal 5 in. x 9 in. and 5% in. x 10 in.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
Fig. 5201. Kensington Steel Journal Box with Fig. 5292. Kensington Steel Journal Box with
Outside Fid Spring. Inside Fid Spring.
Union Spring & Manufacturing Co.
Seci:-n A-A.
Ha/f Section R-B.
Section A-A Half Section B~B.
Fig. 5203-5205. Kensington Steel Journal Box with Figs. 5296-5298. Kensington Steel Journal Box with
Outside Fid Spring. Inside Fid Spring.
Union Spring & Manufacturing Co.
(52R.)
TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes.
Figs. 5299-5305
Figs. 5299-5300. McCord Outside Dust Guard. Fig. 5301. McCord Journal Box for Arch-Bar Truck.
Fig. 5302. McCord Passenger Journal Box with Steel
Inserts and Outside Dust Guard.
Fig. 5304. McCord Journal Box with Outside Fig. 5305. McCord Journal Box for Arch-Bar
Dust Guard. Truck.
McCord & Co.
(527)
Figs. 5306-5315
TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes.
DUST GUARO
Figs. 5306-5308. Symington Journal Box with Symington Flexible Dust Guard.
Figs. 5309-5310. Symington M. C. B. Freight Journal Figs. 5311-5312. Symington M. C. B. Freight Journal
Box with Torsion Spring Lid. Box with Flat Spring Lid.
T. H. Symington Co.
Figs. 5313-5314. Symington Passenger Journal Box Lid
with Pivot Lid and Central Spring Pressure.
T. H. Symington Co.
Fig. 5315. Harrison Lubricator.
Harrison-Williams Co.
(528)
TRUCK DETAILS, Dust Guards; Bearings.
Figs. 5316-5339
Fig?. 5310-5320. Davis Pressed Steel Journal Box Lid and Spring. Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co.
SOULE
R AW HIDE LINED
OUST 6UAR0
7
Fig. 5321.
Waycott Supply Co.
Fig. 5322.
Harrison Dust Guard.
Waycott Dust Guard. Harrison Dust Guard Co.
|< 3* -H
Fig. 5323.
Soule Rawhide Lined
Dust Guard. Soule Raw-
hide Lined Dust Guard
^-^TT-
Figs. 5324-5327. Barber Roller
Bearing Center Plate.
Standard Car Truck Co.
k— .e/-~>i
Figs. 5328-5334. Spiral Journal Bearing for 5-in. x 9-in. Journals.
St. Louis Car Co.
Figs. 5335-5330.
Baltimore Ball Bearing
(529)
Figs. 5337-5339. Baltimore Side Bearings.
T. H. Svmington Co.
Figs. 5340-5358
TRUCK DETAILS, Bearings.
Fig. 5341. Gravity Side Bearing
W. H. Miner Co.
Fig. 5340. Miner Roller Side Bearing for Six-Wheel
Passenger Trucks.
ii-^-J
; M
|| .5 ,\\f-^r^;,„,
U--^--* J^"'TJ
5M
, ■ ,\
Figs. 5342-5345. Application of "Creco" Roller Side Fl&s' 5346-5348. Application of Gravity Side Bearing to
Bearing to Six-Wheel Truck Bearing Bridge. Six-Wheel Passenger Truck Bridge.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co. "• "■ ™ln" i~'K
Fig. 5349. "Creco" Side Bearing, Style 4A,
for Passenger Trucks.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
Figs. 5350-5352.
"Creco" Roller Side Bearing-
Style 3A, for Freight Trucks.
Figs. 5354-5356.
"Creco" Roller Side Beariuj
Style 7A for Six-Wheel
Passenger Trucks.
Chicago Railway Equipment Co.
rigs. 5357-5358. Plan and Section of Lateral
Motion Device for Pedestal Trucks.
(5301
TRUCK DETAILS, Bearings.
Figs- 5359-5367
Fig. 5359. Body Roller, Closed Top, Side Bearing;
Showing Parts.
Edwin S. Woods & Co.
Fig. 5362. Body Roller, Closed Top, Side Bearing.
Edwin S. Woods & Co.
«>
Figs. 5364-536.1. Single Roller. Open Tup. Side
Bearing for Freight Cars.
Edwin S. Woods & Co.
Fig. 5360. Cardwell Rocker Side Bearing
Cardwell Mfg. Co.
Fig. 5361. Lower Casing and Parts of Susemihl
Side Bearing.
American Steel Foundries.
Fig. 5363. Susemihl Side Bearing
American Steel Foundries.
;ig. 5366. Single Roller, Open Top, Side Bearing
for Passenger Cars.
Edwin S. Woods & Co
(531)
Fig. 5367. Double Roller, Open Top Side Bearing for Four- Wheel Trucks. Edwin S. Woods & Cc
Figs. 5368-5389
TRUCK DETAILS, Springs and Spring Caps.
Fig. 5368. Single-Coil Controller Spring. Fig. 5369. Double-Coil Controller Spring
Simplex Railway Appliance Co.
Fig. 5370. McCord Spring Dampener. McCord & Cc
Fig. 5371. Four-Coil Bolster Spring
i 1 1
H
=—
MM
a
MM
1
jj]
III
1 1
1 I !
fl 1
1 1
I] 1 1 1
1 if
(J 1 IM
Mil
|| Ml
1 1 !{
1 I
1 1 1 1
Figs. 5372-5373.
Sextuple Elliptic Spring.
1 1 I '
1 1 1
1 1
it 1 1 1
1 1 I
IM II
■II 1 il
Figs. 5374-5375.
Quintuple Elliptic Spring".
Figs. 53711-5377.
Quadruple Elliptic Spring
I I 1 ML
y 1 — >
Figs. 5378-5379.
Graduated Quadruple Elliptic Spring
^Jf
Figs. 5380-5381.
Triple Elliptic Sprinc
* --s' - n
Figs. 538-2-5383.
Double Elliptic Sprinc
'/jff
€
Sact/On en" Ce.-rftv-.
/3'if
— &?;
■n
'Hi
^E^M
3er^i'/an of Cas7T^J-.
r
tMtT
-mmj — sq
* $-. sf -+
i±=M
*?>
m .
I*— >- ■■-•-..
M- -4'- -* ^ */{
^^M^.| M]
/po/fo/Seaf ^V.Sa-//y 1^0.
4"'"' &o//&r Cfc^o.
Con four- of3*ovy/7<? Sot^trcms #arfi'o/for&.
Figs. 5384-5389. Details of Spring Caps and Scats for Barber
Truck, with Top Rollers. Standard Car Truck Co. (532)
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels.
Figs- 5390-5401
r*r.' v.
3
■
1
3. 'N LC
]
i! _-il
:
=j
Figs. 5390-5391. Paige Plate Coach Wheel. Cast Iron Figs. 5392-5393. Paige Spoke Coach Wheel. Cast Iron
Spider with Steel Plates Secured by Bolts. Spoke Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage Re-
taining Rings and Bolts.
Pigs. 5394-5395. Fused Coach Wheel. Cast Iron Plate
Center with Tire Secured by Welding.
Figs. 5396-5397. National, Xo. 6, Coach Wheel. Wrought
Iron Disc Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage
and Mansell Retaining Rings.
Figs. 5398-5399. National, No. 2, Coach Wheel. Cast
Iron Double Plate Center, having Internal Ribs with
Tire Secured by Shrinkage and Gibson Retaining
Ring.
Railway Steel-Spring Co.
Figs. 5400-5401. National, Xo. 6, Coach Wheel. Wrought
Iron Disc Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage
and Double Lip Retaining Rings.
(533)
Figs. 5402-5413
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels.
Figs. 5402-5403. Allen. Xo. 1, Coach Wheel. Compressed Figs. 5404-5405. National, No. 3, Coach Wheel. Cast
Paper Center with Tire Secured by Bolts. Iron Spoke Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage
and Mansell Retaining Rings.
Figs. 5406-5407. National, No. 4, Coach Wheel. Cast pigs. 5408-5409. Allen No. 9, Coach Wheel. Cast Iron
Iron Double Plate Center, having Internal Ribs. Double Plate Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage
with Tire Secured by Shrinkage and Mansell Retain- antj Mansell Retaining Rings.
ing Rings.
Figs. 5410-5411. Allen, No. 11, Coach Wheel. Cast Iron Figs. 5412-5413. P.oies,
Double Plate Center, having Internal Spokes, with Iron Disc Center
Tire Secured by Shinkage. Bolts and Mansell Re- and Integral Lock.
taining Ring.
Railway Steel Spring Co.
No. 2. C(
with Tire
ach Wheel.
Secured by
Wrought
Shrinkage
(5341
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels.
Figs. 5414-5427
Figs. 5414-5419. Six Stages of Manufacture of Schoen Steel Wheels.
Carnegie Steel Co.
Figs. 5420-5421. Davis Steel Wheel. American Steel Foundries
Figs. 5422-5423. No. 3 Krupp
Wheel,
Cast Iron Spoke Center.
Tire Secured by Wrought Iron
Retaining Rings.
Figs. 5424-5425. No. 14 Krupp Figs. 5420-5427. No. 1 Krupp
Wheel, Wheel,
Forged Steel Disc Center. Forged Steel Disc Center.
Steel Tire Secured with Bute Fastening. Tire Secured by Wrought Iron
Retaining Rings.
Thomas Prosser & Son.
(535)
Figs. 5428-5443
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels.
Figs. 5428-5429. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage and Bolts.
Figs. 5432-5433. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage, Double Lip Retaining Rings
and Rivets. r-
Figs. 543C-5437. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings
and Rivets.
5430-5431. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage and Eolts.
-
i
igs. 5434
Shrin
5435. Cast Steel Plate Center. Held by
kage. Double Lip Retaining Rings,
and Rivets.
Figs. 5438-5439. Cast Steel Plate Center. Held by
Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings
and Rivets.
^ -^ I — J
Figs. .-,-Uii-5441. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by Figs. 5442-5443. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings
and Bolts. Standard Steel Works Co. and Bolts. (536)
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels.
Figs. 5444-5459
Figs. 5444-o44-:.. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage and Gibson Retaining Ring.
Figs. 5446-5447. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage and Gibson Retaining Ring.
Figs. 5448-5449. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage and Shoulder.
Figs. 5450-5451. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by
Shrinkage and Shoulder.
Figs. 5450-
<537)
Solid Forged and Rolled Steel Figs. 5458-5459. Solid Forged and Rolled Steel
Freight Car Wheel. Carnegie Steel Co. Interurban Car Wheel.
Figs. 5460-5465
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels.
Figs. 5460-5461. 33-Inch Channel Spoke Cast Iron Wheel for Electric Motor Cars, City Service.
Figs. 5462-5463. 33-Inch Double Plate Cast Iron Wheel for Electric Motor Cars. Intcrurban Service
■
Figs. 5464-54C5. 33-Inch. 665-lb. Double Plate Cast Iron Wheel for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Freight Car;
Griffin Wheel Co.
(53S)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes. Figs. 5466-5471
Figs. 5466-5408. Standard Journal Box and Contained
Parts for Journal 3% in. x 7 in. Sheet 1.
u IMH OF tt>* Oi'CR SU
»h£B£ ud *m IHOVL0-
II m '•Oies. in Accoay
A\(J ItlTH BALLOT Of
l£fl, IMiTCJO Of } tMOGi,
nocutwu 'Sfi
NOTE
IF THE METHOD OF 'MOULDING DOCS NOT PERMIT OF
PLACING THE LETTERS MCB ON THE SIDE OF THE
JOURNAL SOX. THET MAY BE PLACED ON ThE TOP,
BETWEEN THE HINGE LLC S THE ARCH 04% SEA T
SECTION OP BOX MAY BE MADE £/THER CIRCULAR OR SQUARE BELOW THE CE/ITFR LINE,
PROVIDED ALL THE ESSENTIAL DIMENSIONS ARE AOHEREO TO.
WHEN JOURNAL BOX IS /HADE OF /rlALlEASLE /RON, PEDNCTlGW /IY TH/CKNF5S OF METAL
and CORING TO LIGHTEN WEIGHT /J PERMISSIBLE. PROVIDED ALL TRE F5SENTIAL
DIMENSIONS NHICH AFFECT /NTERCHA.\GEABIUTY RrYQ THE PROPER PITT/WO OP
CO<YTAtN£Q PARTS, ARE ADHERED TO.
Figs. 5469-5471. Standard Journal Box for Journal 3% in. x 7 in. Sheet 2.
(539)
Figs. 5472-5487 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS. Journal Box Wedges and Bearings.
Note. Skeleton wedge of malleable iron or steel
may be used provided the essential dimensions are
adhered to. The lid spring may be of any design and
max be secured to the lid by any practicable method.
provided that it works properly on the standard box
and is of the designated section, 2 in. x 1,s in. A
rivet or nut may be used instead of a cotter in hinge
pin if preferred.
-7W
^P4
3z
f
Figs. 5472-5-iTG. Standard Wedge for Journal 3^4 in.
7 in. Sheet 3.
NOTE.
Oar THE GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF THE LID TOtETtitR
WTH THE DIAMETER Cr THE HIHGC PtN HOLE ARE STANJDAffP.
THE LID N/tr BL OF ANY MATERIAL.ANDOF ANY DESIRED THKXK££?
*^
■-'£-\
Figs. 5477-5479. Standard Journal Box Lid and Pin
for Journal 3% in. x 7 in. Sheet 3.
Figs. 5480-5484. Standard Bearing for Journal 3% in.
7 in. Sheet 3.
Figs. 5485-5487. Standard Bearing and
Wedge Assembled, for Journal 3% in. x 7 in.
Sheet 3.
(540)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes. Figs. 5488-5493
_£ 3 ct*r<i£ TO C&/TJTC-
y -Me. i .\ : " si-aad tur bi vseo
Sfrr/ov or sax may Bf mao£ £/the# ci#cuia# o# squaxc aetow tm£ cf#rr*-:/y£
HtetWO All W £S3£HT/Al DtXItHSiQHS Aflf AQNFfffD fO
Figs. 5488-5490.
Standard Journal Box and Contained Parts
for Journal, 414 in. x 8 in. Sheet 4.
Note. — If the method of molding docs
not permit of placing the letters M. C. B. on
the side of the journal box. they may be
placed on the top between the hinge lug and
the arch bar seat.
Figs. 5491-5493. Standard Journal Eox for
Journal, 4% in. x 8 in. Sheet 5.
section or aax may be made eithea cihchlah on souaae belon the centea- unr
P#O*0fD AU TH£ ESSENTIAL DIMENSIONS AHE AOHEXED TO.
AMEN JOUANAL BOX (S MADE OF AULLEAAlE /A 'Of*. XEOOCTlQV IN THlCNNESS Of AtETAt
AH0 CORING TO LIGHTEN WEIGHT IS PERMISSIBLE. PfiOyiOED ML THE ESSENTIAL
DIMENSIONS HHICH AFFECT INTETtCHAHGEABlLITr AND THE PNOAER F/TTlNG ft"~
CONTAINED AAAni. AXE AOHEAEO TO.
(541)
Figs. 5494-5509 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Box Wedges and Bearings.
y
^W? ,.
< "'
' V^1
•#■
.1
3&"
1 s¥ —
fc 1
T
-7-3 T—
7 '
— &"-
*
■
ir^S :
- ;l - ^
1
1
, ': vfc , : y
1
.1
-7*-
i*
Hff-*
. aa?
■»
-*-
1*
,t
* — p^'X-1 — »
Figs. 5494-5498. Standard Bearing for Journal.
4% in. x 8 in. Sheet 6.
Figs. 5499-5501. Standard Bearing and
Wedge Assembled, for Journal,
4% in. x 8 in. Sheet 6.
«o--
49/!—
—A
*'~£7'
jjp-J
1"
If —
A
|
■&
P7- -
,. 1
'
— ///-
-5*"-
»
T~"r";SF
-A-
«}<%%
L t-iEi
m &
&— J
Figs. 5502-5506. Standard Wedge for Journal,
4M in. x 8 in. Sheet G.
NOTE
GV£K THE GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF THE LID. TOGETHER
tviTH the Diameter or the hihge pih hole, are standard.
THE LID MT BE OF ANY. MATERIAL.AND Of ANY DESIRED THICKNESS*
Figs. 5507-5509. Standard Journal Box Lid and Pin
for Journal, 41i in. x S in. Sheet 0.
Note. — Skeleton ivcdge of malleable iron or stee! may
be used provided the essential dimensions are adhered
to. The lid spring may be of any design and may be se-
cured to the lid by any practicable method, provided that
it works properly on the standard box and is of the
designated section, 2 in. x % in. A rivet or nut may
be used instead of a cotter in hinge pin if preferred.
(542)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Axles and Wheel Gages. Figs. 5510-5518
1
8
T It-
Uj
5
«->
«>
1
?
i
'U
v!
X
*i
If
8
&
B
>^--^s--im
-%
7M/S fW~iQM TO Q£ a 3t#a &KT TAPffJt.
-3-/0'-
S- 3'
_ *"- 3 -
- 7-C*-
V^Y'
rrr
TIT
J'-vO"
■r- 3' -
Is
-r6-
v>
m
if^v «h xjw ^a*y/a* to as a st**&#t- taw.-
■■>-■*
Figs. 5510-5513. Standard Axles. Sheet
CiMXJMKKENCE MEASURE. LJ£T/I/L OF LUG.
Figs. 5514-5517. Standard Wheel Circumference Measure.
Sheet 7.
DIAMETER or CHILL MOULDS FOR 33*
WHEELS TO BE 33h',E0R 30'tYHEELS
TO BE 30^ MEASURED ON L INE A B
Fig. 5518. Standard
Wheel Tread and Flange.
Sheet 7.
(543)
Figs. 5519-5531 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Brake Gear.
Figs. 5527-5531. Standard General Arrangement of Air Brakes on Freight Cars. Sheet 9.
(544)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Brake Gear and Pedestals. Figs. 5532-5569
"i
LEVER CAFR/ER
PIPE HOLDER
(°Z
O OS?
0)
1 ^ I
CYLINDER £ FLOATING LEVER
I
5($~
of
f)I
r
00 ( ■# ~)
* FLOATING LEVER GUIDE
X FOR DOUBLE HAND BRAKE
DETAIL OF ENDS TO SU.T FRAMING OT CAR
E~3l
U^^
4s
DEJQ & LIVE LEVER
»** ■»
~qFM
-AN? OTHER FORM OF HJKDL E MFY BE USED
E\D OF PUSH ROD
•- gCgTTCT J
NUMBER. LOCATION OF HOLES £. DETAIL OF END
MAY VARY TO SUTT TRUCK
0^0 00 00 0^0)^ J^t f / THE FORM OF JAWS MAY BE MR/ED PROVIDED
,J\\^~~\f THE ESSENTIAL DIMENSIONS ARE ADHERED TO
f-i^ W »V y^rt/J MAY BE MADE ft/TV 2 (OR MORE) HOLES
"2 ^ \ ,p— *^ IF DESIRED. ALL RODS MUST BE AT LEAST
3T^ * / fa'O/AMETER, AND TRUCK LEifER CONNECTION
\J. *. ^^ OUTSIDE HUNG BRAKES W&-AMETER
SECTION OH CO
gj
p***
—
3g»
/WA'iD BRAKE CONNECTION
23
.u*-
«MM9 BRAKES
/F MADE OF M4TER/AL OTHER THAU MALLEABLE /RON MUST BE OF EQUAL STRENGTH
IFAUDE OF ROUND /RON OR STEEL MUST NOT BE LESS THAN /$'D/AME TER
» d ■
l^E^gK CYLINDER & FLOATING LEVER CONNECTION $i D/AM (^ -' *~. ^'
1 j ; [ ggjr
3 c
jXpT™ Figs. 5532-5561. Standard Details of Foundation Brake
^LSO TRUCK LEVER COMECT'OV OUTS/DE HMG BRAKES jk D/JM
Gear. Sheet 9.
©-
OUTSIDE Hl'VG
e-
OUTSIDE HUNG
CO
Figs. 5562-5565. Standard Arrangement of Brake Levers and Connections. Sheet 9.
ovE/e
WHEEL-FAECES G-7. %
— 2 3 *- F=!-~ '■" CF '■ "^ ^L? CE v T=E _
OFJOURNALS 6—3'.
it
; ' ; l-r )
-J
_^r — , I
Jjb
-1
4«: a
PFP
SECTION ON C-O
in
r — r
--■»#
V-
D
UJ
J|S
r
U2l
'V
END VIEW
(545)
Figs. 5566-5569. Standard Pedestal for Journals, 3'5j, in. x 7 in. Sheet 10.
Figs. 557Q-S597 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS. Couplers.
, rotf nfrt CAfiS ox
O P'*"r "
£>
>^^^
Figs. ">oi ii— 55T1. Standard Location of Main Air Pipe on
Freight Car?. Sheet 0.
„ 03 I 2 3 4 5 6 g H
? 04 A 7 B 9 10 II 12 % m
05 *= m
I 0G „ ' 2 3 4 5 6 i •
" 07 1 8 9 10 II 12 E °
Figs. 5573-537-1. Standard Worn
Coupler Limit and Wheel Defect
Gage. Sheet 12.
Fig. 5572. Standard
Label for Air Brake Hose.
Sheet 9.
Note. — The total lift of locking pin shall
be not more than 6 in. All couplers must
have an eyelet for locking dcz'icc located
immediately above locking pin hole, on all -I
nezv types of couplers after January 1st, 1909.
Spice between back of coupler horn and
inside face of knuckle to be P1* in. and
minimum thickness of front wall of coupler
to be 1V4, in. iVi-in. rivets to be used for
■z? .-^-g^j attaching yokes to coupler butts.
Figs. 5575-557?. Standard Draft
Gear Stops. Sheet 11.
Figs. 5570-5597. Standard Automatic Coupler, Coupler Limit Gage and Knuckle Limit Gage. Sheet 11.
(546)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Gages and Wedges. Figs. 5598-5614
-si-
' ^ fMX **& orrfiAirs£Sr 4- i r/ ^~~
m
Fie 559S. Standard Terms and Gaging Points
for Wheels and Track. Sheet 1"2.
Fig. 5600. Standard Reference Gage for Mountir
and Inspecting \\ heels, as Used for
Mounting. Sheet 12.
Ss
Fig. "'604. Standard Reference Gage for Mounting and
Inspecting Wheels, as Used for Inspecting.
Sheet 12.
Fig. 5599. Standard Wheel Check Gage. Sheet 12.
. 5t5'"'l. Standard Guard Rail and
Free Wing Gage. Sheet 12.
VA
rar .Vfn ir*ffi5'-
." .' .. -.Flat gc Thickness Gage.
.I/111. Flange Thickness Gage.
Figs. 5602-5603.
Standard Flange Thick-
ness Gases. Sheet 12.
-trt--
^^91'
g : ; y
'
1
t
\
•t
*-
1
'■?
-!'-
'
'\\
/ >- , r
mm.
__
V)
=*l- r*r IXMemM a- * f* iimj or^j row*.
r-c autt '£' arnmer Km voir ro oe j.
£fi*rrj r.-.-erxm.
V$i h v — --
-i-
v..
-si
Figs. 5605-5614. Standard Bearing. Wedge and Lid for Journal, 5 in. x 9 in. Sheet 15.
(.547)
Figs. 5615-5620 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Tournal Boxes.
Figs. 5615-5617. Standard Journal Box and Contained
Parts for Journal, 5 in. x 9 in. Sheet 13.
SECTt&Y Of BOX MAY BE MAOE EITHER CIRCDLAj? OH SQUARE SSlQiY THE CEaiTEW l/AE
PROS-BED Alt THE ESSEHT/AL DiMEKSiOHS PRE ADHERED TO
WHEN JOLiRWt. BOX IS MADE OP AtALLEABlE UfOAf, REDvCT/Oft «W Tff/CSf/tESS OP METAL
ArvO COR//VG TO LlGMTE/i WEIGHT IS PERMISSIBLE. PPOk>lD£D ALL THE £35£HTIAL
QtMENSi&VS WHICH AFFECT MTEPCHAKGEABIUTY AAD THE PROPER! E/TT/A/G OP
COrVTAlHED PARTS APE ADHERED TO.
IP THE METHOD OP MODlDHvG DOES 10T PERMIT OE PiAC/XG ThE LETTERS M C B
O/V THE SJOE OP THE UOt/PHAL SO*. T^EY MAY BE PLACED QY THE TQP SET/r££f
THE H//VGE Li/G ArtO THE ARCH SAR SEAT.
Figs. 5618-5620. Standard Journal Box for Journal, 5 in. x 9 in. Sheet 14.
(548)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes. Figs. 5621-5626
m
Tc face c' stoe — « , 5 •
Figs. 5621-5623. Standard Journal Box and
Contained Parts for Journal, 5*2 in.
x in in. Sheet 16.
SECT/OH Or &OX MAY BE MAO£ £ITH£A> CtJKUlAX Oft S0UWS SSlOW TVC OAfTTA' LSAfE,
twwiD au wf essential o*ktnaro*s ame ashesed to
irttcn jou***i box is maoe or aulleasle /#o% avoaTt/ov *>• Twar/rEM or metai
Afro COT/IMG TV i.t6#T£M WEIGHT AT FfA>At,MJBL£, PfOf'BiO AIL 7W FMFAfT/Al
QL*l£*iia*3 rrn'CH AFFECT VfTEWCMAffGEABIUTr AJvff THE AWOAW F7TT//VS JF
COVTAlt/EO *WT3, *#£ A0HBTEO TO.
IF THE METNQC 0T mOVLD#tG EH3E3 HOT PC&AlT QE fltACJH* THE IfTTEAZ M.CB.
OJV THE SJOE OF THE JOVAWAJ. ffox. TXEY AiAr 0E FtACEO OV THE 7T>? 8£rw££/Y
THE H/M6E Zt/« AS*Q thc AAfCM 3Aft J£AT
Figs. 5624-562(5. Standard Journal Box for
Journals. 5M> m. x 10 in. Sheet IT.
(549)
Figs. 5627-5636 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Bearings; Flooring. Siding.
Quiv the GrnrfiAL d/mtus/ohs ofl/o. together with
THF DIAMETER OF HINGE P//V HOU TO 8F STANDARD
At B. THI5 HO. WA/G£-PlM AVE> COrrr&Affr MME
AS d"X9 STMIOMDASSHOIWaVMCB PLATE /S
PROCEEOtAfGS Cf >833
■ _ i»g- — -.—
I
J^
:±
&Je
m=^
-1-1-
1 *w ^ <4-i,,. r
-?
***
>H'
Figs. 5627-5634. Standard Journal Bearing, Wedge and Lid for Journal, 5*2 in. x 10 in. Sheet 18.
BMW ffffSSi. 3£CU#£D
TO SHAFT Kf'Tft
*W£KLV PITTED WT
AOTlfSS rwtM^&OLTS
about 5* /J ^4$. Sorrow or Shaft SECURED ffr/vwr /rsr
at? some other Suitable DEvtCS ffO Pesviivr
SHAFT LIFTING OUT OF POSITION.
/TOT 4*S3 THAN t
Fit
POSITION OF BRAKE SHAFT STEP. LADDER AND RUNNING BOARD.
Standard Position of Brake Shaft Step, Ladder and Running Board. Sheet 19,
(550)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Arch Bars and Hand Holds. Figs. 5637-5693
■>r BOTH r.yps
sa outajl s»cn -i
ifffD*if«/OltOi03
ZlSZ
-Ej3
3££ DETAIL 3H£[T-t
DETAIL 3H£L~T- Af.C O 15!
TJ
■F-S-
~-??rr? Tar^f^is?.-..
3E£ PETAIL inter- frtC B 13-J W
P/XED f/VD GONDOL/T5
/-
i
3*
ST ™fpt::'::_L^5o
3£^ afWi .v^f r m c b
BOX/lNDaW£/HK>US£'catS,£m)/Bi/'DSiD£lffDDS/iS.
OR Wl
£Tf OETf-JL SHCCTMCB I3L
zzn^prj
.a. i
4! figi
segDtTAa. sn£Z7-i
Sff Of 7>V£ 5MRfr
€
/"/SVVVf C/W.5
19
ft£ff ctTAii. sxzrr • inc b i
DPOPEWD eO,VDOL/JS
:tC 0£ ''An. 5*<£Z7 «;a 19 r.
Figs. 5637-5684. Standard Safety Appliances.
Sheet 19.
L"__J set octal, shlct-
.«".' crfsow.- cotMWS ore**
/"Z/77" C0S.S
i^*
SCCDETAiL SHEET
HOPPEP. CPFIZ
end view.
\HALF SEC.ONLhVE FO.
SEC ON UrVE O.E.
(551)
HAL F PLAN.
Figs. 5685-5693. Standard Passenger Car Pedestal for Journal, 4Vi in. x 8 in. Sheet 20.
Figs. 5694-5705 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes and Pedestals.
Figs. 5694-5696.
Standard Journal Box and Contained
Parts for Journal 4M, in. x 8 in.
for Passenger Cars.
Sheet 21.
TWO BARS OF /TACH fP^QUI F<-F£>. TIE Q Art
Figs. 5C9T-5705. Standard Arch Bar and Column Bolt for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car.
(552)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Center Plates and Journal Gages. Figs. 5706-5731
or MCTA.L Berrrcf* f*C£ Of C£ifT£/t iuGl
-■ ~ <TCY JtOlz C-I1"I*'"'"J'*, A/1D-D-I&
Fig. 5706. Standard Brake Head Gage. Sheet 22
,/cte,-itzx PiHium. M.-tmuM-Musr mrce Pet r/ai£
Fig. 5707. Standard Lever Pin Hole Gage.
Sheet 22.
secTKHATcam, p;g? .5708-5709. Standard Brake Beam Gage. Sheet 2:
L ____ CEHTRCs OF BRAKE. SHOES. 60J
J5-
ANGLE OF SLOT 40'
fflow isefitical
k
J3-
HEIGHT-TOP OF RAIL TO CENTRE OF NEW SHOE
FOR INSIDE HUNG BEAMS 13 INCHES
Fig. 5710. Standard Dimensions
for Metal Brake Beams. Sheet 22.
eeARiiK-eafic gauge 5 Ux Tjourhal
BEARING BaHC GAUGE 4%'x& JOURUAL
(553)
■5&'x h/tf Journal
BBWNG-amBEANOSIBEiWaiUSe^t
Figs. 0713-3/31. Standard Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages for Journals,
3% in. x 7 in., 4Vt in. x 8 in., S in. x 9 in. and 5% in. x 10 in. Sheet 23.
Figs. 5732-5756 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes.
BEARING-THICKNESS GAUGE. 3h'x7& 4& 'xS 'JOURNALS
6%
LENGTH AND FILLETS OF BEARING.
3&X 7 JOURNAL
'CURVE oftopof\vedge. 78'RADIUS
BEARING & WEOGE-LONGITUDINAL SECTION GAUGE
LENGTH AND FILLETS OF BEARING ^-)
4'Az X 8" JOURNAL
3ii * 4% »f
BEABIN6-TH1CKNE66 6,WCE.Sx3'AND S&XICf JOURNALS.
~X
IENGTH AND FILIET6 OF BEARING.
SjgXlO". JOORA/AL,
U
rk
-a$£
IENGTH AND F/lLETi OF BEARING.
^J
S'X 3' JOURNAL
S&- — f
O/RkE OF TOP OF WEDGE. 78 RAD/US.
BEARING AND tVFOCF-iONGITVD/NAL SECT/ON GAUGE.
CURVE OF TOP OF WEDGE. 78" RADIUS ""■
BEARING a WEDGE-LONGITUDINAL SECTION GAUGE
Figs. 5732-5743. Standard Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages for Journals
3% in. x 7 in.. 4% in. x 8 in.. 5 in. x 9 in. and o1^ in. x 10 in. Sheet 23.
CUFtVE OF TOP OF WEDGE. 78' RADIUS.
BEARING ANO WEDGE-IONG/TUOI/VAL SECT/ON GAUGE.
13S =====^=__=^^^=
^dit
t j^fS — J
TTP
FTP'
m
Q 0
O O
Figs. 5744-5748. Standard Marking of Freight Cars. Sheet 24
S
'AN
- <3 RCuSN SiZC—
. ~ <£ ftouG* Sn
vm.
SH EATHING
W-
T
-r
1
! - |« .? '&eva» 5'/*— J
ROOFING AND LINING-
T
1
$J
nS
**
"-ni [-tr".
«
\h~
-■%
--4-
'^' J
-
—
— *
* 1
T
!
, _J
i
*
A <toiye«
-A ffiouG"
A 5" Q" 7" 8- 9' 10"
a «*!' 5$' 6i 7$ 8j' 9i'
b < 5i' &i 74' 8V 9V
c ^v sv 6i' 7i' 8i' %'
FLOORING
Figs. 5749-5756. Standard Sheathing, Flooring, Roofing and Lining. Sheet 24.
l.VM )
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5757-5778^
J4*t/e a f &af/
unmj.3; ;■ Z'O-r a* Ce+ re* o- fence* ttMt or
*o_:5— •'. i/jf oec-t* nrne*f oca*; Sitae re
C*f"<'7-y ij~oc*i *L".ijff.
udibie:^
I ~T
LETTERINC
10000
Fig. 5766. Steel Tire
Limit Figure. Sheet A.
Ai^i
IV3
e_-_A_2_ /] Ll„„.,ir^ «-rJ'" X»' ~rTf~or. *r^r«wc,
\ j ft 4.n>»r tvfe-fr W -.,.^7(,*-*,/-s
"^^'"TcTTtP^ TTV^.-.-^— v- :-^-'~ -' "' -m^[]
w w w w
J-ETTERIMI - . £:^ya
c+) 5vl ' r-o s>
*
=7^00000 -«WS.0»:^|1|. f j ,»™.
O <+) R Q ~«?
3ss.fi 1$
Si
U-
XT
F
1
,a/""T"43 O' HAIHt) a
MARKING OF FREIGHT CARS.
Figs. 57-57-5765. Standard Marking of Freight Cars. Sheet A.
Figs. 5767-5768. Manner of Taking
irings from Axles for Analysis. Sheet A.
Figs. 5769-5770. Safety Chains for Wooden Underframe Freight Cars. Sheet A.
Fig. 5771. Permanent Safety Chains for "Wooden Underframe Freight Cars.
Figs. 5772-5775. Permanent Safety Chains for Steel
Underframe Freight Cars. Sheet A.
JE-^
Figs. 5776-5778. Collection of
Salt Water Drippings.
Sheet A.
(555)
Figs- 5779-5802 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
W:
S-
asr /rw aiocr
( : ' -l' ,
! "&>
-r ML ■ *!
5 1 «
> y
^
■r, 1*
1 i
* r
i
l_AXL 1 * ^
YOKE rOR TfYW SPRING GEAR.
i^r
^jf
m.
I zW-'f
*►
tfio&Le f7tt.ar. euxy cast wot aiocnr
-Of
"Crf:
C04
^V/TT ROJP TAHDEM SPRtMG GEAR
1 :'■-!' " 1 ^
i i
i^\
1 1
s 1
Pi ; 5'
^y
I i h i
_. _J i
_s^
VOKE FOf? Ftf'CTiOH G£AR
Fig-s. 5779-5784. Recommended Practice for Automatic Coupler Attachments, Sheet B.
Jf
-L--
Uk-~°-*~° """•'W
) ,
,,.. s
(jft=^r, .„. j-„.„ — : iaj •
SfgHgj|.SHp iSSr
'^-r
1
.- —„T „r TV. M.M.
1; i
ti i
Figs. 5785-5792. Recommended Practice for Uncoupling Attachments. Sheet B.
WsBsrf
E
it-
Figs. 5793-5798. Uncoupling
Rod and Brackets. Sheet B.
Figs. 5799-5802. Temporary Chains
for Cars Carrying Double Loads. Sheet B.
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5803-5822
/.'OTE- J£CT/Oflf CP BOX MAY SB MADE ElTnEP C/ZCl/LAP OB SQUARE
BELOfY Tr-IB C£NT£/S UtiB, PBW//DED ALL THE E33E//TJAL
D/MBK3I0H-Z ABE ADhEBED TO.
r/HB/V •JOl/B'rtAL BOX /5MA&B OF MALLBABl B /BOA BEDUCT/Q*
W T/-//CAWE&5 OB METAL AMD Cftf/HO TO L/OMTBA/ WE/6HT
J5 PEPM'3Cj£lE, PBOV/SEP ALL Tne E5-5EHTIAL D/MEN3/OA/
f/H,Crt AFFECT_.'MTEBCHAfJ6EAB'LlTY AN£> THE PBOBBTaZ
B/TT/A/O OF OQAiTA/riED PBBT3- ABE ADBEBED TO.
Fig?. 5803-5805.
Recommended Practice for Journal
Box for Passenger Car Journals,
-j in. x 9 in. Sheet C
Awca
t*5' ' msr£»£B mrrfr
fj / S TAtrfS 4 'S
^■xSb. tr&EA
- ;l
^^=""
' • •"-
^— ^— --:
Ifif
H^=
?==£=
rj_
\~j ' /
P
Mmret a* lOKp&G £/#GIi**BC£ a* rt^or f-orr akcss 0* 3«B{f CJ>**
^*-f p- -n-~ ; ■£**! /*(/■* Jnit *=- / *■*% SCCC/o Q>»*rTB*- t-ct <yoQ i>$ CF- Cff r,c*> r,$ ,\ j-
' ,B£»*if>S PrZCZS 'Q-tr-CF1 M.f.M
US CAS OffiCffJXeS
OLBAAaaOB ,VCTz^3 T**v fir CLOSFJT Pu/r£\ B^/S- S 3BB ft/tCJ JV-
. . _ _ .._ *^" J5' /w ^osj Auws flfcwr -*.iz> TELt£r*p» pole
BOe I06i Pilwg '**&=& *■•& 72U&TWW BolBJ UOT /o srA'Wffj Qff Snr.
% *T=L
^* ^ '^fi
^J
0£WWY6 P/BCF3 & -mDB Mim/ML/AH
!^5 ' &£AeA*(Z VCTLfJi G BTffAtfBS Of J #/?APP//Y£S
- '" HvAurBK
-3~~ 3ffl TW 6' BVLB + ft/*£, GOOD '%
. 3BAB/N6 PlBCBZ 8 'm££ W>-'Mi*V CLT/tKAt*C£
Plat CMPS a*o g&ydgzas tv/rn 5/DB5 lbss tha* Fro 1 Sff mjL
BOV WrtBC* AH> MlMlMUM 5>zrs ->#' h,gh 4 STAKES ■+■* Stasis G- 3t*>ahos 0*~3
ROT STAfFJ S£F 5Fe C£C77Q»J CP ' FVU J4 ffpArp/ft&S rv/A£ GOOD fc'OtA Oft 30AJTOS /'X S~
{GONDOLA: rviTH 5'D£5 30' AMD OscP
CLCABAftCE #DT L£53 THAA> 6' #UL£ * ^V-S-' S-*r£3 . f-STAAf/C? Of £ tvfAPA/f/SS y*/re ,Cl£APX,-'CB ■*0T lB.r: -*A'
crooo '4b' ' £>a /
LCAO/MG OF LUMBBP O" GCWbfUA CAPS rv/TM JrOAj C*£# JO' AflSM
r Bt £' BOAfOJ SBO/fBlY #Ai^O TD Zr**£3 AT £ACH B/tD By J-'S PBx.Yr *A/LS OP STfTZ ~£^
700BTHBff WITH £ 3TPAV&3 00 3 »*HAP/MSJ #>tB GOOG fa' £>/A. '.
f6£J /O" *6A>Mt/*t >r,o
■PuLB V f
- 6 STBA/TDfOf 3 ft**Ae,#s5
b ffmt£7B4: AftAW 3g J« TA&-Z evi£ zs
'icspsr Acxht 0i/j.e
3f.3S3A 4lA"*j4G.
Boa iv/artr or LQoo T^-io'v -.im,*? s -
TTTT
UftrtA/V *<?r USJ Tmav, £' M& 4-a\ *?lO£3 33-33- as*d 34
nn:
St**™ tuca urmiMim
(557)
ClOifST POi*
Figs. 5806-5822. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Materials on Open Cars. Sheet D.
'7- 2*-JSj£ -?7 .
Jpen
Figs. 5823-5852 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
- ro* i-065 STC. UJC /O STf/wOS Of? S- HKmrr>*r*6S RuL£ sn
rir*lA«Cl HOT LESS **--, g STMNDl O* S VmvtXGZ. ^pXQ-MMMJto . .
d -~J,;£"_t^+-c"-iti -°- - — —I \* Jj
nrr cm.) outtttt
.vor ifjj
ZLEASWCE MOT i£SS f FOf IQoS £TC. US£ iO SrWPS Of J" w.e.wW/xr.5
fW fi!4U££ -? _(6 5WWB1 ftp jww^ ■^■2-C'A
7f ocwa Vb' o/t»iert-Ji or&owizs 'ij -: r -1"6 ^
_ __ >v --.- (.-.--.'-- ,- ,->,-- -> s-a, - - _Z -^ lI JZ-
tS£rr//*g "scjts 'Q-x/o *.v/w*. <Rn£j' ~~~*~ ctstwvtcz /ror csss rr-rr <• **vte s/.
OG./2. S££*Ut£J J3, 34. 36. -ti -'O ,5V
r&w&trc use ra-jmwa or sv**>»*es*its siamsj
\ OP 5 njPAfiiRS/VGS.
~-sr/*c£s f-tsj'
OTfflH. ■■■ * ■*■ *"
FiG. 12 A .
For lost rrc t/ss /o-stra^ds or s-wppmlv ftzc #4*0 sr
l'45'0D*VOS OR Wt£ $C.?0 &Ck#
ee**,«a «r« WS$m ****** °* 3-m***-*es
NOTCHED Qv£* W - j.* 'J.v,vwf
t^'^MnniK
CLfMMCt AOTiess rv*y b.WLC.4 r FOX LOGS FTC. t/S£ /D-STRAHtlS OR 5-lt#*PPmGl
,^;r*w« oe j.ffwwwS5 /v/flf cjjo^im /r/6./3- S££ pules 3*.js. 3c-*e si a«o jj.
TO SC fnsrfAfO TO W5/OC OR ST&rCS.
■Hd'T' a « ef* q-
W" VCff Tr/A.t lO
- t>30YC Rico
HO ,. TTTT^
STAWES +'*5 ,
/=?6 /^. /r«if j"J"
a^_
LADING or pt/v 3WA- orv flat Cfl*?$
Y^ . -■*$* - — f—n n # I 1 rp
7=7g1€T
-T7e7V
rv/Af or 'jAPwvci at/vac*.
Wisk 835 |rt= 3;Mj
33C
~R7iS./7M
lAPGE GlKEfS LOADED riAT
CT?T p£H^
/.ARGE G'RDEKS LORIDEO Fl.QT
crirr* or ,--« X//V^,«. Of JutGie AQIDi
/ f-/r >* " for DCv8i.f iqaos
t (. * ^/J-^d R/nivi R'£C£RZ
CtR-n^cff-A-
H£R R.tL..\S -SCS ROf W'*
IQAD* lOCITfO 'S N£AH RZAM6C
x, . -»5 ROSS Si £ -—_
SRAC/.YG SO*? 10A0//\'G
■eJ-,3— e-^z: __i_-V jW.V(r :*RC*.t* V>1? *>* ■<:- ^^
fib'Aijn 3ff*xf icvj f'Sdl r/ez 20 *»o zr £ltAT j-X4\-t) FIG 22
.,£ V'X CCL3LC £iW«
Curit*s*e*
■■-- -^ --,--
"""f/gUs""'
IWHG OF L.1/?G£ 6/PCSf Cr-ffHArvGA'Vtj
TS. ?y~~^
f&~&t.!3C*r/.-*G
Figs. 5823-5852. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Material on Open Car-. Sheet D.
(55S>
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5853-5880
.'J y rjgl ~ 1
RAPING Cf SHOUT ST7FVC Ti/fAl W T&P, «t.
***'»»? letsTH fc^35-*'£s L*m6Maa swj yew ro
J- nScross met
'. eui-e « S~/S-2~7
iAeetQ teorr van of CM :yz>
t ( anGo**/ %, , ■ son*.
o»r 7MW* 20 f
w^^SLCw'""
5ff K>Ut.C. IS. "/« '-C-'
jiiiifiilpil"' "" /;
i«(/*i j*x,c»/ nrre t*3£G '** tO^OfrS.
» __ ,-_ _ MOOTS «* m*Ct**G N
/*4Z^ /fiS^ 7PUSSSS /7~> ''I'M'!
1 KwSttS
IS
F/&3/
£»;? £LFi>*r.-art or fr& 3<
frG.J/A. Suif/sa.
*.)» f>«***
^C*r Ji^ G&'OOJ* CK0K- «"» iflfJ MOEV J- MM
g^gfe^
jtusr/iDT excess eo ft _
7S. 3-T" «*« 7Mt>&*
7^. - N/r
^7g 34
/76i 36.*l>WS7i RS96.fr
c/^-iv o- c""s J7
^
jj*pw6 or loefB aWTZPW. o* fiat ox c*op £*o gcvdola cats
24- - "*
^^-^
tAimG tc/<w6 Mtrmt/M ov gohqoij) cms.
ijBWS cr^OHS tVITEftV. c* GOK00LA CAPS . WTMmYS GPCP £MX.
IACW6 cr LC*V6 fiftiBLE ' .V/t7I.f/n av Furor ^ey>F.Ye 6SW0UJXS
.—- r- ■."'- --.
^T7^
i .
1 T
=1*
^/f/Dfc arAxe wrmt en govdolp Ovs mr ha::.ys cxvp ends
M2
2'9'sz**f* to SSrSS ■:«■' A/ (5. ^3
Figs. 5853-5880. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Materia] on Open Cars. Sheet Dl.
(559)
Figs. 5881-5907 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
MNNCX Cf BLOCKING A*ltTBStflM$ LUAMftiS MCF Off ITffl £Q*4&*
f <y aiocx-wo and bpmcw6 af*8rvG &£cm o* sr&A
F/G-.45B.
3TPVCri//P/)L MATERIA)- IOAOTO
<^
LOtnXP OUT 2
HOC Of CWI TOAJ.LOW W»
At ntC/f Of 'OiOi K*i6 FO*ftD B£A*1*6 PlCCfJ
WAWCX or 3t<F *■/»■<* acA/v»£j*<f
yv^srcfi- Ooyjxua CjftK^--- . -
TTU,
- U& ojO£- rtf* c*f of uico ■
'j'Aii Y M*S£.
$000*
m£?'
;-A- „
^*r rrrrr or r>&*
r/e. +a
M1±=±&^G^^£TW 3BE
V&PT/6AL lADftfG & ICW6 &-r/¥tt ow **tariSD aoisrnrs.
/2*p w/-v lOAns
jr**«*«
*br A^ 1-1. * «> -UjO* •''•W
WW &KMJi D ->OT t* ,'*.r TO «<,C~ I
AVA'C >**- * "'JJ r/^gi£GS*-y \
J? JU i >\ ft*? G'*Of*5 nei&*""& SoOOO 1&-1 &" -s 5+&a>-£t *,a* B'*v
.^^* '2T, ^<s- J:2-
iee. *3,/o$ttO4.JtoL»"0i
<c*"*<ii*'- :-:■?!■ 'L
« C/fOffS "£/&*"** ^.VW/SJ, <j* +!iH?£ _
JTr etucz 3& two /°*'
- At-/"!.1*' njnzjt for &A
-?-&.e fun w*
Figs. 5881-5907. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Material on Open Cars. Sheets D and Dl.
(560)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5908-5938
— 1 1 r fl ,A A\ lQ*&HG ?>*0 IFHGTHS Of AIL PffV 0* Tu&s*?
_J ,-f' f A *'5, J^JL 12'Ut tm I* a*M£T£* IN 60HP0LA CA*-J-
AVWNgX Or ZOA£»?JG &*fr£LS /M BOX. ok srocr o>*s.
, __. »** «W Ktnr ff ',**Ol£is />*+w £fiet
fcj^fefep^gp^fe^
mjQ.
S>eM
■1 '*c^rs T»,cr~ re* w ircv *,re g££ fr^ie ir£
F/g. ec.
5 jqj
— 1 — i ^S -— ■— ;
L JL /J
llLMjMJifaJi
U L_^_
ocr
3^=:
|p=
=.-—
s='
]:.
yF-
jen^
a^;
,Zs~~
:shi
_^
ko
' -
V J
TCC5 3PBCCD #Qr fttOGE 7*?*// JV .r rer - A -« r 71
**;- sr "l-zfc ermec* coMSrctmvr ccupicj or f/^s
->-.':r Bomt6 **eccs*mnree /tor less tum* r&^f < mcws.
* -t AnO "' if*.'- ,^-.f ■ . tc-r ~- C re* r-'Cj^rT ,*£-, p <./-. a.-.q
Tift t OtC-VS Tfr'C-r fok Cir.,*^, nrr-Str <y,„c nt
He. S3
.i^h* '^■"~~~,j~J2; _ r"„"'^:^"
/V-y <S3 5c£ Wltt-M 120
F)S 6^
MAHH£J? OTJMOW6 rYHenSj* CiQSfD ov?s.
Figs. 5908-5938. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Material on Open Cars. Sheet Dl
(561)
Figs. 5939-5952 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
A/DTE~ THf EM&VSOYS LMDEJPSCQRED SHOULD
BE MA/A/TA/NFO BUT DE&V?TURE FROM
OTHER O/MENStOHS ARE ALLOWABLE TO
SUIT COHO/T/OHS.
A/R BRAKE HOSE I % 22
AIR SIGNAL HOSE I' X 22'
OJAMETER OR STEAM HOSE TO BE tg'WCWES,
A/WO OT SUCH L\EA/GTH THAT DlSTA/JCE FX>CAf
FACT OF COOBL/Af& GASKET TD £S'D OFA7PPLE
ft'LL BE 3! IHCHES.
S1TV>> HOSS COi/PUHG
Fio;s. 5944-5947. Recommended Location tor Steam and Air Line Connections. Sheet E.
t^p*ip=.rj
rfjMrtsnjfhffem ~W~ *gj
Figs. 5048-5950. Twist Gage for Automatic Couplers.
Sheet G.
Figs. 5951-5952. Combination Lamp Holder
and Flag Bracket. Sheet E.
(562)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5953-597^
nan.
H£Ll.
section D-D.
FIG.D.
SPJLicisra of sills.
SIDE SILL.
Figs. 5953-5960. Recommended Practice for Splicing Sill? on Steel Cars. Sheet G.
/0"
M/i/Mf/m f/af/tao/?-/?:
-
&£0/T\
■
tf\AW / 6
■':-—"
\^
?$
-
'<*-■
~~
C/Z0W/YG'
<^S >fc
/y/iAwtf so? saw amr. '
taw? -/f%vr/mv
%^\
/!-;> 1 !
f «
) i
1 1
*1/-J*/'J
-&Z7l/f Of MM.
W -aragt&r/TZ 7pjf/sr/A'Zi7/vsrj % •
-r-J
Figs. 5961-5971. Recommended Practice for Box Car Side and End Doors. Sheet F.
(563)
Figs 5972-6003 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
Figs. 5972-5999. Recommended Practice for Box Car Side and End Doors. Sheet F.
cvrsipt tf<{ <m car 300* —i
IMIMSIOH A futvrt CMNWt or 4/r girtre evimor*
/a rv>,r v*iyr ro avr3ioe ut; or staffs j^,i
• B*4rr C'l>»DZ* ""C T*"l( >-,•' *i »f#r re
ft 0i"-j,ct i,t/g or jrtrfy ij 'W/iTfM ror
~^^~
=*=
Figs. 0000-6003. Recommended Practice for Location of Air Brake Parts on Cars. Sheet G.
(SG4)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 6004-6013
-^m^^TTyQ
It mrnr >v tor c
Figs. 6004-6009. Recommended Practice for Location of Air Brake Parts on Cars. Sheet G.
Spmistg A"
eOOOO IBS. CARS (ARCH BAR TRUCKS).
SECT/OK A-B" SECT/ON B-C"
iSl*RIJVG B
70000 LBS. CARS (ARCH BAR TRUCKS)
■SBCT/O/V "A-B" SECT/OH B-C"
-iff- -f/Tf-
yfr U^/J^i ikr~2%^ 'H~
■4 BARS 1% OIA., 7J?l'LO<V<7 TAPfRfD ro SO%'.
EIGHT BAP5, A-OU/?BARS /'O/A. 6S%'l°"a TAP/THCD TO 72ft. mflMAL IYT OrjTACHBAR 23 LBS; MIMMUM r/r e2L£S Soz.
<e - 62je - - • 66%' Oc/rsios d/am, Sfe"
s/ormL wr or £ach iveouk ems mlbs, is oz; mw,mvm vzrtiBi s 07 Heis„rs> B^F^. ^souc. 7% 7*oo lbs. capy, vsooias.
■ 2— ■ , S , & ■ • ■■ . . 3 . CLLLSTCPr OF SPRINGS
Ol/rs/OS O/AM, /STr-OUR COILS J% ,S™ A-Oit? CO/IS 3% W/BHT& S^ttf. 6%S0LID, 7".- 29OO0LBS;CAPY SOOOOtBS
HE/Snrs,./*T AOV/i COILS SffAffF£';-?%"50L/D: S% "3370LB5 CPPY 744C LBS.
2!B .. . 6/2 » 4Jp . S%" /S30 . .. 3060 .
CLl/Srm OF SR/7//VSS
'//f/SI/73- rxCLUS/ff OFCAP5 6f£ V/RKF; ^ SOLID, S^'PSOOO ' LS5; CAPY *2000 LBS
Figs. 6010-0013. Recommended Practice for Springs and Spring Caps for Arch Bar
Trucks, 00,000 lbs. and 70,000 lbs. Capacity. Sheet H.
(565)
Figs. 6014-6023 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
Sjw/jvg"C"
BOOOO LBS, CARS (ARCH BAR TRUCKS).
Sl*JiUVG & "
/OOOOO IBS CARS (ARCH BAR TRUl KS)
SECT/ON 'A-B~ SECTION B-C~
6 BARS. -2 ■ 2
4 BAPS Ifc a/A, 73%' Uava. TAPFRFD To BO%-
2 " -g* ' 7-?!£ < „ , 77-%' E/G.VT 3.1PS 48FHS /fg P/P, 73%"LOf/G, T4P3A<£D TO 80*g'
ifMM/u. WTer&ia//!LrrcUffBA„s?34is;/»wmuMnr.e2iB$soz ■? . %~ . 74-%- „ .. 77%'
• ,. ., 2™ mo „ e, iB5 7oz . e , .4 /varmL fvrors/ic// /fret//? bws 23ZB5,/uw/mi/m wt 3s ^es. s c2
OUTS/BP D/AM. OF /?T fovf CO!LS s%/;j™> T/YO CO//S 8~%" ■ ... 2?? » ., 6 IBS 7SZ . .,3.4.
RS/GPTS. /SI SOU/? CO//S 8%Ff£E . 6%S01ID; 7j£ 7400 IBS.lPPY tf£OOiS5. °VTS/0£ Omf. OF /ST PVM CO/IS Sfc ; P»° ROVR 2%~
2~ TWO . „ „ „ 2/OO . , 3SOO . H3'GHTJ,/ST TOO/? CO/IS 8%T/l3£:e%f50L/D: 7%,' 7400 IBS OlPY^SOOlBi
CLUSTER OP SPP//VGS „ a™ „ .' 2/00 . . 3SOO .
R3/GR7S »'IPCa-TC<tPS;8'yrPFF;G,ft:scl/D:7£-33800LBS:C/IPY£7O00LBS. CLUSTFH OP SPP/A/tSS
H3/GRTS fy/Tf/CUT CAP3 8/i" FPF£ 6%SOlJD;7Jf'38O0O 185. CPP'r &4GCO 185
Figs. G014-6017. Recommended Practice for Springs and Spring Caps for Arch Bar
Trucks, 80,000 lbs. and 100,000 lbs. Capacity. Sheet H.
/Spring "e"
6OO0O IBS. CAPS (PFDFSTAL TRUCKS)
'SPZfZA'G "F"
80000 IBS CARS (PFOFSTAL TRUCKS)
r
S/PRiiXG "G"
l OOOOO LBS CARS (PFDESTAL TRUCKS)
A.L
TWO BARS ttT0flR /%'o/A,67?2 LOWS, TAP£X£D TV 76%'
<?-T* - W ■ Mftf , , . U%'
jto#i<m.wr ,"-r .. 2/fzss soi. wmmum wr 27 lbs /o 02
. 20-° , /p . S . . to - 2 ■
ci/rs/Dc mm. /-vco/i 7' rrr co/t
7~ftVSAf?S LV£At\/%OiA_ ^I'zOtfi T*PEf£D re 84'i
?"> - r . 65f . . . 7tft
/YORMAL >YT /£/"- 40 L35 5 Of. A/WML** n'r 5?^3S /£ OZ
TWO BAPS iSJ SAP t% 0/4,76% ' LONG, TAPF<??0 TO 86%
2Z" . •%* - 74- - - .80'
HOPMAL rtT t£f~ ■■ 38 IBS 6 Q2 AWtnAUM t*r 37 LBS. -? DZ
- 2ZP . M . e , - - ts * zS . ■ 2Z? ...'*.$; . . /
0UT5IDE &/AM- /U COIL 8', JZ? CO'L -3%~ OL/TS/OC LVaM /iT COU g- 2& COZi. ** %'
HS/OHTS, /CTCO/L ?'$'^Cf:J jSCLtO: 6#' &270 LBS C4FY /S530 LBS HEIGHTS, /€' C&i 7^>W/", S%'S0tlO, <Tf. S200L3SCifr I94C0LBS H£/GHTS /if Cc/L 7$>WT. 5%SOtiD. 6%/tSAO i.BS, CA>h 20300 IBS.
ZST - l-% ■ 0~%' - tog ' 3080 , . 7OO0 , 21" - 7%' - S%' - 6%' oMBO ■ - TOO ■ - S£? . T'.'Z , JjJ}' - £%' SOSO . - >QCbO t
CLl'S'ST Of JPP/MSS CLUSTER CT &WTGS CLUSTER Or 5PP'h&5
H&GKT£l7% ffff.-Sfi ' SOLID, 6%' //JSO LBS, CAP* 22S30 LBS. A-f/ffvro 7% n?EF S$SCL/D. 6sf Z25S0 LBS, C4P> 26500 LBS. /.T'OhTS. 7$'f*¥S. S$'SL3t/z>: &%'/6970iBS C* cr 3C36C J.SS.
Figs. 6018-6020. Recommended Practice for Springs for Pedestal Trucks. Sheet IT.
zf2£VA770A' MALF $/OiT fftAM/ZVG FOR
60.000-1 b Capacity Cars.
1
I\~
ll
ll
II
w
//
II
ll
if id
W i
BlFWT/OV //A/.F S/OF F/?AM///6 FOR ELEVATJON &VO /SHW/MS FO*
80.000 mo /OO.0OO-LB. Capacity Cars. 60,000, 80.000 aa/d 100.000-Lb. CAmarr Cws
Figs. 6021-0023. Recommended Practice for Framing of Box Cars. Sheet K.
(56fi)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 6024-6027
£LevATIOM SECTION A.A
APPARATUS FOR DROPTEST OF KAIUCKLE P/VOT PINS
(567) Figs. 6024-6027. Recommended Practice for Drop Test Machine for M. C. B. Couplers. Sheet J.
Figs. 6028-6070 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
O
? ~S-i. ' A
iV.-=:""-.;- ;.«-
$25\
a
3" S-3'
-/
-". -. . v :.:.■. - -; /-_-- :> 1 .'.•
SMOPfoAfM V;-c£7:
4
aSS 1 SR3A ^ v _- . j- ^ ^_
.:_--.< V-- \-:V •.-.?-- e ~- . j
W
-" ." -r j *■* -.' .-"-" -"' j- . i
-j,
■5 _.-^
; -^a^f^^es
■,-££?£
IT* <*
.3
Lace.
v:=iz>-.-.-
-.-••
. "'
5
f?"
- -*.
V
£fXl "
r/J-
.£¥;££"*
. -r
-V.;.-
_'V.V -_■.
t. w
-V
Set'
T- CZ -A
Figs. 6028-6067. High-Speed Foundation Brake Gear for Six-Wheel Passenger Trucks. Sheet J.
|"WMMOjMrt
Figs. 0068-6069.
Standard Limit Gage
for Remounting Cast Iron
Wheels. Sheet J.
Fig. 6070. Recommended Practice for Cast Iron Wheel for 60,000 lbs. Capacity Cars.
Maximum 625 lbs., Minimum 615 lbs. Sheet J.
(,"HiS)
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 6071-6101
& - C S S. g-CT— .
T-c/S-, r-cc-D
£T-i^j-B. T-i-
B-C2-B,
T-i-Z-B-* I
W5Z/" / TA3L£T /J
fOfi CAX5 Wf/GxlHG SOOOOTO 70000 LBS fC,9 C/lffS trf/OWAG 7COOO 7O$7t0CLBS.
r~~ * 7 B-i. S.-& -F WftWf t-T-
5060070 S2J00 S7 ^ " ^'-= 2.
OfTS/£>£ HUNG BftAK£S.
5Bip67U$37G03t:^a^5 3
S3800ToS57jQ7 SC"d676, 4
'a'cSB
t7-^ p *■-<■'-* t^Ia-a \ ( %a-<-*-aS$ 7--c^st^
4900070X000,
■7 7'.: - ..-■
S$*OCTc £7700.^02 'oF74 , J"
;"-'."■-• -■■■'-■■■-•-• .?■. . .. f '■- 6
5S [?i? -j't.' 577 e> J v trj 7
£■<?#?,? -v £^7^ 3^ t; /ygT? 1 a
eit.'i'' >c &--&X- 1i .-■ -■■■■_' - :r 3_
■-•■'*•. _-.^-:J£-i ?-y ..S.^ .<:
CrUAD£f l£V£P 3-1/-3.
FOR e*>f*s f^"/
vrC/G#ir,S. ',7'j.
° £'"-"■'
1 *
'"
i
! /
5"
?,-.
., f.f.."'.' -. '".-.-; v."
J-
*l
7Ji-" - "775' '
- '4 7
l/M
/Si
VJ,V; -_V _--
-V -r
/3J
'91'
.'=."..- -.- ■<;,';;.
M9V jr
/■*"
/a-
_".. >: -„i:nc-: ■--■::
:S-- 7.
Wi~
>*i
-.-,.: '.&teo; ■'-:: -
;..f7..- -
\/4i
.-a,
;:;;.';&r^ ?.'.
"o6,7J| 8
M-l-
■ Si
".".":; -:■ "ex.- 3 ;■.■:■
087 S S
tS'
-8
li .: ■:. --■'.. :■■ ■
.• ft v . .:
/fi'wr
A'~*jw7(^7Ay- -if^.f^Tyj^-i-v
P//W A-Q/. flW Vd ? /=V/v A'a 2/«. /»/v ^v;, />(-
Figs. G071-6100. Recommended Practice for High Speed Foundation Brake Gear for
Four-Wheel Passenger Trucks. Sheet K.
Fig. 6101. Recommended Practice for Cast Iron Wheel for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Cars.
Maximum 675 lbs., Minimum 065 lbs. Sheet T.
(569)
Figs. 6102-6183 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE.
->■ !
T-C/-C. B-C5-C-
-B-L2.-C --B-C2-C
\B-CI-C, !
u-c— i 4,
B-i. z -c — r
rB-CZ-C <
~*-B-L/-c * ^ — •
■3-C4--C- B-C-&-C
OUTSIDE HUNG BRAKE'S.
3-C&-C. B-C5-C — B-C4--C
sB-CZ-C
. /B-C3-C
\t-l/-c trr-L./-c
-B-i-Z-C
, B-CZ-Ci /7-^/,c-J \r-T-i.Z-C
b-s.z-c-4 7 T-<:&-c,\
WS/DE HUNG B/?*/<£S .
B -C4--C - B-C 5-C 'B-C&-C
schbx/ic c.
FO/IC/I/IS H&&MN6 3&XO ~c SCOCO—SS
-
3 1
Jf=;:v;r;; 5S9-.-f— ,
f4
.'9
j^i::-:-:?x x;-£'£ z
#i
'81
~ :::-:~2?:: 3c ^a/s 3
/4i
of
■±2ix~z~'5:?y::-;e-'5 -*■
t+i
/8s.
fS'
/a-
■*r::;';-<6:x 355';e-4 &
■:y
-i
~ ■-. ;-:• ~~~J.J£53'c87S 7
>->
f7f\
■z-3:~-cs-Jax'Sc:^oas£ a
5"j
-+
• 2 2' — 5 i- '-'-! V"~'i'^ -lfl-2-
'I . i. s- 4 ' "
/iv- Z-3f— -
VS£DOH ALL. "~»- — 65'-
COHHECT/OHS T-CZ-C
Figs. 6102-6176. Recommended Practice for High-Speed Foundation Brake Gear
for Four-Wheel Passenger Trucks. Sheet L.
Figs. 6177-6182. Recommended
Practice for Lettering
for Freight Cars. Sheet M.
Fig. 6183. Recommended Practice for Cast Iron \\
for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Cars.
Maximum 725 lbs., Minimum 715 lbs. Sheet J.
heel
(570)
INSPECTION CARS. General Views.
Figs. 6184-6186
Fig-. 6185.
No. 16. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car
Type C.
Fig. 6186. No. 21. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car.
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
(571}
Figs. 6187-61!
INSPECTION CARS, General Views.
Fig. 6187. No. 22. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car.
Fig. 6188. No. 26. Section Gasolene Motor Car.
Fig. 6189. No. 14. Section Gasolene .Motor Car. Auto, nubile Type.
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
(573)
HAND CARS, Inspection; General \ iews.
Figs. 6190-6192
Fig. 6190. Xo. 2J. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car.
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
Fig. 6191. Xo. 16. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car.
The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co.
Fig. 6192. No. 15. Motor Inspection Car.
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
(573)
Figs 6193-6196
HAND CARS, Inspection; General View!
Fig. 6193. Xo. 13. Gasolene Hand Car.
Fairbanks. Morse & Co.
Fig. 6194. Eiul.-i Xo. 12. Motor Velocipede Car. Fig. 6195. Buda No. 12A. Motor Velocipede Car.
The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co.
Fig. 6196. No. 9. Inspection Hand Car.
Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co.
(574)
HAND CARS, Inspection; General View
Figs. 6197-6201
Fig. 6197. No. 0. Gasolene Motor Inspection Car.
Fairbanks. Morse & Co.
Fig. 6198. Xo. 7. Steel Velocipede Car. Fig. 6199. Xo. 12. Velocipede Car.
Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 6200. No. 3. Velocipede Car.
The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co.
Fig. 0201. Xo. 0. Steel Velocipede Car.
Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co.
(575)
Figs 6202-6206
HAND CARS, Inspection; General V
Fig. 6202. No. 2. Section Hand Car with Side Seats
Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 6203. No. 3. Bridge Gang Hand Car. Fig. 6204. No. 1. Section Hand Car.
Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 6205. Hand Car.
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
Fig. 6206. No. 1. Hand Car with Steel Wheels.
The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co.
(576)
HAND CARS. Inspection; General Views
Figs. 6207-6210
SCALE OF FEET.
Fig. 0207. End Elevation
Fig. 6208. Side Elevation
— --3 0-
Names of Parts of Hand Car.
Figs. 6207-6209.
1 Wheel
2 Axle
3 Journal Box
4 Pinion
5 Gear Wheel
6 Crank Shaft
7 Crank Shaft Bearings
8 Side Sills
9 End Sills
10 Center Sills
16 Floor
17 Lever Frame Post
18 Lever Frame Cap
19 Hand Car Lever
20 Lever Handle
21 Lever Shaft
22 Lever Shaft Bearings
23 Bell Crank
24 Connecting Rod
25 Lever Frame Tie Rod
26 Hani Car ZYm« Rod
26a CY<«.s Frame Truss Rod
27 Brake Beam
28 Brake Beam Hanger
29 5raib H«id
30 Brafo Rod
31 Brake Lever
—so' - -J- I
TO
rrr, >.dfe
irri o"_v_t-~-i; :: =""
TtT"^
, 2- ,/2 - :
/o« ■ ion ■ •- -a- 7*'
"*v-*^*- /*y'
5KS&
^ w.jH ;L"I
^1^/fer
;
-=,
,--•3*--'
j.U
--T*
!
UiL
£1ED
■ r
29
***' |C
Fig. 6209. Plan.
Hand Car. Wabash Railroad.
Fig. 0210. No. 3. Narrow Gage Hand Car.
The Duda Foundry & Mfg. Co.
(577)
Figs. 6211-6217
HAND CARS, Inspection; General V
Fig. 6211. Combination Walking Beam Hand and Push Car. The Walking Beam Frame May be
Detached as Shown. Turnbuckle Pitman Connection.
Fig. G212. No. 16. Push Car. Fig. 6213. Xo. SV2. Track Laying or Rail Car.
Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co.
Fig. 6214. No. 4. Push Car
Fairbanks, lorse & Co.
Figs. 6215-6217. Pressed Steel Hand Car Wheels
The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co.
(578)
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
Figs. 62i3-522i
Fig. 6218. All Steel Subway Car. Baker Street & Waterloo.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
Fig. 6219. Convertible Elevated Motor Car. Brooklyn Rapid Transit Co.
John Stephenson Co., Builders.
<ig. 6220. Elevated Motor Car. Interbonmgli Rapid Transit Co.
Wason Mfg. Co., Builders.
(07!),
Fig. 6221. Combination Passenger and Baggage Electric Car.
Wason Mfg. Co., Builders.
Figs. 6222-6226
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
Fig. 0223. Interior of Convertible Elevated Motor C
B. R. T. John Steohenson Co.. Builders.
1
•-
[JJil^lK«a5SSI ' ■— '1™ |» --"'■ |^nl| i! | H P -f 1 1
JiUSi.-l
1 3354. — - ■■-■■1. . •"- — — - :-■-■--. ------ . -7 —
P9BHB JttflUiagfiL'"f^'"4~"im^fc - •*JW"fl|Bjr
*!
^B® I ;^^^^^^^^*
Fig. 6225. Steel Subway Car. Gibbs Patents. Interboroi'.gh Rapid Transit Co.
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
(Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 6S5-638.)
Fig. 0226. Electric Division Baggage Car. West Jersey & Seashore. Wason Mfg. Co., Builders. (580)
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
Figs. 6227-6231
Fig. 6227. Drawing Room Car.
Fig. 6228. Interior of Drawing Room Ca
Fig. 6229. Interior of "Washington" Type Car.
Fig. IJ23II. "\\ ashington" Tvoe Car
(581)
Fig. G231. Private Car "Josephine.'
The J. G. Brill Co., Builders.
Figs 6232-6236
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
Fig. 6232. Combination Passenger, Smoking and Baggage Car.
Fig. 6233. Interior of Combination Passenger, Smoking
and Baggage Car.
Fig. 6234. Interior of Semi-Convertible Car.
(Exterior shown in Fig. 6238.)
Fig. 6235. Baggage and Express Car.
Fig. 6236. 14-Bench, "Narragansett" Type. Open Car.
The J. G. Brill Co., Builders.
(582)
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
Figs. 6237-6240
Fig. G237. Convertible Car.
{Both window sashes and metal panels slide into roof pockets.)
Fig. 6238. Semi-Convertible Car.
(The window pockets are in the side roofs.)
T^- f§
Fig". 0230. Standard 12-Bench Open Car.
(583)
Fig. 0240. Standard 10-Bench Open C;
The J. G. Brill Co., Builders.
Figs. 6241-6244
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
11241. Standard P-A-Y-E Car. Metropolitan Street Railway Co. Jewett Car Co.. Builder:
Fig. 11242. Electric Street Car. Southeastern Ohio Ry., Light & Power Co. Jewett Car Co.. Builders
Fig. U243. All Steel Electric Street Car. New York & Queens Count)' Ry. Ci
American Car & Foundry Co., Builders.
1
■ —■,-■
MA^MfltcAi^flMttMiHi^A^liflflHIH
1 >— — t «■-»• r-f_ _ 1 •
il
!iTJa.»aWffiE
Jf\'\ T VIZ
D " • ..' v :a"5|£ b^SEsr—
Fig. 11244. Steel Electric Street C;
;ton Rapid Transit Ci
(r>84)
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
Figs. 6245-6248
};
ilBMter
1 ;i r ' — 11 r— — r-
lr" "
■*~fc™1"
^'^c
-j.
(■k^^tIv^bs
j*1£!
&f
i^BTjsa
■■ 4w l!Ug*'^^ify^^fe
Fig. 6245. High Speed Interurban Car. St. Louis Car Co., Builder;.
Fig. 6246. Interior of Elevated Car.
Northwestern Elevated R. R._, Chicagc
St. Louis Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 6247. Interior of High Speed Interurban
Car. Canton-Akron Ry.
St. Louis Car Co.. Builders.
Fig. 6248. High Speed Interurban Car for Cleveland & liastern R\
St. Louis Car Co.. Builders.
(585)
Figs. 6240,-62^
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views.
Fig-. 6249. High Speed Electric Interurban Car. 'Jewctt Car Cm.. Builders.
Fig. 6250. Interior of High Speed Electric. Passenger.
Baggage and Smoking Car.
Fig. 6251. Interior of Standard Interurban Car.
Jewett Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 6252. High Speed Electric Passenger, Baggage and Smoking Car. Jewctt Car Co., Builders.
~~* vtti'gBammm^
Fig. 6253. High Speed Electric Interurban Ca
(586)
ELECTRIC CARS, Working; General Views.
Figs. 6255-6257
-■^aszi
Fig. 6255. High Speed Electric Interurban Car. Jewett Car Co., Builders.
Fig. 6256. Snow Sweeper. McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co., Builders
Fig. Cil-jT. Standard Snow Sweeper. The J. G. Brill Co., Builders.
(587)
Figs. 6258-6260
ELECTRIC CARS, Working; General Views.
Fig. 6258. Bag-gage and Express Car, with Removable Snow Plows.
The J. G. Brill Co., Builders.
Fig. 6259. Centrifugal Sprinkling Car. The J. G. Brill Co., Builders.
Fig. G260. Pneumatic Sprinkling Car. McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co., Builders.
(588)
MOTOR CARS, General Vi
ews.
Figs. 6261-6263
Fig. 6261. Gasolene Motor C
ar. No. 19. Open Type.
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
Fig. 6202. Gasolene Motor Car, Xo. 19. Enclosed Type
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
Fig. 6263. Gasolene Motor Car, No. 24. Enclosed Ty
Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
pc.
(589)
Figs. 6264-6265
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies.
(590)
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies.
Figs. 6266-6268
(591)
Figs. 6269-6272
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodk
(592"!
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies.
Figs. 6273-6280
Fig. G2 1 3. Single Step Car. Fig. 6274. "Xarragansett" Car.
Sections of Standard Single Step and "Narragansett" Cars Showing Different Forms of Construction.
Fig. 6275. Fig. 6276. Fig. 6277. Fig. 6278. Fig. 6279. Fig. 6280.
Panels and Showing Details Panels and Standard Car. Semi-Convert- Semi-Convert-
Windows Lowered. of Grooves. Windows Stored ihle Car. ible Car
in Roof Pocket. Sashes Raised. Sashes Lowered.
Figs. 6275-0277. Sections of Brill's Convertible Car. Figs. 6278-6280. Sections of Brill's Semi-Convertible Car
The J. G. Brill Co., Builders.
(593)
Figs. 6281-6285
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies.
C if
1
-ST~-
L
HE
IrC
aB^fiSffiTESvB/I
n
PiP
h
Figs. 6281-6282. Side Elevation and Floor Plan of 55-ft. Electric Interurban Car.
Cleveland & Eastern. St. Louis Car Co., Builders.
\— ??J.^
Figs. 6283-6285. Part Side Elevation, Plan and Section of Framing of 55-ft. Electric Interurban Car.
Cleveland & Eastern. St. Louis Car Co., Builders.
(594)
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies.
Figs. 6286-6289
Figs. 6290-6313 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric.
Fig. 6290. G. E.-207 Railway Motor. Front View,
Fig. 6291. G. E.-207 Railway Motor. Rear View-.
C
P
F
r
6
H
1
®/r
L
M
H
+ <?
■\P
0
d
T
IJ
V
W
X
Y
Z
men
Fa
mi'f-ZJ'i'Sfff
Lock Washer Cat Ho JOPit
Nut I'rd7, hex
SfudforhxIeCap
Lock Washer Cat do fbldd
" " •> 16177
'• " " 16176
dear
Piii/on
Ga
, M>
■fda
fHa
La
Lb Fo/ftorFamedeadCayerSprinqP/manend
Mb Spring for Frame dead dowf~f/d/o/7e/fo'
Hb Hut for F^ome dead Baft P/n/gn end
3
Frame Head Coyer P/mon end
" " " .Commuig/orend
Magnet 'Frame, compfefe
Spring forCear Case Oil dote l/d Ob Sprmq for F-ame dead Cover Commend
Ifmqe Pm for gear Case Oil dole Lid Pb Bo/flor Framedead CarerSprmq, " "
Bolffor/ldeCap{d4i7,4'''£dex.d) Ob dp'l Washer for Frame dead Bo/f " "
. <Spl Lock Washer P/a/e for drte Cap Stud TiBb '"opCoeer forhfoqnefF'ame comp/efe
Ha " " " for dx/e Cap dolts &Sb FicdinaFe/dCoiicomp/efe 'm/h Terminals andleadsS/de-
Oa Baft for Coverst&rddtydex.d.) *Th " ' " •■ ■■ " _ " " " TopandBottom ,
Pa dolt for Ground Terminal Cat Ho. 44.909 lib lead m/nleff-bond Threaded 'terminal 'for Side Fxcd/nqF/eid Cods d/ff/xq
itrle Beoriaq Lir/mqjGireBore) da
drma/ure Shaft Bare
Pinion dutCtfdofflSt
Commufa'or, compte/e
Brush do/dercomp/efe
Cammu/a/mq Pc/ePieoe
ffacfanq for Cables
T/irust Collar
Frame head Pinion Fnd
" " ..Commutator Fnd
msherl%tHzXd5l
SprmqCot/erCatHo 15207
LockHixsherCai ' M>.Z4d6d
" " » " 16170
" " "B9790
Brush-Holder complete
Terminal for CroundCab/e
Terminal for Field Coil Ledds
Pad lor Fading Fie/d Cod
Sprmq for Oil Well lid
HwqePin/orOdde/llid
diSa
KTa
mda
Xia
Wo
Xd
Ya
Za
Itrmature.complefe Includes Pinion Vb " " " •• " •• " •• " " " 7
heyforP/nionlZ4."X4fy"oneendround) Jib " " Biqhfhond " " "TopfBoffom" " " 7 "igg/^
CroundCuile, complete mth Terminal QXb Cmmufalinqde/a Coil, ' complete mlhTermmalsZleadsTop/lx/eZdodom 'Suspension
F/onqe for Fxe/fmq Feld Coil *kYb " " " " " " " " fipSas-penson/Bediwrifx/eSiaes
F/unqeforCommufofinqde/dCod iVZb Cahte w/lffd/qhthandTpreadedfermma/forCommu/afinqFetddoit
Spr/nqPad forCommutat/nq Fie/dCoit Tide " " Led band " " " Fxe/fmq F/e/dCods
Laminated Ps/e Piece m/h Stud dx/e Side dlffc " " diqhfhond " " " " " "
" " " "except dx/e Side Co drmoture Bearing l/ninq Pinion end Cat do 41060
SfudforLaminated PolePiece itx/eSide Dc » » " Commutator end Cat do 598ZZ
" " " " " except dx/eSid^Fe CovernithPocPmq for drma/ure Bearinqlininq/inionend
UdeSearinqCop Pinion Fnd Fc VenfilofinqCo/erforMaqnefFrame.Pimanerrd
" " " Commutator end §e Van/i/ai/nq Cover for Mdqnet 'Frame. Cammu Fa/or end
Ooiyel Pin for dale Beonnq Cap He lid with Paehnq for dxleBear/nq Cap Oil Wed
So.'tforCearCoeeriSuspensionCidde.WOCI k Bolt forFramePeodCommu/a/orFndfii'Z 7 Z^etd drilled forCo/ferPinJ
('i-SAfy'f/ei ft ! Jc " " " " Pi man " " Zfy
Ft Bol/forCommu/a/inqPo/eP/ecelifrf/ferlt.1 Kc Hal ' for Fie dinq Pole Piece ■6lads/lx/e -Side (Pd, fydexl)
6b Bell for Brush thMerHupportlndblleit. tt.)
Hb tiulforPdeCtpotudCa/doSm
lb Connector for Col/fe'lerm/na/
Jb CammthFyeBo/UCaichdutfor
Lc " " " " " " Except itileSideCuf.dafBddd
Mc Spring mfBdiif/s for tfoqnef Frame doeer [field Cart ll'/mq
He Uadm/bl.PTPreaded'lermmalforFopili/edffol/omSuspensianSideCommufafinq
Oc " " " '■ " " " " " " '■ " 1 '
Pc Leodmdd/t. " " " -Suspension and Bottom dxfe£/de
Commufafinq Fe/d Cods
•^ Cat do I00d45 lor 600 Zoit Mo/or Cat No I008A6 for 600- IZ00M Motor
* ""100797" " " " " -lOOdOl " " " " "
* " "100798 " " " " " "I0080Z " " '■ " "
® " "100799 " " " " " " 10080? " " " " 'i
* " "lOOdOO " " " '■ " "100804 " " '■ " "
1- Cm Col Ho ol Gear Case TidineMfoqe and Form of Motor ^For details, see photoqraph number (80414-d)
® Cot do Stamped on dear, Pinion and dear Case OSpecify number of teeth m P/mon
• Me whether diqht or Left-hand thread % State f/hef tier Commutator or Pinion Fnd
Figs. 6293-6313. Details of G. E.-207 Railway Motor.
General Electric Co.
(506)
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. Figs. 6314-6327
Fig. 6320. Keyless
Lamp Socket
for Cluster.
Fig. 6321. Three-way
Snap Switch for
Lighting Circuit.
Fig. 6323. G. E.-219 Railway Motor, Lower Frame
Dropped and Armature Ready for Removal.
(507)
Figs. 6324-6327. Keyless Lamp Sockets and Bases. General Electric Co.
Figs. 6328-6330 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric.
=a OlBCV-'ir BftEAHEW.
E.a^q ETa Taps ar£ connects to same wse in Caile,,
Fig. 6328. Car Wiring for Two Series-Parallel Controllers and Four Motors.
7ro//ey
Ccs^-out (Str/icA
C/roj/6 Con£ac6or Sox
Breaker
s e
Fig". 6329. Control Wiring, Sprague- General Electric. Type M Control.
^%= 7rv//ey
H
ij A/<?/n (Sw/6c/)
vfil
CS /?/>eos6e6s
^\
/f/c/r/no
Co// ilkwf
7^1,
^gjlpgj
_ J_ILIt^
/Stye? <5»r <f//w/<f Corrector Sox
S/~eo/er
_ Motor
Leads
ftevenser
Fig. 6330. Motor Wiring, Sprague-General Electric. Type M Control.
General Electric Co.
(598)
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. Figs. 6331-6339
Fig. 6334. K-36-B Series-Parallel Controller.
Fig. 6333. Third-Rail Shoe Mounted on
Car Truck.
Fig;. 6335-6336. Open Conduit Plow.
Fig. G337. Spring Type Collector
for Over-Running Third Rail.
(599)
Fig. 6338. Spring Type Collector
for Under-Running Third Rail.
General Electric Co.
Fig. 6339. Gravity Type Collector
for Over-Running Third Rail.
Figs. 6340-6356
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General_Electric.
?ig. 6340. Type RG Rheostat for Railway
Service.
Fie. 6341. Rolle
r Bearing Trolley Base. Type U. S.-13.
Fie. 6344.
Sleeve Bearing Trolley Base. Type U. S.-G.
Figs. 6342-634?
Open View of Type M. R. Circuit
Breaker.
Fig. 6345. Commutator
Construction, G.E.-216
Railway Motor.
AUTOMATIC
CIRCUIT. BREAKER
MR - 1 NO ?
PATENTED MAR.28.I905'
GENERAL1': ' *'|
ELECTRIC COMPANY '
SCHE.NECTADY,NY,0.5.A.
Figs. 63411-11347. Trolley \\ heel
Sleet Cutter.
Fie. 6348. Circuit Breaker.
Fig. 6349.
Type M. R. Circuit Breaker.
iT/i-Si i* — n
Fig. 6352. Trolley Harp,
Slow Speed Type.
I c
Figs. 0356-6351. Trolley Wheel for
City Service.
Fig. 6353. Trolley Harp,
High Speed Type.
General Electric Co.
Figs. 6355-6356. Trolley Wheel tor
High Speed Service.
(600)
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. Figs. 6357-6371
Figs. 6357-6358.
Master Controller.
Figs. 6359-6360. Master Controller,
Automatic Control.
Fig. 6362. Jumper.
Fig. 6363. lype M, Form D,
Lightning Arrester.
Figs. 6364-6365. Open View of Type M,
Form D, Lightning Arrester.
Fig. 6366.
Reversed in Box.
Fig. 6367. Extra Heavy Lightning Switch and Cut-Out.
Fig. 6368. Lightning Switch and Cut-Out.
Fig. 6369.
Contactor.
Fig. 6371. Brush
Holder for G.E.-216
Railway Motor.
General Electric Cc
(601)
Figs. 6372-6375 ELECTRIC CARS. Electrical Machinery; Westinghous
Fig. 6372. Westinghouse Commutating Pole Direct-Current Railway Motor with Split Frame.
Fig. 6373. Westinghouse Xo. 93A. Direct-Current Railway Motor
Fig. G3 1 4. Armature for Westinghouse 93A Railway Motor.
Fig. f!37f). Westinghouse Xo. 304. Direct-Current Railway Motor with Solid Frame.
Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co.
(602)
ELECTRIC CARS. Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse. Figs. 6376-6384
Fig. 6376. Westinghouse No. 121. Direct-Current
Railway Motor with Upper Half of Frame Removed.
Figs. 6377-6378.
Hand Connectors for Motor Leads
and Car Wiring.
Fig. 03.9. M. P. Lightning Arrester
for Railway Service.
Fig. 638'2. Westinghouse Car Type
Circuit Ereaker.
Fig. 6381. Westinghouse Xo. 92A. Direct Current
Railway Motor, Lower Field Down.
Fig. 6383. Direct-Current Fig. 6384. Open View Circuit
(603) Car Circuit Ereaker. Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. Breaker for Car Service.
Figs. 6385-6392 ELECTRIC CARS. Electrical Machinery:
Westinghouse.
Figs. 6385-6387. Westinghouse,
Type B-23, Direct-Current Controller.
Figs. 6388-6390.
Westinghouse; Type K-10, Direct-Current Controller
Fig. 6391. Motor Control Cut-Out
Fig 6392. Type No. 176-C. Reverse Switch
for Two 200-h.p. D. C. Motors. ' for Two 200-h.p D. C. Motors.
Westinghouse Unit Switch System of Multiple Control. I.OU*
Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co.
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse. Figs. 6393-6401
Fig. 63.93. Type Xo. 250. Unit Switch Group, Front View.
Cover Removed, Showing Interlocking Contacts.
Fig. 6394. Line Relay.
Fig. 639-5. Type No. 250. Unit Switch Group, Rear View.
Cover Removed, Showing Circuit Breakers.
Figs. 6396-6398. Seven-Point Connector Sockets,
Right Hand, Left Hand and Straight.
Figs. 6399-6400. Series Limit Switch. Fig. 6401. Junction Box.
Parts of Westinghouse Unit Switch System of Multiple Control for
Two 200-h.p. Direct-Current Motors under Each Car.
(605)
Figs 6402-6404 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse.
Fig. 6402. Westinghouse, No. 156. Alternating-Current Railway Motor.
-> ■ ">-.-.
Fig. 6403. Westinghouse, No. 132. Single-Phase Alternating-Current Railway Motor.
Fig. G404. Unit Switch Group for Westinghouse System of Multiple Control for Alternating Current.
Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co.
(606)
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse. Figs. 6405-6407
Fig. 6405. Type 251. Switch Group for Automatic
Unit Switch Control.
Fig. 6400. Drum Controller for Westinghouse
Four 50-h.p. Alternating-Current Motor Equipment.
Fig. 0407. Westinghouse Pantagraph Trolley, Raised.
Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co.
(607)
Figs. 6408-6409 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinj
Fig. 6408. Diagram of Wiring and Apparatus for Westinghouse Hand Control for Alternating-Current Equipment.
Fig. 6409. Diagram of Wiring and Apparatus for Westinghouse Unit Switch System
of Multiple Control for Alternating-Current Equipment.
Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co.
(COS")
ELECTRIC CARS, Automatic Couplers, Etc.
Figs. 6410-6414
Fig. 6410. Westinghouse Automatic Air
C"-.:pler, with Flexible Metallic Joints
and Cut-Out Device.
Fig. 6411. Westinghouse Automatic Air Coupler, with
Flexible Metallic Joints.
=^ES^^=^>
Fig. 6412. Westinghouse Swivel Joints as Applied with
Radial Drawbars.
SV.IVEL JOT
03=E£a
O...L JO..W
**
-
0=
Fig. C413. Train Line Connection to Emergency F'ig. Gill. Cross-Sections of Westinghouse
Trip Valve on Truck. Metallic Joints.
Westinghouse Automatic Air & Steam Coupler Co.
(COti)
Figs. 6415-6413
ELECTRIC CARS, Furnishings; Seats
Fig. 6410. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat with
Steel Pedestal.
Fig. 6416. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat, with
Cast or Pressed Steel Pedestal and
Self- Adjusting Foot Rest.
Fig. lillT. "Winner" Pushover Back Scat, with 1'ig
Cast or Pressed Steel Pedestal and
Self- Adjusting Foot Rest.
The J. G. Brill Co
Fig. G418. "Winner" Pushover Back Scat, with
Cast or Pressed Steel Pedestal.
(610)
ELECTRIC CARS, Furnishings: Seat?.
Figs. 6419-6422
Fig. 6419. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat, with
Cricket Leg5.
Fig. 6420. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat, with
Cricket Legs.
The T. G. Brill Co.
<• V
Fig. 6421. Xo. 60. Street Car Seat.
Flyover Type.
Fig. 6422. No. 35%. Street Car Seat.
Stationary Type.
Scarritt-Comstock Furniture Co.
(611)
Figs. 6423-6428
ELECTRIC CARS. Furnishings; Scat-
Fig. 6423. Walkover Scat. No. 99-B. Frieze
Plush Upholstery. City Service.
Fig. 6425. Walkover Seat, No. 84. Rattan
Uoholstery. City Service.
Fig. 0424. Walkover Seat, No. 97-E. Rattan
Upholstery. City Service.
Fig. 6426. Walkover Seat, No. 199-A. Rattan
Uoholstery. City Service.
Fig. 6427. Walkover Seat, No. 99-EE. Leather Fig. 6428. Walkover Seat, No. 99-E. Rattan
Upholstery. Interurban Service. Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. Upholstery. Suburban Service. (612)
ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks; Brill.
Figs. 6429-6432
Fig. 6429. Motor Truck. No. 27-MCB, Solid Forged Side Frame
Fig. 8431. High Speed Motor Truck, So. 27-El%. Solid Forged Side Frames.
Fig. 6432. Maximum 1 ra
(613)
3n Truck. No. '6H-H1,
The J. G. Brill Co.
1 Forged Side Frames
Figs 6433-6443 ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks; American Locomotive.
Fig. 0433. High Speed Electric Motor Truck, Type "A." Capacity 60,000 lbs.
Interurban Service.
Figs. G13-l-t3437. Elevations, Plan and Cross-Section of Type "A'' Truck.
Figs. 0438-11443. Details of Device for Adjusting Height of Car Body as Applied
to Type "A" Truck. Applicable to any Swinging Bolster Truck.
American Locomotive Co.
(614)
ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks; American Locomotive.
Figs. 6444-6453
Fig. 0444. High Speed Electric Motor Truck, Type "B." Capacity 60,0fX) lbs
Elevated, Subway and Interurban Service.
33Mf/}S£rtodt[_ Ogtit _
Fig. 0448. Device for Adjusting Angularity of Swing Links and Height of Car Body as
Applied to Type "B" Truck. Applicable to any Swinging Bolster Truck.
Figs. 0449-0453. Details of Adjusting Device, Type "B" Truck.
American Locomotive Co.
(615)
Figs. 6454-6459 ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks: American Locomotive.
Fig. 6454. Short Wheel Base Electric Motor Truck, Type "S." with Steel Plate
Frames and Pressed Steel Bolster. City Service.
Y 28? Mtb Full Load
f—30%'vnlh Carbody Ught-
Figs. 6455-6457. Elevation, Plan and Cross-Section of Type "S" Truck.
Fig. 0458. Pressed Steel Truck Bolster
for Type "S" Truck.
Fig. 0453. Steel Date Truck Frames for Type "S"
American Locomotive Co.
(616)
BRITISH CARS. Passenger; Dining; and Sleeping. Figs. 6460-6464
Fig-. 6460. Composite First and Third-Class Dining Saloon. North Eastern.
Fig. 6401. Interior of Third-Clas
Orning Saloon. Xorth Eastern.
Fig. 0402. Interior of First-Class
Dining Saloon. Xorth Eastern.
'A ■ ■■_■.■.■_
^jLJmSLiIL'
Jlll^
iEm- •.'
IrU '
^
•»
3
2um SPB1'*"^' —
sss
: — ■_ . ' — ---■
E
«-■■ 1 1 r ■ 11 ■ 1
— ,„.., _ . . J1E
First-Class Dining Car. Lancashire & Yorkshire.
Fig. 6464. Corridor Sleeping Car. East Coast Joint Stock.
(617)
Figs. 6465-6468
BRITISH CARS. Passenger; Carria;
Tc.-s £4
-Lias? Lioarie Lornclor L;
11 .MULK.
Fig. (J4Gfi. Third-Class Bogie Carriage. North Eastc
Fig. C467. Composite First and Third-Class Bogie Carriage. North Easte
Fig. C468. Electric Motor Car. North East
eastern.
BRITISH CARS. Passenger: Dining Car.
Figs. 6469-6476
E=
-— ■ -^_
— tj
1
i
(J
1
-ji
U-
(619)
Figs. 6477-6479
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; Composite Carriage.
' '—,§3,9
1 >
=3
(620)
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Views
Figs. 6480-6487
«?
\
'
-
r9^
it
I
\
^=
:^J
M
Figs. 6480-G482. First-Class Carriage, 24 Scats. North Eastern.
N3
pwiir-
incucrr
del
ODD
T
V
n
2&
3
-T-' ( ' _rqr*i_ leng.
4 Firsts, U ■
^eats.
Weight
t. a 3.
IS 12 2
\Thousf: Brake
and Gas.
Figs. 6483-6485. First-Class Carriage, '24 Seats. North Eastern.
Fig. 6486. Plan of Lavatory First-Class 4-Whecl Bogie Carriage, 50 Seats. Xorth Eastern.
u
ii
<r -o
h=M
W=a,
%
(621)
Fig. 6487. Plan of Third-Class Carriage, 4 Wheels, 50 Seats. North Eastern.
Figs. 6488-6495
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; Genera] View:
izf
Figs. 6488-6490. Third-Class Carriage, 4-Wheel Bogies, 80 Seats. North Eastern.
:Mh
> y y y ■ y
Fig. 6491. Plan of Lavatory Composite Carriage, 4-Wheel Bogies, 55 Seats. North Eastern.
Fig. G492. Plan of Composite Carriage, 4-Wheel Bogies, 62 Seats. North Eastern.
Figs. 6493-6495. Composite Carriage, 60 Seats. North Eastern.
(622i-
BRITISH CARS. Passenger: General Views.
Figs. 6496-6502
zn :": oca
'MJ Ui
.^
j=l '
-
■ . J iui U-trrv a*i ««. fwrsoMi^ j
lEirt.ru oi-eb gvFFEBs 4-a en
.OVEP VESTIBULES 35 "#
■ .. BODY 37 2
-H
2 rVst Compt?
3 Third Compt' & 2 Lavatories
=V 5MtJ f0r S Prats
height n - 1 3
Fig-. '";4!V;.i;t:"i>. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class Carriage. East Coast Joint Stock
w
Fig. 6499. Luggage Composite First and Third-Class 4- "Wheel Bogie Carriage. 64 Seats. Xorth Easter
- LEnGTH q*ea VCST'BULEi S4- 10'
, BOor S3 6'
. CORNER P'LAAftS S2' 0'
■-; 1
-1
Fig. 6500. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class 4-Wheel Bogie Carriage, 26 Seats. E. C. J. S.
Fig. 6501. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class 6-\Yheel Bogie Carriage, 36 Seats. E. C. J. S.
(623)
Fig. 6502. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class 6-Wheel Bogie Carriage, 39 Seats. E. C. J. S.
Figs 6503-6510
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General View:
->.*=&
L
bod. osaooD jsiaDavaon .oqei
! LJI
"/■^t— rs\- - "-^.rj _ " ^TT
^--^gjE c^wr
hfSWF"
^*
at
1 1 1 I
Hi
1 1 , _-"
" TcfsSfSr
; '- gj
i?
5'_ O.
_5£- PI
2 Firsts 12 Seats
4 Thirds. 34 Seats
2 Lavatories
I Luggage
Total Seats 46
Figs. G303-6503. Lavatory and Luggage Composite First and Third-Class Carriage. North Eastern.
Fig. 6306. Composite First and Third-Class Carriage and Brake Van. E. C. J. S. Six-Wheel Bogies, 26 Seats.
I I
I l
. C2 S LENGTH OV'£P VESTIBULES
. 6/ 0~ ■• ■■ BOOY
. M 6 „ ., HLAOSTOCXa
tpr .
ni!
m
d±
X-
Fig. 6507. First-Class Corridor Carriage and Brake Van. Six-Wheel Bogies. 20 Scats. East Coast Joint Stock.
Figs. 6308-6310. Third-Class Carriage and Brake Van, 40 Seats. North Eastern.
(624)
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Mews.
Figs. 6511-6519
45'0' TOTAL LENGTH -
GlMan ** a-Ut£GA6£-
Fig. 6511. Composite First and Third-Class Carriage and Brake Van. North Eastern.
Four-Wheel Bogies. 29 Seats.
rtaiM 13 • ' ■ 2
Figs. G512-6514 Bogie Brake Van. East Coast Joint Stock.
/ Guards Comparrmen/:
/ h'ounds Van
/ Attendants Compartment
7 c <?
We/ght 6 /3 e
■ j^.-.: • ■_ l ■■■ ■ -
■
r
'i '%
1 — K
J
JLj
e8 - 10- Gvl* 8v*r
Weight 3 4 3
■trr£o w/r* Wh 'bra
K E <* GAS
(625)
Figs. 6518-6519. Milk Van. North Eastern.
Figs. 6520-6527
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Mews.
-
(;::-:; ;.j top*™
-~-,r^
EGaeojp^noEfflODQj
hi
t* !T»/.o .' lb
■■- '« ': •;•■■> iW-k
Fig. 6520. Open Composite First and Third-Class Carriage. F. C. J. S. Six-Wheel Bogies. 48 Seats
^rrw-
6 CEH7RES OF BOGIES
II LEHGTH OVER VESTIBULES
hrr
iii
mil
S A L O O
.3'
I
n^
■•- '
rr
"1 ;
tx
ISahon IBSests
Kitchen &. Pantry
rtCICMT 2J i2
Figs. 6521-6523. First-Class Dining Saloon and Kitchen. East Coast Joint Stock
3 So'ocn.c
Sm(-» for *2
Figs. 6524-6526. Third-Class Dining Saloon. East Coast Joint Stock.
IW.u-
I 'ifcif
jipngttraiijSB^
-„,— -. ftrr:
^3
I \\Mli Kill
^$M^f'
Fig. 6527. Composite First and Third-Class Dining Saloon and Kitchen. E. C. T. S. Six-Wheel Bogies. 24 Seats
(626)
BRITISH CARS. Passenger; General Mews.
Figs. 6528-6535
P-ii
Uper '- n) « '- Smoi ■ : Partitior,
- ; ... .: ;- 34 la:: *'f '- ■ J
'-.■' - -t :■-'■ -.:
Figs. 6528-6530. Open Third-Class Carriage and Pantry. East Coast Joint Stock.
_ ._"_- ~Zrl^y_^LX
■
nBEDHDiDDDmnninHa z
t>a±l - in,- „>
:
JSP
Figs. 6531-6533. First-Class Dining Carriage. East Coast Joint Stock.
LE*STH QfE* £ufF£»3 66-2.2
soar &t^_i
ccnxcm* ez-6'i -
BuJlUJ
n ~
-r
t u_
- — *■-(? — f
== U^jr^fb3
1 ■ V\
r— i-'i — -
Tf*fjfa D/Pitb Salqo*
TO SCAT l&
F/fiST DikihG Salocm
to S£*t n
COR
DO*
Fig. iV/?A. Composite First and Third-Class Dining Saloon with Kitchen. E. C. T. S.
Six-Wheel Bogies. 30 Seats.
tej
■■'■•■:
Lb
j, fl-:
1 i
/^Sr <-x'W «--% 5 '
.... '.'.:. ..
1 ■ ■ .. -.;.ci :=£'=- - •
- -|J £ej PHI
I 'J"^>~ ' 3v<
?
U5
s
4 e * i PAHT
,,-.-.,* ; . -,<
1 < s~"-'.'.'
. 1 * J
IjpH
Fig. 6535. Six-Wheel Kitchen Car for Through Trains. E. C. J. S.
(627)
Figs. 6536-6540
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Views.
— SB 5 i£*;r« O.ED V£S*lBULES
Si O" „ ,., BOO*
HEADST0CK3
- S3 6
I
m ;~U~
; T
_ c— s ;-.■*. —a 5 — f -----r c --■ -i " "6 "'•
- r
o
4 . ... — J j ■■- -| J ■* .^ .-
: !
Fig. 0530. First-Class Sleeping Carriage. Six-Wheel Bogies. 9 Berths, 3 Seats. Fast Coast Joint Stock.
H
r™r
1 1
44 0 LENGTH OVER HEADSTOCXS .
. 46 6 .. „ VESTIBULES -
-1-
l
! I
i I
i
■®L
i ' ' ' ,)i Nr- — : —
•■ ' ■ ■ I L
:i il' ■ ■ ■ 4 1
-f
Fig. 0537. First-Class Sleeping Car. Four-Wheel Bogies. 8 Berths. East Coast Joint Stock.
L— ..
56 S Ok-fff SO0Y.
§=^
M
y x v x -\
-2 -*-->
x * * y x >!! I
MN
Fig. G538. Composite Six-Wheel First and Third-Class Sleeping Carriage. 4 Berths, 12 Seats. E. C. J. S.
1 L-
56 ■ ■*' LEHGTH QVE2 VEST, BULLS
5S' ■ 0' „ ., fii?0>"
S3 ■ £' ,. „ HEADSTOCKS
-1
-J i
4j
IP-
i 1
^,
"
~?7\ pr
,.„„o.J M ! re»o . 4 If! i™'«
J fl 7*.'
JL
BERTH
. -
4 0*.
BERTH
i^j
-...-:- .-.....:-■. u, . ? j . . .
\ c o fl
/y
Fig. 0539. Composite Sleeping Carriage. Six-Wheel Bogies. 5 Berths, 15 Seats. East Coast Joint Stock.
< <~ I
HNMI-
(C28)
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views. Figs. 6541-6544
Fig. 6541. 30-Ton Eogie Covered Goods Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire.
■'ig. 0542. 30-Ton Bogie Covered Goods Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire.
Ton Lr
(629)
Fig. 0544. 30-Ton Bogie Open Goods Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire.
Figs. 6545-6548 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons: General V
Fig-. G54S. 20-Ton Open Fruit Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshi
Fig. 6546. -20-Ton Steel Hopper Mineral Wagon. Lancashire & Yorksh
Fig. 6547. 7-Ton Refrigerator Van. Lancashire & Yorkshire
Fig. 6548. 52-Ton Well Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire.
(030)
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General A"
Figs. 6549-6556
HEIOT FROM RAIL
TO TOP OF FLOOR, 4-3
___7 • 10* Outside J
t
20 -0_ Outside
IS ■ 6' Inside
7 • 4 Inside
■
K~T
■ar
~
-=p3 — :-,-
/ , 1
Wheels 3-0 DiA
—
£r
M
*'■ «4
^
JOURNALS 9*4
'25- 0'
6 G
To Carry 30 Tons
Tare
9— 12— 0
Figs. 6549-6550. 30-Ton Goods "Wagon. North Eastern.
HEIGHT FROM TOP .
OF RAIL TO FLOOR, 3 -«
21 ■ 10' Outside
21-5 Inside
^ 8'-o"_Oo
7 -7_ Inside
-Mt^
TTF
'WhEEIS 2-9 Dia
/JOURNALS 8 x 4 \
FT i ! & JL.
M
10
7_:_5 £ 7-5
ZMO^OvER HEADSTOCKS.
2*'- ic' Over Buyers
Figs. 6551-6552. 20-Ton Goods Wagon. North Eastern.
To Carry 20 Tons
Tare
r. c a
8- 5-0
KEI3HT FROM RAIL
TO TCP OF FLOG*. 4 I
22 -_S Ob'TSJZXE
ii'7 3" f HSH DE " "
7 ■ S O'JTSiDE
7 ■ 3 lN3'DE
fl > I
it " '
'Wheels 3-0 0i,
>f
-JTH1
7
■hA!'3. jf+ JOURNALS
h-
2G-0 Over Buffers
Figs. 0503-0554. 15-Ton Goods Wagon. North Eastern.
HEIQHT FROM RAIL „
TO TOP OF FLOOR, 4- 2
22 9 Outside
22 -S' Inside
a x 4
7o Carry 15 Toms.
L 7-9 0utside_ J
■ i 7'-3" Inside
To Carry 10 Tons
Tare
Tea
7- 5—0
Figs. 6555-6556. 10-Ton Low Sided Goods Wagon. North Eastern.
(631)
Figs- 6557-6562
BRITISH CARS. Goods Wagons: General View.
HEIGHT FROM FLOOR „
TO TOP OF WAGON. 1.4*
17 ■ 0 Outside
-— - I i JOURNALS 8 X 31
„9;6.Wheei Base
17 -O'OverJ-Ieadstocks
20 ■ 0"Cver Buffers.
To Carry 7 Tons.
Tare 4_16_0
Figs. C557-GS58. .-Ton Low Sided Goods Wagon. North Eastern.
8 Outside
JOURNALS 8 x 4
Figs. G559-6560. 10%-Ton Ballast Wagon, North Eastern.
To Carry 8 Tons
Tare
r. c a
5-5-0
Figs. 6501-65(32. 8-Ton Coal Wagon. North Faster
(6?,-2)
BRITISH CARS. Goods Wagons: General Views.
Figs. 6563-6569
JOURNALS 8x4
"
8 6 Wheel Base
IS 0 Over Headstocks
^ i 8 : _0_" Ove R_B UCFER8.
To Carry 8 or 10 Tons,
Tea
Tare • 5 16 0-
Figs. 6563-6-564. B-Ton Open Good; Wagon. Xorth Eastern.
20 • 0' Outside
19'' 8* Inside
8-0 Outside
IJMKpricsinfc:
z
irC.T ll!-\\6_: h'AT.Sai36>i"I»
,__-
4^?fe|-
^ E— I
WheelsS'-ODia
1
-v --v
., — JOURNALS 10 x 5
j( '
■ I0:S . Wweel Base. _
20' ■ 0 Over HcADergais,
23-0' Oyep Buffers
,i-^
Approximate Capacity 940 Cubic Feet,
allowing 9" for Top Load.
To Carry 20 Tons.
Tare - 8-2-0
Figs. 6566-6567. 29-Ton Coal Wagon. Xorth Eastern.
20 • 0 Outside
" 19' •'flr""~Tii»ioE_.
W
8 0" Outside
?H
v \y
J -
"^
L**rT
1 i»
U I iO
I !>,
• WheelsJ I Dwi
4^T 10'- 6" _„...|. f.:.9.
, r-jff " * " - .?P'.: .9* - - •'-- -
i-r.
To Carry 25 Tons
Tare
Tea
10-17 - 2
Fig;. 6568-6569. 25-Ton Coal Wagon. Xorth Eastern.
<633)
Figs. 6570-6575 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General \ "u
^ 8-CJOuTSICE
Tare
Figs. 6570-6571. 23-Ton Locomotive Coal Wagon with Anti-Friction Gear. North Eastern.
16-2/2
3^4- *
Wheels 5- 1 Dia
— JOURNALS 8 * 3i
10 -6
19'- 8"
To Carry 8 Tons
Tare
r. c. a-
5-17-0
Figs. 0572-6573. 8-Ton Coke Wagon. North Eastern.
JOURNALS e'4
Cubic Capacity 687 feet
allowing 9* for top load.
F-'gs 6571-6575. 10-Ton Railed Coke Wagon. North Eastern
(634)
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views. Figs. 6576-6581
, J
IS 0* Outside
8-.Q JJuTsjoe j
7_':.7"J.isj oe j*|
— JOURNALS 8 < 4
Cubic Capacity 696 feet
allowing 9 for top load
Figs. 6576-6577. 10-Ton Coke Wagon with Extra Top Rail. North Eastern.
JOURNALS 8 x 31
<j To Carry 10 Tons.
r. e. q.
Tare . 6-10-0
Figs. 6578-0579. 10-Ton Iron Ore Wagon. North Eastern.
JOURNALS a x 4
r~ " " " "1
Figs. 6580-0581. 10-Ton Open Goods Wagon with Expanded Metal Frames. North Eastern.
(635)
Figs. 6582-6590 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Mews.
ntiun . rfMjw 1 ^r
OF RAIL TO FLOOR. 4 3*1
Tare
Figs. 6582-6583. 30-Ton Steel Goods Wagon. North Eastern.
JS'-0'lNSIOE ,
8 0 Outside
7 51j Inside
, -^ J— I -JOURNALS
Figs. 6584-6586. 32-Ton Steel Hopper Coal Wagon. Xorth Eastern.
JOURNALC IO ■ S
Figs. 6587-6588. 40-Ton Steel Hopper Coal Wagon. North Eastern.
M'jHfbniDC __ J l. /Silnsipt.
■1
To Carry 40 Towi.
Tare 10-8-0
Figs. 0589-6590. 40-Ton Steel Hopper Coal Wagon. North Eastern.
(.630)
BRITISH CARS. Goods Wagons:
Figs. 6591-6597
3S-G iraat
^~
'-y 'I
iHC^-
—
_
—
^- ~1
._: . ...£
:?'-
Ji
S_ 4-
£53
5
B
s*c
.-^
- .
27- D Cp,-TRta at Bootes
33 - D Dvcn wE»ss'ic«
4-1 ■ I EKcr B jcret>s
TO CARHY « TOK
Tape - """-is
Underframe Locomotive Coal and Sleeper Wagon. Xorth Eastern.
:7";0'Outs:de_
16*41-2 INSIDE
7-9?Qljts.ce
-
+rf
"J;
T^H-
t I .11
Wheels 3-6 Du
JOURNALS 8 » 4
!0-0' Wheel Base.
17* 0' Over Headstoccs
20'-IO' Over Buffers.
To Carry 7 Tons.
■'co-
Tare ■ 8-9-0
Figs. 6594-6595. 7-Ton Insulated Meat Van. Xorth Eastern.
JOURNALS 8x4
Figs. 059G-6597. 8-Ton Covered Fruit and Fish Wagoa. Xorth Eastern.
(637)
Figs. 6598-6603 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views.
* JOURNALS 8 ' 4
Figs. 6598-6599. 5-Ton Perishable Goods Van. North Eastern.
16 0 Outside
IS' 9^ Inside
I 7-9'Outsioe
7 - 1 Inside
l 9- 6 Wheel Base. j
16- 0 Over Hcadstocxs
L JOURNALS 8 ■ ♦
>!
J9;0'0vE_s L Buffers .__ . . ._ _ J
To Carry 8 Tons.
t. c. Q
Tare • 6-11-0
Figs. 6600-6601. 8-Ton Covered Goods Wagon. North liastern.
'8'-4"
ZL JOURNALS 91-* <l
To Carry 12 Tons.
Tare - 6-12-0
Figs. 6602-6603. 12-Ton Covered Goods Wagon. North Eastern.
(63S)
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views. Figs. 6604-6609
j§mm
3Mt
JOURNALS 8 * 4i
, £j|£"_ J
'-'=-■ — -:jc 5—°- ->) Capacity - 1,750 Cubic Feet
^L';6J x0 Carry 20 Tons.
Tare - 14-19-2
Figs. 6604-G605. 20-Ton Covered Goods Wagon. North Eastern.
8'- 0" Outside
r
16 j_0_ Over Heaostocks
19'- 10" Over Buffers
To Carry 8 Tons
Tare
r. c. a
7-0-0
Figs. 0606-6607. 8-Ton Cattle Wagon. North Eastern.
|, 8 '.Outside J
7;S'lNai_qt J
. |_ journals
M.l_6_ __
21 9' Over Heaostocks
24'-II0ve;r Buffers
H
To Carry 8 Tons.
Tare 9. 5 „ q
Figs. C608-6609. 8-Ton Special Cattle Wagon with Attendant's Compartment. North Eastern.
'(639)
Figs. 6610-6615 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General V
I6'6 GuTSIDE
i h
JOURNALS 8 X 4
1 JO': P.! WhklBa»b_ j
16 • 6 Over Heaostocks
20'' 0' Over Buffers.
-1 I
Tare
10-0-0
Figs. 6610-6611. 10-Ton Goods Erake Van. North Eastern.
16- 6'' Outside J I 8- 0" Outside
-JOURNALS 8 x 4
Figs. 6612-6013. 10-Ton Mineral Brake Van. North Eastern.
X:=£L
JOURNALS I>«
Figs. 6614-6615. '20-Ton Goods Brake Van. North Eastern.
( 640)
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
Figs. 6616-6619
c
—
--
:
O
5
C
(641)
Figs. 6620-6623
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners" Wagons.
*-.y
■y ©-
^V .L. " -> -, ->--»' ' » " ^ J: "- :' .
I
:
-
2 ■"
< -
*-*6o t~%>-'r—nnjx»,t—Fi ~~ i- ""* «,>-$< <-i- "*& V*.' -■ yJ f=«JH ~Z'
;+A..*..*..^..*..!*r?t..^T-*i.-*-.--».-_*i.*.-:*:
---«
>
o
o
"_£*!"' ■ J*\ J It I
((54i)
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
Figs. 6624-6629
(643)
Figs. 6630-66;
BRITISH CARS. Private Owners' Wagons.
- ~-y .^'/ .e
1
==^=
-: _ :_ ^
. g= 5
p— |
«■;
*
^7*
*-
^
."^
-
-■
*"
t
i«
■v! *
*
V
M
>*
4-
LJ
-
Is «
-
*
S«f
'':'T
•s
■.
.+ -i- v,^
=■^3-
^ - .- -!
-^ t:
e
^^
; ^
*
:
•-
I
>
1^
V._J
~°" "to
'
-!©.»!
1
*- •).
*■
-3-3-
*
*
*•-
*
««r/&'
/?.-& *"<="
c- __..
e-
! 1
- ■«,:_- d
j. _ « _ 4 ._ 4
■>-
;-_ . ..
-9- p -0— *
-— z.
*i
G* ~-
i_
""* i
rrT,*
^ _V)_ '
-*.
. _ d
(,044")
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
Figs. 6634-6637
O
► _♦ j* ,* .-«■ :**.'a^
7*7" 1*7 7." 7* 777; *-. 7 7.5 77 _*!
BF I
03
"■■^
I
\
rLr
i
; 1 u
Eg ga }^-
-■9 * J
r — |Jf J
I! 1U!
1
be
o
-
m
: O
fc
w— -1 . m
(645j
Figs. 6638-6639
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
Q_
*;— -42 ^>--»--A — ! ■»-*-? '— -s ■
; '» ■ '■* | M"> :. !«S
♦J i i*L \ ! Li*- L L._ it
* * ; * ^ /* _ fr L.iL..*._i.*— *
0
03
<
LL
^ » .'♦■■ :♦ j, ■*; \«\ n
\\ '
,-V •♦ SKI
// : "Stf
i
V.
«;< _ ?^;*i^::V[i:fj \?.\ LI
* ■ ♦ * ♦ «
"
—
O
-
o
bo
a
0
-
O
-
so
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
Figs. 6640-6641
;, jjL ;: ffi" "' -L"
■■_.—-- + ;■ ■ -
. -,---■'-(' — nf --Hi" — »'* |[-\h? ^f
"■'II ' - J f it 1 1 i :
P
c
c
bo
c
o
H
O
>\
d I
a i
* ==
Q.l
b£
'—
(047)
Figs. 6642-6644
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
(G4S)
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
Figs. 6645-6647
d
z.
a.
-J
LL.
°ir
(649)
Figs. 6648-6650
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons.
Figs. 6651-6653
!i TIT! 1
(651)
Figs. 6654-6683 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Detail
F'gs. 0054-0055. Details of Manhole and Cover for Tank Cars.
■ HORSE HOP
Figs. GG5G-G683. Ironwork Details of Private Owners' 8, 10 and 12-Ton Open Wagons
(652)
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details. Figs. 6684-6723
- — Bottom Door Hinge for waggons
— - * ~- steew e -G ES
■p ,. T^PCp
Figs. 6684-6707. Ironwork Details of Private Owners' 8, 10 and 12-Ton Open Wagons with Steel Underframes.
T >
t ^v
\l
<*- 1-
.,/.. ..- 6 J. -.//..
-itf-j— J IF—*-
'»•-- t--"--t-
^rrtz
S i D£ Poop Fastening
- Side Pops hinge -
Burring Sphins Wear ins Plates
Figs. 6708-0723. Ironwork Details of Private Owners' 8. 10 and 12-Ton Open Wagons with Wood Underframes.
(653)
Figs. 6724-6732 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details.
fer Srttl ffudtrfrtrnM
1 T "-r Y
Figs. 6 1 24-6729. Drawbar Hooks and Couplings for Private Owners' 8, 10, 12. 15, 20 and 30-Ton Open Wagons.
^m^
Spring to compre:.L '17 per T,-n of foa<f Initial compression 5/,6~
— jv„ri„A} stroke mi — To he h,me wt,,„ comprtsKjjj^ pjgs 6730-6732. Self -Con rained Buffers for Private
Not, - Stelion of, t„l drawn appronmete/y to su,t dm omen Owners' 8 and 10-ToU YVagOnS. (6i"4 >
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details. Figs. 6733-6738
ha. ■--, S.:«.e -
5-C*^E. *-*"• F -■ S -ED
SUFFIWC $»Qj sS -
Figs. 6733-6736. Bulling Spring for Private Owners' 8, 10 and 12-Ton Wagons.
|
izrr— - k---Jj*v-»-»*J — . .-^=
* »«/3 2.2 P^
Side Elevation — ' -^
Figs. 6737-6738. Arch Bar Bogie Truck for Private Owners' 30-Ton Open Wagons
Figs. 6739-6750 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Detail
Wheel with c*st steel Boss & Spokes
jflHT IBQN BOSS & SPQKE3
_S v-v">- —
y=p —
... /V< «•-.
:1!
Figs. 6739-6742. Wheels and Axles for Private Owners' 20-Ton Open Wagon.
\-iK-*
Figs. 6743-6746. Tire Sections for Private Owners' 20-Ton Wagon Wheels.
!"""' \ u— ..z*| ,' L-./ls'.-J
■%■■
>•'*■
?.--«*. -T
S ECT I ON ON L I NE E.'F.-
Plan Spbing Seat & Cap Plates— —
Figs. 6747-6750. Springs, Spring Seat and Spring Cap for Arch Bar Truck for Private Owners' 30-Ton Wagons.
(6561
BRITISH CARS. Private Owners' Wagons; Details. Figs. 6751-6767
Half Longitudinal Section Half Elevation
Half Cross 5 ectiqn .
Half Emd Elevation.
±
±J ..:
-Top Bearing
k :
frr^Ti
Hi
■ v?t_/---,v'-*^-X-'V~/ — Side Bearings
Bottom Bearing.
Ccwtre & Bolster Side Bearings.
Fig-s. 0 1 51-6759. Center Plate and Side Bearings for 30-Ton Arch Bar Bogie Truck.
Section on C C
Figs. 07011-0707. Grease Axle Box for Private Owners' 8 and 10-Ton Wagons.
(657)
Figs 6768-6784 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details.
- Longitudinal Section
:;ir\
PUtN
-Section oh Line
1*1 n
-Front Elevati
Jr.
" n
.
— a*->-if-fr-.--j*.
' :
!
It _:*_
J
-1
Vrr"
S e ct 1 on on Line A A .
Back Elevation
[£Sa
:*-■:?.;;
Bearing
-Scale 3 Inches to '_Eoot -
ffl
u.ii i -
if/MS*! — ! Scale :
Figs. 6768-6776. Oil Axle Box for Private Owners' 12 and 15-Ton Wagons.
rxLJS
Figs. 6777-6784. Oil Axle Box for Private Owners' 12-Ton Wagons.
(65S)
BRITISH CARS. Details: Drake Gear
Figs. 6785-6787
(659)
Figs. 6788-6792
BRITISH CARS. Details; Brake Gear
rig. 6788. Application of Vacuum Brake to Carriage
C;
KE^f
S)
Fig. 6789. Application of Vacuum Brake to Brake Vai
Fig. 6792. Brakes Applied.
Cylinder and Ball Valve. Vacuum Brake Co., Ltd.
Fig. 0791. Brakes Released.
(660)
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working.
Figs. 6793-6799
A
m
Fig. 6793. No. 131. American Planer and Matcher. Works 9 in. and IS in. Wide by 6 in. Thick.
"3T
Fig. 6794. American Pattern Maker's Lathe.
Fig". 6795. No. 6. American Railway Cut-off Saw.
Fig. 6790. American
Hollow Chisel Mortiser.
Fig. 6797. American
Three-Spindle Car Borer.
Fig. 6798. American
60-in. Band Re-Saw.
(661)
Fig. 6799. American Eight-Roll Boss Sizer.
American Wood Working Machinery Co.
Figs.
300-6807
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working.
Fig. 0801. No. 4%. American Single Surface
Fig. 6802. American Buzz Plane
Fig. 080.3. No. 2. American Self-Feeding Rip Saw.
Fig
0804. No. 1. American Tenoner.
Fig. GS05. No, 200. American
Automatic Knife Grinder.
A
b^^.r1
Fig. B8ua. No. 1.
American Mortiser
and Borer.
Fig. 0807. American Inside Moldcr.
American Wood Working Machinery Co.
(662)
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working.
Figs. 6808-6815
Fig. 6808. No. 525. Vertical
Automatic Car Sill Tenoning Machine.
Fig. 68U9. Xo. 218. Extra Range
Automatic Hollow Chisel Mortiser.
Fig. 6810. Xo. 575. Universal Wood Worker
with Boring and Mortising Attachments.
Fig. 6811. Xo. 4.5. Cabinet Maker's
Double Saw Bench.
Fig. 6812. Xo. 428. Heavy ieli-Feeding Rip
Saw Table.
Fig. 6814. Xo. 520. Vertical
Automatic Cut-off Saw and Gainer.
Fig. 6813. Xo. 4.4. Automatic Car
Brace Cutter.
Fig. 6815. Xo. 456. Automatic
Railway Cut-off Saw.
(663)
Greenlee Bros. & Co.
Figs. 6816-6821
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working.
Fig. 6816. No. 3-27. Vertical
Car Boring Machine with Universal Spindle?
Fig. 6817. No. '238. Extra Range
Vertical Hollow Chisel Car Mortiser.
Fig. 6818. No. 505. Combined Medium Range
Car Gainer and Vertical Boring Machine.
Fig. 6819. No. 306. Extra Range
Horizontal Car Boring Machine.
Fig. 6820. No. 512. Extra Range
Automatic Car Gainer with Boring Attachment.
Greenlee Bros. & Co
Fig. 6821. Nil 528. Combined Automatic
( ar Gainer ami Horizontal Tenoner.
(064)
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working.
Figs. 6822-6825
_*B^"f
wing Cut-off Saw. Fig. 6822. "American
American Saw Mill Machinery Co.
Noiseless Post Borer.
Fig. 0824. Tilted for Bevel Sawing. Fig. G825. Frect for Square Sawing.
Crescent Angle Band Saw. Crescent Machine Co.
Table of Power Required to Drive Woodworking Machines by Electric Motor.
Data Compiled from Actual Installations Made by The Crocker-Wheclcr Co.
Maker';
Type of Machine. Number. Maker.
Boring Machine. Car 321 S. A. Woods
Boring Machine, Universal 52 Fay k Egan.
Fjox Joint Machine ...
Drill, Post
Friezer or Shaper, Single Spindle... S Pay & Egan.
Grinder 226 S. A. \\ uods
Gainer, Automatic Car 315 S. A. Woods
Grinder. Auto Knife 2 Pay & Egan.
Hardwood Floorer lit S. A. Woods
Hardwood Floorer 24 S. A. Woods
Lathe. 16 in. Wood Pay & Egan.
Mortiser and Borer 71 Pay & Egan.
Mortiser and Borer, Blind Stile Pay S: Egan.
Mortiser. Hollow Chisel 305 S. A. Woods
Molder, Inside 1"7 S. A. Woods
-Molding Machine, 6 in. 4 Side.... 2 Fay & Egan.
Molding Machine, Outside 12s S. A. Woods
Molding Machine. Upright 141 Fay & Egan.
Panel Kaiser. Double..'. S. A. Woods
Planer and Jointer 1 Pay & Egan.
Planer and Matcher 20 S. A. Woods
Planer and Matcher, Heavy 10 S. A. Woods
Planer and Matcher, Heavy 12 S. A. Woods
Planer, Dimension 32 Fav & Egan .
Planer. Double Cylinder IS Fav S: Egan.
Planer, Pony \m. Wd. Wkg
Mach. Co
Re-Saw. Band 36 Fav & Egan.
Re-Saw. Band 182 S. A. Woods
Saw. Band on Fay &■ Egan .
Saw and Dado Machine.... . 5 Fav & Egan..
Saw, Auto. Kv. Cut-Off 2 Fav & Egan.,
Saw, Rip 153 S. .V. Woods
Saw. Scroll 6 Fav & Egan .
Saw. Self Feed Rip 2% Fav & Egan .
Sizer 4 S. A. Woods.
Sizer 8 S. A. Woods.
Surfrcer, Single 93 S. A. Woods
Surfacer. Single or Double 50 S. A. Woods.
Surfacer. 6 Roll Doubl- 51 S. A. Woods
Tenoni"? Machine S'W, Fav & Egan..
Wood Worker 2 Fay S: Egan . .
Semi-enclosed shunt-wound motors are recommend°d
desirable practice
(665)
Horse
Power of
W ill Take Stock.
M
3tor
to Drive.
12 in. x 14 in.
7V>
to lu
20 in. Stroke.
3
12 in. x 1 in.
10
42 in. x 7 in.
2
2
30 in. to 42 in. long.
5
24 in. x 20 in.
15
32 in. Long.
2
!' in. x G in.
40
0 to 30 in. x Li in.
40
to GO J
16 in. Swing.
2
Mortise, i1^ in. Deep.
2
Murtise, 2lA in. Deep.
3
12 in. x 14 in.
15
12 and 15 in. x 6 in.
20
to 35
6 in. x 31*! in.
g
13 in. x 6 in.
OOl
■ to 15
4o in. x 56 in. Table.
91
> max. 4 min.
Raises up to 5 in.
7%
15 in. x 6 in.
40
to 60
30 in. x 12 in.
25
to -i'}
30 in. x S in.
25
to 50
24 hi. x 24 in.
25
30 in. x 8 in.
20
24 in. x (i in.
5
30 in. x 20 in.
.30
S in. x 13 in.
8
to 15
34 in. x 28 in. Table.
o
14 in. Saw. 17 x ML. in.
5
20 in. Saw.
10
24 in. Saw.
25
32 in. x 38 in. Table.
1
22 in. Saw.
15
30 in. x 24 in.
40
to 70
30 ,n. x 16 in.
30
to 60
24 10. x 6 in.
7V.
to 10
15 to 30 in. x 6 in.
20
to 40
30 in. x 12 in.
171
. to 30
Medium Size.
5
Connection Between
Motor and Machine.
Geared to Counter Shaft.
Belted to Machine
Belted to Counter Shaft..
Belted to Counter Shaft..
Geared to Friction Clutch
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Geared to Counter Shaft.
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Geared to Spindle
Geared to Counter Shaft.
Belted to Counter Shaft..
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Belted to Counter Shaft.
Coupled to Driving Shaft
Coupled to Cutter Head..
Belted to Driving Shaft..
Geared to Counter Shaft..
Coupled to Counter L'haft
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Belted to Counter Shaft..
Belted to Counter Shaft..
Counter
Shaft or
Motor Speed.
R. P. M.
875
375
500
600
750
1,400
for mn,t of the =e
a woodw
will always depend on local conditions
Geared to Machine
Coupled to Driving Shaft
Geared to Machine
Belted to Counter Shaft. .
Geared to Counter Shaft.
Belted to Saw Arbor
Belted to Crank Shaft
Belted to Counter Shaft..
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Coupled to Counter Shaft
Belted *o Counter Shaft..
Counl^d to Counter Shaft
Coupled to Counter Shaft
ConnHd to Counter Shaft
Belted to Driving Shaft. .
orking establishment, though the most
35o
500
350
950
950
500
800
850
900
950
1,100
6,000
05ll
n no -9 50
900-1.000
90n
900 to 950
900 to 950
1,100
950
0,1 .
Figs. 6826-6834
CAR SHOP MACHINERY. Wood Working.
Fig. 6826. Berlin, No. 285, Band
Resaw. For Saws up to 8 in. Wide.
Fig. 6827. Berlin. Xo. 261,
Circular Resaw. Built in
24, 30 or 36-in. Sizes.
Fig. 6828. Berlin. Xo. 281,
Band Rip Saw. For
Blades up to 4 in. Wide.
Fig. 6829. Berlin, Xo. 257, Self-Feed Rip Saw,
Used with or without Countershaft.
Fig. 6830. Berlin. Xo. 286, Horizontal Saw Mill
Resaw. For 10-in Saw, 7-ft. Wheels.
Fig. 6831. Berlin "94X" Plainer and Matcher for
Producing High Grade Work at Fast Feeds.
Fig. 6832. Berlin. Xo. 118, Inside Molder. Built
10, 12 and 15 in. Wide. Opening 6 in.
Fig. 6833. New Berlin Sander, Equipped with Fig. 6834. Berlin. No. 1U8, < ipen-Side Molder.
Spiral or Straight Opening Drums. Built 10, 12 and 15 in. Wide. Opening 8 in.
Berlin Machine Works.
(666)
CAR SHOP MACHINERY. Metal Working.
Figs. 6835-6841
Fig. 6835. Special Multiple Punch.
Fig. 6836. Heavy Plate Shear.
Fig. 683 1. Improved Rapid Action Punch.
Fig. 6838. Small Gate Shear.
Fig. 6839. Improved Horizontal Punch.
Fig. 0841. Horizontal Punch with Adjustable
Die Block.
Hilles & Jones Co.
(667)
Figs. 6842-6846
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Metal Working.
Fig. 6842. 1%-Inch Double Bolt Cutter.
Can be fitted with holders for threading pipe nippers
Acme Machinery Co.
Fig. 6843. 4-Inch Bolt Cntte
Acme Machinery Co.
Fig. 0844. Single Bolt Cutter
Acme Machinery Co.
Fig. 6845. Nut Facing Machine.
Detrick & Harvey Mch. Co.
Fig. 6840. Car Wheel Grinder. Norton Grinding Co.
,,,,',0
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Forging Machines; Presses. Figs. 6347-6851
Fig. 6S47. Hydraulic Coping Machine.
Watson-Stillman Co.
Fig. 6848. 1,000-Ton Press.
Morgan Engineering Co.
Fig. 6849. Hydro-Pneumatic Wheel Press. Built in 19 Sizes, Capacities 60 to 600 Tons. Watson-Stillman Co.
Fig. 6850. Single Stand Hammer.
Morgan Engineering Co.
Fig. 6851. Double Stand Hammer.
Morgan Engineering Co.
(669)
Figs. 6852-6355
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Hoists and Cranes.
Fig. 6852. Type C Electric Chain Block.
Fig. 6853. Type PL Electric Express Trolley Hoist.
Fig. 0854. Type E Electric Crane Trol
Fig. 6855. Standard Northern, Type E, 4-Motor Electric Traveling Crane.
Northern Engineering \\ orks.
(670)
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Forging Machines.
Figs. 6856-6883
Fig. 6856. Bolt-Heading, Upsetting and Forging Machine.
Built in Sizes from 94-in. to 6-in.
Figs. 6857-6881. Forgings Made on Ajax Machine.
,>*2iliiij
Fig. 6882. Standard Bulldozer. Fig. 6883. High Speed Bulldozer.
Built in Sizes Nos. 3 to 12. Belt or Motor Driven, Built in Sizes Nos. 1 to 5, Stop Motion Device.
with Single or Double Friction Clutches.
Ajax Manufacturing Co.
(071)
Figs. 6884-6896
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Pneumatic Tools.
Fig. 6884. Size DRC "Little Giant" Drill.
with Compound Gear for Extreme
Heavy Work.
Fig. 6885. No. 4 "Little
Giant" Grinder or Buffer.
Fig. G88G. Size AC "Little
Giant" 1 Jrill, Fitted with any
Style Chuck Desired.
Fig. 0887. "Little Giant"
Corner Drill.
Fig. 6888. Sizes ER, DR and CR "Littl
Giant" Reversible Drills, with Throttle
Handle Reverse.
Fig. 6889. Sizes DT and CT "Little
Giant" Flue Rolling and Tapping
Machines.
Figs. 6890-6891. "Boyer" Chipping and
Calking Hammers.
Mg. 6892. Sizes DW and C\\
"Little Giant" Wood Boring
Machines, Spade Handle
Reverse.
Fig. 6893. "Keller" Chipping
and Calking Hammers.
mm urn imm»i».i».>i
Fig. 6895. "Boyer" Riveting Hammers. Fig. 6896.
Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co.
'Keller" Riveting Flat
(672)
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Pneumatic Tools.
Figs. 6897-6904
Fig. G897". Thor Piston Air Drill. Xo. I.
Made in 8 Sizes.
Fig. 6898. Thor
Pneumatic Wood Boring
Machine, No. 6.
Fig. 0899. Thor
Breast and Screw Feed
Drill. No. 3.
f.-jy i',!Wi. Thor One-Piece Pneumatic Long Stroke Riveting Hammer, Xo. 90. Made in 3 Sizes.
Fig. 6901. Thor Pneumatic Chipping and Calking
Hammer, Xo. 3. Made in 5 Sizes.
Fig. 0902. Thor Pneumatic Light Riveting Hammer.
Fig. 6903. Thor Close Quarter Piston Air Drill,
No. 8. Made in 2 Sizes.
Independent Pneumatic Tool Co.
Fig. G904. Thor Reversible Wood
Boring Machine, No. 5.
(673)
Figs. 6905-6913 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Pneumatic Tools
n —
a — _
3m
Fig. 0905. Monarch Drill, No
Boring.
jr Wood
Fig. 6907. Chipping Hammer, with
Improved Locking Device. Made in 8 Sizes.
C, D, E. F, G, H. I and L.
Standard Railway Equipment Co.
Fig. 6909. "Imperial" Wood Boring
Machine.
Ingersoll-Rand Co.
Fig. 6908. Riveting Hammer. No. 60, with
Improved Locking.
Standard Railway Equipment Co.
'ig. 0910. "Imperial" Long Stroke
Riveting Hammer.
Fig. 6912. "Crown" Chipping Hamme
'ig. 0911. •imperial" Chipping Hammer.
Ingersoll-Rand Co.
Fig. 6913. "Crown" Rivetin
(074)
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Jacks.
Figs. 6914-6921
Fig. 6914. Independent Pump Jack.
Watson-Stillman Co.
Fig. 6915. Independent Pump Jack.
Richard Dudgeon.
Fig. 6916. Operating Mechanism
of Geared Lever Tack. No. 200.
Set for Raising.
Fig. 6917. Horizontal
Claw Jack, with Reinforced
Cistern.
Fig. 6918. Round
Base Jack.
Richard Dudgeon.
Fig. 6919. Oblong
Ease Tack.
Fig. 6920. Automatic Geared Lever Tack. Fig. 6921. Cross-Section of Bell
Xo. 200. Base Jack.
Joyce-Cridland Co.
(675)
Figs. 6922-6934
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Miscellaneous.
fE
CAST Ifm FINISHED AIL OTEH
lp=i=^
-2^zS -
'-*:» J
ZEsafcl
-2X-
Jffi
te'witEL Pin -^^^'^ \ V^f
— »
gfcfc
Vg/ \2/
>|
^
MALLEABLE IRON
^
AFTER ALL GAUGE POINTS APE PROPERLY
LOCATED AND CLAMPED. PUT IN EACH PART
AtiDOr/EL PIN TO PRESENT TURNING AND
SLIPPING
Figs. 6922-6930. Gage for Locating Car Wheels Equidistant from Center of Axle.
Pratt & Whitney.
Fig. 6931. Buckeye Power Outfit.
Fig. 6932. Buckeye Oil Paint Sprayer.
Fig. 6933. Buckeye Heater. Fig. 6934. Buckeye Sand Blast Machine.
Walter Macleod & Co.
C8W)
ADVERTISEMENTS.
SEE CLASSIFIED INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS FOLLOWING THE PREFACE.
Adams & Westlake Co 18 Howard & Co., James L 48
American Brake Co 34 Hunt & Co., Ri ibert W 48
American Brake Shoe & Foundry Co 30
. . ~ „ t, , ,, ,-, Joliet Railway Supply Co 45
American Lar & Foundry Co 9 " -
W .„ ..-, Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co 8
American Mason Safety 1 read Co Oo
. c , ..,, , r" , ■ 0I Joyce-Cridland Co 28
American Saw .Mill .Machinery Co -4
American Steel Foundries 31 Kay £ £ss q0 gj
Asbestos Protected Metal Co 40 Kerite Insulated Wire & Cable Co 1
Barney & Smith Car Co 5 KoPPel Co "> Arthur 10
Baume & Marpent, Ltd 13 McConway & Torley Co u 15
Bettendorf Axle Co 4
Boston Belting Co 52
McCord & Co 3d
McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co 19
Hriil Co- J- G 3 Miner Co., VV. II 25
1 iuffalo Brake Beam Co 30
Butler Drawbar Attachment Co 26 National Malleable Castings Co 54
Northern Engineering Works 38
Cardwell Mfg. Co 23
Chapman Jack Co 27 Pantasote Co 38
Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co 51 Pressed Steel Car Co 7
Chicago Railway Equipment Co 32
Clark Car Co 10
Railway Materials Co 30, 47
Cleveland Car Specialty Co 20 Ralhva-V Steel-Spring Co 4
Cleveland City Forge 6c Iron Cc
Ralston Steel Car Co 4
,- ,,. . _ Kn Rapp Co., T W 40
C oes u rench Co 50 " • J *"
n 1 , • -xt . o t> 1. r in Russel Wheel & Foundry Co 4
Columbia -\ ut ct Bolt Co 42 - *
Commercial Acetylene Co 19
Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co 21
Commonwealth Steel Co 45 Sanlson Cordage Works 53
Consolidated Car Heating Co 22 Scarritt Car Seat Works 3g
Curtain Supply Co 39 Standard Car Truck Co i2
Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co 48 Stalldard Coupler Co 12
Dayton Manufacturing Co 49 Sla,u,ari1 P;':,lt Co 47
Dudgeon, Richard 28 Standard Railway Equipment Co 41
Duff Manufacturing Co 29 Stalldard Steel Car Co H
Duiier Company 47 Standard Steel Works Co 44
Sterling Varnish Co 1
Edwards Co., O. M 38 Symington Co., T. II ' 37
Electric Storage Battery Co 19
Emery Pneumatic Lubricator Co 34 Union Draft Gear Co 03
Excelsior Car Roof Co .... 40 Ln,"n Fibre Co 40
Union Spring cc Mfg. Co 3tj
Farlow Draft Gear Co 22
United States Light & Heating Co 20
Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co 8 U. S. Metal & Manufacturing Co '"10
Forsyth Steel Tie Co 54
Fort Pitt Spring & Mfg. Co 42 Vulcan Steam Shovel Co -,•>
General Electric Co 40 Wason Manufacturing Co o
Globe Ventilator Co 52 Watson-Stillman Co .>,)
Goodwin Car Co 8 Western Railway equipment Co 4a
Gould Coupler Co lii, 17 Western Steel Car & Foundry Co (;
Gould Storage Battery Co 17 Westinghouse Air Brake Co 00
( ireenlee Bros. & Co 28 Whipple Car Co .-,
\\A, ,i, Guilford S ■ .,-
Woods & Co., Edwin S 00
Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co 39
Harlan & Hollingsworth Corporation 2
Hicks Locomotive & Car Works 12 Yale & Towuc Mfg. Co p
These Cars which carry acid
are painted with
Sterling Black Iron Enamel
which contains
Sterling Raw Refined Linseed Oil
We remove all the mucilaginous impurities from the oil — they are soluble
jn water and as they dissolve open the way for corrosion — and the result is an
elastic and impervious film of paint which wil
thing you have ever used.
last many
years longer than any
If you keep a coat of paint free from any opening through
which outside influences can enter and have its co-efficient of
expansion properly adjusted you attain the maximum of
durability.
The Sterling Varnish Company
INCORPORATED 1891
PITTSBURGH, PA.
6^ KERITE
'£&& INSULATED WIRES AND CABLES ^
ERITE insulation is a homogeneous combination of crude
Kerite with the finest Para rubber. Kerite preserves the
rubber and gives the insulation unequalled life and dura-
)ility. This has been proved by the actual tests of fifty years.
Kerite insulation actually improves with age.
ERITE, on account of its remarkable durability and its
power to resist deteriorating influences such as moisture,
brine, oils and acids, is especially suitable for such severe
service as Car Wiring. Kerite wires and cables installed half a
century ago are in service to-day.
"ASK THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE USED THEM"
KERITE INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE COMPANY
INCORPORATED BY W. R. BRIXEY
HUDSON TERMINAL, 30 CHURCH ST., NEW YORK
WESTERN REPRESENTATIVE
WATSON INSULATED WIRE CO., RAILWAY EXCHANGE, CHICAGO
WHIPPLE CAR COMPANY
Succeeding Chicago, New York & Boston Refrigerator Company
BUILDERS
Refrigerator Cars
All Kinds of Freight Equipment
Heavy Repairs
GENERAL OFFICE PLANT
Suite 618-622 Commercial National Bank Building 51st Street and St. Louis Avenue
115 Adams Street, CHICAGO, ILL. CHICAGO, ILL.
Harlan & Hollingsworth Corporation
WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, U.S.A.
BUILDERS OF
Parlor, Sleeping, Private, Dining, Pas-
senger, Baggage and Mail Cars
of Every Description
ALSO BUILDERS OF
Steel Steamships and Steamboats, Land
and Marine Engines and Boilers
PHILADELPHIA OFFICE: NEW YORK OFFICE:
The Bourse Hudson Terminal Building, 50 Church St.
Wilmington Cable Address "HARLAN"
Steam and Electric Gars and Trucks
<H Wason cars arc used in many of the finest trains in
America and abroad. Besides having built cars which
call for superior design and workmanship, such as espe-
cially elaborate diners and sleepers, drawing-room, club
and private cars, the new Wason catalogue (write for
it) indicates that the company's business covers every
type of steam car and truck for both passenger and
freight service and for many of the foremost foreign as
well as domestic railway systems.
CJI A good share of the cars for the elevated and sub-
way lines of New York City bear the name of Wason,
and at present twenty cars for the former are in course
of construction. All-steel cars and cars with steel
underframes are built in accordance with the most ad-
vanced practice.
(J| While the WTason Manufacturing Company has the
principal steam car business of the six Brill companies,
the other companies, which are chiefly equipped for
electric car construction, also have facilities for building
every type of steam passenger and freight car.
(JJ A pamphlet on the new Brill M. C. B.-E passenger
truck has recently been issued. This truck is the only
one of its class having each side frame solid forged in
a single piece including the yokes.
THE J. G. BRILL COMPANY
Main Office : Philadelphia, U. S. A.
London Office: 110 C/VNNON STREET, E. C.
Cable AJdresses: "BRILL," Philadelphia; "AXLES," London
AMERICAN CAR COMPANY JOHN STEPHENSON COMPANY
St. Louis, Mo. Elizabeth, N. J.
G. C. KUHLMAN CAR COMPANY DANVILLE CAR COMPANY
Cleveland, Ohio Danville, 111.
WASON MANUFACTURING COMPANY
Springfield, Mass.
COMPAGNIE J. G. BRILL
14 Place de Laborde, Paris
Cable Address: "BOGIBRIL" Paris
AGENCIES
Pacific Coast Belgium and Holland Argentine and Uruguay
PIERSON, ROEDING & CO. C. DUBBELMAN FEDERICO IL BAGGE
409 Monadnock Building 45 Rue de la Caserne 121 San Martin
San Francisco Brussels Buenos Aires
Italy China Australasia
GIOVANNI CHECCHETTI SHEWAN TOMES & CO. NOYES BROTHERS
Piazza Sicilia, 1 Hong Kong, Canton, Melbourne, Sidney, Dunedin,
Milan Shanghai Brisbane, Perth
Mexico Natal, Transvaal, Orange River Colony
INTERNATIONAL MACHY. & ENG. CO. THOMAS BARLOW & SONS
Mutual Building, Mexico, D. F. Natal, South Africa
The Ralston Steel Car Company
Designers and builders of all types of freight
equipment— Gondola dump cars, dumping one
hundred per cent.— Steel underframes for new
and old equipment— Steel subsills.
NEW YORK CITY
No. 2 Rector Street
COLUMBUS, OHIO
CHICACO, ILL.
1213 Fisher Building
Logging Cars and Trucks Dump Cars
Platform and
Construction Cars
Wheels and Axles
Steam Skidders
and Loaders
RUSSEL WHEEL and FOUNDRY COMPANY
DETROIT, MICHIGAN
Bettendorf axle Company
Designers and Builders of Stee| Qondola CarS, Tank
Cars, Underframes, Sub Sills, Trucks, Bolsters
Chicago Office :
Old Colony Building
St. Louis Office :
Commonwealth Trust Building
GENERAL OFFICES AND WORKS *' " Y cort?^? Building
Buffalo Office:
Fidelity Building
DAVENPORT, IOWA
J
r
The Barney and Smith Car Co.
Designers and Builders of
Modern Railway Car Equipment
For sixty years this
company has been design-
ing and building cars for
American railways.
It has acquired a repu-
tation for honesty, fair
dealing and good work
of which it is both proud
and jealous.
Barney and Smith de-
signs are usually a little
ahead of the procession
in both refinement of
details and sensible prac-
ticality.
We have the most
complete and modern
plant for building cars in
both steel and wood and
for both freight and pas-
senger service.
The Barney and Smith Car CQ.
DAYTON, OHIO
WESTERN STEEL CAR &
FOUNDRY COMPANY
Manufacturers of
WOOD AND COMPOSITE
CARS
FOR FREIGHT SERVICE
OFFICES : New York, Pittsburg, Chicago, St. Louis, Atlanta, Mexico City
■ ;93»<"'"f" '
TWHC"***'
180 BOSTON & MAp~
8 5 1 8 0
ALL-STEEL PASSENGER CAR AS BUILT FOR PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD.
Pressed Steel Car Co
AH Steel or Composite
FREIGHT EQUIPMENT
Passenger Cars and Trucks
For Steam and Electric Railways
BOLSTERS, BRAKE BEAMS
And Other
PRESSED STEEL SPECIALTIES
OFFICES : New York, Chicago, Pittsburg, St. Louis, Atlanta, Mexico City
NEW TYPE SIDE-DUMP CAR FOR GENERAL SERVICE.
Fitz=Hugh, Luther Company
CAR BUILDERS
-CAR REPAIRS^
REBUILT CARS
SECOND-HAND CARS
COACHES
LOCOMOTIVES
Works: LOCOMOTIVE REPAIRS
HAMMOND, IND.; DOVER, N. J. car forcings
CHICAGO, ILL., 1647-1651 Monadnock Block
NEW YORK, 140 Cedar Street
JOLIET,
III.
Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co.
Convertible Steel Hopper-Ballast Gar
i
»»(((§
Trade-Riark.
wm
Trade-Mark.
GOODWIN CAR COMPANY
115 Dearborn Street, Chicago, III.
The
Standard
" Class G"
Construction
and
Ballast Car
17 Battery Place, New York City
Capacity
80,000
100,000
Pounds
Pages
26-150
American Car m Foundry Co.
BUILDERS OF
CARS
FOR PASSENGER
FREIGHT OR
ELECTRIC SERVICE
WOOD
STEEL AND WOOD
OR ALL STEEL
CARS
ANY
CAPACITY
GAUGE . . .
SERVICE
TYPE ....
DOMESTIC or FOREIGN
AMERICAN CAR m FOUNDRY CO.
NEW YORK CHICAGO ST. LOUIS
CABLE ADDRESS
I NAIXIM, NEW YORK
L
CODES USED
LIEBER, WESTERN UNION, At, ABC
ARTHUR KOPPEL COMPANY
We Design and Manufacture
ALL KINDS OF STEEL CARS
for standard and narrow
gauge, for contractors,
mines, brickplants, rail-
roads, etc.
Switchpoints and Frogs
Turntables, Rails
Portable Railways
OFFICES AND WAREHOUSES
NEW YORK, 1409 Cortlandt Building CHICAGO, 344 Monadnock Block
BOSTON, 53 Oliver Street PITTSBURGH, 1640 Machesney Building
SAN FRANCISCO, 1506 Chronicle Building BALTIMORE, 449 Equitable Building
WASHINGTON, D. C, 11 Fleming Building
WORKS AT KOPPEL, PENNA.
Balanced Door Dump Cars
Side Dump Cars Center Dump Cars
Center and Side Dump Cars
NO CHAINS
NO RATCHETS
Large Door Areas, Securely Held and Easy to Operate
Special Designs Furnished for Mining and
Industrial Service
CLARK CAR COMPANY
PITTSBURGH, PA.
Standard Steel Car Co.
Offices: New York, 170 Broadway
General Offices: Frick Bldg., Pittsburg, Pa. Chicago, Fisher Bldg.
Works : Butler, Pa. New Castle, Pa. Hammond, Ind.
STEEL AND COMPOSITE
FREIGHT CARS
AND
All Steel Passenger Equipment
Steel Car Underframes
Electric Railway Trucks
M. C. B. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
Trucks, Bolsters, Brake Beams, Etc,
CAPACITY, 50,000 CARS PER ANNUM. INQUIRIES SOLICITED.
11
EAST WORKS
Hicks Locomotive and
—Car Works=^=
Builders of NEW
FREIGHT CARS
PASSENGER CARS
Capacity, 40 Freight Cars Per Day; 15 Coaches
Per Month
Railroad Car and Locomotive Repair Work
Solicited
REBUILT FREIGHT AND PASSEN-
GER CARS AND LOCOMOTIVES
OF VARIOUS TYPES :: :: :: ::
Sales Office
410 FISHER BUILDINC, - - CHICAGO, ILL.
Works
CHICAGO HEIGHTS, ILLINOIS
300,000 Trucks in Use
Ghe
BARBER
TRUCK
Gives Bolster Lateral Travel
CI Our steel roller bearing center
plate gives the truck free radial
travel, lessening train resistance
and preventing derailment.
Standard Car Truck Company
Old Colony Building, CHICAGO
In this Dictionary will be found Detailed Descriptions
of the Railway Specialties manufactured by the
STANDARD COUPLER COMPANY
The company enjoys a high commercial reputation established
by many years of fair dealing.
Its goods have demonstrated their superior merits by many
years of satisfactory service.
STANDARD STEEL PLATFORMS
SESSIONS STANDARD FRICTION DRAFT GEARS
STANDARD COUPLERS
Main Office:
2 Rector St., New York
Chicago Office:
Fisher Building
12
B AUME & MARPENT, Ltd.
i HAINE-ST. -PIERRE (BELGIUM)
Works at MORLANWELZ 'BELGIUM)
' MARPENT (NORTH-FRANCE)
Builders of
Railway Carriages, Wagons, Electric Cars
And Every Other Description of
Railway and Tramway Rolling Stock
Tenders
Makers of Wheels and Axles
Railway Plant, Forgings, Smith-Work, Iron Castings. Axleboxes, Points and Cross-
ings, Turntables, Mining and Works Materials, Hydraulic
and Gas Appliances
IPSE
' '■■■'■• J . '-.'■
Bridges, Girders, Roofs, Buildings
Address for Letters: Telegrams:
LEON MOYAUX, HAINE-ST.-PIERRE, BELGIUM MOYAUX, HAINE-ST.-PIERRE
Codes Used: A 1, A B C, 4th and 5th Edition LIEBERS and BENTLEY'S COMPLETE PHRASE
13
The Buhoup Cast Steel Truck Side Frame
N OTE: BOLSTER CAN BE REMOVED AND REPLACED wrTHOLfT
DISTURBING ANY OTHER PARTOFTHETRUCK.
The superiority of a cast steel side frame for trucks of the Arch Bar type over
the built-up frame on account of the decrease in the number of parts and the
possibility of securing greater strength where additional strength is required,
thereby reducing the expense of repairs and maintenance, is becoming very
generally recognized.
The Buhoup Side Frame embodies all the desirable features so far de-
veloped in cast steel side frames, and has in addition distinctive desirable
features peculiarly its own.
NOTE: IFDESIRFI) FRAMES CAN BE MADE WITHOUT EXTENSIONS AA- AND A Tl E BAR USED INSTEAD OF THEM..
Adjustable Bolster Columns which permit the insertion of the Bolster after
the balance of the truck has been assembled, and which also permits of remov-
ing and replacing bolsters without disturbing any other part of the truck.
Brake Hanger Supports cast integral with adjustable columns.
Lower Journal Box Extensions A A cast integral with the frame dispens-
ing with the use of tie bars and the use of nuts on journal box bolts, a split
key being all that is required.
Furnished if desired for use with ordinary bottom tie bar as shown in
Fig. 3.
Design can be changed so as to be interchangeable with Standard Side
Frames on any railroad.
-MANUFACTURED BY-
THE McCONWAY & TORLEY CO.
PITTSBURGH, PA.
14
■
I
THE McCONWAY & TORLEY GO.
PITTSBURGH, F»A.
Original Manufacturers of the M. C. B. Coupler,
THE JANNEY, KELSO, PITT and
JANNEY X
FREIGHT CAR COUPLERS
All made from acid, open-hearth steel and with all the up-to-
date features required or recommended by the
M. C. B. ASSOCIATION.
The Buhoup 3-Stem Passenger Equipment
The most complete, strongest and the largest used passenger
coupler equipment on the market. Has important and desirable
features not possessed by any other coupler equipment.
The Buhoup Vestibule
A complete, effective and thoroughly up-to-date and satisfactory
vestibule ; easy to apply and cheap to maintain.
STEEL CASTINGS, MALLEABLE IRON CASTINGS
FOR RAILROAD AND CAR WORK
15
o
o
ft
a.
D
©
o
O
> > >
z* z z
£ £ £
u u a)
a a a
t> 4) v
5QQQ
-a "a x x ~u
O 0 O UOOOO
16
Gould Storage Battery Co., 341-347 Fifth Ave., N. Y.
GOULD
CAR
LIGHTING
BATTERIES
cPu^>
tf-*<*^;-'i?5-J*
GOULD
AXLE
SYSTEM OF
LIGHTING
(Sec pages 403-404.)
Gould Coupler Company, 341-347 Fifth Ave., N. Y.
17
& Westlake Co.
ANUFACTURERS OF
ilway and Steamship
Supplies
NEW YORK OFFICE
HUDSON TERMINAL BLD6.
*;.30 CHURCH STREETS
:
^***&k
W
EASTERN OFFICE awSHOPS
2042 N. TENTH STREET
PHILADELPHIA
MAIN OFFICE and WORKS, CHICAGO, USA.
ESTABLISHED 1869
I
%
%
■%> -z* c
&?
r*
UJ
CO,
<£
4
'<£
rn
^
^
*r>
-» .— £5
ce
e>
# 4?
{
1
TO u-i
£>
^
^
On. %
%
'*
0
c
^
a
&
c>
<0
*#
s
%
a
r-fr
^ G
1 2 ■ a: <o tS
/9
&
t J* J!
£
^v ~2- cc
if V
jv-"
s
^
<3v •& ^
"C
LO
£
% C. l/> UJ
"-1 =: ""> d*7 U
^.\%, %
%
^
^
%\
*v ?= ip
<Q
* i?
.#■
<- -»
T'Mt
'*> X<£&
^ ^
^ n
s * J? _^
^ ^
,v
# .«£
#
^x
\ 3 -<!«:, #
£■ .*
y >
*
v>
*£$&*
*° <>*
«? ^
HEAD
Ao
1/
LlNi
r5
«&V«
,Ov
<u
?<s
^
&
NGS
ADLAKE
C^S
^
vV
^
BLCL
tt
1NIN
c^5
G CHAIRS
^/^
r
THE
Iu5or Bccumulator"
Electric Lighting of Railway Cars
"Cblovibe Hccumulator" andthe
FOB THE
New York
Boston
They are used by the principal railroads throughout the United States.
The elements and containing tanks in all their details are specially de-
signed to withstand severe service.
Catalogue C, describing these cells will be forwarded upon request.
THE ELECTRIC STORAGE BATTERYCO.
PHILADELPHIA
Chicago
St. Louis
Cleveland
Atlanta
San Francisco
Toronto
McCUIRE-CUMMIIMCS MANUFACTURING CO,
Works ;
CHICAGO, ILL.
PARIS, ILL.
CARSJRUCKS, SNOW
PLOWS AND SWEEPERS,
ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVES,
GRAIN DOORS, BURCLAR-
PROOF DOOR BRACKETS.
General Offices :
CHICACO.
LIGHTING
THE SAFETY STORAGE SYSTEM
Supplies Brilliant Illumination at Lowest Cost
Constant Recharging Not Necessary— Tank 20x114 ins., contains suf-
ficient gas for 266 burning hours for coach equipped with rive lamps.
Smaller tanks can be used if desired.
Absolutely Safe — Tanks are packed solid with asbestos and gas is dissolved in
acetone. No Free Gas.
Used by Railroads for Cars, Signals and Headlights; U. S. Government for
Lighthouses, Beacons, Buoys, Boats, and on Hundreds of Yachts and Thou-
sands of Automobiles.
Permitted by National Board of Fire Underwriters and U. S. Steamboat
Inspection Service.
Estimates and Information Cheerfully Furnished
The Commercial Acetylene Company
80 BROADWAY, NEW YORK
Branches: CHICAGO— BOSTON— ATLANTA-SAN FRANCISCO— TORONTO
10
****•••*••***
Hatteri^
THE STANDARD
BATTERY FOR
CAR LIGHTING
SERVICE
ANY CAPACITY
ANY TYPE
ANY METHOD
OF ASSEMBLY
'■- H&
BLISS-SYSTEM-MOSKOWITZ
ELECTRIC TRAIN LIGHTING
ECONOMY RELIABILITY EFFICIENCY
These three all-important considerations are thoroughly demon-
strated in the "BLISS
JJ
an
d "MOSKOWITZ" Svste
ms
of Electric Car Lighting. Actual figures obtained from oper-
ating conditions on a large number of railroads indicate
conclusively the superior advantages of these two Systems
over all others. <J| PERFECT REGULATION with LOW-
EST OPERATING COSTS are assured to the purchaser.
COMMUNICATE WITH NEAREST OFFICE FOR COMPLETE INFORMATION
The United States Light and Heating Co.
Genera! Office: 30 Church St., New York
'Bliss System ol Electric Car Lighting.'
NEW YORK CHICAGO
National" Batteries ' Moskowltz System ot Electric Cai Lighting.'
MILWAUKEE BOSTON SAN FRANCISCO
PINTSCH LIGHT
The Inverted -Mantle lamp for Pintsch Gas is now in service on over
5, jco car;-. 1 he merits that are interesting railroad managements include:
Unexcelled brilliancy of 99.5 candle power per lamp.
Demonstrated cost approximately one cent per hour.
Flat flame lamp equipment available for alteration at minimum cost, result-
ing" in threefold greater illumination and increased tank capacity
Pintsch System has been applied to over 165,000 cars throughout the world.
VAPOR LIGHT
This system uses carburetted air in conjunction with the Pintsch inverted
mantle lamps. The apparatus employed closely resembles that used
in the Pintsch equipment and is particularly adapted for use on Branch.
Lines.
One charge will burn 200 Injurs and supply five lamps of ico candle power
each.
ELECTRIC LIGHT
Safety Axle-Driven Dynamo Equipment — now operating successfully
on leading railroads — has demonstrated its reliability.
A product of sixteen years' experience.
High grade of materials' and workmanship.
Generator of simple, strong and durable construction and of most practical
design.
Regulator giving effective control and economy in the use of current.
Equipments either sold or operated under contract.
STEAM H EAT
Car Heating Specialists. Direct Steam and Hot Water Systems designed
to give positive regulation of temperature and economy in steam. The
Thermo let System is automatic and operates with or without pressure as
desired. Steam tight couplers, traps, end-train pipe valves and other
appliances.
THE
Safety Gar Heating & Lighting Company
2 RECTOR STREET, NEW YORK
CHICAGO BOSTON ATLANTA MONTREAL PHILADELPHIA ST. LOUIS BERKELEY, CAl.
21
Farlow Twin Spring Draft Gear
or Farlow Attachments
for any make of friction
draft gear for either steel
or wooden cars, elimi-
nates repairs.
The coupler fastening
does not fail.
FARLOW DRAFT GEAR CO.
BALTIMORE, MD. CHICAGO, ILL.
EDWIIN S. WOODS & COMPANY
Established 1903
FOR SIX-WHEEL
PASSENGER TRUCK
13oO Monadnock Block, Chicago
MANUFACTURERS OF ANTI-FRICTION SIDE BEARINGS AND CENTER BEARINGS
See Text Page S31
Agents for WM. B. SCAIFE & SONS CO., Pittsburg, Water Softening Systems
TANKS (Black, Galvanized, Copper Brazed,
ftSO\$&W*47^
Steam heating without pressure as used in the "Consolidated"
System gives most uniform and economical distribution of heat
with a minimum of parts. A choice of three systems is offered
with the use of the same trap — Straight Vapor, Straight Pressure
and a combination of the two. The piping is the simplest.
Our Steam Couplers are the only ones made having a one-
piece gasket without retaining springs, which obstruct the
passage.
We have a straight Shank Nipple with two-piece clamp in
stock for various sizes of hose.
I — 1
CARDWELL ROCKER SIDE BEARING
Absolutely an Anti-Friction Bearing
Centers by its own
weight. It is simple,
strong and durable.
Has no small parts to
get out of order.
Their Use Saves
Motive Power-Coal,
Wheel Flanges, Rails,
Trucks, Time, Liability
of Accidents, which
means their cost in a
short time.
Cardwell Manufacturing Co., Chicago, ill.
CARDWELL FRICTION DRAFT GEAR
THE GEAR THAT DOES THE WORK
MADE BY
Union Draft Gear Company
CHICAGO
-J
23
WE MAKE A LINE OF
i. m-^gk
Band Saws
Swing Cut-Off
and
Table Cut-Off
Saws
Combined Rip
and Cut-Off
Saw Benches
and other
WOOD-WORKING
MACHINES
as Planers and Matchers, Surfacers, Boring Machines,
etc., adapted to CAR SHOPS and
Planing Mills
Also a full
line of
CIRCULAR SAW
MILLS
and other Saw Mill
Equipment
Catalog Free
AMERICAN SAW MILL MACHINERY CO,
Main Office and Works, HACKETTSTOWN, N. J.
NEW YORK OFFICE, 50 Church Street
24
I ffffrTT^TTTTTfftnTfTfftTnrrfTtTtTWtV^V^
niiijij.i ..?iiiiy|.ii4jiy^
Ufff!JMiMJiMiw?ii?i^M»t?mT?'*^,;jl-'ymt?fflTiffirii . " j ■" i111-1- ' - -. t
t;
B
• 1
V
!
►:<
i
I
' • -.- -. -,.
GRAVITY SIDE BEARINGS
FRICTION DRAFT GEAR
?tSb1oo1ebS chi c^-ao^
.-dl
25
USE THE
Butler Drawbar Attachments
FRICTION GEAR (Piper)
6V2 or 9V8 Yoke, or combined
with the Farlow Attachment.
Has all the Points of
A PERFECT GEAR
z.
0
a
r
0
7>
uJ
Ot
a
Z
0
u
225.O0O
|
2.00.O00
fio
te the l&r<^e am<
Durrt
'
h500O.
of work absorbed. ./Vote
/
I5O000
the easy st&rt, and 1 /C
,'-x- ^
125.000
Jbmooth Action . 1 yT*-'
10 0 000
Alio, Low | /\
-75.00 0
Rele&it- .
-Soooo
.-',' ] v \- \-: \ .- . :!
: j
25,000
0
^-4-4-^r^
0 zk- -k * li- i: f 2 i i 4-- 3
-r F* .©* N^ c; »-. im • r-i 0 n s. is
Note the Extreme Simplicity
Few Parts. Large Wearing Surfaces
-' -I 7_
TANDEM SPRING RIGGING
CASE PATENTS
Perfect Spring Protection. Light and Strong. 6V4 or 8 x 8 Springs. For Steel or Wood
The Butler Drawbar Attachment Co., Cleveland, Ohio
SEND FOR CATALOG
CLEVELAND
PRESSED STEEL CARLINES
STANDARD CARLINE
CHANNEL CARLINE FOR OUTSIDE METAL ROOF
Strengthen the Roof Structure, Increase the Life of the Roof, and are Lighter,
Stronger and Cheaper than Wood in the End. The ONLY CARLINE Requiring
no changes in Car Framing. Several Designs for various kinds or styles of Roof.
jlKtg&i
w
PRESSED STEEL END TIE BAND
Other Pressed Steel Parts for Freight and Passenger Cars. Send for Catalog.
Let us figure on any PRESSED STEEL SPECIALTIES.
Cleveland Car Specialty Co., Cleveland, Ohio
26
CLEVELAND CITY FORGE & IRON CO.
FORGINGS
RAILROAD STRUCTURAL MACHINERY
TURNBUCKLES
CLEVIS NUTS
BRAKE JAWS
PUSH ROD JAWS
ARCH BARS
DRAWBAR YOKES
YOKE RIVETS
AIR BRAKE PINS
KNUCKLE PINS
BRIDGE PINS
CRAB IRONS
BRAKE LEVERS
UPSET RODS
PRESSED STEEL
SPECIALTIES
WE ARE THE LARGEST MAKERS
AND ARE MAKERS OF THE
Largest Turnbuckles
IN THE WORLD
FORGINGS WHERE ACCURATE
WORK IS REQUIRED A SPECIALTY
CLEVELAND CITY FORGE & IRON CO.
CLEVELAND, OHIO
NEW YORK OFFICE,
No. II Broadway.
USE
THE
CHAPMAN JACK
PATENTED
A PERFECT RAILROAD JACK
ALWAYS RELIABLE
ALWAYS SAFE
ALWAYS LUBRICATED
ALWAYS FREE FROM DIRT and RUST
ALWAYS READY FOR USE
ALL SIZES
The Chapman Jack Co.
CLEVELAND, OHIO
27
JACKS
For Car Shop Use
There is a Joyce-Cridland Jack for every
requirement in the building or repairing of
cars and locomotives. Among others, we
might mention the
DOUBLE-MOVEMENT JACKS
with which the load is raised twice as fast
as with an ordinary jack, and no more power
is required.
TELESCOPING
JACKS
which have a rise
equal to their height
and can be used in
cramped places.
TRAVERSING
JACKS
'with rapid movement
lift.
JOURNAL
JACKS
the lightest and most
convenient jack on
the market; a 15-ton
jack weighs only 34
pounds.
AUTOMATIC
GEARED JACKS
capable of lifting the
heaviest locomotives
and which replace a hydraulic jack for many
classes of work.
HYDRAULIC JACKS
of any tonnage and size, having automatic
speeding device, and capable of standing
under load an indefinite time without settling.
We have special bulletins on any of the
above jacks which we would be glad to send
upon application. See pages 433, 434 and
675 of this book for further illustrations and
description.
id Base Hvd
Joyce=Cridland Co.
Dayton, Ohio
Makers of Over 250 Types and
Styles of Jacks
The New Type of Hydraulic Jack,
known as the
tt
UNIVERSAL"
offers the following advantages :
It has a double pump, which allows a
variation in speed to suit a light or heavy
load.
It can be used horizontally or vertically.
It can be lowered by the lever or by the
valve handle.
It can be freed from obstructions which
might lodge on the valve seats by opening
the valves and working the lever.
It is operated in the usual way, excepting
in respect to the valve handle.
RICHARD DUDGEON
Inventor and Original Manufacturer
of the Hydraulic Jack
BROOME AND COLUMBIA STREETS
NEW YORK
See illustrations in text pages — Figure numbers 337S-33S5,
3391, 6915, 6917-6919.
New York Office, = 136 Liberty Street
:iJ
GREENLEE
=CAR SHOP-
MACHINERY
See Pages 663 and 664
Greenlee Bros. & Co.
CHICAGO
ROCKFORD, ILL.
BARRETT -^^ CAR JACKS
DUFF BALL BEARING SCREW JACKS
DUFF-BETHLEHEM Fs°A°" HYDRAULIC JACKS
Every type, kind or size of Jack for TRACK, CAR, LOCOMOTIVE and BRIDGE Departments
Duff-Bethlehem Forged Steel
Hydraulic Jack.
Broad Base Type .
THE DUFF-BETHLEHEM FORGED STEEL HY-
DRAULIC JACKS are ENTIRELY STEEL FORGINGS,
eliminating Joints and Packings and all expense and
trouble common to all other HYDRAULIC JACKS.
They are from 30 '{ to 60?„ lighter in weight than
any other Jack of equal capacity, extend lull length
vertically or horizontally and are enormously power-
ful, the full capacity being raised by one man, and
each Jack capable of a large overload.
We make the largest line of High Grade Jacks
in the world and are specialists in Jacks for Car and
Motive Power Departments.
SEND FOR FULL LINE OF PRINTED MATTER.
THE DUFF MANUFACTURING COMPANY
Established 18 8 3
50 Church Street, New York
No. 19. Barrett Car Jack.
Pittsburg, Pa. ^_
FAIRBANKS, MORSE & CO., CHICAGO, ACENTS FOR RAILROAD DEPT.
Duff Ball Bearing Screw Jack.
r
Hydraulic Tools
For Car Shops and Every Other Railroad Purpose
WE make Punches, Shears, Riveters, Presses, Benders, Pumps,
Accumulators, Jacks, etc., which embody every improvement
for getting the greatest speed, efficiency and economy from
hydraulic power. Our large line, consisting
of over 3,500 standard tools, probably offers
a model that will meet your requirements.
If not, we are prepared to build on short
notice and at reasonable price.
Our engineering experience covers over
fifty years in the manufacture of hydraulic
tools, and we use only the best materials.
Every Watson-Stillman tool is guaranteed.
They must make good on every claim or
they may be returned.
WRITE FOR OUR LATEST RAILWAY CATALOC
THE WATSON-STILLMAN CO.
15S3 HUDSON T E R VI I N A L BUILDINGS, NEW YORK
20
Buffalo Brake Beam Company
NEW YORK BUFFALO
30 Pine Street Works
ST. LOUIS
Lincoln Trust Building
CAPACITY, 15,000 POUNDS WITH LESS THAN 1-16 INCH DEFLECTION
BRAKE BEAMS FOR ALL CLASSES OF CARS, LOCOMOTIVES AND ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT
II
RAILWAY MATERIALS
COMPANY
BACK BRAKE
SHOES
Old Colony Building,
CHICAGO
Singer Building,
NEW YORK
THE LOCOMOTIVE DICTIONARY
(1909 EDITION)
is absolutely necessary to anyone designing, building, repairing or handling locomotives
Complete, in full Morocco Binding, 704 pages. Price, $6.00
RAILWAY AGE GAZETTE
New York — Chicago — Pittsburg
THE UNFLANGED STEEL BACK BRAKE SHOE
The Steel Back and Lug
Cracks cannot disable the Steel Back Shoe
THE USE OF
THE
STEEL BACK SHOE
MEANS
SAFETY AND
ECONOMY
IN BRAKE SHOE
MAINTENANCE
The Steel Back Shoe, new. 20 lbs.
The Scrap Steel Back Shoe. 5 lbs.
THE FLANGED STEEL BACK BRAKE SHOE
;3
Diamond "S" Type
Flanged Steel Back and Lug
"Special Chilled Type"
American Brake Shoe and Foundry Company
NEW YORK MAHWAH, N. J. CHICAGO
AMERICAN
STEEL FOVNDRIES
Simplex Railway
Appliance Company
MANUFACTURERS OF
Cast Steel Bolsters Simplex Bolsters
Wheel Centers
Side Bearings
Davis Wheels
All Kinds of
Steel
Castings
Break Beams
Springs
R . £. Janney Couplers
Simplex Couplers Andrews Side Frames
NEW YORK ST. LOVIS
30 Church Street Frisco Building
CHICAGO
Commercial National Bank Building
31
"I
Our LNCreco Brake Beam
FOR USE WITH THE LATEST DEVELOPMENT OF THE AIR BRAKE ON HEAVY
STEEL PASSENGER EQUIPMENT
Withstands load of 40,000 lbs. with only 1-16 in. deflection
GREATER CAPACITY IF DESIRED
This beam interchanges with our Diamond Special High Speed and 2/2-inch
National Hollow Passenger beams, takes the same adjustable
heads and no more space for application to trucks.
CRECO, NATIONAL HOLLOW, DIAMOND, KEWANEE, RELIANCE,
NINETY-SIX, STERLINGWORTH and MONARCH, and other types of
metal brake beams. BEAMS BUILT FOR ALL CLASSES OF RAILWAY
EQUIPMENT AND REQUIREMENTS.
DIAMOND SPECIAL HIGH SPEED PASSENGER BEAMS
28,000 lbs. at 1-16 inch deflection
MONITOR BOLSTERS
EXCEL ALL OTHERS IN STRENGTH, SAFETY, DURABILITY, ECONOMY.
CRECO ROLLER SIDE BEARINGS, CRECO SLACK ADJUSTERS, CRECO JOURNAL
BOXES, CRECO BRAKE JAWS.
CHICAGO RAILWAY EQUIPMENT CO.
General Executive Offices, 46 Robey and Lincoln Sts.
General Sales Offices, Fisher Building
BRANCH OFFICES:
NEW YORK ST. LOUIS WASHINGTON
DETROIT MONTREAL
WORKS:
CHICAGO DETROIT JERSEY CITY
MONTREAL MARION GRAND RAPIDS
Air Brake Equipment
Westinghcuse Centrifugal
Dirt Collector
Prevents pipe scale, sand, cinders,
dirt or other foreign matter of any
kind reaching the triple valve.
Westinghouse Self-Locking
Angle Cock
Locks the handle in both open and
closed positions. It cannot be moved
by accident, but must be raised and
moved by hand.
Westinghouse Type "K."
Triple Valve
The special features of quick service,
uniform release and uniform recharge
have made possible smooth opera-
tion and easy control of long freight
trains, better control of short trains,
higher tonnage ratings on grades,
and a material economy in air con-
sumption.
Westinghouse Galvanized
Annealed Steel Hose Clamp
Made from a drop forging and will last
indefinitely. It is tougher, stronger
and more uniform than malleable
iron clamps.
Westinghouse " Hose-Protecting "
Coupling
Interchangeable with old-style coup-
ling. The flexible bead permits the
disengagement of the couplings,
when cars are separated, before the
pull is sufficient to damage the hose.
Westinghouse Enameled Reservoir
The special enamel coating, inside and outside, is permanent
and flexible, resisting blows and vibrations, and protects the reser-
voir against corrosion due to moisture, acids or other causes.
The Westinghouse Air Brake Co.
The Air Brake Builders
BOSTON, Exchange Building
BUFFALO, Ellicott Square Building
CHICAGO, Railway Exchange Building.
CINCINNATI, Traction Building
COLUMBUS, Columbus Sav. & Trust Bldg.
GENERAL OFFICES, PITTSBURG, PA.
DENVER, Majestic Building
HOUSTON, TEX.. 403 Hawthorne Ave.
MEXICO CITY, MEXICO, 4a Calle Pte de
Alvarado, No. 100
NEW YORK, City Investing Building
RICHMOND, American Nat. Bank Bldg
ST. LOUIS, 1932 North Broadway
ST. PAUL, Endicott Building
SAN FRANCISCO, Pacific Building
PORTLAND, ORE., Couch Building
FOR CANADA, Canadian Westinghouse Co., Limited, Hamilton, Ontario.
J
AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION for TRIPLE
VALVES and BRAKE CYLINDERS
Sectional Views of A
(Automatic) Type
Lubricator.
The accompanying cut illustrates the device and
shows its position in the brake system on passenger
car equipment.
The use of this device will insure the continuous
and proper lubrication of triple valves and brake
cylinders without the necessity of removing for
cleaning or oiling. The supply of lubricant passing
from the lubricator to the triple valve and brake
cylinder is regulated by the flow of air and is auto-
matic in its distribution.
Slide valves wear longer and remain tight and
brake cylinder packing leathers have a greatly in-
creased life, with no tendency to leak through
porosity.
Manufactured by
The Emery Pneumatic
Lubricator Co.
Diagram Showing Application of Emery Lubricator
to Passenger Car Equipment.
ST. LOUIS,
MO.
Westinghouse
American Automatic Slack Adjuster
~~
— — __ —
1 1 ^i
Automatically Regulates Piston Travel
Its use secures Uniform Piston Travel Maximum Brake Efficiency Saving of Brake Shoes
Minimum Wear of Adjuster Parts Device does not Operate until Adjustment is Required
FOR INFORMATION ADDRESS THE
AMERICAN BRAKE COMPANY
ST. LOUIS, MO.
34
GUILFORD S. WOOD
RAILWAY NECESSITIES
Mechanical Rubber Goods ; P. & W. Air Hose Preservative ;
Car Vestibule Diaphragms; Inlaid Linoleum; Cocoa Mattings;
Upholsterers' Leather; Rolled Steel Tie Plates.
WOOD'S FLEXIBLE
NIPPLE END PRO-
TECTOR
FOR AIR BRAKE HOSE
Greatly lessens wear
where wear is the most
severe. Saving in hose is
many times greater than
the small cost of
WOOD'S PROTECTOR
Prevents chafing and abrasion.
THE MONOGRAM BRACKET
FOR THEfEND OF TRAIN PIPES
Makes Shifting Impossible
Is Furnished in Seven Different
Patterns
For a Metal End Sill with Webb Outside.
For a Metal End Sill with Flange Outside.
For a Pressed Steel End Sill.
For a Wood End Sill.
For Steam Hose on Passenger Coaches.
For Air and Signal Pipes on Passenger Coaches.
ONCE APPLIED, REDUCES THE
COST OF MAINTENANCE
TO A MINIMUM
GREAT NORTHERN BUILDING
===== CHICAGO =====
Standard Devices
THE McCORD JOURNAL BOX
THE McCORD SPRING DAMPENER
THE McCORD DRAFT GEAR
McCORD AND COMPANY
OLD COLONY BUILDING 50 CHURCH STREET
CHICAGO NEW YORK
Union Spring and Manufacturing Co,
General Office: 6I6-6I6A and 617 Farmers Bank Building
PITTSBURGH, PA.
WORKS: NEW KENSINGTON, PA.
SPRINGS
KENSINGTON JOURNAL BOXES call steel,
PRESSED STEEL JOURNAL BOX LIDS
50 Church St., NEW YORK
Fisher Bldg. CHICAGO
Missouri Trust Bldg., ST. LOUIS
THE T. H. SYMINGTON CO.
Manufacturers of
RAILWAY SPECIALTIES
and
Miscellaneous Malleable Castings
OF HIGHEST GRADE
-as»
ROCHESTER PLANT,
NEW YORK BALTIMORE CHICAGO
SYMINGTON JOURNAL BOXES
SEE PAGE 528
SYMINGTON FLEXIBLE DUST GUARDS
SEE PAGE 52J
FARLOW DRAFT GEAR
SEE PAGE 261
BALTIMORE CENTER BEARINGS
SEE PAGE 529
SYMINGTON ROLLER SIDE BEARINGS
SEE PAGE 529
37
EDWARDS
TRADE
"PAOWNYC"
MARK
Extension Platform
All Steel Trap Doors
Window Fixtures
Sash Balances
Shade Rollers
Metal Car Window Sash
Metal Cabinets and
Office Furniture
High-Grade Hardware
Specialties
Complete Line of Heavy Bronze
RAILWAY PADLOCKS
Catalogs, Blue Prints and Information
ADDRESS.
THE 0. M. EDWARDS CO.
SYRACUSE, N. Y,
imjlkM^U
The National Standard
for Car Curtains
and Car Upholstery
AGOSOTE HEADLINING
WATERPROOF
HOMOGENEOUS in its Composi-
tion, will not warp, blister
or separate
SEND FOR SAMPLE
THE PANTASOTE COMPANY
I I Broadway, New York
613 Fisher Bldg., Chicago, 111.
793 Monadnock Bldg., San Francisco, Cal.
Scarntttat miU Mffi,
STEEL OR WOOD CONSTRUCTION
RATTAN, PLUSH OR LEATHER
Best Reversing Mechanism which tilts seat and ac-
tuates foot rest. Most Elastic Spring Construction
Comfort — Simplicity — Durability
Photos and Prices Furnished
SCARRITT CAR SEAT WORKS, SStSJSaSg ST- L0UIS> u- s- *■
70-ft. Span Electric Traveling Northern Cranes. Am. Car & Fdy. Co. Plant
10RIT1ERN
ICRANESl
AND ELECTRIC HOISTS
are the made-for-hard-service kind.
You ought to examine these ma-
chines. They will be a pleasing
revelation to you. Get catalog No.
25 Cranes and No. 21 Hoists.
NORTHERN ENGINEERING WORKS.
DtTBOIT. MlCH.U.&A,
;;s
HALE & KILBURN
Lead the World in
Railway Car Seats, Steel Doors, Sash and Interior
Steel Car Finish
No. 194. Walkover Scat.
(All steel.)
Perina. R. R. Standard for Steel Cars.
Highest Possible Grade
Throughout. Original in De-
sign. Simplest. Strongest.
Mechanically Correct.
Seats and Chairs for Steam
and Electric Railway Coache?,
Pallor and Sleeping Cars.
Seats and Seating for Sur-
face, Elevated and Under-
ground Railway Cars. Rattan
Seat Covering (canvas-lined).
Hale & Kilburn Seats are
Used Almost Universally on
the Steam and Electric Rail-
ways of North America, and
in most Foreign Countries.
Do not fail to specify Hale & Kilburn
Seats and Steel Car Fittings. They
cost less ultimately than the cheap
imitations.
No. 197. Walkover Neverbrcak Pressed
Steel Seat.
Standard for Day Coach Service.
The Hale & Kilburn Manufacturing Co.
^
/-
NEW YORK
PHILADELPHIA
CHICAGO
^wm^WM?^
.
V
1
Ura curtains may be seen on
m> the railroads in every civilized
country ol the world ^sm^s^
/^r^^p?:Main Office andWorks 320-330West (feidStreet/ ^>^^?
mM
LYC?
30
LIINJOFELT
Flax Fibre Refrigerator Car Lining
is used by the majority of the prominent railroads and
refrigerator car companies.
Flax fibre treated under our patents is nearly pure
cellulose. It remains unaffected by water, either cold
or boiling, and is not damaged by any acids. It has been
subjected to the severest tests, and to long severe usage,
and will not dscay. Its insulating value is admittedly
the highest of any form of refrigerator car lining.
Sample snd booklet sent anywhere upon request, and services
of our engineers are at the disposal of prospective customers.
UNION FIBRE COMPANY, ■ Winona, Minnesota
Showrooms and Offices :
METROPOLITAN UFE BUILDING
1 Madison Ave., New York
DOORS, WINDOWS
TRIM
AND
COLD ROLLED
MOULDINGS
HOLLOW STEEL
AND
BRONZE
Distributors of Asbestos Protected Metal Head
Linings and Side Panels
WE HAVE RECENTLY COMPLETED:
FIFTH AVENUE BUILDING, NEW YORK
METROPOLITAN TOWER. - NEW YORK
THE EXCELSIOR CAR ROOF
Has shown in ACTUAL SERVICE
that it is in every way THE BEST
Outside and Inside Metal
Excelsior Car Roof Co.,
WRIGHT BUILDING
ST. LOUIS
r
FIREPROOF HEADLININGS
RUSTPROOF STEEL BOX CAR ROOFS
ASBESTOS PROTECTED METAL SHEETS Made in special forms
for Railroad Equipment and Buildings. This material is FIREPROOF,
will withstand rough service. It WILL NOT RUST. See Figure
Nos. 2189-2198 and 3801.
Trade-Mark.
ASBESTOS PROTECTED METAL CO., Canton, Mass.
AGENCIES IN ALL PRINCIPAL CITIES
Murphy; American Outside Roof
(250 -OOO Now in Service)
Reduces Height of Car Reduces Width of Car Reduces Weight of Car
Two Inches Six Inches 1200 Lbs.
Reduces Cost of Car from Three to Ten Dollars
No Roof Boards to Burn or Blow off
Never Break or Tear as Sheets are not Nailed
Use Our Type F Angle Garline
Wedges are inserted to take up any
shrinkage of plates
#r
Decreases Dead Weight Increases Head Room Stronger Construction
Cannot be Damaged from Coal Loading or Freight Handling
More Durable 100,000 in Use Least Expense
COMPLETE AIR PLANTS MONARCH TOOLS ONCJS USED
ALWAYS STANDARD
STANDARD RAILWAY EQUIPMENT CO.
ST. LOUIS, MO.
CHICAGO NEW YORK PITTSBURG
707 Great Northern Bldg. 90 West Street 360 Frick Bldg. Annex
SAX FRANCISCO
London Berlin
FOREIGN OFFICES
Paris St. Petersburg
Kobe Mexico City
Cable Address: " STANRAEQCO," St. Louis. Lieber Code Used
wmt mitt mwm
tMFa
McKees Rocks, Pa.
OFFICES
Farmers Bank Bldg.
PITTSBURG
For Passenger,
Freight & Electric
Railway Service
dm &iill!1pte mw&\
COLUMBIA LOCK NUTS
"The nut that will not shake off"
FOR ALL KINDS OF GARS
Our Special for Wrist, Knuckle and Cross Head
Pins has proven a great success on locomotives
INEXPENSIVE .-. SIMPLE .'. EFFECTIVE
Samples free for the asking
COLUMBIA NUT & BOLT GO.
"Original Columbia" Assembled Bridgeport, Conn. New York, 1 65 Broadway -'Improved Columbia" Assembled
U. S. Metal and Manufacturing Co.
165 BROADWAY, NEW YORK CITY
CHICAGO
PROVIDENCE
PITTSBURGH
LEBANON
STEAM
RAILWAY
SUPPLIES
Dunham Hopper Door
Davidson Locomotive and Car Raiser
Feasible Drop Brake Staff
Hillman Locked Clevis and Turnbuckle
Wolfe Automatic Rail Joint Lock
"Peerless" Cast Steel Truck Bolster
Penn Pressed Steel Truck Bolster
Howard Wrot Iron Brake Jaws
ELECTRIC
RAILWAY
SUPPLIES
Diamond Steel Pole
Western Malleable Iron Brake Jaws
Detroit Box Car Door
Columbia Lock Nuts
Continental Whistling Post
Stucki Side Bearing
Fresnel Lenses and Lantern Globes
Moulded Semaphore Roundels
CENERAL EASTERN ACENTS FOR HUTCHINS CAR ROOFINC COMPANY
SOLE EASTERN ACENTS FOR ST. LOUIS SURFACER AND PAINT COMPANY
SOLE RAILROAD ACENTS FOR CLIFF SAFETY AUTOMATIC FIRE HOSE REEL
CENERAL EASTERN ACENTS RECAL PAINT AND OIL COMPANY
Standard Steel Works
Company
Harrison Building PHILADELPHIA, PA.
BRANCH OFFICES:
New York, N. Y., 50 Church Street
Richmond, Ya., Chamber of Commerce
St. Louis, Security Building
Portland, Ore., Couch Building
Pittsburg, Pa., Frick Building Annex
Chicago, 111., Railway Exchange
San Francisco, Cal., Flood Buildint
THE WORKS
Locomotive Driving Tires
Engine Truck, Tender and Coach Wheel Tires
Steel Tired Wheels
Rolled Steel Wheels
Steel Springs
Iron and Steel Castings Iron and Steel Forgings
■ i
A Safety Appliance
for Coach Doors
The Yale & Towne Blount Door Check and Spring
closes the door surely, yet gently. It does away with
slamming doors, reduces wear on the lock, protects
passengers and trainmen from personal injury and torn
clothes, and adds to comfort by excluding dirt and drafts.
Specially valuable for suburban trains.
Don't forget that we also make six sizes for all kinds
of exterior or interior station and ferry house doors, for
ferry boats, etc.
For technical description see pages 327 and 320.
Detailed information and prices on request.
The Yale & Towne Mfg. Co.
Makers of the Yale Locks, Builders' Hardware, Etc.
9 MURRAY STREET, NEW YORK
CHICAGO
BOSTON
Local Offices
PHILADELPHIA
SAN FRANCISCO
Huntoon Brake Beams
Huntoon Automatically
Adjustable Heads
and
Perry Frictionless Roller
Side Bearings
For all Classes of Freight
and Passenger Cars and
Locomotive Tenders.
JOLIET RAILWAY
SUPPLY CO.
Works: JOLIET, ILL.
Commonwealth
Castings
PATENTED)
The Platform Integral
with Double Body
Bolster
The Double Body Bolster for
Passenger-Train Cars
The Four-Wheel
Passenger-Train Truck
The Six-Wheel
Passenger-Train Truck
The Double Truck Center Bol-
ster for Six-Wheel Trucks
The Truck Center Frame for
Repairs and New Trucks
The Needle Beam for
Passenger Cars
n — n
The Needle Beam for
Freight Cars
The Commonwealth
Transom Draft Gear
for Freight Cars
The Separable Body Bolster
for Freight Cars
The Flory Carry Iron
and Striking Plate
The Engine and
Tender Trucks
The Pilot Beams
and Tender Bumpers
The Davis Counter-Balanced
Driving Wheel Center
<!>
The One-Piece Tender Frame
with Transom Draft Gear
SDDd
The Self-Propeiling &>Ml
Weed Burner J^slL
Et Cetera
Commonwealth Steel Co,
PIERCE BUILDING, - - ST. LOUIS, MO.
45
General Electric Company
Multiple Unit Control System
Automatic control of trains provided
by the Sprague-General Electric
Type "M" -Multiple Unit System im-
provi s railway service in many waj-s;
Life ot equipment
is increased by limit-
ing amount ot current
taken by the motors.
The most efficient
[i. acceleration is assured.
Uniform accelera-
tion results in maxi-
mum comfort to pas-
sengers.
Motormen can
concentrate their at-
tention to the track
ahead.
Master Controller
The apparatus illus-
trated represents the
latest developments in
the automatic form ot
Type " M " Control.
Exclusive Features of
G. E. Multiple Unit Control
Two Pick - Up Circuits from
double relav insure positive automatic
operation over wide range of voltage.
Line Current Operation of Con-
tactors provides operating voltage
high enough to break down any dirt
or oil films on the control contacts.
Slight accumulations of dirt do not
therefore affect the operation of the
control.
Magnetic Operation of Con-
tactors causes a quick make and
break of motor circuits, preventing
excessive arcs and resultant burning.
Reduced Liability of Motor Arc
Over results from reversing fields
instead of armatures, by keeping
positive lead always connected to same
brush. Reverser can be used for
braking without chance of damage.
Double Pick-Up Current
Limit Relay
Contactors in Box
Over 6,000 Type "M"
Equipments have
bee n sold to about :oo
different railways in
all parts of the world.
Many of these roads
have duplicated their
orders several times
— conclusive evidence
that the control has
proved successful
New York Office :
30 Church Street
Principal Office :
Schenectady, N. Y.
Sales Offices in All
Large Cities
Car
Roofing
RUBEROID
Cab
Roofing
Trade-Mark Registered U. S. Patent Office.
Standard for 19 years. See diagrams, pages 303-304. Guaranteed waterproof, air-tight and spark-proof.
Strong and flexible. Withstands the racking strain of cars in motion.
Demonstrated ability. Easy to apply.
THE STANDARD PAINT COMPANY
100 William Street Manufacturers
CHICAGO PHILADELPHIA BOSTON KANSAS CITY ATLANTA
NEW YORK
DENVER SAN FRANCISCO 8
RAILWAY MATERIALS
COMPANY
STEEL
BACK BRAKE
SHOES
Old Colony Building,
CHICAGO
Singer Building,
NEW YORK
THE LOCOMOTIVE DICTIONARY
11909 EDITION)
An absolute necessity to anyone engaged in designing, building, repairing or handling locomotives.
Descriptive and illustrative of all parts and fittings. Full morocco binding, 704 pages. Price, S6.00
RAILWAY AGE GAZETTE,
NEW YORK — CHICAGO - PITTSBURG
Enameled Iron
or Porcelain Combined
Flush or Dry
uner
D
Car Closets
DUNER COMPANY
101 So. Clinton Street, - CHICAGO
SEE PAGE 444
PAINT SPECIALTIES
FOR
RAILROAD USE
I. X. L. System of Surfacers
Canvas Roof Preservative
Carbelastic — It really does
protect Iron and Steel
Floor, Truck, Platform and
Baggage Enamels
Colors in Oil and Japan
THE KAY & ESS CO.
Makers
DAYTON, OHIO
47
Robert W. Hunt
Jno. J. Cone
Jas. C. Hallsted
D. W. McNaugher
ROBERT W. HUNT <& CO.
ENGINEERS
Bureau of Inspection, Tests and Consultation
Chemical and Physical Laboratories. Reports and Estimates on Properties and Processes
INSPECTION OF LOCOMOTIVES, CARS, BRIDGES, BUILDINGS, RAILS AND FASTENINGS
CHICAGO: TheHookery NEW YORK: 90 West Street PITTSBURGH: Monongahela Bank Building
ST. LOUIS: Syndicate Trust Building SAN FRANCISCO: 425 Washington Street
MONTREAL: Canadian Express Building BUENOS AIRES: Argentine, S. A.
Truss formed in
one piece from
solid bar.
Davis Solid Truss Brake Beams
For freight and passenger cars, tenders and high
speed service, meet the folio-wing specifications :
Service Load at Center Deflection
No. 2.
No. 3.
No. 4.
No. 4.
Freight
Freight
High Speed
High Speed
12,000 pounds
15,000 pounds
30,000 pounds
45,000 pounds
1-16 inch
1-16 inch
1-16 inch
3-32 inch
DAVIS SOLID TRUSS BRAKE BEAM CO., Wilmington, Delaware, U. S. A.
NATHAN H. DAVIS, President
THOS. C. DAVIS, Vice-Pres. and Treat?.
C. THEO. BUCHHOLZ, Secretary
James L. Howard & Co., hartford, conn.
RAILWAY CAR SUPPLIES
Parlor, Sleeping and Day Car Trimmings
In Bronze, Brass, Silver, Nickel and Oxidized Metals.
Patent Double Sliding Door Fixtures
Locks
Specially designed for Steel Cars.
Patent Removable Bottom Baggage Racks
Water Closets and Dry Hoppers
with Automatic Seat Raising Attachments.
SLEEPING CAR BLANKETS COTTON WASTE MOHAIR PLUSHES
Western Railway Equipment
LOUIS A. HOERR, President
S. H. CAMPBELL, Gen. Sales Agent
H. W. HOERR, Superintendent
Company.
GENERAL OFFICES
Suite 1412-1418 Mo. Trust Bldg.
ST. LOUIS, mo:
Acme Brake Slack Adjusters
Western Sill & Carline Pockets
Western Brake . Jaws
Republic Draft Gear
Acme Pipe Clamps
Llnslrom Eccentrics
Linstrom Syphon Pipes
Western Plush Car. Doors
Interchangeable Car Doors
Western Angle Cock Holders
Hoerr Car Doors
St. Louis Plush Car Doors
Security Dust Guard
Downing Card Holders
Economy Slack Adjusters
Western Bell Ringer
Car Door Fastenings
Fish Hook Tie. Plates
Brake Pins
Tie Dating Nails
49
r
Above cut shows
6 and 12 inch Steel
Handle
36 and 48 inch Key
Model Wrenches
IkA
Genuine
Screw
WRENCHES
Strongest
Best Finished
Longest Life
and
COES' Warrant
Sixty-six years of experience in
Wrench Making
5 STYLES 48 SIZES
6 to 72 INCH LONG
Catalogue and other
literature on request
COES WRENCH COMPANY
WORCESTER, MASS.
N Y Aqents \ J" C- M00**™ & co> 21 Murray Street
' 1 JOHN H. GRAHAM & CO., 113 Chambers Street
OR YOUR SUPPLY HOUSE
50
Solution of Compressed Air
Power Units
EOR ALL DEPARTMENTS OF RAILWAY SERVICE
"BOYER"
RIVETING
HAMMERS
should always be
used for driving
your rivets.
Our Tandem Gasoline Engine Driven Frank-
lin Air Compressor is an ideal type for railway
service. Self-contained, direct-connected, two-
cycle engine, simple in construction, reliable in
operation and highly efficient.
Type HG-High-Speed Self-Oil-
ing-Mechanical Valves.
"BOYER" or
"KELLER"
CHIPPERS
for general all-
round chipping
and calking.
"LITTLE GIANT" DRILLS
are made in types
and sizes to meet
every condition in
the machine shop,
car shop or main- t
tenance of bridges
and buildings.
Size BW "Little Giant " Dri
Size C "Little Giant" Dri
Manufactured by
CHICAGO PNEUMATIC TOOL COMPANY
General Offices, Fisher Building, CHICAGO Eastern Offices, 50 Church Street, NEW YORK
51
Rubber Goods
FOR
RAILWAYS
Air, Water, Steam, Gas, Pneu-
matic, Suction, Fire, Air Brake,
Car Heating and Tank ....
Hose
PACKINGS
For RODS and JOINTS
in great variety
Gaskets, Valves, Springs
Mats, Mattings, Treads
High-grade goods that prove their worth by satisfactory service
and extreme durability. Manufactured by
oston Belting Company
236-260 Devonshire St.
BOSTON
100-102 Reade St.
NEW YORK
90 Pearl Street
BUFFALO
175-177 Lake St.
CHICAGO
212 N. Third St,
ST. LOUIS
"GLOBE" VENTILATORS
For Ventilating Passenger Coaches and
Railroad Buildings
Guaranteed Absolutely
Storm and Cinder-Proof
Used by Penn. R. R., N. Y. C. & H. R., B. & M. Union Pacific
and its Associated Lines, C, B. & Q., N. Y., N. H. & H., L. S.
& M. S.. C, R. I. & P.. A. C. U B. & O.. and many others
Globe Ventilator Company,
Troy, N. Y.
Railway Age Gazette
is the one magazine in the railway field that covers in all practicality the several
departments of modern railway organization and operation. Every week, problems
having a vital bearing on present-day practices are under discussion.
<J Railroading in its present state is a complicated art. Experience alone does not
equip a man for becoming the most successful division or general officer. He must
in addition keep himself informed of improved methods on other railways.
<J Outside the knowledge to be gotten from corresponding departments of other
roads there is considerable information about the different departments of your
own line that it is unlikely would come to your attention in any other way. Famil-
iarity with what is going on in the various departments produces good team work
and greatly increases the value of the individual.
A Specimen Copy Will Be Mailed on Request
Subscription Price in United States and Mexico, S5.00. tn Canada, $6.00
RAILWAY ACE GAZETTE,
NEW YORK - CHICAGO PITTSBURG
f p3s§yii
Use Mason Safety Tread to insure against wear and
accidents.
Use Mason Karbolilh Flooring in places where a per-
fect fira-proof flooring is needed.
Karbolith Flooring is used on practically all the steel
cars made up to the present time. It is on the steel cars of
the Pennsylvania R. R. Company, N. Y. C. & H. R. R. R.
Co., L. I. R. R. Co., Interborough Rapid Transit Com-
pany, Hudson Companies, N. Y.. N. H. & H. R. R. Co.,
Philadelphia Rapid Transit Co., and many others. Also
in use in many Railroad Stations, making a perfect fire-
proof as well as sanitary flooring.
American Mason Safety Tread Co.
No, 702 Old South Building
Boston, Mass.
SAMSON
SOLID BRAIDED CORD
BELL CORD, SIGNAL CORD,
COUPLINGS AND HOOKS,
SASH CORD, TROLLEY CORD.
COMPARE THE HARD, SMOOTH BRAID OF THE
SAMSON WITH THE COMMON CORDS OFTEN
FOUND ON THE MARXET.
Send for Samples and Catalogue
SAMSON CORDAGE WORKS
BOSTON. MASS.
STEAM and ELECTRIC SHOVELS
LOCOMOTIVE CRANES, Etc.
IJ For all classes of railroad exca-
vating. €fl 10 standard sizes from
15 to 120 tons and yi to 5 cubic
vards dippers.
I
Full Information, Prices, Etc., on request
THE VULCAN STEAM SHOVEL CO., Toledo, Ohio
53
The SHARON Coupler
Meets all the Latest M. C. B. Rules and Requirements
Also TOWER, CLIMAX, LATROBE, CHICAGO, MELROSE AND MUNTON
COUPLERS
Steel Couplers for Freight, Passenger and Locomotive Service
MALLEABLE CASTINGS for Railroad Purposes
The National Malleable Castings Company
Malleable Works at:
CLEVELAND CHICAGO TOLEDO INDIANAPOLIS
Steel Casting Works at :
SHARON, PA. MELROSE PARK, ILL.
FORSYTH PRODUCTS
BRAKE PINS
KNUCKLE PINS
CENTER PINS
LID PINS
JOURNAL WEDGES
BRAKE SHOE KEYS
BRAKE SHOE KEY
Manufactured by
BRAKE LEVERS
COUPLER YOKES
ARCH BARS
SIDE FRAMES
FULL LINE OF
CAR FORCINGS
FORSYTH STEEL TIE COMPANY
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA
..
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11